Blog Old

Why Social Media for Startups? 5 Tips to Grab Now!

In today’s hyper-connected world, social media has emerged as a fundamental element in shaping business landscapes. For startups, especially, these platforms offer a direct line to potential customers, partners, and, critically, investors. The evolution of social media has coincided with regulatory advancements such as the JOBS (Jumpstart Our Business Startups) Act in the United States, which has significantly altered the fundraising environment by allowing companies to publicly advertise their fundraising efforts—a veritable game changer.

Here’s why and how startups should leverage social media to catapult their growth and visibility.

1. Increase Visibility with Targeted Content

Startups often face the challenge of building brand recognition from scratch. Social media accelerates this process by providing platforms where targeted content can reach a global audience at the click of a button. Content that resonates with a specific audience can elevate a startup’s visibility exponentially.

 

Social Media Platform Content Format examples Ideas of main objective
Instagram Photos, Short Videos (Reels, Stories) Increase brand awareness, drive engagement, and humanize your brand.
Facebook Blog Posts, Articles, Live Videos Generate leads, establish expertise, and drive traffic to your website.
Twitter Short Videos, GIFs, Text Updates Foster community engagement, build brand awareness, and drive traffic to your website.
LinkedIn Industry Reports, Articles, Long-Form Videos Establish thought leadership, build credibility, and connect with potential investors, partners, and talent.

Tip: Focus on creating high-quality, engaging content that reflects your brand’s values and vision. Use analytics tools provided by platforms like KorePixel, Facebook and Instagram to understand the demographics of your audience and tailor your content accordingly.

2. Engage Directly with Potential Investors

Under the JOBS Act, particularly Titles II, III, and IV startups have the unprecedented ability to openly solicit investments from the public (non-accredited) and accredited investors through social media channels. This can drastically expand the pool of potential investors beyond traditional venture capital networks.

Tip: When engaging with potential investors, maintain transparency and professionalism. Regular updates about your business’s progress, insightful posts about your industry, and thought leadership articles can help establish credibility and attract investment.  Make sure you work with your FINRA Broker-Dealer to make sure your messaging is compliant.

3. Leverage Influencers to Build Credibility

Influencers in various industries can provide startups with a much-needed credibility boost. They can act as brand ambassadors, lending their reputation and following to the startup’s products or services. This is particularly effective in industries like technology, fashion, and health and wellness.

Tip: Identify influencers who align with your startup’s ethos and have a genuine interest in your industry. Collaborations could range from simple endorsements to complex partnerships like co-branded products or guest appearances on webinars.

4. Utilize Cost-Effective Advertising

Advertising on social media is generally more affordable compared to traditional media channels. Moreover, it offers the advantage of being highly customizable in terms of audience, budget, and timing. For startups, this means being able to run lean, efficient campaigns that are data-driven and optimized in real-time.

Tip: Experiment with different advertising formats and platforms to find what works best for your startup. Utilize A/B testing to gauge the effectiveness of your ads and continuously refine your strategy based on performance data.

5. Showcase Your Company Culture

Today’s consumers and investors are increasingly interested in the operations behind the brands they support. Social media gives startups an excellent platform to showcase their culture, values, and the people behind the scenes. This not only helps in building a brand but also in attracting like-minded employees and investors.

Tip: Share behind-the-scenes content, employee stories, and community involvement activities. These posts humanize your brand and can create emotional connections with your audience, which is invaluable for loyalty and engagement.

6. Monitor Feedback and Respond Quickly

Social media channels are a goldmine for customer feedback. Monitoring what people are saying about your brand online can provide you with insights into market needs and product shortcomings, allowing for quick adjustments. Additionally, engaging with followers through comments and messages can build a sense of community and loyalty.

Tip: Set up alerts for mentions of your brand across social media platforms and the web. Use tools like Hootsuite or Sprout Social to keep track of conversations and respond promptly.

7. Drive Traffic to Your Website

Ultimately, the primary goal of most social media activity is to drive traffic back to your company website, where potential investors or customers can take the next step in the engagement process. Social media can effectively funnel users to your site by linking to blog posts, product pages, and other relevant content.

Tip: Ensure that your social media profiles are optimized with a clear bio, link to your website, and a consistent name and image across platforms. Use strong calls-to-action in your posts to encourage clicks to your website.

For startups today, mastering social media is not just an option—it’s a vital part of business strategy. The synergy between regulatory environments like the JOBS Act and the expansive reach of social media offers unprecedented opportunities for startups to secure funding, build brand presence, and engage with a global audience. By embracing these platforms strategically, startups not only enhance their visibility but also forge a path towards sustainable growth and success.

 

A new hope? Crowdfunding vs. Traditional Finance

Introduction

Launching a startup is no walk in the park. It’s like diving headfirst into a wild roller-coaster ride filled with ups, downs, and unexpected twists. It’s a path riddled with obstacles, risks, and often, daunting odds of failure. According to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, a staggering 50% of new businesses fail to survive beyond their fifth year. Yep, it’s tough out there.

But, there’s a shining beacon of hope on the horizon, and it goes by the name of investment crowdfunding or equity crowdfunding or online capital formation. According to CCLEAR in “The Investment Crowdfunding 2024 Trends Report”, startups that get their funding through this method have a better shot at survival, with only about 17.8% of them crashing and burning.

Scroll down to dive deep into the world of equity crowdfunding. We’ll unpack what it’s all about and how it’s giving startups a fighting chance in this crazy entrepreneurial jungle.

Crowdfunding vs. traditional finance: Understanding the Landscape

Traditional Business Financing and Its Challenges

Traditionally, startups have relied on a mix of personal savings, bank loans, and venture capital to get off the ground. Each of these funding sources comes with its own set of challenges. Bank loans often require collateral and a proof of revenue, both of which new businesses might lack. Venture capital, while lucrative, is highly competitive and may demand significant control over the company’s direction.

The Rise of Investment Crowdfunding

On the other side is the investment through crowdfunding, a product of the digital age. This way of getting funds allows entrepreneurs to raise capital directly from the public through online platforms. We can say that crowdfunding democratizes the fundraising process, removing the barriers of traditional financing methods. And more, it allows startups to tap into a broader base of potential investors.

Analyzing the Statistics

General Business Survival Rates

The Bureau of Labor and Statistics’ report that 50% of all new businesses fail within 5 years. This is a sobering reminder of the volatile nature of entrepreneurship. The high rate can be attributed to different elements, including lack of market need, cash flow issues, and fierce competition.

Success in Investment Crowdfunding

However, the recent report by CCLEAR highlights that only 17.8% of companies that got capital through equity crowdfunding have gone out of business. This statistic suggests that equity crowdfunding doesn’t just offer a financial lifeline, but also contributes to a more sustainable business model for startups.

Why Equity Crowdfunding Works

Community and Engagement

One of the key strengths of equity crowdfunding is the community engagement it fosters. Investors are often customers or enthusiasts of the product or service, offering not just capital but also support, feedback, and word-of-mouth promotion. This engaged community can be a significant asset for a new business, driving its initial growth and establishing a loyal customer base.

Flowchart about why equity crowdfunding works
Validation and Market Fit

Raising capital through crowdfunding also serves as a market validation. Successfully funded projects demonstrate a clear demand for the product or service. This allows businesses to adjust and refine their offerings based on real user feedback. It’s like a direct line to the market, which can help startups navigate the initial stages more effectively, reducing the risk of failure.

Flexibility and Control

Unlike traditional financing methods, crowdfunding provides startups with more control over their destiny. By setting their own terms for investment, businesses can maintain control over their direction and culture, which can be crucial for long-term success.

Challenges and Considerations

While investment crowdfunding presents a promising alternative to traditional financing methods, it has some challenges. Along the path, the entrepreneur will come across rigorous regulations to get permission to go live with their offer.  Another point that might be present is the pressure to deliver results to a large group of investors, but it’s not an exclusivity of the crowdfunding method to get money for your business. 

After all the sheer effort to get the documents and correspond to the regulatory obligations, there’s another big challenge. The choice of a reliable crowdfunding platform. This is a decisive point in every offer, because if the platform isn’t compliant or safe, all your efforts can go down the drain. So, since compliance is mandatory, it is essential to make a wise choice when it comes to finding a company to launch your offer. 

KoreConX powers the most trustworthy crowdfunding platforms in the market. Our secure, All-In-One Platform gives the private market ecosystem the ability to compliantly manage corporate records, captable, funding activities, shareholders, and investors —while efficiently taking advantage of innovative capital-raising opportunities. KoreConX’s processes and actions are led by one key value: TRUST.  It’s in the DNA of the company.

The contrast between the Bureau of Labor and Statistics’ general business survival rates and the success rate of businesses funded through investment crowdfunding is striking. It sheds light on the evolving landscape of startup financing, where investment crowdfunding emerges as a viable and potentially more sustainable option for entrepreneurs. By leveraging the power of community, market validation, and greater control, startups can significantly increase their chances of survival and success.

As the business world continues to evolve, it will be interesting to see how investment crowdfunding develops and what it means for the future of entrepreneurship. The journey is certainly not without its challenges, but for many startups, crowdfunding may just be the key to unlocking their full potential.

 

Bibliograpgy

* CCLEAR. “The Investment Crowdfunding 2024 Trends Report.” cclear.ai, 2024.

12 Years of the JOBS Act: Impact on Startup Funding

12 Years of the JOBS Act

It’s time to reflect on and remember the impact of this innovative legislation in the history of financial market. Passed in 2012, JOBS Act has brought positive changes to the landscape of capital raising and investment in the USA.

This groundbreaking act has opened new doors for entrepreneurs by simplifying the process to go public and secure funding, while also democratizing investment opportunities, allowing a broader spectrum of investors to participate in previously inaccessible ventures.

KoreConX proudly acknowledges the transformative effect the JOBS Act has had on the business and investment community. By reducing regulatory hurdles and fostering an environment conducive to growth and innovation, the Act has played a critical role in supporting startups and small businesses, vital components of the economy’s backbone.

As we celebrate this anniversary, KoreConX remains committed to empowering companies to leverage these opportunities, ensuring a future where businesses can thrive and investors can access a wider range of investment possibilities. Here’s to embracing many more years of innovation, growth, and success under the JOBS Act’s legacy.

12 Years of the JOBS Act, 12 years of revolution in private capital markets.

RegCF Funds: Acquisitions and Strategies

In today’s article, we will explore the differences between Regulation A (Reg A) and Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF) regarding their disclosure requirements for companies raising funds.

There’s an interesting contrast between Regulation A and Regulation CF in terms of disclosure.

Reg A requires that issuers provide financial statements for “businesses acquired or to be acquired.” Even if that’s not what the money is being raised for. If you just acquired, or are probably going to acquire, a business (and it doesn’t have to be a whole company, just a “business”, and the SEC Staff has a fairly robust view of when a business is being acquired, so don’t assume you can ever convince them that you are only acquiring “assets”), then you have to provide Reg A-compliant financial statements for that business.

Reg CF doesn’t have that feature. Probably because originally the offering limit for Reg CF was $1 million, and everyone assumed it would be used by very early-stage startups who weren’t going to be in acquisition mode just yet. And what can you buy with $1 million?

But with the offering limit now at $5 million, that has changed. We are seeing later-stage companies using Reg CF, and in several cases we have seen companies that are going to use the funds raised to acquire another company or business. What should they disclose about that acquisition?

Reg CF doesn’t specifically mandate financials statements of the acquiree company in that case. However, if there ARE financials, then it would be consistent with all the other filings in this space (Form C-AR, for example) for regulators or plaintiffs’ lawyers to argue that they should be produced, and that to withhold them would be the omission of material information. While QuickBooks financials are definitely not GAAP, they do include useful information, so consider availability of QB financials in deciding what to disclose. (But also consider how reliable the QB financials are!)

At the very least consider including material data points in the discussion of financial condition in the Form C. What is material is always going to be a facts-and-circumstances analysis, but you should apply that analysis bearing in mind the “catch-all” disclosure requirement of Rule 201(y): “Any material information necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading”. So if your Form C says you are planning to acquire a profitable donut shop, you’d better either explain what you mean by profitable or provide the data necessary to put that statement in context.

Just because disclosure isn’t specifically itemized doesn’t mean it isn’t needed.

It’s always good to remember that seeking professional guidance and leveraging a trustworthy fundraising platform, are 2 essential aspects when raising funds for your company. This combined approach impact both regulatory compliance in your offering documents and a streamlined fundraising process.

Section 12(G) Of The Exchange Act: all you need to know

Understanding the regulations surrounding public offerings is crucial for both companies and investors. In this article written by Patrick Costello, from Bevilacqua PLLC, we’ll delve into Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act. You’ll find insights on outlining the requirements for companies to register securities with the SEC. Also, Patrick sheds light on the factors triggering registration, including asset value and investor thresholds.

Keep reading and learn more about this important matter in the financial market.

Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C § 78l(g)) mandates that a company register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a class of securities if:

  1. the company has gross assets of more than $10 million; and
  1. the securities of such class are held of record by more than (a) 2,000 persons or (b) 500 non-accredited investors (as defined under Securities Act Rule 501(a) (17 C.F.R. § 230.501(a))

These are referred to individually as the “Gross Assets Threshold” and the “Held of Record Threshold,” and, together, the “Thresholds.”

Issuers who cross the Thresholds must register the relevant class of securities with the SEC by filing a form 10-12G registration statement within 120 days of the last day of the fiscal year in which the issuer exceeds the Thresholds. After filing its 10-12(G) registration statement, an issuer will need to comply with the continuous reporting obligations under Exchange Act Section 13 as it relates to annual, quarterly, and periodic reports, and beneficial ownership reporting, Section 14 as it relates to proxy rules and Section 16 as it relates to insider transactions in a public company’s securities.

Absent future clarification from the SEC, Section 12(g)’s registration requirements are unavoidable once an issuer crosses the Thresholds under any circumstances. Registration under Section 12(g) is required even if an issuer crosses the Thresholds and subsequently complies with Section 12(g)’s requirements to terminate a registration statement under Section 12(g) (less than 300 holders of record) before the 120-day registration deadline. Further, an issuer who crosses the Thresholds inadvertently and then purposefully seeks to terminate their registration requirements under Section 12(g)(4) may be deemed to be engaging in a scheme to avoid the application of the federal securities laws, likely considered a violation of the anti-fraud rules.

Considering the consequences and difficulties associated with the above aspects of Section 12(g), issuers must engage in proper business planning to avoid an accidental crossing of the Thresholds. Thankfully, there are certain exemptions and definitional exclusions from Section 12(g) that can help issuers avoid crossing Section 12(g)’s Thresholds.

Calculating the Holders of Record

To determine the number of holders of record, an issuer should count (i) each person who is identified as the owner of the record at the company’s registrar for the class of securities and (ii) if the shareholders list was improperly maintained, each person who would have been a record holder had it been properly maintained (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1). As stated above, there are a few exclusions and special rules that apply when calculating the Thresholds. For example, Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1 contains the following special rules:   

 

Corporate Personhood. Securities owned by a corporation, partnership, or trust, or other organization are treated as held by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(2));

 

Securities owned by one or more persons as trustees, executors, guardians, custodians or in other fiduciary capacities with respect to a single trust, estate or account shall be treated as held of record by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(3));

 

Co-owned Securities Co-owners of a security will be counted as one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(4));
Similarly Named Holders Securities registered in substantially similar names where the issuer has reason to believe that such names represent the same person, may be treated as held by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(6)).
Crowdfunding Securities; Co-Issuer offerings An issuer that no longer qualifies for Exchange Act Rule 12g-6’s exemption (discussed below) from Section 12(g) for securities issued in a Crowdfunding Offering must count all holders of the same class of securities issued under Regulation Crowdfunding regardless of whether the holders thereof obtained those securities via a Crowdfunding Offering (Regulation Crowdfunding Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations, Questions 202.01 and 03).

 

Crowdfunding issuers and Crowdfunding Vehicles, referred to as Co-Issuers, who perform a Co-Issuer Crowdfunding Offering according to Rule 201 (17 C.F.R. § 227.201) and Rule 3a-9 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (17 C.F.R. § 270.3a-9) can exclude securities issued by the Crowdfunding Vehicle to the extent that natural persons hold such securities. Securities held by non-natural persons are not excludable and must be included in the calculation of the holders of record for both Co-Issuers (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(9)).

 

Equity Incentive Plan Securities Securities held by individuals who received them through an employee compensation plan exempt from the Securities Act’s registration requirements are excluded from the Held of Record calculation (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(A)).

 

Additionally, securities acquired in exempt securities offerings, issued by the issuer, its predecessor, or an acquired company in exchange for securities that are already excludable are excluded from the Held of Record calculation.

 

This exclusion applies if the recipients were eligible under Securities Act Rule 701(c) (17 C.F.R. § 230.701), a registration exemption for offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation when the original securities were issued (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(i)(B)).

 

Non-Exclusive Safe Harbor:

 

  1. an issuer can consider a person to have received securities under an employee compensation plan if the plan and the recipient met specific conditions set out in § 230.701(c); and

 

  1. an issuer can treat securities as having been issued in a transaction exempt from registration requirements if, at the time of issuance, the issuer reasonably believed that the transaction was exempt (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(i) – (ii)).

 

In addition to the above rules for calculating the Held of Record Threshold, two very important exemptions increase or alter the Thresholds for securities issued under Regulation Crowdfunding and Tier 2 of Regulation A. For Regulation Crowdfunding, Exchange Act Rule 12g-6 (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g-6) states that securities issued in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering will not be counted towards the Held of Record Threshold if:

  1. the issuer is current in its ongoing annual reports;
  2. has gross assets of $25 million or less as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; and
  3. has engaged a transfer agent to serve as the transfer agent for the securities in question.

Additionally, there is a transition period for issuers who exceed $25 million in gross assets according to (b) above. Specifically, Rule 12g-6 states that a crowdfunding issuer can continue to exclude their securities from the holder of record calculation for a period ending on the day before the last day of their fiscal year, which is two years after the issuer’s total assets rose above $25 million; provided, however, that such issuer continues to comply with its ongoing reporting requirements during those two years. An issuer that does not comply with their ongoing reporting obligations must register the relevant class of securities under Section 12(g) within 120 days.

Likewise, for Regulation A,  Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(7)) states that companies may exclude securities issued in Tier 2 offerings from the Held of Record calculation if they:

  1. are current in their annual, semiannual, and special financial reports as of the most recently completed fiscal year;
  2. has engaged a transfer agent with respect to the class of securities at issue; and
  3. Had (1) a public float of less than $75 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed semiannual period; or (2) if the public float is zero, then less than $50 million as of the most recently completed fiscal year.

As with Rule 12g-6 above, an issuer can continue to exclude such securities from the Held of Record Threshold for a period ending on the day before the last day of their fiscal year two years after they became ineligible for the Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) exemption. An issuer that does not comply with their ongoing reporting obligations must register the relevant class of securities under Section 12(g) within 120 days.

Conclusion

Section 12(g) represents a critical component of the U.S. securities regulatory framework, balancing investor protection with the practical needs of growing businesses. The evolution of its thresholds and conditions reflects a dynamic response to the changing economic landscape, particularly for startups and small businesses, and especially at a time when exempt capital financing is as accessible as it is today. Understanding these regulations is essential for companies seeking to comply with federal securities laws while capitalizing on opportunities for growth and investment. To do so, it is essential that these issuers engage with qualified securities attorneys who can assist them with compliance and navigation of the federal securities laws.

Stay tuned to our blog! We’re always bringing fresh content to keep you always updated.

Myths About How Capital is Raised by Everyone

Let’s talk about how capital is raised, especially about the myths that surround this matter.

For decades, the narrative around raising capital for private companies has been confined to a familiar sequence of chapters: family and friends, government grants, banks, angel groups, accelerators, and venture capital. This traditional pathway has painted a partial picture of the opportunities available to entrepreneurs, leaving many vital chapters unread and unexplored. However, the advent of the JOBS Act and the rise of online capital formation have added crucial new dimensions to this narrative, expanding the playbook for entrepreneurs seeking funding. We will debunk the myths surrounding capital raising, urging entrepreneurs to read beyond the first six chapters and explore the broader spectrum of options now at their disposal.

The Unread Chapters of Capital Raising

Raising capital is a nuanced art, steeped in tradition yet rapidly evolving with technology. Each of the nine chapters of capital raising—ranging from personal networks to sophisticated online platforms—has its own set of rules, expectations, and audience. Yet, at their core, they all share a common process: crafting a compelling pitch, valuing the business, and reaching out to potential investors. Whether through personal meetings, phone calls, or digital platforms, the essence of capital raising remains a quest to gather a crowd of supporters, investors, and advocates for your business.

Rewards Crowdfunding

Platforms like Kickstarter and Indiegogo have shown that product-based businesses can attract funding from customers and enthusiasts who believe in their vision. This model allows entrepreneurs to validate their market fit while securing the capital needed for production and scaling.

JOBS Act Regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+)

The JOBS Act has revolutionized access to capital by legalizing equity crowdfunding (RegCF), simplifying offerings to accredited investors (RegD), and expanding the ability to publicly solicit investments (RegA+). These regulations have democratized investment, making it accessible to a broader audience of both entrepreneurs and investors.  There is now over 2,500 platforms in the USA alone that cater to any of the such JOBS Act Regulations but Spark.Market and Red Crow are now becoming the new trend of online capital formation.  

Online Capital Formation

The digital transformation of capital raising has enabled platforms to streamline the investment process, making it more efficient and far-reaching. Online capital formation leverages technology to connect companies with a global pool of investors, transcending geographical and traditional barriers.  KoreIssuance sole purpose is to enable companies to utilize the JOBS Act regulations and to allow companies to raise capital on their own terms, and website.

Technology’s Role in Accessing Capital

The transition to online platforms has not only modernized the capital raising process but also expanded its potential. Digital platforms offer a cost-effective, efficient way to reach investors, turning the erstwhile daunting task of fundraising into a more manageable, even rewarding endeavor. This shift towards online capital formation fosters a more inclusive ecosystem, where businesses can attract not just investors but also future customers, partners, and champions of their brand.  The entire process is done online with such infrastructure created by KoreConX, which provides the infrastructure for all participants (investors, companies, issuers, lawyers, auditors, IA firms, Broker-Dealers, SEC-Transfer Agents, ATS, OMS, Banks, Payment Rails) this is the key to allow democratization.  In this new world, people can invest as low as $5.00 and it can be done cost effective and 100% compliantly.

Challenges Beyond Chapter 6

Venturing into the realms of rewards crowdfunding, JOBS Act regulations, and online capital formation presents its own set of challenges. Entrepreneurs may encounter skepticism from traditionalists who view these methods as less prestigious or viable. However, the success stories emerging from these avenues are dispelling such myths, proving that these “new chapters” are not just viable but also potentially more aligned with the modern entrepreneurial journey.

Keep in mind the skepticism they demonstrate is a reaction to how threatening this way of capital raising is competing with them.  You will hear remarks like, “dumb money”, “they bring no value”, “not sophisticated” and much more.  This tells you when something is working when money (investors) have choices and they are selection you rather than going to a fund.

Embracing the Full Spectrum of Capital Raising

Educate Yourself: Understand the nuances and requirements of each capital-raising avenue.

Build a Comprehensive Pitch: Tailor your pitch to suit different platforms and investor expectations.

Leverage Technology: Use online platforms to streamline the fundraising process and reach a broader audience.  Working with KoreIssuance can be the difference of success and failure.

Engage Your Network: Tap into your personal and professional networks for initial support and validation.

Explore All Avenues: Don’t limit yourself to traditional funding sources; explore crowdfunding, online platforms, and JOBS Act opportunities.

Compliance and Transparency: Ensure your fundraising efforts comply with legal requirements and maintain transparency with potential investors.  Trusted partners is essential to any type of successful capital raise.

Value Beyond Capital: Look for investors and platforms that offer value beyond just funding, such as mentorship, networking, and market access.

Continuous Learning: Stay informed about evolving regulations and emerging platforms to maximize your fundraising potential.

The landscape of capital raising is broader and more diverse than ever before. Entrepreneurs today have the opportunity to explore a multitude of chapters beyond the traditional six, each offering unique benefits and access to a wider range of investors. By embracing the JOBS Act regulations and leveraging online capital formation, startups can navigate the fundraising process more effectively, tapping into a vast pool of potential supporters. Educating oneself about these opportunities, working with trusted advisors, and adopting a strategic approach to capital raising are essential steps toward securing the necessary funding. In the ever-evolving narrative of entrepreneurship, understanding and utilizing the full spectrum of funding options available is not just an advantage—it’s a necessity.

Investor Acquisition in online capital raising

Let’s talk about Investor Acquisition in online capital raising.

There are over 4.7 Billion potential investors online, but finding the right people to invest in your company among that vast number can seem overwhelming. That is why it is important to understand the various Investor Acquisition (IA marketing) activities you can use to achieve your goal.

Online capital formation (OCF), also known as crowdfunding, refers to the process of raising capital for a business, project, or venture by soliciting small investments from a large number of individuals through the Internet. This is typically done through online platforms or direct listings on company websites that connect entrepreneurs and businesses with potential investors.

 

There are several types of Online Capital Formation (OCF), including:

 

  • Equity-based, in which investors receive an ownership stake in the business in exchange for their investment
  • Debt-based, in which investors lend money to the business and are repaid with interest
  • Token-based, similar to equity but the ownership is tracked and managed in a compliant blockchain technology

 

Online capital formation (OCF) allows businesses and entrepreneurs to access capital from a wider pool of potential investors, and it can also provide a way for individuals to invest in businesses and projects that they are passionate about.  Online capital formation can also help businesses to validate their ideas and to test the market before launching a full-scale fundraising campaign. However, it is important to note that crowdfunding may be subject to different regulations and laws in different jurisdictions.

 

Online capital formation refers to the process of raising funds for a business, project, or venture by soliciting investments from a large number of individuals over the Internet, typically through online platforms such as crowdfunding sites, or online investment platforms like angel networks, or private equity platforms.

 

Online capital formation can include various forms of fundraising, such as:

  • Private Placement Memorandums (PPMs)
  • Regulation A+ (RegA+) Offerings
  • Regulation CF  (RegCF)  Offerings
  • Regulation D (RegD) Offerings
  • Regulation S (RegS) Offerings
  • Regulation 45-106 Offerings
  • Regulation OM Offerings
  • Regulation 708 Offerings

 

Online capital formation allows companies to reach a wider pool of potential investors and to raise funds more efficiently and cost-effectively than traditional fundraising methods. It also provides investors with more opportunities to invest in startups and early-stage companies, and to diversify their portfolios. However, it is important to note that online capital raising may be subject to different regulations and laws in different jurisdictions. Additionally, online platforms that facilitate online capital raising need to be registered with regulatory bodies and comply with securities laws. Investors should also be aware of the risks associated with investing in start-ups and early-stage companies, as these investments are considered higher risk than traditional investments.

 

There is much we can learn from other types of marketing, to make sure best practices are applied.  One basic principle we feel has been severely overlooked by the entire online capital formation sector is their tactics involve no relationship, and no community building.

 

We describe this approach like this:  

 

The number of marketing touches it takes to get an online subscriber can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, such as the industry, target audience, and the type of content or offer being promoted. Typically, it may take several touches before a potential subscriber feels comfortable enough to provide their contact information. According to the rule of seven, the average number of marketing “touches” it takes to convert a lead into a sale is 7.  And depending on specific audiences, funnels, and strategies, this number may be different.

Investor acquisition (IA) refers to the process of identifying, reaching out to, and acquiring new investors for a company or an investment fund. The goal of investor acquisition is to raise capital, and to increase the number of shareholders in a company or the number of investors in a fund.  They do this by first starting in building your community of followers.

 

Investor Acquisition in online capital raising can take many forms, such as:

  • Cold-calling or emailing potential investors
  • Networking and building relationships with potential investors
  • Participating in roadshows and investor conferences
  • Using online platforms and social media to reach a wider audience
  • Using investor databases and investor targeting tools to identify and reach out to potential investors
  • Create online community of like-minded individuals who support your vision, product, service to make your brand ambassadors to champion your offering

 

Investor acquisition can be a complex and challenging process, as it requires a deep understanding of the target audience, the industry, and the investment opportunities. Companies or investment firms that are seeking new investors need to have a clear value proposition and a compelling pitch, as well as a strong track record of performance, to be able to convince potential investors to invest. Additionally, they also need to comply with securities regulations and laws when reaching out to potential investors.

 

At KoreConX our goal is to make sure you achieve yours.  We provide an eloquent way for you to access millions of potential followers, clients, affiliates, like-minded individuals who will want to be associated with your company, brand.

 

What is important is how this is achieved and we believe if you follow the principles of 7 you can achieve this goal.

 

The number of marketing touches it takes to get an online subscriber can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, such as the industry, target audience, and the type of content or offer being promoted. Typically, it may take several touches before a potential subscriber feels comfortable enough to provide their contact information. According to the rule of seven, the average number of marketing “touches” it takes to convert a lead into a sale is 7. And depending on specific audience, funnels, and strategies, this number may be different.

 

The strategy is simple.  

The process is challenging.  

The reward is achieving your goal

Stage 1

Build your community & affinity with your company utilizing the 7 touch process.

 

Romance the Journey

  • Bring relevant information
  • Bring relevant value to your audience
  • Educate
  • Gain trust
  • Ask to join the journey

TouchPoints  (1-7)

Each type of TOUCH Point is to build a relationship with the USER in building your community.  As you build your community, you create an affinity with each of the USER which allows you the opportunity to introduce them to your journey.

 

  • Create Landing Pages/Squeeze Pages 
  • Create Pop-ups
  • Create Target Ads
  • Create Investor Persona
  • Webinar
  • Podcast
  • Email Marketing
  • Newsletter
  • Download (book, information)

 

Stage 2

After they invested it’s just as important to be reaching out but it needs to be on an even more personal level.

 

  • Thank them, and welcome them to your family, and company
  • Meet the Team
  • Meet our partners
  • Follow us on Social Media
  • Progress update
  • Family & Friends Program
  • Invitation for special programs
  • Newsletter
  • Engage, keep engaging
  • Engage, Engage, Engage
  • Enage

 

Strategy

  • Do not call them Investors
  • They are:
    • Customers,
    • followers, 
    • clients, 
    • affiliates, 
    • like-minded individuals who will want to be associated with your company, or brand.
    • brand ambassadors
  • Investment Strategy for Your Journey
  • Business Plan
  • Budget
  • Sets the tone for all marketing activities

 

You are now set to engage with IA firms who can assist you with your goal for your company.  This ebook provides A-Z all the buzzwords and provides you the reasons why each of these IA tactics is important for your online capital raise.   You do not need to use all of them, but it’s important to understand each one, first look at what your company has and how you can complement what you need.   At the end of the book we also provide you with a great IA checklist so you can move through the process faster, so you can get started on building your company and your capital raising.

 

“Nothing in this world is easy, but for those who want to succeed, the journey will be easy” 

– Oscar A Jofre

 

Online investing on the Rise: What to look for?

Online investing, particularly in private capital markets, has experienced a significant uptick in popularity and accessibility in recent years, largely thanks to the innovations brought about by the JOBS Act. The Act’s regulations have democratized access to investment opportunities, allowing Americans over 18 years of age to engage in the private sector’s growth potential. We will delve into the online investing landscape, highlighting the ease with which investors can now participate, the challenges they face, and the due diligence required to make informed decisions. With platforms like Spark Exchange emerging to streamline the investment process and initiatives like KoreID Verified enhancing security, the sector is ripe for informed investors ready to explore. Here are the insights and red flags every investor should be aware of in this burgeoning space.

The Rise of Online Investing

Since the spike in 2019, online investing, or online capital formation, has become a major trend, set to increase as investors gain access to comprehensive information online to guide their investment decisions. The JOBS Act has played a pivotal role in this upward trajectory, simplifying the process for companies at any stage to raise capital through regulations like RegCF, RegD, and RegA+. For investors, the journey has never been more straightforward. In less than two minutes, one can invest in a private company, fulfilling all necessary SEC requirements and gaining instant connectivity to the company’s growth story.

The Investor Journey Online

Investing online is characterized by convenience and accessibility. With just a few clicks, investors can provide all required information and complete their investment, benefiting from the SEC’s mandated disclosures by the companies using the JOBS Act regulations (RegCF, RegD, and RegA+). This transparency ensures that investors can do their homework from anywhere, anytime, accessing all the information they need about a private company qualified by the SEC to raise capital online.

Challenges in Online Investing

Despite the streamlined process, challenges remain for those looking to invest in private companies. One primary concern is finding a centralized platform where potential investments are listed, with Spark Exchange being a notable emerging solution. However, the most significant challenge is verifying the legitimacy of companies. As online investing becomes more prevalent, ensuring a company’s authenticity before investing is crucial. Until solutions like KoreID Verified become standard, providing a Certificate of Authenticity for companies, investors must engage in rigorous due diligence to avoid scams and ensure their investments are sound.

Red Flags for Online Investors

Investors should be vigilant for several red flags when considering an online investment in private companies:

Registration of Offering: Verify if the company has registered its offering appropriately, with RegCF offerings showing a Form C and RegA+ offerings a Form 1A, both linked to the SEC website.

Leadership’s LinkedIn Profiles: Review the LinkedIn profiles of the founders and key executives to assess their commitment and background.  If they are not in LinkedIn major red flag, if they do not have the company listed run.

Broker-Dealer Association: Inquire about the name of the Broker-Dealer the company is working with.

Escrow Provider Details: Ask for the name of the escrow provider where funds are to be sent, ensuring financial transactions are secure.

Legal Counsel Verification: Request the name of the legal counsel who prepared the offering documents, adding a layer of legitimacy.

Company Registration Verification: Conduct an online search to confirm the legal registration of the company.

Website Transparency: The company’s website should transparently list the team, legal company name, and other essential details; the absence of this information is a red flag.

Educating Oneself is Key

The importance of educating oneself before making an investment in a private company cannot be overstated. Understanding the nuances of the JOBS Act and the rights it affords you as an investor is critical. Engaging in thorough due diligence, from verifying the offering’s registration to researching the company’s leadership and legal standing, is essential in choosing the right investment. The landscape of online investing in private capital markets is rich with opportunities, but it demands an informed and cautious approach. As the sector continues to evolve, empowered by regulatory advancements and technological innovations, investors equipped with the right knowledge and vigilance stand to benefit significantly from the growth potential of private companies.

 

Regulation S vs Rule144 explained

Introduction: Regulation S vs Rule 144

Regulation S and Rule 144 are pivotal components of the United States securities law framework, each facilitating different aspects of the capital markets, particularly in the context of private offerings and the sale of securities to non-U.S. investors. Understanding the nuances between these two regulations is essential for issuers, investors, and intermediaries navigating the private capital markets.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides a safe harbor that exempts securities offerings from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as long as the offering is conducted outside the United States. Most people are not aware that is particular regulation was named after Sara Hanks when she was at the SEC.  This regulation is designed to facilitate the sale of securities to non-U.S. residents in offshore transactions, without the stringent disclosures and registration processes required for public offerings in the U.S.

Key Features of Regulation S:

  • Offshore Transactions: Regulation S applies only to offers and sales of securities that occur outside the U.S. and to non-U.S. persons. The issuer must ensure that the offering cannot be deemed to have been made to a person in the United States.  The offering must be gated and block all U.S. persons, one other major factor is that a company must follow local securities laws to make sure they are compliant when offering their securities in offshore markets.
  • Category System: Regulation S categorizes offerings to determine the level of restrictions required to prevent the securities from flowing back into the U.S. market. These categories help in defining the resale limitations and distribution compliance period for the securities.
  • No Directed Selling Efforts: Issuers and distributors must not engage in any directed selling efforts within the United States, ensuring the offering is genuinely foreign and not targeting U.S. investors indirectly.

Rule 144

Purpose and Application: Rule 144 provides a safe harbor for the public resale of restricted and controlled securities in the U.S. market, without requiring SEC registration. This rule is crucial for investors looking to sell their holdings of restricted securities (typically acquired through private placements or as compensation) and for affiliates of the issuer who hold control securities.  This very common with RegD 506b and 506c offerings.

Key Features:

  • Holding Period: Sellers must adhere to a specific holding period before restricted securities can be sold on the public market—six months for securities of a reporting company and one year for a non-reporting company.
  • Volume Limitations: There are limits on the volume of securities that can be sold within a three-month period, which helps prevent market manipulation and protect investors.
  • Manner of Sale and Information Requirements: Rule 144 imposes conditions on how sales can be made and requires that adequate current information about the issuer is publicly available.

Differences Between Regulation S and Rule 144

  • Geographical Focus: Regulation S deals exclusively with offers and sales of securities conducted outside the United States to non-U.S. persons. In contrast, Rule 144 applies to the resale of restricted and controlled securities within the U.S. market.
  • Targeted Securities and Sellers: Regulation S can be applied by issuers, distributors, or their affiliates for initial sales to non-U.S. persons. Rule 144 is used by shareholders (both affiliates and non-affiliates) who seek to sell their restricted or controlled securities in the U.S. market.
  • Conditions and Restrictions: While both set forth conditions to prevent the improper flow of securities, Regulation S focuses on ensuring that the securities are offered and sold outside the U.S. without directed selling efforts to U.S. persons. Rule 144 establishes criteria related to holding periods, volume limitations, and disclosure to facilitate the safe resale of securities in the U.S.
  • Purpose: The fundamental purpose of Regulation S is to exempt international securities transactions from U.S. registration requirements, promoting global capital formation. Rule 144, however, aims to provide liquidity for holders of restricted and controlled securities by enabling a pathway to public resale under certain conditions.

Regulation S and Rule 144 address different needs within the securities market, reflecting the SEC’s efforts to accommodate the complexities of global capital flows while protecting investors. Regulation S facilitates the international offering of securities by U.S. and foreign issuers, whereas Rule 144 allows investors to sell restricted and controlled securities in the U.S. Understanding these regulations is crucial for conducting compliant securities transactions, whether operating within the U.S. or on a global scale.

It’s always important when using either of these regulations to speak to your securities lawyer to ensure your company is using the regulations compliantly.

Why is building a community important when raising capital?

The private capital markets are very dynamic, and the advent of online investing, also known as online capital formation, marks a pivotal shift in how companies approach capital raising. This shift necessitates a focus not just on attracting investors but on building a community around the business. The JOBS Act regulations have played a significant role in this transformation, enabling companies to tap into a vast pool of 233 million Americans. We will review what is the critical importance of cultivating a community of like-minded individuals and companies who share a passion for your business. As we navigate the nuances of utilizing the JOBS Act Regulations (RegCF, RegD, and RegA+), it becomes evident that building a community is not just a strategy but a necessity for accessing capital and creating a sustainable growth trajectory.

The Impact of Community in Capital Raising

The power of community in the context of rraising capital cannot be overstated. A well-engaged community can serve as a formidable force in spreading the word, creating a viral effect that traditional marketing efforts might not achieve. When a company introduces a new product line or announces a significant hire, having a community means there’s an already engaged audience ready to amplify the message. More importantly, this community becomes a credible voice to potential investors. Testimonials from community members who have invested can resonate more authentically than any marketing pitch, providing firsthand accounts of why they chose to support the business.

Challenges in Building a Community

Cultivating a community is no small feat and presents several challenges. Leadership from the CEO down is crucial; this initiative cannot be viewed as an outsourced function but rather as an integral part of the company’s DNA. Commitment to community-building must be unwavering, not just for the duration of a capital raise but as a perpetual aspect of the company’s operation. This approach requires time, resources, and a genuine desire to engage and grow with your community.

Steps to Building Your Community

Define Your Core Values: Start by articulating the core values and mission of your company. These will be the rallying points around which your community gathers.

Engage Through Social Media: Utilize social media platforms to share your story, updates, and milestones. Be consistent and authentic in your engagement.

Create Value-Driven Content: Produce content that educates, entertains, or informs your audience, fostering a sense of belonging and shared purpose.

Leverage Email Marketing: Keep your community informed and engaged with regular updates, insights, and opportunities to participate in your journey.

Host Community Events: Whether virtual or in-person, events can be powerful tools for strengthening community ties and encouraging direct interaction.

Encourage Feedback: Open channels for your community to share their thoughts, feedback, and suggestions. This two-way communication is vital for community health and growth.

Show Appreciation: Acknowledge and reward your community’s contributions and support. Recognition can go a long way in fostering loyalty and advocacy.

Building a community in the context of raising capital under the JOBS Act regulations is a strategic imperative that transcends mere financial transactions. It’s about creating a sustainable ecosystem where shared passion and collective support fuel business growth. As companies navigate this journey, understanding the nuances of community engagement, the commitment required, and the strategies for success is paramount. Whether your company operates in the B2C, B2B, or B2B2C space, the principles of community building apply universally. In embracing this approach, companies not only secure the capital they need but also cultivate a loyal base of advocates who will be instrumental in their long-term success. Remember, the strength of your community reflects the strength of your business; invest in them, and they will invest in you.

Accredited investor definition and SEC Review

In this special article written by Laura Anthony from Securities Law Blog, we’ll learn more about recent matters regarding accredited investor definition and SEC Review.

Keep reading and discover more about this fundamental topic in the financial markets, especially when you’re looking to raise capital.

On December 15, 2023, the SEC issued a staff report on the accredited investor definition.  The report comes three years after the most recent amendments to the accredited investor definition (see HERE).

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) requires the SEC to review the accredited investor definition, as relates to natural persons, at least once every four years to determine whether the definition should be modified or adjusted.  The last two reports can be read HERE and HERE.

The current report focuses on the composition of the accredited investor demographic, including since the last definition amendments; the extent to which accredited investors have the financial sophistication, ability to sustain the risk of loss of investment, and access to information that have traditionally been associated with an ability to fend for themselves; and accredited investor participation in exempt offerings.

I’ve included the complete current accredited investor definition at the end of this post.

Background

All offers and sales of securities must either be registered with the SEC under the Securities Act or be subject to an available exemption from registration. The ultimate purpose of registration is to provide investors and potential investors with full and fair disclosure to make an informed investment decision. The SEC does not pass on the merits of a particular deal or business model, only its disclosure. In setting up the registration and exemption requirements, Congress and the SEC recognize that not all investors need public registration protection and not all situations have a practical need for registration.

However, exempted offerings carry additional risks in that the level of required investor disclosure is much less than in a registered offering, the SEC does not review the offering documents, and there is no federal ongoing disclosure or reporting requirements.  The premise of allowing offering exemptions to accredited investors is that such investors are able to fend for themselves and, accordingly, do not need the protections afforded by the registration requirements under the Securities Act because they have access to the kind of information which registration would disclose (SEC v. Ralston Purina Co.).

Diving deeper: Definition of an accredited investor

The definition of an accredited investor has become a central component of exempt offerings, including Rules 506(b) and 506(c) of Regulation D.  Qualifying as an accredited investor allows an investor to participate in exempt offerings including offerings by private and public companies, certain hedge funds, private equity funds and venture capital funds.  Further accredited investors are not bound by the investor limitations set forth in Regulation Crowdfunding or Regulation A, and investors in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering are free to sell to accredited investors without complying with the one-year prohibition on resales.

The concept of “accredited investor” is not limited to exempt offerings but permeates the state and federal securities laws in general.  For instance, a company is required to register under Section 12(g) if as of the last day of its fiscal year the number of its record security holders is either 2,000 or greater worldwide, or 500 persons who are not accredited investors or greater worldwide.  Accordingly, companies must differentiate between record holders who are accredited investors and nonaccredited investors.  For more on Section 12(g) registration see HERE.

Most state securities statutes contain a definition of an accredited investor that either tracks the federal definition, or in some cases, contains higher thresholds for institutional investors ($10 million as opposed to $5 million).  Some states use the accredited investor definition to determine whether investment advisers to certain private funds are required to be registered. FINRA also uses the definition to determine the private placement document filing requirements for placement agents.

Accredited Investor Pool

The SEC has no real source of information on the number of natural persons that are accredited investors but rather must rely on assumptions and general information provided by, for example, the Federal Reserve Board’s Survey of Consumer Finances.  However, the SEC estimates that approximately 18.5% of U.S. households qualify as accredited investors based on income standards.   The SEC estimates that the number of accredited investors has grown steadily, attributing some of this growth to the fact that the definition has never been adjusted for inflation.  According to the SEC report, if the natural person accredited investor thresholds were adjusted to reflect inflation since their initial adoption through 2022 using CPI-U, the net worth threshold would increase from $1 million to $3,037,840, the individual income threshold would increase from $200,000 to $607,568, and the joint income threshold would increase from $300,000 to $911,352, which is s significant jump from the current definition.

The SEC also points out that its estimate does not include the indeterminate additional number of people that would qualify as accredited based on holding qualified professional licenses or being knowledgeable employees at private funds.  Same for the number of individuals that may qualify as a director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer.

The SEC report delves into the composition of assets for most U.S. households concluding that a disproportionate amount of assets are held in retirements savings accounts and plans that are directed or controlled by individuals, who “may lack experience in building a portfolio that appropriately allocates risk and ongoing management of investments, including preparing for the illiquid nature of private company investments.”  Although the SEC admits there is limited information available to assess the financial sophistication of accredited investors, it still leans towards concluding, they are not sophisticated or protected.

The SEC points to this as a reason to question the continued utility of the current financial thresholds. I flat-out disagree.  Without side-by-side evidence of retirement losses, investors suffering from poor decision-making, investors suing for private investment losses, regulatory actions related to inappropriate private offerings involving retirement accounts, or any other reasonable metrics supporting the alleged inability of U.S. households to make their own investment decisions with their own money, I find this discussion lacking in evidentiary support.

Accredited Investor Participation in the Exempt Offering Market

The SEC has no proper methodology to estimate the participation of natural person accredited investors in the exempt offering market.  However, they do estimate that approximately $3.7 trillion of new capital was raised in exempt offerings in 2022.  Although clearly the vast majority of the investors are accredited, the breakdown between natural persons and institutions or entities is unknown.  The SEC spends several pages espousing statistics based on Form D filings but, as they indicate, many issuers do not file a Form D and even when they do, it may be at the beginning of an offering and contain no information about the offering results or investor composition.

Conclusion

Although the SEC report’s introduction explains that it will examine accredited investor demographics and investment habits, in actuality the SEC has no reliable or aggregated sources of information from which to obtain these facts.  Although I summarize some of the findings, the conclusion is that all information is a best guess and estimate.  With such a lack of information, the SEC chooses to err on the conservative side seemingly leaning towards suggesting raising the financial thresholds.  Laura has a different perspective, disagreeing with this approach.

In general, she considers that the report offered little useful information.

Current Definition of Accredited Investor

Accredited investor shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

(i) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any investment adviser registered pursuant to section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or registered pursuant to the laws of a state; any investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the Commission under section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any Rural Business Investment Company as defined in section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or limited liability company, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse or spousal equivalent, exceeds $1,000,000 excluding such person’s primary residence (both on the asset and liability side except that indebtedness in excess of the fair market value of the primary residence shall be included as a liability);

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse or spousal equivalent in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in § 230.506(b)(2)(ii);

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors;

(9) Any entity, of a type not listed in paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (7), or (8), not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, owning investments in excess of $5,000,000;

(10) Any natural person holding in good standing one or more professional certifications or designations or credentials from an accredited educational institution that the SEC has designated as qualifying an individual for accredited investor status. Under this category the SEC designated persons holding the following licenses: (i) Series 7; (ii) Series 82; and (iii) Series 65.

(11) Any natural person who is a “knowledgeable employee,” as defined in rule 3c–5(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold where the issuer would be an investment company, as defined in section 3 of such act, but for the exclusion provided by either section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of such act;

(12) Any “family office,” as defined in rule 202(a)(11)(G)–1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940:

(i) With assets under management in excess of $5,000,000,

              (ii) That is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, and

             (iii) Whose prospective investment is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; and

(13) Any “family client,” as defined in rule 202(a)(11)(G)–1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 , of a family office meeting the requirements in paragraph (a)(12) of this section and whose prospective investment in the issuer is directed by such family office pursuant to paragraph (a)(12)(iii).

 

* Disclaimer: The data presented in this article is based on the information available at the time of the publication. For updated data and specific questions, reach professional help.

The Origins of KoreConX Trust Charter

I often get asked a number of questions when we’re doing presentations about how we got everything started. And today, I think what I want to talk about is, which is really important to us is the origin of the KoreConX Trust Charter. And why did we create it in the first place? So when Jason Futko and I got the company started, we came from the public capital markets, and the things we saw, well, I’m not going to cover that here. But we thought that was only isolated to the publicly traded world, it wasn’t, it was also the private company world. And we found that that in the private company world, it, it was just even more just magnified times, not 10 Times as they say, it’s 100, 1000 times because there’s that many more privately held companies versus public. So you can imagine how fragmented it is. So when we saw the emergence of the online capital markets, for private companies, with the introduction of the Jobs Act, wow, what an opportunity, but at the same time, if the problem kept going, this thing would never grow. 

It will never grow. And it is growing. But the problems still haunt us the way we operate. And not seeing the way we as a company operate, but the way the industry and some participants have been operating for years. So when we set out to create KoreConX, and when we launched it, I mean, we’ve been doing this for over a decade planning and strategizing until we did launch the platform. But we wanted to make sure we get it in a different way. And that’s come with a price for us in many ways. Some people wouldn’t partner with us because there was no financial gain, for us to work with them. I know that sounds weird, but some people would not partner with us because well, if there’s, if you’re not financially motivated, then there’s no reason for us to be partners, which I thought was a bit odd. Because what we’re trying to do is bring a solution to the market. 

You keep your revenue, we keep our revenue, and everything moves forward. It’s a regulated space, we you know, this is, it’s the forefront of everything. So, you know, we sat down all of us, myself, Kiran Garimella, Jason, and coming up with a Charter when we first introduced it in 2016. Nobody was paying attention to it. And of course, now we’re so busy building and trying to figure things out that there was not enough time. But now, it has reemerged again. 

But our origins were right from the beginning. We wanted to make sure that people understood how we did business and what we were not ready to do. And these things have been there since the day we started. And it’s hard. It’s extremely hard. It’s hard, because it’s so easy to get caught in and saying yes, I’ll take it, you know, getting paid a little percentage from the credit card company getting paid from another service, just because you’re delivering it, you get paid, you make extra. And all of a sudden you’re part of that transaction where you shouldn’t be that transaction is regulated. And the only person there should be taking any fees related to that is the FINRA broker-dealer. 

In this in, in this instance. So we made that decision a long time ago. As I said, it has been hard. Even with our shareholders, it didn’t, my apologies become Gladiators are Gladiators, it didn’t go well with them. Because, hey, look at that it’s a $100 million deal. If you just got 1%. I know if you just got 1%. But even if you could take the 1%, which there is a way of doing it compliantly we did not want to be a FINRA broker-dealer. We did not want to become a broker-dealer. We couldn’t deliver what we’re doing. 

If we were a broker-dealer, we needed to create an infrastructure that everybody could work on. Everybody could, you know, transact on and work with each other without having to worry about over each other’s back. And it had to be in a way that it wouldn’t, we will never compete with them. We’re only here to support them and help them grow their business, which we’ve done with many broker-dealers. So this has been at the Kore, at the Kore of everything we’ve done, is making sure that this is the way we operate. And today, we’re re-launching the Charter of Trust. Again, we’re reemerging and why now? 

Well, 2023 was a very hectic year, we had to deal with the issues with FTX and Binance and I know that’s not related to us, but it really is why there are people there’s companies or security regulators and the entire all the activity they’re getting throughout the world and the exposure it’s putting what is the saying to people don’t Trust us because of the technology. It’s not we’re human beings as human beings, we’re flawed. We need to follow certain rules that are not perfect. I can tell you that right now. A lot of my staff partners, Gladiators will tell you I of course I make mistakes, but I’m not gonna give up and I’m gonna make it better.

I’m going to always try to make it better for them for everyone. There’s a way to do things the right way. So you never have to be compromised in any situation. So we’ve lived up to that. We’ve never, ever, unless we own the business, unless we own that business in particular, only then do we charge without revenue, and we keep it otherwise, that revenue does not belong to us, whether it’s credit card, bank, and escrow, again, that belongs to those third-party vendors, they’re investing heavily, just the same way we are on their infrastructure, the last thing they want is someone taking a piece of their piece of their business and boom, scooping it up. And that’s been going on for years. And that had to come to an end. And then of course, the bigger one, why Trust, because look at the data that you’re being provided to safeguard the word is safeguard companies. Intrapreneurs, listen carefully, you’re entrusting us with your most important information, which is your board, your shareholders or your company that you work so hard to get, the last thing you want is us going after them without you or your permission, or any in any way and sending them new offerings, you wouldn’t be happy with that? Well, guess what, and that’s exactly what happened in 2023. That was the last piece that this market needed. It didn’t break any securities law, they didn’t break any privacy law. They didn’t break any terms and conditions, law, or anything. This just broke the ultimate Trust in business, which is I trusted you as my partner as my vendor, as my vendor to house my information, my confidential data, and you use it for your own. And we have, we’ve been conflicted with this over and over and over again, to do the same. And we will not we never have and never will. 

Because that’s not who we are. And today, I’m excited. And I hope you read the Charter of Trust, all of us have signed it, all our senior-level people and our KoreTeam are dedicated to delivering just that, we will never be compromised by taking fees on any on the front end, the back end, we take our fees from our clients. And that’s it, we deliver the service. And that’s how we get paid. Number two, we do not sell anyone’s information. 

None of that information only belongs to you the company that you work hard to get those individuals into your company, and therefore it shouldn’t be going to anyone else. And I hope this proves a point. More importantly, for everyone else. And I know, we’re not the only ones. We’re not the only ones doing it. And I know the industry, all of us are changing and evolving. And I’m encouraging the entire industry to follow through. 

We welcome everybody to be part of this charter that we’ve created, sign on with us, and let’s show the industry that they can Trust all of us, all of us together working together, we will make this industry even stronger than it is today. Because we have look what we’ve done in a very short period of time. Our industry is only less than 10 years old, 10 years old, and only operational for the last six, seven years and look what we’ve accomplished so far. And we have so much great opportunity. It’s only uphill all the way through. It’s going to be bumpy. We’re going to be challenged. But the only way to make things even better is when we work together in order to make it happen.

Diversifying Capital Raising Strategies for Startups

Navigating the VC Winter: Diversifying Capital Raising Strategies for Startups

In the face of a VC winter, startups find themselves at a crucial juncture, requiring innovative approaches to secure funding. We will embark on an exploration of the myriad avenues available for raising capital beyond the traditional venture capital (VC) sphere. We dive into anecdotes of how private companies have creatively accessed funds, emphasizing the importance of not being tethered to a single source of capital. The focus is on the JOBS Act and its provisions, which offer startups a variety of options with potentially more favorable terms than VC funding. We’ll tackle the challenges companies face in this endeavor, from navigating regulatory landscapes to attracting investors. Additionally, we outline seven strategic steps to diversify funding sources, reinforcing the necessity of a well-rounded understanding of all available options. By the end, startups and established companies alike will be equipped with the knowledge to navigate the capital raising process effectively, leveraging regulations to their advantage and working with trusted advisors to ensure success.

The Landscape of Raising Capital

Raising capital for private companies is an art form, with various avenues from VC and angel investments to friends and family, bank loans, government grants, and the provisions under the JOBS Act. Each source has its narrative, shaping the journey of a startup in unique ways. These stories reveal a broader landscape of funding opportunities, illustrating that the path to securing capital is not linear but a web of interconnected routes.

Beyond VC: The JOBS Act and Other Avenues

Entrepreneurs must look beyond VC to fuel their growth, especially in times when VC funding becomes scarce. The JOBS Act emerges as a beacon of hope in such times, offering three distinct regulations (RegCF, RegD 506c, RegA+) that provide startups with options for funding. These options often come with better terms than traditional VC deals, underscoring the importance of a strategic approach that blends various funding sources. This strategy not only mitigates the risk associated with relying on a single source but also broadens the potential investor base.

Navigating Capital-Raising Challenges

The journey of raising capital is fraught with challenges, from understanding the regulatory framework to choosing the right partners for issuance and attracting potential investors. A significant hurdle is the lack of awareness about the diversity of funding sources. Many companies do not realize the breadth of options available to them, limiting their potential to secure the necessary capital. Familiarity with each source’s regulatory roadmap, working with trusted FINRA Broker-Dealers, and leveraging technology partners for issuance are crucial steps in this process.

Understanding Sources of Capital

A comprehensive understanding of all sources of capital is essential. Each source, from VC and bank funding to government grants, friends and family, and the JOBS Act, comes with its own set of advantages and disadvantages. For instance, while VC funding can offer significant capital and mentorship, it often requires giving up a portion of equity and control. On the other hand, JOBS Act funding may provide more favorable terms but requires navigating a regulatory landscape and a totally different approach in attracting investors to your company.

Seven Steps to Raising Capital

  1. Educate Yourself on Regulations: Understanding the legal framework is paramount. This knowledge will guide which investors you can target and how.
  2. Build a Diverse Funding Strategy: Combine different sources of funding to minimize reliance on any single avenue.
  3. Select the Right Partners: Work with trusted advisors, such as FINRA Broker-Dealers and technology partners, who understand your business and the regulatory environment.
  4. Prepare a Compelling Pitch: Your pitch should resonate with the specific investors you’re targeting, whether they’re angel investors, VC firms, or the public through a crowdfunding campaign.
  5. Leverage Government Grants and Loans: Explore and apply for grants and loans that may be available for your industry or for innovation.
  6. Engage Your Network: Friends and family can be an initial source of capital, often willing to invest in your success.
  7. Utilize JOBS Act Provisions: Understand and leverage the specific regulations under the JOBS Act that best suit your company’s stage and needs.

In the challenging terrain of capital raising, knowledge and strategy are your best allies. The regulatory landscape, embodied by the JOBS Act, provides a roadmap for startups and established companies alike to navigate their way to successful funding. Educating oneself on the myriad sources of capital, understanding the pros and cons of each, and crafting a diversified funding strategy are essential steps. By working with trusted advisors and carefully selecting funding sources, companies can weather the VC winter and emerge with the capital necessary for growth. Remember, the journey of raising capital is complex and multifaceted, but with the right approach and resources, it is navigable. There are no shortcuts, but the path is rich with opportunities for those willing to explore beyond the traditional routes.

 

 

Capital Planning in Healthcare: valuation overview

For industry leaders and entrepreneurs charting the course of their company’s future, understanding the financial aspects of business valuations and fundraising is a strategic asset. 

In this article written by Stephen Brock, CEO of Medical Funding Professionals you’ll gain rich insights on these and other important topics in this area, including an overview on valuation for biotech, medtech, pharma, and life science companies. 

Keep reading and learn more.

First insights: the valuation process

So, to begin our journey, let’s talk about finance, which is a key point that impacts the pathway of any company. 

We all know that this is a broad subject, but one of the main issues is the valuation process. 

A practical example: if you own a company with $25 million in revenue or less, a business valuation can cost you anywhere from $0 (provided by a broker for free) to $40,000* (estimates based on current values at the beginning of 2024). 

There are two main types of valuations you will encounter: 

 

      1. Legal valuations: Legal valuations require the valuation expert to meet specific requirements since it will be used to support legal cases. The person performing the valuation must be certified and the methods they use must follow certain legal standards.
      2. Fair market valuations: When valuing your company a number of data points are built with a few of them being How much your assets are worth The present value of your future cash flows How much common stock is worth at similar (comparable) companies How much equity your company has in other similar businesses or industries, pre and post-money valuations, what does exit value look like, what does a share price project out to be, what comps for M&A and IPO in similar space you work in has occurred, what VC valuations have been printed

 

Attention! Depending on the type of valuation you need and the specifics of your business, the price will fall somewhere in that range.

 

The importance of capital planning

If you’re setting up a company or leading one in areas like BioTech, MedTech, Life sciences or Pharma, it’s important to keep many issues in mind. Especially when you’re aiming to raise money from investors, working strategically is essential.

Among the key points in this context, are creating the company’s structure in a strategic way that can stand out in the market, increasing the potential for attracting investors.

When raising capital in the private markets, seeking professional advice is crucial, working with trustworthy partners the process can be compliant and less stressful.

Solutions for healthcare industry

If you are looking to fundraise without giving up control of your biotech, medtech, pharma, or life science company, you’ll need to find a path to guide your business journey. Medical Funding Professionals developed the Capital Planning Valuation Strategy™ (CPVS™). The method is a custom-prepared funding roadmap and go-to-market strategy, designed to be efficient and straightforward.

One of the main purposes of CPVS is to guide entrepreneurs through each step of the fundraising journey, all with transparency and tailored plans.

Furthermore, the Capital Planning Valuation Strategy™ is designed to meet the unique needs of business owners who prioritize streamlined compliance and sustained leadership in their companies. By offering an alternative to the normative procedures of fundraising, it facilitates a more efficient path to capital acquisition.

Want to know more about the CPVS™ program? You can access the link and get more information directly from Medical Funding Professional’s specialists

What is Entity Management?

In today’s fast-paced business environment, private companies face a myriad of challenges as they scale and seek capital. A crucial, yet often overlooked aspect of their growth trajectory is effective entity management.

This blog post covers the essence of entity management and distinguishes between cap table management and equity management, highlighting the significance of each for private companies.

Entity Management: What does it mean?

Basically, entity management simplifies how organizations track, organize, and manage all details related to their business entities. An effective process helps to ensure compliance and streamline operations, impacting positively in decision-making.

In the next sections, we’ll explore the role of robust entity management software, underscore the potential pitfalls of neglecting this area, and provide insights into selecting a reliable technology partner. Our aim is to equip you with the knowledge to navigate the complexities of entity management, ensuring compliance and facilitating your company’s growth and success.

The Role of Entity Management Software

As private companies expand, particularly those leveraging the JOBS Act Regulations for capital raising, the complexity of regulatory compliance and entity management escalates. Strong entity management involves not just the maintenance of corporate records but ensuring that these entities meet all regulatory requirements timely. This is where the adoption of a comprehensive entity management software becomes invaluable. A technology partner who is adept at understanding the growth dynamics and regulatory landscape can be a linchpin in maintaining compliance, thereby avoiding the repercussions of missed filings or non-compliance.

The Challenges of Inadequate Entity Management

The consequences of not employing effective entity management software can be dire. Missed filings or regulatory non-compliance can severely impact a company’s ability to raise capital, pursue mergers and acquisitions (M&A), or even go public. For sectors like real estate, which typically involves managing multiple entities for various projects, the ripple effects of non-compliance can be even more pronounced. These challenges underscore the necessity of a vigilant approach to entity management.

Choosing a Trusted Entity Management Software Partner

The importance of selecting a trusted software partner cannot be overstated. This partner should not only possess a comprehensive understanding of managing multiple entities but also ensure their software facilitates time and cost savings while keeping up with regulatory deadlines. Here are three red flags to watch out for when choosing an entity management software partner:

Compliance Assurance: Ensure the partner operates with end-to-end compliance. The lack of a robust compliance framework is a major red flag.

Understanding Private Company Challenges: The partner must have a proven track record of understanding and addressing the unique challenges faced by private companies. Lack of expertise in dealing with private company-specific issues is a significant concern.

Reputation and Reliability: Investigate the partner’s reputation and reliability. A partner lacking in trusted testimonials or case studies may not be able to provide the level of service your company requires.

The process of finding a trustworthy company may take some time, but is essential in different aspects of the business. So it’s worth to spend time

Cap Table Management vs. Equity Management

Distinguishing between cap table management and equity management is essential for private companies. Cap table management involves tracking the ownership stakes, types of equity owned, and the dilution effects of future funding rounds. It is a snapshot of who owns what in the company. Equity management, on the other hand, encompasses a broader scope, including managing equity compensation, issuing new shares, and ensuring compliance with tax laws and regulations. Both are critical for effectively managing a company’s equity and ensuring stakeholders are correctly accounted for and rewarded.

Effective entity management is not merely a compliance requirement; it is a strategic imperative for growing private companies. Understanding the nuances between cap table management and equity management, and the importance of each, is crucial. Equally important is the selection of a robust entity management software partner that understands the unique challenges faced by your company and can ensure compliance and efficiency.

Educating yourself on the key considerations and red flags in choosing a technology partner will empower you to make informed decisions. Ultimately this facilitates your company’s growth and success in the complex landscape of private capital markets. Remember, the right questions lead to the right partner, ensuring your company’s entity management is in capable hands.

Digital Asset Ecosystem: Ultimate Guide

Overview of the Digital Assets Ecosystem

In an era where digital assets are redefining the boundaries of technology and finance, understanding the complex landscape of the digital assets ecosystem becomes paramount for companies aiming to leverage these innovations.  We will dive into the critical importance of aligning with a compliant and trusted digital assets ecosystem, offering insights into its transformative potential for private companies in the capital markets.

We explore the historical challenges faced by digital assets, emphasize the necessity of a compliant regulatory framework, and provide practical steps for selecting the right ecosystem. Through anecdotes and expert analysis, we aim to educate and guide you towards making informed decisions in this rapidly evolving sector.

Why Ecosystems for Digital Assets Are Essential

The journey of digital assets in the marketplace is a tale of innovation, ambition, and, unfortunately, a learning curve steeped in regulatory missteps. The initial excitement surrounding Initial Coin Offerings (ICOs) gave way to disillusionment as scams proliferated. Similarly, the Non-Fungible Token (NFT) phase, while showcasing the potential for unique asset ownership on the blockchain, also faced its challenges in market acceptance and regulatory clarity. These historical lessons underscore the imperative need for a robust compliance ecosystem from the outset of any digital asset venture.

For private companies venturing into the private capital markets through digital assets, the right ecosystem is not just an advantage—it’s a necessity. This ecosystem must strike a delicate balance between advanced technological frameworks and stringent regulatory compliance.

Practical examples

Also, a good digital ecosystem should encompass a comprehensive regulatory framework, partnerships with legal experts, collaboration with FINRA Broker-Dealers, and blockchain technology that has been vetted and qualified by regulatory bodies.

A prime example of such diligence is KoreChain, which stands out as a pioneering entity that has navigated its blockchain infrastructure through SEC scrutiny, achieving a qualified status under the JOBS Act. This milestone not only highlights KoreChain’s commitment to regulatory compliance but also sets a precedent for what constitutes a trustworthy digital assets ecosystem.

Regulatory frameworks

The digital assets sector faces unique challenges, primarily due to its turbulent history and the evolving regulatory landscape. The shift from ICOs to NFTs and now to a new, regulated phase illustrates the sector’s dynamic nature. The clear message from regulators like the SEC is uncompromising: engagement in digital assets must be 100% compliant. This underscores the critical need for companies to align with digital assets ecosystems that have not only embraced but have been validated by regulatory frameworks. The onus is on companies to rigorously vet potential ecosystems, ensuring they do not fall foul of regulatory mandates.

Collaborating with a trusted digital assets ecosystem instills confidence that your offerings are compliant and that your partners are fully versed in securities law. Such ecosystems prioritize regulatory compliance and include all necessary intermediaries to ensure adherence to securities law.

Trustworthiness in digital assets ecosystem

It is essential for companies to demand evidence of compliance before engaging in any digital assets ecosystem, thereby safeguarding their operations and reputation.

Selecting the right digital assets ecosystem involves a meticulous approach:

Key points Why it matters?
Regulatory Compliance First Prioritize ecosystems that have proven regulatory approval or qualification, such as those that have engaged with regulatory bodies like the SEC. This ensures the foundation of your digital asset ventures is built on solid regulatory ground.
Technology and Infrastructure Scrutiny Evaluate the technological infrastructure of the ecosystem, ensuring it not only supports your operational needs but has also passed regulatory scrutiny. This includes assessing the blockchain technology for security, scalability, and compliance features.
Partnership and Support Ecosystem Look for ecosystems that offer a comprehensive network of partners, including legal experts, regulatory advisors, and broker-dealers. This network is invaluable for navigating the complexities of the digital assets market while ensuring compliance.

As we can see, navigating the digital assets landscape requires a well-informed approach, prioritizing regulatory compliance above all. The lessons learned from the ICO and NFT phases highlight the perils of overlooking regulatory requirements.

Digital Assets Ecosystem: Key Takeaways

As we venture into a new, regulated era of digital assets, the selection of your digital assets ecosystem should be guided by rigorous scrutiny of its regulatory standing, technological robustness, and the support network it offers.

Educating oneself on these aspects is not just advisable; it’s essential for success and compliance in the dynamic world of digital assets.

Remember, starting with technology without a clear understanding of regulatory requirements is a pathway to failure. Instead, choose wisely, ensuring your digital assets journey is both innovative and compliant.

Charter of Trust

Trust, Commitment, and Code of Conduct

This is the Trust Charter describing our commitment to Trust and the Code of Conduct of the Kore group of companies that includes KoreConx, KoreTransfer, and KoreChain.

We believe that TRUST is the cornerstone of any successful business relationship. Our co-founders build this into the DNA of our company.  As we celebrate our 7th year at KoreConX, we are dedicated to upholding the highest ethical standards and fostering an ecosystem of partners who share our commitment to integrity, security, and the responsible handling of information. This business charter outlines our principles of Trust, Commitment, and Code of Conduct, which guide our operations and interactions with clients, partners, and stakeholders. 

The KoreConX Seal of Trust

  • KoreConX will never take a commission, kickback, or revenue share from any of our KorePartners we have integrations with
  • KoreConX will never sell contact information or transaction data
  • KoreConX will never share or disclose individual data to anyone except to those parties who are responsible for working on transactions, following up with investors, performing their fiduciary duties, or performing their regulatory duties
  • KoreConX will never send marketing messages for investments
  • KoreConX will never contact investors in a manner that violates Trust or without the knowledge and consent of the company in which the investors are shareholders

The KoreConX Commitment to Value

  • KoreConX will provide and continually enhance value-added analytics
  • KoreConX will work with its KorePartners to continually reduce business process inefficiencies
  • KoreConX will be relentlessly focused on regulatory compliance and the safety of investors

Trust

  • Privacy Commitment: We pledge to safeguard our clients’ information with the utmost diligence. We will never use or disclose client information in a manner that compromises privacy, security, or business ethics.
  • Data Security: Our company will implement robust data security measures to protect client data from unauthorized access, breaches, or misuse.
  • Transparency: We will maintain transparency with our clients regarding how their information is collected, used, and shared, and we will comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations.
  • Non-Disclosure: We commit to respecting client confidentiality and will not share sensitive information without explicit consent or legal requirements.

Commitment

  • Ethical Conduct: Our company is committed to conducting business with the highest standards of ethics, honesty, and integrity. We will not engage in any fraudulent, deceptive, or illegal practices.
  • Continuous Improvement: We will continuously improve our infrastructure, processes, and services to provide a safe, efficient, and innovative environment for our clients and partners.
  • Compliance: We will adhere to all applicable laws, regulations, and industry standards relevant to our business operations, including but not limited to financial transactions, data protection, and environmental regulations.
  • Client Satisfaction: We are dedicated to meeting and exceeding client expectations by delivering high-quality services, prompt responses, and personalized support.
  • Compliance & Safety: We will not compromise regulatory compliance and safety to convenience or expediency.

Code of Conduct

  • Partnerships: We have established partnerships with firms and individuals who share our commitment to Trust, ethics, and security. Our KorePartners must adhere to similar principles in their interactions with us and our clients.
  • Fair Competition: We believe in fair competition and will not engage in anticompetitive practices or unfair business tactics. Our partners must also compete fairly in their respective markets.
  • Anti-Corruption: We are resolutely against bribery, corruption, and unethical influence in business. Our company and partners shall not offer, solicit, or accept bribes or engage in any form of corrupt practices.
  • Environmental Responsibility: We acknowledge our responsibility to the environment and will take measures to reduce our environmental footprint. Our partners are encouraged to adopt environmentally responsible practices.
  • Inclusivity: We promote diversity, equity, and inclusivity within our company and encourage our partners to do the same. Discrimination, harassment, or bias in any form will not be tolerated.
  • Conflict Resolution: We are committed to resolving disputes and conflicts promptly, fairly, and through peaceful means. We will seek amicable solutions to disagreements with clients, partners, or stakeholders.
  • Seeking Synergies: We favor win-win and synergystic solutions and partnerships even with parties who believe they are our competitors. Our goal is to remain a technology infrastructure company, and we are open to collaborating with other parties and helping them maintain their brand.

KoreConX aims to create a business environment that is built on trust, commitment to ethical operations, and a shared code of conduct. We invite all our clients, partners, and stakeholders to join us in maintaining and upholding these principles, creating a thriving ecosystem where mutual respect, transparency, and trust are at the core of every interaction.

 

Learn more about the origins of our charter of trust. 

Payment Rails: Cannabis Raising Capital – Navigating the Complex Landscape

In the evolving landscape of the cannabis industry, securing capital through online platforms presents unique challenges, particularly in the realm of payment processing. We explore the intricacies of payment rails for cannabis companies engaging in capital-raising activities under the JOBS Act Regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+).

Through anecdotes and analysis, we delve into the reasons behind the sector’s struggle with traditional payment methods, the importance of partnering with knowledgeable payment rails providers, and the specialized hurdles cannabis companies face within the banking world.

We also discuss how partnerships with entities like KoreIssuance having a tightly integrated and well-informed payment solutions partner, can provide a fully compliant pathway for cannabis companies to raise capital online successfully.

By understanding the nuances of this process and recognizing red flags in selecting issuance partners, cannabis companies can position themselves for successful capital-raising.

The Regulatory Landscape for Cannabis Businesses

The cannabis sector in the USA operates in a unique regulatory environment. Despite legalization in numerous states for medicinal or recreational use, cannabis companies face significant operational challenges, particularly regarding payment processing.

Traditional payment systems, such as credit card networks, often exclude cannabis-related transactions due to federal regulations, leaving businesses to rely on less convenient cash transactions or navigate the murky waters of high-risk payment processors.

The Importance of Payment Rails in Cannabis Capital Raising

The distinction between operations and securities offerings is a crucial one in the cannabis industry.

While day-to-day operations might be cash-intensive and largely excluded from traditional banking services, raising capital online operates under a different set of rules and opportunities, particularly under the JOBS Act Regulations (RegD, RegCF, RegA+).

A strong payment rails partner, well-versed in these regulations, can unlock the door to efficient capital raising for cannabis companies by providing the necessary infrastructure to process investments safely and compliantly.

Banking Challenges for Cannabis Companies

Cannabis companies face special challenges within the banking world, not just for their operational needs but also when attempting to raise capital.

The banking industry’s hesitancy to engage with cannabis companies stems from a lack of understanding of the separation between the businesses’ operational aspects and their securities offerings. However, ecosystems like KoreIssuance have made significant strides in educating the banking and payment industries about the unique aspects of cannabis companies raising capital under securities laws.

This education is pivotal in distinguishing the use of payment rails for compliance with securities laws from the broader banking challenges of the cannabis industry.

Partnering with KoreIssuance for Compliant Solutions

Partnering with a trusted issuance partner like KoreIssuance provides cannabis companies with the confidence that all aspects of their capital-raising efforts are managed compliantly.

KoreIssuance, in collaboration with its exclusive payment processing partner, they offer a compliant solution that enables cannabis companies to raise capital confidently.

This partnership allows investors to use credit cards or ACH transfers to invest in cannabis companies, a significant advancement given the industry’s traditional reliance on cash transactions.

Red Flags in Selecting Issuance Partners

When selecting an issuance partner for their offering, cannabis companies should be wary of several red flags:

Comprehensive Compliance: Ensure that the partner operates compliantly end-to-end within the regulatory framework of the JOBS Act and understands the specific compliance requirements of the cannabis sector.

Understanding of Cannabis Challenges: The partner must have a deep understanding of the challenges facing cannabis companies, especially regarding banking and payment processing.

Dedicated Payment Solutions: The issuance partner should have established relationships with banks and payment processors who are fully compliant and willing to support cannabis companies in their capital-raising efforts and provide rates similar to any other business. 

Conclusion: The Importance of trusted partner selection

In conclusion, the importance of educating oneself before selecting an issuance partner cannot be overstated for cannabis companies looking to raise capital. The nuances of compliance, particularly in relation to payment processing under the JOBS Act, demand careful consideration and a thorough vetting process.

By asking the right questions and identifying potential red flags, cannabis companies can forge partnerships that enable them to navigate the complexities of capital raising in this unique sector confidently.

The partnership between KoreIssuance exemplifies the type of collaborative approach that can address the specific needs of cannabis companies, ensuring a compliant, efficient, and successful capital-raising process.

As the cannabis industry continues to grow and evolve, understanding these intricacies and leveraging the right partnerships will be key to unlocking the full potential of online capital-raising efforts.

 

Capital Raising Process: 4 Steps to Start Funding Now

In the dynamic world of private capital markets, raising capital is both an art and a science. We will demystify the capital raising process for private companies, outlining a four-step approach that harmonizes regulatory compliance, technology utilization, and strategic storytelling to attract and engage investors. From navigating the regulatory landscape to leveraging technology for efficient capital raises under the JOBS Act (RegCF, RegD, and RegA+), we explore how to transform the complex journey into a streamlined pathway to funding. By highlighting anecdotes from successful capital raises and the critical role of trusted partners, this guide aims to equip entrepreneurs with the knowledge and tools necessary to embark on their capital raising journey confidently.

Anecdotes of Successful Capital Raising

The journey of capital raising is punctuated with stories of entrepreneurs who turned their visions into reality. From tech startups that secured seed funding through strategic pitches to established companies that leveraged equity crowdfunding for expansion, these stories share a common thread: the ability to articulate a compelling narrative that resonates with investors. These anecdotes not only inspire but also illustrate the practical application of strategic planning and regulatory navigation in the capital raising process.

Leveraging Technology for Compliance and Efficiency

In today’s digital age, technology plays a pivotal role in streamlining the capital raising process. Platforms like KoreIssuance offer a seamless solution for companies to manage their capital raises, ensuring compliance with JOBS Act regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+). Post-offering, technologies for shareholder communication and online e-voting, such as Shareholder Communications tools, are invaluable for maintaining transparency and engagement. Additionally, cap table management software is essential for tracking equity ownership and ensuring accurate record-keeping. These technological tools not only simplify compliance but also enhance the investor experience, making it easier for the crowd to invest in promising companies.

Navigating Challenges in Capital-Raising

The path to successful capital raising is fraught with challenges, from understanding the regulatory landscape to attracting potential investors. Entrepreneurs must work with trusted partners, including FINRA Broker-Dealers and technology providers, to navigate these hurdles effectively. One of the most significant challenges is crafting a narrative that captures the essence of the business, reminding companies that investors invest in people first. The story behind the company, its mission, and its vision is what ultimately draws investors in, not just the potential financial returns.

Working with Trusted Partners

The importance of selecting trusted partners for the capital raising journey cannot be overstated. These partners, including regulatory experts, technology providers, and FINRA Broker-Dealers, ensure that the process remains compliant, efficient, and transparent. By providing essential information and guidance, they help companies navigate from start to finish, ensuring that the capital raising process is not only successful but also builds a strong foundation for future investor relations.

Four Steps to Raise Capital

For companies looking to embark on their capital-raising journey, the following four steps provide a roadmap to success:

  1. Understand Regulatory Requirements: Start by gaining a thorough understanding of the JOBS Act regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+) and how they apply to your capital raise. This knowledge will guide your strategy and help you select the right regulation for your investor target market.  Here is a great library to get started.
  2. Leverage Technology Platforms: Utilize technology platforms for issuance, shareholder communication, and cap table management. These tools will streamline your process, ensure regulatory compliance, and enhance investor engagement.
  3. Craft a Compelling Narrative: Develop a compelling story that communicates your company’s mission, vision, and value proposition. Remember, your narrative should resonate with potential investors on a personal level, showcasing the people behind the company.
  4. Select Trusted Partners: Work with trusted advisors, intermediaries, and partners who understand the private capital markets and can guide you through the regulatory and operational complexities of capital raising.

Raising capital for a private company, whether a nascent startup or an established entity, requires a blend of strategic planning, regulatory navigation, and genuine storytelling. Understanding the regulations is the first step, providing a framework within which to operate and target the right investors.

Leveraging technology and working with trusted partners streamline the process, ensuring compliance and efficiency. However, the heart of capital raising lies in the ability to connect with investors on a personal level, sharing a vision that inspires and motivates them to join your journey.

As the regulatory landscape and market conditions evolve, continuous education and adaptability remain key. Remember, there are no shortcuts to raising capital, but with the right approach, tools, and partners, your capital raising journey can be a successful and rewarding endeavor.

 

The Broker-Dealer’s Guide to Due Diligence process

In the realm of private capital markets, due diligence is not just a procedure but a pledge—a commitment to uphold integrity, trust, and compliance.  This guide serves as a beacon for Chief Compliance Officers (CCOs) and their compliance teams, guiding them through the complexities of due diligence process in private company capital raises. From leveraging technology to navigating an ever-evolving regulatory landscape, to understanding the nuanced roles of FINRA Broker-Dealers, we delve into how these crucial processes safeguard the private capital markets, ensuring a secure and transparent investment environment for all parties involved.

Due Diligence by Chief Compliance Officers

Imagine a world where investments flow seamlessly, underpinned by an unshakeable trust between investors and companies raising capital. This is the reality that CCOs strive to create through meticulous process of due diligence on companies and investors. Through their diligent efforts, such as scrutinizing a company’s financial health, operational strategies, and leadership integrity, CCOs not only protect investors from unforeseen risks but also build a foundation of trust that is paramount for successful capital raises.

Empowering CCOs with Technology

The digital age has revolutionized due diligence process, providing CCOs with tools to gather and analyze vast amounts of data efficiently. Technologies tailored to regulations like RegCF, RegD, and RegA+ enable CCOs to customize and have still best practices in due diligence processes. Therefore, ensuring that each investigation meets specific regulatory standards. This not only streamlines compliance but also allows CCOs to allocate their resources more effectively, focusing on strategic decision-making rather than getting lost in a sea of paperwork.  CCO’s are the backbone of the firm, and as such technology needs to be part of their overall strategy for the firm to be successful, tools such as Compliance Desk provide the necessary and regulatory requirements of making sure data is collected, tracked, and maintained for CCOs. 

Navigating Challenges of due diligence process in a Dynamic Regulatory Environment

The landscape for FINRA Broker-Dealers is fraught with challenges, from navigating a complex web of regulations to ensuring that compliance teams are equipped with the necessary tools. The advent of technologies like the Compliance Desk represents a significant leap forward, enabling CCOs to maintain organized records in a FINRA-approved facility to meet Rule 17a-4 requirements. This capability is crucial for broker-dealers to manage their compliance efficiently, allowing them to focus on expanding their business while maintaining strict regulatory adherence.

The Critical Role of FINRA Broker-Dealers

FINRA Broker-Dealers are the guardians of the private capital markets, and their role extends beyond initial best practices on the due diligence process; they help to ensure the safety and integrity of transactions for investors, companies, and intermediaries alike. Once an offering goes live, they are responsible for continuous oversight, including KYC, AML, suitability, and investor verification. This dual focus on company and investor due diligence is essential for preventing bad actors from entering the market, thereby protecting the investment ecosystem.

7 Steps for Effective Due Diligence on Private Companies

For those aiming to enhance their due diligence processes or embarking on the journey to become a FINRA Broker-Dealer,  consider the following steps:

  1. Comprehensive Regulatory Understanding: Gain a deep understanding of the relevant regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+) and their implications for your due diligence process.
  2. Robust Data Collection and Analysis: Leverage technology to efficiently collect and analyze company data, focusing on financials, management, and operational integrity.
  3. Risk Assessment: Develop a framework for assessing and categorizing potential risks, including financial, legal, and operational risks.
  4. Management and Operational Evaluation: Conduct thorough evaluations of the company’s management team and operational capabilities to ensure they have the necessary expertise and resources.  Always do bad actor checks on the company and the principles of the company.
  5. Legal Compliance Verification: Verify the company’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including securities laws and industry-specific regulations.
  6. Continuous Monitoring: Establish processes for ongoing monitoring of the company’s performance and compliance post-investment.
  7. Record Keeping and Reporting: Implement systems for maintaining detailed records of your due diligence process, ensuring they meet FINRA’s Rule 17a-4 requirements for record-keeping.

Best practices on due diligence for broker-dealers

In the rapidly evolving landscape of private capital markets, the importance best practices on due diligence for broker-dealers cannot be overstated.

It is the bedrock upon which trust and compliance are built, safeguarding the interests of investors and ensuring the integrity of the market. For FINRA Broker-Dealers and their compliance teams, staying abreast of regulatory changes and leveraging technology are key to navigating this complex environment effectively.

So, by creating a comprehensive guide of due diligence best practices that align with current regulations and anticipate future shifts, firms can not only comply with today’s standards but also set a benchmark for excellence in compliance and investor protection. As we move forward, education and adaptability will remain crucial for all stakeholders in the private capital markets, ensuring that they can meet today’s challenges and seize tomorrow’s opportunities.

2024 Funding Guide: Top 7 Loan Alternatives for Startups

Loan Alternatives for Startups

Getting money to start a business is a critical issue that entrepreneurs have to deal. Sometimes the landscape seems so uncertain that a lot of them think of paying astronomical taxes to get the capital and get the idea off the drawing board.

But beyond traditional bank loans, there are a lot of loan alternatives for startups waiting to be explored. This guide will show you different funding options, empowering you with more knowledge to unfoggy the landscape.  Therefore, you’ll have more resources to think about which alternative may fit your business.

From innovative crowdfunding to strategic partnerships with angel investors, we’ll delve into the diverse funding ecosystem, equipping you with the knowledge to make informed decisions.

For startups and companies looking to get money to fund their business, there are many different options. While not every option may be best suited for every company, understanding each will help to choose which one is best for them. 

Family and friends

In the early stages of seeking loan alternatives for Startups, investment from family and friends can be both a simple and safe solution. Since family members and friends likely want to see you succeed, they are potential sources of funding.

Unlike traditional investors, family and friends do not need to register as an investor to donate. It is also likely that through this method, founders may not have to give up some of their equity. This allows them to retain control over their company. 

Angel investors

Angel investors and angel groups can also be a source of getting capital to fund your business.  Angel investors can be either non-accredited and accredited investors, for accredited investors there is an additional step to meet SEC regulations to make sure they have been verified. Angel groups are multiple angel investors who have pooled their money together to invest in startups. Typically, angel investors invest capital in exchange for equity and may play a role as a mentor, anticipating a return on their investment. 

Venture capital

Venture capital investors are SEC-regulated and invest in exchange for equity in the company. However, they are not investing their own money, rather investing other people’s. Since venture capital investors are trying to make money from their investments, they typically prefer to have some say in the company’s management, likely reducing the founders’ control. 

Strategic investors

Strategic investors may also be an option for companies. Typically owned by larger corporations, strategic investors invest in companies that will strengthen the corporate investor or that will help both parties grow. Strategic investors usually make available their connections or provide other resources that the company may need. This makes them our forth alternative to loans for startups.

Startup accelerator programs

Another way to get money for your business without getting a loan, is through startup accelerator programs

For some companies, crowdfunding may be useful for raising money. With this method, companies can either offer equity or rewards to investors, the latter allowing the company to raise the money they need without giving up control of the company. 

Getting capital to fund your business: Regulations for crowdfunding

Through the JOBS Act, the SEC passed Regulation A+ crowdfunding, which allows entities to raise up to $75 million in capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors. Crowdfunding gives access to a wider pool of potential investors, making it possible to secure the funding they need through this method. 

Alternatively, Regulation CF may be a better fit. Through RegCF, companies can raise up to $5 million, during a 12-month, period from anyone looking to invest. This gives an important opportunity to turn their loyal customers into shareholders as well. These types of offerings must be done online through an SEC-registered intermediary, like a funding portal or broker-dealer.

In the March 2021 update to the regulation, investment limits for accredited investors were removed and investment limits for non-accredited investors were revised to be $2,500 or 5% of the greater of annual income or net worth. It is also important to note that now, issuers (those seeking funding) can now “test the waters” to gauge interest before registering the offering with the SEC. Additionally, the use of special purpose vehicles (SPVs) within RegCF offerings was permitted.

Regulation D is another method that private companies can use to raise capital. Through RegD, some companies are allowed to sell securities without registering the offering with the SEC. However, if you choose to raise capital through RegD, you must electronically file the SEC’s “Form D.” By meeting either RegD exemptions 506(b) or 506(c), issuers can raise an unlimited amount of capital. To meet the requirements of the 506(b) exemption, companies must not use general solicitation to advertise securities, can raise money from an unlimited number of accredited investors and up to 35 other sophisticated investors, and must determine the information to provide investors while adhering to anti-fraud securities laws. For 506(c) exemptions, companies can solicit and advertise an offering but all investors must be accredited. In this case, the company must reasonably verify that the investor meet the SEC’s accredited investor requirements  

Direct offerings

Another loan alternative is to utilize direct offerings to raise money. Through a direct offering, companies can issue shares to the company directly to investors, without having to undergo an initial public offering (IPO). Since a direct offering is typically cheaper than an IPO, companies can raise funding without having major expenses. Since trading of shares bought through a direct offering is typically more difficult than those bought in an IPO, investors may request higher equity before they decide to invest. 

Security tokens

Companies can offer security tokens to investors through an issuance platform. Companies should be aware that these securities are required to follow SEC regulations. It is becoming more common for companies to offer securities through an issuance platform, as it allows them to reach a larger audience than traditional methods. This is also attractive to investors, as securities can be traded in a secondary market, providing them with more options and liquidity for their shares. 

Getting funds with a broker-dealer assistance

Additionally, companies looking to raise capital can do so with the help of a broker-dealer. Broker-dealers are SEC-registered entities that deal with transactions related to securities, as well as buying and selling securities for their own account or those of their customers. Plus, certain states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities, so working with a broker-dealer allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. This makes it likely that a company raising capital already has an established relationship with a broker-dealer. 

Funding through website

Lastly, companies looking to raise capital can do it directly through their website. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can raise capital at their website, maintaining their brand experience. The platform allows companies to place an “invest now” button on their site throughout their RegA, RegCF, RegD, or other offerings so that potential investors can easily invest. 

 

Whichever loan alternatives for startups you choose, it must make sure that it aligns with the company’s goals. Without understanding each method, it is possible that founders may end up being asked to give up too much equity and lose control of the company they have worked hard to build. Companies should approach the process of raising capital with a strategy already in place so that they can be satisfied with the outcome. 

 

*Disclaimer: This article was last reviewed in January 2024. Please note that regulatory landscapes and requirements are subject to rapid changes. The information provided here is reflective of the early part of 2024.

What is a Broker-Dealer?

We are diving into the world of FINRA Broker-Dealers – a crucial component in maintaining the integrity and trustworthiness of the private capital markets. We’ll explore their role, significance, and the technology that powers them, providing an overview of the challenges they face and their importance in safeguarding investors, companies, and intermediaries. 

We’ll also offer practical steps for those interested in becoming a FINRA Broker-Dealer, highlighting the ongoing responsibilities and the necessity of understanding the compliance landscape.

What is a broker-dealer?

Basically, a broker-dealer is a critical player in the financial landscape, serving as an intermediary that buys and sells securities for both clients and their own accounts. In essence, they facilitate the flow of capital by connecting investors with opportunities.

For people aiming to raise capital or just wanting to deep their knowledge, understanding the function and value of broker-dealers is important. As we’ll see in the next section, broker-dealers not only ensure transactions are executed efficiently but also uphold regulatory compliance, safeguarding the integrity of the capital markets and enhancing investor confidence.

Roles of a Broker-Dealer

Imagine you’re planning to climb a challenging mountain. Would you go alone or with an experienced guide? In the world of capital raising, FINRA Broker-Dealers are akin to these indispensable guides.

Therefore, one of major roles of a broker-dealer is to bring expertise and trustworthiness, ensuring that companies operate in compliance with regulations while securing capital.

An excellent example is when a startup, brimming with innovative ideas but new to the regulatory landscape, partners with a FINRA Broker-Dealer. This partnership not only enhances the credibility of the startup in the eyes of investors but also ensures adherence to the stringent regulatory framework, building a foundation of trust and reliability.  

The Pillars of the Private Capital Market

With over 3,000 registered FINRA Broker-Dealers in the USA, these entities are not just numerous; they are vital cogs in the financial ecosystem. They play a critical role in ensuring that capital markets operate smoothly, efficiently, and, most importantly, within the boundaries of securities law. Their presence bolsters investor confidence, knowing that there’s a regulatory watchguard ensuring fair and transparent transactions.

At KoreConX we only work with registered FINRA Broker-Dealers to utilize our infrastructure to make sure we provide and end to end compliant transactions for all participants in the transaction.

Broker-Dealer Compliance

The advent of the JOBS Act brought about a seismic shift in how private capital is raised, particularly for startups and small businesses. FINRA Broker-Dealers have been at the forefront of adopting technology to leverage these regulations efficiently. They use sophisticated platforms from KoreConX for tasks like conducting due diligence, monitoring transactions, and ensuring compliance with the JOBS Act and crowdfunding regulations. This technological integration not only streamlines processes but also enhances the accuracy and effectiveness of compliance measures.

Navigating Current Challenges

Despite their expertise and technological prowess, FINRA Broker-Dealers face an evolving landscape of challenges. The rapid pace of regulatory changes, the increasing complexity of financial products, and the need for advanced cybersecurity measures to protect sensitive data are just a few of the hurdles. Adapting to these changes while maintaining the highest standards of compliance and investor protection is a balancing act that requires constant vigilance and adaptability.

Safeguarding the Capital Market Ecosystem

The role of a FINRA Broker-Dealer transcends mere compliance. They are the guardians of market integrity, playing a pivotal role in ensuring a safe and fair environment for all participants – investors, companies, and intermediaries. Their work upholds the principles of transparency and fairness, which are fundamental to the health and stability of the private capital markets.

How to become a FINRA Broker-Dealer: Step-by-Step

  1. Understand the Regulatory Framework: Before embarking on this journey, it’s crucial to have a thorough understanding of the FINRA rules, SEC regulations, and other relevant laws. This knowledge is the foundation upon which your Broker-Dealer operations will be built.
  2. Obtain the Necessary Licenses: Register with FINRA, pass the required exams (like the Series 7 and Series 63), and meet the net capital requirements. This step is about more than just fulfilling legal obligations; it’s about equipping yourself with the tools and knowledge necessary for effective compliance and operation.  Once you have the people the firm also needs to add business line items such as RegCF, RegA+, digital securities to be able to transact in the private capital markets.
  3. Implement Robust Compliance and Technological Systems: Set up systems for ongoing compliance, including technology for record-keeping, reporting, and monitoring transactions. Remember, becoming a Broker-Dealer is not just about starting; it’s about maintaining and continuously improving your operations and compliance posture.  FINRA has requirements where information can be hosted that FINRA Broker-Dealers must follow, we are KoreConX follow these guidelines so FINRA Broker-Dealers can transact with confidence.

 

Educating for a Better Financial Future

Embarking on the journey to become a FINRA Broker-Dealer is not just about fulfilling a regulatory role; it’s about committing to the ongoing responsibility of maintaining licenses, staying abreast of regulatory changes, and undertaking permissible activities. This role is crucial in safeguarding the interests of all parties involved in the private capital markets, thereby ensuring a stable, transparent, and fair financial ecosystem.

Understanding the requirements and responsibilities of being a FINRA Broker-Dealer is vital for anyone considering this path. It’s a commitment to excellence, continuous learning, and an unwavering dedication to maintaining the integrity of the capital markets. As we navigate the ever-evolving landscape of private investing, the role of the FINRA Broker-Dealer remains more important than ever, acting as a beacon of trust, compliance, and stability in the dynamic world of finance.

 

Protecting shareholder rights: Can transfer agents save democracy?

In today’s article, we’ll talk about the key role of transfer agents in protecting shareholder rights and corporate governance. Especially when it comes to potential threats from powerful actors like oligarchs or governments.

Introduction

A long time ago in what seems like a different universe, I was working on an IPO for a company that will have to remain unidentified in a country that never experienced Enlightenment thinking.

The company’s CEO and majority owner decided to challenge the local dictator’s political leadership. Dictator X didn’t take kindly to that and decided that a change of ownership of the company was in order.

One of the ways he did that was to simply change the share register. “All your shares are belong to me”, he goes. 

And the keeper of the register does not challenge that because at least one person has already shown up dead in a quarry at that point.

We need to talk about protecting shareholder rights. 

It’s worth to consider

I’m not suggesting that anything like that is happening here yet. But I am worrying about the sanctity of the share register for a couple of reasons. 

First, the political environment suggests that many places might be moving towards a more dirigiste system with more political interference into the conduct of companies, with companies being penalized for behavior or policies the political leadership disapproves of.

Second, in our own industry, I’ve seen instances where issuers and gatekeepers (including lawyers) are looking for easy solutions to the existence of inconvenient shareholders. For example, trying to “reverse” the sale of shares that has already taken place by returning the money because of some compliance failure in an offering. Or trying to “cash out” non-accredited shareholders in an acquisition transaction that runs into the “Rule 145 problem” where registering or finding an available exemption is impossible or inconvenient.

Protecting shareholder rights

Here’s the thing. A share is a bundle of economic and governance rights. Some of those rights are specified by the corporate laws of the state in which a company is incorporated. Some of those rights are set out in the bylaws. State law dictates how rights granted to shareholders may be modified. If a company (or a potential acquiror of the company) finds that having a large number of shareholders, or having non-accredited shareholders, is not part of its plan, then it can only remove them through prescribed means in accordance with corporate law. Neither they nor their agents can just wipe out a shareholder’s rights by throwing money at them if the ability to do so is not specified in law.

Transfer agents, please guard the share registers you are entrusted with. You may be the first line of defense against oligarchs. You are certainly the defender of retail investors.

You should be making sure that transfer of (or cancellation of) ownership is made according to the law. If someone wants to remove a shareholder on your register, make sure you have legal advice that says you can do that.

Also, does anyone have an opinion on whether a blockchain-only register would make this issue better or worse?

*This text was originally published on Crowdcheck.

How to choose the right trusted cap table provider

In the dynamic landscape of private companies, managing and maintaining an accurate and reliable capitalization table (Cap Table) is paramount. A Cap Table is a detailed ledger that outlines the ownership structure of a company, showcasing the distribution of equity among shareholders. As private companies grow and undergo various funding rounds, mergers, and acquisitions, having a trusted cap table provider becomes indispensable. 

What most entrepreneurs do not realize is the importance of the cap table until they are engaging in a transaction of raising capital, M&A, or going public.   Your company’s cap table becomes the deal breaker if you are not ready. 

This blog explores the significance of a reliable Cap Table and the advantages it brings to private companies when working with a 3rd party provider.

What is a Cap Table Provider?

A Cap Table Provider is a third-party entity that specializes in maintaining and managing your company’s cap table. Their primary role is to ensure that your cap table is accurate, up-to-date, and compliant with all relevant laws and regulations.

This service is especially crucial in the context of raising capital online, where multiple investors may be involved. 

A cap table provider has to follow securities and privacy laws, also assuring companies of Trust, this is not any law but its clear that you are trusting a provider with your most valuable assets to manage. 

What Do They Provide?

Cap table providers need to offer a range of services designed to streamline the complex process of cap table management for private companies. These services typically include:

→ Initial Setup: They will help you create your cap table from scratch, ensuring that all equity and securities are accurately recorded from day one.

→ Transaction Tracking: Providers keep a detailed record of all equity transactions, including investments, stock issuances, option grants, warrants, safe, saft, notes, digital securities, NFT, and more.

→ Compliance Monitoring: They ensure that your cap table adheres to all legal and regulatory requirements, including securities laws, tax laws, and accounting standards.

→ Scenario Modeling “Waterfalls”: Cap table providers can help you run “what-if” scenarios to understand the impact of various financial decisions on equity ownership and dilution.  This is often referred to as “waterfall” modeling.

→ Shareholder Reporting: They generate reports and statements for your investors, making it easier to communicate and maintain transparency.  Very important element to make sure reports such as K1, dividends, AGM etc are delivered in a timely manner.

Valuation Management: Providers assist in tracking the valuation of your company over time, which is vital for determining the worth of individual equity stakes.  For private companies 409a reporting is critical and also mandated.

→ Exit Planning: As your company grows, they help you prepare for exit events such as mergers, acquisitions, or initial public offerings (IPOs).

Why It’s Important to Work with a 3rd Party Provider

Choosing a trusted cap table provider is not just an option; it’s a strategic necessity for any private company, especially those raising capital online and utilizing the JOBS Act Regulations such as RegCF, RegD, and RegA+. Here’s why:

1. Expertise and Accuracy

Cap table management requires specialized knowledge of securities laws, tax regulations, and accounting standards. A third-party provider brings expertise to the table, ensuring your cap table is accurate and compliant, reducing the risk of costly errors.  Today, the movement of securities such as transfers and trades you need experts to maintain your book of records accurate.

2. Scalability

As your company grows, managing your cap table becomes increasingly complex. A provider has the resources and tools to handle the growing complexity, allowing you to focus on your core business operations.

3. Transparency

A third-party provider adds a layer of transparency between your company and its investors. This transparency fosters trust and confidence, vital for attracting and retaining shareholders.

4. Security and Confidentiality

Your cap table contains sensitive information about your shareholders and the financial health of your company. Trusting a third-party provider with this data ensures that it remains secure and confidential.  TRUST is not technology, TRUST is not regulations, TRUST needs to be the DNA of the company.

5. Regulatory Compliance

Securities laws and regulations are constantly evolving. A cap table provider stays updated with these changes, helping your company stay compliant and avoid legal issues.

Choosing a trusted cap table provider

Perhaps the most critical aspect of choosing a cap table provider is TRUST. Your company is entrusting the provider with one of its most valuable assets: its shareholders. Here’s why trust is of utmost importance:

Factor Description
Confidentiality A trusted cap table provider understands the importance of keeping your shareholder information confidential. They have robust security measures in place to safeguard this data from unauthorized access or breaches. Not only managing securely but making sure the provider is not using your data.
Accuracy Errors in your cap table can lead to disputes, legal issues, and even damage your company’s reputation. Trustworthy providers have rigorous quality control processes in place to ensure the accuracy of your cap table.
Responsiveness In the fast-paced world of business, you need a provider who is responsive to your needs. Trustworthy providers prioritize client communication and support, ensuring your concerns are addressed promptly.
Compliance Trustworthy providers are well-versed in securities regulations and take compliance seriously. They help your company stay on the right side of the law, reducing the risk of regulatory trouble. A cap table provider should provide your company with a TRUST document that is beyond external regulatory compliance.
Reputation A provider’s reputation matters. Check their track record, client testimonials, and industry reputation to ensure they have a history of delivering quality service.

For CEOs, Presidents, CFOs, COOs, Chief Legal Counsel, and Lawyers, selecting a trusted cap table provider is a strategic decision that can greatly impact your company’s success, especially when raising capital online.

The right provider offers TRUST, expertise, scalability, transparency, and security. Above all, TRUST between your company and the provider is paramount, as they safeguard your most valuable assets—your shareholders. By choosing a reputable provider, you can navigate the complex world of cap table management with confidence, knowing that your financial records are in capable hands.

Reg S vs online offerings: key issues

In the complex sphere of securities, the SEC’s Regulation S holds significant importance, but it is frequently misunderstood by many in the industry. Therefore, having a clear understanding about its role is essential for to be well-informed and avoid misconceptions.

 

Introduction

We often hear suggestions that a Reg S offering be added to an offering being made under one of the online offering exemptions (Reg A, Reg CF or Rule 506(c) under Reg D). This is very rarely a good idea. Reg S sits very uneasily with the online exemptions. Although the conditions under which such offerings can be made using general solicitation vary, each of them can use general solicitation. Reg S offerings cannot.

Reg S requires that offers and sales be made in an “offshore transaction”, which means no offer can be made to a person in the United States and that you have to know or reasonably believe that any buyer of securities is physically located outside the United States. Additionally, “directed selling efforts” in the United States are prohibited.

Eye on compliance!

Directed selling efforts are much broader than general solicitation, including any activities that “condition the market” and would include not just advertising, but also person-to-person sales communications.

The type of communications permitted under the online offering exemptions would generally blow both the offshore transaction requirement and the directed selling effort prohibition. As we all know, the term “offer” is interpreted very broadly in US securities law.

If you are making an offering under multiple “exemptions”, even if you don’t mention the Reg S offering, the SEC is likely to take the view that general solicitation activities will result in conditioning the market for the Reg S offering. The Staff has certainly asked issuers making offerings under several exemptions contemporaneously for an “integration” analysis – explaining why various communications should not be treated as resulting in the several offerings being treated as essentially one plan of financing.

Efforts to argue to the Staff that one communication relates to one offering, and another communication relates to an offering under a different exemption have been met with a robust skepticism, and the Staff have often seemed to take the view that communications for multiple offerings cross-market each other. This would be even more the case if one of the offerings were being made under Reg S, where the “market conditioning” prohibition is baked into the rule.

Mentioning the Reg S offering in communications in the United States, would of course be a violation of the “no offers in the United States” requirement. But if you didn’t mention it, you would run the risk of omitting disclosure of a material fact.

Reg S and Online Offerings: think twice

Although its technically possible, is rarely adding a Reg S element to any offering being made under an online offering exemption. It’s reasonable consider that if you did want to add Reg S, you would need a geofenced offering site accessible only to persons outside the United States.

You need a separate set of offering docs (to comply with the other conditions of Reg S, which I haven’t even touched on here). And you would need to ensure that no-one who invested came to the offering because of all the communications you used in the other offerings – the LinkedIn ads, the TikTok videos, the Insta pics, the You Tube videos. And that’s a difficult task.

And bear in mind that even if you were to structure an offering to meet the requirements of Reg S, you would still need to consider compliance with the securities laws of the countries your investors are from, as you would with any of the other “exemptions”.

In most cases, from a practical point of view, you are better off relying on the usual online offering exemptions, even to accommodate non-US investors.

 

* Credits: Sara Hanks, CrowdCheck.

Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations

Raising capital as a company can be an exciting step, but understanding some particularities of the area is not always so easy. One crucial aspect is understanding prospectus requirements, detailed legal documents outlining a security offering.

Regulation 45-106, a game-changer for Canadian companies by offering “exemptions” from this requirement, but it’s not a free pass, it has specific conditions.

Curious? Keep reading and check practical aspects about Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations.

Introduction

Regulation 45-106, also known as National Instrument 45-106, is a key piece of Canadian securities law that governs exemptions from issuing a prospectus (a detailed legal document) for companies raising capital.

It outlines specific scenarios where companies can offer and sell securities without a prospectus, often referred to as “exemptions.” This streamlines the process for both companies and investors by reducing documentation and administrative burdens.

However, using these exemptions doesn’t mean companies get a free pass. Regulation 45-106 also imposes reporting requirements on companies that utilize these exemptions, typically those raising capital through private placements (selling shares to a limited group of accredited investors). These reports serve two main purposes:

 

  • Transparency: Provide investors and regulators with detailed information about the company and its securities offering, enabling informed investment decisions and ensuring everyone has access to essential facts.

 

  • Investor protection: Uphold a high standard of market integrity by deterring fraud and ensuring investors are treated fairly.

 

Therefore, Regulation 45-106 balances streamlined capital raising with essential investor protection by allowing exemptions under specific conditions but requiring reporting to maintain transparency and safeguard investor interests.

Filing Form 45-106: don’t forget this!

As we talked in the previous section, the National Instrument 45-106 is a securities regulation in Canada that governs prospectus and registration exemptions for issuers and investors. 

In this context, it sets out various exemptions from the prospectus requirement for the issuance and trading of securities, along with specific reporting obligations for companies that rely on these exemptions.

The reporting requirements for companies under Regulation 45-106 primarily apply to issuers who issue securities under specific exemptions, such as the private placement exemptions. The reporting obligations aim to provide investors and regulators with information about the issuers and their securities offerings, ensuring transparency and investor protection.

What is 45-106 filing?  

Summing up, the 45-106 filing is a mandatory reporting process in Canadian securities regulations. It involves submitting a form with detailed information about the issuer, security, exemptions, offering amount, and investors. 

Let’s take a closer look.

  • Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution:
    • Issuers who rely on certain prospectus exemptions (e.g., private placements) to issue securities in Canada must file a Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution.
    • This report must be filed with the applicable securities regulatory authority in each Canadian jurisdiction where the distribution occurred.
    • The Form 45-106F1 contains details about the issuer, the type of security issued, exemptions relied upon, the offering amount, and information about the investors.

Regulation 45-106 Compliance: best practices

Seeking professional assistance to fill out the forms and solve questions about your business and 45-106 is a key aspect and might be considered since the beginning of the process.

It’s crucial for companies and issuers to understand the specific reporting requirements associated with the exemptions used and to ensure timely and accurate filings to meet their regulatory obligations. Compliance with reporting requirements under Regulation 45-106 contributes to maintaining transparency in the Canadian capital markets and supports investor confidence. Companies should seek guidance from legal and financial professionals familiar with Canadian securities regulations to navigate these obligations effectively.

 

RegS SEC Reporting Obligations

Regulation S (RegS) is a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulation that provides a safe harbor from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933 for certain offerings and sales of securities outside the United States. Regulation S applies to offerings that are conducted entirely outside of the United States, targeting non-U.S. persons.

Under Regulation S, there are no specific ongoing reporting requirements imposed by the SEC for companies conducting offerings and sales of securities to non-U.S. persons. However, there are certain provisions and considerations associated with Regulation S offerings:

  • Safe Harbor for Offshore Offerings: Regulation S provides a safe harbor exemption for securities offerings and sales that occur entirely outside of the United States. This exemption applies to both equity and debt securities and allows companies to conduct offshore offerings without registering with the SEC.
  • Restrictions on Resale of Securities: Securities sold in compliance with Regulation S have restrictions on their resale into the United States for a specific period. Typically, there’s a holding period of one year for restricted securities sold in offshore transactions under Regulation S.   The securities must be offered only to non-us citizens and the offering must be IP blocked if the company is raising its technology online.

 

  • Disclosure Requirements: While Regulation S exempts offerings from SEC registration, companies are still subject to anti-fraud provisions. Companies conducting offerings under Regulation S should provide all material information necessary for investors to make informed investment decisions.

 

  • Securities Act Compliance: Even though there are no specific ongoing reporting requirements to the SEC for Regulation S offerings, companies are required to comply with other provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, particularly regarding anti-fraud and anti-manipulation provisions.

 

  • Compliance with Foreign Jurisdictions: Companies conducting Regulation S offerings might need to comply with the securities laws and regulations of the foreign jurisdictions where the offerings are made. This may include filing requirements or compliance with local laws.  Companies need to make sure they are checking with local securities regulators or securities lawyers to ensure they are not offside with using Reg S.

It’s important for companies engaging in RegS offerings to understand the specific requirements of the regulation and ensure compliance not only with SEC regulations but also with the securities laws of the foreign jurisdictions involved. Companies should seek guidance from legal and financial professionals experienced in cross-border offerings to navigate the complexities and compliance obligations associated with Regulation S offerings.

What are blue sky laws and why are they important?

When it comes to investments, people like a clear sky rather than clouds of uncertainty. That’s where the Blue Sky Laws come in – a set of state regulations and rules to maintain a clear and safe financial atmosphere. From registration requirements to anti-fraud measures, these laws have a big impact on investor protection.

Keep reading and learn all the details.

Table of Contents

 

What are blue sky laws?

Basically, Blue Sky Laws are state regulations made to safeguard investors from fraudulent securities activities. This legislation controls the sale of securities, such as stocks and bonds, within a specific state. Overall, it refers to a key instrument for ensuring transparency and protecting investors in the market.

Originating in the aftermath of the Great Depression, “blue sky laws” were made possible by the Uniform Securities Act of 1956. Leading up to the stock market crash of 1929, the SEC did not exist to regulate offerings and many investment deals offered great profits to increase their sale.

Today, this legislation plays a central role in regulating offerings and safeguarding investors against fraud. For companies offering securities to investors, understanding the role they play will be key to a successful offering. 

The purpose of the Uniform Securities Act was to provide individual states the ability to implement their own securities laws. As some securities may not be covered at the federal level, giving states the power to enact blue sky laws to protect investors .

Today, 40 out of the 50 states have implemented blue sky laws based on the Uniform Securities Act.

Ensuring investor protection

The blue sky laws also create provisions for liability and may allow investors to bring lawsuits against issuers in the event of fraud.

Since the blue sky laws were established to protect investors, the laws enacted by each affect the registration of securities, registration of issuer and brokers, as well as the state’s ability to regulate and enforce restrictions.

Companies must register securities in both their home state and any other state in which it intends to do business. However, laws can vary between states; while the language they use can be similar, the interpretations may vary.

For issuers, this is an important fact to note, as they must meet each state’s requirement for each state they intend to sell securities in. 

Blue sky laws vs. regulations

In 1996, Congress passed the National Securities Market Improvement Act which exempts certain securities from state regulation and returns the regulation of broker-dealer registration to federal control. As a reaction to transactions being more difficult for companies because of the requirement to comply with blue sky laws, the Act reduced the power of individual states to regulate securities. 

While the federal government plays a major role in securities regulation, understanding the laws in each state which a company intends to sell securities is still essential.

For companies looking to raise money through Reg A+, Tier I offerings must be reviewed and registered with both the SEC and state governments.

Tier II offerings do not need to be reviewed by the state for them to be sold. In both cases, states retain the ability to investigate and charge issuers with fraud, so maintaining compliance will promote not only investor protection but will protect the company too.

Additionally, issuers and brokers must still adhere to notice and filing requirements set for each state. 

Your Shield Against Investment Fraud

With an understanding of blue sky laws, companies can plan for a successful offering by following regulations set in place by each state. Failure to comply with the laws can result in severe consequences and penalties.

While it may seem like an overwhelming task, state securities regulators can be contacted to ensure that your offering meets their requirements or better yet reach out to your securities lawyer who will guide you through depending on what regulation your company wants to use for its offering such as RegCF or RegD or RegA+, each one will have different provisions that you will need to follow to make sure you are compliant with your offering.

What do I need for a Reg A+ Offering to be successful?

A successful Regulation A+ (Reg A+) offering requires careful planning and execution. Understanding the key components needed for a successful RegA+ offering is crucial for companies seeking to raise capital.

The comprehension of these components and how to utilize them effectively is a game changer.  This way, the future issuer can significantly increase its chances of making a compelling and successful offer.

In this blog post, we will explore key aspects for companies seeking growth through RegA+, providing valuable insights for companies navigating this fundraising strategy.

 

Hands-on: Reg A+ Offerings

If your company is looking to raise funds, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. One notable development in the financial landscape is the introduction of Regulation A+ by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) through the JOBS Act.

This regulatory framework has empowered companies to raise substantial amounts of up to $75 million in funding rounds, with participation open to both accredited and non-accredited investors. This expansion presents a significant opportunity for businesses to access capital from a wider range of potential backers.

If you have decided to move forward with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the proces. However, what are the essential components that will contribute to the success of your offering?

Companies that are using RegA+ as a way to raise capital for their companies are successful.  However, in 2022 and 2023 we saw increased activity by the SEC targeting RegA+ companies.  So, to be truly successful, you need to read the items below so you do not fall victim to the SEC.

 

Compliance: Secure Your Reg A+ Offering

It’s important to understand you can have the best company ever and the most successful offering, but if you do not follow the regulations while you are raising the funds, your company might be sanctioned by the SEC or the company will need to refund investors.  

To be 100% compliant you need to be working with partners (legal, audit, FINRA Broker-Dealer, technology, marketing and PR) that can assure you that none of their RegA+ clients have been penalized by the SEC. This is a major Red Flag if they are associated.

Remember this, your partners for your offering do not get the penalties from the SEC. Rather, you and your company do! You get listed as a “Bad-Actor”. Now you need to do your homework and only work with partners who will not introduce risk into your offering.

 

* Bad Actor: (…) those who seek to evade regulatory requirements and harm investors for their own personal gain.

Font: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)

 

Marketing strategies for issuers 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a  marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? 

Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers who already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about. 

After addressing marketing strategies for attracting investments in your company’s offering, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for them to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying. 

 

Cost of Raising Capital

The cost of doing an offering for RegA+ has spiked once again in the past few years. Here is what you need to know and watch out for.  It’s the small items that add up.  Do not be fooled by statements like “you are high risk.” Remember, you are NOT high risk.  You have been qualified by the SEC to raise your capital compliantly

Description Costs
Legal Form 1 A Preparations $35,000 – $75,000 (unchanged for the past 4 years)
Audit $2,500+ (unchanged for the past 4 years)
FINRA Broker-Dealer 1-3% (some firms offer capabilities beyond compliance)
FINRA 5110 Fees unchanged
Escrow $1,000 (fees decreasing; paying more is excessive)
Credit Card Max 2.8% (no company qualified for RegA+ should pay more)
ACH Max 0.80% (no ACH NSF fees)
ID, AML Investor screening for US citizens <= $1.50 per investor
eSignature No fees for adding eSignature to subscription agreements
Wire Transfers Flat fee from a bank; percentage charges are a red flag

Pay attention to the above in blue. In many cases, this is where some providers will take from 4-10% or even more of your capital raise amount.

After completing a Reg A+ offering

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage all their regulatory obligations once the offering is completed.
KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform.

The platform enables companies to easily manage their capitalization table, selling securities, and awarding equity to shareholders. Integration with a transfer agent facilitates the issuance of electronic certificates.

Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

Final thoughts

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your Regulation A+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company.

Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential. 

Successful companies are those who are 100% compliant with their offering and have partners who are not only 100% compliant but also protect you and your investors..

 

Raising capital for startups: 3 red flags for not being tricked

Can a startup pay a transaction-based fee for capital raising assistance? This is a very common question. For the most part, the answer is a clear “no,” but why is that? 

The short answer is that—except under certain limited circumstances—it is illegal. Regulatory protections provide investors with the right to their money back with interest and attorney fees, and it may result in, among other things, the founders not only being held personally liable to investors but also getting listed on a  bad-actor list. 

Finding investors is one of the biggest challenges that  companies face. This is especially true for startups because most founders don’t have an established network of investors ready to invest capital. 

Often, founders who are seeking to expand their network of investors will run into someone who would be happy to make a few introductions … for a fee. RUN AWAY!!

Here are 3 Red Flags while raising capital for your company.

Red Flag #1: Transaction-based compensation

Most often, someone who wants a fee for helping to raise capital (often referred to as a “finder”) is not licensed to do so, and generally speaking, use of a finder who is not a licensed broker-dealer is a violation of federal and state securities laws. Below we summarize how to identify a broker-dealer and then look at the potential negative consequences of using an unlicensed broker-dealer.

What is an unlicensed broker-dealer?

The answer is simple: Just ask the finder, “Are you a registered FINRA Broker-Dealer?” The answer is either yes or no.

For decades, the SEC & FINRA have defined a four-factor test to determine when a “finder” is required to register as a broker-dealer. The SEC’s position is that these 4 factors will be analyzed in determining when someone is acting as a broker-dealer, with no one factor being dispositive:

  1. Whether the person receives commissions or other transaction-based compensation;
  2. Whether the person makes buy/sell recommendations and provides investment details;
  3. Whether the person has a history of selling securities (regular activity); and
  4. Whether the person takes an active role in negotiations between the investor and the issuer.

“What if a finder receives a percentage of the money raised through finder introductions, but does not make recommendations, does not have a history of selling securities, and does not take an active role in negotiations between the investor and the issuer?” 

Despite its emphasis on four factors, the SEC has stated in several no-action letters that transaction-based compensation represents a hallmark of being a broker-dealer, even when the other three factors are absent. Consequently, an individual or company that receives a commission substantially increases the risk that the party receiving the commission will be considered a broker-dealer. For decades, the best advice has been that in view of the risks involved, issuers should typically not engage finders on a percentage-based compensation basis.

Red Flag #2: Reliance on No-Action Letters

On several occasions, we have come across finders who refer to a no-action letter issued by the SEC in 2014 as evidence they can receive a commission despite not being a licensed broker-dealer.

The problem with that position is that the letter has several conditions, including that the buyer of the securities being sold has, following the sale of the securities, (i) control of the company, and (ii) must actively operate the company.

Nearly all startup financings do not fit into this scenario, so the no-action letter does not apply.2

Finders will also often attempt to find (and share with the startup’s leaders) comfort by relying on the 1991 SEC No-Action Letter involving the singer Paul Anka. While often cited by finders, the SEC staff’s decision to not recommend enforcement against Mr. Anka—if, without registering as a broker-dealer, he provided the company a list of potential investors in exchange for a commission—is of limited relevance and utility.

The SEC staff noted its no-action decision was conditioned on several factors, including that Mr. Anka was not engaging in the following activities: soliciting the prospective investors, participating in any general solicitation, assisting in the preparation of sales materials, performing independent analysis, engaging in “due diligence,” assisting or providing financing, providing valuation or investment advice, and handling any funds or securities.

Red Flag #3: Liability for using an unlicensed broker-dealer in capital raise

What Possible Liability Is There for Using an Unlicensed Broker-Dealer to Raise Capital? 

Using a finder will create liability under federal and state law. Agreements for the sale of securities made in violation of federal securities law may be held void.4 This would certainly apply to the agreement with the unregistered broker who attempts to collect a fee for assisting in the sale of the securities.

While the startup may feel that this is not such a bad thing, a violation of federal securities laws also will void (or make voidable) the agreement between the startup and investors under which the startup raised the funds. If the agreements are held void by a court, then all parties to those agreements would have a right of rescission that would last for the later of three years from the transaction or one year from the date the violation is discovered.

A right of rescission is simply a right to cancel the agreement and return each party to its original position, which means returning investments back to investors. In other words, the use of a finder who is not but should be a registered broker-dealer in effect gives the investors a multi-year redemption right.

Are There Other Potential Consequences of Engaging an Unlicensed Broker-Dealer to Raise Capital?
Yes, otherwise we would not have posed the question. Founders who engage unregistered broker-dealers to raise capital may:

  1. SEC Enforcement Actions: Face enforcement actions from the SEC as an aider and abettor8;
  2. State Regulatory Actions: Face enforcement actions from state securities regulators; and
  3. Prohibition and Labeling: Be labeled a “bad actor” and prohibited from participating in or being involved with companies that do securities offerings made under commonly used securities exemptions.9

Additionally, the startup and its principles may be prohibited from using the updated JOBS Act regulations such as Rule 506, Regulation CF, and Regulation A+ securities offering, which is the most commonly relied-upon securities exemption for startups and emerging growth companies. And, just because the list goes on, the use of an unlicensed broker-dealer could impact the ability to close future rounds of financing because of the contingent liability associated with the initial violation, which is likely to come up in investor due diligence.

RegD SEC Reporting Obligations

RegD SEC reporting obligations is a theme that causes a lot of doubts, even concerns, among people who are thinking about raising capital. The compliance details required by Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) have a lot of particularities, which demands attention of all potential issuers.

Regulation D (Reg D) offerings are exempt from the full SEC registration requirements but still require compliance with certain reporting obligations. The reporting requirements under Regulation D vary depending on the specific exemption used for the offering.

 

RegD SEC Reporting Obligations

In this short guide, we will explain practical details regarding SEC reporting for RegD.

Here’s an overview:

 

Rule 504 Offering (Regulation D, Rule 504):
Companies conducting offerings under Rule 504 are generally exempt from SEC registration requirements. However, there are no specific ongoing reporting requirements mandated by the SEC for Rule 504 offerings.

Rule 505 Offering (Regulation D, Rule 505):
Companies utilizing Rule 505 for their Reg D offerings are allowed to raise up to $5 million within a 12-month period.

While Rule 505 itself doesn’t impose ongoing reporting obligations to the SEC, individual states might have their reporting requirements for Rule 505 offerings.

Rule 506(b) Offering (Regulation D, Rule 506(b)):
Under Rule 506(b), companies can raise an unlimited amount of capital from an unlimited number of accredited investors and up to 35 non-accredited but sophisticated investors.

There are no specific ongoing reporting requirements to the SEC for Rule 506(b) offerings. However, if non-accredited investors are involved, some level of disclosure may be required to satisfy anti-fraud provisions.

Rule 506(c) Offering (Regulation D, Rule 506(c)):
Rule 506(c) allows companies to conduct offerings where they can generally solicit and advertise their offerings to the public but are limited to accepting investments only from accredited investors.

There are no specific ongoing reporting requirements to the SEC for Rule 506(c) offerings.

However, companies might need to file a Form D notice with the SEC within 15 days of the first sale of securities.

Take note!

While Regulation D exemptions typically do not impose explicit ongoing reporting requirements to the SEC, companies that conduct Reg D offerings are subject to anti-fraud provisions and should provide investors with all material information necessary to make an informed investment decision.

Additionally, states may have their reporting requirements for offerings made under Regulation D, so companies should consider state-specific regulations when conducting these offerings.

It’s important for companies utilizing Regulation D exemptions to consult legal and financial professionals to understand the specific reporting obligations, if any, and to ensure compliance with all relevant securities laws and regulations.

Reg A+ SEC Reporting Obligations (part 2)

Introduction

Welcome back to our RegA+ reporting journey! In the first part we decoded SEC reporting obligations, highlighting Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings. We also broach crucial forms and compliance essentials. If you didn’t read, click here and learn all about the beginning of this special content that envelops Reg A+ compliance.

What to expect in part 2 regarding SEC forms for Reg A+?

In this article, we’ll delve into specific SEC forms vital for Regulation A+ compliance.

From Form 1-POS to Form 1-U, we’re decoding each form’s purpose, filing process, and significance in your RegA+ journey.

We will also discuss the yearly audit of Form 1-K, the semi-annual reports of Form 1-SA, and Investigate the role of Form 1-U.

 

SEC forms for Reg A+: Form 1-POS

When the subject is SEC forms for Reg A+, it’s essential to understand some of the key forms involved in the process, let’s begin with SEC Form 1-POS.

Also known as Form 1-POS AM, is a filing used by companies that are registering securities under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. It is a part of the registration process for securities offerings conducted under Regulation A, which provides an exemption from the full registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Form 1-POS is a “post-qualification amendment” to an offering statement filed on SEC Form 1-A. It is submitted after the initial filing of Form 1-A but before the offering is finalized. This form contains information updates or amendments to the previously filed offering statement (Form 1-A) that reflect changes or additional details related to the securities offering.

Key aspects of Form 1-POS include:

Aspect Description
Amendments and Updates The form includes updates, corrections, or revisions to the information in the initial Form 1-A filing. It covers changes in offering terms, financial information, business operations, risk factors, or other material information.
Filing Process Companies file Form 1-POS through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. The form is subject to SEC review and comments, similar to the original Form 1-A filing.
Timing Form 1-POS is filed after the initial Form 1-A but before the SEC qualifies the offering statement. It allows issuers to provide updated or corrected information to potential investors and the SEC during the review process.
Purpose The primary purpose of Form 1-POS is to keep the offering statement current and accurate by disclosing any changes or additional material information that has arisen since the initial filing of Form 1-A.
 

Unlocking Reg A+ : Form 1-POS

Form 1-POS is part of the regulatory process involved in offering and selling securities under Regulation A. Companies intending to conduct offerings under Regulation A should work closely with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to provide accurate and up-to-date disclosures to potential investors and regulatory authorities.

 

Form 1-K – Annual Audit

Annual audit on Form 1-K requires disclosure and discussion of information regarding business operations, related party transactions,  compensation data, beneficial ownership of voting securities, identification of directors, executive officers, and significant employees, management discussion and analysis (MD&A), and the audited financial statements for the year ended (at the US GAAP level). The  Annual Audits must include updated information about Regulation A+ offerings conducted in the year covered.

Being a part of SEC forms for REG A+, Form 1-K must be filed within 120 days after the issuer’s fiscal year-end

Semi-Annual Reports on Form 1-SA (for companies that are not listed on the NASDAQ or NYSE) require disclosure and discussion of financial statements covering the applicable six-month period, including MD&A using the US-GAAP format. No audit is required on the financial statements included in a Form 1-SA.

The  Form 1-SA must be filed within 90 days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year-end.

Reg A+ compliance: Form 1-U – Current Report

SEC Form 1-U, also known as the Exit Report Under Regulation A, is a filing submitted by issuers to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to report certain events and information upon the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering.

Key points about SEC Form 1-U include:

    • Reporting Certain Events: Form 1-U is used to report specific events or material changes that occur after the qualification of the offering circular under Regulation A but before the termination or completion of the offering.
    • Information Included: The form typically includes details about the occurrence of events such as a fundamental change in the nature of the business, a change in control of the issuer, bankruptcy, the departure of directors or executive officers, or any other significant events that could affect the company.
    • Filing Process: Companies file Form 1-U electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. The Form 1-U must be filed within 4 business days after the event. 
    • Purpose: The primary purpose of Form 1-U is to promptly notify the SEC and the public about significant events or material changes that could impact the issuer or the offering.

Form 1-U is an essential filing that issuers must submit to the SEC to fulfill their reporting requirements under Regulation A. Companies engaging in Regulation A offerings should work with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to promptly report any material events or changes that occur during the offering process.

Reg A+ reporting: Form 1-Z – Exit Report

SEC Form 1-Z is a filing used by issuers to report the termination or completion of an offering of securities under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. Regulation A provides an exemption from the full registration requirements for certain securities offerings, allowing smaller companies to offer and sell securities to the public without undergoing the traditional and more extensive registration process.

Form 1-Z, officially titled “Exit Report Under Regulation A,” is filed by issuers to notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) about the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering. This form serves as a final report to the SEC, providing information about the completion of the offering.

Key points about SEC Form 1-Z include:

Termination Report Form 1-Z is used to report the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering, indicating that the offering is no longer ongoing.
Filing Requirement Issuers who have conducted a Regulation A offering that has concluded must file Form 1-Z with the SEC within 30 days after the termination or completion of the offering.
Information Included The form typically includes basic details about the offering, such as the issuer’s information, details about the securities offered, the offering amount, the offering start and end dates, and other relevant information related to the completion or termination of the offering.
Filing Process Companies file Form 1-Z electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
Purpose The primary purpose of Form 1-Z is to inform the SEC and the public that the Regulation A offering has concluded or been terminated. It helps maintain transparency and compliance with reporting obligations under Regulation A.

Best practices for Reg A+ : Form 1-Z

Form 1-Z is an essential filing that issuers must submit to the SEC to fulfill their reporting requirements upon the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering. Companies engaging in Regulation A offerings should work with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to fulfill their reporting obligations accurately and in a timely manner.

At least, for best practices for Reg A+ reporting, it’s important to understand all the details and requirements when using the JOBS Act regulations such as RegA+ to make sure you on always compliant.

Reg A+ SEC Reporting Obligations (part 1)

Regulation A+ offers great fundraising chances for companies, but understanding SEC reporting obligations might be confusing sometimes.

This guide highlights the key forms, deadlines, and compliance measures associated with Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings. Essential info to empower you to navigate the landscape of SEC reporting obligations for Reg A+ with more clarity.

No more deciphering cryptic acronyms or wrestling with mountains of paperwork. We’ll demystify Forms 1-K, 1-SA, and 1-U, providing a clear roadmap for accurate and timely filings. Whether you’re a budding Tier 1 startup or a seasoned Tier 2 company seeking expansion, this guide equips you with the knowledge and tools to build investor trust, ensure regulatory compliance, and unlock the full potential of your RegA+ offering.

Ready to step into a world of informed decision-making? In this article you’ll discover:

  • A comprehensive breakdown of essential SEC reporting forms for Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings.
  • Clear explanations of filing deadlines and compliance requirements.
  • Practical tips and best practices for optimizing your RegA+ reporting strategy.
  • Insights about investor trust and transparency through effective reporting.

Keep reading and join us on the first part of this journey.

Contents

Reg A+ SEC Reporting obligations

With all the talk about Regulation A+, we often overlook what a company (Issuer) must comply with in order to use the regulation. There are a number of  mandatory requirements that an Issuer must comply with when using Regulation A+ (RegA+).

RegA+ reporting requirements entail periodic and ongoing reporting for companies that have conducted offerings under RegA+ of the Securities Act of 1933. These requirements differ depending on whether a company has completed a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering under RegA+.

Here are the general reporting requirements for RegA+:

 

Tier 1 Offerings

  • Companies that conduct Tier 1 offerings (up to $20 million within a 12-month period) are subject to fewer ongoing reporting requirements.

 

  • Following the offering, Tier 1 issuers must file a Form 1-Z exit report within 30 days after the offering is terminated or completed. This form includes information on the termination or completion of the offering and the proceeds received.

 

  • It should be noted that there have been zero (0) companies using this Tier.

 

Tier 2 Offerings

Companies conducting Tier 2 offerings (up to $75 million within a 12-month period) are subject to more extensive ongoing reporting requirements.

General reporting requirements 
Form 1-K (Annual Report): Tier 2 issuers are required to file an annual report on Form 1-K within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. Includes: audited financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), information about the issuer’s business operations, and other disclosures.
Form 1-SA (Semiannual and Quarterly Reports): Tier 2 issuers must file semiannual reports on Form 1-SA within 90 days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year. Quarterly reports on Form 1-SA are not required.
Current Event Reports: Tier 2 issuers must also submit certain “current event” reports on Form 1-U to report specified events promptly, such as fundamental changes, changes in control, or bankruptcy proceedings.

These reporting obligations aim to provide investors with timely and relevant information about the issuer’s financial condition, business operations, and material events that could impact their investment decisions.

It’s essential for companies that have conducted Regulation A+ offerings to comply with these reporting requirements to maintain regulatory compliance and transparency with investors.

Additionally, the specific reporting requirements and deadlines may vary, and companies should ensure they adhere to the regulations outlined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). To help in this process is important to seek guidance from legal and financial professionals to navigate these obligations effectively.

SEC Reporting Requirements – Form 1-A

SEC Form 1-A is an offering statement that companies use to register certain securities offerings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. Regulation A offers an exemption from full SEC registration requirements and allows smaller companies to offer and sell securities to the public without going through the traditional and more extensive registration process.

 

Form 1-A consists of three distinct parts, each serving a specific purpose:

  • Part I – Notification: This section includes basic information about the issuer, the type of securities being offered, and the intended use of proceeds from the offering. It provides an overview of the offering and the company’s business operations.

 

  • Part II – Offering Circular: This section contains the detailed disclosure document, often referred to as the offering circular. The offering circular includes comprehensive information about the company, its management, business operations, financial statements, risks, intended use of proceeds, and other material information relevant to potential investors. It is similar to a simplified prospectus and aims to provide investors with enough information to make informed investment decisions.

 

  • Part III – Exhibits: This part includes various exhibits and additional documents that support the information provided in Parts I and II. It may include financial statements, legal agreements, consents, and other relevant documents that help to substantiate the disclosures made in the offering circular.

 

Companies planning to offer and sell securities to the public under Regulation A must file Form 1-A electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. After the SEC reviews and qualifies the offering statement, the company can proceed with the public offering.

Form 1-A filings are subject to SEC review and comments, similar to the registration process for larger offerings. However, Regulation A offerings generally have less stringent disclosure requirements compared to traditional registered offerings, allowing smaller companies to access the capital markets more easily.

It’s important to note that Form 1-A is specifically tailored for Regulation A offerings and differs from other SEC forms used for different types of offerings and securities registrations. Companies seeking to conduct Regulation A offerings should work closely with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to prepare the required disclosures accurately and effectively.

Today, we’ve wrapped up the first part of our journey into SEC reporting obligations under Regulation A+. We’ve covered some crucial points regarding REG A+ SEC reporting obligations. So, what’s next?  In the upcoming article, we’ll dive deeper into the intricacies of these reporting requirements. We’ll help you navigate the waters of Regulation A+ and gain a better understanding of its implications for companies.

Stay tuned for Part 2!

Online Capital Formation for Private Companies

In the fast-paced private company landscape, understanding Online Capital Formation dynamics is not just a strategic advantage – it’s imperative. As we commemorate the twelfth anniversary of the JOBS Act in 2024, it’s evident that evolving capital-raising regulations have paved the way for a transformative approach to business financing. In this ever-changing scenario, everyone in the private market needs to grasp the significance of Online Capital Formation to unlock myriad opportunities for their ventures.

Table of Contents

  1. Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises
  2. The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+
  3. Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding
  4. Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation
  5. Final Insights

 

Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises

At its core, the democratization of capital is a driving force behind Online Capital Formation. Gone are the days when crowdfunding merely conjured images of Kickstarter campaigns. Today, it has evolved into a sophisticated financial tool, especially with the maturation of Regulation CF (RegCF) and Regulation A+ (RegA+) over the past decade.

RegCF and RegA+ are two sets of rules established by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to govern equity crowdfunding. They were both introduced as part of the JOBS Act (Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act) and their primary goal is to make it easier for businesses and startups (from small to enterprises) to raise capital by offering and selling securities online.

The concept of digital securities involves representing traditional financial instruments (such as stocks or bonds) in digital form using blockchain technology. Digital securities enable more efficient and transparent transactions, and they can be traded on digital securities exchanges.

The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+

RegCF and RegA+ transcend the traditional crowdfunding model, where entrepreneurs pitch ideas for product launches. Instead, they empower companies to transform investors into shareholders. The focus has shifted from merely selling stories to selling stock – a nuanced shift that goes beyond the conventional understanding of crowdfunding.

In order to fit in each of these regulations, companies must pass the eligibility criteria for each of them and provide certain disclosures to investors, including information about their business, financial condition, and the terms of the offering. The level of disclosure required is less extensive compared to traditional IPOs, but it aims to provide investors with enough information to make informed investment decisions.

Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding

These regulations are more than regulatory frameworks; they’re a paradigm shift that offers private companies a more expansive and flexible avenue for raising capital. They allow them to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors, which includes their own clients and employees. RegCF allows them to raise up to 5 million dollars while with RegA+, it’s possible to raise up to 75 million dollars.

Equity Crowdfunding is an alternative pathway to access capital markets, offering a more cost-effective and less burdensome option than a full IPO. It has helped more people invest in early-stage funding, making investment opportunities available to a wider range of investors. With these regulations, you can leverage the internet and technology to connect with more investors and grow the business.

Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation

While the term “crowdfunding” remains rooted in popular imagination, it falls short of encapsulating the depth and complexity of RegCF and RegA+. We must recognize these exemptions have matured into a robust mechanism that demands a more nuanced understanding. They must carefully navigate the regulatory requirements and considerations as this is monitored by the SEC aiming to ensure investor protection and maintain market integrity.

To shed light on this evolution, we have collaborated with industry experts, including Sara Hanks, CEO/Founder of CrowdCheck, and Douglas Ruark, President of Regulation D Resources, now known as Red Rock Securities Law. Together, we aim to redefine the landscape by emphasizing what we believe heralds a new era in crowdfunding: Online Capital Formation

Additionally, success in equity crowdfunding often depends on effective marketing, transparent communication, and a compelling value proposition for investors.  From accessing diverse investors to increasing brand visibility, this overview highlights seven key benefits. Take a look at the chart.

# Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation
1 Access to Diverse Investors
2 Engagement of Customers
3 Increased Brand Visibility
4 Flexibility in Fundraising
5 Gathering Early Feedback
6 Cost-Effectiveness
7 Potential for Liquidity

A Closer Look at the Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation

Final insights

As private company owners and managers, the onus is on you to comprehend the evolving dynamics of Online Capital Formation. It’s not merely a trend. Embrace the opportunities, stay informed, and position your venture at the forefront of this new era in crowdfunding. The journey begins with understanding. If you’re looking to raise capital and want to know more about your company’s suitability and which steps to take first, book a call with one of our specialists.

Subsidiaries using RegCF

Subsidiaries using RegCF: introduction

This came up no less than three times last week, so I figured it was worth a blog post.

Subsidiaries can raise funds under Reg CF, even if they are subsidiaries of companies who cannot use Reg CF themselves, because they have a class of securities registered with the SEC, or they are not US companies. To determine eligibility, you look at the status of the potential issuer. Is it a US company? Have you confirmed it’s not an investment company? If it’s raised funds under Reg CF before, is it in compliance with ongoing reporting requirements?

We need to add another element to this determination: is the US sub genuinely the issuer under Reg CF, or is there a “co-issuer” in the picture? And if there is, is the co-issuer prevented from using Reg CF because it’s an SEC-registered or foreign company?

There’s no useful definition of “co-issuer” under securities law (and if you go looking for one, what you will find will only confuse you) but when faced with the issue, we often ask clients to take a step back and ask themselves: “Whose performance is the investor relying on when they make their investment?” If the funds raised are going to be used at the subsidiary level, and the subsidiary is a genuine operating company, with employees, and a business plan, then everything may be ok, even if some portion of the funds end up at the parent level; for instance, payments for contracted support functions, or as license payments. But if the US sub is being effectively used as a finance sub, has no employees, and the funds are sent upstream to the parent, then you probably have a co-issuer, who is subject to the same eligibility, financial statement, and disclosure requirements as its sub.

It’s always going to be a matter of judgement, and as the SEC loves to remind us, dependent on facts and circumstances. It is worth going through the above analysis with your counsel to determine if the subsidiary is eligible to raise funds under Reg CF.

 

 

* Subsidiaries using RegCF was originally published on Crowdcheck.

Communications and publicity by issuers prior to and during a Regulation CF (RegCF) Offering

The idea behind crowdfunding is that the crowd — family, friends, and fans of a small or startup company, even if they are not rich or experienced investors — can invest in that company’s securities. For a traditionally risk-averse area of law, that’s a pretty revolutionary concept.  

In order to make this leap, Congress wanted to ensure that all potential investors had access to the same information. The solution that Congress came up in the JOBS Act with was that there had to be one centralized place that an investor could access that information — the website of the funding portal or broker-dealer that hosts the crowdfunding offering (going forward we will refer to both of these as “platforms”). 

This means (with some very limited exceptions that we’ll describe below) most communications about the offering can ONLY be found on the platform. On the platform, the company can use any form of communication it likes, and can give as much information as it likes (so long as it’s not misleading). Remember that the platforms are required to have a communication channel — basically a chat or Q&A function — a place where you can discuss the offering with investors and potential investors (though you must identify yourself). That gives you the ability to control much of your message. 

So with that background in mind, we wanted to go through what you can and cannot do regarding communications prior to and during the offering. Unfortunately, there are a lot of limitations. Securities law is a highly regulated area and this is not like doing a Kickstarter campaign. Also, bear in mind this is a changing regulatory environment. We put together this guide based on existing law, the SEC’s interpretations that it put out on May 13, and numerous conversations with the SEC Staff. As the industry develops, the Staff’s positions may evolve. 

We do understand that the restrictions are in many cases counter-intuitive and don’t reflect the way people communicate these days. The problems derive from the wording of the statute as passed by Congress. The JOBS Act crowdfunding provisions are pretty stringent with respect to publicity; the SEC has “interpreted” those provisions as much as possible to give startups and small businesses more flexibility. 

What you can say before you launch your offering 

US securities laws regulate both “offers” and sales of securities; whenever you make an offer or sale of securities, that offer or sale must comply with the SEC’s rules. The SEC interprets the term “offer” very broadly and it can include activity that “conditions the market” for the offering. “Conditioning the market” is any activity that raises public interest in your company, and could include suddenly heightened levels of advertising, although regular product and service information or advertising is ok (see discussion below). 

Under new rules which went into effect on March 15, 2021, companies considering making a crowdfunding offering may “test the waters” (TTW) in order to decide whether to commit to the time and 2 expense of making an offering.1 Prior to filing the Form C with the SEC, you may make oral or written communications to find out whether investors might be interested in investing in your offering. The way in which you make these communications (eg, email, Insta, posting on a crowdfunding portal site) and the content of those communications are not limited, but the communications must state that: 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted; 
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is filed and only though the platform of an intermediary (funding portal or broker-dealer); and 
  • A person’s indication of interest includes no obligation or commitment of any kind.2 

You can collect indications of interest from potential investors including name, address, phone number and/or email address. The rule does not address getting any further information, such as the manner of any potential payment. If you do make TTW communications, you must file any written communication or broadcast script as an exhibit to your Form C. And TTW communications are subject to the regular provisions of securities law that impose liability for misleading statements. 

Before the point at which you file your Form C with the SEC, the TTW process is the only way you can make any offers of securities, either publicly or privately. This would apply to meetings with potential investors, giving out any information on forums which offer “sneak peeks” or “first looks” at your offering, and public announcements about the offering. Discussions at a conference or a demo day about your intentions to do a crowdfunding offering must comply with the TTW rules and you should read out the information in the bullets above. Any non-compliant communication made prior to filing the Form C may be construed as an unregistered offer of securities made in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act — a “Bad Act” that will prevent you from being able to use Regulation CF, Rule 506, or Regulation A in the future. 

Normal advertising of your product or service is permitted as the SEC knows you have a business to run. However, if just before the offering all of a sudden you produce five times the amount of advertising that you had previously done, the SEC might wonder whether you were doing this to stir up interest in investing in your company. If you plan to change your marketing around the time of your offering (or if you are launching your company at the same time as your RegCF offering, which often happens), it would be prudent to discuss this with your counsel so that you can confirm that your advertising is consistent with the SEC’s rules. 

Genuine conversations with friends or family about what you are planning to do and getting their help and input on your offering and how to structure it, are ok, even if those people invest later. You can’t be pitching to them as investors, though, except in compliance with the TTW rules. 

What you can say after you launch 

After you launch your offering by filing your Form C with the SEC, communications outside the platform fall into two categories: 

  • Communications that don’t mention the “terms of the offering”; and 1 We are talking here about Crowdfunding Regulation Rule 206. There is another new rule that permits testing the waters before deciding which type of exempt offering (eg, Regulation CF or Regulation A) to make, which does not preempt state regulation; using that rule may be complicated and require extensive legal advice. 2 We advise including the entirety of this wording as a legend or disclaimer in the communication in question. The convention in Regulation A is that “it it fits, the legend must be included” and if the legend doesn’t fit (eg, Twitter) the communication must include an active hyperlink to it. 3 
  • Communications that just contain “tombstone” information. 

Communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering 

We are calling these “non-terms” communications in this memo, although you can also think of them as “soft” communications. “Terms” in this context are the following: 

  • The amount of securities offered; 
  • The nature of the securities (i.e., whether they are debt or equity, common or preferred, etc.); 
  • The price of the securities; 
  • The closing date of the offering period; 
  • The use of proceeds; and 
  • The issuer’s progress towards meeting its funding target. 

There are two types of communication that fall into the non-terms category. 

First, regular communications and advertising. You can still continue to run your business as normal and there is nothing wrong with creating press releases, advertisements, newsletters and other publicity to help grow your business. If those communications don’t mention any of the terms of the offering, they are permitted. Once you’ve filed your Form C, you don’t need to worry about “conditioning the market.” You can ramp up your advertising and communications program as much as you like so long as they are genuine business advertising (e.g., typical business advertising would not mention financial performance). 

Second, and more interestingly, offering-related communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering. You can talk about the offering as long as you don’t mention the TERMS of the offering. Yes, we realize that sounds weird but it’s the way the statute (the JOBS Act) was drafted. Rather than restricting the discussion of the “offering,” which is what traditional securities lawyers would have expected, the statute restricts discussion of “terms,” and the SEC defined “terms” to mean only those six things discussed above. This means you can make any kind of communication or advertising in which you say you are doing an offering (although not WHAT you are offering; that would be a “term”) and include all sort of soft information about the company’s mission statement and how the CEO’s grandma’s work ethic inspired her drive and ambition. 

You can link to the platform’s website from such communications. But be careful about linking to any other site that contains the terms of the offering. A link (in the mind of the SEC) is an indirect communication of the terms. So linking to something that contains terms could mean that a non-terms communication becomes a tombstone communication (see below) that doesn’t comply with the tombstone rules. This applies to third-party created content as well. If a third-party journalist has written an article about how great your company is and includes terms of the offering, linking to that article is an implicit endorsement of the article and could become a statement of the company that doesn’t comply with the Tombstone rules. 

Whether you are identifying a “term” of the offering can be pretty subtle. While “We are making an offering so that all our fans can be co-owners,” might indirectly include a term because it’s hinting that you are offering equity, it’s probably ok. Try to avoid hints as to what you are offering, and just drive investors to the intermediary’s site to find out more. 

Even though non-terms communications can effectively include any information (other than terms) that you like, bear in mind that they are subject, like all communications, to the securities antifraud rules. So even though you are technically permitted to say that you anticipate launching your “Uber for Ferrets” in 4 November in a non-terms communication, if you don’t have a reasonable basis for saying that, you are in trouble for making a misleading statement. 

Tombstone communications 

A tombstone is what it sounds like — just the facts — and a very limited set of facts at that. Think of these communications as “hard” factual information. 

The specific rules under Regulation CF (RegCF) allow for “notices” limited to the following, which can be written or oral: 

  • A statement that the issuer is conducting an offering pursuant to Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act; 
  • The name of the intermediary through which the offering is being conducted and (in written communications) a link directing the potential investor to the intermediary’s platform; 
  • The terms of the offering (the amount of securities offered, the nature of the securities, the price of the securities, the closing date of the offering period, the intended use of proceeds, and progress made so far); and 
  • Factual information about the legal identity and business location of the issuer, limited to the name of the issuer of the security, the address, phone number, and website of the issuer, the e-mail address of a representative of the issuer and a brief description of the business of the issuer. 

These are the outer limits of what you can say. You don’t have to include all or any of the terms. You could just say “Company X has an equity crowdfunding campaign on SuperPortal — Go to www.SuperPortal.com/CompanyX to find out more.” The platform’s address is compulsory.

“Brief description of the business of the issuer” does mean brief. The rule that applies when companies are doing Initial Public Offerings (IPOs), which is the only guidance we have in this area, lets those companies describe their general business, principal products or services, and the industry segment (e.g.,for manufacturing companies, the general type of manufacturing, the principal products or classes of products and the segments in which the company conducts business). The brief description does not allow for inclusion of details about how the product works or the overall addressable market for it, and certainly not any customer endorsements. 

“Limited time and availability”-type statements may be acceptable as part of the “terms of the offering.” For example, the company might state that the offering is “only” open until the termination date, or explain that the amount of securities available is limited to the oversubscription amount. 

A few “context” or filler words might be acceptable in a tombstone notice, depending on that context. For example, the company might state that it is “pleased” to be making an offering under the newly- adopted Regulation Crowdfunding, or even refer to the fact that this is a “historic” event. Such additional wording will generally be a matter of judgement. “Check out our offering on [link]” or “Check out progress of our offering on [link]” are OK. “Our offering is making great progress on [link]” is not. Words that imply growth, success or progress (whether referring to the company or the offering) are always problematic. If you want to use a lot of additional context information, that information can be put in a “non-terms” communication that goes out at the same time and through the same means as a tombstone communication. 

The only links that can be included on a tombstone communication are links to the platform. No links to 5 reviews of the offering on Kingscrowd. No links to any press stories on Crowdfund Insider or CrowdFundBeat. No links to the company’s website. The implicit endorsement principle applies here just as with non-terms communications, meaning that anything you link to becomes a communication by the company. 

An important point with respect to tombstone notices is that while content is severely limited, medium is not. Thus, notices containing tombstone information can be posted on social media, published in newspapers, broadcast on TV, slotted into Google Ads, etc. Craft breweries might wish to publish notices on their beer coasters, and donut shops might wish to have specially printed napkins. 

What constitutes a “notice” 

It is important to note that (until we hear otherwise from the SEC) the “notice” is supposed to be a standalone communication. It can’t be attached to or embedded in other communications. That means you cannot include it on your website (as all the information on your website will probably be deemed to be part of the “notice” and it will likely fail the tombstone rule) and you cannot include it in announcements about new products — again, it will fail the tombstone rule. 

We have listed some examples of permissible communications in Exhibit A. 

Websites 

It’s a bad idea to include ANY information about the terms of the offering on your website. However, some issuers have found a clever solution: you can create a landing page that sits in front of your regular website. The landing page can include the tombstone information and two options: either investors can continue to your company’s regular webpage OR they can go to the platform to find out more about the offering on the platform. We have attached sample text for landing pages on Exhibit A. 

“Invest now” buttons 

Under the SEC’s current interpretations as we understand them, having an “invest now” button on your website with a link to the platform hosting your offering is fine although you should not mention any terms of the offering on your website unless your ENTIRE website complies with the tombstone rule. Most of them don’t. 

Social Media 

As we mention above, the medium of communication is not limited at all, even for tombstone communications. Companies can use social media to draw attention to their offerings as soon as they have filed their Form C with the SEC. Social media are subject to the same restrictions as any other communications: either don’t mention the offering terms at all or limit content to the tombstone information. 

Emails 

“Blast” emails that go out to everyone on your mailing list are subject to the same rules as social media: either don’t mention the offering terms at all or limit content to the tombstone information. Personalized emails to people you know will probably not be deemed to be advertising the terms of the offering, so you can send them, but be careful you don’t give your friends any more information than is on the platform — remember the rule about giving everyone access to the same information. 

Images 

Images are permitted in tombstone communications. However, these images also have to fit within the “tombstone” parameters. So brevity is required. Publishing a few pictures that show what the company does and how it does it is fine. An online coffee table book with hundreds of moodily-lit photos, not so much. Also, a picture tells a thousand words and those words better not be misleading. So use images only of real products actually currently produced by the company (or in planning, so long as you clearly indicate that), actual employees hard at work, genuine workspace, etc. No cash registers, or images of dollar bills or graphics showing (or implying) increase in revenues or stock price. And don’t use images you don’t have the right to use! (Also, we never thought we’d need to say this, but don’t use the SEC’s logo anywhere on your notice, or anywhere else.) 

While the “brevity” requirement doesn’t apply to non-terms communications, the rules about images not being misleading do. 

Videos 

Videos are permitted. You could have the CEO saying the tombstone information, together with video images of the company’s operations, but as with images in general, the video must comport with the tombstone rules. So “Gone with the Wind” length opuses will not work under the tombstone rule, although they are fine with non-terms communications. 

Updates and communications to alert investors that important information is available on the platform 

Updates can and should be found on the crowdfunding platform. You can use communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering, to drive readers to the platform’s site to learn about updates and things like webinars hosted on the platform. They may include links to the platform. 

Press releases 

Yes, they are permitted, but they can’t contain very much. Press releases are also laden with potential pitfalls, as we discuss below. Press releases that mention the offering terms are limited to the same “tombstone” content restrictions that apply to all notices. Companies may say that they are pleased (or even thrilled) to announce that they are making a crowdfunding offering but the usual quotes from company officers can’t be included (unless those quotes are along the lines of “ I am thrilled that Company will be making a crowdfunding offering,” or “Company is a software-as-a-service provider with offices in six states”). The “about the company” section in press releases is subject to the same restrictions and if the press release is put together by a PR outfit, watch out for any non-permitted language in the “about the PR outfit” section of the press release (nothing like “Publicity Hound Agency is happy to help companies seeking crowdfunding from everyday investors who now have the opportunity to invest in the next Facebook”). 

You could also issue non-terms press releases that state you are doing an offering (and you can identify or link to the platform) but don’t include terms and still include all the soft info, including quotes, mission statements and deep backgrounds. It’s likely, though, that journalists would call asking “So what are you offering, then?” and if you answer, you are going to make your non-terms communication into communication that fails the tombstone rule. 

Press interviews and articles 

Interviews with the media can be thorny because participation with a journalist makes the resulting 7 article a communication of the company. In fact, the SEC Staff have stated that they don’t see how interviews can easily be conducted, because even if the company personnel stick to the tombstone information (which would make for a pretty weird interview), the journalist could add non-tombstone information later, which would result in the article being a notice that didn’t comply with the tombstone rule. 

The same thing could happen with interviews where the company tries to keep the interview on a nonterms basis. The company personnel could refrain from mentioning any terms (again, it’s going to be pretty odd saying, “Yes, we are making an offering of securities but I can’t say what we are offering”), but the first thing the journalist is going to do is get the detailed terms from the company’s campaign page on the platform’s site, and again the result is that the article becomes a non-complying notice. 

These rules apply to all articles that the company “participates in.” This means that if you (or your publicists) tell the press, “Hey, take a look at the Company X crowdfunding campaign” any resulting article is probably going to result in a violation of the rules. By you. 

Links to press articles are subject to all the same rules discussed in this memo. If you link to an article, you are adopting and incorporating all the information in that article. If the article mentions the terms of the offering then you can’t link to it from a non-terms communication (such as your website) and if it includes soft non-terms information, then you can’t link to it from a tombstone communication. And if it includes misleading statements, you are now making those statements. 

Remember that prior to the launch of the offering you should not be talking about your campaign with the press (or publicly with anyone else). If you are asked about whether you are doing a campaign priorto launch you should respond with either a “no comment” or “you know companies aren’t allowed to discuss these matters.” No winking (either real or emoji-style.) 

Press articles that the company did not participate in 

In general, if you (or your publicists) didn’t participate in or suggest to a journalist that he or she write an article, it’s not your problem. You aren’t required to monitor the media or correct mistakes. However, if you were to circulate an article (or place it or a link to it on your website), then that would be subject to the rules we discuss in this memo. You can’t do indirectly what you can’t do directly. 

Also, if you add (or link to) press coverage to your campaign page on the platform’s site, you are now adopting that content, so it had better not be misleading. 

Demo Days 

Demo days and industry conferences are subject to many of the same constraints that apply to press interviews. In theory, you could limit your remarks to a statement that you are raising funds through crowdfunding, but in reality people are going to ask what you are selling. You could say “I can’t talk about that; go to SuperPortal.com,” but that would lead to more follow-up questions. And following the tombstone rules means you can’t say too much about your product, which rather undermines the whole purpose of a demo day. 

Demo days might be easier to manage when you are still in the testing-the-waters phase. 

“Ask Me Anythings” 

The only place you can do an “Ask Me Anything” (AMA) that references the terms of the offering is on the 8 platform where your offering is hosted. You can’t do AMAs on Reddit. Unless you limit the AMA to nonterms communications or tombstone information. In which case, people aren’t going to be able to ask you “anything.” 

Product and service advertising 

As we mentioned above, once you’ve filed your Form C, ordinary advertising or other communications (such as putting out an informational newsletter) can continue and can even be ramped up. Most advertising by its nature would constitute non-terms communication, so it couldn’t include references to the terms of the offering. So don’t include information about your offering in your supermarket mailer coupons. 

What about side by side communications? 

You are doubtless wondering whether you could do a non-terms Tweet and follow it immediately with a tombstone Tweet. It appears, at least for the moment, that this works. There is the possibility that if you tried to put a non-terms advertisement right next to a tombstone advertisement in print media or online, the SEC might view them collectively as one single (non-complying) “notice”. It is unclear how much time or space would need to separate communications to avoid this problem, or even whether it is a problem. 

“Can I still talk to my friends?”

Yes, you can still talk to your friends face to face at the pub (we are talking real friends, not Facebook friends, here) and even tell them that you are doing a crowdfunding offering, even before you file with the SEC. You aren’t limited to the tombstone information (man, would that be a weird conversation). After you’ve launched the offering, you can ask your friends to help spread the word (that’s the point of social media) but please do not pay them, even in beer or donuts, because that would make them paid “stock touts.” Don’t ask them to make favorable comments on the platform’s chat board either, unless they say on the chat board that they are doing so because you asked them to. If they are journalists, don’t ask them to write a favorable piece about your offering. 

“What if people email me personally with questions?” 

Best practice would be to respond “That’s a great question, Freddie. I’ve answered it here on the SuperPortal chat site [link]”. Remember the Congressional intent of having all investors have access tothe same information. 

Links 

As we’ve seen from the discussion above, you can’t link from a communication that does comply with the rule you are trying to comply with to something that doesn’t. So for example, you can’t link from a Tweet that doesn’t mention the offering terms to something that does and you can’t link from a tombstone communication to anything other than the platform’s website. 

Emoji 

Emoji are subject to antifraud provisions in exactly the same way as text or images are. The current limited range of emoji and their inability to do nuance means that the chance of emoji being misleading is heightened. Seriously people, you need to use your words. 

 

After the offering 

These limitations only last until the offering is closed. Once that happens you are free to speak freely again, so long as you don’t make any misleading statements. 

And what about platforms? 

The rules for publicity by platforms are different, and also depend on whether the platform is a broker or a portal. We have published a separate memo for them. CrowdCheck is not a law firm, the foregoing is not legal advice, and even more than usual, it is subject to change as regulatory positions evolve and the SEC Staff provide guidance in newly-adopted rules. Please contact your lawyer with respect to any of the matters discussed here. 

 

Exhibit A Sample Tombstones

  • Company X, Inc. 

[Company Logo] 

 

Company X is a large widget company based in Anywhere, U.S.A. and incorporated on July 4, 1776. We make widgets and they come in red, white, and blue. Our widgets are designed to spread patriotic cheer. 

 

We are selling common shares in our company at $17.76 a share. The minimum amount is $13,000 and the maximum amount is $50,000. The offering will remain open until July 4, 2021. 

 

This offering is being made pursuant to Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act. 

For additional information please visit: https://www.SuperPortal.com/companyx or Invest Button URL Link direct

  • Freddy’s Ferret Food Company is making a Regulation CF Offering of Preferred Shares on FundCrowdFund.com. Freddy’s Ferret Food Company was incorporated in Delaware in 2006 and has its principal office in Los Angeles, California. Freddy’s Ferret Food Company makes ferret food out of its four manufacturing plants located in Trenton, New Jersey. Freddy’s Ferret Food is offering up to 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock at $2 a share and the offering will remain open until February 2, 2021. For more information on the offering please go to www.fundcrowdfund.com/freddysferretfoodcompany. 

 

Sample “non-terms” communications 

  • We are doing a crowdfunding offering! We planning to Make America Great Again by selling a million extra large red hats and extra small red gloves with logos on them, and to bring jobs back to Big Bug Creek, Arizona. The more stuff we make, the greater our profits will be. We think we are poised for significant growth. Already we’ve received orders from 100,000 people in Cleveland. Invest in us TODAY, while you still can and Make Capitalism Great Again! [LINK TO PLATFORM]. 
  • Feel the “Burn”! We are making a crowdfunding offering on SuperPortal.com to raise funds to expand our hot sauce factory. Be a part of history. Small investors have been screwed for years.This is your chance to Stick it to the Man and buy securities in a business that has grown consistently for the last five years. 

 

Sample Communications on Social Media:
Note all these communications will have a link to the platform. 

 

  • Company Y has launched its crowdfunding campaign; click here to find out more. 

 

  • Interested in investing in Company Y? Click here. 

 

Sample Landing Page: 

Thanks to Regulation CF, now everyone can own shares in our company. 

 

[Button] Invest in our Company 

[Button] Continue to our Website

 

CrowdCheck is not a law firm, the foregoing is not legal advice, and even more than usual, it is subject to change as regulatory positions evolve and the SEC Staff provide guidance in newly-adopted rules. Please contact your lawyer with respect to any of the matters discussed here.

Private Capital Market Regulations – 10 RegA+ Issuers Penalized for SEC Violation: What Can We Learn?

The Importance of Compliance in Private Capital Market Regulations

We’ve discussed compliance at length and how it’s essential for building trust within the private capital markets. But what happens when you’re not compliant?

The SEC will eventually find out and impose penalties to issuers that fail to meet securities regulations, as ten Regulation A+ (RegA+) issuers recently learned.

These recent violations can serve as a cautionary tale to issuers about the importance of adhering to Private Capital Market Regulations.

Regulation A+ and the SEC’s Oversight

Companies selling securities to raise capital generally have to register with the SEC and comply with other rules that can be expensive and onerous for smaller companies, so RegA+ allows exemptions from registration, provided certain other conditions are met. In its press release, the SEC announced that 10 RegA+ issuers failed to comply with these conditions, highlighting the challenges within Private Capital Market Regulations. The SEC reported that each issuer was previously qualified to sell securities under RegA+, but subsequently made significant changes to the offering so that it no longer met exemption requirements. These changes included “improperly increasing the number of shares offered, improperly increasing or decreasing the price of shares offered, failing to file updated financial statements at least annually for ongoing offerings, engaging in prohibited at the market offerings, or engaging in prohibited delayed offerings.”

Private Capital Market Regulations: Protecting Investors and Market Integrity

These regulations are not just arbitrary demands by the SEC; they exist to protect investors and the integrity of the system as a whole. For example, changing the offering price without getting those changes cleared by the SEC is a concern because it could be a vector for fraud or money laundering; issuing securities for a different price conceals the actual amount of money changing hands. Similarly, making unsanctioned changes to offering terms can erode investor confidence. Ideally, each investor conducted their own due diligence before investing – they felt comfortable with the terms listed in offering documents qualified by the SEC. Changing these terms without notifying investors and having changes approved by the SEC just isn’t fair play, and underscores the critical role of Private Capital Market Regulations.

The Consequences of Non-Compliance

The ten issuers cited by the SEC violated these principles, and got caught. Each company agreed to stop violating the Securities Act, and to pay civil penalties that ranged from $5,000 to $90,000. In the press release, Daniel R. Gregus, Director of the SEC’s Chicago Regional Office was quoted saying: “Companies that choose to benefit from Regulation A as a cost-effective way to raise capital must meet its requirements,” reinforcing the significance of compliance with Private Capital Market Regulations.

These penalties serve as a reminder that issuers must be careful when making changes to their offering after qualification. Working with an experienced team can help to mitigate some of this risk, but ultimately, it is the issuer’s responsibility to meet all securities regulations, including those pertaining to Private Capital Market Regulations. And as with most things, 90% of the job is preparation.

How not to fall into the wrong with the regulators checklist

  • Always check with your securities lawyer and FINRA Broker-Dealer who did your RegA+ filing before making any public statements, news releases, or announcements related to investment in your company, as these might be construed as offerings subject to SEC rules and Private Capital Market Regulations;
  • Track all your activities date, time, where distributed
  • Be thoroughly familiar with your company, its business, and how it is structured.
  • Have a clear idea of your company’s funding needs, how much capital you need to raise, what kind of equity or control you are prepared to give up in return
  • Seek advice from qualified experts: securities lawyers, broker-dealers, accountants; being familiar with your own company will help you answer their questions and get better advice.
  • Choose the right capital-raising route for your needs, whether it be a bank loan, remortgaging your house, or using one of the JOBS Act exemptions.
  • READ THE REGULATIONS! Seriously, read the regulations, and any explanatory notes from the SEC on how they apply and what you need to do to comply.
  • Make notes about the parts you’re not sure about, and ask your experts how they apply to you.

It may turn out that the exemption you initially chose isn’t the right one for your needs, so be prepared to go back and change your plans. It’s much easier to change plans before they’re implemented than it is to have to fix something that’s gone wrong with the implementation.

Once you’re satisfied with the regulation you’ve chosen, make a list of all the things you’ll need to do to carry out a compliant and successful raise. You might do this yourself, or with the assistance of your experts, but in any event you should have your experts review it to see if you’ve got anything wrong or left anything out. Execute the plan. You may need to delegate some of the items on the list to others, but ensure that there is always someone accountable to sign off on the completion of every requirement. Maintain a paper trail of who did what and when, not so much to know whom to blame but to be able to identify where something went wrong and how to fix it. Don’t panic. Mistakes happen.

What is an Escrow Provider’s Role in RegA+?

An escrow provider is a neutral party that handles financial transactions between two or more parties. They are often used in the securities industry to ensure that all parties involved in trade receive their agreed-upon share of the investment. Escrow providers in RegA+ play an essential role, securely holding funds investors have paid until those investors can be verified. This article will explain what an escrow provider is, their importance in RegA+, and some of the benefits they offer companies.

 

An escrow provider is a financial institution or company that holds funds on behalf of two other parties until their agreement has been met. In the context of securities offerings, escrow providers are often used in Regulation A+ transactions to hold funds invested by investors until the broker-dealer has completed their due diligence on those investors. This due diligence includes verifying the investor’s identity and ensuring that the investment is legitimate.

 

The escrow provider plays an important role in protecting both the investor and issuer in a Reg A+ transaction. Holding the funds until the completion of the broker-dealer’s due diligence protects the issuer from fraud and also ensures that the buyer receives their money back if the deal falls through. 

 

Escrow providers help to make sure that all of the necessary steps are taken to complete the transaction and that everyone involved is satisfied with the outcome. Part of this process includes making sure that the correct paperwork is filed and that all of the right people have signed off on it and everyone involved is legitimate. 

 

Beyond using an escrow provider to ensure that your Reg A+ transactions are completed smoothly and efficiently, it is also required for companies utilizing equity crowdfunding. Therefore, choosing an experienced escrow provider can provide valuable assistance and peace of mind throughout the process. 

 

Escrow providers play an essential role in Reg A+ transactions by holding and managing the funds until the necessary due diligence has been completed. They also ensure that all parties involved in the transaction comply with securities laws. These factors make escrow providers in RegA+ a necessary component of a successful offering. 

What Does Direct Listing Mean?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer wondering what “direct listing” means. In short, a direct listing, also sometimes referred to as a direct public offering, is an offering in which an issuer raises capital directly from investors without a third-party intermediary like a broker-dealer or funding platform. 

 

Direct listings can occur in both the public and private markets. In the private market, companies raising capital often do so under JOBS Act exemptions for SEC registration, such as RegA+ or RegD. Companies may opt for a direct listing because it lowers the costs of capital as there are often fewer fees that would otherwise be paid to an intermediary. Issuers can also use a direct listing to allow investors to invest through the issuer’s website, which can prevent investors from being directed to other offerings. This often gives issuers more control over the investment. In contrast, RegCF offerings cannot be conducted without using an SEC-registered intermediary.

 

However, there are significant downsides to opting for a direct listing. Some states require issuers to utilize an intermediary like a broker-dealer or funding portal to sell securities. Additionally, some Tier I RegA+ direct listings require the issuer to register the security in every state that it intends to sell the security, making the offering more burdensome and costly. Additionally, a direct listing can make it easier for companies to miss essential aspects of regulatory compliance, creating additional risks for themselves and investors. This, offerings made via a direct listing require a higher level of due diligence from investors to ensure they aren’t falling victim to fraud.

 

When using a registered intermediary like a broker-dealer or a funding portal, these entities often have defined processes and compliance requirements that ensure capital is being raised in accordance with securities regulations, protecting both issuers and investors. An SEC-registered intermediary ensures that an issuer has gone through due diligence like bad actor checks to validate that it is eligible to be listed on a portal.

 

Ultimately, any company seeking to raise capital through a JOBS Act exemption should talk to a broker-dealer and a securities lawyer to understand how they can compliantly and successfully raise the capital they need to grow in the private market. 

Private Equity vs. Venture Capital

For companies looking to raise capital, there are many options on the table. From raising capital from friends and family and crowdfunding to private equity and venture capital, not every option is suited for all entrepreneurs. In this context, the question “Private Equity vs. Venture Capital” is becoming popular.

So in this article we will explore the difference between venture capital and private equity, as well as some alternatives for companies looking to secure funding in the private capital markets. 

 

What is Private Equity?

Private equity firms are investment firms that raise capital from accredited investors to make investments in private companies. In the case of private equity, these firms generally seek to take a majority stake in portfolio companies – which means that the firm will obtain greater than 50% ownership. Another characteristic of private equity firms is that they generally prefer to invest in established companies that have operational inefficiencies. The goal is to reduce these inefficiencies so that the company can turn profitable. If the firm sells a portfolio company or it goes public, it distributes returns to investors. 

 

What is Venture Capital?

Similar to private equity, venture capital (VC) firms raise capital from accredited investors. However, they take a different role in the private capital markets. VC firms seek to invest in early-stage and startup companies with high growth potential. They often control less than 50% ownership and take a mentorship role. Once a portfolio company is acquired or goes public through an IPO, it can distribute returns to investors. 

 

Alternative Capital Raising Opportunities

However, many companies find it difficult to secure VC or private equity funding. Since 2022, VC funding has dropped by more than 50% and late-stage investments have plummeted even more dramatically, down 63%. Still, there is hope for companies seeking to raise capital. During this time, the amount of capital being raised through JOBS Act exemptions had grown considerably, providing viable opportunities for entrepreneurs seeking capital. Through RegA+, companies can raise up to $75 million, and through RegCF, companies can raise up to $5 million. This capital can be raised from both accredited and nonaccredited investors, creating a wide pool of potential investors. At the same time, the minimum investment is typically much smaller, which allows everyday people to get involved with promising companies. It is also more cost-effective to raise capital through these alternatives than traditional VC or private equity firms, or going through an IPO.

 

Now that you know the key-points on Private Equity vs. Venture Capital, it’s easy to understand that learn about the differences can help you identify what capital-raising options may be best suited for your company. However, if you need additional guidance, reaching out to a broker-dealer or securities attorney can help point you in the right direction for your capital-raising journey.

Can I Trade Private Shares?

Think of buying a traditional stock, listed on a public exchange like the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ. You can buy and sell these stocks freely; you can do so through a broker-dealer, online, or even through an app on your smartphone. You can sell it almost immediately, although there can be some limitations.

Can I trade private shares? The answer is yes. Similar to the public market, you can invest in private companies through three common types of capital raises and trade your securities on a secondary market.

 

To sum these exemptions up, they allow private companies to sell securities to US investors without going through the SEC’s registration process. They each vary as to how much capital can be raised. These exemptions include:

 

  • RegA+ is a securities exemption that allows companies to offer and sell securities to US investors and raise up to $75 million in a 12-month period through Reg A+.
  • RegCF allows companies to offer and sell securities to US investors and raise up to $5 million through online marketplaces and crowdfunding sources in a 12-month period.
  • RegD is a securities exemption that allows companies to raise capital from accredited investors (and a limited number of nonaccredited investors) without limit within a 12-month period.

 

With all of these exemptions, investors can share the securities they’ve invested in. However, there are some key differences pertaining to the length of time an investor is required to hold the security before selling it on a secondary trading platform. Reg A+ is the closest to an IPO, assets can be sold the next day, and there is no lockout period. On the other hand, securities sold under RegCF cannot be sold for the first 12 months after buying it unless it’s sold to an accredited investor, back to the issuing company, or a family member. With Reg D, investors can not sell these assets for six months to a year unless they are registered with the SEC.

Once you can trade your securities, the transaction will be carried on an alternative trading system or ATS. An ATS is much like a traditional exchange, the only difference is that they do not take on regulatory responsibilities. They are also operated by a FINRA-registered broker-dealer.

Did you like this text? Send the post “Can I trade private shares?” to a friend!

Before you make an investment decision, be sure to understand the limitations of secondary trading. If you’re unsure of what the limitations are, please reach out to a transfer agent or broker-dealer for additional information.

What is a CIK Number?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer who asked what a CIK number is. If you have ever filed a form with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), you have probably come across the term Central Index Key (CIK). The CIK number is a unique identifier used by the SEC’s computer systems to distinguish corporations, funds, and individuals who have filed disclosures with the SEC. 

 

A CIK number is a 10-digit code that is an essential part of the SEC’s EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval) system, which allows the SEC to collect, analyze and distribute financial information about companies and individuals. CIK numbers are assigned by the SEC and must be included in all filings made with the Commission. This allows the SEC’s computer system to quickly and efficiently identify companies and individuals and analyze their filings. It also helps to ensure that filings made by a particular company or individual are accurate and complete.

 

The easiest way to find a company’s CIK number is by using the SEC’s online database. You can search for CIK numbers using keywords such as the company name or ticker symbol. The search results will provide a list of entities matching your search criteria and their CIK numbers. Keep in mind, the entity’s name may be listed differently than expected.

 

It is also important to note that not all companies that offer stock for sale are required to file disclosures with the SEC, such as some companies raising capital through Regulation D. Small companies may be granted exemptions from regular SEC reporting and, therefore, may not have a CIK number. However, a CIK number is mandatory for companies that file disclosures.

 

CIK numbers are essential for the SEC to monitor and regulate the financial markets. By requiring companies and individuals to use CIK numbers when filing disclosures, the SEC can efficiently identify companies and detect potential fraud or other illegal activities to take appropriate action.

 

CIK numbers are also important for investors and other stakeholders. By providing a unique identifier for each company and individual, CIK numbers allow stakeholders to easily access relevant filings, financial data, and other information. This makes it easier for investors to make informed decisions and for regulators to enforce the rules and regulations that govern the financial markets.

 

In conclusion, CIK numbers are a critical component of the SEC’s regulatory framework. They are used to track and monitor companies and individuals that file disclosures with the SEC, and they enable investors and other stakeholders to access important financial data and other information. 

 

We believe that education is an essential part of the capital-raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any other questions that could help you along your capital-raising journey.

What is an Option?

Like warrants, options are a form of security called a derivative. As a derivative’s name suggests, these securities gain their value from an underlying asset. In the case of options, this is the underlying security

 

There are typically two primary forms of options; call options and put options. Both are governed by contracts; a call option allows the holder to buy securities at a set price while a put option allows them to sell. However, options contracts do not come for free. They can be bought for a premium, which is a non-refundable payment due upfront. Once options have been purchased, the holder has a certain amount of time during which they can exercise their options. On the other hand, options do not require the holder to purchase the shares contracts allow. When options are exercised, the price paid is referred to as the strike price.

 

In buying call options, the holder is guaranteed to buy securities at a certain price, even if the underlying security significantly increases in price. A put option works more like an insurance policy, protecting the holder’s portfolio from potential downturns. If a security was to decrease in price, the shareholder would be able to sell at a set price specified by their option contract, even if the market price was to fall lower than what the option allows it to be sold at.

 

In addition to being a way to minimize investment risks and maximize profits, options are becoming a popular incentive for employees, especially in startup companies when looking to attract employees. In addition to options that can be bought, options also refer to the ones issued to employees by their employer. This gives employees the chance, but not the obligation, to buy shares within a specified time. Employee stock options either come as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Options, with the difference being the tax incentives that go along with exercising the options. 

 

Whether you have call or put options, they are a useful way to protect your portfolio from downsides or benefit from being able to purchase more shares at a discounted price. They are just one of the many forms of securities available, which should be considered carefully when making investment decisions.

 

What is a Burn Rate?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking what a burn rate is. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

The word “burn rate” gets thrown around a lot in the realm of startups and early-stage businesses. But what exactly does it mean, and why is it so important? In this blog post, we’ll explore the ins and outs of burn rate, including what it is, why it matters, and how you can keep it under control.

 

Simply put, the burn rate is the rate at which a company is losing money. It takes into account the company’s operating expenses and revenue, measuring it monthly. This metric shows how much cash a company needs to continue operating for a certain period of time. For example, if a company has monthly expenses of $100,000 and revenue of $50,000, its burn rate is $50,000 per month. This means that the company is losing $50,000 each month, and if nothing changes, it will run out of cash in two months. It’s important to note that the burn rate can fluctuate based on several factors, including:

 

  • Investments in development
  • Advertising and marketing costs
  • Research and development costs
  • Operating expenses (e.g., wages, rent, etc.)

 

By monitoring the burn rate, businesses can make informed decisions about how to use their resources and budget.

 

Why is Burn Rate Important?

 

Understanding and managing burn rate is crucial for any startup or early-stage business. A high burn rate suggests that a company is depleting its cash supply at a rapid pace, which puts it at a higher risk of entering a state of financial distress. This can have serious consequences for investors, who may need to set more aggressive deadlines for the company to realize revenue, or inject more cash into the business to provide more time to reach profitability.

 

Conversely, a low burn rate can indicate that a company has a stronger financial position and are in a better position to become profitable. Low burn rates are also more attractive to investors since their investments can go further.

 

Keeping Burn Rate Under Control

 

Now that we understand the importance of burn rate, let’s look at some strategies for managing it effectively.

 

Layoffs and Pay Cuts: If a company is experiencing a high burn rate, investors may seek to reduce expenses on employee compensation. While layoffs and pay cuts are never easy, they can help a company achieve a leaner strategy and reduce operating expenses.

 

Growth: One way to reduce the burn rate is to project an increase in growth that will improve economies of scale. For example, some startups are currently in a loss-generating scenario, but investors continue to fund them to achieve future profitability.

 

Marketing: Investing in marketing can help a company grow and expand its user base or product use. However, startups are often constrained by limited resources and budgets, making paid advertising a challenge. Instead, they can use low-cost or no-cost tactics to achieve growth, such as email marketing or social media.

 

Burn rate is a crucial metric for any startup or early-stage business. By understanding and managing it effectively, companies can improve their financial health and position themselves for long-term success. Whether it’s reducing staff or compensation, investing in growth, or using low-cost marketing tactics, there are a variety of strategies for keeping the burn rate in check. And for investors, keeping a close eye on the burn rate can help you make informed decisions about funding and supporting startups.

Veni, Vidi, Verify

More than two millennia ago, Julius Caesar said the famous phrase, “Veni, Vidi, Vici”, triumphant in battle. This translates to, “I came, I saw, I conquered.” While the Roman Empire has long since fallen, these powerful words continue to ring true today – only in a different context. When it comes to investment opportunities, there is a simple way to “conquer” the investment process: Veni, Vidi, Verify.


I Came: The Search for Investment Opportunites 

 

With Regulation CF or RegA+, investors have more investment opportunities available to them than ever. Many of these investment opportunities are in startups that have a promising future, ranging from collectibles, MedTech, real estate, and many other growing industries. This is the time to start thinking about how you can use these opportunities to grow your investment portfolio while aligning your risk tolerance with your investing goals.

 

I Saw: Seeking Legitimate Investments

 

The abundance of options available to investors can be considered both a blessing and a curse. Despite the many opportunities available, you must ensure that the company is legitimate and the way you invest. For issuers, the same could be said about making certain investors are who they say they are to protect your company. When investing, it is good to analyze the risk versus the reward of a particular investment. You want to ensure that everything is above board in terms of your investment and there are no underlying additional risks. 

 

I Verified: Confidence Through Verification

 

Verification allows investors and issuers alike to verify the information provided by all parties to help confirm the transaction is legitimate and complies with regulatory requirements. Verification can ensure the quality of an investment with the assistance of data and information, such as:

 

  • ID verification
  • KYC and AML
  • Regulatory compliance
  • Transaction information
  • Company information and history

 

This gives investors the peace of mind to pursue assets knowing that they are making an informed decision and letting issuers know that investors are who they say they are. Additionally, tools such as the KoreID mobile app enhances the process of verification during the investment process. With KoreID, investors can securely manage their investments and personal information to meet KYC requirements. 

Veni, Vidi, Verify helps both issuers and investors ensure that they are making secure investments. Ultimately, verification and adherence to securities regulations create trust between investors and issuers during the investment process.

What is Phishing?

No one thinks they’ll fall victim to a cybercrime, but in reality, you’ve likely come across a suspicious email that could be trying to steal login credentials, financial information, or your identity or install dangerous computer viruses. Maybe you’ve received an email that claims to be from Netflix or Amazon, requesting your password, account email, payment information, or other personal information and directing you to an unfamiliar website. These characteristics are the hallmarks of a classic phishing attack, which can lead to identity theft, credit card fraud, ransomware attacks, and more. 

 

Where Did Phishing Come From?

 

The history of phishing dates back to the mid-1990s, when groups of hackers posed as AOL employees and used the instant messaging platform to steal passwords and login credentials. The purpose of these attacks was to use the hijacked accounts to access the internet, rather than pay for access once the 30-day free trial of AOL expired. These hackers were known as “phreaks”, a group of individuals who had a keen interest in studying telecommunication systems. The name “phishing” was used to link these scams to this community.

 

In the early 2000s, hackers began to branch out past AOL accounts to target financial systems to steal credit card information and passwords. Since then, the prevalence of phishing scams has grown exponentially, with 36% of data breaches involving a phishing attack, according to a Verizon report. Between 2021 and 2022 alone, the number of malicious phishing emails grew by 569%, according to cybersecurity company Cofense.

 

How Phishing Works

 

In modern phishing attacks, many hackers use spoofing to disguise an email address, website, phone number, or sender name in the hopes that it will appear legitimate. It could be as simple as changing a number, letter, or symbol so that the URL a hacker is using, without close inspection, is coming from a legitimate source. This will often trick victims into disclosing sensitive information like passwords or credit card numbers, which are then stolen by the hackers. 

 

Protecting Yourself

 

Luckily, there are easy steps to protect yourself against phishing attacks. According to the FBI, companies generally will not contact you asking for your username or password. If you receive an email, text, or phone call requesting this information, that should be a significant red flag. If you receive an unsolicited email with a link, avoid clicking on it. Instead, carefully examine the sender’s name, email address, spelling, and other details about the correspondence to see if there are slight inaccuracies that could point to it being a phishing scam. And, if an email asks you to download something or open an attachment, do not do so unless you can verify that the sender and attachment are legitimate. Also, be wary of the information you share online. Details like birthdays, pet names, schools you attended, and other personal details can be used to guess passwords. 

 

The Importance of Verification

 

Ultimately, the confirmation of someone’s identity can help to avoid potential scams. This can be achieved in the private capital markets by complying with securities regulations. For investors, due diligence and careful research of investment opportunities can highlight potential red flags that could be a telling sign of something too good to be true. At the same time, verifying the identity of a company raising money can provide assurance that it is a legitimate investment opportunity. For issuers, identity verification like AML and KYC confirm that investors are who they claim to be. 

 

Being on the lookout for phishing can help protect your identity and financial information from hackers. Understanding what these scams are and how they work is one of the best defenses available. Stay tuned for the next article in this series, which will shed light on a different type of scam. If you have any questions or topics you’d like to see discussed in more detail, please reach out and share your ideas with us!

My Company is Based in Canada: Can I Use RegCF to Raise Capital?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking if Canadian companies can use RegCF to raise capital. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

Crowdfunding is a popular way for small businesses, startups, and entrepreneurs to raise capital without necessarily needing the support of venture capitalists or angel investors. Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) provides an avenue for companies to legally raise capital through equity crowdfunding in the United States and is regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 

 

Although RegCF is available to US companies, many Canadian companies have questions regarding whether they can also use this exemption to raise capital. This article will answer those questions and provide insight into the legal requirements and structures that work for Canadian companies.

 

Legal Requirements for Raising Capital Through RegCF in Canada

 

In short, the answer is yes, Canadian companies can use RegCF. However, certain requirements must be met for a company outside of the U.S. to take raise capital through this exemption.

 

The main legal requirement is that the company must establish a US entity, such as a corporation or a limited liability company (LLC), which will be managed from within the U.S. The SEC states that “the issuer’s officers, partners, or managers must primarily direct, control, and coordinate its activities from the U.S., and its principal place of business must be in the U.S.”

 

It is also recommended that Canadian companies considering using RegCF to raise capital should provide evidence of their plans to engage the US market. This could include investing in marketing and advertising initiatives, setting up offices or physical locations within the US, hiring personnel from the US, etc.

 

Using RegCF in Canada

 

There are a few different ways that Canadian businesses approach a RegCF offering. One option is to create a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United States that will operate the business and raise funds through RegCF. This subsidiary must have its own business plan and financials, and cannot simply be a shell company. Alternatively, Canadian companies can create a US-based holding company that will own the Canadian entity and operate the business in both countries. This structure can be beneficial for companies looking to expand their operations into the US market while also raising capital from US-based investors. Canadian companies can also create a new US-based company that licenses the product or service of the Canadian company. 

 

Ultimately, a Canadian company seeking to raise capital using RegCF must create a US-based entity with a primary place of business in the US. The company raising capital cannot simply be a shell company that directs capital raised back to the parent company.

 

Alternatives for Canadian Companies

 

There are several other options for raising capital for Canadian companies that cannot or do not wish to use RegCF. These include traditional venture capital and angel investing, as well as debt financing from banks and other lenders. Additionally, many Canadian provinces have their own provincial securities commissions that offer exemptions from the registration requirements for businesses looking to raise funds from investors within their jurisdiction. But because of RegCF’s benefits of allowing companies to advertise offerings, as well as its low minimum investment requirements, it is certainly worth considering for Canadian businesses looking to raise capital.

 

Deciding whether or not to use RegCF for a Canadian company is ultimately a decision that should be made on a case-by-case basis. Although US securities laws may present some additional regulations, there are many benefits to using this platform if it is done properly. The ability to access capital from a larger pool of investors, as well as the streamlined process of RegCF, can make it an attractive option for Canadian businesses looking to raise funds.  Ultimately, Canadian companies should discuss their capital raising options with a securities attorney if they have questions about the process and their options.

April Investment Crowdfunding Sees Near-Record Levels

The last couple of months have been a turbulent time for the financial sector. In March, we first saw the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank, the largest bank by deposits in Silicon Valley and favored by tech startups. This was followed a couple of days later by the collapse of Signature Bank. The third collapse this year was that of First Republic Bank, the largest banking failure since the financial crisis in 2008. These events have been coupled with stagnation in the venture capital market that has highlighted the stability of the investment crowdfunding industry. Ultimately, April demonstrated a resilient interest in investment crowdfunding.

 

Investment Crowdfunding Proves Appetite for Deals

 

In a recent newsletter, Sherwood Neiss, Principal at Crowdfund Capital Advisors, was quoted saying, “A large amount of capital and number of investors flowing into Investment Crowdfunding offers proves that there is a massive appetite for these deals.” Neiss continues, “While there might have been fewer deals in April, the reality is startups still need capital, and Investment Crowdfunding is where they will find it. We expect to start to see an uptick in deals in May as these issuers realize opportunity exists here.” 

 

Investment Crowdfunding Sees a Decline in New Deals, Rise in Capital Commitments

 

In April, there was a decline in new deals, with only 91 being launched, compared to 147 in March 2023. This marked the lowest number of crowdfunding deals since June 2020. However, capital commitments reached an impressive $65.4 million in April, the second-highest level of commitment since March 2021, when investment crowdfunding was reaching a high point of interest during the pandemic. 

 

There were also 54 issuers that raised over $1 million each during April, while six raised the maximum of $5 million. With the 54 issuers that closed their raise during the month bringing in an impressive $131 million, it was the second-highest monthly close of capital, despite ongoing challenges faced by the private capital markets. 

 

More Investors are Making Investment Decisions

 

The number of checks written by investors in April 2023 increased by 92.9% compared to the prior month but dropped by 4% compared to the prior year. The average check size dropped to $1,174 in April 2023 due to a large number of active deals compared to March. 

 

The investment crowdfunding industry is growing rapidly and shows no signs of slowing down. As investors become more comfortable with deploying capital in private markets, despite current challenges in the private market, it will only continue to fuel this growth trend.

 

Avoiding Scams

Scams come in all shapes and sizes but share the same goal: to take someone’s hard-earned money. At KoreConX, we talk a lot about the importance of compliance with the regulations, because our platform is built to make it as easy as possible for companies to raise capital compliantly. But we haven’t talked all that much about why the regulations themselves are so important, and one of the main reasons is to protect against scams. In this and future posts, we’ll discuss some general and specific scams and their effect on investors and issuers. 

 

The internet has made it easier for criminals to reach potential victims, but compliance with regulations is an excellent protection against potential scams out there such as identity theft and investment fraud. There are, of course, many sorts of scams that the SEC regulations don’t directly touch, but understanding the reasons for the regulations can help you adopt best practices that will protect you against other scams as well. 

 

Regulations such as KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti Money Laundering) require participants to be properly identified – this alone can cut out much fraud before it even starts. Simply put, bad actors cannot be held accountable if they cannot be identified, so they often try to use a fake identity, or steal someone else’s. Similarly, companies seeking investors must make available financial and other information, an offering circular, and other data available, so potential investors know their money is going to an actual registered company with identified directors and officers. 

 

Who is Affected by Scams?

 

Scams hurt almost everyone indirectly by adding mitigation costs, driving up insurance premiums, and harming investor confidence, but the most obvious damage is financial: Online fraud in 2022 accounted for $41 billion stolen globally, with this number expected to rise to $48 billion in 2023. The burden of this loss does not fall evenly across all age groups. Adults between the ages of 20 and 29 reportedly have the lowest loss per person, at $2,789. Individuals in their 50s suffered the highest losses on average per person, with a total loss of $9,864 each. Those in their 30s lost an average of $5,570 each, and those in their 40s lost $7,832. Interestingly, the data shows that, on average, older Americans lost the most money to online fraud.

 

It may be that younger people may have lost less money on average simply because they have fewer financial assets. However, the report emphasizes that it is important to take these figures with a pinch of salt, as the FBI’s numbers include businesses, which can suffer much greater losses than the average person. Nonetheless, these statistics highlight the importance of online safety and the need for targeted prevention measures for different age groups.

 

Scams to Look Out For

 

There are many scams to be aware of, especially online, here are just a few of them:

 

Phishing: Phishing is sending deceptive emails or messages that appear as though they’re from a legitimate source to get personal information. You may receive an email asking for sensitive information, such as your credit card number or bank account details. The scammers use this information to make fraudulent purchases, withdrawals, or transfer funds. Cybercriminals may also try to use phishing emails as a way of getting you to click on malicious links that will download malware onto your computer. Malware can be used to steal personal information and passwords or even lock up all the data on your computer until you pay a ransom.

 

Pyramid Schemes: Pyramid schemes are a form of fraud that involves promising participants large returns for recruiting others into the scheme. Despite the promises, none of the money invested by new participants ever makes it back to them. Instead, it is funneled upwards to those already in the scheme, who will eventually take all of the money and disappear.

 

Crypto Schemes: Many investors are eager to get in on the crypto market, but the crash of FTX reminds us of the importance of due diligence. New technologies are always especially rich breeding grounds for scams, when people don’t wait to find out how it actually works because they are afraid of missing out on the next big thing.  

 

What Can You Do To Protect Yourself?

 

The best way to protect yourself from scams is by educating yourself about them and being aware of potential signs that something might not be legitimate. Here are a few tips you can use when someone contacts you:

 

  • Verify the identity of anyone who contacts you. Do not send money or account details until you have verified their identity.
  • Be suspicious if someone is asking for personal information, such as passwords or bank account numbers. Legitimate businesses and organizations should never ask for this type of information via email or phone call.
  • Be wary of any offers that seem too good to be true. If someone is offering you something for free or an unbelievable return on investment, it’s likely a scam.
  • Research the company or individual before making any investment decision. Look at reviews from other customers and check with the Better Business Bureau if necessary. 
  • Don’t give out personal information online. Be cautious when sharing your name, address, or other identifying details on websites, as this can make you a target for scammers. This includes answering “just for fun” quizzes on social media that can be used to figure out your mother’s maiden name, the name of your first pet, and other likely security questions.

 

The best way to protect yourself from scams is by staying informed and knowing the warning signs of fraudulent activities. Keep following this series on scams to learn more about different types of scams and how to protect yourself from them. If you have any questions or topics you’d like to see discussed in more detail, please reach out and share your ideas with us!

What is an Escrow Provider?

If you’ve bought a home, you’ve likely heard the term escrow. In the homebuying process, escrow can be used to hold a good faith deposit while the contract is being finalized. It can also be used after the home is purchased to pay for property taxes, homeowners insurance, or mortgage insurance. In these instances, money held in escrow is managed by an independent, third-party intermediary. However, escrow is also common during the process of investing in a company, where the escrow provider takes custody of funds and assets until specific transaction conditions are met. But what exactly is the role of an escrow provider in a transaction? What responsibilities do they have? And when should they be utilized? 

 

What is an Escrow Provider?

 

An escrow provider is an independent third-party intermediary which ensures that a transaction is completed in accordance with the rules of the agreement. An escrow provider collects, holds, and distributes funds on behalf of the individuals involved in a transaction. The help of certified escrow providers ensures that both parties meet their obligations and bring confidence to complete a transaction reliably. 

 

In many cases, the buyer and seller agree to use an escrow provider for several advantages, such as:

 

  • Mitigating the risk of nonpayment or fraud
  • Ensuring that all funds are securely handled
  • Being an impartial third party to the transaction

 

The process when utilizing an escrow provider generally includes:

 

  • Creating a contract outlining the obligations of the buyer and seller
  • Depositing funds into an escrow account
  • Ensuring that all conditions of the agreement are met before releasing funds

 

At the same time, technology can play an important role in the escrow process. For example, smart contracts that leverage blockchain technology can be programmed to automatically transfer assets between two parties once the conditions of the contract have been met. This can automate some of the escrow process, which can help to streamline the escrow process.

 

JOBS Act and Escrow

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act has since become a major factor in creating a secure capital-raising environment in the private capital markets. To raise capital, issuers must follow securities regulations to ensure compliance in the capital-raising process. This provides an additional layer of protection for investors and startups raising capital.

 

An essential component of compliance includes finding an escrow provider to administer transactions. This ensures that all funds are handled securely and that a third-party intermediary manages the transaction. Putting investors and issuers at ease by bringing peace of mind to the transaction. 

 

Escrow providers are essential for any type of business transaction where an impartial third-party intermediary is involved. With an increase in accredited and nonaccredited investors alike being involved in the private capital markets thanks to the JOBS Act, it is crucial to ensure that one is involved in the capital raising process. Whether you are an investor or issuer, using an escrow provider guarantees all funds are handled correctly while avoiding financial risk or fraud. 

Shedding Light on the Secondary Market

The private capital market is an important component of the economy and has seen considerable growth since the JOBS Act exemptions came into play. However, the public markets have the advantage of a strong underlying infrastructure, one that existed long before the advent of the Internet (the first public company was the Dutch East India Company which began stock trading in the early 1600s). In contrast, the private markets historically have fewer options for liquidity other than an exit or an IPO. 

 

Technological advancements have had a profound impact on the secondary market, transforming the way trading is conducted through the use of electronic systems for order delivery and execution. On the public side, entities like the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq have automated many functions that streamline the process of buying and selling stocks. In addition, broker-dealers and institutional investors have been leveraging powerful computer systems and sophisticated applications to manage inventory, order flow, and risk while receiving market data, research reports, and company information electronically. 

 

In the private market, alternative trading systems (ATSs) have emerged to let investors sell or buy shares on a secondary market. For example, anyone who has invested through RegA+ is then able to transact on the secondary market if the issuer has permitted that option. Still, there are many issues that face the private market. The unfortunate reality is that while a fragmented regulatory environment does allow for some secondary market transactions, issuers are not pre-empted from state securities regulations. 

 

The private capital market is beginning to catch up with the public market in terms of technological advancements, with companies seeking to create digital infrastructure and platforms for the private market. However, to truly unlock liquidity in the secondary markets of the private capital market, there needs to be an overarching system that enables buyers and sellers to identify potential trades quickly, securely, and with full transparency on the secondary market.

 

The lack of visibility in information is a key issue inhibiting secondary marketing trading in the private capital markets. Solving these issues will unlock a huge opportunity for buyers and sellers. To do this, there needs to be an underlying infrastructure similar to that which exists in the public market, allowing companies to quickly and securely connect with potential buyers and sellers, as well as gain access to real-time information about the secondary market. With the right technology in place, this could open up unprecedented opportunities for liquidity in the private capital markets that have long been “dark”.

Why the Private Capital Markets are Outpacing the Public Markets

The private capital market has seen considerable growth over the past few years due to geopolitical tensions, inflation, and interest rate hikes. These factors are driving heightened volatility in public markets, and investors are therefore looking for protection in private market deals. The ability for private companies to raise capital with accredited and nonaccredited investors through regulations like RegCF and RegA+ has also added to this growth.

 

Large Pool of Capital

 

The private capital market is also benefiting from a large pool of capital currently available to investors. According to Preqin, global private capital dry powder stood at around $1.96 trillion in December 2022. Dry powder is the cash that has been committed by investors but has not yet been “called” by investment managers to be allocated for a specific investment. This sizable reserve of money, when deployed, will provide an influx of investment into the private markets.

 

Growth & Flexibility

 

Companies are also opting to stay private for longer durations of time. In 2011, companies typically stayed private for five years before going public. As of 2020, this has extended to a time period of 11 years. Remaining private can give companies greater flexibility as they grow their business. They may find it easier to adapt and make changes in the early stages with private capital, before choosing a public route when they are more mature and established. With the ability to earn up to $75 million in 12 months with RegA+, for example, the ability for private companies to raise capital is unprecedented in the sector. 

 

The Shift from Public Markets to Private Capital Markets

 

This trend is likely to continue into 2023 and beyond as investors seek alternatives to the public markets. As such, understanding the implications of this shift from public to private is essential for any investor looking to capitalize on these opportunities. Private companies are looking to stay private longer because:

 

  • It allows them to keep their business strategies under wraps and maintain control over key decisions.
  • They can gain access to more capital at a lower cost compared to public markets, allowing for accelerated growth.
  • The private capital market has more flexible structures and less regulation compared with the public markets.

 

Private vs Public Market Size

 

McKinsey estimates that in North America, private market fundraising grew by 21% between 2020 and 2021. In the United States alone, there were 7,042,866 private companies. In comparison, there were only 4,000 public companies in the United States as of 2020. These statistics highlight the significant impact that businesses have on the world economy, with diverse markets and industries contributing to growth and prosperity.

 

The private capital market is rapidly outpacing the public market and this trend looks set to continue into 2023. As private companies continue to significantly outnumber public companies, the increase of capital raising opportunities will only help this sector to grow.

What is a Board of Directors?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking to explain what a board of directors is. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

Without further ado, this article will explore the role of a board of directors and the critical role they play within a company. The board of directors serves as the “operating mind” of the company – providing oversight to shareholders, officers, and employees alike. More importantly, boards can be utilized as a tool to mitigate risk when raising capital. This is because a board of directors typically has experience addressing issues that include:

 

  • Strategic direction
  • Corporate governance
  • Independence and accountability

 

What is a Board of Directors?

 

A board of directors, or ‘board’ is the highest governing body of a company. It is responsible for oversight and providing direction to the organization. The board consists of members who are elected by shareholders, normally on an annual basis. These members act as representatives of shareholders and their interests, ensuring that the company is managed properly. Public companies are required to have a board of directors, and while the same is not true for private companies, many still choose to do so.

 

The Need for a Board of Directors

 

The board of directors plays a vital role in ensuring the company is run correctly and its goals are met. The board works to ensure that any decisions made by the company are in line with shareholders’ interests, such as profitability and value preservation. A board also protects shareholders from potential risks associated with investing, such as fraud or mismanagement. In addition, having a board of directors can help to ensure that the company is making responsible decisions and staying compliant with legal and regulatory requirements. The board also helps to prevent self-dealing by executive officers or other members of management, as well as helping to set policy for the organization. 

 

One of the main benefits of having a board of directors is its ability to provide risk mitigation when raising capital. The presence of an independent board can demonstrate to investors that the company has taken steps to protect their interests and show potential investors that there is a competent and experienced group looking after their investments. It is important to distinguish between a board of directors and the other roles within a company. Officers are usually C-level executives who report directly to the board when making decisions regarding how the company operates. 

 

Early-Stage Companies and the Single-Person Corporation

 

For start-ups or early-stage companies, it is common for one person to wear multiple hats. In these instances, an entrepreneur likely serves as both an officer and a board member, making decisions from both perspectives. However, this differs from larger corporations who usually have more members on their boards, to ensure that the company is managed properly. As the company grows, so does the importance of electing an independent board.

 

Tools to Mitigate Risk When Raising Capital

 

When it comes to raising capital, boards must have access to certain tools to manage risk. This includes a minute book, cap table, and other documents which provide information about how the company is operating. By having access to this information, boards can minimize the risk of investors losing their money. With the advent of digital technologies that streamline this data management, board directors can have real-time access to company data that allows them to make informed decisions.

 

From start-ups to larger corporations, boards of directors play an important role in managing risk and providing oversight. Ultimately, having a board of directors is an important aspect of the capital raising process that can provide investors additional confidence in an investment after completing their due diligence.

What You Should Know About Investing in Private Capital Markets

Investing in the private market can be a great way to gain returns unavailable elsewhere. With the right research, investments in private companies can yield higher returns than traditional public markets. With the size of the global private markets growing throughout the past two years, notably in North America, investors must know what to consider before investing in a private company. In this blog, we will look at some key considerations for investing in the private market.

 

Pros & Cons for Non-Accredited Investors

 

Investing in privately-held businesses can be an exciting way to:

 

  • Diversify a portfolio
  • Offer access to investment opportunities that are not available through the public market
  • Potentially provide higher returns than traditional stock and bond investments

 

However, non-accredited investors (those who do not meet certain SEC criteria) need to understand the unique regulatory and financial risks associated with private markets before making an investment decision. Consider the cons of divesting in private companies, such as:

  • Requires a higher amount of due diligence
  • Lower liquidity than publicly-traded securities
  • Can be seen as risker investments than public securities

 

Evaluating Potential Investments

 

Before investing, it is important to conduct due diligence and research a potential investment thoroughly. Consider creating a financial plan and closely examining the deal structure, competitive landscape, and why the company needs your investment. Also, take a look at the company’s management team as well. Do they have experience raising capital? Do they pass a bad actor check?

 

Comparing Private and Public Investments

 

Private investments may offer higher potential returns than those found in the public markets, however, they are often riskier. As an investor, you should be aware of the differences between private and publicly-held businesses before deciding to invest. Consider factors such as liquidity, transparency, and financial reporting.

 

Liquidity: Private investments are sometimes illiquid, meaning that it may be difficult to access your money when needed. However, securities purchased through RegA+ are freely tradeable on a secondary market, which can provide some options for liquidity. In contrast, investments in public companies can be sold on the open market quickly and easily.

 

Transparency: Public companies must adhere to strict disclosure rules that allow investors to clearly understand the risks and rewards of their investments. In comparison, private companies do not have the same regulatory requirements and may be less transparent with their operations or provide limited information to shareholders. This means that investors should carefully review materials provided by the issuer to get a better understanding of the investment risk to ensure it meets their level of risk tolerance.

 

Financial Reporting: Public companies are required to report quarterly earnings and provide other financial information to investors regularly. This is not always the case with privately-held businesses which may only provide periodic updates or no financial information at all.

 

Protecting Your Investment

 

As an investor in a privately-held business, you may be at the mercy of the majority shareholders and can be subject to financial losses if the company does not succeed. To protect yourself, it is important to conduct background checks on all potential investments and set terms for your investment up front. Be sure to understand what rights you have as an investor and any restrictions on transferring or liquidating your shares. Especially if investing in JOBS Act exemptions, like RegA+ or RegCF, if the company you are looking to invest in offers a third-party option where you can sell your shares, this is a great way to access liquidity options.

 

Diversify Your Portfolio

 

The key to success with private investments is diversification. Investing in various companies across different sectors can reduce the risk of investing in a single business or startup that may not succeed. This will help to spread out any potential losses should a particular business not perform as expected.

 

Investing in the private market can be an exciting and rewarding venture for non-accredited investors. Understanding the risks and potential rewards of each potential investment is essential for any investor looking to make a profit in this sector. Ensure that you are comfortable with the risk associated before investing in any venture. Doing so will help to minimize potential losses and maximize potential gains. With careful planning and research, investors can benefit from private investments and diversify their portfolios.

 

Additional knowledge sources
https://www.investopedia.com/articles/stocks/08/privately-held-company-investing.asp

https://guides.loc.gov/company-research/private

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/02/22/if-asked-to-invest-in-a-private-venture-heres-what-you-need-to-do.html

How Do I Build a Community for My Company?

What is a community? The word can be defined as “a body of persons of common and especially professional interests scattered through a larger society” or “a group of people with a common characteristic or interest living together within a larger society.” Putting this into a bit more context, picture a beaver in the forest, building a dam. This seemingly simple, instinctual event has a profound effect on the surrounding area. The dam forms a pond, which creates the perfect habitat for a diverse range of animals, insects, and other organisms, while also improving the water conditions. 

 

This beaver is much like an entrepreneur building a business. As the business grows, it provides employment opportunities, creates a network of suppliers and partners, develops relationships with customers, and is supported by shareholders. They all play a crucial role in the success of your business. 

 

By nurturing these relationships, especially in today’s highly competitive business environment, this community can help increase engagement, loyalty, and interest in your company, which can translate into more investment and business opportunities down the road.

 

Recognizing the Benefits of a Strong Community

 

From customers to employees and suppliers, building a community around your company can bring numerous benefits. A thriving and engaging community can create:

 

  • Increased customer or employee loyalty: When customers and employees feel a sense of belonging and loyalty to your brand, they are more likely to remain loyal for longer. This can result in higher rates of retention, as well as increased referrals and advocacy.
  • Improved engagement with stakeholders: A thriving community can help you engage with key stakeholders such as investors, partners, and suppliers. This can help to foster stronger relationships over time, leading to better deals and collaborations.
  • Increased brand reputation: A community of loyal customers or employees can promote your brand integrity and trustworthiness, which is essential for building a successful business.
  • More growth opportunities: With a strong network of loyal loyal customers and employees, you’ll have a larger pool of potential buyers or investors when you are looking to grow.
  • A foundation for investors: Ultimately, when you’re looking to raise capital or attract investors, having a strong community of engaged stakeholders around your company can be an invaluable asset by providing evidence of your brand’s trustworthiness and potential. These stakeholders can also become valuable investors that share in your vision for the future.

 

Ultimately, cultivating this community requires transparency and compliance to build trust and instill confidence. But how do you go about building a community for your company? 

 

6 Tips for Building a Community

 

1. Understand Your Audience

 

The first step in building a community is to understand your audience. Who are the people you want to attract and engage with? What are their needs, wants, and interests? What motivates them to invest in your company? By creating customer personas and conducting market research, you can get a better understanding of your target audience. This can help you tailor your messaging, content, and engagement strategies to better resonate with your community.

 

2. Focus on Transparency and Communication

 

Transparency and open communication are essential ingredients for building a strong community. Shareholders, employees, and customers all want to feel like they have a voice and that their concerns are being heard. This is especially important when it comes to managing shareholder relationships. To build trust and transparency, consider implementing regular communication channels like newsletters, social media updates, and webinars. Make a point of responding to customer and shareholder feedback promptly and thoroughly.

 

3. Leverage Technology

 

Technology can be a powerful tool in building and managing your community. Consider investing in a customer relationship management (CRM) system to track and manage your customer interactions. This can help you identify patterns and trends in customer behavior, enabling you to tailor your messaging and engagement strategies to better resonate with your community.

Social media platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, and Twitter can also be powerful tools for building and engaging with your community. Regularly update your social media channels with relevant content, respond to customer feedback and comments, and use social media analytics to track engagement and identify opportunities to better connect with your community.

 

4. Create Meaningful Content

 

Creating high-quality, engaging content is another key element in building a community. Content can come in many different forms, including blog posts, videos, webinars, eBooks, and more. The key is to create content that is tailored specifically to your target audience and resonates with them on an emotional level. This will help you build relationships and foster loyalty among your customers, employees, and shareholders.

 

5. Foster and Incentivize Engagement

 

Engaging your community is an important part of building relationships and developing loyalty. Consider running contests, giveaways, or other promotional activities to incentivize engagement. You can also create loyalty programs or rewards systems to further reward customer engagement.

 

6. Gather Around a Cause

 

When building a strong community creates a sense of purpose around your company. Find something that your customers, employees, and shareholders can all rally behind. This should be something bigger than just making money – it could be related to sustainability, philanthropy, or another cause the community can get behind. By giving people something to believe in, you can create a sense of shared identity that will bring your community together. 

 

When it comes to raising capital, you should also focus on creating experiences that make investors feel appreciated and valued. For example, you could offer exclusive investor-only events or create a private investment platform where invited investors can access exclusive content about your company and its opportunities. 

 

Regardless of how you approach it, building a thriving community around your business is essential to growing and scaling effectively. This will lead to increased loyalty, greater investment opportunities, and higher long-term returns. By taking these key steps to develop a strong community around your business, you’ll be well on your way to achieving your capital-raising goals.

 

Form C-AR filing time again!

Hi everyone; a reminder that we are just over a month away from the deadline to file Form C-AR by May 1.*

We wanted to flag some issues:

  • If you sold any securities under your Form C, even if you didn’t sell them until this year, and even if you didn’t sell them until April 30, a Form C-AR with 2022 financials is due by May 1.
  • Even if your current Form C already includes 2022 financial statements, a Form C-AR is due by May 1.
  • If you do not have an open offering or otherwise have audited or reviewed statements available, the financial statements do not have to be audited or reviewed, but they do need to be in US GAAP format. This means balance sheet (as at December 31, 2021 and 2022), P&L, cash flow and changes in equity (for 2021 and 2022) as well as footnotes.
  • QuickBooks is not US GAAP.
  • If you used a “crowdfunding special purpose vehicle, it is an “issuer” under Rule 202 (the rule that says you have to file annual reports) and must file its own financial statements too. (See General Instructions to Form C.)

As a reminder:  if with this filing you are eligible to exit the Regulation CF ongoing reporting regime, remember, you must file your Form C-TR within 5 business days of the due date to notify investors, otherwise you may get to do this all over again next year!

As always, this isn’t legal advice, but feel free to call us if you need advice.

*If you do not have a fiscal year ending on December 31, your Form C-AR is due 120 after the end of your fiscal year, and dates above should be adjusted accordingly.


This article was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. You can view the original article here.

Small Businesses and Their Economic Success

Small businesses have always been an integral part of the economy, contributing to job creation and economic growth. Over the last decade, small businesses have faced a variety of challenges, including economic downturns, government regulations, and evolving consumer preferences. Despite these difficulties, small businesses have continued to play a significant role in driving economic success. In this blog, we’ll examine the level of success small businesses have achieved in the economy over the last decade and how JOBS Act regulations have impacted this success.

 

The Role of Small Businesses in the Economy

 

Small businesses are often referred to as the backbone of the economy. According to the US Small Business Administration (SBA), small businesses account for 44 percent of US economic activity and employ nearly half of the country’s private sector workforce. In fact, there are 33.2 million small businesses in the United States and they created 8.7 million jobs created between March 2020 and March 2021. Small businesses also contribute to innovation and competition in the marketplace, which in turn drives economic growth

 

Small Business Challenges and Successes

 

Over the last decade, small businesses have faced a variety of challenges, including the great recession, rising costs, and increased competition from online retailers. Despite these challenges, small businesses have continued to achieve success in the economy. With eight out of ten small businesses having no employees and 16% of small businesses having up to 19 employees, this sector of the economy is mostly driven by individuals who can take risks and innovate for growth.

 

Meaning, small business growth often depends on entrepreneurs’ risk-taking capability and ability to identify profitable opportunities. Additionally, the passage of the JOBS Act in 2012 has enabled small businesses to access capital more easily than ever before. The act allows businesses to raise money from investors without having to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). This allows smaller organizations that are still private to raise millions of dollars in capital while tapping into a much wider pool of potential investors.

 

The Impact of JOBS Act Regulations on Small Business Success

 

The JOBS Act allows companies to use SEC exemptions from registration, which include:

 

  • Reg CF to raise up to $5 million
  • Reg A to raise up to $75 million
  • Reg D to raise an unlimited amount of capital

 

These capital-raising methods allow small businesses to access a much wider pool of potential investors, obtain higher levels of capital, and achieve greater success in the economy. By allowing organizations to tap into an audience of investors they would have not had access to previously, the JOBS Act has enabled small businesses to build relationships with their customers, grow their operations, and create good jobs in local economies. With the continued support of government regulations and technological advancements, small businesses are poised to play an even greater role in driving economic success in the years to come.

7 Golden Rules for the Secondary Market

Secondary markets provide investors a way to trade securities they have previously purchased or buy new ones offered by other investors. This blog will look at the seven golden rules of secondary markets as well as how these rules are enforced through JOBS Act regulations.

 

What is a Secondary Market?

 

A secondary market is an organized platform that provides investors with the opportunity to buy securities from other investors, rather than from the issuer itself. It allows investors to have more flexibility in trading their securities and opens up the potential for greater liquidity. Secondary markets can be used to buy or sell almost any type of security, including stocks, bonds, options, futures, derivatives, and commodities.

 

How an ATS Differ from an Exchange

 

When trading securities on a secondary market, it is vital to understand the different types of Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs) available. ATSs are electronic trading platforms that can be used to trade securities without going through a traditional exchange. These systems can provide investors with greater liquidity and flexibility in trading their securities than what is available on an exchange.

 

Like an exchange that brings together buyers and sellers of securities, an ATS does not take on regulatory responsibilities. This means that an ATS can trade both listed and unlisted securities, like those purchased under a JOBS Act exemption. ATSs are also regulated by the SEC but must be operated by a FINRA-registered broker-dealer. 

 

The 7 Golden Rules of Secondary Markets

 

To ensure that transactions are compliant with security regulations, both issuers and investors should consider the following rules when transacting on a secondary market. 

 

Rule 1: Know Your Client (KYC) – Before conducting transactions, there must be a KYC procedure carried out by the broker-dealer. This helps to identify potentially risky investors and ensure that steps are being taken to prevent fraud, money laundering, and other illicit activities.

 

Rule 2: Disclose Financial Data – Issuers must disclose all relevant financial data before engaging in a transaction on the secondary market. This includes any material changes that have occurred since the last disclosure was filed. From an investor’s perspective, it is important to understand the financial health of the issuer before investing in their securities. This can be achieved by viewing the issuer’s financial statements, annual reports, and/or audited financials. Transparency is crucial in building trust with investors, and failure to disclose pertinent information can result in legal repercussions that can affect the trading of your security on the secondary market.

 

Rule 3: Respect Minimum Price Fluctuations – When trading on the secondary market, investors must always respect price fluctuation limits set by the governing body. These limits are designed to protect both buyers and sellers from extreme volatility or manipulation of the market. With most investors not being able to trade JOBS Act securities on the secondary market for at least a year, these limits help protect investors from quick market movements while providing issuers with stability.

 

Rule 4: Execute Trades Quickly – All trades on the secondary market must be executed quickly to ensure that buyers and sellers are getting the best price attainable. This is especially important with JOBS Act securities, as they are subject to strict time frames for when trading can take place. By executing orders promptly, investors can maximize their profits and minimize losses.

 

Rule 5: Follow Market Regulations – All transactions on the secondary market must adhere to governing body regulations, such as those set forth by the SEC, FINRA, and other regulatory agencies. This ensures that trades are conducted fairly and within legal bounds. It also protects all parties involved in a transaction from fraud.

 

Rule 6: Adhere to Securities Laws and Regulations – Issuers must comply with all applicable securities laws and regulations when trading on the secondary market. This includes complying with JOBS Act regulations, such as Regulation A+ and Regulation Crowdfunding. Failure to comply with these regulations can result in fines, penalties, and legal action.

 

Rule 7: Maintain Good Communication with Investors – Issuers should maintain regular and open communication with investors, providing updates on the company’s performance and any important developments. This helps to build trust and confidence in the relationship between the issuer and the investor. Good communication can also help to mitigate potential issues or conflicts that may arise in the future.

 

Overall, secondary markets can offer a variety of benefits to both investors and issuers, including greater liquidity and flexibility in trading securities. However, both parties need to follow the rules and regulations governing these markets to ensure fair and secure transactions. By adhering to the seven golden rules of secondary markets, investors and issuers can mitigate risk and build trusting relationships that can lead to greater success in their investment endeavors.

5 Things You Need to Know About Transfer Agents

When a company issues securities, it is vital to keep the official record of ownership and distribution accurate and up-to-date at all times. This process is managed by transfer agents who in addition to assuming responsibility for maintaining accurate records of security transactions, can also handle shareholder inquiries, distribute shareholder materials, and more. In this blog post, we will discuss the five critical things that companies need to know about transfer agents before embarking on their next capital raise.

 

1. Protecting Issuers and Investors

 

Transfer agents protect issuers and investors by ensuring that the issuance of securities maintains a high degree of accuracy and reliability, and is consistent with the applicable regulations, thereby protecting both the issuer and the investor from the risk of disputes and expensive litigation. Transfer agents play a critical role in maintaining the integrity of the security issuance process, closely monitoring any changes in ownership or other company-specific details. This helps to prevent fraudulent activities such as double ownership or over-issuance of securities.

 

2. Issuing and Canceling Certificates

 

Another crucial function of transfer agents is to issue or cancel certificates reflecting shareholder ownership in the company, to ensure that the shareholders receive accurate documentation of their investment. The certificates are tangible evidence that shareholders own securities in the company and that they have the right to vote or receive dividends. Transfer agents must also cancel and decommission certificates to reflect trades or company-specific events such as stock splits, mergers, or acquisitions. Canceling or decommissioning certificates is a vital task in maintaining a current and accurate representation of who owns what within the company.

 

3. Managing the Cap Table

 

Transfer agents play a crucial role in managing the cap table. The cap table is the official record of the ownership structure of the company, including the number of shares held and who holds them. It is essential to manage the cap table effectively to avoid conflicts, confusion, or discrepancies among shareholders. The transfer agent ensures that the cap table stays up to date with any changes that may occur due to equity issuances or mergers and acquisition activity involving the company. The effectiveness of the cap table management is critical for companies raising capital or going through mergers and acquisitions, for helping investors conduct their own due diligence, and for tracking the company’s overall value and growth.

 

4. Legal Compliance

 

Another significant responsibility of transfer agents is ensuring the company’s compliance with specific securities laws and regulations. The transfer agent makes sure that the company is aware of and adhering to the legislative guidelines and rules governing the issuance and transfer of securities. Transfer agents must comply with both federal and state regulations, making this a complex task. Companies need to work closely with their transfer agents to ensure they are clear on aspects of the legal requirements that affect their business. Navigating the regulatory landscape can be daunting, but a transfer agent can help make it smoother for companies.

 

5. Investor Relations

Finally, transfer agents are essential for providing service to shareholders. Often, they are the first point of contact when shareholders have questions, concerns, or problems that require resolution. They help to answer any inquiries shareholders may have and maintain a clear line of communication. Excellent customer service is key to maintaining a positive relationship with shareholders. Shareholders who feel valued are more likely to remain invested in the company and can become valuable brand ambassadors. This, in turn, can lead to more significant investments in the company, improving overall shareholder value.

A transfer agent plays a critical role in ensuring that securities transactions are processed accurately and reliably, protecting the interests of the issuer and the investor. Using an experienced and knowledgeable transfer agent has many valuable benefits for companies. They provide companies with a comprehensive solution for managing securities issuances, maintaining shareholder relationships, and navigating the complex regulatory landscape. Transfer agents are an essential part of the securities industry, and companies who work with them are better positioned to succeed.

KorePartner Spotlight: Richard Johnson, CEO of Texture Capital

At Texture Capital, the mission is to revolutionize the two trillion-dollar market for private securities by leveraging blockchain technology and smart contracts. The company has received approval from FINRA to commence operations as a digital securities broker-dealer and operate an Alternative Trading System (ATS). This is an important milestone for Texture, enabling them to issue, tokenize, and trade digital securities. We recently spoke to Richard Johnson, the company’s CEO, to ask him about RegA+ and RegCF and their vision for the future of capital markets.

Q: Why did you become involved in the capital markets/digital securities/blockchain industry?

A: I have spent my whole career in capital markets. For most of that time, I was a trader working at different investment banks and broker-dealers in the electronic trading space. But then, in 2014, I discovered crypto… well really just Bitcoin back then. I came into the space with a trader’s mindset, thinking about how to build execution algorithms and electronic routers for the new asset class. However, I quickly went down the rabbit hole and realized there was something much more revolutionary about the technology. Since then I have been working in the space in one form or another – consultant, analyst, operator, and founder.

Q: What services does your company provide to companies looking to raise capital through the JOBS Act exemptions?

A: I started Texture Capital in 2019 as I recognized there was a strong need for regulated intermediaries to help companies compliantly issue tokens representing equity, debt, royalties, revenue share, or other investment contracts, and to provide a regulated venue for secondary trading. Texture Capital is a FINRA and SEC-regulated broker-dealer focused on digital securities. We help clients raise capital through exemptions such as Regulations, A, D, S, and CF and can also support certain registered offerings. We also operate one of the few Alternative Trading Systems for digital securities. Recently, we have been focusing on offering our digital securities market infrastructure on a ‘white label’ basis to fractional marketplaces. We are agnostic to the underlying asset class and work with clients across private equity, private credit, real estate, and alternatives.

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

A: The Texture team is steeped in fintech and traditional capital markets experience. We have built ATSs and marketplaces that have executed many billions of dollars of notional transaction value. 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

A: What excited me about this industry, and why I started Texture Capital, is that blockchain technology represents an entirely new (and better) way of recording financial transactions. Fundamentally, blockchain is about the transfer of value. And capital markets, particularly trading, are about the transfer of value. So what we have now is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to build a new market structure from scratch, using the best tech available, and improving how markets work throughout the economy.

Q: Why is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

A: We are big fans of KoreConX. KoreConX serves a different, but complementary, part of the ecosystem. You provide the technology to help issuers raise capital and transfer agency services to help them manage the cap table, while we provide all the broker-dealer services. Texture and KoreConX are great partners, and on top of that, we share a commitment to API-driven, technology solutions.

Q: Anything else you’d like to add about RegA+, RegCF, or any other topic that you feel is relevant to your company, our partnership, and the ecosystem you’re a part of?

A: Yes. As a final thought, I want to say how important RegA+ and RegCF are in the capital formation process right now. The current market environment makes it very difficult to raise capital through old-school VC channels. But through these exemptions, companies have a way to fundraise directly from their community, fans, friends, family, partners, suppliers, etc. I expect to see significant growth in the crowdfunding space going forward and tokenization will be the catalyst.

The future of capital markets is bright, and Texture Capital is leading the way with innovative solutions. We look forward to seeing what’s next!

Small Businesses Need Capital

Small businesses are essential to the economic well-being of a country, but unfortunately, many find it challenging to obtain the capital they need. It is expensive to access the public capital markets at the best of times, but in times of economic hardship and uncertainty,  traditional financing options become especially scarce as well. Fortunately, private capital markets have emerged as a viable and advantageous solution for small businesses to raise the funds they need to grow, sustain jobs, and contribute to their communities. 

 

Raising Capital is Expensive

 

Small businesses are often faced with tedious and expensive processes when trying to access traditional capital sources. Raising capital for companies when going public compared to private can be expensive and complicated. The costs associated with this type of fund-raising include:

 

  • Underwriting fees
  • Exchange listing fees to launch on the stock exchange or other public markets
  • Professional fees for attorneys, accountants, and other financial advisors
  • Printing and distribution costs for prospectus and registration statements
  • Costs associated with filing regulatory paperwork such as the SEC Form S-1

 

These costs can add up, and the process of going public is also typically long and complicated, requiring a great deal of time and energy from company founders. In addition, many banks impose strict guidelines limiting the amount of capital small business owners can borrow, and it might not be enough to cover the cost of going public.  For small startups especially, the possibility of going public may be decades away, if it exists at all. For organizations that need to raise capital more immediately, the private market is a much more viable option than raising capital publicly.

 

The Solution: Private Capital Markets

 

Fortunately, private capital markets provide a viable solution for small businesses during tough economic times. With private businesses able to use JOBS Act regulations like RegA+, RegD, and RegCF to raise millions in capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors, they need not rely on traditional lenders. The cost of raising capital privately using JOBS Act regulations compared to taking a company public is significantly lower. This is because:

 

  • Although there are still securities regulations to protect investors, the reporting requirements are much lower and less costly.
  • Private capital markets avoid the lengthy legal process involved in taking a company public, thereby saving time and legal fees.
  • Private capital markets offer more flexibility than traditional financing sources, allowing businesses to craft more creative and advantageous terms for the capital they need.

 

This makes it easier for small businesses to access the funds they need without having to worry about high costs and long wait times. Furthermore, leveraging private capital markets provides an opportunity for small business owners to cultivate relationships with investors who can provide valuable insights and advice that they may not be able to access through traditional lenders. And that can open more doors.

Approaching the 11th Anniversary of the JOBS Act

Eleven years ago, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act was signed into law in a White House Rose Garden ceremony. Looking back on this landmark legislation, we see its impact has been far-reaching. From increased access to capital for small businesses to the rise of new markets for investment opportunities, the JOBS Act has reshaped how companies raise funds and spur economic growth. In 2022, $150.9 B was raised through Regulations A+, CF, and D, showcasing the tremendous power of these regulations for companies. As we mark the 11th anniversary of this game-changing law, let’s look at what it has accomplished and how it is (still) changing the capital formation landscape.

 

David Wield: The Father of the JOBS Act

 

David Weild IV is a veteran Wall Street executive and advisor to U.S. and international capital markets. He has become well known as a champion of small business as the “Father of the JOBS Act”. Signed into law by President Barack Obama in April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act has opened up access to capital markets, giving small businesses and startups the ability to raise money from a much larger pool of investors. Wield has remarked that this was not a political action; it was signed in “an incredibly bipartisan fashion, which is really a departure from what we’ve generally seen. It actually increases economic activity. It’s good for poor people, good for rich people. And it adds to the US Treasury”.

 

As such, Weild is seen as a leading figure in the JOBS Act movement, inspiring the startup community to break down barriers and build the future. He has helped make it easier for companies to become public, empowering a new generation of entrepreneurs looking to start or grow their businesses. Furthermore, Weild’s efforts have allowed more investors to participate in capital markets.

 

Benefitting from the JOBS Act

 

At the inception of the JOBS Act in 2012, non-accredited investors were only allowed to invest up to $2,000 or 5% of their net worth per year. This was designed to protect non-accredited investors from taking on too much risk by investing in startups, as these investments would likely be high risk and high reward. Since then, the JOBS Act has expanded to allow non-accredited investors to invest up to 10% of their net worth or $107,000 per year in startups and private placements.  

 

For companies they were initially allowed to raise:

 

  • Up to $50 million in RegA+ offerings
  • $1 million through crowdfunding (RegCF)
  • Unlimited capital from accredited investors under RegD

 

These numbers have grown significantly since 2012, with:

 

  • Reg A allowing $75 million to be raised
  • Reg CF allowing $5 million to be raised

 

These rules have opened the door for startups to access large amounts of capital that otherwise may not have been available to them. This has allowed more companies to grow, innovate and create jobs in the U.S.

 

How Much has Been Raised with JOBS Act Regulations?

 

The JOBS Act regulations have revolutionized how capital is raised by companies and how investors access new markets. According to Crowdfund Insider, companies have raised:

 

  • $1.8 Billion from July 2021 to June 2022 with RegA+
  • $2.3 trillion with RegD 506(B)
  • $148 trillion with RegD 506(C)
  • $506.7 million with RegCF

 

Since its formation in 2012, the JOBS Act has opened up a variety of avenues for entrepreneurs to access capital. The exempt offering ecosystem has allowed innovators to raise large sums of money with relatively fewer requirements than a traditional public offering, while still requiring compliance and offering investors protection. This has enabled companies to stay in business and grow, allowing the US economy to remain competitive on the global stage.

 

Insights from Industry Leaders

 

Expanding the discussion about capital formation, KoreConX launched its podcast series, KoreTalkX in April 2022. Through this platform, we’ve hosted many thought leaders and experts to share their insights on capital-raising strategies and compliance regulations. Guests have included renowned thought leaders including David Weild, Jason Fishman, Shari Noonan, Joel Steinmetz, Jonny Price, Douglas Ruark, Sara Hanks, and many others. Each of these episodes has explored topics in-depth to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to be successful when raising capital from investors.

Reforms to RegD

With Regulation D (RegD) offerings, companies are exempt from registering securities with the SEC. Under RegD, companies can raise capital from accredited investors (and a limited number of nonaccredited investors in some cases) to support the growth of their business. This has become a popular method for private companies to raise capital, and can often be a starting point for larger capital raises under Regulation CF or Regulation A+. This popularity and the minimal disclosure requirements of RegD have prompted SEC Commissioner Caroline A. Crenshaw to propose changes to RegD disclosure requirements in January. Let’s see about these reforms to RegD.

 

Current Regulations Under RegD

 

The objective of RegD was to enable small and medium-sized businesses to seek capital-raising opportunities, without the cost-prohibitive disclosure requirements of a public offering. Under current regulation, companies may make private offerings of securities without having to register with the SEC, provided that they comply with certain disclosure requirements. These include filing Form D (which provides information about a company’s executives and its financial condition) and providing investors with a private placement memorandum outlining the terms of the offering. However, as this method of capital raising has been leveraged by multi-billion-dollar companies for whom it was not originally intended, the SEC is looking to update the disclosure requirements.

 

Commissioner Crenshaw’s Proposed Reforms

 

Commissioner Crenshaw has proposed a two-tiered framework, similar to Regulation A (RegA) which also provides an exemption from SEC registration requirements. Under the proposed reforms, companies offering securities through RegD would be required to provide more disclosure than is currently required, with the burden of disclosure increasing based on company size. Smaller companies (up to a threshold) would only need to provide basic information about their business operations such as management, operational updates, and financial statements. Larger companies (over the threshold) would be required to provide additional, heightened financial disclosures similar to those that are required under an S-1 filing. 

 

This reform could have far-reaching implications for small and medium businesses that wish to access capital markets and would largely depend on where the threshold is set. It remains to be seen whether these proposed reforms will move forward, but it’s clear that Commissioner Crenshaw is interested in modernizing and streamlining the process of raising capital.  

 

Effects of These Changes

 

The SEC’s proposed reforms would require issuers to provide more extensive disclosure and adhere to certain standards that are typically only associated with public offerings. This could potentially be a costly endeavor, as it would involve additional filing fees, legal expenses, and accounting costs.

 

The proposed reforms could also limit the ability of small businesses to access capital through Regulation D, as the costs associated with meeting the new requirements may be too high for some companies. For example, smaller companies may find it difficult to pay for the necessary accounting and legal fees, or they may not be able to generate enough interest from investors due to the higher thresholds that must be met to qualify for RegD. Small start-ups trying to raise only $250,000, these companies may not have the money to prepare the audited financials and Form 1A level disclosures.

The SEC’s proposed reforms of Regulation D are a step in the right direction toward protecting investors and ensuring that issuers adhere to certain standards. However, these reforms could potentially be harmful to small businesses seeking to raise capital through RegD offerings. The SEC needs to consider the potential effects of its proposed reforms and ensure that they are not overly burdensome on companies whose access to capital is already limited.

 

7 Things You Need to Raise Capital Online in 2023

. ising capital online can be a great way to a vast pool of potential investors. With the JOBS Act exemptions and many online funding portals available, it’s easier than ever to get started. Here are 7 Things You Need to Raise Capital Online in 2023.

 

1. Know Your Options

 

From Regulation D 506(c) offerings to RegCF and RegA+ offerings, it’s important to understand the differences between them. Each option has different requirements for time, cost, and resources. Plan accordingly for whatever option you choose by considering the trade-offs. Many issuers start with a RegD, then move on to a RegCF, and then a RegA+ because of the costs and compliance efforts required with each exemption.

 

2. Plan for a Higher Cost of Capital

 

Raising capital can be expensive. Especially when doing so online, you should plan on paying more than you usually would because of the additional costs associated with marketing, platform fees for using a crowdfunding platform, etc. These costs, along with fees for broker-dealers and legal counsel, can add up quickly, but understanding the potential costs will help you to plan accordingly. While raising capital online will cost more than a brokered or VC deal, you will retain greater ownership and control and suffer from less dilution, which may be a valuable tradeoff.

 

3. Find the Best Online Capital-Raising Platform

 

Before you embark on your journey to raise capital online, you need to find the right platform for your needs. You will want to make sure that you are working with the best platform possible. The first step is to do your research and find out which platform suits you best. You should look into the fees each platform charges, their customer service ratings, and whether or not they have any special features such as automated investing tools or portfolios with pre-set risk profiles.


Be wary of platforms that promise unrealistic returns or make promises about how easy it will be to raise capital in a short amount of time. Seek out platforms that have built up a good reputation and are transparent with their fees and services. Platforms do not raise money for you. Be sure to have a clear strategy in place before you launch your capital-raising campaign, and do not use a platform that promises too much. You can explore the list of FINRA-regulated funding platforms
here.

 

4. You’re Responsible for Marketing

 

You’ll need to craft an effective message and have the resources available to get it out there – whether that’s through social media, email campaigns, print ads, or other forms of advertising.  When you sign up for a capital raising platform, they do not help you with marketing or getting investors. This is left up to your organization or you can hire a marketing firm that is experienced in marketing for online capital raises. Ensure you know your target market and audience so that your message resonates with the right people who will invest in your cause or project. Researching trends in the current market can help you refine your strategy over time as well. Focus on building relationships with potential investors by providing value upfront before asking them for anything monetary related – this can go far towards building trust and credibility between both parties when marketing for your capital raise.

 

5. Launch with an Announcement and Target Multiple Investors

 

Announce the closing of your last smaller raise and its success when launching your next round. You can create a sense of urgency that will attract investors and help drive interest in your offering. This proven strategy can be rinsed and repeated as often as needed (though it can be overdone, and your audience will eventually catch on that this isn’t really the last chance to invest). Another way to maximize your chances for success when raising capital online is to target multiple investor types. While it’s important to target self-directed investors online, you can also retain marketing partners to reach out to family offices and institutional investors. By targeting multiple investor types simultaneously, you’ll improve your chances of raising more capital.

 

6. Focus on Marketing and Platforms

 

It is essential to have a well-structured marketing plan. That will help you reach your target audience and create awareness of your offering. It’s also important to focus on choosing the right platform for your capital-raising efforts. Consider your capital-raising goals, the platform you plan to use to meet those goals, and the availability of resources to help you achieve success. Will your campaign primarily use affinity marketing? Or will you utilize tools such as advertising, email campaigns, and social media?

 

7. Get a Valuation Report and a Securities Attorney

 

During the process of raising capital online, understand the value of your assets and make sure that you are compliant with security laws. A 3rd-party valuation report can give you a better understanding of your company’s worth and help inform investors about its potential. These reports are available from many reputable firms, and retaining one can help you to make a more convincing case for the worth of your company. It is also essential to hire a securities attorney to ensure you comply with JOBS Act exemptions. Without a lawyer experienced in securities law on your side, you could be risking legal violations and hefty fines.

 

5 Tips for Frictionless Capital Raising

Raising capital can be a tricky process. Fortunately, with the JOBS Act and its exemptions from SEC registration under RegA+, RegCF, or RegD, entrepreneurs can now access capital raising 24/7/365. Here are five tips to help you make the most of this opportunity and enjoy frictionless capital raising.

Use Mobile Apps for Online Investments

Mobile apps are becoming an increasingly popular way to access capital markets and make investments online. When a company raises capital under a JOBS Act exemption, a mobile app can streamline the investment process for investors. For example, the KoreID Mobile App allows investors to manage current and pending investments and reinvest with ease. KoreID allows investors to securely manage their personal information so that they don’t have to reenter the same information each time they go to invest.

Utilize Affinity Marketing

What better way to raise capital than to leverage your existing network of customers? Customers that align with your company’s mission and values can become powerful brand ambassadors when they invest. This type of marketing also helps give potential investors a sense of trust and familiarity, which can be invaluable when it comes to securing investments. By utilizing affinity marketing, you can easily create an affinity network and unlock new capital-raising opportunities.

Seek the Crowd

Over the last year, the amount of venture capital funding has dropped significantly. Instead, online capital formation facilitated by the JOBS Act has become a powerful player in the private capital market. RegA+ and RegCF allow companies to raise capital from the general public, creating a wider pool of potential investors. And, since online capital raising is open 24/7/365, these sources of capital can be a valuable alternative to traditional funding routes.

Have a Plan and Tailor Your Pitch

Before you even consider approaching potential investors, you should always have an airtight business plan in place. This includes your stated objectives, financial projections, and any other details that provide an in-depth look into your venture. Once you’ve mapped out the specifics of your venture, it’s time to start crafting a tailored pitch that resonates with potential investors. Creating a compelling presentation with the right balance of facts, figures, and storytelling can help draw investors in and establish trust. Think about the investors you are pitching to and tailor your pitch accordingly. Are they venture capitalists and angel investors? Or are you targeting family and friends or seeking equity crowdfunding? Each type of investor has different requirements, so it’s key to understand who you are pitching to and adjust your strategy accordingly. Regardless of who you’re targeting, it’s vital that you fully understand your business plan, because investors will ask you questions that a memorized sales pitch might not answer adequately. By doing this, you can ensure that the capital-raising process is as seamless as possible.

Prioritize Compliance

When raising capital, adhering to securities regulations is essential for success. While there are many components to compliance, using a broker-dealer is one of the first things that any company should consider when raising capital. Broker-dealers can also help you navigate the complexities of securities regulations. By selecting an experienced and reliable broker-dealer, you’ll have peace of mind knowing that the process is compliant and secure. With these raises sometimes having thousands of investors on a cap table, you want to be sure that your investors are managed properly and that your raise is in compliance with the law.

Raising capital for your venture doesn’t have to be a daunting task. By following these five tips for frictionless capital raising, you can make the process as smooth as possible so you can be well on your way to securing the funds needed for growth. 

 

SEC Amends Broker-Dealer Record-keeping Requirements

The SEC’s long-time policy for broker-dealers is to keep records of their business activities in a non-rewritable, non-erasable format – otherwise known as WORM (Write Once Read Many). But with new amendments to Rule 17a-4, broker-dealers are provided an audit trail alternative to keeping data in WORM format. Beginning May 3, 2023, firms will be required to comply with the new record-keeping regulations.

 

The final amendments grant flexibility to broker-dealers when meeting these requirements. They can choose to either: (1) preserve documents in WORM format, or (2) preserve electronic records in a system that maintains a timestamped audit trail. These can take the form of cloud-based systems, distributed ledger technology, or other emerging technologies.

 

This rule can be interpreted in a few different ways. First, firms can retain some electronic records with an audit trail and preserve other records with the WORM requirement. Second, firms may use an electronic recordkeeping system that meets the audit trail and WORM requirements. Either way, broker-dealers should ensure their programs are compliant as of May 3rd, 2023, or face the stiff penalties associated with non-compliance.

 

With the compliance date approaching, broker-dealers should review their record retention practices and expand the review beyond WORM vs Audit Trail alternatives. By proactively evaluating existing record retention practices and identifying any gaps before the compliance date, broker-dealers can ensure that their records are up-to-date and compliant with the new regulations.

 

Seeking Opportunities in Times of Crisis

The collapse of Silicon Valley Bank has sent shockwaves through the financial sector, sending bank stocks plummeting, heightening stresses, and leaving many people with feelings of anxiety and uncertainty about the future. However, amidst this chaos lies a unique opportunity to innovate and create jobs, which can stand as a shining message of hope. We see this as a time for ingenuity and entrepreneurial spirit to uncover a unique solution to this crisis and serve as the spark that sets off further development in the sector. This blog will discuss how opportunity and crisis are closely linked, showcasing the potential for businesses to use this moment of disruption as a chance for growth and renewal.

The Innovation Opportunity

 

When crises arise, they can often be overwhelming and unsettling. But, in times like these also lies a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs to shine, by innovating solutions that meet the challenges of the moment. This is an opportune time for businesses to:

 

  • Make a meaningful difference.
  • Find creative solutions to problems.
  • Identify new markets for their services.
  • Develop products that can meet the unique needs of those affected by this crisis.
  • Offer creative solutions that can help bring stability and growth back to the sector.

 

When businesses take advantage of these types of opportunities, it can result in job growth and increased economic activity. But, to take advantage of this opportunity, companies need access to capital that can fund innovation and job creation. Fortunately, RegA+ and RegCF exist to fund businesses. And because retail investors can make investments into companies through these JOBS Act exemptions, it provides companies a source of capital even if there is decreased venture capital or private equity activity.

 

Raising Capital During a Crisis

 

In times of crisis and disruption, finding capital can also be difficult. This is especially true for start-ups that do not have access to the same resources as large businesses. Fortunately, there is a range of ways that companies can raise capital, such as through RegA+, and RegCF

 

Through RegA+, companies can raise up to $75 million from both accredited and nonaccredited investors. And since it offers companies the ability to turn current customers into investors and brand ambassadors, the exemption can bring a company tremendous value and help to grow the business. A Reg A raise is excellent for companies that have a wide customer base or need to raise a large amount of capital.

 

Like RegA+, RegCF allows both accredited and nonaccredited investors to invest in the offering. However, offerings are limited to a maximum of $5 million per year. Compared to other regulations, Reg CF is one of the most popular due to its lower cost and ease of implementation. 

 

These options offer companies a way to raise capital to fund innovation, job growth, and other related activities when traditional means might be less available.

 

The collapse of Silicon Valley Bank has sent shockwaves throughout the financial sector. But despite times of crisis like this, entrepreneurs can find unique solutions and opportunities to innovate, create new jobs, and make a meaningful difference. By seeking creative solutions that are tailored to the unique needs of those affected by this crisis, entrepreneurs have the potential to help bring stability and growth back to the sector. In addition, through access to capital through the JOBS Act, businesses can have the resources necessary to fund their growth during a time of disruption. All-in-all, the opportunity is closely linked with times of crisis, providing companies and entrepreneurs with a unique chance for growth and renewal.

What is TradeCheck?

Through RegA+, RegCF, and RegD, hundreds of companies across the country have been able to raise capital from both retail and accredited investors. The shares held by these investors are freely tradeable (after one year in the case of RegCF or RegD, however, buying and selling these securities requires compliance with a patchwork of regulations that can differ between different jurisdictions.

 

TradeCheck is a solution offered by KoreConX to ensure that state rules governing the resale of unlisted securities are met by providing clarity on state requirements for trading securities, automating compliance checks, and producing reports detailing transactions. TradeCheck is unique in its ability to provide transparency into transaction compliance, helping companies ensure a smooth and compliant trading process. 

 

TradeCheck can be used by all parties involved in a regulation process, including investors, issuers, and intermediaries. To use it, investors simply enter their email addresses into the platform and follow the prompts, where they will be asked to log in with their KoreID and password, and answer a security question before they can access their account. 

 

For issuers, the process begins with KoreConX walking them through the necessary state requirements, and providing a detailed report on which states transactions may be made in and for what time period. Alongside this, the inclusion of the issuer’s information in the Mergent “Securities Manuals” is also a part of this service. Ultimately, TradeCheck helps companies get clearance for all states and territories except California

 

The TradeCheck service also offers additional assurance to the investor or intermediary regarding the correctness of the disclosure available about the company, operating history, and financial statements. This is achieved by providing a third-party audit of the company’s documents to ensure that all the necessary regulations are met. The audit also helps in preventing any fraudulent activity which can result from incorrect disclosure or faulty financial information being provided to an investor. 

 

TradeCheck helps issuers and intermediaries comply with the regulations set by the broker-dealer operating their Alternative Trading System (ATS). It provides automated compliance checks and produces reports detailing transactions, providing transparency for investors in the regulatory compliance process. TradeCheck applies to many different types of securities and brings multiple benefits to investors, intermediaries, and other parties involved in the trading process. Ultimately, TradeCheck helps to reduce risk and increase investor confidence in trading securities.

What is Affinity Marketing?

Affinity marketing is an effective way to increase brand recognition and reach a larger target audience, especially when it comes to raising capital. By leveraging existing connections with customers, companies can improve their visibility and attract more investors. With the right strategy and tools, affinity marketing can be a powerful tool for businesses looking to expand their customer base and create trust between parties. 

 

Affinity marketing is a type of marketing strategy that focuses on creating relationships between a company and its customer base. This connection could be due to things like shared values, such as environmental sustainability or ethical labor practices. The main goal of this approach is to create loyalty and increase brand recognition. The idea behind affinity marketing is that a brand can appeal to an audience that is connected by brand loyalty, shared values, or other aspects that would make them like to make a purchase, return as a customer, or even become investors. 

 

Using the JOBS Act and Affinity Marketing

 

With Regulations A+ and CF, affinity marketing is an effective way to raise capital. By leveraging existing connections with customers, companies can reach a larger target audience and increase their chances of success. When beginning new capital-raising efforts, affinity marketing promotes a sense of trust and credibility.

 

Whether you have had several raises in the past or this is your first capital raise, affinity marketing is an effective way to reach a larger target audience. Leveraging your existing connections can help you gain exposure and attract more investors because people trust the brands they already know. By leveraging this group of investors, you can improve the visibility of your company and reach a larger pool by utilizing these people as a type of brand ambassador for your marketing.

 

Tips For Implementing Affinity Marketing Effectively

 

When implementing an affinity marketing strategy, there are certain steps you should take to ensure success. Here are some tips for using this type of marketing effectively:

 

Identify your target audience: Identify a customer base that shares similar values or had displayed brand loyalty. This will help you create a more tailored marketing plan that is specific to the target audience.

 

Set clear objectives and goals: Setting clear, measurable objectives and goals will help ensure that your affinity marketing strategy is successful. It will also allow you to track progress and make necessary adjustments as needed.

 

Communicate with your partner: Establishing a strong relationship with your affinity marketing partner, like an investor acquisition firm, is essential for success. Communicating regularly and discussing expectations, challenges, and successes will help foster collaboration and ensure successful outcomes.

 

Measure results: Tracking metrics such as customer acquisition rate, customer engagement rate, or return on investment (ROI) is important to determine the success of your affinity marketing strategy.

 

Affinity marketing is an effective way to increase brand recognition and reach a larger target audience. Especially when raising capital. By leveraging existing connections with customers, companies can reach more potential investors and create trust between parties. Additionally, tracking specific metrics can help measure success and ensure that you are meeting your goals. With the right strategy and tools, affinity marketing can be an effective way to increase brand visibility and reach a larger pool of investors.

 

Oscar Jofre to Speak at LSI 2023 Emerging Medtech Summit

The LSI 2023 Emerging Medtech Summit is an upcoming four-day conference that will provide attendees a detailed look into the current Medtech industry. From March 20th to 23rd, in Dana Point, CA, attendees can join experienced professionals and investors as they discuss topics such as data dilemmas, how to monetize the digital revolution, and raising capital for your Medtech company. Oscar Jofre, CEO of KoreConX will also be present throughout the event offering his expertise for companies looking to raise capital through JOBS Act regulations. With sessions moderated by highly esteemed individuals in their respective fields and panel discussions led by experts, this promises to be a worthwhile experience for all who attend.

 

Throughout the event, panels include “Precisely Practicing Medicine with a Trillion Points of Data,” “Powering Up Innovation in a Digital, Connected World,” and “What are Medtech’s Leading Investors Looking for Right Now?” The event will include a wealth of opportunities for networking through breakfast, dinner, cocktails, and more. On the third day of the conference, Oscar Jofre will participate in a panel discussion, with a title yet to be announced.

 

The Summit will be an informative event to learn about the various regulations, trends, and challenges in the Medtech space.

LSI Starts Next Week!

In 2022, KoreConX partnered with Life Science Intelligence (LSI) to host the Emerging Medtech Summit, an event for investors and strategic partners within the life sciences ecosystem. With the next LSI event in 2023 taking place in Dana Point, California, from March 20th to the 23rd, now is the perfect time for companies in the Medtech industry to learn what they can gain from attending the event.

 

LSI was founded by Scott Pantel, an experienced leader in the Medtech field who believes that making strategic decisions requires data-backed insights. His team of economists, analysts, and market researchers are experts in the healthcare industry and specialize in providing actionable data to identify new trends. This allows LSI to guide its clients to make decisions on reliable information and stay ahead of the competition. LSI’s services are not limited to just the Medtech industry but extend into different areas such as digital health technology, medical devices, and diagnostics.

 

The 2023 LSI Emerging Medtech Summit event covers a wide range of topics that can help Medtech and other companies within the space understand the industry’s landscape. Attendees will have exclusive access to the knowledge of many industry leaders. This is especially critical for strategic decisions related to medical devices, diagnostics, and digital health solutions. 

 

The upcoming 2023 LSI Emerging Medtech Summit is an opportunity to learn from and ask questions directly to Scott Pantel while learning about the various regulations, trends, and challenges in the Medtech space.

On The Silicon Valley Bank Shutdown

On Friday, March 10, Silicon Valley Bank was shut down by regulators. This has an impact on a significant number of businesses, both large and small.  While this unfortunate event impacts many businesses and their employees, we felt it important to inform you that there is no direct material effect on KoreConX.

In the weeks and months to come, we will see how the broader market may be affected. We will continue to monitor our clients/vendors to assess the impact of this shutdown and look to be of assistance where we can.

We do not bank with Silicon Valley Bank – SVB as we work with BMO/BMO Harris Bank. We want to assure our employees, clients, partners, shareholders, and fellow ecosystem partners that our company is not directly affected by the SVB shutdown.

During COVID-19, we all came together with our amazing ecosystem of KorePartners to help thousands of companies through difficult times.

We are here to provide you with any assistance you may need. Our ecosystem of partners is very strong and vast, including partners in the banking sector that are prepared to step in to assist.

Do not hesitate to reach out to me personally, as we are here to assist you.

Watch Oscar’s message here.

How Do I Grant Equity to Employees?

Equity to employees gives workers a share of ownership in the company they work for. Ownership in the form of a percentage can be given in recognition of loyalty, hard work, and dedication, or as an incentive to perform.

 

Giving employees equity can be a great way to retain talented staff. It helps motivate them while also providing an additional layer of reward. Let’s explore the basics of employee equity and explain why it’s such a popular benefit for employers and employees alike.

 

What is Employee Equity?

 

Employee equity is a form of stock ownership given to employees by their employers. It allows them to share in the profits and losses of the company. Depending on the type, employee equity can be awarded as virtual shares or in actual shares.

 

Virtual shares are used to reward employees without having to issue actual shares. This can be a cost-effective alternative for companies that would rather avoid the tax and administrative paperwork that come with granting ownership while retaining control over the company, as virtual shares would not possess voting rights. A virtual share is a commitment by the company to pay bonuses that correlate to the share price or declared dividends. 

 

Employee stock options are options to buy actual issued shares at a pre-set price, independent of whatever the market price of the stock might be on the day the option is exercised. They are used to incentivize higher performance and usually come with a vesting period attached. Companies may also include a buyback clause that allows them to repurchase the shares at any time if they choose to terminate an employee’s employment. Restricted stock and restricted stock units are also forms of employee equity. They are shares given to employees with restrictions, such as a vesting period and a minimum number of years that need to be worked before they can claim the stock.

 

Benefits of Equity for Employees and Employers

 

Equity offers numerous compelling benefits to employees. For one, it allows employees to become owners of the companies they work for. This can provide excellent long-term incentives for high-performance workers, as a company that grows in value will raise the ownership stake of each employee. Equity can also be an effective tool to entice talented job seekers who may not be willing to take a role without some form of ownership in the company. Equity is sometimes accompanied by a reduced salary, which can provide more flexibility in tailoring a compensation package to the needs of the employee. For example, sometimes it may be better to take one’s income as salary, sometimes as dividends, sometimes as revenue from the sale of stock, etc. Stocks can also be a means for deferring income for retirement planning.

 

Employers also benefit significantly from offering equity as part of their compensation packages. For one, it can be an incredibly effective tool for recruiting top talent. Equity attracts job seekers who may not otherwise accept a traditional salary offer alone. Additionally, offering equity allows companies to share the rewards of their growth with the employees who helped create it. This can lead to a more loyal and motivated workforce as employees become invested in the company’s success, and are incentivized to help each other do better. Offering employees equity can reduce costs for employers as they are not paying out large salaries or bonuses. This means that companies can offer attractive compensation packages while still controlling their costs.

 

Granting Equity to Employees

 

When setting up an equity grant program it is important to ensure the program is in line with both industry standards and legal regulations. This requires researching competitive salaries, setting a vesting schedule (which determines how long employees must stay with the company before they receive their full grant), and performing a 409A valuation – an IRS-mandated assessment of your company’s finances, as well as seeking advice from a securities lawyer in your company’s jurisdiction. It is also important to plan for grants and promotions, set an expiration timeline for stock options, and decide whether employees can exercise their equity early. By understanding the basics of granting equity to employees, companies can create an effective grant program that rewards and motivates their team members while remaining competitive with industry standards.

Addressing the Decrease in VC Funding to Women-Led Startups

In recent years, the number of female entrepreneurs has grown exponentially. Many women have decided to turn their business ideas into reality. Others have leveraged the resources available to expand an existing business. Despite data suggesting that female-led startups outperform male-led startups, studies have shown that women-led startups only received 1.9% or around $4.5 billion of the total venture capital allocated in 2022, a startling statistic when $238.3 billion was raised from VC investments according to PitchBook, a decline from 2.4% the previous year. The gender gap in VC funding to women-led startups has become more pronounced.

 

What are the Causes of this Gender Gap?

 

Various factors cause the gender gap in venture capital (VC) funding, but most importantly it’s due to an overall lack of access to resources, networks, and mentors that can help female entrepreneurs succeed. Male investors dominate most venture capital firms, making it difficult for women to receive funding. Furthermore, women are not as well-represented in the technology industry. That is a key factor in obtaining VC investments due to the high growth potential of tech companies.

 

How Does This Affect Female Entrepreneurs?

 

The gender gap in VC funding can have a huge negative impact on the success of female entrepreneurs. Without adequate startup capital, developing a successful business and scaling it to profitability is difficult. This is especially true compared to male-led startups that receive more access to resources that can help foster growth.  And it’s a vicious circle. Less investment in woman-run companies makes it harder for them to succeed, which feeds the perception that they’re not good investments. With a drop in the female-owned businesses in VC funds, alternative means of capital raising like RegA+ and RegCF offer female entrepreneurs a chance to access the capital they need.

 

The Benefits of Alternative Capital Raising Options for Women-led Startups

 

With VC funding becoming increasingly difficult to attain, there are other options that female entrepreneurs can tap into to secure the resources needed for their companies. RegA+ and RegCF offer two alternatives that allow private companies to raise capital through more accessible means.

 

Regulation A+ is a type of private offering, exempt from SEC reporting requirements, that allows companies to raise up to $75 million from accredited and non-accredited investors. This makes it an attractive option for female entrepreneurs looking for significant sources of capital. Regulation Crowdfunding allows companies to raise up to $5 million from both accredited and non-accredited investors as well. The main advantage of this type of capital raising is that it is typically more cost-effective than a RegA+ raise. For early-stage companies, it is the ideal option.

 

What Can Female Entrepreneurs Do To Combat this Gender Gap?

 

The best way for female entrepreneurs to fight the gender gap in VC funding is by taking advantage of alternative capital-raising options. By utilizing RegA+ and RegCF, female entrepreneurs gain access to much-needed resources to launch their businesses and scale them. Additionally, female entrepreneurs need to continue networking with potential investors and other entrepreneurs to build their own trust networks. By leveraging the power of these networks, female entrepreneurs can gain access to capital from a diverse pool of investors.

Overall, the gender gap in venture capital funding is an issue that needs to be addressed and overcome by women-led companies. Regulation A+ and Regulation Crowdfunding offer two viable solutions for female entrepreneurs to gain access to the resources they need.

To sum up: With these capital-raising options, female entrepreneurs can take their businesses to the next level.

How Do I Know if My Cap Table is Ready?

A cap table (short for capitalization table) is essential for any company looking to raise capital. It provides a detailed breakdown of the equity owned by shareholders, enabling founders to understand how their offerings will be impacted and make sound decisions regarding their finances. When properly managed, cap tables help potential investors feel confident in their investments as they provide a clear picture of the company’s ownership. As such, understanding your cap table and ensuring it is up to date is important when assessing if your company is ready to move forward with fundraising efforts.

 

Must-Haves for Proper Cap Table Management

 

When it comes to cap table management, remember to include this elements:

 

  • Voting rights
  • Share issuance
  • Past and current shareholders
  • List any future projections for additional capital raises or dilution
  • Track all options grants, vesting schedules, and related information
  • The amount of money each shareholder has invested in the company
  • Include details about convertible notes, warrants, and other debt instruments
  • Clearly list all shareholders, their ownership percentages, and the date of their investments

 

All of the above must be taken into consideration and recorded accurately to ensure proper cap table management. With these basics accounted for, founders can feel confident that their cap table contains the necessary information so they can be ready to raise capital. Still, some dos and don’ts should also be observed to ensure the best possible outcome for organizations raising capital.

 

Cap Table Dos: 

 

  • Ensure that all information is readily available in an easy-to-understand way
  • Maintain accurate and up-to-date information
  • Take into account dilution from future funding rounds, options pools, and performance issues

 

Cap Table Don’ts 

 

  • Overlooking the potential for dilution when raising capital
  • Failing to update it when new shareholders invest
  • Hesitating to consult a legal or financial advisor with any questions that arise
  • Neglecting the importance of understanding the cap table and its implications

 

By following these dos and don’ts, organizations can avoid potential pitfalls in the capital raising process and ensure an efficient, effective raise for all involved parties. A well-maintained cap table ensures transparency between investors, founders, and shareholders.

 

Best Practices for Managing a Cap Table

 

Though having a comprehensive cap table is vital, keeping it updated and organized requires consistent effort. To ensure your cap table remains accurate, it’s essential to follow the best practices for managing a cap table, including:

 

  • Updating the tables regularly as new investments come in or out
  • Keeping multiple copies of the tables in both digital and physical form
  • Storing the cap table in a secure location with proper backups for redundancy
  • Utilizing a FINRA broker-deal with knowledge of and experience handling cap tables for JOBS Act raises
  • Monitoring new regulations and laws to ensure the cap table is compliant with all applicable standards

 

By following these best practices for managing a cap table, companies can ensure accuracy, transparency, and compliance when looking to benefit from raising capital. It will also give investors confidence that they have all the information they need to make informed decisions.

KoreClient Spotlight: Steve Beaman, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of Elevare Technologies

Elevare Technologies is a technology company aiming to lead the digital economy revolution through Virtualization as a Service (VaaS). They promote and accelerate virtual adoption globally creating custom virtual experiences and worlds for teams, clients, and partners. Businesses can digitize their current physical office and access a digital twin-layout with cutting-edge Web 3.0 solutions.

 

Virtualization as a Service

 

“Elevare Technologies was created to help digitize the American business economy. We are creating a movement from the real world into the virtual world. It is the best of the two worlds. We specialize in offering a digital office system where businesses can build a digital twin of their current physical office and then have a digital office adjacent to it,” said Elevare CEO, Steve Beaman. 

 

The company is developing a powerful virtual meeting solution, the Eleverse. That provides organizations with the ability to connect, collaborate and communicate seamlessly in a secure and private online environment. The technology allows users to conduct presentations and video conferencing while providing a reliable platform for communication and integrating a powerful AI assistant. Similar to familiar video conferencing platforms like Zoom, Microsoft Teams, or Google Meet, private meeting rooms come with a unique ID code that makes the virtual space secure and private. Without the private meeting code, uninvited individuals are unable to join in, ensuring security for businesses’ sensitive information. 

 

Up to 400 people

 

The virtual meeting can occur in a boardroom setting and be modeled after your real-world conference room. Companies can also leverage the virtual auditorium for large-scale meetings for up to 400 people. There is a smart screen capability currently in the works, allowing you to conduct a full presentation in the virtual space. With an integrated AI virtual assistant named Iris that can help with any questions you have during meetings, the workspace is more efficient and productive. There is even a video conferencing feature that allows you to have video conferencing abilities at your fingertips virtually, enabling users to connect with colleagues across the world digitally. At the same time, virtual office spaces can be located within a virtual office building, allowing companies to interact and network with neighboring individuals and companies.

 

To help Elevare achieve its goals, the company is opting to leverage Regulation CF to nurture relationships with investors. The ultimate goal is to make them brand ambassadors. “Crowdfunding can take you to a whole new level. We believe it democratizes [capital raising] and provides an ability to scale. We believe the technology involved gives the form that people will adopt and the functionality that supports the business needs. And we believe that we’ve developed a solution to accommodate this demand,” added Beaman.

 

Regulation CF (RegCF) Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Who Does Due Diligence on Companies Using RegCF?

When it comes to raising capital using Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF), due diligence is an essential part of the process. Due diligence helps ensure that the company offering securities complies with all applicable laws and regulations and that investors are fully informed about the risks that come with investing. We are going through who does due diligence on companies using RegCF

 

Conducting Due Diligence for Reg CF

 

The responsibility for conducting due diligence on companies using RegCF lies with a variety of parties. To offer securities through a RegCF raise, companies must use an SEC and FINRA-registered Broker-Dealer or crowdfunding platform. The broker-dealer or crowdfunding platform needs to ensure that the issuer provides accurate company information and complies with securities regulations at both the federal and state levels. These parties also ensure that any investors pass KYC and AML checks to ensure they are not bad actors or other people unable to invest.

 

The issuers themselves also have responsibilities when it comes to due diligence. They must provide investors with accurate and complete information about the company, its securities offering, and the risks associated with investing. Investors also have an obligation to thoroughly review any information regarding the investment opportunity so that they can understand its potential risk and determine if it is an appropriate investment.

 

Types of Information Gathered During Due Diligence

 

When conducting due diligence on companies using RegCF, there is an information-gathering process, notably from your Form C, such as:

 

  • Business plans
  • Background checks on key officers
  • Financial statements and tax returns
  • Intellectual property registration filings
  • Proof of ownership in any subsidiaries of the company
  • Legal documents related to the business, such as contracts and bylaws

 

This information provided during the due diligence process allows investors to better understand the company and its business operations. 

 

Protecting Investors and Issuers 

 

Performing due diligence on companies using RegCF is an important part of protecting investors. It helps ensure that only qualified and legitimate businesses can raise capital. It also provides investors with the information they need to make informed decisions about their investments.

 

Due diligence is important for companies raising funds through RegCF because of the number of new-to-the-space investors. Issuers will demand their broker-dealer to complete all due dilligence. Raises can be successful and investors need to be sure of that, as well. Additionally, platforms should also have procedures in place to collect information from companies and investors before they are allowed to raise funds, such as background checks. By doing so, platforms ensure that investors are protected and companies meet all necessary criteria before raising funds.

 

Proper due diligence has clear roles: From broker-dealers and the platforms that facilitate the RegCF transactions to issuers and investors themselves. Accurate and complete information about companies using RegCF protects issuers and investors. For investors, it allows them to make better-informed decisions about their investments. For issuers, it provides an opportunity to demonstrate commitment to compliance and build credibility with investors for a successful raise.

Who Does Due Diligence on Companies using RegA+?

Due diligence is an essential part of the investment process. Especially following the passage of the JOBS Act in 2012, which expanded Regulation A+ (RegA+), companies now have additional opportunities to seek capital from investors. This has created a need for due diligence on these companies that is both thorough and efficient. In this blog post, we will discuss who does due diligence on companies using RegA+ and who does due diligence on companies using RegA+.

 

What Is Due Diligence?

 

The Securities Act of 1933, a result of the stock market crash years earlier, introduced due diligence as a common practice. The purpose of the act was to create transparency into the financial statements of companies and protect investors from fraud. While the SEC requires the information provided to be accurate, it does not make any guarantees of its accuracy. However, the Securities Act of 1933 for the first time allowed investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments.  

 

In the context of raising capital through RegA+, due diligence means that the issuer has provided all of the necessary information to investors and securities regulators so that they comply with securities laws. This may include information like:

 

  • Funding: The issuer should provide a detailed plan of how the money raised through RegA+ will be used.
  • Products/Services: The issuer should provide a clear description of their products and services, as well as any potential advantages that they may have over the competition.
  • Business Plan: The issuer should provide a detailed and comprehensive business plan outlining their current and future projects, as well as realistic projections based on their financial reports.
  • Management Team: The issuer should disclose information about the company’s officers, founders, board members, and any previous experience in business that may be relevant to investors.

 

Issuers should also use a registered broker-dealer as an intermediary to comply with Regulation A+ (RegA+). By doing this, they will ensure that they are meeting their due diligence requirements.

 

Who Is Responsible for Doing Due Diligence on companies using RegA+?

 

When it comes to due diligence for companies using RegA+, typically, the issuer’s FINRA Broker-Dealer is responsible for conducting due diligence both on the potential investors and the company itself. The broker-dealer will be required to perform regulatory checks on investors such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability to ensure investors are appropriate for the company. Additionally, they will perform due diligence on the issuer so that they can be assured that the company is operating in a manner compliant with securities laws so that they do not present false information to investors. Failing to meet compliance standards can result in the issuer being left responsible for severe penalties, such as returning all money raised to investors. 

 

However, both investors and issuers have a responsibility for due diligence as well. Investors should research the company thoroughly and make sure they understand all details surrounding the offering before investing their money. This includes reviewing all relevant documents, such as the offering circular, stock subscription agreements, and other related materials that give them a good understanding of the investment opportunity and its potential risks.

 

Issuers also contribute to due diligence as they must work with their FINRA Broker-Dealer to ensure that their offering is compliant with all laws and regulations. This includes verifying all information provided in the offering materials and making sure it meets regulatory requirements. The issuer must also disclose all information that could influence an investor’s decision to purchase the securities. 

 

Due diligence is essential for both investors and issuers when it comes to investments under Regulation A+ (RegA+). Ensure that thorough due diligence is conducted ensures that the offering is conducted in a manner that aligns with the best interests of both investors and the issuer. Ultimately, due diligence is a key component when it comes to investments under Regulation A+ (RegA+) and should not be overlooked.

 

Understanding the JOBS Act for Real Estate

Real Estate has become increasingly popular as an asset class in recent years and investors are eager to put their money into this space. However, the high capital requirements associated with real estate investments have been a large barrier for many individuals. From February 27th to March 3rd, the KoreSummit event “Real Estate + JOBS Act + Tokenization = Liquidity” will discuss the potential of blockchain technology and tokenization for transforming this industry.

 

Day 1

 

On day one of the summit, the discussion will be centered around why real estate is an attractive asset class and what steps can be taken to help make it more accessible to a wider range of investors. Douglas Ruark, Frank Bellotti, Nathaniel Dodson, and Oscar Jofre will speak during the first day’s panel, which is sure to provide valuable insight into the industry as well as the potential opportunities that could arise with the use of tokenization and blockchain technology.

 

Day 2

 

The second day of the summit will be focused on fractional ownership, a concept that makes it possible for multiple investors to own a single asset, and attracting the right investors. Laura Pamatian, Oscar Jofre, Peter Daneyko, Richard Johnson, Tyler Harttraft, Andrew Cor, and Jillian Bannister will be leading these discussions, which will provide attendees with an understanding of how fractional ownership can help to make real estate investments more affordable and accessible while attracting the right investors.

 

Day 3

The third day of the summit will be all about identifying which SEC exemption is right for raising Capital. Douglas Ruark, Peter Daneyko, Chris Norton, Nathaniel Dodson, Oscar Jofre, and Louis Bevilacqua will explain how to make the offering to retail, institutional, and accredited investors. These sessions will provide a great opportunity to learn from the experts and gain insight into how to ensure that your projects reach the right investors.

 

Day 4

 

The fourth day of the summit will focus on what companies should do once their real estate offerings are live. Panelists will include Kim LaFleur, Mona DeFrawi, Andrew Corn, Peter Daneyko, Amanda Grange, and Ryan Frank. This session is sure to provide attendees with valuable information about understanding what steps to take once their offering is live.

 

Day 5

 

The final day of the summit will look at private real estate shares and how they can be traded. Peter Daneyko, Kiran Garimella, Lee Saba, James Dowd, Frank Bellotti, and Laura Pamatian will provide insight into the concept of tokenization for private shares and how it can help to bring liquidity to this sector.

 

The upcoming KoreSummit is sure to provide invaluable insight into real estate and how blockchain technology and tokenization can help to make this asset more accessible and liquid. Attendees will have the opportunity to learn from industry leaders and gain valuable knowledge on how to successfully launch and promote their offerings. With the JOBS Act paving the way for real estate tokenization, this summit is an ideal way to get ahead of the curve in what is sure to be a huge market in the years to come. 

 

Sign up for the upcoming KoreSummit here

 

The Origins of Blockchain

It’s been a little over a decade since Blockchain technology was first introduced, but it’s already revolutionizing the way we do business. By eliminating the need for a central authority in transactions, Blockchain enables secure and tamper-proof data exchanges between parties. This has allowed companies to improve productivity, reduce costs, and ensure accuracy in payments or copyright verification. Let’s explore how the Blockchain came to be.

 

A Brief History

 

  • 1979: Ralph Merkle, a computer scientist and Stanford University Ph.D. student, described a public key distribution and digital signatures in his doctoral thesis, an idea he eventually patented. This came to be known as the Merkle tree.
  • 1982: David Chaum, a Ph.D. student at the Univerity of California, Berkeley, described a system for maintaining and trusting computer systems.
  • 1991: Stuart Haber and W. Scott Stornetta proposed a cryptographically secured chain of blocks that would enable timestamping of documents, then proceeded to upgrade their system the following year to incorporate Merkle trees for more efficient document collection.
  • 2008: Someone under the pseudonym Satoshi Nakamoto conceptualized the first Blockchain, from which the technology has evolved and found its way into many applications, from cryptocurrencies to others.
  • 2009: Satoshi Nakamoto released the first whitepaper about Blockchain technology and Bitcoin, detailing how it was well equipped to enhance digital trust due to its decentralization aspect.
  • 2009: The first Bitcoin block was mined by Nakamoto, validating the blockchain concept.
  • 2011: Litecoin is released, becoming the second-ever cryptocurrency to be based on Blockchain technology.
  • 2013: Ethereum launches, introducing a whole new concept of smart contracts and dApps, ushering in the era of Blockchain 2.0.
  • 2015: The world’s first Blockchain-based stock exchange is launched in Estonia.
  • 2016: Hyperledger project begins to take shape with IBM leading the charge for private enterprises to adopt Blockchain technology for internal use.
  • 2017: Bitcoin experiences a monumental rise in price as the cryptocurrency market cap surpasses $100 billion.

 

The Benefits of Blockchain

 

Blockchain technology has a lot to offer from scalability and cost savings. Here’s how it’s been adopted in various sectors over the last decade:

 

Decentralization: A significant benefit of Blockchain technology is its ability to remove the need for a third-party authority. This means that transactions can be carried out securely with much faster processing times and lower costs. Utilizing Blockchain technology for payments and data storage ensures that the exchange of information is accurate, secure, and immutable.

 

Energy: Blockchain is being used to create decentralized energy systems that enable users to buy and sell electricity directly with each other without relying on any central authority. This helps reduce costs while providing more transparent financial transactions.

 

Finance: Banks, payment companies, and other financial institutions are embracing Blockchain technology to reduce costs while increasing the speed of transactions. Blockchain is also being used to enhance security in stock exchanges by providing an immutable ledger to track ownership of stocks and bonds.

 

Media & Entertainment: Companies like Spotify and Facebook are leveraging blockchain technology to explore emerging trends like NFTs. 

 

Supply Chain Management: By eliminating intermediaries, Blockchain technology makes it easier to track shipments and trace products in the supply chain. This not only enhances transparency but also reduces costs while improving customer service.

 

Healthcare: Blockchain technology can play a significant role in streamlining the healthcare industry by providing an immutable ledger to store and share patient records. This will help reduce costs and improve security as sensitive health data is securely stored on the Blockchain.

 

Blockchain technology has come a long way since its introduction over 10 years ago. What started as a revolutionary concept for cryptocurrency has now been widely adopted across various industries. The possibilities are endless and the future looks bright for Blockchain technology.  With its scalability, cost savings, transparency, and security advancements, Blockchain is set to revolutionize many aspects of our lives in the years ahead.

Online Capital Formation is Always Available, Even When VC Funding Is Not

The venture capital (VC) industry has been struggling since 2022. Venture funding has dropped by more than 50% since 2022 and late-stage investments have plummeted even more dramatically, down 63%. Online capital raising may be a viable alternative for entrepreneurs seeking funding in an uncertain VC climate.

 

What Is Online Capital Formation?

 

Online capital formation is the process of using digital platforms to raise funds from investors through JOBS Act regulations. Using exemptions from SEC registration such as RegA+ and RegCF, companies can tap into a larger pool of investors beyond traditional VCs and private equity firms. These investments can be accessed by anyone, regardless of their net worth or accreditation status. On the other hand, venture capital firms are typically limited to investing in businesses with high growth potential and start-up costs that require large sums of money. With online capital raising, entrepreneurs can access smaller sums of money from a larger pool of investors. In 2022, companies raised an impressive $494.0 million from RegCF raises and $431.8 from Reg A through over half a million investments. 

 

Benefits of Online Capital Formation

 

Online capital formation offers many benefits for entrepreneurs and investors alike:

 

  1. Access to a larger pool of investors: By using online capital raising platforms, businesses can access a much wider range of investors than traditional VCs or private equity firms. This allows businesses to access capital from individuals and retail investors who may not have the same wealth or investment track record as professional investors.

 

  1. Increased transparency: Online capital raising platforms allow for greater transparency, giving investors more information about an offering before they commit to investing in a particular business. This allows investors to make more informed decisions and reduces the risks associated with investing.

 

  1. Lower cost of capital: Online capital-raising platforms typically charge lower fees than traditional VCs and private equity firms, making it a more cost-effective way to raise funds. Companies are typically able to retain more of their businesses than the VC or private equity route.

 

Available 24/7/365

 

Online capital raising is available 24/7/365, which allows entrepreneurs to access funding when they need it without having to wait for the next round of venture capital or private equity investments. This makes online capital raising a particularly attractive option for businesses that need quick access to funds. This makes online capital raising such as Reg A+, Reg CF, and Reg D an attractive option for companies looking to access funds quickly and efficiently.

 

VCs have traditionally been the go-to source of funding for entrepreneurs, but venture capital investments are dwindling in today’s turbulent economic environment. Online capital raising offers a viable alternative that allows businesses to access a wider pool of investors, increased transparency, and continuous access to capital. With online capital-raising platforms, entrepreneurs can access funding quickly and efficiently without requiring lengthy fundraising cycles. In this challenging economic environment, online capital raising provides a much-needed lifeline for emerging businesses.

Why Use RegCF for Real Estate?

Companies in the real estate industry have a variety of financing options available for their projects, but one that is often overlooked is the use of Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF). Equity crowdfunding is becoming an increasingly popular tool among companies due to its potential to provide access to potentially high-yielding investments and the ability to offer new ways for investors to diversify their portfolios. 

 

What is Reg CF for Real Estate?

 

Reg CF is a type of equity crowdfunding that allows companies to raise capital from everyday individuals, not just accredited investors. Unlike traditional real estate investments, the price tag for Reg CF investments is much smaller, making it more appealing to a wide range of investors. Companies can sell securities such as stocks or debt instruments in exchange for investor funds. For real estate, this can be done in various ways such as selling shares in a real estate investment trust (REIT), selling property-specific investments, or launching a syndication.

 

Benefits of Reg CF for Real Estate

 

Using regulation CF for real estate offers a wide range of benefits to both investors and issuers that may not be readily available with other forms of capital raising. These benefits include:

 

It Can Provide Access to High-Yielding Investment Opportunities: Real estate investments can offer higher returns than traditional stocks and bonds, with an average annual return of 12.9% according to a study by the Cambridge Centre for Alternative Finance in 2017. By using Reg CF, investors can tap into this high-potential market and issuers can access the capital to fund their real estate projects.

 

It Offers a More Diverse Investment Portfolio: Real estate equity crowdfunding allows investors to invest in specific projects or properties, rather than having to invest in an entire REIT or development company. This provides more control and transparency for the investor as they can see exactly where their money is going.

 

It Can Offer Lower Investment Requirements: When using Reg CF, the minimum investment is typically much lower than traditional real estate investments, meaning that anyone can invest as little or as much as they want in a given project. This makes it easier for companies to attract a larger pool of potential investors and increase their chances of successfully raising the necessary funds.

 

It Can Help Facilitate Market Research: When using Reg CF, issuers must provide investors with all the information they need to make an informed decision, in-depth market research included. This can increase investor confidence in the project and potentially lead to higher returns for real estate agents.

 

Reg CF is an effective tool in the real estate space, allowing companies to access capital quickly and easily from a wide range of potential investors. As the popularity of crowdfunding continues to grow, it is becoming increasingly important for companies in the real estate space to understand how Reg CF works and how it can be used in conjunction with other financing methods to maximize their fundraising efforts.

What is Tokenization in Real Estate?

Real estate tokenization is a new way of dividing property ownership rights using blockchain technology and digital tokens. Tokenization enables fractional real estate ownership, owning just part of a property without having to buy the entire asset. This makes such investments accessible to people without the resources to buy an entire property. So how does real estate tokenization work, and what are the implications for investors, property owners, and other stakeholders?

 

What is Real Estate Tokenization?

 

According to Deloitte, a large amount of our future economy will be powered by tokenization, and the value of blockchain technology is projected to rise about $3.1 trillion by 2030. Investors and realtors alike are using this option more and more often. The total value of tokenized real estate increased from $65 billion in June 2021 to $194 billion in May 2022. 

 

While many countries are developing a legal framework for tokenized assets, not all jurisdictions have implemented regulations yet. It is also important to understand the potential impact of taxes and other fees on profits from tokenized property investments.

 

Distributed Ledger Technology

 

The use of distributed ledger technology (DLT) is key to making real estate tokenization possible. DLT uses blockchain to securely store digital records of fractional ownership shares across a network of computers. Those decentralized digital records allow quick and secure verification of each investor’s ownership stake.

 

Smart Contracts

 

Real estate tokenization can also use smart contracts. A smart contract is a code-based agreement between two or more parties that automatically records transactions on the blockchain when certain conditions are met. Smart contracts facilitate the transfer of shares in a property, automated payment processing and compliance with regulatory requirements. This automation greatly reduces transaction costs.

 

Implications of Real Estate Tokenization

 

Tokenization significantly reduces the costs of investing in real estate, both by increasing the efficiency of transactions and record keeping, and by breaking up assets into affordable chunks. This increases liquidity and market transparency, and brings real estate investment within reach of more people than ever before. 

 

Finally, tokenization provides an additional level of security by protecting investor rights through secure digital records stored on the blockchain. This safeguards investor interests, reducing the risk of fraud or manipulation.

 

Real estate tokenization can revolutionize the way we buy, sell, and invest in properties. Tokenization provides investors with greater liquidity and security, by recording fractional ownership shares in an asset on the blockchain and tracking all subsequent transactions. It also opens up new opportunities for those who may not have had access to traditional real estate investments in the past. However, before investing in tokenized assets, it is important to understand the regulatory landscape and potential risks associated with these types of investments.

KoreClient Spotlight: Greg Tucker, CEO and Co-Founder of Spartan Bitcoin Mining

Greg Tucker has been in the publicly traded arena in some form or fashion for close to 20 years. He served as a President/CEO of a publicly traded company for four years and has assisted multiple CEOs and business owners with communications and messaging for well over a decade. 

Press releases, articles, videos, social media messaging, etc. are all strengths of his and multiple companies have benefitted from his ability to get more eyes on a project via effective messaging and communications. He has also been actively engaged in the Crypto market(s) now for well over five years.

We sat down with Greg recently to discuss his company, Spartan Bitcoin Mining, and what people should expect from this new and novel approach to Bitcoin Mining.

Q: Why Bitcoin Mining and why now?

A: Most people don’t realize that Bitcoin is cyclical and has followed a general trading pattern since its inception. We predict that we could be entering the favorable portion of the latest four-year cycle and we feel great about the business model and the long-term potential of what we are doing. 

Q: Okay, so what can shareholders expect from you and your team?

A:  I’ve seen multiple companies over the past few decades throw around the term “shareholder friendly” with ease, yet their actions, more often than not, do not live up to that claim. Eventually, greed takes over and that’s never a good thing. I’m going to be 60 this year. I live frugally. In the back of my mind, I’ve always told myself that when the time came and under the right circumstances, I would ensure that “shareholder friendly: was the mantra that drove every decision from day one on any new business venture. 

Q: Can you expand on that, maybe share some examples of what you’re talking about?

A: Sure. I think a project like this should be a collaboration where shareholders get a vote, they have a voice and they help guide the overall direction of the company. We will provide multiple channels for shareholder feedback and engage with them as often as possible, at least weekly.

Q: Not everyone understands Bitcoin. In fact, most people don’t.  How do you plan to overcome that hurdle?

A: Excellent point and you’ve hit on my number one frustration when it comes to Crypto, but instead of staying frustrated, I did something about it. I’ve created a video series that will be exclusive to our shareholders. We call it “The Crypto Classroom” and as of now, it is up to 40 videos that lay out exactly what Bitcoin is, how to trade in cryptocurrencies, decentralized platforms, etc. It is all taught and narrated by me, ensuring that you learn it the right way and at your own pace.  But back to your original question… The first three videos specifically explain Bitcoin in a way that is easy to understand and we would recommend that everyone watch those three videos before investing in our company. Oh, and by the way, the video series will expand over time so that it becomes a video library of sorts that is always kept up to date and can be referenced at any time by our folks.

Q: Bitcoin has gone through some lean times as of late. What is your plan for situations like that?

A: We will hold in escrow a specific amount for each mining rig representing 18 months of “what if”. In other words, if Bitcoin were to turn south suddenly, we are prepared and will not run the risk of overextending ourselves. That’s just good business sense on behalf of all involved.

Q: I’ve got to say, your approach to doing everything in a shareholder-friendly manner is refreshing.

A: Look, I’ve been around a long time, and not once have I seen a company live up to that claim 100% of the time. We will. And to ensure that’s the case, I’m putting it in print, on audio and video from day one and will continue to do so to hold all of us accountable to living up to these parameters for the long haul both legally and ethically. I firmly believe that if you don’t have integrity, you are lost; you have nothing.

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

The Need for Compliant and Safe Online Capital Formation

In the State of the Union address given by President Joe Biden on February 7th, 2023, he remarked: “Every time somebody starts a small business, it’s an act of hope.” This followed a statement citing the record 10 million Americans who applied to start a new business within the past two years. The President also remarked that Vice President Kamala Harris would continue her work to ensure that these businesses can access the capital they need to thrive. But what does this look like? 

 

As he shared in his speech, there are already major changes to the economy underway. From increasing taxes on capital gains to boosting infrastructure spending, many of Biden’s plans are focused on driving domestic growth. But one area that needs more attention is online capital formation – particularly how to do so in a compliant and safe way. The sheer number of Americans applying for small business startups sheds a light on an urgent need to provide access to capital for these entrepreneurs. 

 

The Benefits of Online Capital Formation

 

In 2012, President Obama signed the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act into law. This legislation was designed to make it easier for small businesses to raise capital by loosening specific regulations. Most notably, it enhanced Reg A+ and created Reg CF which allows companies to receive investments from everyday people, sometimes referred to as retail investors. The exemptions from SEC registration have since expanded to increase the amount of capital that can be raised by private companies. As a result, more companies have begun to see Reg A+ and Reg CF as viable alternatives to traditional VC and private equity funding, like medtech, real estate, and cannabis companies.

 

The exemptions have also allowed for capital to be raised online, reducing barriers for entrepreneurs as well. Online capital formation has the potential to provide a great benefit to entrepreneurs by providing access to investment opportunities that they can use to scale their businesses faster and more efficiently. This expansion of capital availability can also help drive economic growth across industries, as well as help create jobs in tech and start-ups. Furthermore, it will allow investors to diversify their portfolios and access new markets.

 

Gary Gensler’s Remarks to the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee

 

In a separate speech also delivered on February 7th, Gary Gensler of the SEC discussed the importance of private funds and their advisers. He noted, “the people whose assets are invested in private funds often are teachers, firefighters, municipal workers, students, and professors.” While addressing the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee, Gensler stated that “there may be somewhere in the range of $250 billion in fees and expenses each year” for private funds. This is money that portfolio companies, like small businesses, do not get to use. He called for greater transparency, efficiency, and competition between intermediaries to help both investors and the companies who benefit from these funds.

 

The Need for Compliance and Safety

 

Although online capital formation can be beneficial for entrepreneurs, investors, and the economy at large, it is important that measures are taken to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. This is especially true for private funds and their advisers, as Gensler discussed. The SEC is focused on protecting not just the investor, but also the companies that are seeking capital.

 

To do this, there must be rigorous enforcement of laws and regulations that govern online capital formation. Companies need to ensure that they understand disclosure requirements so that investors can make informed decisions. Additionally, safeguards must be put in place to protect against data misuse and cyber-security risks that can occur when seeking capital online.

 

The Biden Administration’s Role

 

President Biden has expressed his commitment to creating an environment where entrepreneurs can access the capital they need to grow their businesses. He is in support of the JOBS Act and other key initiatives that have been put in place to help small businesses. Additionally, he has directed his Administration to focus on creating more jobs, including ones in tech and alternative energy sectors.

 

For entrepreneurs to access capital more efficiently and safely, online capital formation must be optimized with compliance in mind. This can be done through the implementation of strong regulations, while also encouraging innovation within the sector.

 

What Are the Costs for a RegCF Issuance?

Raising capital is necessary for many companies, but it comes with a price tag. This is why we often receive questions from companies seeking to understand how to budget for the fundraising process. With Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF) issuances becoming increasingly popular in the United States, understanding the costs associated with these offerings is essential to successful capital raising. 

To shed a light on this topic, we have worked with our KorePartners to research the estimated budget for a Reg CF offering. However, this estimated budget is based on a variety of factors that can influence the total cost of capital raising. Thus, this information will not apply to all companies but is a general guide to the expenses involved in a Reg CF raise.

Estimated Reg CF Costs for US-Based Companies:

What Why/Work to be done When Estimated Cost
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form C and state filings First step in moving forward $7,500-15,000k 
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form C First step requirement $2,500 +
FINRA Broker-Dealer States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with a lawyer  3-5% fees + $2,600-$10,000 (these are upfront fees) 
Escrow Provider SEC requires that funds be held in escrow during the capital raise for a RegCF Required to file Form C $1,000 – $3,500 one time fee

Closing fees TBD

Investor Acquisition

  • Investment Page
  • PR Firm
  • IR Firm
  • Video
  • Social media
  • Media Firm
  • Advertising
  • Webinar
  • Newsletter
  • Publishers
The sooner you can begin to start building your community, the more it increases your company’s chance of achieving your offering goals Before you file your Form C  $10,000 to $15,000/month 

Plus any additional advertising you will do

Investor Relations Director If not already available in house, you may look to hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors, in order to handle outbound calls to investor leads compliantly. This is only an option to consider $4,500/month
Data Access Providers with Data set up to access 1.5B records $2,500-$5,000 one-time fee

$2.00-$5.00 for investor lead

KoreConX All-In-One platform RegCF Solution

  • Mobile App
  • Private Label
  • RegCF Invest Button
  • Shareholder Platform
  • Portfolio Platform
  • DealRoom Platform
  • KoreID
  • KoreID Verified
$550.00/month

$3,500 Set up Fee

SEC-Transfer Agent KoreConX End-to-end solution includes the RegCF Investment platform and

SEC Transfer Transfer Agent as required to file your Form C

Required to file Form C Included with KoreConX All-in-One Platform
Investment Platform for RegCF Requires 10-14 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-In-One Platform 
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for KYC (ID, AML), search fees required   Ranges from $1.50/person-$15/person. With KoreConX these fees are provided at cost and vary depending on country; with no markups
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors (Credit Card, ACH, EFT, Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA) With KoreConX these fees are provided at cost with no markups

 

Looking Ahead at the Growth of Private Equity

As a market now worth millions of dollars on a global scale, the history of private equity dates back to the early 1900s when J.P. Morgan purchased the Carnegie Steel Corporation. Since then, the industry has seen tremendous growth, especially as the global economic climate continues to develop. Over the next four years, analysts predict that the global private equity market will grow by $734.93 billion between 2022 to 2027, a CAGR of 9.32%. 

 

Much of this growth is being driven by many factors. One of the most important factors is the increasing number of high-net-worth individuals on a global scale. High-net-worth individuals are defined as people with net investable assets amounting to more than $1 million. Because of this wealth, they are key players in private equity investments. Based on a report published by Boston Consulting Group, its projections show that capital commitments to private equity funds from these wealthy individuals will grow at a CAGR of 19% to reach $1.2 trillion by 2025 and account for over 10% of all capital raised by private equity funds.

 

The rise in private equity deals is another major driver of the market. Strategic alliances between companies are becoming more common, allowing them to access resources they otherwise would not be able to gain access to on their own. For example, Blackstone recently partnered with Thomson Reuters to carve out its financial and risk business into a USD 20 billion strategic venture. 

 

Despite the various drivers of market growth, there are a few challenges that could impact the future development of the private equity market, such as transaction risks and liquidity. This concern primarily arises in transactions between companies from two different countries. Transaction risk can lead to losses when the currency rate changes before transactions are completed, as well as through delays or defaults in payments due to foreign exchange controls or political instability in certain countries. Additionally, low liquidity levels of private equity assets could hinder investments in private equity, as investors require more liquidity to invest in other assets.

 

Overall, the private equity market is expected to experience moderate growth over the next five years. This growth will be driven by factors such as an increasing number of HNWIs investing in private equity and a rise in strategic alliances between companies. However, some challenges could impede this future development including transaction risks associated with international transactions and low liquidity levels of assets. Despite these potential issues, global private equity investments will likely increase between 2023 and 2027 due to economic recovery and businesses seeking new investments. 

KoreClient Spotlight: Inland Mid-Continent Corporation

Jeff Leenerts is the president of Inland Mid-Continent Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company based in Tulsa, Oklahoma. In his early childhood, Jeff was first introduced to the oil business under his father’s guidance, where he received an inside look at the industry. Inland Mid-Continent Corporation has emerged to leverage the company’s collective experience within the industry and develop oil and natural gas prospects.

 

Inland Mid-Continent Corporation keeps a focus on smaller projects to meet its goals. As Leenerts explains, they aim to “get what’s left out of the ground and make sure we all get the benefit from it.” This means that their operations are more focused on conventional shallow oil and gas formations (< 3,500 ft.) which would require light fracs, if necessary. Their approach is centered around taking advantage of existing conventional resources, as opposed to what larger companies may deem too small or not cost-effective. In addition, there is an ample supply of natural gas and oil in Oklahoma, which allows the company to produce a reliable supply to local refineries and natural gas pipelines. 

 

As the company plans on utilizing Regulation A+ to grow, Inland Mid-Continent Corporation is focused on keeping its expansion within a three-hour radius of Tulsa so that it can effectively and cost-efficiently manage operations. Plus, the collective experience of the team will help the company navigate potential bumps in the road with ease, while also being able to deliver quality results. The company is driven by a low overhead structure, making it possible to operate prudently and cost-efficiently. Through Reg A+, the company is excited to provide opportunities for everyday people to get involved in the ground floor of the company and benefit in the long run as it grows.

 

The company also feels that it is at an advantage because it can incorporate used equipment in good condition to maximize its output while minimizing the associated costs. This allows them to provide more efficient services in a rapidly changing energy sector that is increasingly focused on cost containment. “We all have the same mindset about what we want to do and we’re convinced it’s gonna work and it’s the way forward,” said Leneerts. This drive for efficiency has enabled the company to remain competitive, even in a rapidly changing industry while raising the bar for quality and reliability.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

What is Rule 145?

The Securities Act, passed in 1933, was created to protect investors following the stock market crash in 1929. It offers protection by ensuring more transparency and creating laws against fraud in the capital market. The Securities Act also requires companies to be registered with the SEC to sell securities to investors. At the same time, the SEC has introduced certain exemptions like Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, which allow private companies to raise capital without having to go through the process of SEC registration.

 

Another exemption is Rule 145, which “registered transactions in connection with reclassifications of securities, mergers or consolidations, or transfers of assets”. This is an especially important rule to be aware of for startups, as possible exit opportunities could include an acquisition. 

 

Ultimately, the rule says that if shareholders vote to accept or reject a merger proposal, it is considered an investment decision with respect to the offer of the acquiring company’s shares. When a company wants to purchase another company that has investors from previous rounds of crowdfunding, it must register its offering under the Securities Act or comply with one of its exemptions such as Regulation A, Regulation D, or Regulation CF. 

 

In addition, Rule 145 requires that all shareholders must approve the merger and receive full disclosure about the terms of the deal before they vote. Some states may also require shareholders with non-voting rights to cast their votes, as they are awarded certain inalienable voting rights in some scenarios. 

 

If the acquirer is not a public company, registration of securities is typically a costly process. However, they can utilize Reg A+ if they have an offering active that can be amended. Regulation D is typically not utilized because investors from a Reg CF raise are likely to include many nonaccredited investors. Alternatively, some companies may opt to use Regulation CF. However, this option will not work if there are already more than $5 million worth of crowdfunding investments from previous rounds. Ultimately, these considerations must be made well in advance so that all shareholders are given proper notice and have enough time to make an informed decision about whether or not to approve the merger agreement before it takes effect.

 

And in some cases, the acquiring company was unable to offer shares to crowdfunding investors, requiring them to cash out these investors. However, many investors believed in the company’s vision and were interested in the long-term progress of the company, so a cash-out can be disappointing. At the same time, a cash-out may be difficult for companies without the available funds. 

 

For companies exploring an acquisition for a potential exit after previous rounds of crowdfunding, these are some of the things that need to be taken into consideration. Just as a securities lawyer can help with initial offerings, they can also help you navigate these types of exits so you can do so compliantly. 

Why Is Blockchain Technology Popular?

Global spending on blockchain solutions is estimated to have reached $11.7 billion by the end of 2022, and the industry is expected to be worth over $163 billion by 2029. There are several reasons for this growth in popularity. Some of this popularity is the adoption of a trendy new buzzword. And, for some applications, blockchain may be a short-lived fad, like fins on 1950’s cars. But for others, blockchain is absolutely the right tool for the job.

 

Benefits of Decentralization

 

One of the major draws to blockchain technology is its decentralized nature. According to NASDAQ, decentralization means that there is no single entity with exclusive control of data or processes, allowing for secure transactions without the need for a third party or intermediary. Decentralization adds security since it is tough for hackers to target one single entity in a decentralized and transparent system. This is because there are many different nodes that act as validators of transactions, adding an extra layer of protection.

 

Data stored on the blockchain is not within a single entity’s control. Because the blockchain itself is completely public, protected by the fact that there are many copies of it all over the place, a hacker would not be able to alter all of them consistently. Additionally, a hacker would need to validly encrypt the data they were trying to substitute in, which would require a valid encryption key that also serves as a digital fingerprint for whoever made the change. It also helps to reduce costs associated with compliance and data transfer processing. The reason behind it is an immutable ledger, accessible to everyone on the network, records these transactions.

 

The decentralized nature of blockchain technology also provides enhanced security and transparency. Since data is stored on a distributed ledger, it is much more difficult for bad actors to manipulate or tamper with the records without detection. Furthermore, all transactions are permanently recorded and visible to anyone on the network, providing an additional level of transparency that impacts the private markets.

 

Applications of Blockchain Technology

 

Blockchain technology has found its way into various applications and industries. From healthcare to finance, blockchain is being used to streamline processes, improve security, and reduce costs. For example, many companies are now using blockchain technology to store customer data securely, since it is encoded and immutable. Additionally, blockchain’s distributed ledger technology is being used to facilitate cross-border payments and transfer funds quickly with low transaction fees.

 

Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs)

 

Another popular use of blockchain technology is the creation of non-fungible tokens (NFTs). These tokens are unique digital assets that cannot be replaced or exchanged with any other asset. As a result, they have become popular in the gaming and art world. Creators can securely attach ownership records to their content and provide proof of authenticity. While this application of NFTs could be a short-lived fad, it has real potential to change how some industries operate. For example, a more useful application would be if land title office systems adapt this technology to keep track of who owns real estate.

 

Smart Contracts and Tokenization

 

Smart contracts are another major use of blockchain technology. These self-executing contracts are written into code and stored on the blockchain. They allow for the automated transfer of digital assets between two parties without needing a third party or intermediary. Once executed, it is impossible to manipulate smart contracts, which adds an extra level of security.. The real estate industry for example is transforming with tokenization and the use of smart contracts to facilitate property transactions and rental agreements on the blockchain.

 

Cryptocurrencies

 

Perhaps one of the most well-known use cases of blockchain is cryptocurrencies, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. A cryptocurrency is a digital currency that records and verifies transactions on a decentralized ledger. Unfortunately, high-profile scandals and bankruptcies of major players in the space continue to shape public perception. Still, as regulators crack down on crypto companies, it’s likely to continue the evolution of the space to something compliant with securities regulations.

 

Transaction Process

 

The transaction process for blockchain technology is also important to note. Transactions are validated by a network of computers, or nodes, that all have access to the same ledger. This creates an immutable record of all the transactions and ensures that all details are accurate. The entire process takes place on a peer-to-peer network, making it secure and transparent for all parties involved.

 

Blockchain technology has seen a surge in popularity over the past few years due to its many benefits such as decentralization, enhanced security, and transparency for users and issuers. Furthermore, it has already found its way into various applications and industries, such as finance, gaming, healthcare, real estate, and smart contracts. With ongoing research and development in blockchain technology, the potential for further uses is limitless. The ability to assist with traceability and verification of data, facilitate faster and more secure transactions, and improve cost savings make blockchain a revolutionary technology that appears to be here to stay.

Mobile App For Online Investments

Investing online is easier, faster, and safer with the new KoreID Mobile App For Online Investments. Launched by KoreConX, this first-of-its-kind mobile online passport for investments works on iOS and Android and is 100% free. All a user needs is an account on the KoreConX All-In-One Platform and their mobile number to enable the 2-factor authentication.

How it works

All current shareholders will receive an email guiding them to download the KoreID Mobile App. After they download it and log in with their email and password, a 2-factor authentication key will be texted to their mobile phone. They will have immediate in-hand access to their personal dashboard and their whole portfolio, including their individual or company’s pending investments, reports, and updates, allowing them to:

  • Manage current investments.
  • Manage pending investments.
  • Re-Invest in companies when an offering is open.
  • View company news releases, reports, meetings, messages
  • Manage personal information.

Technology for financial services

“We are continually working to strengthen the trust and compliance infrastructure in private capital markets. This capability forges a new era in shareholder-company relationships, offering both parties the ability to communicate and allowing shareholders to reinvest in companies in a secure and compliant way,” explains Dr. Kiran Garimella, Chief Scientist and Technology Officer at KoreConX.

The KoreID Mobile App for online investments is now available in app stores. All users must have the 2-factor authentication security feature enabled in order to log in. You can download using the QR Code in the image. You can also look for it in Play Store, for Android, or for iOS, App Store.

Marketing Strategies for Raising Capital

When a company is looking to raise capital, there are many marketing strategies to get the word out. With any method, the primary goal is to convey what your company does and inform investors about the potential opportunities that their investment will create. Marketing strategies for raising capital are important to all companies and issuers.

 

Creating a Compelling Opportunity Set

 

The first step in any marketing strategy is creating a compelling opportunity set, which should position the company as a subject matter expert. A white paper can do it, which should answer all the “whys” for potential investors. It’s important to provide this information clearly and concisely, as potential investors will likely have a lot of questions. This document can serve as a launching pad for further content like blogs or videos. By providing all the relevant information upfront, companies can set themselves apart from the competition and make it more likely that potential investors will take the time to learn more about the opportunity.

 

Partnering With a Marketing Firm

 

To free up time to focus on other aspects of the business, companies should consider partnering with a marketing firm. This will allow someone else to handle the creation and dissemination of content, freeing up the company’s employees to focus on other tasks. This is an especially good idea for companies that are not experienced in marketing, as it can be a complex and time-consuming endeavor. By partnering with a firm, companies can ensure that their message is getting out there in the most effective way possible. You can also team up with a company that has experience with JOBS Act raises. This can help you improve your online presence while meeting all the requirements for compliance.

 

Creating Engaging Content

 

Once you have a plan in place, it’s important to focus on creating engaging content. You can do this in many ways, but one of the most effective is through video. Videos can capture attention and communicate information in a way that is easy for people to understand. They can also be shared easily, which helps to spread the word about your company and its capital-raising efforts. In addition to videos, companies should also consider creating bite-sized content, such as infographics or blog posts. This content can be easily digestible and can help to generate interest in your company.

 

When a company is looking to raise capital, it must employ an effective marketing strategy to reach potential investors. By taking the time to develop a well-rounded marketing strategy, companies increase their chances of successfully raising capital. Raising capital is not a one-time thing, but an ongoing process for many companies. Solid marketing strategies for raising capital can ensure that your company can reach its goals and continue to grow. 

The Relationship Between Cryptocurrency and Blockchain

The relationship between blockchain and cryptocurrency has been an area of increasing interest over the past few years. For those looking to use cryptocurrency or blockchain technology to transfer, store, and track data, understanding the differences between the two technologies is essential. Though they are related in many ways, blockchain and cryptocurrency should not be confused with one another as they are different. Knowing how to leverage each technology can help individuals make better use of these assets while avoiding pitfalls associated with a lack of knowledge. Those looking to invest in cryptocurrency or leverage blockchain should take the time to learn and understand the nuances of both technologies so that they can make informed decisions when it comes to utilizing these digital assets.

 

Cryptocurrency: Definition and Use Cases

 

Cryptocurrency refers to a type of digital asset designed to be used as a medium of exchange, a store of value, and a unit of measure. It is usually underpinned by blockchain technology, the use of advanced cryptography techniques for securing online transactions, and can exist either as a centralized token (one with a centralized issuer such as Bitcoin or Ether) or decentralized tokens (without a single issuer such as Libra or Ripple).

 

Cryptocurrency is gaining traction around the world, with its use cases ranging from being used to buy goods and services to savings and investments, to trading and speculation. Cryptocurrency is also being utilized in areas of financial inclusion, such as providing access to banking services and other financial products to those who lack traditional banking accounts.

 

Blockchain Technology: Definition and Use Cases

 

Blockchain is the underlying technology powering cryptocurrency transactions. It is a secure, tamper-proof, decentralized ledger system that allows for peer-to-peer transactions without the need for a middleman. It is also highly secure, as blockchain technology doesn’t rely on a single central authority or server to control and monitor its operations. Instead, it relies on a distributed network of computers to verify and validate the transactions that take place.

 

This technology is finding its use cases in many industries outside of cryptocurrency, such as healthcare, supply chain management, and real estate. For example, blockchain can help increase transparency and trust in these sectors by providing immutable records of all transactions securely stored across multiple nodes in a network. Such records can then be used to trace the source of a product, helping to ensure that it is authentic and untampered with.

 

Still, the relationship between blockchain and cryptocurrency does not end there. Cryptocurrency is actually one of the earliest use cases for blockchain, with Bitcoin being the first digital asset to take advantage of this technology in 2009. To this day, blockchain remains a key technology underlying most cryptocurrency transactions, allowing them to be securely transferred while avoiding double-spending and other fraudulent activities.

 

Similarities and Differences

While the two are not the same, blockchain and cryptocurrency do share some similarities. Both are digital assets, designed to be used as mediums of exchange and units of measure. They also both use cryptography for secure online transactions. However, there are notable differences such as blockchain being a distributed ledger system that is used to securely store and transfer data, while cryptocurrency is a digital asset designed to be used as a medium of exchange.

 

The relationship between blockchain and cryptocurrency is not always easy to understand. Though they share some similarities, they are two distinct technologies with different use cases. Blockchain is the underlying technology that supports cryptocurrency transactions, while cryptocurrency itself is a digital asset designed to be used as a medium of exchange and unit of measure. By understanding their differences, businesses and individuals can make more informed decisions when it comes to utilizing these digital assets.

 

Is Reg D Suitable for My Company?

Regulation D (Reg D) is a set of rules established by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that allows companies to raise capital without registering their securities for public sale and is related to, but different than other JOBS Act regulations. Reg D also establishes certain disclosure requirements that companies must comply with when selling securities under this type of offering and offers several advantages for companies seeking to raise capital, these include:

 

  • Ability to raise capital from accredited and some nonaccredited investors
  • Reduced disclosure requirements, and faster access to capital
  • No limits on offering sizes

 

However, there are also certain drawbacks associated with Reg D. For example, companies must comply with state regulations that may require disclosure of notices of sale or the names of those who receive compensation in connection with the sale. Additionally, the benefits of Reg D only apply to the issuer of the securities, not to affiliates of the issuer or to any other individuals who may later resell them.

 

What is Reg D?

 

Reg D is a set of rules established by the SEC to help companies raise capital without registering their securities for public sale. The regulations are designed to make it easier for businesses to access capital markets and take advantage of potential investors who were not previously able to invest in private offerings.

 

Under Regulation D, companies are allowed to raise capital without registering their securities with the SEC under rule 506. Under Rules 506(b) and 506(c), companies are not limited to the amount of capital that can be raised. However, offerings under rule 506(b) cannot use any form of general solicitation, which means they need to rely on their networks of accredited investors. In addition, 506(b) offerings can have up to 35 nonaccredited investors.

 

Who Can Benefit from Reg D?

 

Reg D can benefit both companies and investors. Companies can access capital markets without registering their securities for public sale, a great alternative to a cost-intensive IPO. Issuers can also raise the capital they need to grow and expand their business, as well as fund future rounds of fundraising that may be accomplished through a Reg CF or a Reg A+ offering.

 

For investors, Reg D offers the opportunity to invest in companies with potentially higher returns than other investments due to the increased risk associated with such investments. The majority of investors must meet specific criteria (such as having an annual income of over $200,000) to be considered accredited investors.

 

Is Reg D Suitable For My Company?

 

The answer to this question depends on several factors, such as your company’s financial situation and whether you can meet the disclosure requirements under Reg D. Companies that may benefit from a Reg D offering include:

 

  • Start-ups or development-stage companies
  • Growing businesses needing additional capital
  • Companies looking to access capital more quickly than they could through a traditional public offering

 

Reg D can be beneficial for companies, as well as accredited investors who meet specific criteria. While there are potential risks associated with a Reg D offering, it may be suitable for your company if you can meet the disclosure requirements and familiarize yourself with the relevant regulations. Ultimately, it is important to consult a qualified securities lawyer to determine if Reg D is the right option for your company.

 

Overdue Diligence: Examining the Cryptocurrency Industry’s Billion-Dollar Scandal

What would happen if inexpensive flying cars hit the market tomorrow? Wouldn’t it be great if you could just fly right over stop signs and red lights on the ground or avoid traffic jams? But soon there would be a disastrous crash, and authorities would ground everyone while they figured out what to do. Meanwhile, flying car owners would quickly learn that new technologies don’t make them magically immune to liability in tort and criminal negligence. In this scenario, flying car owners and the companies that manufactured them should have looked into air traffic laws that have always applied.

 

Something like this has happened in the cryptocurrency industry. Because cryptocurrency is so new, many people have assumed they were not subject to the traditional rules, a rich new area to be quickly exploited before the authorities showed up to rein things in. But there have always been laws to regulate it, which have gone ignored by those treating crypto like a modern-day gold rush. Many people have entered this space without a financial background, uneducated on the financial and securities regulations that apply in the space. Those with a financial background have perpetuated the myth that there is some gray area in which crypto operates and that securities laws don’t apply.

 

Even still, cryptocurrency has come a long way since the early days of Bitcoin. It has opened the door to a new form of digital asset that can be used for trading and investing, as well as providing an alternative to traditional fiat currencies. Unfortunately, the industry is not without its share of scandals, and one of the biggest to date involves the crypto exchange FTX. The collapse of FTX has caused ripples throughout the private capital market and highlighted just how important it is for companies to comply with securities regulations and for investors to properly vet their investments. 

 

Despite the alleged fraud occurring at companies like FTX, there are many in the space striving to build companies based on legitimacy, trust, and transparency. These companies are working hand-in-hand with the SEC and other regulators to ensure that investors and customers are protected and crypto evolves. As a result, we believe that the future will be dependent on trust and compliance, and only those essential components will allow this space to grow. 

 

The History of FTX

 

To understand the downfall of FTX, we must first take a look at its meteoric rise.

 

FTX was created in 2021 by Sam Bankman-Fried and its CEO Michael McCaffrey as an investment platform that allowed users to buy and sell cryptocurrency. The company quickly grew in popularity and established itself as a leader in the cryptocurrency sector. And shortly after its creation, the company began to receive attention from major investors such as the Royal Bank of Canada, Goldman Sachs, and Jefferies Group, quickly becoming popular among traders for its low fees and wide selection of cryptocurrency derivatives. It also launched an initial coin offering that raised more than $11 billion from investors around the world.

 

In 2021, FTX was one of the major sponsors for Major League Baseball, having agreed on a deal with the league to place its logo on the uniforms of umpires. The company also secured naming rights for the Miami Heat’s basketball stadium, renaming it FTX Arena, and sponsored the first season of MLB Home Run Derby X. The company also paid for high-profile, celebrity endorsements like Tom Brady, Shaq, and Shark Tank star Kevin O’Leary. However, FTX’s success was short-lived. In November 2022, the company abruptly announced that it had gone bankrupt and its assets were frozen. This news sent shockwaves throughout the cryptocurrency sector and led to many of FTX’s sponsors, including Mercedes-AMG Petronas F1 Team, TSM, and the Miami Heat, ending their partnerships with the company.

 

The United States House Committee on Financial Services also announced plans to conduct hearings in December 2022 into the collapse of FTX, with committee leaders seeking to hear testimony from Bankman-Fried. From its beginnings as a thriving startup in the cryptocurrency sector, FTX’s fall from grace was swift and sudden. The bankruptcy of FTX is a cautionary tale for those looking to invest in cryptocurrencies, as well as a reminder of the risks associated with these investments. Although many companies have made their fortunes in this fast-growing industry, it’s important to approach such investments with caution and do your research before making any decisions. As the fate of FTX shows, even the most successful companies can suddenly go under and investors can find themselves left with nothing but losses in their wake.

 

What Was Different About FTX?

 

FTX was far from the first crypto exchange, but it was widely seen as a legitimate entity by investors having established a positive reputation for itself and offering a wide range of services like spot trading, derivatives trading, margin trading, stablecoins, and decentralized finance products. FTX also had an innovative design that made it easier to use and had a wide selection of coins available to trade. At its height, the company was valued at over $32 billion in January 2022.

 

Unfortunately, some crypto companies have become complacent about following securities regulations. These crypto companies believe that because they are dealing in digital assets, they don’t need to follow the same rules as traditional securities. There have only been three companies, KoreChain, INX, and Coinbase, who have worked directly with SEC regulators to ensure that they are acting compliantly in this evolving space. These legitimate companies can continue transacting because they have shown that compliance is essential. 

 

When Did Signs Start to Emerge Something Was Wrong?

 

The signs that all was not well at FTX started to emerge in late 2021 when a series of lawsuits were filed against the exchange. These lawsuits alleged that FTX had committed fraud, and market manipulation, was operating an unregistered securities exchange, and were followed by reports of insider trading and other questionable activities.

 

The SEC has since accused FTX and Bankman-Fried of securities fraud and operating an unregistered securities exchange. According to the complaint, Bankman-Fried allegedly misled investors by failing to disclose that he was receiving payments from certain issuers in exchange for listing their tokens on the exchange. The agency further alleged that he had made false statements about the exchange’s liquidity and trading volume.

 

Furthermore, FTX was accused of failing to implement an adequate system for preventing market manipulation. The SEC also claimed that Bankman-Fried had personally profited from these activities by engaging in “wash trades,” a form of market manipulation that involves placing orders to buy and sell the same asset for the sole purpose of artificially inflating its price.

 

Crypto and Blockchain, what is the Difference?

 

With everything happening in the crypto world, it’s understandable the uncertainty that could creep into people’s minds. However, despite cryptocurrencies and blockchain often being confused to be the same, they are completely different concepts. Cryptocurrencies are digital currency that runs on a distributed ledger technology called a blockchain. It is a form of payment that can be sent and received worldwide, with no need for a third-party intermediary. In contrast, blockchain is a technology that enables the secure and transparent storage of data, with each transaction stored in a tamper-proof digital ledger. The recent FTX collapse has caused distrust in the crypto market, as questions arise about whether investments were safe. 

 

The news of the scandal and its effects has brought to light the risks associated with investing in security tokens, making many investors hesitate when it comes to getting involved. By taking steps to be trustworthy, companies can help restore public confidence in crypto and blockchain technology. In this way, the industry can benefit from a more secure and stable future.

 

What Does This Mean for the Private Capital Market?

 

The collapse of FTX is a wake-up call for the private capital market. Companies need to be more diligent in ensuring they are compliant with securities regulations and investors need to do their due diligence when investing in crypto companies. Companies need to have proper protocols in place to prevent fraud, market manipulation, and insider trading. Companies affected by the FTX collapse may also face increased scrutiny when seeking investments, as investors may be wary about investing in crypto companies.

 

Binance, for example, is currently facing potential charges of operating an unregistered securities exchange. If the SEC finds them guilty, they could face fines and the possibility of having their assets frozen. This could have a major impact on Binance’s operations and reputation in the crypto world. It’s also possible that other crypto exchanges could be targeted by the SEC for similar violations, creating more issues for the industry.

 

How will the SEC address crypto and blockchain moving forward?

 

With everything that has transpired, the SEC continues to actively monitor the cryptocurrency and blockchain space, seeking to protect retail investors from fraudulent activities. They have already taken active steps to ensure that companies operating in this sector are compliant with their regulations and have set forth guidelines for any security tokens issued through ICOs or STOs. Going forward, the SEC is likely to continue enforcing stringent rules to protect investors and ensure that companies are in line with their regulations regarding security tokens. As a result, companies will need to continue taking steps to be trustworthy and compliant. This means ensuring that their products meet high standards of security and reliability, as well as providing audit trails for all financial transactions conducted on the blockchain. 

 

Companies in this space must continue to be proactive about building and maintaining trust with their customers and ensuring compliance with SEC regulations. By doing so, they can help restore public confidence in crypto and blockchain technology and create a more secure and stable future for the industry. While this collapse is leading to mistrust in crypto, the blockchain technology that powers it is still safe and relevant. Used in all manner of private capital-raising activities, the blockchain still offers a secure and reliable platform for companies to use. By focusing efforts on maintaining compliance with the SEC and building trust with their customers and investors, companies raising private capital in this space can create a more secure future for themselves and help restore public confidence in the industry.

 

Looking Back on KoreSummits in 2022

Throughout 2022, KoreConX has hosted a variety of live, educational events designed to shed light on essential topics in the private capital markets. The KoreSummit event is a leading industry event that brings together industry thought leaders to provide valuable insight for companies looking to raise capital and investors looking to explore opportunities in the private markets. This year, three virtual KoreSummits were held, offering an incredible array of topics.

 

What you need to know about the Pros and Cons of Equity Crowdfunding

 

In March, the year’s first KoreSummit covered topics related to equity crowdfunding, specifically in a franchise scenario. The event kicked off with the story of a company that was successfully utilizing Reg CF to raise capital. The event continued with discussions on how to plan the raise, what partners you’ll need, and how to build an investor base that is also excited to be brand ambassadors. And more importantly, we covered topics including legal considerations and what happens once an offering is live. 

 

How to do a Successful RegA+ for a MedTech Company

 

This year’s June KoreSummit was focused on how to do a successful RegA+ for a MedTech company. The summit began with an introduction to the process of registering a MedTech company with the SEC and then moved on to cover topics such as preparation of Form 1A, going live preparations, the importance of selling the story, and the value of a secondary market. These presentations and conversations provided attendees with a comprehensive overview of how to navigate the process successfully of raising capital for a MedTech company with RegA+.

 

Empowering Growth in Cannabis

 

The October KoreSummit was a unique, multi-day event for cannabis entrepreneurs and industry experts alike. This event was focused on this exciting new market, providing an opportunity to hear from leaders in the field, learn about best practices, and explore investment opportunities in cannabis. KoreSummit Empowering Growth was a cannabis-centric summit designed to inform attendees of the requirements, regulations, and best practices when it comes to fundraising with RegA+ and RegCF.

 

Videos from these and other KoreSummits can be found on the KoreConX website. In the end, these events were an invaluable resource for anyone looking to learn more about how to do a successful RegA+ or Reg CF offering. With expert guidance from some of the top industry professionals in the field, the KoreSummits from 2022 and beyond will continue to provide valuable insights and expertise in the world of capital raising.

 

KoreClient Spotlights: A Year in Review

At KoreConX, we love showcasing our innovative clients, who we believe are making a difference in the world, through our KoreClient Spotlight. Here are just a few of the clients we’ve had the pleasure of working with this past year.

 

Wealthcasa

 

Wealthcasa is looking to change the way everyday investors can access investment properties by leveraging Reg A+. Using its parent company’s experience with development and construction in the greater Toronto area, Wealthcasa aims to develop planned communities in areas such as Florida, Tennessee, and California. Wealthcasa also seeks to offer a rent-to-owner program that will allow people to build equity in their homes over time and eventually purchase the unit or share the accumulated value of the asset. Wealthcasa’s platform provides an accessible way for people to become investors in the real estate market. 

 

Consumer Cooperative Group

 

Consumer Cooperative Group (CCG) is an innovative real estate cooperative focused on creating jobs, generating revenue, and nurturing its local community. Founded by Tanen Andrews, the company has a mission to provide people a chance to be involved in business ownership and real estate investment. The CCG methodology is to purchase real estate, specifically in properties where tenants are already generating revenue, providing an immediate investment return while building a long-term wealth base. 

 

Tech Chain Software

 

Tech Chain Software is a provider of innovative technology solutions that drive efficiency, productivity, and safety in the trucking industry. The company provides a platform to connect truckers on the go to mobile repair services, giving them access to skilled mechanics quickly and conveniently. With Tech Chain’s cutting-edge technology, they can instantly connect drivers with certified mechanics, allowing them to get their trucks back on the road with minimal downtime. Their mobile repair services reduce trucking companies’ expenses and expedite repairs and payment processes. Additionally, Tech Chain Software is also committed to helping local trade schools increase their capacity by providing access to qualified mechanics, enabling blue-collar workers to serve this industry cost-effectively.

 

Orion Capital

 

Orion Capital is a private investment firm that provides equity crowdfunding opportunities to smaller investors. Utilizing Regulation CF, they offer high-quality investments that would otherwise be unavailable to the average person. Through their focus on main street investments, they provide exposure to various industries and strategies while minimizing risk by spreading investment across multiple assets. Their mission is to provide investors with attractive returns while helping to drive innovative solutions and positive change in the world.  

 

Budding Technologies

 

Budding Technologies, Inc. is a company that is changing the way the cannabis industry works. With their use of blockchain technology, they are helping customers verify the quality of the products being sold while also giving businesses valuable data about what products are being used in their area and providing users with insight into what cannabis products may be right for them. By utilizing their Connect dashboard and BudboTrax supply chain management system, companies can keep product information up to date and track the quality of cannabis products. This transparency allows customers to have confidence in the safety and quality of their purchases while businesses benefit from increased sales and reduced waste. 

 

Fist Assist

Fist Assist is a medical device company that has developed a product to help patients with poor arm circulation. The Fist Assist product is a battery-operated pneumatic focal compression device that can be worn for 1-2 hours a day to increase circulation and decrease present and future pain in your arm. The company is raising capital through RegCF to finance its future FDA submissions and commercialize its product. After being designated as an FDA Breakthrough for potential vein dilation to renal failure patients in December 2021, Fist Assist needs to formally show the FDA the complete dataset for eventual DeNovo authorization for the renal failure community. If successful, this device has the potential to significantly change the way physicians treat and care for renal failure patients with better outcomes and fewer costs. 

 

FirstString

 

FirstString is a mobile application that enables college athletes to connect, find jobs and internships, and train for success after college. With FirstString, employers can post jobs and internships and search for qualified candidates. Candidates can create a profile with a video introduction, skills, experiences, and references, allowing employers to get to know the candidate before even meeting them. It makes the hiring process more efficient by removing the outdated paper resumé and allowing student-athletes to display the leadership ability and other skills they bring to the table, even if they don’t have as much employment or internship experience as their peers.

 

Stenergy

 

Stenergy is a company founded by Samuel and Leyla Butero, two entrepreneurs passionate about helping people. After their experience with Leyla’s health issues during her pregnancy, they decided to focus on the development of GluCora. This revolutionary product is a natural supplement that supports healthy glucose metabolism. To rapidly bring this product to market, they decided to utilize Regulation CF and embarked on a journey of inspiring individuals through their mission and shared experiences. Through their funding efforts, Stenergy hopes to create an ecosystem that connects investors and potential consumers with an innovative solution for those facing similar challenges. 

 

Facible

 

Facible is a medical technology company that has developed a technology that takes hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. The Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, which can expand testing capabilities to underserved and rural areas, urgent care, and other applications. The company found Reg A+ to be the most promising way to bring its vision to market while allowing those who have supported them to invest. 

 

Notarized.com

 

Notarized.com is an online notarization platform transforming how people close real estate transactions, get documents notarized, and sign contracts remotely. Founded in 2016 by Omar Kubba, a second-generation title professional with over 20 years of sales experience in the title insurance industry, Notarized.com has developed a comprehensive suite of online notarization products and services for individuals and businesses. Through Notarized.com, customers can securely sign documents online with the click of a button, collaborate with other parties to get documents signed quickly and get paperwork notarized from anywhere in the world with its remote notary network. 

 

Durable Energy

 

Durable Energy is a company on a mission to make the transition to renewable energy easier and more accessible for everyone. They are focusing on creating more renewable energy-powered EV charging stations in the nation, offsetting the amount of energy produced by solar so that it can be stored and used when needed, and working on hydrogen fuel cells to provide a clean and renewable source of energy for cars and homes. Through Regulation CF, Durable Energy can connect with the end user who will be using these products, enabling them to become early investors in the infrastructure they will utilize.

 

Bullet ID

 

Based in Toronto, Canada, BulletID is a company that utilizes barcode technology to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition. This company allows law enforcement and military personnel to instantly track essential information about a bullet, such as inventory, ownership history, manufacturer, and type. This is done through a barcode printed into the brass cartridge. With this information, it will be easier for authorities to trace a bullet back to its owner and determine if it was used in a crime. With BulletID, the process is as easy as scanning the cartridge on a smartphone. From anywhere worldwide, law enforcement and the military can see available details within 10 seconds.

 

Healthysole

 

HealthySole is dedicated to helping people live healthier lives by providing them with an easy-to-use, affordable solution to one of the most common problems in the world: shoes and floors that make our feet dirty and unhealthy. Their product, HealthySole PLUS, removes 99% of all germs, bacteria, and other contaminants from the soles of shoes. This is especially important in hospitals, where hospital-acquired infections can cause serious illness to patients. HealthySole helps to reduce the transmission of these illness-causing germs. 

 

McGinley Orthopedics

 

McGinley Orthopedics is a medical technology company specializing in developing and commercializing products that aid in the treatment of orthopedic injuries. During an orthopedic plate and screw surgery, the surgeon typically manually determines the depth of the screw, which can lead to further complications. The company’s IntelliSense Drill Technology® puts sensors in the tools that simultaneously measures depth, telling the surgeon what size screw to use, and has auto-stop features to help prevent plunging past the bone. 

 

Medical21

Medical21 is a company founded by Manny Villafaña, an experienced entrepreneur who has successfully led seven IPOs. The company is looking to innovate how cardiac care and surgical procedures are delivered. Medical 21 has developed a small-diameter coronary artery graft to be used in heart bypass surgery. Instead of harvesting blood vessels from a patient’s legs, arms, and chest, the company has developed a synthetic graft. With Reg A+, the company aims to raise the capital to conduct clinical trials.

KoreTalkX’s Growth Throughout 2022

After launching our podcast, KoreTalkX, earlier this year, we’ve seen it grow as we continue to host industry thought leaders to share their perspective on the private capital markets through empowering conversations. Our Spotify Wrapped tells a remarkable story of the success of a podcast that is looking to make a huge impact on the capital industry and its listeners.

 

A Year of Impressive Numbers

 

Throughout 2022, the KoreTalkX podcast released 1,071 minutes of new content, which is 92% more than other podcast creators in the business category. And, our global audience is a representation of how capital raising in the day of JOBS Act regulations is becoming a global industry. The podcast is listened to in 7 different countries, including Brazil, the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, and Bulgaria.

 

The Top Content of 2022

 

When it came to the most listened-to talk of 2022, our episode titled Cannabis Businesses Need Capital had 287% more streams than the average episode. Our podcast also ranks among the top 10% of podcasts shared globally, reflecting one of the primary goals of this series–the share of information and knowledge.

 

The “Devotee” Audience

 

The KoreTalkX podcast also gained a lot of traction from our “devotee” audience, Spotify’s term for a listener who loves to listen over and over again. Throughout the year, KoreTalkX ranked as a top 10 podcast for 48 fans, a top 5 podcast for 36 fans, and a number one podcast for 14 fans showing the power of its content in the industry. 

 

All in all, it has been an incredible year for the KoreConX Podcast. From a global audience who is quick to support new releases to the ‘devotee’ audience who continues to prove their loyalty by returning to listen over and over again, looking to the future, it will be exciting to see what KoreTalkX has in store for the coming year. And if you are not already following the KoreTalkX podcast, check us out so you can stay up to date on the capital markets year-round. 

What You Need to Know About Cap Table Management

More than a simple spreadsheet, a cap table (short for capitalization table) records detailed data regarding the equity owned by shareholders. When it comes to raising capital, your cap table will help you make sound decisions regarding your offering. So, what exactly is cap table management?

 

A clear and well-managed cap table paints a detailed picture of exactly who owns what in the company. Whether a founder is looking to raise additional capital or offer incentives to employees, a correctly-managed cap table will show the exact breakdown of shares, digital securities, options, warrants, loans, SAFE, Debenture, etc. This information enables founders to understand how equity distribution is impacted by business decisions.

 

Proper cap table management ensures that all transactions are accounted for and that potential investors are easily able to see the equity structure during funding rounds. Founders are also able to better negotiate the terms of a deal when they have the entire picture of their company’s structure available for reference. Without a cap table, companies can face challenges when it comes to raising capital, due to a lack of transparency in the ownership of the company.

 

But, it’s not enough to simply have a cap table. Once created, it must be maintained properly and updated each time an equity-based transaction is conducted. In the early stages of the company, the cap table will be relatively simple to manage but as rounds of funding progress, it becomes more complex as shares are distributed amongst investors and employees. Some of the key features of a well-managed cap table management include: 

 

  • Records the voting rights of each shareholder.
  • Documents when shares are issued and diluted.
  • Keeps track of all equity holders, past and present.
  • Records who owns what percentage of the company.
  • Increases transparency among shareholders and investors.
  • Enables quicker and more efficient transactions due to up-to-date information.
  • Shows how much money each shareholder has invested in the company.

 

While simple cap tables can be created in programs such as Excel, a cap table management software may provide a better solution as it becomes more complex.  As part of its all-in-one platform, KoreConX provides companies with the tools to properly record every transaction in their cap table. Encouraging transparency of shareholders, every type of security (including digital securities, shares, options, warrants, loans, SAFEs, and Debentures) that may be offered is accounted for and kept up to date as deals occur. By maintaining transparent records, companies can benefit from both shorter transaction times and expedited due diligence.

 

With an understanding of the importance of keeping a properly managed cap table, founders can arm themselves with the ability to make well-informed business decisions. Detailed insight into a company’s financial structure allows potential investors to feel confident in their investments, secure with the knowledge that their share is accurately accounted for. Even if the task of creating a cap table may seem daunting, it is simplified with a cap table management software so that everyone is on the same page.  

Oscar Jofre Shares Thoughts of Banking Reform with StratCann

Oscar Jofre, the President and CEO of KoreConX, has long been a proponent of expanding access to capital for cannabis companies in the US and Canada. He recently spoke to StratCann about the current state of banking for these types of companies in both countries. Despite conversations within the US proposing changes to how banks handle working with cannabis companies, Oscar says: “Even with the SAFE Act, the bigger banks aren’t going to put it under their risk profile. They’re going to do the same thing our banks are doing in Canada. They’re not looking at it from the legal point of view anymore. They’re looking at it from the optics point of view. They’re big banks and don’t want to be seen doing business with cannabis.”

His thoughts are that smaller US banks could be a likely partners to both US and Canada-based cannabis companies. Still, a widespread banking reform within the US is unlikely to relieve much of the challenges Canadian cannabis companies currently face. Read the rest of the article at StratCann to see what Oscar and other thought leaders predict if the SAFE Act were to pass.

What You Need to Know About RegCF

Raising capital is always a challenge, especially in the startup sector, which means that it’s vital to understand all the options available and how they can help you attain your goals. We will discuss Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF), which has proved to be an increasingly popular method among early-stage companies looking for funds due to its exemption from SEC registration and access to a vast pool of potential investors, in addition to being cost-effective. This blog post will outline some essential things you need to know before taking advantage of RegCF as a form of raising capital. Understanding what challenges you may face along the way and what resources are at your disposal will hopefully give you greater insight into whether this capital option is right for your business.

 

What is RegCF?

 

  • RegCF refers to equity-based crowdfunding.
  • This type of financing method raises money through small individual investments from many people.
  • Startups and early-stage businesses can use RegCF to offer and sell securities to the investing public.
  • Anyone can invest in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering, but there are limits based on annual income and net worth for investors who are not accredited.

 

What do you need to know about RegCF?

 

RegCF is a type of securities-based crowdfunding that allows startups and early-stage businesses to offer and sell securities to the investing public. This type of financing method raises money through small individual investments from many people, and it has seen a surge in popularity since its enactment in 2012. In 2019, the SEC passed amendments to RegCF, making it even easier for companies to raise capital, such as increasing the offering limit to $5 million. As of 2021, over $1.1 billion has been raised through RegCF.

 

Who can invest in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering?

 

Any person can invest in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering. However, there are certain restrictions based on annual income and net worth for those who are not accredited investors. According to the SEC, an individual will be considered an accredited investor if they have earned income that exceeded $200,000 ($300,000 together with a spouse or spousal equivalent) in each of the prior two years and reasonably expects the same for the current year, have a net worth over $1 million (excluding the value of their primary residence), or hold certain professional certifications.

 

What are the investment limits for non-accredited investors?

 

For non-accredited investors, the amount they can invest in a RegCF offering depends on their net worth and annual income. If an individual’s annual income or net worth is less than $124,000, then during any 12 months, they can invest up to the greater of either $2,500 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. If their annual income and net worth are equal to or more than $124,000, then during any 12 months, they can invest up to 10% of annual income or net worth, whichever is greater, but not to exceed $124,000.

 

What Are the Benefits of RegCF?

 

Any startup or early-stage business can use RegCF to raise capital. This financing is beneficial for companies that do not have the resources or connections to access traditional forms of financing, such as venture capital or bank loans. RegCF also provides an alternative to Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) for companies that are too small for a public offering.

 

RegCF is an excellent way for startups and early-stage businesses to access capital. It offers increased access to capital and no restrictions on who can invest. RegCF is expected to reach $5 billion in raises in the future, and with the popularity of this financing only growing, it’s clear that RegCF is here to stay. By understanding the basics of Regulation Crowdfunding, startups and small businesses can make informed decisions about when and how to raise capital to achieve their business goals.

Online Capital Formation And Why You Have To Understand It

The JOBS Act reached its tenth anniversary in 2022. We celebrated the date with the launch of our Podcast, KoreTalkX, recently mentioned by Spotify as in the top 10% of the most shared shows globally. But the regulations that brought a lot of novelties to the capital raising process still face some misconceptions. Especially regarding Crowdfunding. We are introducing Online Capital Formation and why you have to understand it.

We do write a lot about the democratization of capital because we believe that everyone should be able to participate and share in the benefits. Whether as entrepreneurs, brand advocates, innovators, or investors (both accredited and non-accredited). What we may be missing here is that Regulation CF (RegCF) has matured over the past decade, and it is time to look at it in a more complex way.

Crowdfunding?

For many individuals, the word  “crowdfunding” still evokes Kickstarter as a Top of Mind idea. Entrepreneurs that need money to launch a product pitch their ideas online. People can contribute based on a variety of rewards listed on a website. But that is far from being a regulated entity.

RegCF helps companies turn investors into shareholders. Companies and product makers are not selling their stories anymore. They are selling their stock. And that is why we feel the word “crowdfunding” doesn’t encompass the whole idea behind it.

That is why we put together our KorePartners, like Sara Hanks (CEO/Founder of CrowdCheck) and Douglas Ruark (President of Regulation D Resources) to help us put a flag in the ground to what we believe is the new era in Crowdfunding: Online Capital Formation.

Sara Hanks, Douglas Ruark. and Oscar A Jofre, our CEO and co-founder, will join our communications coordinator Rafael Gonçalves in a webinar next Monday, on December, 19th, at 4 PM EST, to remind us all of the paths we have traveled while pointing the way forward for the Online Capital Formation idea.

Join us on LinkedIn Live or subscribe on Airmeet.

What You Need to Know About RegA+

If you are an entrepreneur looking to raise funds, you may have heard of Regulation A+, often referred to simply as Reg A+. This alternative to traditional venture capital, private equity, or other funding sources allows companies to sell securities to the public without going through the lengthy and costly process of registering with the SEC. Since it was expanded in 2012 with the JOBS Act, Reg A+ continues to evolve, facilitating increased capital formation for companies within the private capital market.

 

What is Reg A+?

 

The goal of Reg A+ is to make it easier and less expensive for small businesses to access capital while still providing investors with the protection of an SEC-qualified offering. The offering is exempt from complete SEC registration, allowing companies to raise up to $75 million in capital, with certain restrictions and requirements. To qualify for this exemption, a company must file an offering statement (Form 1-A) with the SEC that includes all pertinent information about the business and the offering. The company must also provide ongoing disclosure about its business, including financial statements and other material information.

 

Who is Reg A+ for?

 

Reg A+ is aimed primarily at small and medium-sized businesses looking to raise funds from the public, but larger companies can also use it. Because there are fewer restrictions and requirements than traditional SEC registration, Reg A+ offers a more affordable option for companies that do not have access to venture capital or other significant funding sources. Because Reg A+ is such a robust option for companies looking to raise capital, many companies stay private longer instead of going public through an IPO. 

 

Advantages of Reg A+

 

Beyond lower costs than going public, Reg A+ offers additional benefits for issuers and investors alike. It is a unique opportunity for investors to get involved with early-stage companies since the offering allows both nonaccredited and accredited investors to invest. At the same time, these investors can benefit from the potential for higher returns and the ability to diversify their portfolios. Investors also benefit from SEC oversight, which aims to protect them and ensure that they are investing in legitimate investment opportunities. Investors may also have options for liquidity, as securities purchased through a Reg A+ offering can be traded on a secondary market.

 

Reg A+ benefits companies because it offers a relatively simple and cost-effective way to access the public markets while accessing an increased pool of potential investors than a traditional offering. Unlike conventional VC or private equity funding routes, issuers can also retain more ownership over their business while finding investors who share the vision for the mission and direction of the company. Issuers can also benefit enormously from building brand advocates out of their investors, which can, in turn, inspire new investors or customers. 

 

Reg A+ offers an excellent alternative for small businesses looking to raise capital without going through the lengthy and costly process of registering with the SEC. With a maximum offering cap of $75 million, Reg A+ can be used for companies of all sizes and offers investors the opportunity to access early-stage companies that they may not otherwise have access to. 

How Does Technology Improve Transparency and Sustainability?

Technology has significantly impacted many different aspects of our lives, and the world of capital raising is no exception. With the help of technology, we can more efficiently raise capital and improve transparency and sustainability in the process. Here is a closer look at how technology is helping to improve transparency and sustainability in the world of capital raising and investment:

 

Improving Transparency

 

One of the biggest ways technology improves transparency in capital raising is by providing more information to investors. In the past, it was often difficult for investors to get a clear picture of where their money was going and how it was being used. However, thanks to technology, there are now a number of platforms and tools that provide investors with real-time updates and insights into how their money is being used. This increased transparency gives investors more confidence in the process and helps build trust between them and the companies they invest in.

 

Another way that technology is improving transparency is by making it easier for companies to comply with regulations. In the past, companies often had to spend a lot of time and money on compliance, which could cut into their profits. However, thanks to the advent of compliance automation, companies can now more easily and efficiently comply with regulations, which frees up more time and resources to focus on other areas of their business.

 

Improving Sustainability

 

In addition to improving transparency, technology is also helping to improve sustainability in the world of capital raising. One of the biggest ways technology does this is by making it easier for companies to access alternative funding sources. In the past, companies often had to rely on traditional funding sources, such as banks and venture capitalists. However, thanks to JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+ and Reg CF, companies can now more easily raise capital from a wider pool of investors, including regular people. This not only helps to improve the sustainability of businesses but also helps to create more opportunities for people to invest in the companies they believe in while having customers that not only help you raise capital but can be seen as brand ambassadors.

 

Another way that technology is improving sustainability in capital raising is by making it easier for companies to track their progress and impact. In the past, it was often difficult for companies to track their progress and impact due to a lack of data. However, thanks to technology, companies can now more efficiently collect and track data related to their business. This data can then be used to help improve companies’ sustainability by helping them track their progress and make necessary adjustments. 

 

Thanks to technology, we can raise capital more efficiently and create more opportunities for people to invest in the companies they believe in while improving transparency and sustainability. This means more confidence in the process and trust between investors and the companies they are investing in. For businesses, this means more time and resources to focus on other areas of their business. And for the world, this means a more sustainable future where anyone can invest in the companies they believe in.

 

Real Estate Revolution: Democratization Through Tokens

The real estate market has seen a substantial uptick in value, with more and more people looking to invest in this asset class. However, the high barrier to entry – requiring significant capital – has traditionally limited participation to only those with deep pockets. But with tokenization and the blockchain technology that supports it, anyone can get in on the action.

 

What is Tokenization?

In simple terms, tokenization is the process of converting something of value – in this case, real estate – into digital tokens that can be bought and sold on a blockchain platform. This allows for fractional ownership of assets, which opens up investment opportunities to a much wider pool of people. Tokenization is a process that can facilitate investment in fractional portions of real property, thus lowering the barrier to entry for retail investors. By digitizing real estate ownership and using blockchain technology to track transactions, tokenization makes it easier and faster to buy and sell property and reduces the costs associated with traditional real estate transactions.

 

Why Tokenize Real Estate?

There are a number of benefits to real estate tokenization. For investors, lower minimums and smaller investment amounts can lead to higher returns as they benefit from the potential appreciation of the underlying real estate asset. For issuers, access to a wider pool of investors is facilitated by the ease of transferability and liquidity of tokens. In addition, through automated processes and a permanent, unchangeable digital ledger, blockchain technology has the potential to streamline investment transactions and reduce transaction costs.

 

For real estate agents, the benefits of tokenization are twofold. First, it presents an opportunity to increase business by working with clients interested in tokenizing their property. In addition, real estate agents who are early adopters of this technology will have a competitive advantage as the industry moves towards greater adoption of blockchain-based solutions. With tokenization, an asset can be transferred and sold much more easily and quickly than through traditional methods, so real estate agents who can help their clients navigate this new landscape will be in high demand.

 

How Does Tokenization Work?

 

The tokenization process begins with the asset owner working with a platform provider to create a digital token representing property ownership. The asset is then appraised, and a value is assigned to the token. Once the token is created, it can be bought and sold on a blockchain platform, similar to how cryptocurrency is traded. When the asset is sold, the tokens are transferred to the new owner, and the transaction is recorded on the blockchain.

 

The entire process is facilitated by smart contracts, self-executing contracts that can be programmed to execute certain actions when certain conditions are met. For example, a smart contract could be programmed to automatically transfer ownership of the tokens when the asset is sold. This would eliminate the need for a third party to facilitate the transaction and ensure that the transaction is completed promptly and efficiently.

 

While there are many advantages to real estate tokenization, issuers should know the securities law implications of issuing tokens. Tokenizing real estate is a complex process, but the benefits are significant for both investors and issuers. By lowering the barrier to entry and increasing liquidity, tokenization has the potential to revolutionize the real estate industry.

 

What is Two-Factor Authentication?

According to a recent report published by Microsoft, hackers make 921 attempts to steal a password every second. This means that accounts secured by weak passwords are at an increased risk of falling victim to a hack, which means there has been no better time to focus on securing vulnerable accounts. This is where two-factor authentication, also known as 2FA, comes in.

 

How Does Two-Factor Authentication Work?

 

2FA is a security process that requires two different forms of identification from the user to log in. In addition to your username and password, you’ll often be asked to provide a code that may be sent via text or email. By providing this code, you can gain access to your account. Without access to the physical device the code is sent to, the username and password alone are unable to grant you access to your account. This effectively prevents hackers since even if they successfully gained access to your password, that information is essentially useless without the code. 

 

However, there are also other types of 2FA, like using your fingerprint to log in or a physical device like a USB to access a digital code. 

 

Why Use Two-Factor Authentication?

 

Two-factor authentication is a vital security measure for online accounts because it adds an extra layer of protection beyond passwords. Passwords can be stolen or guessed, but the user cannot log in without access to the second factor. This makes it much more difficult for hackers to access your account.

 

2FA is also useful for preventing fraud. If someone else tries to log in with your username and password, they will not be able to get past the verification step without access to your device or code. This can help protect against phishing attacks and other types of fraud.

 

Benefits of Two-Factor Authentication

 

Two-factor authentication is a great way to increase the security of your online accounts. It gives you an extra layer of protection that makes it much more difficult for hackers to access your data. Here are some of the benefits of using two-factor authentication:

 

Increased Security: Two-factor authentication adds an extra layer of security to your accounts, making them much harder to break into. This is especially important if you have sensitive data stored in your account that you don’t want anyone else to access like banking and other financial information.

 

Easier Logins: Using two-factor authentication can make logging into your accounts easier. Instead of typing in a complex password every time, you can enter your username and a verification code. This makes it much faster to log in and access your account.

 

Improved User Experience: Two-factor authentication can improve the user experience by providing an extra layer of security without adding complexity. It’s easy to understand and use, and it also helps protect your data from unauthorized access.

 

Two-factor authentication is a great way to increase the security of your online accounts and protect your data from unauthorized access. It adds an extra layer of protection beyond passwords, making it much harder for hackers to access your account. Overall, two-factor authentication is an important security measure that can help keep your data and online accounts safe.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Wealthcasa

For many people, investment properties come with a price tag that is cost-prohibitive to everyday investors. However, as Reg A+ sees wider use in the real estate market, it opens up new opportunities for investors.

 

Wealthcasa also aims to make real estate accessible to everyday investors through a Reg A+ offering. Cesare Bauco, CEO of Wealthcasa, says that “the whole [idea] behind Wealthcasa is to be a vehicle for the average person to get into the [real estate] investment market.” This allows people who may not fit the criteria of a traditional investor to invest in real estate. “Reg A+ was very intriguing when it was brought to light to us,” added Bauco. This gives people who may not have had the opportunity to invest in real estate before the chance to invest in Wealthcasa. “We thought this would be a good opportunity to raise funds that way and bring along Americans that normally can’t get into that.”

 

“Our parent company, located in Canada, is a new home builder by trade, with over 20 years of development and construction experience and 800 units currently under development in the greater Toronto area. We like to position ourselves where we can actually enter the US markets in many areas; we have been scouting opportunities, like Florida, Tennessee, and California,” said Bauco. This experience will lend itself well to developing the planned communities. 

 

Once the first Wealthcasa property has been developed, the company also seeks to offer a rent-to-owner program, giving people other ways to get into the real estate market. This program allows people to rent a home and build equity in the home. Eventually, usually after 5-7 years, they will either have the ability to purchase the unit themselves. Or, if they are not in a position to buy, the accumulated value of the asset will be shared with that buyer-renter.

 

Ultimately, Wealthcasa wants to create a platform for people to become investors in the real estate market by offering an accessible way and a rent-to-owner program that will allow renters to build equity over time.

 

What are the Differences Between Regulations A, CF, D, and S?

When it comes to raising capital, there are various ways you can raise money from investors. And while they all have their own specific compliance requirements, they all share one common goal: to protect investors while still providing them with opportunities to invest in private companies. Let’s look at the four most popular types of equity crowdfunding; through Regulation A, CF, D, or S. 

 

Regulation A+

 

Offering size per year: Up to $75 million

Number of investors allowed: Unlimited, as long as the issuer meets certain conditions.

Type of investor allowed: Both accredited and non-accredited investors.

SEC qualification required: Reg A+ offerings must be qualified by the SEC and certain state securities regulators and must also file a “Form 1-A”. Audited financials are required for Tier II offerings.

 

This type of crowdfunding is popular because it allows companies to raise up to $75 million per year in capital and is open to accredited and non-accredited investors. Offering the ability to turn current customers into investors and brand ambassadors (like several JOBS Act regulations promote) can bring a company tremendous value and help to grow the business. A Reg A raise is excellent for companies that have a wide customer base or need to raise a large amount of capital. Compared to other regulations, Reg A+ is a bit more complex and time-consuming to implement. Yet, it still offers a great deal of potential with the ability to market the offering to a wide pool of potential investors.

 

Regulation CF

 

Offering size per year: $5 million

Number of investors allowed: Unlimited, as long as the issuer meets certain conditions.

Type of investor allowed: Both accredited and non-accredited investors

SEC qualification required: The offering must be conducted on either an SEC-registered crowdfunding platform or through a registered broker-dealer. Audited financials are required for companies looking to raise more than $1,235,000. Companies must fill out a “Form C.”

 

Compared to other regulations, Reg CF is one of the most popular due to its lower cost and ease of implementation. Regulation CF offers companies the ability to raise up to $5 million per year and allows accredited and non-accredited investors to invest in the company. Companies that need a smaller sum of capital while still leveraging the power of marketing can benefit from utilizing this type of regulation. 

 

Regulation D

 

Offering size per year: Unlimited

Number of investors allowed: 2000

Type of investor allowed: Primarily accredited investors, with non-accredited investors only allowed for 506(b) offerings.

SEC qualification required: Reg D offerings do not need to be registered with the SEC but must still meet certain filing and disclosure requirements.

 

A Reg D offering must follow either Rule 506(b) or 506(c). Both allow up to 2000 investors but differ slightly in that 506(b) offerings allow up to 35 non-accredited investors. Additionally, 506(b) offerings do not permit general solicitation. This means that companies will have to rely on their own network of investors to reach their goals. While this type of offering is more restrictive than others, it can be attractive to companies that need a smaller sum of capital and have access to a network of accredited investors. 

 

Regulation S

 

Offering size per year: Unlimited

Number of investors allowed: 2000

Type of investor allowed: Foreign (non-US) accredited and non-accredited investors

SEC approval/qualification required: Reg S offerings are not subject to SEC rules, but they must follow the securities laws in the countries issuers seek investors from.

 

An excellent complement to Reg D, Reg S allows companies to raise capital from foreign and non-U.S. investors. This regulation was made for big deals, allowing companies to reach a larger and more diverse pool of investors. Reg S is great for companies looking to raise a large amount of capital or to break into foreign markets. Issuers must be careful not to make the terms of the offerings available to US-based people.

 

Depending on the size of your offering, the number of investors you’re looking to attract, and the type of investor you want, one regulation may be better suited for your needs than another. Still, it is important to consult with a professional when making these decisions to ensure that you meet all necessary compliance requirements.

Misconceptions About Regulation S

Continuing our last post on Regulation S, then are still a few things that should be known to issuers looking to explore this method of raising capital. Perhaps most importantly, “nobody in the US should be able to know that you are doing a Reg S offering,” said Sara Hanks, CEO and co-founder of CrowdCheck. This means that issuers should geofence any offering site, preventing people with US IP addresses from accessing the offering and viewing its terms. Unlike the other JOBS Act exemptions that permit general solicitation in the US, Reg S does not. 

 

Why Do Companies Use Reg S?

 

Despite the challenges of raising money under Regulation S, many companies still find it the best option for them. This is because the rules offer several benefits that can be very helpful for businesses. One of the biggest advantages is that it enables issuers to raise money from foreign investors. It also does not limit issuers to how much they can raise, unlike Reg A+ or RegCF.

 

What Are the Drawbacks of Using Reg S?

 

Despite the many advantages that come with using Regulation S, there are also several risks that businesses need to be aware of. One of the biggest dangers is that companies can inadvertently violate the rules if they are not careful. This can lead to significant penalties, including fines and other penalties. As a result, businesses need to make sure they understand all of the requirements before they begin raising money under Regulation S. Another risk is that companies may have difficulty finding investors who are willing to invest in their business. This is because the pool of potential investors is much smaller than it is for other types of securities offerings. As a result, companies may need to offer more attractive terms to entice potential investors. 

 

Those are not the only factors that would be a challenge for potential Reg S issuers. “The only reason to add Reg S is if you think you are going to exceed the $75 million [limit for Reg A+] and you think there are people overseas who would be interested in investing. We rarely see the $75 million exceeded. But the problem is Reg S only tells you how to comply with US rules, it does not tell you how to comply with anybody else’s rules. Most developed countries have rules that limit the extent you can offer securities to less sophisticated people. Reg S tells you how to comply with US rules but it doesn’t tell you how to comply with French or German rules so you would still have to learn those rules in whatever country you are making the offering in,” said Hanks.

 

Did Reg A+ Replace Reg S?

 

While some people may think otherwise, Regulation A+ did not replace Regulation S. Regulation A+ is an alternative securities offering process that was expanded by the JOBS Act of 2012. Unlike Regulation S, which only allows companies to raise money from foreign investors, Regulation A+ allows businesses to raise money from both foreign and domestic investors. Additionally, Regulation A+ has many requirements that are not imposed on Regulation S offerings. For example, companies that use Regulation A+ must file a disclosure statement with the SEC and provide ongoing reporting after their offering. Additionally, only companies that are qualified by the SEC can use Regulation A+. As a result, Regulation A+ is generally considered a more complex process than Regulation S in terms of compliance. However, companies that use Reg A+ can raise capital from a large number of accredited and nonaccredited investors within the US and market the offering to them, which enhances the visibility of that offering.

What eBAY Tells Us About Secondary Markets For Private Companies

This blog was originally written by KorePartner Mark Roderick. You can view the original post here

 

The securities of private companies are illiquid, meaning they’re hard to sell.

Since 2017 I’d guess a billion dollars and a million person-hours have been spent by those who believe blockchain technology will create liquidity for private securities. Joining that chorus, a recent post on LinkedIn first noted that trillions of dollars are locked up in private securities, then claimed that blockchain technology (specifically, the technology created by the company posting) could unlock all that value.

This is all wrong, in my always-humble opinion. All that money and all those person-hours are more or less wasted.

My crystal ball is no clearer than anyone else’s. But when I try to believe that blockchain will create active secondary markets I run up against two facts:

  • Fact #1: Secondary markets for private securities have been perfectly legal in this country for a long time, yet there are very few of them.
  • Fact #2: The New York Stock Exchange and other exchanges around the world were vibrant even when they were using little slips of paper.

Those two things tell me that it’s not the technology that creates an active secondary market and hence that blockchain won’t change much.

An active secondary market is created when there are lots of buyers and lots of sellers, especially buyers. When millions of people wanted to buy Polaroid in the 1960s they didn’t care whether Polaroid used pieces of paper or stone tablets. Conversely, put the stock of a pink sheet company on a blockchain and you won’t increase the volume.

As described more fully here, there are a bunch of reasons why there aren’t lots of potential buyers for a typical private company:

  • It probably has a very limited business, possibly only one product or even one asset.
  • It probably has limited access to capital.
  • It probably lacks professional management.
  • Investors probably have limited voting rights.
  • There are probably no independent directors.
  • Its business probably depends on one or two people who could die or start acting like Elon Musk.
  • Insiders can probably do what they want, including paying themselves unlimited compensation.
  • No stock exchange is imposing rules to protect investors.

All that seems obvious now and was obvious in 2017. But now I’m thinking of another company with lessons about secondary markets: eBay.

If there’s anything even less liquid than stock in a private company, it’s a used refrigerator, a bracelet you inherited from your grandmother, the clock you haven’t used for 15 years.

All those things and thousands more were once completely illiquid and therefore worth nothing. eBay changed that, almost miraculously adding dollars to everyone’s personal balance sheet. Just as every ATS operating today seeks to create an active market for securities, eBay created a market for refrigerators, bracelets, and clocks. Quite amazing when you think about it.

eBay didn’t create the market by turning refrigerators, bracelets, and clocks into NFTs. To the contrary, when you sell something on eBay you have to ship it, physically, using the lowest of low technology. eBay created the secondary market simply by connecting buyers and sellers using Web2. Just like another company that has created a pretty active market, Amazon.

If any ATS operating today had a thousandth of the registered users eBay has, its founders and investors would be even rubbing their hands with glee.

As a Crowdfunding advocate, I wonder what the world would look like if all those dollars and person-hours had been spent improving the experience of initial investors rather than pursuing secondary markets and blockchain, things dreams are made of. As the shine comes off blockchain maybe we’ll find out.

Regulation S: What is it and How is it Used?

Created to help companies raise money from foreign investors, Regulation S has been successful for some companies, while others have fallen into trouble by not following the regulations closely. Because of the uncertainty surrounding RegS for many issuers, Sara Hanks, CEO and co-founder of CrowdCheck, sheds some light on the subject.

 

What is Regulation S?

 

Regulation S is an offering type that companies can utilize to raise capital from investors outside of the US. According to Hanks, as Eurobonds grew in popularity throughout the 1970s and 80s, the circumstances that required an offering made primarily overseas to register with the SEC were unclear. “Section 5 of the Securities Act says that if you make a public offering of securities you have to register with the SEC, but it does not say in the United States. Of course, in 1933 they really weren’t thinking about cross-border deals. As the Eurobond market developed, where large companies were selling debt securities, there was a series of requests for interpretation as to the extent that something overseas needed to comply with US rules,” said Hanks when talking about the emergence of Reg S.  As cross-border markets developed, whether someone is or is not in the US really was brought into question. Over the next few decades, no-action letters began piling up and the SEC decided there needed to be a rule to give guidance as to what it means to not be making an offering in the US.

 

One of the key requirements is that companies only offer their securities to investors who are outside of the United States. This ensures that American investors are not being misled about the investment. Those using Reg S can raise more than the $75 million allowed with a Reg A+ raise.

 

What Challenges do Companies Face Using Reg S? 

 

The Key advantage of Regulation S is that it allows companies to tap into a larger pool of potential investors. “The primary use case of Reg S is a very large offering by a US or foreign company being made outside the United States. It was always intended for large transactions being made by large companies to sophisticated investors,” said Hanks. However, she notes that in the crowdfunding space, many issuers are still conducting a Reg S offering incorrectly. “They ignore the fact that the transaction has three separate categories and all of these are based on the likelihood of the transaction actually being made in the United States or the securities coming back to the United States,” said Hanks.

 

Accordingly to Hanks, the easiest use case is a foreign company selling under its own rules. An intermediate use case would be an SEC-registered company. An important consideration is the likelihood that the company would be using Reg S to get around the SEC’s registration rules and how much harm the securities would cause if they ended up in the US. But, for companies in the crowdfunding space that are not reporting companies, the rules are much more strict. Unfortunately, many of these companies are ignoring the rules that apply to non-reporting US companies, which is a significant problem.

 

For companies looking to use Regulation S, it’s important that they understand the offering and SEC’s requirements, otherwise, it could lead them into hot water.

How Can an Update on RegD Impact Private Markets?

Far larger than the initial public offering (IPO) market, Regulation D is incredibly important within the private capital markets, facilitating over $1 trillion in capital every year. Now, the SEC is considering updates to the accredited investor definition, which would have a significant impact on Reg D offerings, the private market, and the economy as a whole.

 

Understanding Regulation D

 

To understand how an update to RegD could impact private markets, it is important to have a brief overview of the regulation. There are two types of Reg D – 506b and 506c. Both offer exemptions from Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registration requirements for securities offerings and require investors to be accredited. An accredited investor is an individual who meets certain financial criteria, such as earning $200,000 or more a year or having a net worth of over $1 million. The main difference between 506b and 506c is that 506b does not allow the issuer to solicit generally or advertise the offering to potential investors.

 

Changes on the Horizon

 

The SEC is currently considering updates to RegD, including changes to the definition of an accredited investor. Some changes could include raising the income or net worth thresholds, although it is still somewhat unclear as to what the SEC envisions. Raising these thresholds would mean fewer individuals would qualify as accredited investors and therefore have access to private securities offerings. The impact of these changes could affect different types of investors differently. Still, they will likely have a significant impact on private capital formation and the ability of entrepreneurs to access funding.

 

The update could also impact companies that use Reg D offerings as part of their fundraising strategy. Currently, these companies can access a much larger pool of capital than they would through an IPO or traditional venture capital, as nearly 15 million Americans qualify under the current definition. But if the definition of an accredited investor is narrowed, this could limit access to capital for smaller or startup companies. 

 

What Does This Mean for the Private Market?

 

Even though the SEC says that these changes are to protect investors, net worth and income are not the only way to determine whether an investor is accredited or not. The ability to make an educated investment decision also relies on the education and experience of the investors, which isn’t considered in the definition of an accredited investor. Some organizations, like the Investor Choice Advocate Network, believe that the definition should be updated to reflect non-financial measurements such as the professional certifications required for CPAs, registered investment advisors, financial planners, and other professionals. 

 

Updates could also mean that fewer individuals from underrepresented groups may be able to participate in a Reg D offering. With these groups historically facing obstacles to participating in capital markets, these updates could dramatically reduce investment opportunities for some individuals as well as make it more difficult for companies who are looking to raise capital from underrepresented communities.

 

Of course, it is difficult to say exactly what the impact of updated Reg D would be on private markets when we still do not know what those updates will be. Hopefully, we will have more information soon.

Genesis Global Trading Suspends Lending Services

Oscar Jofre joined FintechTV to talk about the Genesis Global Trading lending arm. Genesis Global Trading is a top investment bank in the crypto world. They offer services such as trading and custody. Recently, Genesis had to temporarily suspend redemptions and new loan originations due to FTX’s collapse.

 

How is Equity Crowdfunding Different Than Kickstarter?

Kickstarter and equity crowdfunding are two different ways to raise money for a project or venture. Kickstarter is a platform where people can donate money to projects in exchange for rewards, such as early access to the product or a copy of the finished product. Equity crowdfunding, on the other hand, allows people to invest in a company or project in exchange for a percentage of ownership in that company or project and has raised over a billion since it was introduced. But what are their differences and similarities, and how do you ensure your crowdfunding platform is compliant?

 

A Unique Way to Raise Money: Kickstarter Vs. Equity Crowdfunding

 

Kickstarter is a crowdfunding platform that allows people to donate money to projects in exchange for rewards. The project creator sets a fundraising goal and a deadline, and if the goal is reached, the project receives the funding. Rewards can be anything from early access to the product or a copy of the finished product. Kickstarter is an all-or-nothing platform, meaning that if the project doesn’t reach its fundraising goal, the project creator doesn’t receive any of the money.

 

On the other hand, equity crowdfunding is a way for people to invest in a company or project in exchange for a percentage of ownership in that company. Equity crowdfunding is different from Kickstarter in a few ways. First, with equity crowdfunding, investors are actually investing in the company, rather than just donating money. Second, equity crowdfunding is not an all-or-nothing platform. Even if a company or project doesn’t reach its fundraising goal, the issuer still receives the money that was raised.

 

If you are trying to choose between the two platforms, it is crucial to consider your goals. If you are looking for a way to raise an amount of money quickly without giving up a percentage of your company, Kickstarter may be the better option. This is because of the all-or-nothing nature of Kickstarter, which means that you either reach your fundraising goal and receive the money, or you don’t receive any money and do not need to pay a fee.

 

However, if you are looking to raise millions of dollars while gaining not only investors but brand ambassadors, equity crowdfunding may be the better option. This is because, with equity crowdfunding, people are actually investing in your company and will want to see it succeed. Additionally, even if you don’t reach your fundraising goal, you will still receive the money that was raised, which can be used to continue growing your company.

 

Ensuring Your Crowdfunding Platform Is Compliant

 

If you are using a crowdfunding platform, it is important to ensure that the platform is compliant with securities laws, especially when it comes to equity crowdfunding. This means that the platform follows all the rules and regulations set by the government. To ensure the equity crowdfunding platform you use is compliant you to consider:

 

  • Does the company actually exist?
  • Has the SEC approved these securities?
  • Have they been filed with the board of directors?

 

Knowing who and who is not doing this is often difficult to determine from the outside. If you are an investor, you look at the actual filing from the company to understand what the company has filed for and its ongoing obligations.

 

If you are looking for a quick way to raise money without giving up equity in your company, Kickstarter may be the better option. However, if you are looking to raise money and gain investors, equity crowdfunding may be the better option. Additionally, it is important to ensure that the platform you are using is compliant with all the rules and regulations set by the government, whether you are raising capital or you are an investor.

Selling Shareholders for RegA+

For many investors in the private market, one of the risks they face is the lack of a liquid market for selling shares.

Through a Reg A+ offering, however, accredited investors who purchased securities during a Reg D or Series A raise can sell a portion of their holdings, creating a powerful buy incentive.

The law allows issuers to allocate up to 30% of their Reg A+ offering to selling shareholders, and investors are under no obligation to sell stock. 

What is a Selling Shareholder?

A selling shareholder is an individual or entity that sells securities of a company in a registered offering.

The shares sold by selling shareholders are first offered to other shareholders on a pro-rata basis before being made available to the general public.

Selling shareholders are typically early investors in a company who are looking to cash out some of their investment. They may also be employees or insiders who are looking to sell a portion of their holdings.

In some cases, selling shareholders may be venture capitalists or other institutional investors who are looking to exit their investment before a company’s IPO.

Selling Shares with a Reg A+ Offering

The Reg A+ selling shareholder allowance is a valuable tool for companies seeking to raise capital from accredited investors.

For investors to sell their shares with a Reg A+ offering, the company must file an amendment to their offering circular with the SEC that includes a selling shareholders section.

The amendment must disclose the number of shares being sold and the maximum offering price. In addition, all selling shareholders must be identified in the 1A.

The Reg A+ selling shareholder allowance is a great way for companies to raise capital while letting investors potentially get a return on their initial investment.

The allowance also provides an incentive for accredited investors to participate in a Reg A+ offering, as they can receive immediate liquidity without waiting for a company to go public.

If you’re considering a Reg A+ offering, consult with your securities attorney to determine if the selling shareholder allowance is right for your company.

Celebrity Endorsements of Investment Opportunities

When it comes to investing, celebrities are just like the rest of us. They need to do their research before putting their money into anything. Unfortunately, many stars have fallen victim to investment schemes in the past without doing the proper due diligence. However, an issue that is becoming even more prevalent is celebrities who use their influence and followings to promote securities, without including the proper disclosures, to unsuspecting fans and investors.  So, with the SEC cracking down on celebrities and companies, it’s important to know what you’re getting into when dealing with an investment opportunity tied to a celebrity endorsement.

 

Celebrity Endorsement and Investment Opportunities

 

The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy (OIEA) has warned investors not to make investment decisions based solely on celebrity endorsements. While celebrity endorsements exist for a wide variety of products and services, a celebrity endorsement does not mean that an investment is legitimate or appropriate for all investors. As the OIEA says, “It is never a good idea to make an investment decision just because someone famous says a product or service is a good investment.”

 

Celebrities can be lured into participating in a fraudulent scheme or be linked to products or services without their consent. According to the SEC, even if the endorsement and investment opportunity are genuine, the investment may not be good for you. Before investing, always do your research, including these steps:

 

  • Research the background, including registration or license status, of anyone recommending or selling an investment through the search tool on Investor.gov.
  • Learn about the company’s finances, organization, and business prospects by carefully reading any prospectus and the company’s latest financial reports, which may be available through the SEC’s EDGAR database.
  • Evaluate the investment’s potential costs and fees, risks, and benefits based on your personal investment goals, risk tolerance, investment horizon, net worth, existing investments and assets, debt, and tax considerations. 

 

Kim Kardashian and the SEC

 

The SEC’s announcement followed an investigation that found Kim Kardashian failed to disclose that she was paid $250,000 to publish a post on her Instagram account promoting EMAX tokens, a crypto asset security offered by a company called EthereumMax. The post contained a link to the EthereumMax website, which provided instructions for potential investors to purchase the tokens. Since the investigation, she has agreed to settle the charges and pay $1.26 million in cooperation. SEC Chair Gary Gensler noted that “investors are entitled to know whether the publicity of a security is unbiased,” and the SEC’s Director of Enforcement Gurbir S. Grewal added that “Ms. Kardashian’s case also serves as a reminder to celebrities and others that the law requires them to disclose to the public when and how much they are paid to promote investing in securities.”

 

This case highlights the need for transparency surrounding celebrity endorsements of investments. Federal securities laws are clear that any celebrity or other individual that promotes a security must disclose the nature, source, and amount of compensation they received in exchange for the promotion. Without this type of disclosure, investors cannot make informed investment decisions. The SEC’s investigation is ongoing, and it remains to be seen if any additional action will be taken in this case. This case serves as a reminder that celebrities and influencers are not above the law. When considering any investment opportunity, it is important to do your own research and consult with a financial advisor to ensure it is right for you. Be sure to ask questions and demand transparency if you are asked to invest in a security based on a celebrity endorsement.

KoreClient Spotlight: Consumer Cooperative Group

When it comes to real estate, most people think about buying and flipping properties for a quick profit. But what if you could buy a property, have the tenants already in place, and generate revenue from the time you acquired it? That’s what the Consumer Cooperative Group (CCG) is all about on a larger scale than individual properties. CCG is a cooperative of investors all across America who work together to purchase turnkey properties – including commercial, residential, and industrial – and generate revenue from the outset.

 

What makes CCG different from other real estate investment groups is its focus on education. “We don’t just tell you about our company; we also educate our investors at the same time because it is a requirement that our investors are not passive,” said CEO and Founder of CCG, Tanen Andrews. “There is a level of participation that we require from them because if they have equity they are part owners. So we require them to be active in what we are doing.”.

 

This focus on education means that CCG members are truly invested in the company and its success. “Cooperative members are the ones with the voting rights and the investors are the ones with no board voting rights but they have an opportunity to be a part of the membership to create multiple streams of income,” said Andrews. This allows for a two-way street of investment and education – both parties benefit from each other. But it’s not just about making money for CCG. They also want to make an impact on their local community. “Activating social events and making a change in a community are two separate things and we want to fund social aspirations that we want to see done and we want to be self-sufficient at the same time,” said Andrews. That’s why they focus on creating jobs as well as generating revenue.

 

“This is a multi-phase venture and the initial phase is the real estate. With Consumer Cooperative Group being a real estate cooperative, and we use that cooperative methodology to purchase real estate, pooling the funds of the people who could not traditionally invest in startup companies of this magnitude in exchange for equity,” said Andrews. “In addition to that, now we have access to go to Wall Street and directly list and provide liquidity for them on another level that they were never able to access,” said Andrews. 

 

Owning real estate is a great way to build wealth, but not everyone can or should assume the active duties of a landlord, and CCG takes that element out of it. With tenants already in the properties, they are already generating revenue from the time that they are acquired.”We can buy these turnkey properties and have something to build upon instead of building from scratch,” said Andrews. “Our business plan is wrapped around our community. We are thinking about the financial growth of our market so they can compete. That’s why I love KoreConX. KoreConX is a platform that can be used in conjunction with what we are doing to keep some type of sustainability of our growth and manage what we are doing as we progress to the next level,” said Andrews. CCG wants to make sure they are educating as they are progressing, they are trying to maximize what is already there and build upon that.

 

“We have a Reg A going through the process right now after we went Reg CF first. Most people have never heard of the JOBS Act and most are jumping into traditional capital raising platforms, and I feel that is confusing. What we try to do is focus specifically on the JOBS Act so that we can eventually qualify for listing. We do not want to just make investors and members but we also want to create real entrepreneurs, we want to show them how to create a real viable business and repeat the process,” said Andrews. CCG provides those who did not always have the opportunity the means to be a part of business ownership.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

How Much Can I Invest in a Company with RegCF?

As Regulation Crowdfunding offerings continue to grow in popularity, more and more investors are looking to get involved. RegCF gives investors the ability to invest smaller amounts of money into early-stage companies as non-accredited investors. This is why investors put $1.1 billion into RegCF offerings in 2021 and this is predicted to double in 2022. But what exactly is Regulation Crowdfunding? And how much can you invest in a RegCF offering?

 

Why Invest in RegCF?

Reg CF allows you to invest in some of the newest and most innovative companies. This is because early-stage startups often have a difficult time accessing traditional forms of funding, such as venture capital. Other offerings have fairly large minimum investment amounts, which non-accredited investors might have trouble affording (since this prime directive of investing is never to invest more than you can afford to lose). This traditional approach to capital raising meant that only wealthy investors could afford to participate.

 

Since RegCF is specifically set up around the crowdfunding paradigm, the minimum investment amount is more affordable to more people. This is why in 2021 over 540,000 investors put their money into over 1,500 Reg CF offerings, double the number of offerings in 2019 and 2020 combined. This showcases the clear and continued interest in this type of investment from the public.

 

Investing in a RegCF Raise

Regulation Crowdfunding is a process through which companies can offer and sell securities to the general public. This process was created by the JOBS Act, and it allows companies to raise up to $5 million per year from non-accredited investors. So what does this mean for investors? Well, basically, it means that you have the opportunity to invest in some of the newest and most exciting startups, even if you’re not an accredited investor. And while you can’t sell your shares for the first year, there are several other benefits of investing in a RegCF company, but you must be aware of how much you can invest before doing so. Because of the inherent risk of investing, the SEC has placed limits on how much nonaccredited investors can invest within any 12-month period.

 

In a 12-month period, nonaccredited investors are limited in the amount they can invest in a RegCF offering. This limit is based on the investor’s annual income or net worth, whichever is greater. If an investor’s annual income or net worth is less than $124,000, then the investor can invest up to the greater of $2,500 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. If both an investor’s annual income and net worth are more than $124,000, then the investor can invest up to 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greater. However, the total amount invested in RegCF offerings during a 12-month period cannot exceed $124,000.

 

Accredited investors have no limit to how much they can invest in RegCF offerings and are defined as individuals that meet at least one of the following criteria:

  • Annual income greater than $200,000 (or $300,000 with a spouse or spousal equivalent);
  • Net worth of over $1 million (with or without a spouse and excluding the value of the individual’s primary residence);
  • OR holds certain professional certifications, designations, or credentials in good standing, including a Series 7, 65, or 82 license.

 

Calculating Net Worth

To determine how much an individual can invest in securities through crowdfunding, it is vital to understand how Regulation Crowdfunding defines net worth. There are a few ways to calculate net worth, but the most common is to add up all your assets and subtract all your liabilities, according to the SEC. The value of an individual’s primary residence is not included in the calculation of their net worth, and neither is any loan against the residence up to its fair market value. Any increase in the loan amount in the 60 days before the purchase of securities will also be disregarded, to prevent artificially inflated net worth.

 

For joint calculations, you can also determine your combined net worth or annual income by adding your spouse’s income and assets to the calculation, even if the assets are not owned jointly. In these cases, the maximum investment cannot exceed that of an individual with the same net worth. 

 

Once you understand how much you can invest, the only thing left is to do your due diligence! You’ll want to review the provided disclosures so that you can get the full picture of the investment’s risk to ensure it aligns with your level of risk tolerance. 

Call Centers for RegA+

A call center can be extremely helpful for companies looking to raise capital through a Reg A+ offering. By having a dedicated call center, businesses can easily keep track of all the investors who are interested in their company and ensure that they are meeting all compliance requirements. Additionally, a call center can assist investors with forms. This can help to build trust with potential investors and increase the chances of a successful raise. 

For companies using RegA+, prioritizing compliance is essential for a successful offering; a non-compliant raises risks of SEC penalties. This can be a daunting task for companies, as there are many different regulations to keep track of, and some of these rules have implications for the call center. 

 

In this regard, the call center cannot act like a broker-dealer, which means they cannot sell securities. If the investor has questions about whether or not an offering would be a good investment decision, the call center cannot answer this. However, if the issuer noticed that a potential investor was filling out a form that was not completed, a call center could reach out and see if there was a technical or logistic issue that the investor was experiencing, such as where they could find a routing number or where to fill in other important information. 

 

Still, the call center can direct the investor to resources like the offering circular if they have questions about the investment and its risk. And if the issuer has placed a firm focus on compliance, the offering circular should be a significant source of information for investors to make their decision based on their risk tolerance.

 

A call center can also yield useful, practical information about the market, by noticing and reporting patterns about the sorts of questions clients are asking. Similarly, if there are trouble spots in an online application that are a source of confusion, the feedback from a call center can help to identify them and suggest improvements.

 

These are just a few of the ways a call center can be helpful in a company’s Reg A+ offering and beyond. We interviewed Sara Hanks for a KoreTalkX in which she mentioned the topic. Learn more here:

 

Is The Crypto Winter Over? Here’s What The Experts Say

Are you a crypto investor? The market for digital assets is growing by leaps and bounds every day. But is the crypto winter almost over? Oscar Jofre, CEO at KoreConX, is a blockchain expert, and he is weekly on Fintech.TV to share everything we need to know about crypto and digital assets. He knows all there is to know about this market and how it works, so you can be confident that you’re making the right investment decisions.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Live Retail

There are about 5.5 million businesses that operate in the U.S. under the license of a brand, typically franchises like McDonald’s or 7-11 and even real estate groups like Century 21. Because of the nature of the franchise, advertising must follow corporate guidelines and be pre-approved, a process that can be costly and time-consuming for franchisees. In addition, many small franchisees can be faced with budgetary constraints that make the process even more challenging.

 

Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of LiveTechnology Holdings, Wayne Reuvers, described the typical process: “Branded entities and businesses selling branded products account for about $133 billion in media spend every year in the US. If I’m a Nissan [dealership] and I want corporate to support me, I have to build the ads, I pay an agency a fortune, it goes through the approval process and most get rejected, and then it turns around and I can run the ad.”

 

This is where LiveRetail comes in. Offering a free platform for these businesses to easily create and run compliant ads, LiveRetail removes this barrier by helping franchise locations drive higher sales, beating industry benchmarks consistently. Each location benefits from personalized creatives and messaging to effectively reach the target audience.

 

“We’ve turned this entire model on its head. We built a technology that allows us to onboard an entire brand – all of their stores, the brand details, the brand guidelines, the color, the items they want to promote, and everything else – in under four hours”, said Reuvers. Once this process is complete, LiveRetail can easily build a campaign for all the entities, prebuilding an ad for every product using the platform’s CreativeMatrix feature. The ads, compliant with brand guidelines, are sent to local entities. The ads can be posted for free on social media or can be run as ads using the hyper-targeted campaign that LiveRetail develops.

 

“Those who manage or run a franchise, whether they’re an owner or an operator, do not have time to build ads and the cost of getting a local entity to build ads is $400 to $4,000 but they still need to be brand compliant. We get rid of that by providing all the ads free to the entity, ready to run, and they look more professional than hiring a local agency. We remove the biggest barrier to small to medium-sized advertising spend on the internet, which is the cost of producing ads,” said Reuvers.

 

Within two clicks, a franchisee can share an ad on social media platforms like Facebook. They also have the option to subscribe to weekly posts on social media or run the creative as a paid ad. Paid ads can be sent to a hyper-targeted audience, ensuring it is seen by people most interested in the product or service being advertised. This is a game-changer for local franchises.

 

The company is using RegCF to raise capital, and one of the most attractive aspects of the exemption was the number of small business owners and entrepreneurs who are investors. They hope to develop strong relationships with the company’s investors, who in turn have the potential to be powerful brand advocates.

 

Seeking to simplify the creative process behind marketing, LiveRetail is creating innovative technologies aimed at reducing the cost and brand compliance burden for small franchisees and other branded entities. In turn, this will help these businesses drive more traffic to their stores and generate business.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

 

Howey Test: What is it?

The Howey Test is a simple but important test used by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to determine whether an investment contract is a security. Whether you are an investor or a company offering a security, it’s vital to know about the Howey Test and how it applies to securities.

 

Utilizing the Howey Test

 

The Howey Test is used by the SEC to determine whether an investment contract is a security. The test is named after the Supreme Court case SEC v. W. J. Howey Co., which established the test in 1946. The Howey Test has three prongs:

 

  1. There is an investment of money
  2. There is a common enterprise
  3. There is an expectation of profits 

 

If all three prongs are met, then the investment contract is considered a security and is subject to securities regulations. The Howey Test is crucial because it helps to protect investors from fraud and scams. There are many different types of securities, such as stocks, bonds, and mutual funds, and each has its own set of rules and regulations. The Howey Test ensures that all securities offerings are legitimate and that investors are not being misled.

 

The Howey Test applies to any investment contract, whether it is for a physical asset, like a piece of real estate, or a financial asset, like a stock. For the Howey Test to apply, there must be an investment of money. This can be in the form of cash, property, or even services. The second prong of the test states that there must be a common enterprise. This means that the investment must be pooled together with other investors’ money to make a profit. The third prong says there must be an expectation of profits. This means that the investor is relying on someone else, such as a company’s management team, to make investments and profits.

 

The Howey Test is not necessarily a test you can pass or fail. It is one of several tests used in securities law to determine whether an instrument being offered is a security or not. Other tests can also be used, such as the Reves test. Which should be applied depends, as the SEC says, on the facts and circumstances. An instrument is only a security if it meets all three prongs of the Howey Test. 

 

Bringing it All Together

 

The Howey Test is a simple but vital test used by the SEC to determine whether an investment contract is a security. The test’s three prongs allow the SEC to evaluate different types of investments to see if they fit the definition of a security. The Howey Test is important because it protects investors from fraud and scams. Investors want to ensure they are not being misled and that the investments they are making are legitimate. The Howey Test is one way to help make sure that is the case. 

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Tech Chain Software

The trucking industry in the United States is a vital part of the economy, responsible for transporting trillions of dollars worth of goods each year. However, it is also an industry that has been plagued by inefficiencies and low productivity for many years. This is where Tech Chain Software and their ResQ TRX app come in, changing the game for truckers across the US.

 

The ResQ TRX app from Tech Chain Software is designed to help truckers be more efficient and productive, while also reducing downtime. It streamlines the entire repair process, allowing drivers, owners, and fleet managers to request and approve service, monitor vehicle and repair status, and send payments all through the app. This makes it easier and faster for truckers to get their trucks repaired, reducing downtime and helping the industry as a whole run more smoothly. By connecting trucking companies to dedicated services, ResQ TRX also provides new business to the service companies that keep America moving. This makes it a win-win for both truckers and the industry as a whole. Telha Ghanchi, the founder and CEO of Tech Chain Software, is passionate about helping and serving truckers, and ResQ TRX is his company’s way of doing just that.

 

As the owner of a small trucking company himself, he knows firsthand the pain that truck drivers and owners go through when a truck goes down. That’s why he created ResQ TRX, to make it an easier and more efficient process for all involved. From the smallest owner-operator to the largest fleets and logistics companies, ResQ TRX is changing the game for how trucking companies do business. The app helps truckers stay on the road by providing them with access to rescue trucks, mechanics, and other resources when they break down. Additionally, Reg CF benefits the company by allowing them to transform investors into brand ambassadors that truly believe in the company and its vision.

 

Mega carriers make up only a small fraction of the companies in the industry and have access to mega repair centers if their trucks break down. However, since the majority of the industry is made up of small businesses, they are often left relying on Google to find the help they need when their truck breaks down. And in remote places, especially in the US, you need to sometimes look miles away to find a mobile mechanic who can look at the project. Since many truck drivers don’t carry the cash on hand to pay for the services, payment is a significant issue at these times as well as the trust of not knowing the job that the person is going to do to fix your truck. 

 

“Every ten minutes you are late on a delivery it snowballs to how much the consumer pays. If you had three trucks and one of them breaks down you are losing 33% of your business,” said Ghanchi. With the trucking industry relying on invoices to be paid about 90 days after delivery, keeping operations afloat can be tricky when a truck is out of commission. This ultimately affects company owners, customers, and employees who rely on the shipment to be made on time.

 

As the market continues to grow, Ghanchi sees this as having a positive effect on truck drivers. A larger repair market will enhance repair service competition, allowing truck drivers to receive better repair pricing. Additionally, the company hopes to offer its debt function, with which the company will loan out the repair cost, allowing ResQ TRX to pay the mechanic and get the work done much faster to get back on the road instead of saving up money to fix this. This is one way they see they can make a huge impact on the industry. “If the truck is running the cash is rolling and they will have money to pay for [the loan],” said Ghanchi. “Our goal is to lower overall downtime in the trucking industry. We are also working with local trade schools to increase the capacity and mechanics of blue-collar workers. Mechanic shops can not take in more work without the resources so we are helping both sides, both the truckers to get their trucks back on the road quickly so they don’t go out of business and the mechanics so they can better serve this industry through ResQ TRX’s innovative solution.” 

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

What is the Role of FINRA?

When it comes to investment, there are a lot of things to think about. You want to make sure that you’re making smart decisions with your money, and that you’re not being taken advantage of. That’s where the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) comes in. FINRA is an independent regulator for securities firms, and its job is to make sure that all firms operate fairly and honestly, and that investors are protected–giving investors confidence in the legitimacy of their investment while holding securities companies to a high standard. Keep reading to learn more about the role of FINRA and how they help to protect investors.

 

What is FINRA?

 

FINRA is a not-for-profit regulatory organization authorized by the US Congress to protect investors. FINRA oversees all US-based securities firms and is considered the front line of defense when it comes to investor protection. FINRA’s rules and regulations ensure that all securities firms operate fairly and honestly and that investors are given the information they need to make informed investment decisions. Operating under the auspices of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), FINRA is the largest independent regulator for securities firms doing business in the United States.

 

Who does FINRA protect?

 

FINRA exists to protect investors, which means that they provide rules and regulations that apply to all securities firms to create a level playing field. They do this through a variety of means, including registration and licensing, monitoring and examining firms, conducting enforcement actions, and providing investor education. FINRA also offers assistance and support to investors who have been wronged by a securities firm. By educating investors about their rights and responsibilities when it comes to investing, FINRA helps protect them from being taken advantage of. In terms of security firms, FINRA’s job is to make sure they are adhering to all relevant rules and regulations, and that they are providing accurate and complete information to their investors.

 

Why is FINRA important?

 

FINRA plays an important role in the investment landscape by ensuring that all securities firms operate fairly and honestly. This helps to create trust between investors and the industry, which is essential for a thriving economy. In today’s day and age, with crowdfunding being available to accredited and non-accredited investors, FINRAs role is more important than ever. Giving peace of mind to investors is one of the most important roles that FINRA plays.

 

What is the role of FINRA as it relates to investment crowdfunding?

 

Investment crowdfunding is a relatively new phenomenon, and FINRA has been working to create rules and regulations that will protect investors while still allowing this innovative form of investing to flourish. The role of FINRA in investment crowdfunding is to protect investors by ensuring that issuers are providing accurate and complete information about their offerings, and that platforms are properly registered and compliant with all relevant rules and regulations. By doing so, FINRA is helping to create a safe and transparent environment for this growing industry.

 

One of the key issues that FINRA is concerned with is the disclosure of information by issuers, which is essential to ensuring that investors can make informed investment decisions. When it comes to Reg CF offerings, FINRA Rule 251(a)(3) requires issuers to file a Form C with the SEC before they can solicit investors. Form C must include information about the issuer, the offering, and the use of proceeds. In addition, all materials that are used to solicit investors must be filed with FINRA. These filings give FINRA the ability to review the offering and make sure that it is compliant with all applicable rules and regulations.

 

How Does Tech Allow People to Make Smaller Investments?

The world of technology has completely revolutionized the way we view investments–no longer do people need to invest large sums of money to have access to incredible investment opportunities. Through the use of online platforms and computerized transactions, people can now make smaller investments that still have the potential to provide generous returns. This change has made it possible for more people to invest in the private market and other forms of capital, thus democratizing the process and giving more people a chance to participate in the economy.

 

Making Investments Accessible

 

In the past, making investments usually required working with a financial advisor and entailed putting down large sums of money. This often puts investing out of reach for the average person. However, with the advent of online platforms, virtually anyone can now get started in investing with relatively little money. For example, Acorns is an app that rounds up your credit or debit card purchases to the nearest dollar and then invests that spare change into a portfolio of ETFs. In this way, users can invest without even realizing it, while simply making purchases as they normally would. This convenience is one of the main reasons why investing has become more popular in recent years. And, with JOBS Act regulations, nonaccredited investors can use technology to pool their money and invest in startups that were only accessible to the wealthy.

 

While VCs have been known to invest large sums of money into startups, there are now platforms that allow nonaccredited investors to get in on the action with as little as $100. This is made possible through the use of crowdfunding platforms such as WeFunder and Republic. These platforms give everyone a chance to support the businesses they believe in and potentially make a profit from their investment. 

 

Technology has also made it easier for people to keep track of their investments and monitor their portfolios. In the past, people had to rely on paper statements and manual calculations to track their progress. Now, numerous apps and websites offer real-time data and analysis of an investment portfolio. This makes it easy for investors to stay on top of their finances and make well-informed decisions about where to allocate their money.

 

A Technology-Driven Evolution

 

It is clear that technology has completely changed the landscape of investing. No longer do people need to have a lot of money to get started. With the click of a button, anyone can now invest in the stock market or support their favorite businesses through crowdfunding. This accessibility has democratized the process of making investments and given more people the opportunity to participate in the economy. In the past, only those with a lot of money could afford to invest. However, thanks to technology, that is no longer the case.

 

The changes that have been brought about by technology are sure to revolutionize the way we think about investments in the years to come even more than they have already. This not only benefits the common person who wants to invest their money but also smaller organizations and startups looking to raise capital. Through acts like Reg CF and Reg A+, businesses now have a better chance than ever before to get the funding they need from a wider pool of potential investors that are accredited and nonaccredited alike. This is all thanks to the power of technology and its ability to connect people from all over the world.

 

Thanks to technology, making investments has become more convenient and accessible than ever before. Whether you’re looking to invest a small amount of spare change or put together a portfolio of startups, there’s an online platform that can help you do it. This change from the past has democratized investing and given more people the opportunity to participate in the economy. In the years to come, we can only expect this trend to continue as technology continues to evolve.

 

Female Startups Are Outperforming Male Led Startups

It is no secret that the world of startups and entrepreneurship is male-dominated. From the early days of Silicon Valley to the present day, men have been the face of startups for the most part. However, this is slowly but surely changing. Women are starting to make their mark in the startup world and they are outperforming their male counterparts in several ways. One excellent measure of this change is that investments in startups that have at least one female founder outperform all-male-founded teams by 63%.

 

Successful Female Startups

 

One of the vital components of being a successful entrepreneur is the ability to grow a company. A recent survey showed that 32 percent of female-owned businesses are in active expansion mode compared to 27 percent of male-led businesses. In addition to being able to grow a company, female entrepreneurs are also more likely to focus on global opportunities. With only 2 percent of all venture capital (VC) funding globally directed towards female-founded startups, women are often forced to look beyond their domestic markets for opportunities. This global focus has led to female-founded startups outperforming their male counterparts when it comes to generating revenue from international markets.

 

Unicorns

 

Another area where female-founded startups are outperforming their male counterparts is in the number of unicorns being produced. A unicorn is a startup that has achieved a billion-dollar valuation. With 83 of 585 unicorn companies having women founders, female-founded startups make up 14.2% of all unicorns, showcasing the impressive returns that can be generated by investing in female-founded startups. Combined with women led-startups, in general, outperforming male-led startups one day we should be able to expect the same from unicorn companies as well.

 

Investment Returns

 

There are several reasons for this outperformance by female-founded startups. One of the key reasons is that women are often underestimated and have to work harder to prove themselves. This gives them a level of grit and determination that is essential for success in the startup world. In addition, women are often more risk-averse than men, leading to them making more calculated decisions when it comes to their business. This can lead to a number of benefits, including less money being wasted on frivolous pursuits and a greater focus on the bottom line.

 

One of the biggest challenges faced by entrepreneurs is access to capital. Women-led startups have historically had a harder time securing funding than their male counterparts. However, this is beginning to change as more and more investors are beginning to see the value in investing in female-founded startups. 

 

With female-founded startups outperforming male-founded startups in a number of key areas, including revenue growth, global expansion, and unicorn production, this showcases that women are not only capable of being successful entrepreneurs but that they are also a force to be reckoned with when it comes to generating returns for investors.

 

Partnership in the Private Markets: “Who Pays?”

Way back in March 2020, our values as a company were tested.  At the time, I began to write this blog post but with my schedule, I totally forgot to complete it. But, with recent events, I felt it was important to publish.

 

With companies in any sector, you are approached for partnership opportunities and in most cases, the partnership is a win-win when each company stays in its lanes.  When partnerships get really muddy is when there is a financial gain for one party at the expense of another or the clients they serve.

 

Our potential partner had a great service that we, as a company, were happy to send introductions to. After many meetings and demonstrations, the CEO reached out to discuss a partnership.  We provided an overview of our ecosystem, our governance standards, and our ethics, and explained that since its inception, our company has had no financial relationship with any of our KorePartners anywhere in the world. This did not stop this CEO from offering us an incentive to send their firm business, which we respectfully declined.  Our response was and remains: “We are happy that you provide this service, and we want you to provide the best service to our clients and all we ask in return is you take good care of them, and do your very best”.

 

The response was shocking:  “I can’t partner with a company that is not financially motivated to send me business”.  We respond, we understand that is how this business might have been done in the past but today it’s different for many reasons.

 

First, we are in a regulated sector. That means the securities regulators monitor all activities by Issuers (companies), Investors, Broker-Dealers, and Internediarities who are participating in a regulated offering for private companies.

 

As an example of how securities regulators monitor and catch those who try to circumvent the rules to get rich, on 30 September 2022 the SEC charged six individuals and two companies for a fraudulent scheme to promote securities in a RegA offering. Some of the charges were for failing to disclose precisely the kind of payment we declined to accept two years ago.

 

On 03 October 2022, the SEC charged influencer and celebrity Kim Kardashian for failing to disclose she was paid a fee to promote a cryptocurrency.  She was paid $250,000 USD to promote a company and the fine issued by the SEC was $1.26M and included a 3-year ban from promoting any crypto asset securities.  

 

You would think with these two SEC announcements, everyone would be reviewing their programs to make sure they are onside with regulators and more importantly, ethical and transparent to the clients we serve.

 

BUT NO!!!

 

On 07 October 2022, many of the Broker-Dealers and intermediaries were offered a carrot via email to be rewarded up to $13,000.00 USD by a provider if they brought them a client.  

 

So who actually pays these premiums?

 

The answer is very simple: the Client “Issuer (Company)”.  Make no mistake–it will be the client paying for this big incentive fee because it will ultimately come out of the proceeds of the raise. 

 

Will this fee be disclosed to the client?  Will both parties disclose their finders fee in this regulated transaction?

 

You may be thinking this is how it’s always been done, so why are we all spending so much time disrupting the current way things are?   

 

Because there is a better way.

 

We need to conduct ourselves the same way we are telling the current establishment that they should behave. Sometimes disruption of the old ways is good. New innovations (and the revival of some good old ones) are disrupting the world in so many areas, including banking, insurance, auto, and capital markets. The JOBS Act was aimed at democratizing capital, and a big part of this was making it safer for new investors

 

So let’s not stop with just how they operate; let’s also disrupt the way we conduct ourselves in operating our companies. Let’s strive always to conduct ourselves more ethically, more transparently, and always compliantly 

 

We at KoreConX never have and never will take any type of fees from anything, anyone, or any company for something we have not created.  We have many partnerships with companies that see how a relationship can be formed that becomes a win-win: the better they serve the clients we introduce to them, the better we look, and the more people will want to use our platform. Our clients need to know we’re serving their interests when we point them at a KorePartner, not sending them to the highest bidder for their business. 

 

Most of our KorePartners find this is actually to their own advantage; they know that when we recommend them to a client, it’s because they’re the best equipped to meet that particular client’s needs. 

Everyone wins when the client wins.

KoreClient Spotlight: Orion Capital

Orion Capital is a small holding company that specializes in connecting investors with unique investment opportunities. With a focus on the little guy, Orion Capital allows anyone with an appetite for investment to participate in deals they would never have had access to otherwise. With a wide network of seasoned professionals from a variety of backgrounds, Orion can provide expert advice and guidance for nearly any opportunity that comes their way. RegCF is allowing them to offer a vehicle to open up their experience to a wider audience, giving everyday people access to high-quality investments.

 

Eric Shampine, a founding partner of Orion Capital, has been working in the real estate and investment world for years. He is a strong believer in the power of small investments to create big returns. “If you can diversify your portfolio across hundreds of small investments, whatever it may be, it lowers the risk for you and you still get to play in that investment world,” said Shampine. Orion Capital offers investors just that opportunity. By pooling together small investments from a large number of people, they can create a diversified portfolio that minimizes risk while still providing exposure to high-growth investments.

 

One of the key advantages of Orion Capital’s strategy is tapping into a wide variety of different industries and investment strategies. With a large network of contacts, they can quickly identify and assess opportunities as they arise. “We have a lot of different contacts in different industries and we’re always on the lookout for new investment opportunities,” said Shampine. This allows them to be nimble and take advantage of opportunities as they come up, rather than being tied down to one particular strategy or asset class. “While it is a less formal structure it is a very wide net of experience that can be very specific for whatever we come across,” said Shampine.

 

Mainstreet Investing with RegCF

 

Orion Capital is always looking for new opportunities to invest and provide investors with exposure to high-quality investments to diversify their portfolios, and they are now exploring this with a RegCF raise. This raise will allow them to expand their reach and provide even more people with access to these types of investments. “With this latest RegCF raise, the funds are a combination of assets. Initially, we are looking for smaller balance real estate assets that will provide consistent cash flow for the dividend we will be paying out to the investors. As I am building this, that is the first base we want covered to protect our investors’ capital and preserve dividends. Once that core is built up, I will look to deploy capital in investments with slightly higher risk. A little more opportunity for equity growth and scale it up that way, but this is not a fund where I’m looking to have only one or two major investments,” said Shampine. By utilizing RegCF, Orion Capital can provide even more people with access to these types of investments. Through equity crowdfunding, smaller investors can invest for a smaller stake in an investment opportunity traditionally not available to them. 



The firm’s focus is on main street investments for main street investors. Multiple smaller assets diversify the risk; there are good investments to be made in things such as single-family homes, mortgage notes, mom & pop businesses, and other smaller investments people can relate to that provide equity growth and cash flow.

 

Regulation CF DisclaimerThis communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Over the Next Five Years, the Private Capital Market is Expected to Double

Over the past decade, fiscal stimulus and opportunities for liquidity have caused a surge within the private capital markets. Even though this year’s outlook is challenged by increasing borrowing costs and economies cooling, London-based research firm Preqin forecasts that the industry’s global assets under management will double to $18.3 trillion by the end of 2027, from $9.3 trillion currently. The study highlights how investors desire to seek alternative investment types in an economic environment characterized by uncertainties. While the first half of 2022 did see a fundraising drop in private capital by $337 billion from $495 billion in the same period last year. However, by 2023, private capital fundraising is expected to return to 2019 levels as the growing trend of private capital continues.

 

Private equity fundraising hit a record $561 billion in 2021, with North America leading the way, followed by Asia-Pacific and Europe, according to Preqin. According to McKinsey North America had about a 22% growth in private capital markets, compared to Europe with 17% and Asia with 13%. This means that for investors and companies raising capital, the US is a more attractive market than Europe and Asia and is a great place to market your private capital offering, notably through JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+ and Reg CF. 

 

Private markets have been able to continue to grow during this pandemic because of the growth in digitalization and the internet. This has allowed for a decrease in face-to-face interactions, which has made it easier for managers to connect with LPs, as well as an increase in online tools and resources. For example, many fund managers have started using online data rooms, which allow investors to access documents and due diligence materials remotely. In addition, online investor portals have become more popular, providing LPs with 24/7 access to information on their portfolios.

 

The study found that the average private equity fund size has increased over the past decade, while the number of first-time funds has declined. The report attributes this to the “maturing” of the industry and the rise of large institutional investors, which have become an increasingly important source of private capital. Institutional investors, such as pension funds, insurance companies, and endowments, are allocating more of their portfolios to private capital as they seek higher returns. Private markets have outperformed traditional public markets in recent years, but that outperformance is expected to moderate over the next decade. Preqin’s study predicts that private equity returns will net 7.6 percent annually between 2018 and 2027, compared to 6.4 percent for public markets.

 

According to Preqin, the interest in impact investing has also increased in recent years. The firm estimates that there are now more than 3,000 impact funds globally, with assets under management totaling $228 billion. In particular, environmental, social, and governance (ESG) considerations are becoming increasingly important to private capital investors. A majority of private capital firms say that they consider ESG factors when making investment decisions, and almost half of firms say that they have adopted policies or strategies specifically focused on impact investing. As the private capital markets continue to grow, firms need to consider how they can best position themselves to capitalize on this growth.

 

The private capital markets are expected to continue growing in the coming years, presenting a unique opportunity for raising capital. In addition, the growth of the private capital markets may lead to more regulation, as policymakers seek to mitigate risk and protect investors. Overall, the study provides a positive outlook for the private capital markets. For firms looking to take advantage of this growth, it’s vital to consider how they can best position themselves to capitalize on these opportunities. For investors, this means considering which private capital investment opportunities offer the best potential returns. But regardless of how the private capital markets evolve, one thing is clear: they are likely to play an increasingly important role in the global economy.

RegA and RegCF issuers: time to count your shareholders!

RegA and RegCF have been around for a few years now and we are finding that some of our clients, especially those that have made multiple offerings, are getting to the point where they need to consider the implications of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act, which requires companies to become registered with the SEC when they meet certain asset and investor number thresholds.

Let’s start with the requirements of Section 12(g). It says that if, on the last day of its fiscal year, an issuer has assets of $10 million and a class of equity securities held of record by either 2,000 persons or 500 persons who are not accredited investors, it has to register that class of securities with the SEC.

Drilling down on each of those elements:

  • Assets: This is gross, not net, and it will include any cash that a company has raised in an offering but not spent yet.
  • Class of equity securities: Issuers with multiple series of preferred stock or multiple series in a series LLC will need to talk to their lawyers about what constitutes a separate “class.”
  • Held of record: Brokers or custodians holding in “street name” count as a single holder of record. Crowdfunding SPVs created under the SEC’s new rules also count as one holder, and as discussed below, there are special, conditional, rules for counting Reg A and Reg CF investors.  But check with your lawyers whether you need to “look through” SPVs formed for the purpose of investing in Reg D offerings.
  • Accredited status: Issuers are probably going to have to make assumptions as to the accredited status of their investors unless they maintain that information separately, and assume investors in Reg D offerings are accredited, and investors in Reg A and Reg CF offerings are not.
  • Registering a class of securities in effect means filing a registration statement with all relevant information about the company and becoming a fully-reporting company. This includes PCAOB audits, quarterly filings, proxy statements, more extensive disclosure and all-round more expensive legal and accounting support.

Since becoming a fully-reporting company is not feasible for early-stage companies, both Reg A and Reg CF are covered by conditional exemptions from the requirements of Section 12(g). The conditions for each are different.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities originally issued in Reg A offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company has made all the periodic filings required of a Reg A company (Forms 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U);
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It does not have a public float (equity securities held by non-affiliates multiplied by trading price) of $75m, or if no public trading, had revenues of less than $50m in the most recent year.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities issued in Reg CF offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company is current in its annual filing (Form C-AR) requirements;
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It has total assets of less than $25m at the end of the most recent fiscal year.

It’s important that the issuer’s transfer agent keep accurate records of which exemption securities were issued under, even when they are transferred. As of March 15, 2021, Reg CF also allows the use of “crowdfunding vehicles”, a particular kind of SPV with specific requirements for control, fees, and rights of the SPV in order to put all of the investors in a Reg CF offering into one holder of record. This is not available for Reg A, and still comes with administrative requirements, which may make use of a transfer agent still practical.

If an issuer goes beyond the asset or public float requirements of its applicable conditional exemption, it will be eligible for a two-year transition period before it is required to register its securities with the SEC. However, if an issuer violates the conditional exemption by not being current in periodic reporting requirements, including filing a report late, then the transition period terminates immediately, requiring registration with the SEC within 120 days after the date on which the issuer’s late report was due to be filed.

It’s good discipline for companies who have made a few exempt offerings and had some success in their business to consider, on a regular basis, counting their assets and their shareholders and assess whether they may be about to lose one or both of the conditional exemptions and whether they need to plan for becoming a public reporting company.

 

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. You can view the original post here.

KoreClient Spotlight: Budding Technologies

Budding Technologies, Inc. is looking to change the cannabis industry with innovative technology and the use of blockchain through its product, Budbo.

 

The Budbo ecosystem consists of three unique products; Budbo App, Budbo Connect, and BudboTrax. Together, these touch all aspects of the cannabis industry from growers and product manufacturers to dispensaries and consumers.

 

The Budbo App features a patent-pending technology that allows cannabis users to log into the application and enter some demographic data that is then used to make suggestions on strains and products of cannabis that would be best for the user. Users are also rewarded for providing this data with cryptocurrency tokens that can be spent on merchandise or accepted by dispensaries. With this technology, new users can feel more confident in choosing the strains and products that would be best for them based on data like their weight, gender, and experience level. After answering several questions on a 1-10 scale, the algorithm can make these suggestions. Pick-up and delivery options are available to consumers with an easy-to-use interface.

 

For dispensaries, growers, and product manufacturers, Budbo Connect enables them to access the data provided by Budbo customers and other third-party APIs. In the Connect dashboard, companies can keep product information up to date so that it can be found by the most appropriate customer. In turn, companies can see what types of products are popular or sought after by cannabis users in their region. With companies able to tailor their inventory to what customers are looking for, they can reduce waste, increase sales, and find the right product manufacturers for these products.

 

Lastly, BudboTrax, is a supply chain management system built on blockchain technology that gives users the ability to track products and lab results so that they can know exactly where their product comes from and if it meets the quality standards that they are looking for. This feature allows cannabis users to be confident in the product by providing much-needed clear visibility into the chain of custody of the cannabis plant and subsequent product.

 

Working together, these three elements create a robust suite of tools to empower the cannabis industry and to serve cannabis users with access to the safest and best product available.

 

To aid in the company’s growth, Budding Technologies, Inc. is using Regulation Crowdfunding to raise funds for their company. “We chose the Reg CF as the vehicle because it’s a grass-roots way to raise capital that is for everybody, and we feel cannabis and our technology is for everybody. What makes the Reg CF so great, is that it allows anyone interested in Budbo, cannabis, and blockchain, to have the opportunity to invest in Budbo and get involved with the company,” said Luke Patterson, the company’s CEO.

 

Budbo is an innovative company that is changing the way the cannabis industry works. With their use of blockchain technology, they are helping customers verify the quality of the products being sold while also giving businesses valuable data about what products are being used in their area and users on what cannabis is right for them.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

What You Should Know About 2-Factor Authentication

In today’s world, we are more connected than ever before. We rely on technology to keep us connected with friends and family, to keep us up-to-date on the latest news, to help us stay productive at work, and to even make investment decisions. But as we all know, with great power comes great responsibility. And, as we become more reliant on technology, the risk of our data being compromised also increases. To protect our data, we need to use security measures such as two-factor authentication (2FA), which aims to prevent identity theft, fraud, and other malicious activity.

 

What is Two-Factor Authentication?

 

Two-factor authentication (2FA) is an additional layer of security that can be used to protect your data. It works by requiring two forms of authentication to access an account or system. The first form of authentication is typically something that the user knows, such as a password or the answer to a security question. The second form of authentication is usually something that the user has, such as a phone or a credit card. The second form can even be more complex, like a fingerprint used to unlock a phone.

 

Why is Two-Factor Authentication Important?

 

Two-factor authentication is important because it helps to protect our data by making it more difficult for hackers to gain access to our accounts. By requiring two forms of authentication, 2FA makes it much harder for hackers to guess or force their way into an account. In addition, even if a hacker can obtain one form of authentication, such as a password, they still would not be able to access the account without the second form of authentication. 2FA is also important when it comes to compliance–keeping accounts secure from fraudulent transactions minimizes the risk to companies raising capital with JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

How Does KoreID Help to Secure User Data?

 

2FA becomes incredibly important when dealing with sensitive data, like an investor’s financial information. With KoreID, trusted intermediaries like SEC-registered funding platforms or FINRA-registered broker-dealers can allow investors to use one set of login credentials to populate forms with the investor’s verified data. This enables investors to invest and reinvest more smoothly and 2FA helps to secure their sensitive information.

 

By using KoreID, investors can take advantage of the increased security that two-factor authentication provides. Two-factor authentication is an important tool that can be used to help protect your data. In today’s world, we need to do everything we can to protect our data and 2FA is one of the best ways to do that by making it more difficult for hackers to gain access to your accounts.

 

Biden to pardon all federal offenses of simple marijuana possession – Breaking News

As the decriminalizing of marijuana is being extensively debated across the world, President Joe Biden just took his first major step in this direction. Biden announced all prior federal offenses of simple marijuana possession to be pardoned. This act will affect directly the record of thousands of Americans charged with what was once considered a crime.

In a video release, Biden stated that “It’s legal in many states, and criminal records for marijuana possession have led to needless barriers to employment, housing, and educational opportunities”. According to CNN, the Department of Health and Human Services and Attorney General Merrick Garland has been assigned to review how marijuana is scheduled under federal law, in what could be another step toward a federal legalization. Read more at CNN.com.

Rafael Gonçalves, communications coordinator at KoreConX, and Brian MacDonald, Managing Director at Arcview Capital, debated the topic in a KoreTalkX episode just a couple of minutes after the breaking news. You can listen to it in your favorite podcast player, such as Spotify, iTunes and Amazon Music.

Cannabis Consumers’ Home Growth Increases Worldwide

As marijuana becomes increasingly legalized all over the world, an interesting trend is developing–an increase in the home-growing of the plant. This can be seen in the US, Canada, and Europe, with more people taking up this activity to ensure they have access to safe, high-quality cannabis, especially in more rural areas where access to dispensaries is limited. Keep reading to learn about what the rise in homegrown means for the global cannabis industry.

 

Global Home-growing Trends

 

Cannabis consumers are growing their own plants at home more frequently worldwide, as laws surrounding cannabis production and consumption continue to change. In Luxembourg, people 18 years or older will now be allowed to grow up to four cannabis plants in their homes, making it the third country in the world to legalize this activity, after Uruguay and Canada. This new legislation is intended to address the problem of drug-related crime by introducing fundamental changes in Luxembourg’s approach to recreational cannabis use.

 

The decision by the small but financially powerful European country to legalize the production and consumption of the drug is a milestone on the continent, which has been slower to adopt more liberal cannabis laws. Consumption will only be legal within the household, although fines for the possession of a maximum of three grams in public will be reduced considerably from current amounts.

 

In the United States, you can grow cannabis for medical or recreational purposes in 19 states. The rules vary by state, but generally, you are allowed to grow a certain number of plants, and the plants must be at a certain maturity level. For example, in Massachusetts, you are allowed to grow up to six plants, and only three of those plants can be mature. In California, you are allowed to grow up to 25 plants, regardless of maturity level. This increased demand for home growing in the US can be seen because of the numerous benefits it offers. Home-grown cannabis is typically cheaper than store-bought cannabis, and it also allows for more customization and control over the product. With store-bought cannabis, you are at the mercy of the growers and manufacturers, but when you grow your own, you can choose exactly what goes into your product. You can also grow unique strains that may not be available at your local dispensary, just a few reasons why home-grown cannabis has risen in popularity across the globe.

 

In Canada, where recreational cannabis was legalized in 2018, there is a growing trend of cannabis cultivation in people’s homes. This trend can be seen as an effort by consumers to have more control over the quality and price of the product they are buying. In general, when a product is legalized, there is often a surge in demand for that product. The legal status of cannabis has done nothing to slow this trend. As recreational cannabis has become legal in Canada, 10% of the country’s cannabis users grow it at home, according to the National Cannabis Survey (NCS) of 2019. This showcases how there is an increasing demand among cannabis users to be able to grow their own.

 

Creating Business Opportunities

 

With homegrown cannabis becoming more popular, businesses are taking notice and looking for ways to get in on the action. The JOBS Act regulations provide an opportunity for companies to connect with small investors and raise capital through crowdfunding. By using these regulations, companies can crowd-fund their business ventures related to cannabis home-growing. This includes businesses that sell products or services that help people grow cannabis at home or companies that invest in the cannabis home-growing industry.

 

The JOBS Act regulations have been a boon for small businesses and startups, and the cannabis industry is no exception. These regulations have opened up a new avenue of investment for companies involved in the cannabis home-growing industry. By connecting with small investors through crowdfunding, these businesses can raise the capital they need to grow and expand their operations. With global cannabis sales projected to skyrocket, now is the time for businesses to get involved in the home-growing market.

 

SEC Charges Eight in Scheme to Fraudulently Promote Securities Offerings

On September 30, 2022, the SEC announced charges against 8 CEOs and CFOs for fraudulently promoting Regulation A+ securities offerings.  The companies named by the SEC include Elegance Brands Inc. (now Sway Energy Corp.), Emerald Health Pharmaceuticals Inc., Hightimes Holding Corp., and Cloudastructure Inc.

 

This is not a good day for those who flout the rules, but we are glad the SEC has taken decisive action.  Reg A+ is gaining great momentum in the marketplace and this type of scrutiny by the SEC is necessary to keep it clean.

 

There are so many great companies and intermediaries working hard and being compliant. This only reminds us that we must continue to be diligent and keep our eyes open so that no further damage happens in the private markets.

 

It is not enough for the broker-dealers of record to simply do KYC ID verification; you also need to keep asking the hard questions.

 

If you are an IA firm,   you are creating and delivering the branding, messaging, and content through stories, videos, blogs, webinars, etc.  Each of these activities has far-reaching regulatory consequences. You can’t just simply do whatever they tell you to do; you too must be diligent in ensuring that you are telling the truth on their behalf. 

 

We turn down clients daily because we don’t compromise our ethics, and we only operate with full compliance to all regulations..  

 

There are only two ways to operate in this world:

  • Compliantly, ethically, legally
  • Non-Compliantly, unethically, illegally, and cutting corners

 

The choice is clear.

 

Capital-raising cannot be done by only the Issuer. This caution applies to all the following participants:

  • Issuer (Management, Board Directors)
  • Investors
  • Shareholders
  • Lawyers
  • Auditors
  • FINRA Broker-Dealers
  • Investor Acquisition Firms (Marketing Firms)
  • Call Centers (Boiler Rooms)
  • Transfer Agents
  • Issuance Technology Providers
  • Funding Platforms
  • Research Providers
  • Offering Aggregators
  • Investor Relations
  • Public Relations 

 

If you see any kind of questionable behavior, exercise caution and if necessary, let the SEC know.

 

SEC News Release 30 September 2022

https://www.sec.gov/litigation/litreleases/2022/lr25541.htm

 

Stay tuned for more updates from the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Fist Assist

Fist Assist Devices, LLC, a medical device company from Las Vegas, NV, is on a mission to increase and improve arm circulation around the world. As the brainchild of Dr. Tej Singh, a vascular, endovascular, and vascular access surgeon trained at Stanford University Hospital, First Assist aims to solve a common problem he saw in many patients needing focal arm circulation benefits. Currently, the Fist Assist is an FDA 510k Authorized, minimally invasive device that a patient would wear on their arms to increase focal arm blood flow and relieve pain. However, the company had also been designated  Breakthrough Device status by the FDA for potential arm vein dilation to assist the renal failure community (Formal FDA submission pending for this Indication ).

 

“Throughout my surgical training, first at the University of Chicago, then at Sanford University, I always thought there had to be a way to make a wearable device that could help patients with their veins, especially on the arms. The basic science, clinical science, and exercise science were all there. When we’re looking at arm veins, we’re thinking of patients who need those veins for their medical care, whether it’s for IV placement, chemotherapy access, or possible dialysis access. Arm veins are really important,” said Dr. Singh, CEO and Founder of Fist Assist. In one study, it was reported that 59.3% of highly complex patients exhibit difficult venous access, meaning that for these patients, who may have heart disease, liver failure, diabetes, or other chronic conditions, healthcare providers often have difficulty when attempting to start an IV or draw blood. This often causes pain and discomfort for the patient, as multiple attempts are often required before it can be successful. 

 

“Right now patients have limited choices to improve arm circulation. If they need a medical procedure and it requires access to their arm veins, they’re at the mercy of whatever arm veins they have that distend. If someone is active and they exercise, they probably have decent veins, but if someone doesn’t have good arm veins, there was nothing out there to help them except a compression ball,'” Dr. Singh added. He continues: “Our device is a battery-operated pneumatic focal compression device that you wear below your shoulder or elbow. It gives intermittent compression to your arm up to a pressure of 60 mmHg and can be worn for 1-2 hours a day to increase circulation and decrease present and future pain in your arm in America. In the rest of the world, it can do vein dilation and help with vascular access based on regulatory approvals,” said Dr. Singh.

 

Fist Assist is currently raising capital through RegCF to finance its future FDA submissions and commercialize its product and expand its availability through direct-to-consumer, direct-to-business, and direct to big box stores. The company is excited about its crowdfunding and its upcoming FDA submissions which Will allow more patients to have this device. Outside of the US, the device has been granted CE Mark and approved to sell in Europe, Canada, Australia, and India as an arm massager, a vein dilation device, and to assist dialysis.

 

Dr. Singh said “After being designated as an FDA Breakthrough for potential vein dilation to renal failure patients in December 2021,  we need to formally show the FDA the complete dataset for eventual DeNovo authorization for the renal failure community. If we clear the final FDA hurdles, one day these wearable devices will be marketed to increase arm vein size to help renal failure patients receive better care, meaning they’re able to get a fistula or get better dialysis because they have a better arm vein. That hopefully will translate into significant changes to the way physicians treat and care for renal failure patients with better outcomes and fewer costs. Helping the global community for improved arm blood circulation is our important Mission and its important”, added Dr. Singh

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Best Practices for Shareholder Management

Shareholder management is a critical part of any company, but it can be especially daunting for those who have recently completed a RegA+ or RegCF offering. When you welcome so many new shareholders on board, it’s important to have a plan in place for how you will manage them to ensure a positive relationship. Thankfully, shareholder management can be streamlined with the right tools and communication strategy.

 

Shareholders have a vested interest in how your company performs. They will want to know about the company’s progress, financial information, or future plans, and they have a right to be kept in the loop. Unhappy shareholders may spread negative word-of-mouth about your company, which could hamper your ability to raise additional funds in the future. Additionally, if shareholders feel like they are in the dark about what’s going on with your company, they may choose to sell their shares, which could hurt your stock price. Thus, it is important to have a shareholder management plan in place to ensure that you are maintaining strong relationships with your shareholders. So, what does this look like in practice?

 

Continuous Improvement

 

A company’s first step should be to accurately evaluate its investor relations performance, with the analysis serving as a benchmark. While share price, analyst ratings, and price-to-earnings ratios provide some measure of a company’s ability to meet shareholder needs, they don’t provide much information about other dimensions of the investor relations function, such as the cost of operating the investor relations department or the quality of investor relations communication channels. It is important to establish an objective assessment of such things because ongoing monitoring of these metrics and the overall investor relations strategy can help to identify areas for improvement

 

Regular Communication

 

One of the most important things you can do to manage shareholders is to maintain regular communication with them. This can be done in many ways, such as through email, webinars, podcasts, or blogs. No matter what method you choose, it’s important to keep shareholders updated on your progress and answer any questions they might have. This will show them that you value their investment and are committed to keeping them informed.

 

Use Shareholder Management Tools

 

Another important tip for shareholder management is to use shareholder management tools, such as the shareholder management solution from KoreConX. This platform provides many features and benefits, such as the ability to keep shareholder documents like earnings reports secure and engage shareholders with portfolio management tools that allow them to see detailed information about their investments. Such tools eliminate the hassle of traditional mail and increase the ease of access for shareholders

 

Establish Expectations

 

When welcoming new shareholders on board, it’s important to set expectations from the start. Shareholders should know what kind of communication they can expect from the company and how often they will receive updates. It’s also important to let shareholders know what information will be shared with them and what will remain confidential. By setting clear expectations from the beginning, you can avoid misunderstandings and build trust with shareholders.

 

Seek Feedback

 

Another important tip for shareholder management is to seek feedback from shareholders regularly. This can be done through surveys, focus groups, or one-on-one interviews. Shareholders will appreciate being asked for their opinions and it can help you identify any areas where you need to improve your communication or management strategy. Feedback from shareholders may also be a great source of ideas for marketing, new or improved products, or other recommendations that will positively affect your business.

 

Be Transparent

 

Finally, it’s important to be transparent with shareholders about the company’s progress, financial information, and future plans. It’s easy to communicate good news, but a transparent company will ensure even the bad news is accurately conveyed to investors in a timely manner. Shareholders need to have confidence in your company–you don’t get that by denying the existence of problems, but by showing that you are proactive in (ideally) preventing them, identifying them, and solving or mitigating them. In some cases, it might make some sense to put on a rosy public face to the public but shareholders aren’t outsiders; they’re owners. This will show them that you’re committed to keeping them informed and help build trust between the company and its shareholders.

 

By following these tips, you can streamline shareholder management and build strong relationships with shareholders. With the right tools and communication strategy in place, you can ensure that shareholders are kept up-to-date on your progress and that their expectations are managed effectively. As a result, everyone remains on the same page, which can lead to a more efficient and cohesive shareholder management strategy, improve shareholder relations, and lead to a more successful enterprise.

 

Why RegCF Offerings Fail

Before the JOBS Act, companies in the private capital market had very few options to raise the capital they needed to grow. Many sought venture capital, which has an unfortunately low success rate. On average, fewer than 6.5% of small businesses succeed with this funding route.  In contrast, 60% of companies using RegCF have enjoyed success using the JOBS Act exemption, which offers issuers a way to crowdfund and get their mission across to more investors. Still, 40% of the companies turning to RegCF are unable to find success. So what goes wrong? 

 

There are several reasons why companies fail at RegCF offerings, but the most common reason is a lack of commitment. This can manifest itself in a few different ways, failure to comply with regulations, a failure to budget appropriately, or failure to market appropriately. Let’s take a closer look at each of these reasons.

 

Complying with Regulations

 

One of the most important aspects of a RegCF offering is compliance with SEC regulations. These regulations are designed to protect investors and ensure that companies are providing accurate information about their business and the risks involved in investing. Cutting corners is not a solution to save time and money; failing to comply can jeopardize the raise altogether. Failing to comply with regulatory requirements can result in harsh consequences if undergoing an audit or raise the risk of being sued by an investor. Compliance requires a wholehearted commitment to the regulations from day one to protect the company in the long term and raise the likelihood of a successful raise.

 

Budgeting Appropriately

 

Another critical aspect of a RegCF offering is budgeting appropriately for the costs associated with the offering. These costs can include legal fees, accounting fees, and marketing expenses. Without a proper budget, companies may find themselves unable to cover all the necessary expenses and being forced to cut corners to make ends meet. Creating an appropriate budget helps to ensure that there is an adequate amount of funding to market the offering, engage with the right professionals, and adhere to regulatory requirements without making sacrifices.

 

Marketing the Offering

 

Without investors, a RegCF raise cannot be successful. This requires issuers to market their offering in a way that attracts the most appropriate investors. For RegCF, companies can take advantage of affinity marketing to bring in potential investors that align with the company’s values and mission. This can do more than creating shareholders, it can build brand ambassadors who are equally as passionate about what you’re building.

 

How to Avoid These Pitfalls

 

The best way to avoid these pitfalls is to commit to the process from start to finish. This means being willing to invest the time and resources necessary, complying with regulations, budgeting appropriately for the offering, and assembling a team of experienced professionals. While this cannot guarantee success, it gives companies a significant advantage over those who are not committed to the capital raising process. By being willing to invest the time and resources necessary, companies can increase their chances of success and avoid the pitfalls that have led to the failure of other RegCF offerings.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: FirstString

As father and son, Barry and Tyler Jones share a common goal of revolutionizing the job-seeking and hiring process. Together they founded FirstString, a career technology company that aims to reimagine the hiring process for collegiate athletes, to nurture the next generation of leaders in the workforce. FirstString was founded with the belief that an individual’s skills and professional assets go far deeper than a paper-thin resumé.

 

Barry Jones is a US Army veteran with over 20 years of experience in sales and business development. When he transitioned to civilian life and the corporate world, he first joined pharmaceutical giant Johnson & Johnston. Seeking to use his creativity to help businesses grow, Barry moved on to work with startup biotechnology companies. After working with startups for over a decade, Barry sought to apply his knowledge to the field of executive recruiting. However, he immediately realized there was something wrong with the way recruiting worked and decided to create an application that would be more efficient for all involved. “The recruiting industry is stuck in the 1990s, it’s so inefficient. I started to develop a mobile application; I had this vision of how it could work and how it could really make the recruiting system much more fair and efficient for everyone involved. Everybody wins,” said Barry of his motivation. 

 

At the same time that Barry was working as a recruiter, Tyler was a student at the University of Georgia, where he was a Division-1 collegiate athlete, running track and cross country. Through his years as a scholarship athlete and team captain, Tyler learned the importance of hard work, consistency, teamwork, discipline, and leadership. But, like many of the 480,000 other collegiate athletes across the US, the dedication toward athletic performance often leaves little time for meaningful summer jobs or internships that fill out a college grad’s resumé when applying to their first post-college job. “Their resumés are so thin, they can’t even compete with someone they sat next to in their chemistry class that got to do summer jobs or internships that lasted months,” added Barry.

 

“By the time I walked across the stage to receive my degree, I was still competing. People would ask me, ‘what are you going to do now?’ I would tell them I didn’t know because I didn’t have the time to really figure it out yet, I had been competing,” said Tyler. Post-graduation, Tyler jumped on the first job offer he received from a wealth management firm. “In the interview, they make it sound like it’s sunshine and rainbows. Quite frankly, I jumped the gun. I didn’t know what to expect or how to negotiate and the right questions to ask. I realized very quickly that being bolted behind a desk just wasn’t for me but I didn’t want to feel like a quitter so I stuck it through,” he added. And, as COVID-19 became a factor, Tyler experienced firsthand what it was like to feel exposed and helpless in a competitive job market. 

 

Having experienced the challenges of the hiring and job-seeking market, Barry and Tyler realized that many qualified and overlooked student-athlete candidates have extraordinary talents and passions for their work, so they worked to develop a system that would enable new college graduates to win job interviews far outside of their experience level but within their skill level. Together, their mission is to help college athletes identify the right career trajectory so that they can build fulfilling and rewarding careers.

 

As Tyler and Barry began to build FirstString, they had the opportunity to make a difference in people’s lives, and show that there is so much more to a job candidate than what is on their resumé. FirstString is the first mobile application that enables college athletes to connect, find jobs and internships, and train for success after college. 

 

With FirstString, employers can post jobs and internships and search for qualified candidates. Candidates can create a profile with a video introduction, skills, experiences, and references. This allows employers to get to know the candidate before even meeting them. It makes the hiring process more efficient by removing the outdated paper resumé and allowing student-athletes to display the leadership ability and other skills they bring to the table, even if they don’t have as much employment experience as some. 

 

The pair had several large investors in their app that they ultimately turned down because of unfavorable terms. However, having received significant interest in the app from day one from everyday people, the father-son team feels RegCF can be a very powerful capital-raising tool for them. This ability to find investors who are equally as passionate about their mission highlights what the JOBS Act is all about. With RegCF, they can offer equity in FirstString to anyone, not just wealthy accredited investors.

 

Barry and Tyler Jones are changing the game when it comes to job seeking and hiring for student-athletes. With FirstString, they are providing a platform for athletes to connect and find jobs. This is just the beginning for the Jones duo and their goal of easing the transition for college athletes from school to employment.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Global Cannabis Sales are Projected to Skyrocket

Cannabis has been legalized for both medicinal and recreational use in many states, and this is only expected to increase the demand for the product. Experts believe that the cannabis market will continue to grow as more states legalize it and that by the end of 2026, the global industry will be worth $57 billion. This growth is being driven by many factors, including the changing attitudes towards cannabis, the increasing number of people who are using it for medicinal purposes, and the fact that it is now being sold in more places than ever before.

 

Changing Views on Cannabis Globally

One of the biggest drivers of this growth is the changing attitude towards cannabis. In the past, it was seen as a dangerous drug with no medicinal value. However, over the last few years, there has been a shift in public opinion. More and more people are now beginning to see cannabis as a potential medication, and this is reflected in its legality. In certain states in the US, such as Colorado and Washington, cannabis is now legal for both medicinal and recreational use. This change in attitude is also being seen in other parts of the world. In Canada, cannabis was legalized for medicinal use in 2001, and it became legal for recreational use in 2018. This has had a positive effect on the growth of the industry, as it has made it more socially acceptable. 

 

The changing attitude towards cannabis is not the only factor driving growth; the increasing use of cannabis for medicinal purposes is also having an impact. In the past, cannabis was mostly used to treat pain, but it is now being used to treat a wide range of conditions, such as anxiety, and depression. This is likely because more research is being carried out into the potential medicinal benefits of cannabis. As a result of this research, the number of people using cannabis for medicinal purposes is increasing. In Canada, the number of people with a medical cannabis license increased from just over 5,000 in 2001 to over 300,000 in 2018. This increase is also being seen in other parts of the world, such as Australia and the United States.

 

The final factor driving the growth of the cannabis market is the increasing availability of the product. With cannabis sold in legal dispensaries, this has made it more accessible to people who want to use it, and it has also made it safer, as the product is regulated. In addition, there are now many different types of cannabis products available, which appeals to a wider consumer base.

 

Industry Growth in the US

The growth of cannabis sales in the United States is projected to be a significant contributor to overall global growth. By 2026, US cannabis sales are estimated to reach $42 billion, making up 75% of the global market. This steady growth is attributed to new markets opening in states where cannabis has been legalized for adult use. And, major markets like New Jersey legalized adult use of cannabis this year, and New York is expected to follow, which would bring the number of legal states to 33. These new markets are expected to generate an additional $5 billion in sales by 2026. Medical cannabis sales have also seen a steady increase, although at a slower rate than adult-use sales.

 

Expanding Capital Access for Cannabis Companies

 

Just as the cannabis market is expected to grow, cannabis companies also have the opportunity to take advantage of the growing private capital market. For cannabis companies who often have difficulty seeking traditional funding, there are a growing number of investors looking to invest in private capital through the JOBS Act exemptions, like RegA+ and RegCF. This market is expected to grow to $30 billion by 2030, which gives cannabis companies an excellent opportunity to seek the funding needed to fuel their growth. 

If you aren’t current in your Reg A reporting, you could still be violating securities laws even if qualified by the SEC

It’s 1-SA filing season again for Regulation A filers, and time to make some observations about the consequences of not filing.

We have encountered more than three companies in the last three months that have not filed all (or in one case, any) of their ongoing filings, and yet have requalified their offerings or qualified new offerings. This is a problem.

Let’s start with the ongoing reporting requirements. Assuming a Reg A filer has a December year-end, under Rule 257 it has to file its annual Form 1-K by April 30 and its semi-annual 1-SA by September 28 (subject to adjustments for leap years and weekends). It may also need to file “current” reports on Form 1-U. We’ve posted previously about what to do if you miss these deadlines.*

Rule 251 says the exemption for offers and sales under Regulation A is available for companies that have made all the filings required under Rule 257 for the last two years.

If an issuer makes offers and sales supposedly under Regulation A while it is not in compliance with Rule 257, those offers and sales are not made in compliance with Regulation A and unless the issuer can fit them into another exemption from registration (unlikely), the issuer has made unregistered sales of securities in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act and those sales are subject to rescission (having to buy the securities back).

“Hold on a minute,” our non-compliant companies might say, “we might have missed making these filings, but we filed a new Regulation A offering on Form 1-A or a PQA and the SEC qualified us, so they must reckon our filings are in order, yes?”

Nope.

Older securities lawyers among us (maybe it’s just me these days) will remember the “Tandy” language that we used to have to put in effectiveness or qualification requests. That says, in effect, that just because the SEC says you are ok to proceed with your offering, it doesn’t mean it can’t come after you later for some issue with your filing. While we don’t have to put that language in qualification requests anymore, that is still the SEC’s position, and they remind us that the issuer is responsible for the adequacy of its filings “notwithstanding any review, comments, action or absence of action by the staff”. Moreover, on any Reg A filing, right there on the cover, we have the mandated statement:

THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

So no, the SEC qualifying your offering does not mean that anyone has signed off on the adequacy of your filing history. (I wish they would, but that’s not what that “QUALIF” posted on EDGAR means).

Issuers, before filing PQAs or new 1-As, check that you are up to date with your ongoing reporting. Brokers and lawyers, you are gatekeepers, so I don’t know how you think you are meeting your professional responsibilities if you don’t check an issuer’s filing history before making those filings. That should be at the top of your due diligence list.

 

 

*If an offering is open for over a year, the issuer also has to file post-qualification amendments (“PQAs”) to its filing to add its ongoing disclosure to the offering circular, but that’s a topic for a future blog post.

 

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. You can view the original post here.

Digital Securities That Help You Navigate the Web Safely

The internet is often difficult to navigate. On one hand, many wonderful resources can be found for educational purposes, you can connect and communicate with anyone anywhere in the world, and new ways to manage financial investments are accessible at the tip of our fingers. But on the other hand, it can sometimes be difficult to determine the legitimacy of a website or investment opportunity. Fortunately, digital securities are changing the way these transactions are carried out, introducing new levels of transparency and trust when implemented correctly

 

Navigating the Web Safely

 

Some features that help people navigate the web safely include things like two-factor authentication (2FA) or blockchain-based identity management systems. 2FA is a critical security measure requiring users to provide two forms of identification to log into their accounts. This can be something like a password and a fingerprint or a one-time code that is sent to your phone. Blockchain-based identity management systems work similarly, but instead of using passwords, they use cryptographic keys that are stored on a blockchain. This makes it impossible for hackers to access your account unless they have your private key. Both solutions are important for ensuring that only the account holder can access the account. These tools also make it more difficult for hackers to steal your identity by masquerading as you online. By using 2FA or a blockchain-based identity management system, you can help navigate the web safely and protect your online information.

 

Digital securities are an essential part of the digital economy, and KoreConX is committed to making them more accessible and easy to use. Our KoreID feature is just one example of how we are innovating in the realm of digital securities. With KoreID, investors can easily and safely provide their information to regulated platforms. As a result, the need for investors to fill out the same information, again and again, is eliminated, saving them time and hassle. With this digital security innovation, when investors are making investments through JOBS Act exemptions, they are less susceptible to fraud. And for issuers, the KoreID gives them peace of mind knowing that they can easily prove that they are in good standing with FINRA and registered funding portals. Digital securities are an essential part of the digital economy, and KoreConX is committed to making them more accessible, safe, and easy to use.

 

Benefiting from the Innovation of KoreID

 

KoreID is a digital securities innovation that allows investors to navigate the web safely. The feature is an all-in-one platform that reduces the friction of investors spending time filling forms with the same data repeatedly. Users are allowed to provide certified information with one single click, facilitating a smoother investment or reinvestment. This also reduces the known issues in compliance that broker-dealers face when users “fat finger” their information, accidentally misentering their information. 

 

The KoreID is a blockchain-based digital identity that is stored on the user’s device and can be used to log in to any site that accepts KoreID. The user’s data is kept secure and only shared with sites that the user has authorized. KoreID is convenient, safe, and easy to use, making it the ideal solution for investors who want to navigate the web safely. Only verified, regulated participants can be allowed to add the KoreID, giving investors peace of mind and allowing companies to easily maintain compliance efforts.

 

Private Equity is Seeing Potential in the Healthcare Industry

As the healthcare landscape continues to change rapidly, private equity firms are taking note and getting involved in the healthcare sector. Private equity firms are now the owners of a growing number of physician groups in the U.S. A study published in JAMA Health Forum suggests that these private-equity-owned practices are linked to increased healthcare spending and patient utilization. The study found that private-equity-owned practices showed a consistent rise in spending through eight quarters after an acquisition, with the average charge per claim increasing 20% and the average allowed amount per claim up 11%. The private equity acquired practices saw visits by new patients increase by 38% and total visit volume rise by 16%, compared to the control group, with a 9.4% increase in the share of office visits for established patients that were billed as longer than 30 minutes.

 

While it’s still unclear why private equity-owned practices are associated with higher spending, one possibility is that private equity firms could be making significant changes in terms of management, operating hours, or improved branding and referrals. Private equity firms typically seek annual returns exceeding 20%, so they need to generate higher revenue or reduce costs. 

 

Why Private Equity for Physicians and Healthcare Companies?

 

Given the current state of the healthcare industry, it’s no surprise that private equity firms are taking an interest in physician groups and the healthcare industry as a whole. In recent years, we’ve seen a rapid increase in the cost of healthcare, and this trend is likely to continue. At the same time, the Affordable Care Act has put pressure on hospitals and physicians to provide high-quality care at a lower cost. As a result, many physician groups are struggling to remain profitable. Private equity firms can provide the capital and resources that these physician groups need to survive and thrive in this landscape. 

 

For those in the general healthcare field, private equity creates a rise in new inventions and treatments for the medical field that can save and improve lives. New companies are constantly being born from the minds of those with interests in improving healthcare. These people have ideas to make treatments more affordable or to create new ones altogether and even design technology that improves the processes of those working in healthcare. However, they are often restricted by a lack of funding. That is where private equity comes in to play an important role in expanding the industry. This type of investment allows these new companies to have the start-up capital they need to succeed. In return, the investors are rewarded with a return on their investment if the company goes public or is sold, all while helping fund a medical solution that can help others.

 

We’re beginning to see private funding options, like those outlined by the JOBS Act, be utilized by medtech companies. However, will physician groups also explore this route as well opposed to traditional private equity funding?

 

Regardless, one thing is clear. Private equity-owned physician groups continue to grow, it will directly impact the care patients receive. Do these groups raise their prices to generate a return for the private equity firm or cut costs and pass that on to the patient? While there are some concerns about how these firms will impact healthcare spending, it’s still too early to tell. We’ll need to wait and see how things play out before we can make any definitive conclusions. 

 

With the availability of the JOBS Act, capital-raising organizations can now seek out new investors and gain the resources they need to grow and compete in this rapidly changing landscape privately. By empowering themselves through education, healthcare practices can stay ahead of the curve, avoid common mistakes and pitfalls, and position themselves for success when raising private capital. 

 

You can view recaps from the recent KoreSummit event on raising capital for Medtech companies to learn more about how healthcare and life science-based companies can utilize the JOBS Act exemptions.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Stenergy

When Samuel and Leyla Butero decided to start their own business, they knew they had to offer a product that would make a difference in people’s lives, and with Stenergy, they hope to do just that. Stenergy is a health and wellness company that manufactures GluCora, a natural supplement that supports healthy glucose metabolism, and has received approval from Health Canada, the Canadian equivalent of the US Food and Drug Administration. In this recent interview, Samuel and Leyla shared their story of entrepreneurship and why they chose to do a Regulation CF campaign for their business.

 

Working as consultants for EastGate Biotech, a Canadian pharmaceutical company that creates insulin drug delivery technologies for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, Samuel and Leyla discovered GluCora, a product the pharmaceutical company had decided not to focus on while it developed its core product lines. Leyla, who has long struggled with blood sugar levels, saw the potential of the product and the couple negotiated a licensing agreement with EastGate to be the exclusive manufacturer and distributor of GluCora in the US, Canada, and Central and South America, with first rights to the rest of the world. 

 

The active ingredient of GluCora is the Banaba plant, native to Southeast Asia and known as the crepe myrtle tree in the US. Banaba produces corosolic acid and has demonstrated the ability to improve the metabolism of glucose. The plant has been used for hundreds of years in traditional medicines, but GluCora makes it available in a product that has been approved by the Canadian health regulatory agency and that is available over the counter. Samuel said: “That it’s been shown to be effective and do what it says it’s going to do is really important and we feel that sets us apart from a lot of other natural supplements. We’re not paying a doctor to do an infomercial and say that it works. That’s a very common marketing gimmick, in our opinion, that a lot of supplements use. Health Canada is a third-party, objective health agency from a country that is widely respected for healthcare.”

 

For both Samuel and Leyla, the journey with GluCora has been deeply personal. When Leyla was pregnant with the couple’s first daughter, doctors would tell her that she had high blood sugar, despite avoiding foods that would cause this. They felt an intense stigma–as soon as a doctor saw Leyla’s weight, the doctor would attribute it to poor eating habits and no exercise, even though that was an inaccurate assumption. “We started to do our due diligence and our research and felt that this was something experienced by a lot of women that were having this same issue. Doctors weren’t hearing them,” said Samuel. “With our second daughter, I gained 90 pounds, I had gestational diabetes, and I could not control the weight. No matter what I did, the weight was just coming on,” added Leyla. Additional issues continued post-partum and she sought the help of her doctor, who, unfortunately, was not listening to the concerns that Leyla expressed. “No one would hear me.” 

 

It was at this point that the couple discovered GluCora. “Leyla started taking GluCora and within two weeks, lost 14 pounds,” said Samuel. She was feeling better and had more energy, and the couple realized that bringing GluCora to market was something they would have to do themselves. “I had been doing side hustles before that was even a word,” Samuel said of their journey to become entrepreneurs. “I had also worked in venture capital and private equity for some time, so I knew what it took to put a business together. The number one thing I always noticed from the successes versus failures was that successful businesses have a revenue-generating product or service that is scalable and works. That’s what we feel we’ve discovered in GluCora. We know there’s demand out there from people who have no place to turn to.”

 

To further expand the company, Stenergy has opted to raise capital under the Regulation CF exemption. “The biggest attraction to Regulation CF was visibility and building an ecosystem of not only investors but potential consumers, giving a way to legitimately raise money and work with our investors who are not only excited about the company but a product that could change so many people’s lives,” Samuel finished.

 

By utilizing Reg CF, organizations like Stenergy can bring their product to market quickly and efficiently while interacting with their potential consumers. This provides a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs like Samuel and Leyla Butero to connect with their target market and get the funding they need to bring their products to life.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

The Growth of Online Startup Investments

Investments in online startups have been growing rapidly in recent years, and the trend is expected to continue well into the future, with the number of online startup deals growing nearly 10% in 2022, according to KingsCrowd. This growth can be attributed to several factors, including the increasing popularity of crowdfunding platforms and the decline in venture capital funding.

 

Why the Popularity Surge?

 

Online startup investing offers many advantages over traditional venture capital funding. For one, it’s much easier to get involved. Platforms like Wefunder and SeedInvest make it simple for anyone to invest in private companies. And because these platforms are online-only, there’s no need to travel or attend tedious meetings. Additionally, online startup investing is much more democratic than traditional venture capital funding. Anyone with a computer or smartphone can participate, which opens up investment opportunities to a much wider audience. With startups being able to grow online instead of requiring a physical presence, this migration to digital-only investing was inevitable.

 

Online startup investing is much less risky than traditional venture capital funding. In most cases, startups that raise money through crowdfunding are already well on their way to becoming successful businesses. This means that investors are far more likely to see a return on their investment. Overall, online startup investing is a great way for retail investors to get exposure to high-quality investment opportunities. With the right platform, getting started is easy, and there’s no need to be a financial expert. So if you’re looking for a way to get involved in the tech industry, online startup investing is definitely worth considering. 

 

Growth in Online Startups

 

With the occurrence of the pandemic and the rise of social distancing, there was a dramatic increase in the number of people working from home. This migration to digital-only workforces has been a boon for online startups. With more people working remotely, there’s been a surge in demand for products and services that can be delivered digitally. And as more and more of these startups pop up, it’s no surprise that online startup investments have been on the rise.

 

Interestingly, this trend appears to be here to stay. Even as some companies are beginning to allow employees to return to the office, many are opting to continue working from home permanently. This is good news for online startups, as they can continue to count on strong demand for their products and services. So if you’re thinking about investing in online startups, now is a great time to get started.

 

What’s Next?

 

With crowdfunding platforms reporting an increase in the amount of fundraising done, sometimes as much as double in the first four months of 2022, this method of startup funding is likely here to stay. This rise in online investing has given everyday Americans the chance to get in on the action and invest in some of the most innovative companies in the world. And as the overall economy continues to struggle, it is expected we’ll see even more companies turning to online crowdfunding platforms to raise money. So if you’re looking for a way to invest in the future, online startup investing is definitely something you should consider. With the right platform, it’s easy to get started, and there’s the potential to see significant returns on your investment. And for startups, this is a great way to raise money and show your company to a larger audience online.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Brent Fawson, COO of Facible

Working at Facible, Brent Fawson believes that the company is poised to leave a lasting impact on lives around the world by making medical diagnostic testing more accessible. We sat down with Brent and talked to him about the medical industry, his company, and capital raising in the medical field.

Q: Tell me a little more about your company. How do you impact the Medtech space and the customers you serve?

A: Facible Diagnostics is a diagnostics company that uses our revolutionary Q-LAAD technology to take hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. Legacy diagnostic technologies often require a tradeoff between speed, accuracy, and ease of use. Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, and don’t require complex machinery so they can be run outside of a hospital laboratory making hospital-grade diagnostic testing available anywhere. It’s ideal for underserved and rural areas, urgent cares, physician’s offices or even the home.

Q: What excites you most about your industry?

A: I think with the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, we have all seen the limitations with some of the legacy technology platforms. To have a revolutionary technology at the forefront of the industry is very exciting. I feel we are just scratching the surface of understanding and using medical data to improve our lives. There are companies out there, like Apple, that are beginning to use this data for research purposes. We can create richer data sets to understand and address big challenges we all face. With the COVID crisis, we have all seen not only current deficiencies in diagnostics, but also an unprecedented investment at the same time which will work to improve our lives.

Q: How do you see the LSI MedTech event having an impact on your company?

A: We are really excited to meet with like-minded people who understand the value a company like Facible can bring to the world through their partnership. We have a unique vision to offer investors and partners and love to collaborate and explore the endless possibilities of where our technology can go.

Q: Now that your company will be using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see this helping your company?

A: A startup like Facible is always at risk of choosing the wrong funding pathway. Biotechnology development is expensive and it’s easy to start chasing money to keep the company going. You then run the risk of partnering with investors with different goals, objectives, and understanding of how best to use the funds provided.  We feel that because our technology is so revolutionary, we want to see our vision realized and Regulation A+ is the best path toward making that happen. This also is a great way to allow people that have supported us all along to finally be able to invest in our future.

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ places such a vital role in expanding access to capital for medical companies?

A: Right now, there are very traditional ways to raise money. It’s such a well-worn path, it’s great to have these other alternate options out there and understand them. As we started looking at Reg A+ a couple of months ago, we knew nothing about it. It’s vital that entrepreneurs understand all of their options for capital to allow their company to be as successful as possible. Along with that, Reg A+ is so new that there are not many people that really understand how it works. It’s only through talking to people like Oscar (CEO, President, KoreConX) and Doug (Senior Principle, Regulation D Resources) that we have been able to understand it.

Q: What effect do you think Reg A can have on Medtech companies in general?

A: Medtech development is expensive. For a small company who has great ambition, amazing science, but few institutional connections it can be nearly impossible to fund a company. To have access to a broader capital market allows us to sell our vision directly to investors that understand and appreciate the impact that these emerging technologies can provide.

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: You must have a good plan. You need to be willing to test your ideas with the right people so that you understand what value to bring. Make sure you are surrounding yourself with people who are willing to be critical. I have seen many companies try to move without fully vetting their vision. And beyond that, really try to understand what it’s going to take to bring your product to market. It’s an expensive and challenging process so make sure you go in with your eyes wide open.

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Labor Day: Democratization and Opportunities to Create Jobs

The growth in Regulation A+ and Regulation CF offerings fuels entrepreneurship and job growth in the United States. Since 2016, there have been over 4,600 capital offerings utilizing Reg A+ or CF, with over $500 million raised in 2021 alone. This capital helps companies grow, create jobs, and positively impact their local communities. Crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups successfully using this method.

 

Crowdfunded Capital and Democratization

 

When businesses utilize crowdfunding, they can access a much larger customer base, allowing them to have a more significant impact on their local communities. it is particularly well-suited for getting loyal customers, employees, suppliers, and other stakeholders to become investors in your company. Crowdfunding enables the democratization of the private capital market by giving these parties an opportunity to participate in the investment process, something that has not been practical before with traditional investing. For many companies, this unlocks a powerful opportunity and  42% of raises reach their goal in 3 days. 

 

Creating Job Opportunities

 

With over $1 billion in capital raised through Reg CF at an average of $1.3 million per raise, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities in the form of spending and jobs. An estimated $2.5 billion went into local communities from crowdfunded companies in 2021 alone, with money changing hands as much as six times before leaving the local economy. This demonstrates how crowdfunding directly impacts many communities across the country. It brings money to a community by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 industries. That number is expected to grow as the private market continues to expand. 

 

Crowdfunding allows all types of businesses to access the capital they need to grow and create jobs through Reg A+ and Reg CF. Between 2000 and 2019,  small businesses created 10.5 million US jobs, while large companies only created 5.6 million, according to 2020 data from the US Small Business Administration. This highlights the importance of small businesses within the economy. However, many small businesses have not traditionally had the same access to capital as large ones. This changed with the JOBS Act, increasing the availability of capital for these small businesses and leveling the playing field. As these companies continue to receive capital from the JOBS Act exemptions, the economy continues to benefit from the democratization of capital. 

 

It’s not only the number of jobs that are important but also the quality of those positions. Good jobs lead to a better living standard. When people have good jobs, they can afford to make purchases, give their children better access to education, access healthcare whenever needed, and many other positive benefits for these individuals. At the same time, they support businesses within their community, which helps those grow as well. A strong economy also attracts business investment from other parts of the country and the world. All of these factors lead to more jobs, and the cycle continues.

 

Investing in the Future

 

The expansion of crowdfunding presents opportunities for anyone interested in becoming an investor, with a chance to get in on the ground floor of the next big thing, while also supporting businesses and creating jobs. It’s a win-win for everyone involved, and it all starts with the democratization of capital. When you invest in a company through crowdfunding, you can invest in your community. The money that is raised through these offerings stays local, and as the businesses grow, they pump even more money back into the economy.

 

Crowdfunding is an excellent way to support businesses and create jobs, but it’s also a great way to invest in the future. With the industry expected to continue to grow, now is the time to get involved. With opportunities for everyone, from accredited to retail investors, there has never been a better time to get involved in the democratization of capital. So this Labor Day, remember that when you support businesses through crowdfunding, you also help create jobs and create a brighter economic future.

 

The SEC Can Stop Your Regulation A Offering At Any Time

The SEC has two powerful tools to stop your Regulation A offering anytime.

Rule 258

Rule 258 allows the SEC to immediately suspend an offering if

  • The exemption under Regulation A is not available; or
  • Any of the terms, conditions, or requirements of Regulation A have not been complied with; or
  • The offering statement, any sales or solicitation of interest material, or any report filed pursuant to Rule 257 contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; or
  • The offering involves fraud or other violations of section 17 of the Securities Act of 1933; or
  • Something happened after filing an offering statement that would have made Regulation A unavailable had it occurred before filing; or
  • Anyone specified in Rule 262(a) (the list of potential bad actors) has been indicted for certain crimes; or
  • Proceedings have begun that could cause someone on that list to be a bad actor; or
  • The issuer has failed to cooperate with an investigation.

If the SEC suspends an offering under Rule 258, the issuer can appeal for a hearing – with the SEC – but the suspension remains in effect. In addition, at any time after the hearing, the SEC can make the suspension permanent.

Rule 258 gives the SEC enormous discretion. For example, the SEC may theoretically terminate a Regulation A offering if the issuer fails to file a single report or files late. And while there’s lots of room for good-faith disagreement as to whether an offering statement or advertisement failed to state a material fact, Rule 258 gives the SEC the power to decide.

Don’t worry, you might think, Rule 260 provides that an “insignificant” deviation will not result in the loss of the Regulation A exemption. Think again: Rule 260(c) states, “This provision provides no relief or protection from a proceeding under Rule 258.”

Rule 262(a)(7)

Rule 262(a)(7) is even more dangerous than Rule 258.

Rule 258 allows the SEC to suspend a Regulation A offering if the SEC concludes that something is wrong. Rule 262(a)(7), on the other hand, allows for suspension if the issuer or any of its principals is “the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a. . . . suspension order should be issued.”

That’s right: Rule 262(a)(7) allows the SEC to suspend an offering merely by investigating whether the offer should be suspended.

Effect on Regulation D

Suppose the SEC suspends a Regulation A offering under either Rule 258 or Rule 262(a)(7). In that case, the issuer is automatically a “bad actor” under Rule 506(d)(1)(vii), meaning it can’t use Regulation D to raise capital, either.

In some ways, it makes sense that the SEC can suspend a Regulation A offering easily because the SEC’s approval was needed in the first place. But not so with Regulation D, and especially not so with a suspension under Rule 262(a)(7). In that case, the issuer is prevented from using Regulation D – an exemption that does not require SEC approval – simply because the SEC is investigating whether it’s done something wrong. That seems. . . .wrong.

Conclusion

As all six readers of this blog know, I think the SEC has done a spectacular job with Crowdfunding. But what the SEC giveth the SEC can taketh away. I hope the SEC will use discretion exercising its substantial power under Rule 258 and Rule 262(a)(7).

 

This post was written by KorePartner Mark Roderick and the original post can be found here. Mr. Roderick is an attorney at Lex Nova Law, where he leads the firm’s Crowdfunding and Fintech practice. He writes a widely-read blog at CrowdfundingAttorney.com and is a featured speaker at Crowdfunding and Fintech events across the country, including New York, Texas, Chicago, and Silicon Valley. Mark is one of the most prominent Crowdfunding and Fintech lawyers in the United States. He represents portals, issuers, and others across the country and around the world.

KoreClient Spotlight: Notarized.com

Notarized.com is a company that provides on-demand traveling notary services nationwide to businesses and individuals, as well as offering remote online notarization services in a convenient and secure way to sign documents online. Their system is encrypted with the highest level of security, and all documents are certified and legally enforceable. Recently we spoke with Notarized.com CEO Omar Kubba about the company and what they hope to accomplish with their RegCF offering.

 

With a passionate team, Notarized.com wants to change how people view closings. Streamlining the notary order process, Notarized.com makes it easy for busy people to find a notary, schedule an appointment and get the job done quickly. Notarized.com also offers a cloud-based notary solution that is convenient and easy to use for scheduling a remote online notarization. This process protects your confidential information and electronic signature with encryption and offers a legally binding document. Customers can sign documents electronically from anywhere in the world at any time, or they can schedule a traveling notary on demand to come to them, documents in hand. 

 

A remote online notarization solution allows the entire document signing process to be seamlessly conducted in the cloud, eliminating paper, hassles, and wasted time while saving money. This is an excellent solution for title companies, independent escrows, real estate professionals, lenders, and attorneys.

 

Omar Kubba founded Notarized.com in December 2016. As a second-generation title professional with over 20 years of sales experience in the title insurance industry, Omar is a multiple award-winning sales executive ranked in the top 1% of title professionals in the nation. “My firsthand experience in the industry highlighted inefficiencies that could be solved with a signing solution. I started the company to create a better process,” said Kubba. Notarized.com has been entirely self-funded since its inception in 2016. Notarized.com only began the journey of capital raising because they have an extensive plan to expand the company to serve their clients better. “Because of what we were trying to offer, we decided to raise capital to bring that dream to fruition,” said Omar.

 

In the future, Notarized.com aims to expand its product and service offerings to clients, increasing the number of verticals it operates under. In their roadmap is a complete overhaul of the online notarization experience to include a sophisticated, innovative, and revolutionary remote, online notarization platform, and mobile app, a secure e-signature solution, nationwide deed preparation software engine, a Notarized.com certified training program for notaries, and a contract lifecycle management (CLM) platform that empowers users to manage every stage of business contracts, among other additions to its suite of capabilities. 

 

To help achieve these goals and facilitate the capital raising process, Notarized.com has contracted 21st Century Capital to guide them through the process of capital growth. With 20+ years of capital experience, 21st Century Capital has a track record of delivering results to the companies they work with. 

 

Notarized.com has chosen to raise the capital for its expansion via the crowdfunding provisions of the JOBS Act and is using the KoreConX All-In-One Platform. “Notarized.com has an opportunity to present itself to a huge group of worldwide investors and let these people get in on the ground floor. While I still raise capital the traditional way, [RegCF] has changed my way of thinking about raising capital,” said David Bernard, Notarized.com advisor.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Crowdfunding Platforms Pose a Significant Opportunity for Global Investors

Across the world, there are an estimated 4.7 billion people with the means to invest in the private capital market. While this may be a rough estimate, it provides a good starting point for understanding the reach of potential investors worldwide. And, thanks to the rise of online crowdfunding platforms, it is easier than ever for these potential investors to make their investments. Through these platforms, both retail and accredited investors can invest small sums of money in startups looking to raise capital through the JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

This can be risky, but it can also be very rewarding if the startup is successful. The general principle of investment risk is to never invest more than you can afford to lose. But, with smaller individual investors, people who can only afford to lose a little are no longer excluded from these opportunities. However, any reputable equity crowdfunding platform has strict compliance standards that ensure that the companies being funded are legitimate and compliant with all securities laws, thus, reducing some risks to the investors. When both funding portals and issuers adhere to all compliance requirements, the risks of losing money to fraud or incompetence. Still, investors must keep in mind that regulations are unable to protect them from changes in the market.

 

The Landscape of Funding Platforms

 

In the United States, there are over 70 FINRA-regulated crowdfunding platforms that companies can choose to utilize for their offerings. Being a FINRA-registered platform ensures that funding portals are following FINRA regulatory oversight and reporting requirements, introducing a layer of protection for investors against fraud. Before choosing to invest, potential investors should check with FINRA to ensure the funding portal is regulated

 

Equity crowdfunding is a relatively new phenomenon, but it has already impacted the startup ecosystem and companies have already raised more than $1 billion using RegCF alone since the JOBS Act was enacted in 2012. By allowing companies to raise capital without an IPO while allowing investors to leverage the power of the Internet to capitalize on up-and-coming companies, everybody wins.

In 2021 alone, equity crowdfunding raised over $500 million for companies. This means that businesses have a wide range of short- and long-term investment sources to choose from seeking capital to grow and support their business objectives. With equity crowdfunding, various industries can benefit from improved access to capital, while investors can prosper from getting in with a company on the ground floor.

Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit Takes Places October 19th-21st in NYC

If you’re an investor, cannabis company, or industry specialist looking to make connections in the legal cannabis industry, the upcoming Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit is not to be missed. Taking place in New York City from October 19th-21st, this event will bring together some of the biggest names in the business for three days of networking and learning. Arcview has been a trusted global leader in the cannabis industry for years, and this event is highly anticipated. This summit offers investors, companies, and entrepreneurs unparalleled access to top regulators and an opportunity to pitch their businesses to a panel of expert judges in hopes of winning investment funding. Attendees can expect two days of engaging main stage content, workshops, and panels on topics such as capital raising, company valuations, and opportunities in the cannabis market. 

 

Arcview serves the hemp and cannabis industry, with a keen focus on investing, education, and networking. Approximately 60% of attendees are expected to be investors in public cannabis companies, private equity funds, accredited individual capital, and more. Another 30% of the audience is expected to be cannabis companies in various niches with company valuations ranging from $2m to $200m, while the rest are expected to be industry specialists. 

 

The cannabis investment summit is an excellent event to attend for many reasons. For starters, it gives investors an opportunity to learn more about the industry and explore potential investment opportunities. Additionally, it’s a great opportunity to network with other like-minded individuals and make connections that could prove to be beneficial down the road. Whether you are in the industry or just looking to invest, this three-day event will have something for you. The event will take place at Convene, located at 45th and Park Ave in Manhattan. It will start with a reception on October 19th and continue into two full days of highly curated content, speeches, and even a field trip.

 

Come network with some of the biggest names in the business, learn from top regulators, or pitch your businesses to a panel of expert judges. If you want to make connections and do business in the legal cannabis industry, this event is for you! You can register now here.

KoreClient Spotlight: Durable Energy

Durable Energy is on a mission to expand access to renewable energy and electric vehicle (EV) charging across the country. Partnered with  dealerships, parts companies, and other key service providers in the automotive industry, Durable Energy is decentralizing energy so everyone can have access to clean energy and offset their utility bills. We recently spoke with Xavone Charles and Anastasia Rivodeaux about the mission of Durable Energy and how Reg CF is helping them get there. 

 

Improving EV Infrastructure with Durable Energy

 

Currently, 60.8% of all electricity in the US is generated from fossil fuels. The output of this electricity production is 1.55 billion metric tons of carbon dioxide, which contributes significantly to global climate change. Renewable energy only accounts for 20.1% of the total energy produced, in part because of its perceived cost.  So increasing the accessibility and affordability of renewable energy sources can help to make renewables more competitive, thus reducing reliance on carbon-heavy sources. That’s the vision of Durable Energy, a company dedicated to transitioning the way we live, starting with EV.

 

Durable Energy believes in a 3 step plan to achieve its goal of energy decentralization:

 

  1. They are focusing on creating more renewable energy-powered EV charging stations in the nation, not only in the city but in rural locations and at businesses like dealerships. This will help increase the number of EVs on the road and provide people with a place to charge their vehicles when they are away from home.
  2. They are working to offset the amount of energy produced by solar so that it can be stored and used when the sun isn’t shining. This will help to make renewable energy more reliable and allow it to be used even when, and where, the weather isn’t cooperating. While southwestern states may have an abundance of sunlight, with this technology, that energy can be stored and transferred to the East Coast, where they have more of a need for it.
  3. Hydrogen systems are the future of cars and homes. By focusing on hydrogen fuel cells, Durable Energy will be able to provide a clean and renewable source of energy that can power both homes and vehicles. This will help to reduce reliance on fossil fuels as well as help reduce emissions from cars and trucks.

 

Changing EV with Reg CF

 

With Durable Energy, any dealership can open its own charging facility for private and public use. People could pay for a membership to have a certain amount of energy per month. “We are a part of a global transition. Everyone in the renewable energy space is trying to figure out how to tackle this large hurdle. Through Regulation CF, the end users who benefit from this technology can be a part of this as well,” said Xavone Charles from Durable Energy.

 

Through RegCF, Durable Energy can connect with the end user who will be using these products, enabling them to become early investors in the very infrastructure that they will utilize. “The existing grid is pretty much a monopoly. We’re building the new grid, the new infrastructure, and the new principles, and we want people to be a part of it. Our goal is to make EV transition in the US possible,” said Anastasia Rivodeaux of Durable Energy.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Opportunities to Invest in the Private Capital Market

The private equity market is rapidly growing, fueled by expansions to the JOBS Act exemptions in 2021. By 2030, the private capital market is anticipated to grow to a total value of $30 billion. This is largely driven by more companies seeing the potential in regulated crowdfunding through RegA+ and RegCF, and the rising interest of retail investors looking to move into the private space. Plus, research has shown that there is nearly $5 trillion in uninvested funds held by private equity firms alone. In addition, retail investors now represent 25% of the security trading volume in the public markets, a significant increase from the previous decade. According to BNY Mellon, “a new generation of younger retail investors are purchasing equities with the intention of becoming long-term market participants.” These factors have coalesced to create a favorable environment for investments in the private capital market. 

 

With favorable conditions to invest in public companies, there are many emerging and attractive industries for investors. Some of these include:

 

  • Medtech: Every day, companies are creating lifesaving technologies to improve human health and revolutionize medical care. Medtech companies often require high amounts of capital to fund clinical trials, research and development, and the many other processes they must go through. Since offerings limits for RegA+ were expanded to $75M, Medtech companies are increasingly viewing the exemption as a viable choice for raising capital.

 

  • Cannabis: The cannabis industry is rapidly growing, especially as public perception grows more favorable and legalization at the state level spreads across the US. However, cannabis companies are often underserved by traditional financial institutions due to the illegality at the federal level. With RegCF and RegA+, cannabis companies can tap into a vast market of retail investors who are willing to invest in an evolving industry.

 

  • Real Estate: Traditional real estate investments are capital intensive, making them cost prohibitive for many investors who are not high net worth individuals, private equity, or institutional investors. However, with RegA+ and RegCF, retail investors can own fractions of properties. And in, 2020, insurance, finance, and real estate accounted for 53% of qualified RegA+ offerings and 79% of the funds raised through the exemption. This indicates that real estate is an attractive investment opportunity for many investors. 

 

  • Franchises: JOBS Act exemptions create new opportunities for franchisees and franchisors to raise capital. These companies often have existing customers, who can become investors and brand ambassadors.

 

Regardless of the industry, a key component of any offering is the broker-dealer. Many states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer when selling securities in those states. A broker-dealer ensures that the issuer follows all SEC and state securities laws. More importantly, working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer gives investors confidence by verifying that the issuer has provided all required information for the investors to make a sound investment decision. FINRA protects American investors by ensuring that brokers operate fairly and honestly. Plus, the broker-dealer also completes compliance activities, such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability and due diligence on the issuer themselves. 

 

Working with a broker-dealer ensures that the issuer behaves compliantly and gives the investor peace of mind when investing in one of the many investment opportunities within the private capital market.

 

Benefits of Digital Securities for Investors and Issuers

With the emergence and development of blockchain technology, digital securities have seen wider adoption by investors and investment firms. Arising from the need for protection against fraud and as a way for investors to ensure asset ownership, digital securities are a digital representation of traditional securities and follow the same regulatory rules. Since their first appearance, digital securities now include any debt, equity, or asset that is registered and transferred electronically using blockchain technology. 

Digital securities are made possible by blockchain, also known as “distributed ledger technology”. Distributed ledger technology is a database where transactions are continually appended and verified by multiple participants, ensuring that each transaction has a “witness” to validate its legitimacy. By the nature of the system, it is more difficult for hackers to manipulate, as copies of the ledger are decentralized or located across multiple different locations. Changes to one copy would be impossible, as the others would recognize it as invalid.

Distributed ledger technology allows digital securities to be incredibly secure. Ownership is easily recorded and verified through the distributed ledger, a huge benefit over traditional securities. Any transfer of digital securities is also recorded and with each copy of the transaction stored separately, multiple witnesses of the transaction exist to corroborate it. 

Traditional or digital

With traditional securities, investors can lose their certificate of ownership or companies can delete key files detailing who their investors are. Without a certificate, proving how many shares an investor owns would be incredibly challenging. In contrast, digital security ownership is immutable. Investors are protected and always able to prove their ownership since the record cannot be deleted or altered. Additionally, investors can view all information related to the shares they’ve purchased, such as their voting rights and their ability to share and manage their portfolios with both accuracy and confidence. 

Since the record is unchangeable, it also serves as a risk management mechanism for companies, as the risk of a faulty or fraudulent transaction occurring is removed. Digital securities are also greatly beneficial to the company when preparing for any capital activity since the company’s records are transparent and readily available. With traditional securities, the company would typically hire an advisor to review all company documents. If the company has issued digital securities, this cost is eliminated, as it is already in an immutable form.  

Smart contracts made possible

The use of digital securities also makes smart contracts possible, which have preprogrammed protocols for the exchange of this kind of securities. Without the time-consuming paper process, companies can utilize digital securities to raise funds from a larger pool of investors, such as the case with crowdfunding. Rather than keeping manual records of each transaction, the smart contract automatically tracks and calculates funds and distributes securities to investors. 

Companies looking to provide their investors with the ability to trade digital securities must be aware that they are required to follow the same rules set by the SEC for the sale and exchange of traditional securities, such as registering the offering with the SEC. This ensures that potential investors are provided with information compliant with securities regulation worldwide. According to the SEC, investors must receive ongoing disclosures from the issuer so they can make informed decisions regarding ownership of their securities. Companies that are not compliant with the SEC can face severe penalties and may be required to reimburse investors who purchased the unregistered offerings. 

Besides the companies offering securities, broker-dealers must also register with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Similarly, platforms on which digital securities can be traded must register as an Alternative Trading System operator with the SEC. Both broker-dealers and ATS operators can face severe penalties if not properly registered. 

Secondary market (ATS) also benefits

Possibly the greatest benefit of digital securities is that it allows for smoother secondary market transactions. With records of ownership clear and unchangeable, an investor can easily bring their shares to a secondary market. Transactions are more efficient and parties have easy access to all necessary information regarding the securities being traded, removing the friction in traditional securities. 

At KoreConX, the KoreChain platform is a fully permissioned blockchain, allowing for companies to issue fully compliant digital securities. Records are updated in real-time as transactions occur, eliminating errors that would occur when transferring information from another source. The platform securely manages transactions, providing investors with support and portfolio management capabilities. Additionally, the KoreChain is not tied to cryptocurrencies, so it is a less attractive target for potential crypto thieves. KoreChain allows companies to manage their offerings and company data with the highest level of accuracy and transparency.

Since digital securities face the same regulatory rules as traditional ones, investors are protected by the SEC against fraudulent offerings. This, together with the security and transparency that blockchain allows, creates a form of investment that is better for investors and issuers alike. Since the process is simplified and errors are decreased without redundant paperwork, issuers have the potential to raise capital more efficiently. They will also be better prepared for future capital activity. For investors, a more secure form of security protects them from potential fraud and losses on their investments. With digital securities still in their infancy, it will be exciting to see how this method of investment changes the industry. 

How to Manage Investment Information

For entrepreneurs, it’s crucial to understand the private capital market well. Companies no longer need to go public to raise capital, enabling entrepreneurs to maintain more control of their companies. With regulations such as RegA+ and RegCF, accredited and non-accredited investors can be part of capital raising. Plus, the available pool of capital is expected to reach up to $30 trillion by 2030, making it a promising resource for companies. At the same time, investment management has become even easier with online services and platforms coming that provide end-to-end management for private companies to streamline the process.

 

Understanding KYC and KYP

 

It is vital for investors and issuers alike to know who they are dealing with. This is where KYC (Know Your Customer) and KYP (Know Your Product) come into play. Before making any investment decisions or accepting an investment, you should always know the issuer or investor’s identity. 

 

KYC is an essential component of risk management. As an issuer, it can help you to understand who your investors are and determine whether they would be a risk to your company. KYC can be complicated but helps to protect against money laundering and fraud.

 

KYP is most applicable to broker-dealers and is all about understanding the investment products or services you are offering to your customers. This includes knowing something about the issuing company, and understanding the structure of investment products, eligibility requirements, and other information that can help a broker-dealer determine whether an investment opportunity is right for an investor.

 

Remain Compliant

 

Compliance is another crucial aspect to consider regarding private capital raising. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has enacted many rules and regulations to protect investors. These include the requirements for disclosure, registration, and filing. In addition, there are restrictions on who can invest and how much they can invest. All of these requirements are designed to protect investors and issuers from fraud.

 

It’s important to note that certain compliance issues must be considered when raising capital privately. For example, under RegA+, companies must file a Form 1-A with the SEC. This form provides information about the company, the offering, and the risks involved. In addition, companies must provide audited financial statements and disclose any material changes that have occurred since the last filing. Under RegCF, companies are required to file a Form C with the SEC, requiring similar information to that of Form 1-A. 

 

Compliance may seem like an inconvenient chore, but in fact, it offers issuers many benefits, including avoiding unnecessary costs and delays, understanding the shareholder base, identifying potential high-risk investors, and encouraging best practices in record-keeping generally. By taking a proactive and whole-hearted approach to compliance, issuers will not only have an easier time completing their raise, but lay a better foundation for more efficient and smoother operations going forward

 

When managing your investments and staying compliant with the law, it is important to have a solid grasp of KYC and KYP processes. KoreConX can help you with your compliance needs with our complete end-to-end solution for private companies and broker-dealers. Our platform includes a KYC/KYP tool and a compliance management system to help you efficiently and securely manage compliance activities.

 

RegA+ Offers Stability for Issuers

When a company decides to go the RegA+ route, they are opting for a more stable and regulated way to raise capital. This is due in part to the stability of the price; once a company goes public, its stock price can change rapidly and unpredictably because of factors like news, earnings reports, analyst ratings, and supply and demand. By contrast, a RegA+ stock is only allowed to fluctuate within a certain percentage from the original offering price, which makes it a more stable and predictable investment. With a RegA+ offering, the price is set ahead of time and will not change unless there is a significant shift in the market. This makes RegA+ an attractive option for investors looking for a more stable investment.

 

For example, companies that do a RegA+ raise and set their company shares at $5.80 a piece will likely see their shares at a similar price 12 months later. Because shares are unlisted on a public exchange, the share price will stay the same for a while, giving investors some stability in their investment. This stability can be ideal for companies and their shareholders, as it gives them a chance to better plan and predict their finances. 

 

It also gives companies more control over the price of their shares, especially when there are selling shareholders. For example, ATLIS’s stock price went from $5.88 to $15.88 to $27.88 before being listed on the NASDAQ. When companies like this do a Reg A+ before other raises, they can halt and reprice their company before going public. 

 

The stability of RegA+ can be attractive to both companies and investors. It allows for better planning and forecasting of finances and peace of mind knowing that the share price will not rapidly change. This predictability is one of the main reasons why Reg A+ has become such a popular way to raise capital in recent years.

 

If you’re looking for a more stable investment, RegA+ may be the right option for you. With a set price and no sudden changes, you can know what to expect from your investment. This makes it an ideal choice for those looking for a regulated and predictable way to raise capital. Whether you’re a company or an investor, the stability of RegA+ may be just what you’re looking for.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Bruce Lewis of BulletID

Bruce Lewis is a serial entrepreneur who has had his share of successes and failures. He is now 82 years old and has started a new company that he’s made his life’s mission. Through this venture, BulletID, Lewis aims to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition. We recently got to sit down and speak with him about his work with BulletID and how JOBS Act regulations will help his company grow.

 

With his years of experience growing companies and his entrepreneurial spirit, Bruce Lewis is confident that BulletID will be able to make a difference in the fight against gun violence. Lewis is no stranger to hard work and determination, and he hopes his latest venture will be successful in positively impacting the world. As an entrepreneur since childhood, Lewis has always had a knack for starting and scaling businesses. He has tried various ventures, some of which have been more successful than others. However, he has never given up and always maintained the entrepreneurial spirit he received from his father and grandfather. 

 

One of Lewis’ earliest and most successful businesses came from a restaurant equipment supply company that he owned and operated after he married his high school sweetheart. By acquiring the 45 companies that supplied his restaurant supply company with unique products, Lewis was able to create a company that would eventually grow to 100 million in sales and over 1,000 employees by 1988. One of these companies was an early adopter of placing UPC barcodes on items, and his partners put it out in the rest of the world, while Lewis implemented it in Canada. BulletID would eventually utilize this barcode concept. 

 

Lewis was devastated after hearing the heartbreaking story about a four-year-old killed by a stray bullet at a birthday party; he knew he had to make a difference. In 2016, Lewis started BulletID to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition using the same barcode technology originally designed to let supermarkets better manage their inventory. Through this company, law enforcement and military personnel can instantly track essential information about a bullet, such as inventory, ownership history, manufacturer, and type. This is done through a barcode printed into the brass cartridge. With this information, it will be easier for authorities to trace a bullet back to its owner and determine if it was used in a crime. Additionally, it makes it easier for the military to track their ammunition, especially when hundreds of millions of dollars worth of ammo is scrapped each year because of poor tracking capabilities. With BulletID, the process is as easy as scanning the cartridge on a smartphone, and from anywhere in the world, law enforcement and military can see available details within 10 seconds. 

 

“Criminals never leave the gun behind, but they do leave the shell cases behind. A homicide detective can scan [the casing] and it tells them who owns it. It’s a miracle but it works,” said Lewis of how BulletID can be used by law enforcement. Lewis hopes that by tracking ammunition, law enforcement and military personnel will be able to reduce gun violence by keeping ammunition out of the hands of criminals or easily identifying suspects in a gun-related incident. 

 

Lewis is hopeful that BulletID will successfully make a positive impact on the world and plans to make this his mission for the rest of his life. He, and his team, are filled with energy and excitement for what they’re building. And, with the help of JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+, BulletID continues to raise the necessary capital to accomplish this goal. As he says, “the technology is there. Governments just need to embrace the technology.”

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Supporting Improvements to RegA+ Secondary Trading

Since the JOBS Act was passed in 2012, RegA+ has evolved tremendously. With companies able to raise up to $75 million and utilize methods of online capital formation, the market continues to grow as more companies turn to the exemption to fund growth. Yet, the need for improved liquidity for this asset class has been given little attention by lawmakers and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Without secondary trading, investors are left with few options. Traditionally, private securities only provide an off-ramp for investors in the event of a merger, acquisition, or IPO. The unfortunate reality is that while a fragmented regulatory environment does allow for some secondary market transactions, issuers are not pre-empted from state securities regulations. As a member of the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee, Sara Hanks recently spoke to highlight the challenges issuers face. “The end result is it becomes very difficult to trade companies,” said Sara, founder of Crowdcheck. And for the companies that she works with, it does not generally work for them.

 

Many believe the SEC should allow pre-emption for securities issued under Tier 2 of RegA+, supporting secondary market trading. The consensus of the committee was that the SEC should act on this recommendation and make secondary trading available for securities issued under Reg A+. Otherwise, small businesses will continue to suffer, and investors will be faced with limited opportunities for liquidity.

 

The committee also said it would be worthwhile for the SEC to consider harmonizing rules between Reg A+ and crowdfunding offerings to provide more clarity and simplicity for companies that rely on both forms of funding. If a solution to secondary trading is not found, it could limit the amount of money raised under Reg A+ and make it harder for small businesses to get the funding they need to grow. 

 

Based on the recommendation of the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee, the SEC should allow pre-emption for securities issued under Tier 2 of Reg A+. Pre-emption would enable small businesses to access the capital they need to grow and thrive.

 

 

The JOBS Act as the Founding Father Of A New Economy

April 5th, 2012. On this day, Barack Obama, 44th President of the United States, signed the JOBS Act into law. This has touched so many lives in so many ways that simply saying the JOBS act has democratized access to capital, does not fully capture the impact. We are talking about creating jobs, and helping people realize their dreams by developing solutions, and not only about capital markets. We can call the it The Founding Father Of A New Economy.

David Weild IV, father of the JOBS Act, has remarked that this was not a political action; it was signed in “an incredibly bipartisan fashion, which is really a departure from what we’ve generally seen. It actually increases economic activity. It’s good for poor people, good for rich people. And it adds to the US Treasury”.

Expanding Benefits In A New Economy

Five years later, in July, 2017, the SEC started expanding access to the JOBS Act benefits originally available only to emerging growth companies (EGC). These could submit draft registration statements relating to initial public offerings for review on a non-public basis. Permitting all companies (not just EGCs) to submit registration statements for non-public review, provides companies with more flexibility to plan their offerings. 

More Investors empowered by the JOBS Act

Private capital markets have grown more important, as both accredited and non-accredited investors started to be a bigger part of raising capital and actually becoming shareholders. There are more than $5 trillion of uninvested funds currently available, and this number is only expected to grow in the coming years.

ESG

This strategy that considers environmental, social, and governance factors. This investing style has been gaining in popularity in recent years, as more and more investors are looking for ways to invest in companies that positively impact the world. The focus on this kind of company, with strong commitment to ESG concerns, will grow especially among equity crowdfunding. 

Is it safe?

With the private capital markets blooming and so many new firms and platforms surfacing, it is only natural that users, issuers, and even broker-dealers and transfer agents feel confused and overwhelmed with logins and uncertain about compliance issues. This is something that the regulations were very careful about: protecting both investors and issuers, creating safe investment ecosystems.

As the JOBS Act has really opened up new ways to operate as the Founding Father of a new economy, there will be many opportunities for new players to enter the markets. These are very exciting times for being optimistic about the future of our startups.

The SEC Released its 41st Annual Small Business Forum Report

For 41 years, the Securities and Exchange Commission has hosted its annual Small Business Forum. The event, led by the SEC’s Office of the Advocate for Small Business Capital Formation, aims to gather feedback from both the public and private sectors to improve capital raising and sheds light on many issues facing small businesses and investors to help event participants develop policy recommendations.

 

Highlighting the needs of small businesses within the US is crucial, as they play a vital role in the economy and job creation. Over the past 25 years, 2 out of every 3 jobs created can be attributed to small businesses. These businesses serve as the lifeblood of their communities.

 

Some of the key takeaways from the four-day event included the fact that more entrepreneurs need to be made aware of resources available when raising capital, as many have great ideas, but lack the knowledge and experience to raise capital effectively. This also means expanding access to capital to both underrepresented groups and locations, especially outside of major “tech-hub hotspots.” Additionally, panel discussions highlighted the issues minority entrepreneurs continue to face when seeking traditional funding options, such as venture capital or private equity. These funding methods often rely heavily on networks and connections that exclude many entrepreneurs. 

 

According to sources such as Crowdfund Insider, the Commission has addressed past issues such as democratizing the definition of an accredited investor by empowering a more significant segment of the population to gain access to Reg D private securities offerings. However, other suggestions often face political challenges and regulatory obstacles.

 

Even so, Commissioner Hester Pierce urged the Commission and forum participants to be inspired by the JOBS Act. She also commented: 

 

“Heightening the importance of this year’s Forum is the Commission’s current posture of, at best, indifference, and at times, hostility to facilitating capital formation. As it happens, today is the tenth anniversary of President Obama signing into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act. That bipartisan legislation required the SEC to write rules lessening the burdens on small companies seeking to raise capital. Some of the Act’s provisions were things we could have done on our own. Congress and the President got fed up waiting for the Commission to take small business capital formation seriously.”

 

Additionally, Commissioner Allison Lee remarked:

 

“Many investors are business owners and vice versa. And capital raising and investor protection are not at odds with one another or a zero-sum proposition. Rather, investors need appropriate investment opportunities, and investor protection increases investor confidence, which in turn helps promote capital raising. The relationship between the two is symbiotic and we can and should seek to balance the need for both robust capital raising opportunities and robust investor protection.”

 

Hopefully, seeing how the JOBS Act has expanded capital formation will encourage the SEC to continue the momentum and create more tools and resources to support small businesses. In the meantime, companies should explore existing options and opportunities for capital, such as through the JOBS Act. Small businesses should not wait for the SEC to create more opportunities – they should take advantage of the rules and regulations that are currently in place to raise the capital they need to grow their businesses.

4 Ways to Build Better Shareholder Relationships

As a business owner, you know that communication is key to success. But when it comes to shareholders, shareholder communications can sometimes take a backseat. They’ve already invested, so customer communications to generate revenue often steal the show. However, it’s essential to keep shareholders in the loop since they own a piece of the company and are entitled to know what you’re doing with it. After all, the more involved they are, the more willing and able they will be to help, reinvest, or promote the brand. So how can you build strong relationships with your shareholders? While email has been the go-to method for shareholder communication in the past, other options may be more effective in building relationships with your shareholders. Here are four ways to enhance the way you communicate with shareholders, and a good communication strategy will make use of several of these strategies.

 

1. Webinars

Webinars are a great way to connect with shareholders and provide them with valuable information about your company. You can use webinars to give updates on your progress, share financial information, and answer questions from shareholders. Plus, webinars allow shareholders to get to know you and your team better and help put a face to the company. Since webinars can feel like you’re talking with rather than just to your audience, they can help build a powerful connection and establish trust, as well as give you valuable feedback from people who care about the company.

 

2. LinkedIn Page

Having an updated and informative LinkedIn page is a great way to connect with shareholders online. Use your page to share company updates, industry news, and other relevant information that shareholders might find useful. You can also use your LinkedIn page to answer shareholder questions and build relationships with them. By maintaining an active presence on LinkedIn, you can show shareholders that you’re committed to keeping them updated on your company. By providing value on your LinkedIn page, you can also attract new shareholders who may be interested in investing in your company.

 

3. Podcasts

Podcasts are a great way to share detailed information about your company with shareholders. You can use podcasts to give updates on your progress, share financial information, and answer questions from shareholders. By providing valuable information in your podcasts, you become an industry influencer by providing this information and can more easily build trust with shareholders that are listening. You can also interview other industry leaders whose thoughtful insights into your industry your audience may find informative.

 

4. Shareholder Management Tools

After your successful RegA+ or RegCF offering, you can anticipate many new shareholders to welcome on board. As shareholders, they have a vested interest in how your company performs. Thankfully, shareholder management is streamlined when you eliminate Excel sheets, CRM, or email. The Shareholder Management solution from KoreConX sets the new standard, empowering you and shareholders with transparency, compliance, and confidence. Keep shareholder documents secure and engage shareholders with portfolio management tools that allow them to see detailed information about their investments. To learn about the many great features of the KoreConX platform, get in touch with our team for a demo or any additional information. 

 

The most important thing you can do to build relationships with shareholders is to maintain communication with them. Whether you’re using email, webinars, podcasts, or blogs, make sure to keep shareholders updated on your progress and answer any questions they might have. By maintaining regular communication with shareholders, you can show them that you’re committed to keeping them informed and building trust with them.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups: Democratizing Access To Capital

The JOBS Act (Jumpstart Our Business Startups) reached its 10th anniversary in 2022 and we keep working on education to empower people through private capital markets. Even though it has already been a decade, we are still clearing the land to open up more opportunities. The Wharton Magazine anticipated that the JOBS Act would be as impactful in changing how we allocate capital as social media has been in how we manage time. Both entrepreneurs and regular people, such as customers, are able to be part of the financial market. Brand advocates, for example, can easily become shareholders, democratizing access to capital.

 

Meaningful changes

 

Title V in the JOBS Act raised the number of possible shareholders to 2,000, while 499 can be non-accredited. To give an exact feel of how deep this change is, before the JOBS Act, the maximum number of shareholders was 500, all of whom had to be accredited. This opens up opportunities for nearly everyone who wants to invest in the private capital market. And the bigger pool of potential investors also benefits the companies looking to raise capital. 

 

With regulations such as A (RegA+) and crowdfunding (RegCF), both accredited and non-accredited investors can be part of capital raising. Companies do not need to go public anymore to raise capital as entrepreneurs maintain control. Using RegA+, companies can now raise up to $75 million every 12 months. For RegCF, the limit is $5 million.

 

Market size

 

There are plenty of possibilities that arise from the regulations and how they change companies’ perspectives. The available pool of capital is expected to reach up to $30 trillion by 2030, making it a promising resource for companies. Also, there are several online services and platforms that have come up in recent years, such as KoreConX, but we will talk about those in other posts.

 

Equity Crowdfunding with RegCF

 

This form of capital raising for non-accredited investors is very new (2016) but it has shown steady growth since it was introduced. In its first full year (2017), $76.8 million were raised like this. In 2021, this number skyrocketed to $502 million. Startup customers, closest clients in a database, and closest network members can become valuable investors. Brand advocates can be more motivated to make a difference in a startup’s life once they can become shareholders.

 

RegA+

 

Although there are great possibilities for companies going for a RegA+, there are still some important investments involved. As a general rule, it is a good idea to be ready to spend at least $250,000 on a successful RegA+ offering. There are several steps that have to be accomplished, such as filing, which involve fees for lawyers and auditors, broker-dealer firms, investor acquisition costs like PR/advertising and social media, and online roadshows.

 

How Regulations Democratize Access to Capital

 

If you think about it, democracy is all about empowering as many people as possible to participate in and have a say in how society develops. The JOBS Act does that first and most directly by giving ordinary people more opportunity to own a stake in businesses, to become shareholders. But that wider pool of potential investors also empowers more entrepreneurs to get the funding to bring their ideas to fruition, which in turn creates jobs, empowering still more people to participate and, if they choose, to make their own investments. The entire ecosystem flourishes.

 

If you want to understand more about how the regulations help business grow and jumpstart our business startups, you can take a closer look at presentations from the father of the JOBS Act, David Weild IV, founders, funding portals and investors in our YouTube Channel.

Why RegA+ Offerings Fail

When it comes to RegA+ offerings, there are several reasons they may fail: a failure to comply with regulatory requirements, a failure to budget for the offering properly, or a failure to assemble sufficient expertise. Most of these can be attributed to a lack of commitment; if organizations do not take these necessary components of the process seriously, then RegA+ offerings are set up for failure from the start.

 

Compliance for RegA+ Raises

 

Complying with regulations is one of the most important aspects of a RegA+ offering. However, many companies try to cut corners regarding compliance, thinking they can save time and money. This is a huge mistake that can have disastrous consequences. Not only will failing to comply with regulations result in fines and penalties, but it can also jeopardize the entire offering. When experiencing an audit or investigation, companies that have not been compliant with regulatory requirements often face much harsher consequences than those who have made an effort to stay compliant. Even if the raise completes without fines or penalties from the regulator, sloppy or half-hearted compliance raises the risk of being sued by an investor for some real or imagined offense. By wholeheartedly committing to the spirit and letter of the regulations from day one, and with the assistance of professionals well-versed in the regulatory requirements (a FINRA broker-dealer, an escrow agent, or an SEC-registered transfer agent), you can increase your chances of a successful RegA+ offering while protecting your company from potential legal problems down the road.

 

Budgeting for a RegA+ Raise

 

Budgeting is essential for a successful offering. Companies must have the proper funding to hire professionals, comply with regulations, and market the offering effectively. Without adequate funding, a company is likely to run into problems along the way. A RegA+ raise is a complex and costly undertaking, and companies should be prepared to commit the necessary funding before beginning the process. Including a well-thought-out budget in your business plan is one of the keys to success when raising capital through a RegA+ offering.

 

Affinity Marketing

 

Many companies turning to RegA+ aren’t just looking to raise capital; there’s something they want to do with the capital. Whether this is a product they want to make or a service they want to provide that they’re passionate about, they’re committed to that mission. Affinity marketing is a great way to connect with like-minded investors, show them that commitment, and bring them on board. This is much harder to do if the company isn’t actually committed to that mission in the first place.

 

Technology and Expertise

 

For issuers learning new technologies and working with experts in a field that they don’t know much about, it can be a daunting process. It takes commitment to learn these new technologies or do what the broker-dealer is advising, understanding that this is the path toward a successful offering. If you’re not sufficiently committed, you might just shrug this off as not worth the cost or effort.

 

Companies should take away from this that a successful RegA+ raise requires a commitment to the process from start to finish. Commitment is a willingness to put in whatever it takes to succeed: to invest the time and resources necessary, comply with regulations, budget appropriately for the offering, and assemble a team of experienced professionals. With a commitment to these essential components, a company can increase its chances of success and avoid the pitfalls that have led to the failure of other RegA+ offerings.

 

What is the Estimated Budget for RegA+ Issuance?

Navigating the fundraising process and understanding how much to budget from a financial standpoint is one of the most frequent questions we receive. In the process of conducting a RegA+ offering ourselves, KoreConX has researched the estimated budget for a RegA+ offering.

 

While the budget varies based on several factors, you need to keep in mind the size of your raise and sector. As a general rule of thumb, it is a good idea to be ready to spend at least $250,000 on a successful RegA+ offering, $50,000 of which should be dedicated to getting your investor acquisition started. Most of your budget will be spent on Investor Acquisition. Now, this will not apply to every company but should serve as a general guide as to what you should expect a RegA+ offering to cost depending on the amount raised. 

 

Estimated Costs for USA-Based Companies:

What Why/ Work to be done When How much
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form 1A and state filings First step in moving forward $35-$75k 
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form 1A   First step requirement $3,500 +
SEC/State Filings Required regulatory Filings    $5k 
FINRA Broker-Dealer 8 States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with lawyer  1-3% fees 
Investor Acquisition

  • PR Firm
  • IR Firm
  • Video
  • Social media
  • Media Firm
  • Advertising
  • Webinar
  • Newsletter
  • Publishers
These firms prefer to be engaged right after you file, as the clock begins and gives them only 45-60 days when you go live.  Depending on size of offering you will spend up to $200k-$400k. Before you file your Form 1A  $25-50k at the beginning to start
Investor Relations Director Hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors.  Handle outbound calls from investor leads. $4,500/month
KoreConX All-In-One platform End-to-end solution $4,500/month
Investment Platform Requires 45-60 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for ID, AML fees required   Ranges from $0.58/person, these fees are provided at cost
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors ( Credit Card, ACH, EFT,  Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA)   These fees are provided at cost
SEC-Transfer Agent Required as part of your Form 1A filings  After you sign up with lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Secondary Market Ability for Shareholders to trade private company shares. Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
TradeCheck Report Ability to trade in all 50 states, include Blue Sky registration, and listing National Securities Manual Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 

 

 

Estimated Costs for Canada-Based Companies:

What Why/ Work to be done When How much
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form 1A and state filings First step in moving forward $35-$75k 
Canada Lawyer $5k-$10k
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form 1A   First step requirement $3,500 +
SEC/State Filings Required regulatory Filings    $5k 
FINRA Broker-Dealer 8 States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with lawyer  1-3% fees 
Investor Acquisition These firms prefer to be engaged right after you file, as the clock begins and gives them only 45-60 days when you go live.  Depending on size of offering you will spend up to $200k-$400k Before you file your Form 1A  $25-50k at the beginning to start
Investor Relations Director Hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors.  Handle outbound calls from investor leads. $4,500/month 
KoreConX All-in-one platform $4,500/month 
Investment Platform Requires 45-60 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform  
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for ID, AML fees required   Ranges from $0.58/person these fees are provided at cost
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors ( Credit Card, ACH, EFT,  Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA)   These fees are provided at cost
Transfer Agent Required as part of your Form 1A filings  After you sign up with lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Secondary Market Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
KoreTrade Report Ability to trade in all 50 states, published in the Securities Manual Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 

KorePartner Spotlight: Richard Heft, President of Ext. Marketing

Richard Heft is the President at Ext. Marketing, a full-service marketing firm that helps companies attract potential investors to apply their marketing strategy and achieve their communications objectives. Richard has over 20 years of experience in the marketing and communications industry, focusing on the financial services sector. In 2021, Richard and his co-author published The Ascendant Advisor, a book about marketing and content strategies for advisors to grow their businesses. 

 

We recently sat down with Richard to discuss his company, experience, and partnership with KoreConX.

 

Q: Why did you become involved in this industry?

A: Ext. has spent almost a decade and a half helping financial services firms translate their business objectives into cutting-edge marketing campaigns for the retail and institutional spaces. During this time, we also began to recognize that we would truly be a full-service marketing leader if we could help our clients reach a limitless number of online retail investors through various social channels. The power of these retail investors is that they not only have an almost unlimited appetite to consume information online, but they are also able to invest how they want, when they want, and where they want on the increasing number of self-managed platforms. We launched Ext. Digital to help companies in virtually all industries identify their target retail audience, create messaging that will resonate with that audience, and tailor their conversion funnel to ensure their brands and investment offerings stand out in a somewhat crowded marketplace.

 

Q: What services does your company provide for offerings?

A: We offer end-to-end digital marketing strategies, content creation, media activation, and ad buys. We also provide access to our proprietary financial influencer network to help amplify the audience for our client’s news and updates.

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

A: Beyond our unparalleled content creation and transparency regarding their ad spend, our clients benefit from our constant A/B testing & optimization approach to ensure their media dollars are continuously put to best use.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

A: There is a lot that excites me about this industry! I strongly believe that, even when the global economy looks uncertain, there is a massive opportunity for companies looking to raise capital to reach the right people with their stories. And the people they are reaching have never been more motivated and able to invest in the opportunities that appeal to them.

 

Q: How is a partnership with KoreConX right for your company?

A: KoreConX has always been an excellent, reliable partner to Ext. Digital. We have been thrilled to introduce our clients to KoreConX’s holistic platform, given the trust we have in Oscar, Peter, and the entire KoreConX team, and we have worked with many companies that we know are going to be leaders in their respective industries as a result of introductions made by KoreConX.

 

Q: Anything else you would like to add about RegA, RegCF, or any other topic you might find relevant for your company, our partnership, and the ecosystem you are part of?

A: I encourage any company exploring a capital raise through a Reg A, Reg D, or Reg CF issue to find partners they can trust over their entire journey. I firmly believe Ext. Digital is the ideal digital marketing partner for any company looking to take the next step in its journey.

 

Potential and Impact of the Cannabis Sector on Jobs Creation

The cannabis sector is growing fast, and with it, the potential for job creation. A recent study shows that the cannabis industry could create and support an additional 1,250,000+ jobs. As legalization spreads, it creates opportunities for all types of workers and the industry as a whole. Plus, as more companies utilize JOBS Act exemptions, the capital to support this growth is readily available.

 

Expected Job Creation Growth in the Cannabis Industry

 

As the cannabis industry continues to grow at an unprecedented rate, the need for qualified employees in all areas of the business increases. Vangst, a leading cannabis recruiting agency, filled over 150,000 positions in 2021 alone. With this level of growth projected to continue into 2022 and beyond, it’s evident that the cannabis sector is a significant player in job creation.

 

To get a better understanding of the employment landscape within the cannabis industry, Vangst surveyed over 1,000 professionals working in the space. The results showed that the majority of employees (34.4%) have less than a year’s experience in cannabis. On the other hand, over 30% have been working in the industry for five years or more, indicating opportunities for both experienced professionals and those just starting in their careers. 

 

According to a job report from Leafly, the legal cannabis industry supports the equivalent of 428,059 full-time jobs and created an average of 280 new jobs a day in 2021. In that year, according to New Frontier, legal cannabis sales reached $26.5 billion for the year, and this is expected to reach $32 billion by the end of 2022. This data also calculated the CAGR of the cannabis industry and expects it to grow 11% between 2020 and 2030 to reach more than $57 billion.

 

What This Means for Employment

 

With the sector experiencing its fifth consecutive year of 27% or more annual job growth, the demand for qualified employees in all business areas, from cultivation and production to sales and marketing, will continue to rise. Plus, with 49% of Americans trying cannabis at some point in their lifetime, it is evident that cannabis use is not going anywhere.  Indeed, consumer cannabis use increased by 50% during the pandemic.

 

The cannabis industry is an exciting and ever-changing field that offers ample opportunities for growth and advancement. Cannabis job creation is not only limited to those working in the plant-touching side of the business. The industry provides opportunities for professionals in a wide range of fields, from accounting and finance to human resources and marketing. This means that job creation will not slow down as the industry crosses over into other markets and types of products, providing a unique opportunity for those looking for a career change or those just starting their professional lives.

 

With its fifth consecutive year of high job growth, the cannabis sector shows no signs of slowing. As cannabis is legalized in more states, the industry’s growth is expected to continue to drive employment, especially as cannabis employment growth rates are quickly surpassing other industries.

 

A $30 Trillion Market in 8 Years: Shari Noonan Speaks with Crowdfund Insider

The private securities market is predicted to grow exponentially in the next decade, with a total value of $30 trillion by 2030. Recently, Shari Noonan, CEO of Rialto Markets spoke to Crowdfund Insider about this remarkable trajectory.

 

There are several reasons we can anticipate this tremendous growth. First, the JOBS Act introduced powerful exemptions to SEC registration, removing or easing many of the administrative barriers that had stood in the way of capital formation. As well, new tools have emerged to help companies seek capital in online capital markets.

 

Plus, these online tools mean that companies now have access to a wider pool of potential investors that had been traditionally unavailable to the private market. On this subject, Shari Noonan said, “Rialto Markets enables not only venture and institutional investing but also retail investing. This diversity can help private companies seeking capital find a wider range of investors, which might mitigate some of the shakiness in the economy.” With traditional forms of investment, reaching niche investors used to be nearly impossible. It’s a different story online because finding niches is a huge part of what the online world is all about. So whether a company is in real estate, ice cream, or electric vehicles, online platforms make it easier to find the right investors who support unique, innovative companies.

 

So far, the interest in investment through JOBS Act exemptions has not slowed down. “We saw a 1,021% increase in equity crowdfunding in 2021 to $113.52 billion, so that level of growth may be difficult to sustain, but it will still be a strong 2022 for the Reg CF and RegA+ investment markets,” added Shari.

 

So, what does this all mean for investors? Well, the private securities market is set to continue growing at a rapid pace, and with the help of companies like Rialto Markets, it’s easier than ever to get involved. And if it’s easier for investors to get involved, then it’s easier for companies to find investors.

 

For players in the private capital market, like Rialto, the mission is to create a fully democratized ecosystem. Shari believes that “​​this enables private companies looking to raise capital to expand their net and reach a much wider and more diverse investor base, providing investors with access to investments at an earlier stage than previously.” 

 

Continued growth will require a robust infrastructure. “We will continue to expand services to bring greater efficiency and scale to the private markets,” said Noonan when asked about Rialto’s plans for the future. This will also include support for new types of securities, and Rialto is already prepared for the expansion of digital securities. Shari points out that “many NFTs are securities that also live natively on a blockchain. The right way forward is to wrap NFTs into the regulatory framework by registering them as Reg CFs or Reg As, then approving and tracking ownership on a next-gen SEC-registered Transfer Agent.” This would allow the industry to test new technologies while adhering to securities laws that protect issuers and investors alike.

 

The private capital market is growing at an incredible rate as issuers increasingly turn to private capital sources for their funding needs and investors explore new types of investments. With so much growth potential ahead, the private capital market is poised to introduce new technologies, efficiencies, and opportunities to the financial world.

 

Oscar Jofre Speaks at Franchising Event in Denver, CO

We are always looking for ways to help our clients and the franchise community grow and succeed. That’s why we’re excited that our CEO, Oscar Jofre, got a chance to speak at the “Living in the Roaring 20s: Looking Ahead to a Wild Decade in Franchising” event in Denver, Colorado this week. The event featured dynamic panels of industry leaders. It was a great opportunity to take advantage of a hands-on learning experience, designed to help franchise businesses reach new heights and share key lessons learned from a global pandemic, tools and strategies for risk mitigation, and explore critical trends and new opportunities on the horizon.

 

Oscar was there to share his valuable expertise regarding raising capital. He joined two panels to discuss how crowdfunding can be used by franchisees and franchisors and how NFTs and cryptocurrencies are permanently altering the franchise landscape.

 

In addition to Oscar’s presentation, the event also featured panels on franchise strategy, industry outlook, sustainability, post-COVID best practices, navigating mergers and acquisitions, and much more of interest to anyone in the franchise industry, from those just starting to explore franchising to established professionals looking for ways to take their businesses to the next level. 

 

KoreConX is proud to have been a sponsor of this event, and we hope to see you at the next one!

Investment Compliance: It’s Not Just About Complying

Compliance can be a complex, dynamic task for companies raising capital, and sometimes might feel like an unnecessary burden just to stay in the good books of regulators and their seemingly arbitrary requirements. However, compliance can have other added benefits when managed correctly and introduces new efficiencies and trust within the regulatory environment. Some of these benefits include:

 

  1. Avoid unnecessary costs and delays: When it comes to managing compliance, one of the most important things to keep in mind is that it helps protect your company from regulatory risk. While failure to meet regulatory requirements can itself create costly delays, taking shortcuts and merely going through the motions of compliance can create a risk of much more costly liabilities and litigation. 

 

  1. Understand shareholder base: Another benefit of managing compliance instead of controlling it is that it allows you to understand your shareholder base better, and identify and engage with your shareholders more effectively. When you know who is investing in your company, you can tailor your messaging, convert investors into ambassadors and build trust and confidence with investors.

 

  1. Identify high-risk investors: One of the critical functions of compliance is to help identify and flag high-risk investors, protecting the company from both regulatory and reputational risks. Is the investor on any blacklists that would make them ineligible to invest? By managing compliance, you can more easily identify investors who may pose a threat to the company and take steps to mitigate that risk.

 

  1. Make continuous improvements: Managing compliance instead of controlling it helps create a continuous improvement process. Active engagement with the compliance process can help you to identify potential shortcomings and anticipate regulatory changes before they happen. This gives you the foresight to adapt when they come, or even allows you to enjoy a competitive advantage over competitors who may be blindsided. This is critical in the ever-changing landscape of compliance.

 

Investment compliance is not about control but learning to effectively manage this dynamic task. By understanding and managing compliance, companies can avoid costly penalties and fines, better understand their shareholder base, identify and flag high-risk investors, ensure that all the correct information about an investor is captured, and create a process for continuous improvement. 

 

Examining RegCF Trends

The internet has put financial literacy resources at the tip of our fingers and has done the same for investment opportunities. Whether it’s an app that allows you to buy and sell stock or cryptocurrencies, or a website that allows you to invest in a company that could be the next Uber, Tesla, or SpaceX, the average person now has access to new and exciting ways to invest that never existed before. 

 

The private capital market has been transformed by the JOBS Act and its exemptions, like Regulation CF, that allow companies to raise growth-fueling sums of money from accredited and nonaccredited investors alike. And, with companies now able to raise larger amounts than ever before, Reg CF investments are enjoying increasing popularity. This type of crowdfunding allows entrepreneurs to tap into the wallets of thousands of potential investors, providing not only the capital they need but also new networks, brand ambassadors, and more.

 

While the number of companies raising capital online decreased between 2018 and 2019, this number rebounded substantially since according to data shared by KingsCrowd. Between 2019 and 2020, the number of deals nearly doubled from 541 to 1024. The 2019 decrease could be attributed to multiple factors. One possible reason is that online crowdfunding was still considered a new space at the time, so investors and founders still had their reservations. The increased number of deals in 2020, 2021, and so far throughout 2022, suggests that this hesitation is starting to dissipate. This is supported by the tremendous milestone RegCF reached last year; over $1 billion has been raised through this exemption This could be due to a better understanding of how crowdfunding works or increased confidence in the industry as a whole. Whatever the reason, it’s clear that RegCF is becoming more popular among startups and investors alike.

 

When the COVID-19 pandemic began spreading across the US in the spring of 2020, it crippled and even bankrupted thousands of businesses. However, startups that raised capital with Reg CF didn’t appear to be affected the same way, possibly because of exploding demand in industries like telehealth, med-tech and delivery services, creating urgent new investment opportunities, coupled with large numbers of potential investors suddenly working from home and becoming more exposed to and accepting of online transactions and crowdfunding campaigns. 

 

This trend can also be seen in VC funding, which decreased during 2020 by 9% and 23% for the first quarter and second quarter of the year. The negative effect of the pandemic on VC funding largely impacted female founders more heavily than male founders, with female founders receiving only 2.3% of VC funding in 2020. That drove many founders to seek alternatives, which may explain some of the uptick in crowdfunding deals.

 

2022 is seeing a good flow of new crowdfunding deals as well. We’ve seen 429 new deals in the first quarter, according to KingsCrowd, and this number is only expected to increase as the number of founders and investors who recognize the power of crowdfunding continues to grow. With as little as $100, non-accredited investors can now own a part of a company and support a cause they believe in. This democratizes startup investing like never before.

 

Other trends we’re seeing are an increase in the mean amount raised per deal and a decrease in the median amount raised per deal, suggesting that while the biggest deals are getting bigger, the number of smaller deals is also growing, reflecting more participation by small businesses and small investors This has increased the amount of capital raised through RegCF from $239 million in 2020 to $1.1 billion in 2021, and this number is expected to double by the end of 2022. This means that more money is being funneled into startups and small businesses than ever before.

 

Will we see more startups turn to crowdfunding to compensate for the lack of VC funding? Only time will tell, but we’re excited to see how the rest of the year unfolds for the Reg CF community.

Private Capital Trends for the Cannabis Industry

As the cannabis industry continues to grow, so does the need for new methods of raising capital. Revenues have doubled over the past three years, and the industry is on track to reach $25 billion annually by 2025, or $14.1 billion for CBD alone, but traditional methods such as bank loans and private equity are often unavailable to cannabis businesses, forcing them to turn to the private market for capital. While often more flexible and forgiving than the public market, the private market can be a challenging place to raise capital without the knowledge and experience. 

 

The Constantly Growing Industry of Cannabis

 

The cannabis industry is changing, and new opportunities for entrepreneurs are coming. Thanks to the JOBS Act, businesses in the cannabis industry can now use regulations like A+ and CF to raise capital from the general public. This offers several advantages, particularly the ability to reach a larger pool of investors and thus raise larger sums of money.

 

However, the most significant advantage of Reg A+ is that it allows businesses to retain more control over their company. Traditional methods of raising capital typically require businesses to give up a larger share of their equity. This is especially beneficial for businesses in the cannabis industry, which is still in its early stages and is constantly changing. With Reg A+, companies can raise capital from the general public while avoiding the costly process of going public. With more control over their company, and the ability to avoid costly IPOs, firms in the cannabis industry can better position themselves for success.

 

Investing in the Private Cannabis Market

 

The private market for cannabis investments is growing rapidly as the legalization of cannabis spreads throughout the US. Entrepreneurs are looking to get in on the ground floor of this new industry, and there are several options available to them when it comes to investing in cannabis. 

 

Private CBD companies, such as Stigma Cannabis and UNITY Wellness, are turning to online capital raising to fund their growth. These diverse companies focus on many aspects of the industry, from CBD supplements to CBD skincare products, and represent only two of many companies innovating in this space. Regulations A and CF provide excellent opportunities for these companies and the investors looking to support them. 

 

Getting started as an investor in the rapidly evolving private cannabis industry can be scary, but it’s also an exciting opportunity with many challenges and rewards. You can make the most of this unique opportunity by educating yourself on the process and available resources, and looking for and researching a private cannabis company that resonates with you as an investor. 

 

For cannabis companies looking to raise capital, the process begins by identifying the team that will help you reach your goals, such as experienced securities lawyers, broker-dealers, investor acquisition firms, transfer agents, and other parties critical to your success. However, you should also consider how you can turn customers into investors and brand ambassadors as they will be essential throughout your capital-raising journey.

 

Cannabis Industry Trends in 2022

 

Cannabis companies are benefiting from increasing consumer acceptance of the product in 2022. In states where cannabis is legal, tax revenue from sales has been significantly higher than predicted. This trend will likely continue as more states legalize cannabis, and the industry becomes more mainstream. It could also remove many barriers to entry for potential investors and entrepreneurs looking to enter the space.

 

Despite the current political environment, which is generally unfavorable to cannabis companies, several bills are making their way through Congress that could positively impact the industry. The SAFE Banking Act, for example, would allow FDIC-insured banks to offer their services to cannabis companies, providing much-needed financial infrastructure. 

 

The industry will almost certainly continue to grow because of the acceptance of cannabis and its use in a variety of products. The cannabis plant produces several compounds with medical, industrial and commercial applications, with THC and CBD only the most well-known.  Developing these products and bringing them to market is creating more jobs, stimulating the economy, and becoming more accepted by people from all walks of life.

 

Growth in the cannabis industry is not likely to slow down anytime soon. Investors and companies interested in the industry should keep a close eye on developments at the state and federal levels and the financial health of companies in the space. With the right mix of factors, the cannabis industry could achieve even greater heights in the years to come.

 

Is Equity Crowdfunding Immune to Market Volatility?

In a recent TechCrunch article, author Rebecca Szkutak asserts, “With the fundraising climate now showing cloudy skies, equity crowdfunding is getting ready for a field day.” The stigma associated with crowdfunding is reversing; once viewed as a fundraising method for companies “not good enough” for venture capital, it has grown substantially in the past few years. Better yet, 2022 is “​​poised to be monumental for equity crowdfunding.” From the start of this year to the end of May, companies have raised $215 million through this method of capital raising, an increase of $200 million from the same period last year. Favorable evolutions to regulations in this space are only contributing to this growth. 

It will be exciting to see how these trends continue to develop and enable companies to raise capital through to the end of the year. To read the full article on TechCrunch, click here.

What Independence Day means to KoreConX

Independence Day is a really iconic holiday. Parades and fireworks, concerts and cookouts, celebrations of what America is and what it aspires to be, surrounded by that patriotic pride. Independence Day has special meaning to us at KoreConx, because we have always believed our mission to be the democratization of the American Dream. 

 

Big things start in small garages, like the ones where Steve Jobs, Steve Wozniak and Ronald Wayne started planting the Apple seed, or where Bill Gates and Paul Allen started looking at the future through Windows. But it was difficult to raise capital in those days, and those guys were lucky. How many other great ideas never got off the ground, simply because someone couldn’t find the investors to make it happen? How many would-be investors missed out on these opportunities, because they didn’t have the means to hear about them?

 

We set out to change that when KoreConX was founded back in 2016. The private capital market is 4 times the size of the public market, and there are more great ideas in garages than ever before. Our mission is to bring these things together,  to jumpstart innovation, create jobs, and help more people realize their own version of the American Dream. 

 

Whether you are inside your garage or you are looking for a good opportunity to invest, we are sure that is where true independence lies. We wish you a glorious Independence Day of celebration, parades and opportunities ahead.

 

Oscar A Jofre

What is KYC?

Each year, an estimated $2 trillion from illicit activities is laundered. This poses a significant challenge to financial institutions, requiring onerous efforts to verify that individuals involved in financial transactions are who they claim to be. This is where KYC, or Know Your Client, practices come into play. KYC compliance is at the core of any successful risk management strategy and ensures that financial institutions are not inadvertently aiding criminal activity. Let’s dive into KYC a little deeper.

 

What is KYC?

 

Regulations such as AML (anti-money-laundering), and eIDAS (electronic Identification, Authentication and Trust Services) exist to help detect and prevent financial crime, and to reduce the ability of terrorists to fund their operations.

By identifying their clients, financial institutions can help reduce the possibility of doing business with criminals or those who may be involved in criminal activity. KYC is quite complex: this means collecting various personal and professional information from their clients, verifying it, and assessing the risk the clients pose for money laundering.

There is a lot of database and document research involved in this stage, which helps assure the money is traceable: maybe dividends from investments, salaries or any other licit way of making money, with a reliable source.

 

How is KYC Conducted? 


The steps in a KYC procedure vary depending on the organization, but they typically include the following:

 

  1. Client identification: Identify the client and collect certain information, such as their name, date of birth, national identification (SSN, SIN, etc) and address.
  2. Client verification:Verify that the client is who they say they are, typically by examining documents such as a passport or driver’s license.
  3. Risk assessment: Assess the client’s risk level. This helps to determine what type of information needs to be collected from them and how often they will need to be screened. This step depends on the kind of business the client is involved in and each company can decide how much information they need.
  4. KYC compliance: Ensure that the organization complies with KYC regulations. This includes maintaining accurate records and keeping up-to-date with changes to KYC regulations.

 

By following these steps, organizations can effectively implement a KYC procedure.

 

What are the benefits of KYC? 

 

There are many benefits to implementing KYC compliance measures, including:

 

  • Prevention of financial crime: By identifying clients and understanding their financial activities, organizations can help prevent criminal activity such as money laundering.
  • Enhanced client protection: Organizations can better protect their clients from fraud and identity theft by knowing who their clients are. This is especially beneficial to banks or other institutions that are common targets of such crimes.
  • Improved client experience: By streamlining the KYC process and making it more user-friendly, organizations can improve the client experience. Clients must go through verification process with transparency and with clear goals.
  • Increased transparency: KYC compliance measures help create a more transparent environment for both organizations and their clients by sharing information.

 

What are the challenges of KYC? 

 

Despite the many benefits of KYC, there are also some challenges associated with it, such as:

 

  • Cost: the KYC process can be costly for organizations, particularly small businesses. This is because it requires using resources, such as staff time, to collect and verify client information.
  • Client privacy: some clients may be concerned about the amount of personal information that is required during the KYC process. This can potentially lead to identity theft or other privacy breaches.
  • Compliance: the KYC process must be followed correctly to be effective. This can be challenging for organizations, especially if they have a large number of clients.

 

What is the difference between KYC and AML? 

 

AML, or Anti-Money Laundering, is a process that is used to prevent the illicit use of financial services. This can include money laundering, terrorist financing, and other illegal activities. KYC compliance measures are a part of AML compliance, but they are not the same thing. KYC compliance measures focus specifically on the identification of clients, while AML compliance measures also include monitoring client activity to look for suspicious behavior.

 

KYC is a necessary process that can help to prevent financial crime. It involves collecting certain information from clients and using it to verify their identity to help protect against criminal activity. While KYC compliance measures can be costly and challenging to implement, they are essential to AML compliance, and KYC efforts can protect your company from financial crime.

What Kind of Data is Relevant for Private Equity?

The world of private equity is shrouded in a certain amount of mystery. What data do private equity firms use when making their investment decisions? What kind of research is needed to identify opportunities in this market? With the private equity markets raising over $665 billion in 2021, up from $521 billion in 2020, the use of data for private firms is becoming more crucial than ever. This blog post will look at the data types most relevant for private equity investors and how this information can benefit them in certain situations.

 

The Role of Data in Private Equity

 

Private equity is a type of investment generally reserved for high-net-worth individuals, venture capitalists, and institutional investors. However, these opportunities are being afforded to more individual investors thanks to the JOBS Act. It is an investment strategy that involves buying stakes in companies that are not publicly traded on stock markets. Private equity firms, in particular, typically have a longer time horizon for their investments than other types of investors and often are willing to invest in companies with high growth potential.

 

For these investments, investors may rely heavily on multiple data sources to provide insight and justify investment decisions. These sources may include:

 

  • Financial data is relevant to PE firms because of the need to monitor a company’s financial health. This data can help PE firms identify potential risks and flag companies that may be in trouble. Financial data can also help firms assess a company’s growth potential, allowing them to make more informed investment decisions. 
  • Operational data is relevant to PE firms because it helps them understand a company’s business model and evaluate its efficiency. This data can help firms identify opportunities for cost savings and process improvements. 
  • Market data lets PE firms know what’s happening in specific industries and understand where there might be opportunities for companies they own to gain or lose market share. It also helps firms keep tabs on broader industry trends that could present opportunities or threats to their portfolio companies.
  • Alternative data allows firms to track a company’s performance in real-time and make more informed investment decisions.

 

Data is an essential part of the private equity investment process, which firms must consider when making investment decisions. Private equity firms often rely on proprietary data sources, such as data from the companies they own or have invested in, to make investment decisions. They also use external data sources, such as public market data, to corroborate what they see from their data sources. 

 

The Importance of Data

 

With the increasing importance of various types of data, private equity firms must be able to access and analyze this data to stay ahead of the competition. Firms that can effectively use data will be well-positioned to make informed investment decisions, improve their portfolio companies’ performance, and generate better returns for their investors.

 

Beyond traditional data sources, alternative data is becoming increasingly important for private equity firms. This data can come from various sources and helps PE firms better understand the companies they invest in, make better investment decisions, and provide more hands-on operational support to their portfolio companies. Alternative data can help PE firms corroborate what they are being told and get a complete picture of the company they are interested in investing in. Alternative data can also help with operational decisions after an investment has been made. The ability to crunch a company’s proprietary data and glean insights into broader industry trends is crucial to helping a private equity company increase its market share, improve operational efficiency, and ultimately time the exit correctly. Therefore, a practical application of alternative data can create a virtuous cycle for private equity firms: better investment strategy, selection, execution, management, and realization, driving improved returns and increased LP demand. 

 

Any one source of data may not provide the entire picture of a potential investment, making it critical for private equity investors to analyze a wealth of data before making an investment decision. Overall, data can help to illustrate patterns and opportunities within the private equity space.

Partnership Strengthens Growing Industries Raising Private Capital

In another strategic move, KoreConX All-In-One Platform announces partnership with Fundopolis, an online investment bank specializing in exempt offerings and private placement capital allocation, as a way to keep creating more opportunities for entrepreneurs.

At first, Fundopolis was a KoreClient, attracted by its industry leading state of the art platform dedicated to processing and recordkeeping issuer and investor transactions in Exempt Capital-Raising Offerings, specifically RegCF and RegA+ offerings. Fundopolis uses KoreConX´s technology for their capital market activities.

As KorePartners, Fundopolis, a FINRA Broker-dealer registered in all 50 states, is eager to make their expertise available to the whole private capital ecosystem. With expertise in sectors such as real estate and cannabis, the online bank offers experience in these ever-expanding industries, guiding private companies as they navigate the complex regulatory space while introducing them to investors who share their vision for the future. Fundopolis is also part of the ecosystem for RegD, RegCF, and RegA+ offerings providing the FINRA broker dealer services to help companies raise capital.

“Beyond that, we understand that the investment landscape is constantly changing, and we pride ourselves on approaching the entire process with an eye on what is possible. As a recordkeeping transfer agent and escrow platform, we believe KoreConX is the perfect partner for Fundopolis, providing access to a vast ecosystem of investors and issuers,” says Bert Pearsall, CEO & Managing Principal at Fundopolis.

Co-founder and CEO at KoreConX, Oscar A. Jofre, acknowledges Fundopolis as a highly rated KorePartner. “When we first met, as a KoreClient, we saw a great potential and a lot of opportunities ahead of us. Since our solution unites tools to securely and efficiently manage business data and facilitate compliance during all the capital raising process regardless of where they are in this cycle, it was only natural to add them to our valuable team of KorePartners.”

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital.

KoreConX All-In-One Platform announces partnership with Fundopolis. Read more in our blog.

Recapping Our All-Star June Podcast Guests

Throughout June, we were happy to host another set of excellent speakers to add to our KoreTalkX series, covering timely topics like digital securities, RegA+ for cannabis, and the potential RegA+ unlocks for companies in the Medtech space. Keep reading to explore each episode in more depth. 

 

KoreTalkX #5: Digital securities matter; tokens, coins, and regulations.

 

The June lineup of KoreTalks kicked off with episode #5, during which Andrew Bull discussed the future of digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. As digital securities enter the mainstream, their potential to protect issuers and create opportunities for investors grows with the transparency they can offer. However, education will continue to be an important factor in driving the expansion of the digital asset space. This conversation is helpful for anyone interested in learning more about digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. With their experience in traditional finance and digital assets, Andrew Bull and Dr. Garimella provide valuable insights into this growing industry based on their observations of the industry’s development. 

 

KoreTalkX #6: Cannabis businesses need capital. Let’s raise it.

 

Reg A+ is a powerful tool for companies in the private sector, and it is no different for those in the cannabis industry. In KoreTalkX #6, Brianna Martyn of Big Stock Tips discussed the importance of due diligence when investing in the cannabis industry, advising investors to research and understand each company’s fundamentals before investing. Brianna spoke with Jessica Trapani of KoreConX about our role in helping private companies raise up to $75 million from brand advocates and customers without going public. 

 

KoreTalk #7: The MedTech ecosystem is booming.

 

The JOBS Act was signed into law two decades ago, yet we are just beginning to see more Medtech companies utilize the RegA+ exemption to raise capital. In the last KoreTalkX episode for June, Stephen Brock and Peter Daneyko discussed the benefits of the Jobs Act and how it will help businesses grow and create jobs. Especially in the Medtech space, which is traditionally capital-intensive, RegA+ provides a tremendous opportunity for companies to raise needed capital while retaining more ownership of their company. Additionally, the speakers also discuss new, game-changing opportunities for investors, who are now able to invest in companies that align with deeply personal values. 

 

If you’d like to watch any of these episodes in full, you can catch them on your favorite podcast platform. Click here to view episodes on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes.

It is time to meet your MedTech A+ Team

With our KoreSummit on RegA + for Medtech companies quickly approaching, we’d like to introduce the speakers we are thrilled to have for this informative event an exciting and life-changing industry. It is time to meet your MedTech A+ Team.

 

Dawson Russel
A branding and marketing expert with over ten years of experience in the industry. He has helped over 100 companies build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience thanks to his specialty in creative storytelling. His company, Capital Raise Agency, provides full-scale branding, marketing strategy, website design and development, video production, lead generation, social media, email, native ad campaign management, and more. At the upcoming Medtech KoreSummit event, Dawson will be speaking about how to build a brand and tell a story that captivates an audience.

 

Scott Pantel
President and founder of Life Science Intelligence, a company that ​​provides deep knowledge of the healthcare industry, guiding clients with actionable data to identify significant trends in medical devices, diagnostic, and digital health technologies that are rapidly evolving in the industry. At the upcoming KoreSummit, Scott will be discussing where Medtech companies can begin when embarking on their capital-raising journey. His wealth of knowledge on the topic will help entrepreneurs better understand the potential of Regulation A+ and how it can be used to grow their businesses. 

 

Stephen Brock
CEO of Medical Funding Professionals, a company that helps innovative companies in the healthcare field gain access to capital. Stephen is also passionate about ensuring founders, early employees, and investors retain control of their companies. For many companies in Medtech, this means introducing them to the potential of Regulation A+, which is just beginning to see more adoption by companies in this space. Stephens’s expertise in the Medtech field will shine through in his participation in the event’s panels.

 

Douglas Ruark
A corporate finance expert who has been involved in the securities industry for over two decades. He has experience with SEC-exempt securities offerings and provides advisory services for clients preparing and executing Regulation D, Regulation CF, and Regulation A+ offerings. We are excited for Douglas to share his knowledge at the KoreSummit event, where he will be speaking about Form 1A and the regulatory requirements for filing. 

 

Shari Noonan
CEO and Co-Founder of Rialto Markets, has over 20 years of experience in financial services, giving her unique insight into the private market. Shari will be joining the event to discuss the topic: “Form 1A: What is it, the regulatory requirements, and all you need to complete the filling and go live.” This makes her a valuable speaker at the upcoming event as she can offer information on the topic from both a regulatory and technological perspective for MedTech companies. 

 

Andrew Corn
Founder and CEO of E5A, a marketing firm specializing in RegA+ offerings. With over 25 years of experience in the industry, Andrew has a unique perspective on raising capital through marketing. He will be speaking at the upcoming KoreSummit on how Medtech companies can sell the story, not the stock. Through marketing, companies can reach a wider pool of potential investors, including those who are not accredited investors. Andrew brings his world-class knowledge of marketing Regulation A+ offers and acquiring the right investors for a company’s raise.

 

Nick Antaki
Corporate attorney with experience in securities offerings and private placements, providing legal services to small and medium-sized businesses, including entity structuring, regulatory strategy, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. Nick’s experience will be valuable to KoreSummit attendees as they look to raise money for their businesses, and he joins his colleague Doug Ruark from Reg D Resources.

 

Joel Steinmetz
COO and co-founder of Rialto Markets, with over 20 years of experience in the financial services field. He saw the many obstacles issuers and investors faced in the private placement market, opening up the opportunity to bring efficiency to inefficient markets, and inspiring him to co-found Rialto Markets.

 

Lee Saba
CTO and Head of Market Structure at Rialto with over 20 years of experience in financial services. We are excited to hear Lee share his thoughts in this growing Reg A+ vertical.

 

Matthew McNamara
Managing Partner at Assurance Dimensions and has over 20 years of experience as a Certified Public Accountant. He specializes in SEC and private company audits, focusing on technology, manufacturing, retail, construction, nonprofit, and transportation industries. Given his broad experience in accounting and auditing, McNamara is well-positioned to provide valuable insights on financial reporting for MedTech businesses.

 

Andy Angelos
President of Forward Progress, a company that provides end-to-end solutions for investor marketing, lead generation, and customer acquisition campaigns. Their battle-tested strategies connect you with accredited and nonaccredited investors to provide growth capital for your business. Andy will be speaking at a talk on “sell the story, not the stock” at the upcoming KoreSummit, sharing his expertise on connecting with investors and delivering sustained growth. With his vast experience in marketing and capital acquisition, Andy will surely give an insightful discussion that will be valuable for anyone in attendance.

 

John Hayes
Co-founder and CEO of Raising Stakes Media, a company that provides marketing and advertising services for businesses hoping to raise capital through a Reg A+ offering. With over 25 years of experience in the media industry, John brings a wealth of knowledge to the table for effectively telling a company’s story.

 

Oscar Jofre
Co-founder, president, and CEO of KoreConX. He has long been a passionate advocate for expanding the private capital market to increase opportunities for companies and investors alike. Part of his mission at KoreConX is to establish an ecosystem of trusted partners that can help investors and issuers succeed through the JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

Peter Daneyko
KoreConX’s CRO and brings a wealth of knowledge to the table regarding business development, startups, and sales. He will be speaking at the KoreSummit about Secondary ATS and Form 1A: What is it, the regulatory requirements, and all you need to complete the filling. This is essential information for anyone in the MedTech industry looking to go live with Reg A+, as it can be challenging to navigate the regulatory landscape. 

 

Dr. Kiran Garimella
Chief Scientist & CTO at KoreConX, is a world-renowned expert in artificial intelligence and machine learning, with over 20 years of experience in the technology industry. His experience and expertise make him a valuable asset to the KoreSummit, and he will talk about preparing for your live offering and secondary ATS.

 

Amanda Grange
Transfer specialist with KoreConX and returning for the upcoming KoreSummit event. She brings her experience to the table to discuss what issuers should be aware of when going live and the preparations they need to make to set themselves up for potential success.

 

It’s not too late to sign up for the event. You can register for the half-day webinar event here. It’s completely free to attend! 

 

The Medtech A+ Team: An Upcoming KoreSummit Event

KoreConX is excited for the upcoming KoreSummit event on Thursday, June 23rd. Our second event focused on the Medtech vertical, Thursday is a half-day event that dives into how Medtech companies can conduct a successful RegA+ offering. Kicking off at 1 PM EST, we’re excited for our KorePartners to join us in covering this exciting topic. Let’s dive into the schedule more below.

 

At 1 PM EST, KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre will introduce the event with a warm welcome. The first panel at 1:10 PM will begin with an introduction to Reg A+ for a MedTech company. This opening panel features Oscar Jofre, Scot Pantel, and Stephen Brock.

 

Up next at 1:40 PM, five experts will take the virtual stage to talk about the preparation phase including what a Form 1A is and the regulatory requirements you need to complete the filing. Douglas Rurak, Matthew McNamara, Peter Danyeko, Nick Antaki, and Shari Noonan will be speaking on this panel. 

 

At 2:15 PM, the third panel kicks off with a discussion about going live. This panel will cover everything you need to know when preparing your live offering to ensure it is a success and will feature Kiran Gramiella, Shari Noonan, John Hayes, and broker-dealer Amanda Grange. From investor acquisition and issuance tech to broker-dealers, this panel will ensure participants will be prepared for their next capital raise.

 

The fourth panel takes place at 3:00 PM and is about how, when raising capital, it is vital to sell your company’s story, not just the stock. By learning how to tell a story, MedTech companies looking to raise capital will be able to connect with investors on a personal level and have a much better chance of success. Panelists will include Scott Pantel, Andy Angelos, John Hayes, Andrew Corn, and Dawson Russell sharing their wealth of experience on this topic.

 

At 3:40 PM, the 5th panel discusses the importance of a secondary ATS, what it is, and how to pick one that will best suit your needs. Lee Saba, Kiran Garimella, and Peter Danyeko will discuss their experience with ATSs and help you understand why having one is so important. 

 

The event concludes with the final panel at 4:00 PM with a short panel that covers takeaways from the event as well as allows for networking. With this panel, we hope to give event attendees the chance to meet and greet the KoreConX ecosystem of partners, members, and service providers that work with Reg A+ daily. This will include Oscar Jofre, Scot Pantel, Joel Steinmetz, Matthew McNamara, Douglas Ruark, and Stephen Brock.

 

Join us for MedTech A+ Team: How to do a successful Reg A+ for a MedTech company on Thursday, June 23rd, 2022. This event is online and free to attend, which you can register for here. This event is perfect for all MedTech companies that are new or unfamiliar with Reg A+ and those that have completed Reg A+ raises in the past.

There’s a Lot of Private Capital to Go Around

With all the turbulence in the public markets, private markets look even more attractive to investors.  The private markets are 4x the size of public markets. Investors are and will continue to look for investment opportunities and right now, there is a lot of private capital to go around when we see these numbers.

 

A Staggering Amount of Private Capital

 

The private capital available in the world today is staggering. A recent report by Bain & Company found that there is more than $5 trillion of uninvested funds currently available from private equity firms, and this number is only expected to grow in the coming years. With this influx of cash, private equity firms can engage in mega-deals and drive up valuations in the process.

 

The increased availability of private capital is not just limited to traditional private equity firms. Family offices, sovereign wealth funds, and pension funds play a more prominent role in the private equity space and have experienced sweeping changes in 2021. With all this capital available, it’s no wonder that the private market is growing. While some people may be concerned about a potential bubble, it’s important to remember that the private equity industry is still relatively small compared to other asset classes. So even though there may be some risk of over-inflated valuations, the private equity industry still has much room to grow

 

Accessing Private Capital

 

We are witnessing record-breaking investment levels reaching billions of dollars. Several reasons for this influx of cash include:

 

  • Low-interest rates
  • An improving global economy
  • A renewed focus on private equity and venture capital

 

The wealth of private capital available today is staggering and growing. The options for accessing this capital are many and diverse, so there’s no one-size-fits-all solution for each private company looking to raise capital. However, some general guidelines will help you find the right resources for your business. You must understand what stage your company is in. This will help you identify the right kind of capital, as well as the right source of that capital. There are generally four stages of funding for a business:

 

  • Pre-seed Stage: This is when you have an idea but no product or service to sell. You will need to raise funds to develop your concept and bring it to market.
  • Seed Stage: This is when you have a product or service but no sales. You will need funds to finance your product development, marketing, and initial sales efforts.
  • Early Stage: This is when you have initial sales but are not yet profitable. You will need funds to finance your growth and expand your business.
  • Late Stage: This is when you are profitable and looking to scale your business. You will need funds to finance your expansion plans.

 

There are many private capital sources, including family and friends, angel investors, venture capitalists, accredited investors, nonaccredited investors, and private equity firms. Each has its strengths and weaknesses, so it’s essential to understand the differences before approaching them for funding.

 

Additionally, we are even beginning to see a growing player in this market: JOBS Act exceptions. These exemptions, Regulation A+, Regulation CF, and Regulation D, are game-changer for companies and investors alike. These exemptions allow companies to raise significant capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors alike, which continues to widen the pool of potential investors. 

 

The private capital market is booming, with record-breaking investment levels reaching billions of dollars. There are several reasons for this influx of cash, including an improving global economy, low-interest rates, and a renewed focus on private equity and venture capital. Not to mention, the JOBS Act has introduced new sources of capital outside of the traditional VC and private equity round. The everyday investor is showing significant interest in the ability to get in on the ground floor with a promising company to grow their wealth. With so much private capital available, it is time to take advantage of it.

 

Private Equity’s Primetime Has Arrived

Private equity’s primetime has arrived! This stems from a number of reasons, including favorable economic conditions for the private capital market. In fact, 42% of private equity limited partners report a 16% net return in this space. Here are three factors in particular that have caused private equity to outperform public equity in 2022.

 

1) Interest Rates:

A survey found that 71% of global private equity investors have indicated that their equity investments have outperformed their public equity portfolios since the global financial crisis. This is in part because private equity firms are less reliant on debt financing than public companies. Higher borrowing costs will hit public companies harder, putting them at a competitive disadvantage over private companies with rising interest rates.

 

2) Economic Uncertainty:

Some degree of uncertainty characterizes current economic environment. This can be attributed to the ongoing trade conflicts between the United States and China, Brexit, and the coronavirus pandemic. These factors have made it difficult for public companies to make long-term plans and invest for the future. Private equity firms, on the other hand, are better suited to deal with economic uncertainty. This is because they can take a longer-term view and are not as reliant on short-term results.

 

3) Regulation:

The increased regulation of public companies has made it more difficult and expensive for them to operate. Private companies are not subject to the same level of regulation, giving them a competitive advantage. Additionally, private companies can benefit from registration exemptions, like RegA+ and RegCF, which allow them to raise capital from everyday investors without the need to go public. This provides private companies a significant tool they can use to their advantage and fuel their growth.

 

These combined factors show that private equity has arrived and is here to stay. This will likely continue in the future, making private equity an attractive investment for investors. More individuals are involved in the private markets with the rise in forms of private investment for regulated and non-regulated investors, such as the JOBS Act regulations. This means more capital is flowing into private markets, which drives up valuations. With the current market conditions, investors would be wise to allocate a portion of their portfolio to private equity to protect and grow their wealth and prepare their portfolios for the future.

How Can a Foreign Company use RegA+

For many issuers outside of the United States, the ability to raise capital from a wide pool of investors, including “the crowd” is immensely compelling. However, for foreign issuers to be able to use RegA+, there are some important considerations to keep in mind.

 

First and foremost is whether the company would be eligible to offer securities to U.S. investors. Foreign companies should seek the advice of qualified legal counsel to ensure compliance with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. Additionally, foreign companies should consider the costs associated with making a public offering under RegA+ and the ongoing reporting requirements imposed on the company if it elects to use this securities exemption.

 

Benefit from RegA+ as a Foreign Company

 

The benefits of using Reg A+ for foreign companies are tremendous. Perhaps most importantly, RegA+, as a securities exemption, allows companies to raise $75 million from non-accredited investors. The exemption also enables issuers to “test the waters” concerning interest in their securities before officially launching the offering

 

Using RegA+ as a Foreign Company

 

It is vital first to understand the process and what is required when looking to do a RegA+ raise. Foreign companies should be aware of the following when using RegA+:

 

  • The company must be registered as a US company with a principal place of business in the US.
  • The company must have two years of audited financial statements.

 

While RegA+ offers a foreign company a simplified path to raising capital in the United States, several requirements still need to be met for the offering to be successful. These requirements include:

 

  • Filing a Form 1-A with the SEC.
  • Passing an SEC review process.
  • Engaging a US-based registered broker-dealer.
  • Disclosing all material information about the company and the offering.

 

However, like any method of raising capital, RegA+ may not be suitable for all foreign issuers. This makes it incredibly important to engage a knowledgeable team that can guide issuers through the process.

 

What Does ATS Mean in Trading

Many investors are turning to the private capital market to make long-term investments in light of the current market conditions. This has increased alternate trading systems and secondary market trading for RegA+, RegCF, and RegD securities. An alternate trading system (ATS) is a non-exchange trading venue that matches buyers and sellers to trade securities. In the United States, an ATS must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and must comply with specific regulations.

 

Different Forms of ATSs

 

There are many benefits to using an ATS, such as increased liquidity, lower costs, and greater flexibility. For example, an ATS can provide more liquidity for a security by providing shareholders with a means to sell private company shares. In addition, an ATS may offer lower costs than an exchange, such as no membership fees or listing requirements. In addition, an can often be categorized as an electronic communication network, dark pool, crossing network, or call market.

 

  • Electronic Communication Network: An ECN allows buyers and sellers to exchange shares without a middleman. Trades can also happen outside of business hours, which means that hours are not tied to the traditional stock market.
  • Dark Pools: A dark pool is a type of ATS that does not publicly display the prices or orders of its participants. Dark pools are typically used by institutional investors, such as hedge funds, to trade large blocks of shares without moving the market.
  • Crossing Network: A crossing network is very similar to a dark pool, meaning that the details of a trade are not made publicly available 
  • Call Markets: In a call market, trades are only executed once a certain number of orders has been reached, often at a set interval of time. 

 

Secondary market trading of RegA+, RegCF, and RegD securities can take place on an ATS, which is typically a registered broker-dealer platform. These platforms allow investors to buy and sell these securities even if the buyer did not invest in the initial offering. The secondary market for RegA+ securities is the most developed due to the long history of these securities. The main difference is that RegCF and RegD shareholders are required to own their securities for a longer period of time before they can be traded in a secondary market.

 

What is the Difference Between an ATS and Exchange?

Many people are familiar with the concept of an exchange; whenever you buy stocks in publicly traded companies, you go through a stock exchange like the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ. National securities exchanges are self-regulatory and their members, or listed companies, must meet the requirements established by the exchange. Exchanges are also SEC-registered

 

An ATS is much like an exchange in that it brings together buyers and sellers of securities. However, the main difference is that an ATS does not take on regulatory responsibilities. Therefore, an ATS can trade both listed and unlisted securities, like those purchased under a JOBS Act exemption. ATSs are also regulated by the SEC but must be operated by a FINRA-registered broker-dealer.

 

The Impact of Liquidity on Investing

 

Liquidity is an important concept to understand when trading securities and refers to the ability of a security to be bought or sold quickly and at a fair price. A security that is easy to buy and sell is said to be liquid. A security that is difficult to buy or sell is said to be illiquid. An investor might consider the liquidity of a security when making an investment decision. For example, an investor might choose to invest in a liquid security if they plan on selling it quickly. An investor might choose to invest in an illiquid security if they are willing to hold it for a more extended time. When trading securities on an ATS, it is crucial to consider the security’s liquidity. A security that is not liquid may be challenging to sell, and worth considering the liquidity of a security before investing in it.

A Distributed Workforce And How To Trust Your Employees

At the Virtual Communication Mastery event on May 26th, 2022, Oscar Jofre, KoreConX President, CEO, and co-founder, was invited to participate in a talk on the importance of building a team from a distributed workforce and how to trust your employees. He spoke about the company culture at KoreConX, which is based on trust and empowering employees to make decisions and how it benefits operations, and how we are seeing more companies embrace the remote model of working.

 

During the interview, the Virtual Communication Mastery hosts spoke to Jofre about how the crowdfunding concept in the US changed how fundraising works and who stakeholders are. “Venture capital is not the only way, there is nothing wrong with not being a venture, and because of COVID, online crowdfunding investment in the US has grown and has become more popular than ever,” said Jofre. He reiterated how there is lots of money sitting available, over $30 trillion, waiting to be invested, but it was difficult for people to support companies they believed in. Now with the JOBS Act regulations, KoreConX does everything compliantly to empower the private capital market so everyone can invest in innovative private companies.

 

This idea of inclusion does not only apply to its investors but also to the company’s employees. KoreConX is seeing companies embracing the distributed model “because it is about productivity.” You want your company to have the best product possible, and by getting the best people to believe in and execute that vision, it does not matter if they are in the same room as you. 

 

In fact, nearly 61% of Americans choose not to go into the workplace, a stark change from earlier in the pandemic.  “In 5-10 years,” says Jofre, “offices will not be the major hub for where people work.” He continued, saying that “with distributed working, we will see more small communities becoming hubs of people working remotely, and we are seeing more traveling because of remote working. Remote work is a very different environment where you do not lose things when you leave.” This allows a company and its employees to stay connected no matter where they are constantly. 

 

A significant concept Oscar believes in is providing to all employees is trust. He believes that “for a distributed team to work productively, there must be trust” between the employer and the employee. The employer trusts that the job will get done, and the employees trust that they can do their job without being micromanaged. By trusting your employees to make business decisions, you empower them to be as invested in the company as you are and improve productivity.

 

Trends We Believe Will Shape Investment Crowdfunding

In the first half of the year, a great deal has happened in investment crowdfunding. We’ve seen several trends emerge that are worth looking at as we move into 2022. These trends can impact everything from how you raise capital, structure your investments, and what kinds of companies you invest in. Here are three trends that we believe will shape investment crowdfunding in the coming year:

 

More support for Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs)

 

Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs) have been around for a while, but they’ve been slow to catch on in the investment crowdfunding space. That’s starting to change, though, as more and more platforms are beginning to see the benefits of using an ATS. An ATS is a platform that allows for the secondary trading of securities, which means that it can be used to buy and sell shares of companies not listed on a traditional stock exchange. One of the benefits of using an ATS is that it gives investors more liquidity for their investments. This means that investors will be able to sell their shares more efficiently and at a better price. ATS will also be a significant player as digital securities continue to evolve and see wider adoption.

 

Another benefit of using an ATS is that it can help to level the playing field for issuers. By using an ATS, issuers will be able to list their securities on a platform that is open to a broader range of investors. We believe that the increased use of ATSs will positively impact crowdfunding investments in the coming year. That’s because ATSs can help make the market more efficient, giving issuers and investors more options, but sweeping regulations are being proposed for alternative trading systems.

 

More focus on Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) factors

 

ESG investing is an investment strategy that considers environmental, social, and governance factors. This investing style has been gaining in popularity in recent years, as more and more investors are looking for ways to invest in companies that positively impact the world. We believe that the focus on ESG factors will continue to grow in the coming year as more investors look for ways to align their investments with their values, and crowdfunding can make the most out of this.

 

There are several reasons why we believe that the focus on ESG will continue to grow in the coming year:

  • A recent Gallups study showed that nearly half of the respondents polled are interested in sustainable investments, yet only 25% had heard about it. This could be a significant opportunity for companies looking to raise capital for ESG-focused businesses.
  • We also expect to see more regulation around ESG investing in the coming year. The SEC proposed a rule in March of 2022 requiring any SEC-registered companies to add specific disclosures on periodic reports and registration statements. Companies must also share information on climate-related risks that may impact business. While companies using JOBS Act exemptions are not SEC-registered, this may be an interesting development as investor demand continues to rise.
  • We also expect to see more interest from retail investors in ESG investing. A recent survey by Morgan Stanley found that 75% of millennial investors are interested in sustainable investments. This is a trend that we expect to continue in the coming year as more and more retail investors look for ways to invest in companies that positively impact the world.

 

Impact on Minority Companies

 

The past couple of years have been challenging for many businesses, but it has been especially challenging for minority-owned companies. That’s because the pandemic had a disproportionate impact on minority communities. For example, Black and Latino households have lost more wealth than white households during the pandemic, with 55% of households facing major financial problems. This has led to many people of color rethinking their investment strategies.

 

In addition, traditional financial institutions have long underserved minority-owned companies. Of venture capitalists, only 2% of their portfolio companies had a Latino founder, and 1% were led by a black person in 2017. 2020 data has shown little improvement The pandemic has highlighted just how important it is for minority communities to have access to capital. That’s why we predict that investment crowdfunding will become an increasingly popular way for minority-owned businesses to raise capital in the coming years.

 

Closing Thoughts

 

These three trends we believe will shape investment crowdfunding in the coming years. By understanding these trends, issuers and investors will be better positioned to take advantage of their present opportunities, allowing investors to connect more with businesses that they are passionate about and that align with their values. At the same time, it is also important for us to continue pushing the industry forward, enabling wider access to capital for businesses and more investment opportunities for investors.

Quarterbacks: Their Role and Why They’re Essential for Your RegA+ Raise

In the world of Reg A+, quarterbacks are essential to a successful offering. They play a critical role in the overall success of an offering, and their importance should not be underestimated. This article will explore the role of the quarterback and explain why they are so crucial for Reg A+. 

 

What is a Reg A+ Quarterback?

 

A quarterback works with issuers to advise and bring the necessary players to the table in a RegA+ offering. They are essential to ensure everything goes smoothly, lending their capital raising expertise to aid issuers on their capital raising journey. Without a quarterback, a company can easily overlook the nuances and complexities of securities regulations. A quarterback’s role is to manage and monitor the entire process. Doug Ruark, founder and president of Regulation D Resources Enterprises, Inc., defines the role of the quarterback as someone who has got to “work with clients that are looking to execute a securities offering, and need to get everything structured. Companies need to get all of their offering documents drafted, they need to go through the filing process with the SEC. And then, typically, a quarterback provides compliance support as they, company and quarterback, move forward and execute their offering”.

 

For a company to file with the SEC under RegA+, it must go through qualified testing. This is where a company’s financials, management team, and other factors are analyzed. A quarterback is essential in this process as they can provide valuable insight and knowledge about the company. Without a quarterback, a company may be at risk of not being fully prepared for this vital step.

 

The Importance of a Quarterback

 

A quarterback is a crucial part of any capital raising activity. They will be a valuable asset in the process and can help you avoid any costly mistakes. Some key QB responsibilities include:

  • Provide non-legal advisory services to management teams
  • Coordinate fundraising efforts with online platforms or crowdfunding portals
  • Facilitate communication between issuers and financial professionals like broker-dealers
  • Assist with due diligence
  • Work with marketing teams to establish marketing strategies
  • Other services to streamline the offering

 

Reg A+ Raises and QBs

 

By preparing well for a Reg A+ offering with a quarterback, companies can put their best foot forward and make a strong impression on potential investors. Having a well-coordinated team in place is critical, as is having all the necessary documentation and financials. Quarterbacks play an essential role in ensuring all the pieces are in place and working together smoothly so that when it comes time to present to investors, companies can do so with confidence. Quarterbacks can help their companies make a successful Reg A+ offering and attract the funding they need to grow by taking the time to do things right from the start.

 

It All Started with the JOBS Act

This month, we launched our newest series, KoreTalkX, during which we have hosted exciting, one-on-one conversations with industry experts to expand the knowledge base on capital raising in the private markets. We’re recapping the episodes so far and look forward to the next live event on Tuesday, May 31st, when Dr. Kiran Garimella (CTO, KoreConX) and Andrew Bull (Founding Memeber), Bull Blockchain Law) discuss digital securities. 

 

KoreTalkX #1: 10th Anniversary of the JOBS Act

In this conversation, David Weild IV, Father of the JOBS Act, and Oscar Jofre discuss the importance of the JOBS Act concerning small businesses and entrepreneurship. An important focus has been how the Act has helped increase innovation and expand access to capital for smaller companies, which is crucial for paving a brighter future.

 

Listen to the full episode on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes!

 

KoreTalkX #2: How Can ESG Reshape Capital Raising?

This talk between Peter Daneyko and Paul Karrlsson-Willis, CEO of Justly Markets, discusses impact investing and ESG (environmental, social, and governance) criteria. Since the JOBS Act has allowed more people to invest in companies and given rise to the popularity of crowdfunding and investing for non-accredited investors, they discuss how many people are investing in businesses with missions they’re passionate about. 

 

Listen to the full episode on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes!

 

KoreTalkX #3: How to Start and Manage a Cap Table?

In this discussion, Amanda Grange and Matthew McNamara, Managing Partner at Assurance Dimensions, talk about starting and managing a cap table. A primary focus is how the SEC compliance guidelines protect companies and how a good transfer agent will help a company stay within those guidelines. They also talk about how a well-managed and structured cap table can streamline a raise.

 

Listen to the full episode on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes!

 

KoreTalkX #4: Thoughts on Investor Acquisition

Jason Futko and Tim Martinez, co-founder of Digital Niche Agency, talk about how to acquire investors for your startup. They highlight how important it is to have a good strategy before launching your campaign and how companies have a powerful opportunity to transform investors and customers into brand ambassadors. Additionally, they suggest entrepreneurs be prepared for a long marathon to achieve success and how to help achieve this in today’s climate.

 

Listen to the full episode on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes!

 

Security Tokens for RegA+

Although security tokens have been around for a while, they have started to gain popularity because they offer several advantages over traditional investment vehicles. In particular, security tokens can be used in RegA+ offerings, allowing companies to raise money from accredited and unaccredited investors. As a result, security tokens have quickly become one of the most popular ways to invest in startups and other high-growth businesses.

 

What are Security Tokens?

 

Security tokens, as the name implies, are securities. And much like traditional securities, they represent an ownership stake in a company or some other asset and are subject to the same SEC oversight as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and other forms of investment vehicles. Because of this, they share a familiar structure and have regulatory protection that makes them attractive for companies and investors alike. There is a greater assurance for the issuer that their investment will be protected from the volatility often associated with unregulated cryptocurrencies. For the investor, there is the added security of knowing that an asset backs its investment with value outside of the blockchain. 

 

​​”Security tokens are the missing link between the traditional financial world and the blockchain,” says Andrew Bull, founding partner of Bull Blockchain Law and KorePartner. “They provide the benefits of both worlds: the security of regulated securities and the flexibility and opportunity of digital assets.”

 

However, are security tokens the same as digital securities? The short answer is: yes, security tokens are the same as digital securities. Both represent an ownership stake in an entity or property, subject to SEC regulations. Thus, the names can be used interchangeably. The key difference between security tokens and traditional securities is that the former are digital representations that move and exist on a blockchain. 

 

It is also important to consider that while security tokens are cryptocurrencies, they are different from coins. Coins represent value on their own, like Bitcoin or Ethereum, whereas tokens have a function other than storage or exchange alone. And unlike utility tokens, security tokens represent a stake in an asset that has value outside of the blockchain. 

 

“Because security tokens denominate a stake in an asset that already has value outside of the blockchain, their value is not necessarily domain or ecosystem specific, as is the case with utility tokens,” says Bull. “Instead, the assets apportioned through the security tokens exist in the traditional market, in public and private equities. This makes the security token a naturally more attractive investment to both issuers and investors, as it provides a connection between traditional and digital investment assets.”

 

Benefits of Security Tokens for Issuers and Investors

 

Security tokens offer many benefits to companies and investors. Perhaps most importantly, they provide a bridge between traditional and digital investment assets, making it easier for companies to raise money and investors to gain exposure to the blockchain ecosystem. Because security tokens are subject to SEC regulations, issuing companies may benefit from the reassurance that their investment might be protected to a certain extent. The same benefit goes to the investor.

 

“Both parties can expect their ownership stake to be preserved on the blockchain ledger, as well,” said Bull. Investors can benefit from security tokens because they connect traditional and digital investment assets. Security tokens also have the potential to help investors by providing regulatory protection. This is important because it can help to mitigate the risk associated with investing in more experimental, unregulated cryptocurrencies.

 

On the other hand, digital assets not subject to SEC regulation, like utility tokens, have proven vulnerable to volatility and, therefore, challenging to maintain conditions stable enough to run a company. In this case, the investor in the utility token is exposed to a great deal more risk than the investor in the security token.

 

In summary, security tokens offer several benefits to both companies and investors. They provide a bridge between traditional and digital investment assets, making it easier for companies to raise money and investors to gain exposure to the blockchain ecosystem. These characteristics make security tokens less vulnerable to volatility and a more stable form of investment. They are also subject to SEC regulations, which provide some protection for both companies and investors.

Can Cannabis Companies Use RegCF?

In recent years, public perception of cannabis is gaining positive momentum. As of April 2021, 35 states have made medical marijuana legal, with 18 of them legalizing it recreationally. This growth has been tremendous, raising the industry’s value to over $13 billion and directly supporting 340,000 jobs. Additionally, 91% of Americans believe that regulators should legalize cannabis for medical and recreational use.

 

These factors have created an excellent opportunity for companies in this space. As public perceptions continue to rise, investments in cannabis companies may become more attractive to retail and accredited investors. Projections show that by 2028, cannabis will be an industry worth $70.8 billion globally

 

The passing of the JOBS Act in 2012, and its subsequent amendments, have made it easier for companies to raise money from investors. But can cannabis companies use RegCF to raise money? The answer is yes, but there are a few things they need to keep in mind. In this blog post, we’ll take a closer look at how cannabis companies can use RegCF to raise money and how it can benefit companies and investors alike.

 

RegCF and Cannabis

 

Crowdfunding has become a popular way to raise money, especially for small businesses and startups. It’s a way to get funding from a large pool of investors, each contributing a small amount of money. This can be helpful for companies looking to forego traditional funding sources, like venture capitalists or angel investors. Another factor contributing to the growing popularity of RegCF for cannabis companies is the growing legalization of cannabis products, especially across the United States and Canada.

 

RegCF is an exemption from securities laws that companies use to raise money from the public, without having to be registered as a publicly-traded company. This allows greater access to capital, without having to go through the arduous and expensive process of going through an IPO. 

 

So far, RegCF has been a successful way for cannabis companies to raise money, especially in an industry where traditional loans or going public may not be an option. The benefits of cannabis companies using RegCF to raise capital are:

 

  • Raising money from accredited and non-accredited investors.
  • Reaching a large number of potential investors through online platforms.
  • Enabling founders to retain more ownership of their company, while raising needed capital.

 

RegCF is a flexible way for all-sized companies to get funding, and it’s helping to fuel the growth of the cannabis industry. 

 

Growing with RegCF

 

The premise of the JOBS Act was to fuel the economy, create jobs, and allow startups to flourish. Cannabis companies can now capitalize on the success other companies have had using RegCF over the past decade and cannabis companies are seeing exciting potential in this ability. This democratization of capital will help fuel the industry’s growth and create jobs. In addition, RegCF provides a cost-effective way to raise money, which is critical for early-stage companies. The future looks bright for RegCF and cannabis companies as more states legalize marijuana and businesses continue to enter the space. The industry is still in its early stages, and RegCF provides an excellent opportunity for companies to raise the capital they need to grow.

KorePartner Spotlight: Dawson Russell, Founder and CEO of Capital Raise Agency

Dawson Russell is the Managing Partner and CEO of Capital Raise Agency, a full-service investor acquisition, and creative agency. Capital Raise Agency has helped over 100 clients build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience, specializing in creative storytelling in the realm of JOBS Act raises such as Reg A+, Regulation D, and S. 

 

Dawson is excited about the potential RegA+ is poised to unlock for MedTech companies and believes that the partnership with KoreConX is the perfect fit for his company. We were excited to recently sit down with Dawson Russell to talk to him about his thoughts on the industry and what he is looking forward to in the industry’s future.

 

Q: Why did you become involved in the industry? 

 

A: This is a part of our story that we always love to tell issuers. This is not an industry that we picked out as a “niche” we were going to market into. We fell into it naturally. I started working with my father’s financial advisory firm for about 16 years. The story goes, I walked in and saw their new marketing materials that were sitting on the conference room table and said, “this is awful.” I didn’t realize they had just dropped a lot of their marketing budget on these new “updated” materials. So my father and his business partner looked at each other and said, “well, fix it then.”

 

After other advisors and broker-dealers started to see their design and marketing, the agency snowballed by referral. Over ten years ago, the first Reg D offering reached out to us to help them re-brand and tell their story in the broker-dealer and advisor marketplace. We helped them raise $60 million, and since then, we have helped 100+ clients build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience.

 

Q: What services does your company provide for Reg A offerings? 

A: We are a full-service investor acquisition and creative agency, in that we provide everything from full-scale branding, marketing strategy, audience selection, website design and development, video production, lead generation, social media, email, native ad campaign management, and more. We always tell our issuers that we really want you to see us as the marketing director down the hallway. Even though we are remote, we want it to feel like we are on your team and not just a third-party vendor. If something creative or marketing-related needs to be accomplished, chances are we have done and can do it for our issuers. 

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise? 

A: I believe the most unique area we bring to the table is our creativity in storytelling. It all comes down to how you can tell your story to your prospects and investors creatively and relatively. So our unique ability comes from meeting with our clients and understanding who they are, what they are doing, and why that is important to the investor, and then putting the creative elements in place to tell that story in a captivating way.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry? 

A: One of the things we love about this industry is how much it feels like all the vendors, from legal to tech, to investor acquisition, to managing broker-dealers, truly feel like we are in this together. It feels more like we are a part of a giant team, all pushing for the same goal; to help our issuers succeed in their journey through the capital raise process. 

 

Q: What opportunities do you see RegA+ unlocking for MedTech companies? 

A: While we only have a handful of experience with MedTech companies in this space, we have heard an overwhelming, repetitive theme that venture capital firms take so much of a MedTech company that it leaves the founders with hardly any ownership of what they dreamed up and created in the first place. RegA+ unlocks the potential to keep their company in their hands and build a genuine following and investor distribution channel that they can reach out to repeatedly as they grow and need to continue to raise capital. 

 

Q: How is the partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company? 

A: We love KoreConX because of the ability it gives an issuer to really brand their entire process from start to finish (from lead to investor) as their own. There are no random KoreConX logos that appear through the investment process, and it makes it such a smooth and easy user experience for the investor from the landing page to opt-in to start the investment process.

 

5 Key Players To Know For Your 401k Audit

This blog was originally written by our KorePartners at Assurance Dimensions. View the original post here.

 

Your 401k audit requires the work of multiple key players with different roles and responsibilities. It’s a team effort to ensure your benefit plan audit is seamless, timely, and accurate. Let’s outline the service providers and how you will work with them for your next 401k audit.

 

Custodian

The custodian of a 401k plan has the legal obligation to act in the sole interest of the plan participants. The custodian will make fund decisions in the best interest of the plan participants, without regard to the interests of the employer or plan sponsor.

 

Third-Party Administrator (TPA)

The 401k plan sponsor hires a TPA to run the day-to-day operations of the retirement plan. The TPA is responsible for calculating vested returns and filing reports to the DOL, IRS, and other government agencies. Overall, the TPA plays a critical role in a 401k audit, as they prepare the annual Form 5500 and have access to the required financial documents necessary for the audit.

 

Financial or Investment Advisor

Due to the complex nature of 401k plans, many companies employ a 401k advisor or financial advisor to help employers develop and maintain a 401k plan. Their role can involve several responsibilities, including:

  • Retirement plan design
  • Plan implementation and management
  • Oversee quarterly investment meetings
  • Provide 401k advice to plan participants
  • Assist with the annual 401k audit
  • Administrative support related to finances
  • Track regulatory and legislative updates that may affect the 401k audit

 

Recordkeeper

The recordkeeper is the most visible to provider participants. This role is primarily associated with enrolling participants and providing them access to their retirement assets. The role of the recordkeeper is to track the data required for the 401k audit (including contributions and earnings.) The recordkeeper also communicates data to the required parties.

 

Auditor

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and the Internal Revenue Code require employers and plan administrators to hire an outside audit firm for an independent 401k plan audit. The auditor will be in charge of administering your 401k audit and preparing audited financial statements of your plan. They should be experienced CPAs who have detailed processes to ensure your benefit plan audit is completed correctly and promptly.

 

Coordinate and Communicate During Your 401k Audit

Once you have established that your benefit plan needs a 401k audit, the audit team will need to work in sync with all key players of the 401k plan. Since the auditor must collect information from the plan’s service providers and ensure that it is accurate and detailed, this requires coordination and clear communication across all roles in the 401k plan audit. Failure to coordinate could lead to missed 401k plan audit deadlines and compliance penalties.

 

Hire A Trusted Audit Team For Your 401k Audit

A 401k audit is time-sensitive and has extensive requirements. Hire qualified, certified public accountants to help your benefit plan maintain compliance.

Credit Cards, Escrow, and Broker-Dealers for RegA+ = $75 Million for Cannabis Companies

 

“It’s About Time”

 

Up until now, it was a real challenge for Cannabis companies to take advantage of Reg A+ exemptions that allow private companies to raise up to $75 million from the crowd; accredited and non-accredited investors alike.  So you have the investor community’s appetite, the table is set and they are ready, willing, and able; but what else do you need?

 

FINRA Broker-dealer

 

The regulation is meant to create jobs, allow private companies another way to raise capital, and allow for the investor community at large to participate. Before RegA+ exemptions, many potential investors were left looking into the candy store without any way to invest.  So with the democratization of capital and the ability of an untapped investor community to now have a seat at the table, the broker-dealer becomes an all-important intermediary.  In a highly regulated environment, the Broker-dealer takes the onerous task of KYC, ID verification, and AML ( anti-money laundering) off the issuer’s shoulder;  so you, the Issuer, can run your business without worrying about this important compliance requirement. As a result, you not only have the opportunity to gain large groups of investors but also develop brand advocates who share in your story.

 

Escrow Agent 

After the broker-dealer, you need an escrow agent that can hold funds from investors in all 50 states and territories and only charge you one flat fee. 

 

This key intermediary holds the investors’ funds on behalf of the Issuer until the broker-dealer completes the ID, KYC, and AML verification. Once these checks are complete, the escrow agent can release the funds. Until recently, a couple of historical challenges for industry sectors such as cannabis included the inability to get Escrow for their capital raises. Not only is Escrow now available but also at a cost-effective price point and with normalized fees, which is really the way it should have always been.  

 

Credit Cards 

 

Now below 2.9%  allowing both cannabis companies and their shareholders to be fairly treated when investing in the growth of their companies;  bringing jobs to communities and opportunities to those that believe in the company. Being responsible with your credit cards is common sense. Still, the ease of use and points as an added bonus is certainly one of the nice perks and perhaps a big reason for their high usage via crowd participation in private capital raises.

 

If you’re part of the Cannabis ecosystem looking to learn more about how KoreConX can help you on your capital raising journey, please fill out the form here.

Accredited Vs. Non-Accredited Investors: What’s the difference?

There is a big difference between accredited and non-accredited investors. Understanding the difference is key to knowing which type of investor you are or understanding the type of investor your offering is targeting. Let’s look at each type of investor and find out more about their specific benefits and limitations.

 

Accredited Investors

 

An accredited investor is an individual or institution that has been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to invest in certain types of securities. These investments are typically unavailable to the retail investor, as they are considered high-risk and high-return. Historically, accredited investors have been able to:

 

  • Access to exclusive investment opportunities: Traditionally, many startups and early-stage companies will only accept investments from accredited investors, as they were considered to be more sophisticated and able to handle the higher risk.
  • Invest in private companies: Many accredited investors choose to invest in private companies, as they can offer higher returns than public companies. Before the JOBS Act, only accredited were able to invest in these companies.

 

To become an accredited investor, an individual must meet certain criteria set forth by the SEC. These include:

  • Entities that have assets of $5 million.
  • Earning an annual income of $200,000 (or $300,000 for couples) for the past two years.
  • Having a net worth of $1 million (excluding their primary residence).

 

Investing in private companies is often considered a high-risk investment, as there is often less information available about these companies than public companies. However, accredited investors are typically seen as more sophisticated and able to handle the higher risk.

 

Non-accredited Investors

 

A non-accredited investor is an individual who does not have the financial qualifications to be deemed an accredited investor. This can be due to a low net worth or a lack of investment experience. Historically, many non-accredited investors may have missed out on beneficial investment opportunities, especially in the private market. However, with the rise of JOBS Act exemptions, we are seeing more companies looking toward nonaccredited investors. The benefits of being a nonaccredited investor include:

 

  • No SEC qualification: Anyone with the desire to invest can be a non-accredited investor. There are no criteria set by the SEC that must be met. 
  • Access to new and exciting companies: Companies can tap into a new pool of potential investors by marketing toward non-accredited investors. These investors can also tap into a broader range of investment opportunities that may have been unavailable before the JOBS Act was passed into law.
  • The ability to invest smaller amounts of money: For non-accredited investors, the minimum investment amount is often lower than it is for accredited investors. This can be helpful for those who want to get started in investing but don’t have a large sum of money to put towards it.

 

As the private market continues to grow, both non-accredited and accredited investors alike can take advantage of exciting opportunities to invest in growing companies. The JOBS Act has also done an incredible job leveling the playing field for investors, which will only incentive more companies to tap into the growing pool of potential investors.

What are the Benefits of Having a Diverse Investment Portfolio?

Building a diverse investment portfolio is one of the smartest things you can do for your financial health. By spreading your money across various asset classes, you can reduce your risk and maximize your return potential. Keep reading to explore the benefits of diversifying your investments and learn some tips for creating a well-rounded portfolio.

 

Benefiting from a Diverse Portfolio

 

A diverse investment portfolio is spread out across several different businesses, industries, and asset classes. This reduces the risk that any single investment will fail, making your overall portfolio more resilient to economic downturns. This is done by having less than 50% of your entire investment portfolio tied to any specific business, country, or industry. Instead, a good risk-averse strategy for investing would be spreading out investments among assets as much as possible: like investing in 10-20 companies, each with 7.5-10% of your investment capital in each. This will form a far more robust investment portfolio. It is worth considering a diverse investment portfolio, even if you are a more experienced investor, as it will help balance risk and reward.

 

The benefits of having a diverse investment portfolio include:

 

  • More resilience: A diverse investment portfolio is more resistant to economic downturns as it is not reliant on one specific industry or sector.
  • Better returns: A well-diversified portfolio will typically outperform a non-diversified one over the long term.
  • Reduced risk: By spreading your investment across many different businesses, industries, and asset classes, you are less likely to lose everything if one particular investment fails.

 

When deciding whether to invest in a diverse range of asset classes, you must consider your investment goals and financial objectives. For example, an investor with less experience and fewer aversions to risk may choose to invest in high-risk assets. In contrast, investors with more experience or less risk tolerance may shift their focus to lower-risk assets for diversification, such as fixed-income investments. Both investors will be able to diversify their portfolios, however, this diversification is based on a strategy they feel most comfortable with.

 

Systematic vs. Specific Risk

 

Systematic risk is the inherent risk in an investment that cannot be eliminated by diversifying your assets. This type of risk is also known as market risk, and it affects all investments in the same way. For example, a stock market crash will affect all stocks, regardless of whether they are in different sectors or countries. This type of risk is impossible to eliminate and must be considered when making any investment.

 

Specific risk is associated with one particular investment, such as a company going bankrupt. This type of risk can be diversified away by investing in different companies or assets. For example, if you are worried about the possibility of a company going bankrupt, you can diversify your portfolio by investing in other companies in different industries.

 

Diversification is important because it allows you to reduce the overall risk of your investment portfolio. By investing in various assets, you can minimize the impact that any one investment has on your portfolio. For example, if you invest only in stocks, then a stock market crash will significantly impact the value of your portfolio. However, if you also invest in bonds, the stock market crash will not have as significant an impact because bonds will still be worth something. Diversification is not a guaranteed way to make money, but it is a way to minimize risk.

 

Tips for a Diverse Portfolio

 

When it comes to investing, it’s always important to diversify your portfolio. This way, if one of your investments fails, you still have others thriving. Here are some tips for diversifying your investment portfolio:

 

  • Invest in various industries: This will help minimize the effects of any one industry downturn. Allowing you to see growth in other sectors still.
  • Spread your investment across several companies: This will help ensure that if one company fails, others still have the potential to make you money.
  • Invest in a variety of asset classes: This includes things like index funds, bonds, equities, commodities, and dividend stocks. This will help you balance risk and reward.
  • Choose the right mix of investments for your situation: This will vary depending on your financial goals, objectives, and your risk tolerance.

 

By following these tips, you can help to ensure that your investment portfolio is well diversified. Even with a diverse selection of assets, it is essential to monitor your portfolio regularly to confirm that your continued investment is still in-line with your goals, protecting you if one of your investments fails.

 

If you’re looking to explore your options for investments, consult your financial, tax, or investment advisor. You should also be aware of and accept the risks of investing. This article is not financial advice.

 

This post was adapted from content by our KorePartners at Rialto Markets. You can view their article here.

Do you really have permission to use those logos?

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. View the original article here

 

The Theranos jury’s fraud convictions of Elizabeth Holmes, former CEO and founder of the now defunct Theranos, Inc., should give pause to startups seeking to build their reputation by touting their relationships with other companies.  In the press to find financing, it can be tempting to use the logos of other companies, especially those that command market attention, to persuade investors to come on board.  In the case of Theranos, Ms. Holmes placed the logos of Pfizer and Schering-Plough on Theranos reports without receiving permission from those companies.  In her testimony, Ms. Holmes stated that she did not mean to deceive investors or business partners.  However, the jury disagreed.  In a Wall Street Journal article, Susanna Stefanek, also known as Juror No. 8, was quoted as saying that the unauthorized use of the logos was “the first smoking gun ….”  “Jury in Elizabeth Holmes Trial Seized on Two ‘Smoking Guns’ to Convict Theranos Found, Juror Says,” Jan. 6, 2022.

 

Startups should view this as a warning that using the logos of other companies to boost their profile and make their technology, services or products appear more developed than they actually are may be found fraudulent.  Startups and their founders should protect themselves by obtaining written authorization from other companies before displaying their logos for investors, including on their website, campaign page and marketing materials.  Even if a smaller company has a written agreement with a larger company, it is best practice to obtain the larger company’s permission to use its logo.  First, the use of the larger company’s logo may appear to be an endorsement of the startup and its technology, which may exceed the scope of the agreement between the companies.  Second, from the perspective of the larger company, this type of endorsement may cause it to become entangled in any materially misleading statements made by the startup and its founders – a risk assessment management of the larger company may need to undertake before giving authorization.

 

Further, companies should carefully consider the context in which they use other companies’ logos.  For example, displaying such logos for the purpose of touting certain companies as “potential partners” or “potential customers” might be perceived as misleading in light of the Theranos case.  In that instance, Theranos had engaged in discussions with Pfizer and Schering-Plough, but neither company had further contact with Theranos.  By subsequently adding the logos to the investor materials, Ms. Holmes was viewed by the jury as falsely representing the relationships between the companies.

 

Although not at issue in the Theranos case, displaying the logos of companies that happen to employ certain people who choose to invest in the startup could also be viewed as misleading.  Unless those investors did so on behalf of their employer, then the investment was made on an individual basis and the startup should not display the employer’s logo.

 

If Ms. Holmes decides to appeal her case, there is always the possibility that one or more convictions may be overturned.  Until that day, however, companies are on notice and should carefully consider how, when, and in what context, they display the logos of other companies.

Foreign issuers using Reg A and Reg CF

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. View the original article here

 

For some reason, this issue has been coming up a lot lately. Our usual response to the question “Can non-US issuers make a Reg A or Reg CF offering?” is to point to the rules:

  • Rule 251(b)(1) says Reg A can only be used by “an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada.”
  • Reg CF Rule 100(b) says Reg CF may not be used by any issuer that “is not organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.”

Slightly different formulations, as you can see, and note that Reg CF doesn’t say that the company needs to have its primary place of business here. But both exclude non-US or Canadian companies.

But we are getting a lot of pushback and “what if?” questions, so here are responses to a few of the most common:

  • What if we redomicile to the US? Well ok, that might work for Reg CF. It might work for Reg A too, if your management changes their domicile too (you need a bona fide principal place of business here). However, have you considered the tax consequences in your original home jurisdiction? Also, note that you’ll still need two years audited or reviewed financial statements, in US GAAP and audited or reviewed in accordance with US auditing requirements (US GAAS).
  • What if we form a subsidiary and it makes the offering? Yes, you can form a subsidiary here (it’ll have to have its principal place of business here too, for Reg A) and it can raise money under Reg CF. But the money it raises here has to be legit used for the sub’s own purposes. It can’t be upstreamed to the parent, because that would likely make the parent a “co-issuer” that needs to also file a Form C or 1-A and can’t. So the sub needs to be planning to undertake its genuine own business. Even then, if it’s not a new business but just taking over some part of the parent’s business, then the sub might need to produce financials (again, using US GAAP and US GAAS) from the parent’s business or the part of business it’s taking over, because that’s a “predecessor.”
  • What if we create a holding company in the US? Yes, although the same issues come up. If using Reg A, you need to move your principal place of business here. For either exemption, the foreign company that is now your subsidiary will be the “predecessor” company and so again we have the need for two years’ audited or reviewed financials using US GAAP and US GAAS.
  • What if we create a new company that licenses the foreign company’s product or service? This may be the most promising option, but it’s really going to depend on facts and circumstances. Proceeds of the offering have to be used for the new company’s operations, in the case of Reg A the company’s primary place of business has to be here, and you’ll have to look carefully at whether there are any predecessor issues.

How to Get Sued

This article was originally written by our KorePartner Jamie Ostrow at CrowdCheck Law. View the original post here

 

If you work with us, you will hear it many times that we strongly advise against financial projections …  as they can get you in trouble. However, companies always seem to want to include projections that start from zero, and grow exponentially. This type of financial projection that is untethered to reality is a primary driver of what will cause investors to sue for being misled because investors expect companies to believe that those projected results are attainable.

 

One such commonly used financial projection is the hockey stick graph, as in the example below:

 

CrowdCheck Law’s projected legal revenues. (FYI, the size of the entire global legal market is anticipated for 2026 to be $1.1T)

 

This example is pure bunk, because this is not the type of service that can grow exponentially. Maybe you believe that your company can achieve these types of results, and we appreciate that potential competitors may have used these types of projections when presenting to the institutional investor market. However, when done correctly, those numbers are reviewed by industry insiders who understand all the assumptions and trends that underlie these charts, along with the factors that will make these projections speculative.

 

Another common area where companies’ enthusiasm can run afoul of anti-fraud rules is potential market share. While we appreciate your enthusiasm, if you are a guy or a gal in a garage, you probably do not have a rational basis for assuming you will compete with multinational companies and have a 25% market share in the next couple years (or really at all).

 

A third of the many ways to be sued is absolute statements about future revenues that have conditions over which the company has no control.  For instance, in the Elizabeth Holmes trial (Theranos), one of the two “smoking guns” was financial projections of $40 million a year. Maybe Theranos could have reached those future revenues, but only if the science worked and the FDA cleared the product. Without qualifying statements of future potential revenue with what needs to happen to get there, the company, and Elizabeth Holmes, was found liable.

 

This is only a small sample of what can get a company sued. The universe of possibilities is only limited by the fury of disgruntled investors.

How Does A Convertible Note Work?

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at Raise Green. View the original article here

A Cornerstone of Regulation Crowdfunding

Convertible notes are a form of debt that converts to equity over time; said simply, convertible notes allow investors to loan money to a startup or early stage venture and receive equity in return, instead of their principal loan plus interest.

The greatest advantage of convertible notes is that investors and the note issuer do not have to finalize a valuation of the company at an early stage, which is especially important for companies that don’t have comprehensive data or time that allows an accurate valuation. Instead, investors “loan” their money to the business and in return will receive equity when an event, such as a future financing round, where the company’s valuation becomes more concrete. This type of security is very popular with Silicon Valley technology companies that have great interest from angel investors at an early stage, but lack the ability to make a proper valuation of the company’s worth.

Investing In A Convertible Note

So you’ve identified a compelling company that’s offering the sale of convertible notes for early stage fundraising. You’re interested in purchasing one or some of these convertible notes, but where do you start? It’s important to understand the terms of a convertible note before you invest.

Here’s the main aspects of a convertible note to know before you make any investment decisions.

Discount Rate

The discount rate represents the discount that you receive when purchasing a note relative to investors in a later round of funding, compensating investors for their additional risk taken by investing at an earlier point.

Valuation Cap

The valuation cap is an extra bonus for taking on risk by investing early. This tool limits the price at which your debt notes convert to equity, allowing investors to receive a greater return on their investment if the issuing company grows quickly.

Interest rate

As a convertible note acts as a loan from you (the investor) to the company issuing the note, there will be interest that accrues on the principal amount you invest. Instead of being paid out to investors in cash, this accrued interest converts to equity, increasing the total number of shares the investor receives upon the note’s conversion to equity.

Maturity date

This is the “due date” for the convertible note, signifying the date on which the issuing company must repay their investors.

Why Purchase a Convertible Note?

Convertible notes allow you to invest in early stage companies and projects that you believe have the opportunity to grow exponentially. By getting in at the ground floor and purchasing a convertible note, individual investors stand to earn a higher return on their investment. Whereas investing in early stage startups and projects has historically been off limits to the wider public, Regulation Crowdfunding now allows almost everyone to invest in companies that have the possibility to grow exponentially. Convertible notes carry risk like all forms of investing, but offer early investors bonuses for their willingness to accept this risk. As many companies and projects in the climate space are young and need funding, convertible notes provide a simple way for these businesses to raise capital that they desperately need, while offering their early believers a way to get them off the ground.

Online is Proving Successful for Minority Founders

Minority-owned startups are proving to be incredibly successful in gaining exposure on online platforms, growing their customer base and raising capital. In 2021, funding from crowd raising grew 33.7%, showing the increasing use of online fundraising.

A Lack of Diversity in Traditional Capital 

Online platforms for startup investing are more inclusive than traditional options. They don’t rely as heavily on already established personal relationships and networks between founders and investors. Instead, they provide a level playing field for all types of founders online.

These entrepreneurs can now get the funding to launch or expand their businesses through RegA+ and RegCF. Online startup investing platforms are also transparent, allowing founders to see which startups are doing well and which ones aren’t. This information was often hidden from view by traditional VCs, which could lead to bias. 

The Internet is Improving Equity Crowdfunding for Minorities

In 2020, only 2.6% of VC dollars were invested in minority-founded businesses. However, over $486 million were invested through online startups in 2021 – a significantly higher sum than traditional VC investment. Through regulations like RegA+ and RegCF, investors have the opportunity to invest in promising startups led by underrepresented founders. These online platforms level the playing field, allowing minority founders to receive the support and capital funding they need to succeed.

As more investors engage with these platforms and more promising startups seek funding through regulations, we will see continued growth in minority-founded companies receiving the support they deserve. Overall, online startup investing has the potential to create a more diverse and dynamic VC landscape – one that better reflects the diversity of several markets.

The Future of Online Funding

There are several reasons why online fundraising is such a valuable tool for minority entrepreneurs. In the past, minority entrepreneurs have often been shut out of traditional funding sources. Also, they have often been pigeon-holed into stereotypes by the mainstream media. But with online fundraising, they can bypass the traditional gatekeepers and structural obstacles, speaking directly to potential investors. They can tell their own stories and showcase the unique strengths of their businesses.

As the world becomes more digital, so too does entrepreneurship. This is especially apparent in how online fundraising is helping businesses of all sizes to raise money. It’s also becoming an increasingly important tool for these minority entrepreneurs.

How Liquidity Impacts Investing

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at Rialto Markets. To view the original article, please click here

 

Liquidity is a term used in finance to describe how easy or difficult it is to buy or sell an asset in a market without affecting its price – in other words, how simply an asset can be exchanged for cash.

Many private companies struggle to create cash events and liquidity for their shareholders or growth plans and, in what is possibly the largest market of all, this is starting to change with the advent of crowdfunding and secondary trading platforms, known as ATSs (alternative trading systems). The private securities market, currently worth $7 trillion and forecast to be $30 trillion by 2030, is expected to transform when it starts to demonstrate the same kind of liquidity that the public markets offer today.

Stocks in publicly traded companies, mutual funds and bonds can all be categorized as liquid assets; generally, an asset is liquid if there is a constant high demand for it, thereby making it much easier to find potential buyers.

Stocks as liquid assets

Generally, any stock listed on a stock exchange is considered a liquid asset because there are people constantly buying and selling stocks at the market price, making it easier to liquidate stocks into cash.

Conversely, stocks traded on smaller marketplaces and lower value stocks like so-called ‘penny stocks’ (shares of small public companies that trade for less than $5s per share) would not be considered fully liquid assets, as concessions on the price or quantity of these stocks may be needed to liquidate them in a timely manner.

The liquidity of a stock is also never completely fixed; factors that influence a certain company or the stock market, such as economic downturn or complete market crashes can significantly impact the liquidity of any given stock. Most of the time this effect is only temporary, as the market tends to bounce back, but the liquidity of even the most reputable and better-performing companies usually suffers some decline.

What does liquidity mean for your investments?

Investing in early-stage companies was typically a long-term investment more open to the wealthy, through venture capital and private equity funds, but early-stage companies are going public through an IPO (initial public offering) much further into their life cycle. So, where this used to average three years, an IPO was stretching to at least 12, but having an ATS to monetize an investment now explodes the number of investors willing to invest. Although the liquidity will not be as robust as on the NYSE or Nasdaq it is available as an option should an investor have a life event or another priority that requires monetization of their shares.

KorePartner Spotlight: Curtis Spears, President and CEO of Andes Capital Group

Curtis Spears, President and CEO of Andes Capital Group, has over 25 years of experience in the asset management arena. At Andes Capital Group, he is responsible for overall firm strategy, strategic direction, and day-to-day operations. 

 

Andes Capital Group is a boutique firm that prides itself on its long-term relationships and excellent customer service. With a diversified client list that includes public and corporate pension funds, foundations, investment advisors, and endowments, Mr. Spears has had a hand in delivering bottom-line results for various customers.

 

Additionally, Curtis Spears is deeply committed to giving back to his community, as a Chicago native. He previously served on the Governing Board for UCAN and on auxiliary boards for the Steppenwolf Theater, the Field Museum, and the Primo Center for Women and Children. In these roles, he helped raise funds and increase awareness for various causes.

 

Curtis Spear’s years of experience in the financial services industry and his dedication to giving back make him an excellent KorePartner. We were excited to sit down with Curtis recently to ask him about himself and the capital industry.

 

Q: Why did you become involved in this industry?

 

A: I got lucky! I knew nothing about this industry coming out of college. When I first started in finance, I was a computer programmer, writing programs to manage index funds. As my role evolved, I became more interested in working directly with investors and spent the last half of my career servicing clients and raising capital. Over the years, I developed a particular interest in helping people get access to deals and access to capital that they historically would not have access to.

 

Q: What services does your company provide for RegA offerings?

 

A: As a KoreConX partner, we provide deal due diligence, AML/KYC, etc. However, since the bulk of our business is private placements, we have the ability to offer fundraising and general advisory services for every aspect of a deal.

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

 

A: Since the majority of our reps cut their teeth in asset management, fundraising is a crucial aspect of what we do. We have relationships that span every type of investor, from the most prominent institutions to the smallest retail individual. We are somewhat industry agnostic, but much of what we see tends to all be in the Medtech, fintech, and proptech areas.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

 

A: Over the years, outsized returns have been earned primarily in the private markets. What excites me is giving issuers even more access to capital with a new investor class and allowing the average investor to play. 

 

Q: How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

A: In talking with Oscar and the KoreConX team over the last couple of years, we learned that our interests and goals are truly aligned. That is important to us. Also, working with other like-minded partners and leveraging their expertise will really allow us all to propel this part of the industry forward.

 

Foreign Investors Key Considerations for Your Next Deal

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at Crowdfunding Lawyers. View the original post here

 

When discussing fundraising for your deals, most of our attention has previously focused on U.S. citizens investing their own money. That’s to be expected, but it’s important not to overlook another potential funding source: foreign investors. This article will explore what you should know about working with foreign investors in the U.S. and their potential impact on your deal.

Foreign Investors in the U.S.

Foreign investors are those individuals or companies outside of the United States who invest their money into U.S.-based businesses. And foreign money can be great. But, of course, there are advantages and disadvantages to know here and some pretty important restrictions.

How Foreign Investments Work

Before we dive into how these investments work or the pros and cons of foreign investments, we should touch on the restrictions put in place by the U.S. government. You’ll find that they’re twofold. First, there are restrictions set out by the country’s government in which you’re raising funds that you need to consider, as well as those applied by the U.S. government. Second, there are also regulations regarding how much money can be raised from foreign investors.

Foreign Investment Regulations

Each country has its own rules regarding investments. It is your responsibility to investigate what those are and how they may impact you, your investors, and the money that you raise. Some factors to consider include how much money you’re raising and the level of involvement between citizens of foreign countries.

It’s important to stay in legal compliance within all countries, which means you need to know the true cost of remaining completely legally compliant within each’s borders. In some cases, you may find that it is simply too expensive to develop a feasible plan. For example, suppose you’re raising a small amount of capital in a foreign country to transfer to the United States, and you’re not being fraudulent. In that case, complying with local securities laws might be somewhat cumbersome.

Too often, those raising funds focus more on securities laws here in the United States rather than in the other country, but this can hamstring you.

Limitations on Who Can Invest

In addition to the laws governing investments in the other country, you’ll also need to consider our domestic Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, here in the U.S. This organization determines which foreigners can invest and which ones should be blocked. In some cases, the OFAC focuses on the individual or the nation in question. In other instances, their review centers on the foreign country and the investment amount.

For instance, if an investor has 15% of greater assets in North Korea, Iran, Syria, and some other countries, they cannot invest here in the U.S. Again, you will need to check the OFAC website to see who is on the blocked persons list.

This is all part of getting to know your investors. It’s an enormous risk, but it can be potentially rewarding. You don’t want to take any money from people that you shouldn’t be because it can lead to problems beyond the scope of securities law.

Of course, these rules are implemented with good reason. They help ensure that you’re not taking money from a terrorist, helping someone launder money, for instance.

U.S. Securities Laws

We’ve touched on these briefly, but they bear deeper scrutiny. U.S. securities laws have a significant role to play when it comes to foreign investors. For instance, we have a law called “Regulation Asks,” which states that the securities laws for foreign investors don’t apply because they’re foreigners to the SEC. Regulation S states that if you investors are outside the country, most securities laws do not apply.

With that being said, if you commit fraud in any way, dealing with foreign investors will not prevent the SEC or any other authorities from investigating you and your investors. So it’s important to avoid the assumption that Regulation S protects criminal behavior – you should always do the right thing.

However, this brings up an important point. Since securities laws may not apply the same way to foreign investors that they do to U.S. investors, are you still required to provide disclosure? Absolutely, yes. The best path forward is to comply with Reg D as much as possible because then at least you’re providing proper disclosure to your investors and not taking advantage of the vulnerable out there.

Potential U.S. Tax Implications for Foreign Investment Deals

The tax situation is never simple, and adding foreign investors to the mix can muddy the waters a great deal. The tax consequences here can be substantial because when you add foreign investors to the mix and operate as an LLC, there’s pass-through taxation.

You will also have to deal with increased IRS scrutiny. The IRS is extremely worried about what your foreign investors will do – will they take their earnings and leave without paying taxes? Ultimately, you are responsible for their actions. This can mean that if a typical deal requires approximately 30% in withholdings, you should withhold the proper amounts from your investors’ earnings and pay it to the IRS on their behalf.

We also have FIRPTA, the Foreign Investment in Real Estate Property Tax Act of 1980. It requires you to withhold 15% from investors’ returns, although you should check with your tax specialists on the sale of real estate for any distributions that will go to foreign investors.

Avoiding Tax Complications with Foreign Investors

There are a lot of potential downsides to working with foreign investors. So how can you avoid them? Just don’t take on any. How do you avoid them, though?

It just comes down to requiring foreign investors to create their corporation or LLC within the U.S. This ensures that you’re able to let them into the deal, and you no longer have to worry about taking 45% of their returns and transmitting them to the IRS. You’ll also be able to deduct all of their expenses and losses against their income since they won’t be considered “pass-through” entities.

In addition, you can set up a separate bank account for each investor, and ensure that they only receive payments through that account. That way, you can keep track of who has paid what and make sure that everyone pays their fair share.

So, while it might seem like a good idea to work with foreign investors, you need to think twice before doing so. If you do decide to go ahead with it, you’ll need to consider these issues carefully and consult with a skilled attorney.

The Canadian Exemption

While the rules we’ve discussed here apply to investors from most nations, there is an exemption for Canadian investors under certain circumstances. The U.S. maintains a treaty with Canada that states these investors are not subject to the tax withholdings we just talked about. That means Canadian investors can be taken on without too much worry, at least about tax withholdings, with one caveat – you must have a limited partnership and cannot use an LLC or C corp or any other business formation option.

If you wish to work with Canadians, you’ll need to set up a limited partnership to receive their investment. If you choose to do so, make sure you understand all the risks involved with doing so.

The Big Questions to Consider When Taking on Foreign Investors

We’ve covered a lot of ground here in a short time. So, to sum up, let’s go over the big questions you’ll need to answer when you consider taking on foreign investors within your deal.

  • Are they from a country subject to sanctions, like North Korea, Syria, Iran, or Russia? Note that this list changes from time to time as sanctions are placed and lifted. Always check the OFAC list to ensure that your investors are clear about bringing their money into the U.S.
  • Are you following the securities laws of the other country? Are you doing enough business in that country that you need to be concerned about these laws?
  • Are you complying with U.S. tax rules as they pertain to your deal? For example, are you withholding the proper amount and remitting it to the IRS? If not, you’ll be held responsible unless your partners are American entities or have an exemption.

Do you understand all the risks involved in dealing with foreign investors? Do you know where to find information about each country? Is your legal team familiar with international law? These are all things you’ll need to think through before you sign off on any deals and it’s important to consult with an experienced attorney to help guide you

How Do I Get Foreign Investors Involved in My Deal?

If you want to attract foreign investors, you’ll need to make sure that you’re meeting their needs. To start with, you’ll need to understand why they would invest in your project. What are their goals? What are their motivations?

You’ll then need to determine if you can meet those goals and motivations. Can you provide them with something unique? Something that’s hard to find elsewhere? A good place to start is by looking at what you offer and comparing it to what others offer.

Once you’ve determined that you can meet their needs, you’ll need to figure out how to get them involved. There are two ways to approach this. One is to simply ask them to invest directly. They will likely require some sort of equity stake in your company. In exchange, they’ll receive a return on investment (ROI) based on the success of your venture.

Alternatively, you may choose to take a more traditional route. You can form a limited liability company or corporation, and invite them to join as shareholders. Their shares will be treated as income-generating assets, which means they’ll pay taxes on their share of profits. This is also known as “passive” investing.

In either case, you’ll need to know the law in both countries so that you don’t run afoul of local regulations. We’ve already touched on this briefly, but it bears repeating. Be aware that you may be required to register as a broker-dealer, and comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

What Happens After I Take On Foreign Investors?

Now that you’ve got investors, you’ll need a plan for managing them. How do you keep them happy while still keeping your own interests protected? You’ll need to set expectations early on. Make sure everyone understands what they’re getting into.

One thing to remember is that you’re dealing with people who have different levels of experience. Some may be new to investing, while others may have been around the block many times before. It’s important to make sure that everyone understands the risks involved.

As you go through the process, you’ll also want to make sure that you have a clear understanding of the terms of the agreement. For example, you should know whether you’re going to issue stock, sell debt, or use other financing methods. As we mentioned earlier, you’ll need to be prepared to deal with taxes. If you’re issuing stock, you’ll need to decide whether you’re going to treat the shares as long-term capital gains or short-term capital losses.

Finally, you’ll want to make sure that your business plan takes these things into account. You’ll need to consider how you’re going to finance the project, how you’re going to manage risk, and how you’re going to handle any potential legal issues.

In Conclusion

In the end, working with foreign investors is a tricky situation, but with proper guidance from both experienced tax and legal professionals, it can be profitable for both you and your investors.

Hosting Webinars For Your Equity Crowdfunding Campaign

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at DNA. View the original post here

 

Why are webinars so important for your equity crowdfunding campaign?

Webinars are an incredible tool to help you connect with your investors, allowing them to ask any burning questions they may have. You can also repurpose these webinars to use for later content!

With everyone having access to the internet at their fingertips, there is no better time than now to start taking advantage of the many perks that webinars have to offer.

In today’s article, we are going to walk you through 8 important steps you need to know before hosting your first webinar!

Choose the Right Platform

Make sure your hosting platform (such as: Zoom, Google Meet, Vimeo) have all these qualifying features:

  • Event Registration Via Email

  • Q&A or Chat Features

  • Attendee’s Video and Audio Turned OFF

  • Screen Sharing

  • Automatic Email Reminders

  • Recordings

Set up a Registration Link

Keep your investors informed on what they’re signing up for, make sure to include the following in your registration page:

  • Date and Time of Event

  • Short Description of Event

  • Your Logo

  • The Speakers Attending the Event

 

Market Your Event

 

To encourage as many investors or potential investors as possible, it’s important to market your event across all channels (ad, social media, email, portal update)!

Make sure you’re sending out your initial announcement two weeks prior to the event, and follow up with a one week and one day out reminder.

Understand Compliance Rules

There are lots of things you are able to say and not able to say during your crowdfunding raise!

To ensure your webinar is compliant, you’ll want to have a firm understanding of the compliance rules based on what type of raise you’re running.

Create a Brief Pitch Deck Presentation

An important step in hosting your webinar, is creating a pitch deck presentation for the first 10-15 minutes of the event to get your audience engaged!

Things to include on your deck: team information, market opportunity, competitor analysis, unique differentiators, and existing traction.

Leave Enough Time for an Open Q&A Session

The purpose of these webinars is to allow existing and potential investors to learn more and ask their burning questions!

Be sure to encourage the audience to drop these questions in the chat, and then address them out loud. On the chance that your audience may be shy, come up with common questions before the event to keep them engaged.

Have a Call to Action

 

Every webinar needs a strong call to action.

 

Don’t forget to encourage investors to head over to your raise page and invest! Don’t be afraid to even point towards this call to action throughout the course of the event.

Post-Market the Event

 

For those who are unable to attend the event, make sure you share the recording!

 

You’ll want to post the video onto YouTube or Vimeo and share this link on your: blog, emails, portal updates, and social media!

KorePartner Spotlight: Nate Dodson, Managing Member at Crowdfunding Lawyers

Nate Dodson has over 15 years of experience helping clients with securities, financing, real estate, asset protection, and mergers and acquisitions. Not only has he served as an advisor in real estate transactions, financing, and investments, but he has also successfully developed ground-up commercial properties and participated on the GP side of approximately 4,000 multifamily units over the years.

Before his legal career, Nate worked as a stockbroker, giving him unique experience in investment sales, structures, and asset protection. By leveraging his industry expertise and the help from his long list of trusted connections, he has personally represented over $2 billion in real estate and business funding transactions over the years. While Nate’s full-time efforts are focused on the securities practice with and management of Crowdfunding Lawyers, he remains a partner at his diversified namesake law firm Dodson Legal Group, founded in 2007 and focusing on transactional, litigation, and family law work. Between both firms, their experienced legal teams have represented more than $5 billion in transactions.

Crowdfunding Lawyers is a boutique law firm focusing exclusively on representing securities transactions across the United States. As a specialty-focus law firm, the firm works with investment sponsors/operators and their advisors to develop capital funding strategies, investment offerings, and securities platforms. By taking a unique team-based approach to the firm’s client services, their clients work with a multitude of experienced, dedicated securities attorneys in the representation of Regulation D, Regulation A, Regulation CF, and S1/S3 public (IPO) offerings. The firm has provided services to 1,000+ clients, and its attorneys have, with CFL or through prior engagements, many billions in capital transactions over their respective careers. Because Crowdfunding Lawyers’ focus is limited to federal securities laws, they regularly coordinate with local attorneys and tax counsel to ensure well-rounded representation for clients. However, the firm’s attorneys have considerable experience in real estate, business, regulatory, and finance transactions and activities.

Nate’s experience with crowdfunding makes him a valuable addition to the KoreConX ecosystem. He is passionate about providing regulatory clarity across jurisdictions to ensure raises are compliant and efficient. His ultimate goal is to help investors and businesses succeed in the digital age.

We took some time to speak with Nate and learn more about himself, his organization, and his thoughts on the future of crowdfunding.

What services do Crowdfunding Lawyers provide for Regulation A offerings?

We handle the legal process from beginning structuring throughout the qualification process for Regulation A offerings. We never expect our clients to come to the table with anything other than their plans and ideas. After structuring, we draft all the documents and form any needed entities. Our goal is to file Form 1-A with the SEC within 45 days of engagement.

Because our services are comprehensive, we’ll start with consulting on our client’s business plans and advise the best strategies and structure for funding through a Reg A offering. We also introduce our clients to great vendor partners and team members, like KoreConx.

To meet our self-imposed 45-day timeline, we ensure that we have complete information, including broker-dealers, if involved, or financial audits and introductions are made when appropriate.

How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

We love working with KoreConX and refer to them regularly to serve as the transfer agent for our Reg A offerings. It is essential to have a good transfer agent system involved, as they manage your investors and investment opportunity administration.

KoreConX is not an attorney. Crowdfunding Lawyers is not a transfer agent. Both are necessary for your success with your Regulation A offering.

What excites you about this industry?

Our entire team has a passion for the investment industry, but we’re not a diversified firm. We have a team of very qualified attorneys that solely focus on securities transactions. All of our attorneys come from prestigious law schools and have worked in the legal field for years. If they are newer in the securities realm, it’s only because they have so much experience in startups, entrepreneurship, real estate, investing, and corporate law. Our attorneys have similar impressive pasts and a drive for our client’s success. 

As an example, I worked as a stockbroker until the internet stock bubble burst around 2000, selling investments on the phones before crowdfunding became available after the JOBS Act of 2012.

What services do Crowdfunding Lawyers provide that are different?

We always spend substantial time in the initial stages of representation, where we get to know our clients and their business. We strive to structure your opportunity so that you can meet both market expectations as well as investor expectations, and our client’s primary goal is to get funded faster.

While we focus heavily on real estate funds and syndications, approximately one-third of our clients are focused on business and investment funds. With our real estate fund representations, we often represent Regulation A offerings for REITs (Real Estate Investment Trusts) and series LLC offerings. Our clients can replicate their traditional syndication model with Reg A series offerings by breaking down the Regulation A offerings into unique project-specific classes. This is where our clients can continue to offer a real estate syndication model with all the benefits of placing offerings through Regulation A, which is a different twist on setting up a $75 million blind-pool fund.

 

The 4 Things You Can’t Do While Marketing a New Reg CF Fund

This post was originally written by KorePartner Dawson Russell at Capital Raise Agency. View the original article here

 

Your Reg CF Marketing has qualified, and it’s time for the next step! As exciting as this is, there are several things to be aware of before throwing any marketing ‘out there.’ It all includes having a marketing professional, the verbiage and images used, and types of marketing. Now let’s take a closer look at each of these marketing aspects of a Reg CF Marketing to know better Reg CF meaning and Reg CF platforms. The following details apply to ‘test the waters’ (TTW) and marketing after your Reg CF qualification.

Use of Improper Verbiage and Images

Marketing in the general sense is to sell a product, sometimes with slight fabrications or indications of potential success or future opportunities. Keep a keen eye to separate Reg A vs Reg CF verbiage. With Reg CF platforms, these are common pitfalls that must be avoided. Did you know something as simple as the word amazing, promising, commit, or golden is considered improper in Reg CF Marketing? These words are over-the-top statements implying merit, interest, offering anything ‘special,’ or a return of any degree. As for images, it is similar in thinking to verbiage. No money, cash registers with overflowing tills, graphs with arrows pointing skyward, and the like are a no-go.

Lacking an Online and Digital Presence

Strategic digital and online marketing plans are no longer an option. Potential investors, especially new generations, will expect a significant digital presence including a well-structured website, social media presence, and more often than ever, a related app. Social media is essential because each follower gained is a potential investor (and their followers will see they’ve followed your Reg CF, which means more potential investors).

Making Investors Search for You

With any marketing plan, you have to stay top of mind. Potential investors will expect ‘face time’ to build a connection with your Reg CF mission and vision. The term ‘face time’ is about communication from you or your executive team through webcasts, online video events, and meet and greets with question-and-answer sessions. After all, they may be investing in your Reg CF, and it’s by far the least you can do.

Do-it-Yourself Reg CF Marketing

While setting up a website is an easy task in our digital world, it does take considerable time and effort to keep up with constant content. As seen above, ensuring your website complies with Reg CF advertising rules and regulations is another task altogether. To get your best return on investment hiring a professional who understands the Reg CF world is worth every penny. Professional marketers can provide the initial setup of a website, regular updates, social media posts, videos, regular email notices, and additional marketing pieces. Plus, it frees up your time to interact with potential investors.

Why Are Brand Ambassadors Valuable Investors?

 

When it comes to raising capital, it’s important to think outside the box. The JOBS Act created a new type of investor a “brand ambassador”, with whom companies should build strong relationships to help the business grow. This community of investors can be extremely valuable for your company, capital raise, or product. Brand ambassadors are often passionate and can connect with others, which can help promote a product or investment opportunity. Because of this, brand ambassadors can often be valuable investors, especially when it comes to RegA+ and RegCF offerings.

 

The value of brand ambassadors when raising capital

 

Brand ambassadors can be defined as individuals that have a vested interest in the success of a company or product. They are often passionate about the company and its mission, and they work to promote the company and its products to their friends, family, and online followers. Because of these attributes, they are also valuable investors, as they can help a company raise capital through their investment dollars and in-person or online networks.

 

They can use their social media platforms to promote the company, which can help drive sales and bring attention to capital raises. However, brand ambassadors themselves can be seen as value investors because of their connection to a brand and their willingness to invest in a company they already believe in. When a brand ambassador invests in a company through RegA+ or RegCF, they show not only their belief in the company but also their faith in its future success.

 

By investing their own money in the company, brand ambassadors can help it raise the capital it needs to grow and succeed. And as the company grows, so does the value of the brand ambassador’s investment, and they share this excitement and are often more willing to invest in subsequent offerings or drive others to invest. Brand ambassadors are thus extremely valuable investors for companies using RegA+ or RegCF to raise capital.

 

Increased capital raises with the help of ambassadors

 

Brand ambassadors help promote a company because of their affinity towards an organization, which can be just as helpful with raising capital. These individuals may often be the first to invest in your capital raise because they already believe in your company.

 

Ambassadors can also help a company by providing feedback, product testing, and market research to help improve the product before raising capital. Furthermore, they may already have an established relationship with key influencers in the same industry as the company they’re investing in. Some key benefits for companies when brand ambassadors invest in them are:

  • The brand ambassador brings not only money to the table but also invaluable social capital.
  • The powerful brand ambassadors can help the company save on marketing costs.
  • The brand ambassador can be a powerful voice in promoting the company to their networks.
  • The brand ambassador is invested in the company’s success and future.

 

While there are many different types of crowdfunding, one that has been particularly successful for early-stage companies is RegCF and RegA+. One of the benefits of raising capital through these methods is that they provide companies with access to a wider pool of potential investors. By seeking to build relationships with brand ambassadors, companies can tap into a new pool of potential investors and benefit from the social capital that brand ambassadors can provide.

 

The future of capital

 

Helping with everything from spreading awareness to bringing in new investors, brand ambassadors can be key players in a successful raise. As a good example, Piestro has effectively utilized brand ambassadors using the exemptions. This company was able to raise significant amounts of capital and grow its business with the help of passionate brand advocates.

 

Brand ambassadors are valuable investors because they have a personal stake in the company and its success. They can be influential in promoting the company to their social media followers, and other potential investors or simply contributing to capital raises themselves.

What is the Opportunity in RegCF for Franchisees and Franchisors?

Raising capital is a critical part of any business, and it can be especially challenging for franchisees and franchisors. Fortunately, there are several options available, notably Regulation CF crowdfunding. This regulatory framework, which was created as part of the JOBS Act, allows businesses to raise up to $5 million per year from a wide range of investors and introduced significant opportunities within the capital raising journey.

An Opportunity for Franchises

Regulation Crowdfunding, RegCF for short, is a securities regulation that allows companies to offer and sell securities to the general public through a crowdfunding portal. Since being passed into law just over 10 years ago, companies have raised over $1B in capital through this exemption.

Of course, there are also risks associated with investing through RegCF. As with any investment, there is always the potential that it may not gain the traction issuers anticipate and the desired capital may not be raised. However, if done carefully and with due diligence, RegCF can be an excellent way for franchisees or franchisors to raise capital.

Advantages of Reg CF for Franchisors and Franchisees

Several key points should be highlighted when it comes to the advantages of crowdfunding through Regulation CF for both franchisors and franchisees. Reg CF opens up a new way to raise capital for franchisors while retaining full ownership and control of their company. This is thanks to the lower investment minimums required and the ability to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors. On the other hand, franchisees can use Reg CF to improve the reach of their franchise (with the approval of the franchisor) and raise the necessary capital to get their franchise off the ground or expand it.

When it comes to Regulation CF, there are a few key advantages that both franchisors and franchisees can enjoy, including:

  • Lower investment minimums are one of the key selling points of Reg CF for both franchisors and franchisees. This means that issuers can raise capital from their fans, customers, and others who already support the company.
  • The ability to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors is another key advantage of Reg CF, which allows issuers to tap into a larger pool of potential investors.
  • Improved reach is thanks to the fact that Reg CF allows for the use of social media and other online platforms to reach a wider audience of potential investors and increase the likelihood that an offering will receive the exposure needed to be successful.

Getting Involved in Reg CF

For franchisees and franchisors, the opportunities are plentiful with Reg CF. However, the main thing to remember is that to be successful in Reg CF campaigns, you need to have a great product with an even better message.

The first step is to get your product in front of potential investors. This can be done through several channels, including social media, online advertising, and PR. Once you have people interested in your product, it’s crucial to provide them with more information about why your product is worth investing in. This is where having a strong value proposition comes in. Once you have an audience for your product, you can begin the process of getting your offering qualified with the SEC and listing it on a funding portal.

Your value proposition should be clear, concise, and compelling. It should address the needs of your target market and explain how your product can meet those needs. Additionally, your value proposition should be supported by data and customer testimonials. These will help to show potential investors that your product is the real deal.

Finally, it’s important to remember that raising money through Reg CF is a team effort. To be successful, you’ll need to build a strong network of support. This includes family, friends, members of your target market, and a supporting team of key players from lawyers to broker-dealers and marketing professionals to help you reach your goal in the most efficient way possible.

Preparing for the Future with Reg CF

This regulatory crowdfunding framework offers numerous opportunities for early-stage businesses to raise capital from a large pool of investors. Through RegCF, startups and small businesses can offer securities to the general public, allowing investors of all income levels to participate in their growth. Franchising is a great way to expand a business and bring it to new markets. With RegCF, there is now an opportunity for franchisees and franchisors to raise capital from everyday investors through equity crowdfunding.

10 Years Later: How the JOBS Act Has Revolutionized Capital Raising

It’s been ten years since the JOBS Act was passed, enabling companies to raise capital in ways never before possible. What started in Washington, the brainchild of David Wield, is now a well-oiled machine that has funded thousands of companies and is constantly evolving. Ten years on, the various JOBS Act regulations have been put to great use, and we are only at the tip of the iceberg.

Looking Back Ten Years

The JOBS Act was passed in 2012 to help small businesses and startups raise capital. The main idea was to make it easier for private companies to raise money from investors, without requiring them to go through the cost-intensive process of going public. The JOBS Act did this by introducing new regulations, such as Reg D, Reg CF, and RegA+ for raising capital from accredited or non-accredited investors.

Before the JOBS Act, companies were limited in raising money. They could only raise money from accredited investors and eventually needed IPO to access such a hefty amount of capital. With recent expansions of regulations like RegA+ and CF, companies can now raise $75 million and $5 million, up from $50 to $1.07 million. On the tenth anniversary of this monumental legislation, we can look back and see how this legislation has impacted businesses and the economy as a whole.

A Monumental Success

The JOBS Act has been a monumental success in helping businesses raise significant capital. The various regulations have allowed companies to raise more money while remaining private and giving them more fundraising options.

One of the most popular regulations is Reg A+, allowing companies to raise up to $75 million from non-accredited investors. This has allowed thousands of companies to raise billions in capital, with an estimated $1.48 billion being raised with Reg A+ in 2021 alone. In addition, the exemption has been upgraded to make it significantly more usable and has seen a surge in businesses utilizing it.

Another popular exemption is Reg CF, which allows businesses to raise up to $5 million from non-accredited investors.

Reg D has also been popular, allowing businesses to raise capital from accredited investors only, and has been a popular option for companies looking to remain private.

Keeping Companies Private

The JOBS Act has many benefits for companies who want to raise capital, but staying private is one of the biggest advantages. Staying private is growing even more attractive to companies, especially considering they can make a secondary market available for shares bought under JOBS Act exemptions.

Plus, by raising capital through these methods, companies can continue to grow and expand without worrying about private equity firms or other investors taking control. This allows the company to maintain its independence and gives management the ability to make long-term decisions without worrying about short-term results.

The JOBS Act has made it easier for companies to stay private by increasing the amount of capital they can raise and reducing the regulatory burden. This has made these regulations a very popular option, evening the playing field and decreasing the reliance on IPOs to raise capital.

Continued Success for the JOBS Act

The JOBS act has been a resounding success in helping businesses raise capital. This is because the JOBS act allows businesses to raise money in new ways. Additionally, the JOBS act opens the market to a wider pool of potential investors, allowing even the everyday person to enjoy the opportunity to invest in a promising company on the ground floor. The success of the JOBS act has been a boon for the economy as well, helping to create jobs and spur innovation.

The JOBS Act has been a great success, benefiting entrepreneurs and investors alike. After ten years and the recent increase in the amount companies can raise, the JOBS Act has continued to be an attractive opportunity for private companies. But there is always room for improvement, some possible developments in the future include:

  • The SEC could raise the offer limit under Regulation CF, which would fill the current gap between Reg CF and Reg A+ Tier II.
  • The SEC could eliminate investment limits for retail investors, allowing people to assess opportunities and risk tolerance without limits.
  • The SEC could make the exemption from the 12(g) Rule permanent, which would remove a burden for many issuers who are not ready to face the rigors of registration.

While these suggestions would improve the JOBS Act, it is ultimately up to the SEC to show true vision by deregulating as per the suggestions above. Only time will tell what the future holds, but it is clear that it has been a success.

Overall, the JOBS Act has been a massive success in helping businesses raise capital and has increased the number of companies with access to capital. It has also helped enterprises stay private and given them more options for fundraising.

The JOBS Act has been in effect for ten years now, and it has completely revolutionized the way companies raise capital. Regulations like CF and RegA+ have made it significantly easier for companies to access capital, and KoreConX has been there every step of the way to help companies navigate these new waters.

What is a Fund and How Can it Utilize RegA+?

In the traditional sense of a fund, you may be thinking of something like a hedge fund, or other sort of entity that invests in smaller portions of other entities. However, these types of funds are not able to raise capital using Regulation A. So when it comes to RegA+ exemptions, what is a fund and how does it work?

In 1940, the Investment Company Act was passed into law, regulating how investment companies are organized and they types of activities they are permitted to conduct. This law also specifies the requirements for various types of funds, including open or closed-end mutual funds. However, under Regulation A, companies that fall under this definition of an investment company are prohibited from using the exemption to raise investments.

For a “fund” to utlize RegA, it is required to have an exemption from being an investment company. Some rules do apply here, such as the exemptions of having less than 100 investors or having certain qualified investor are not applicable. In the case of Regulation A+, a common exemption is that the fund is not investing in securities. Instead, it may be investing in assets such as real estate or collectibles.

Other considerations must be taking into account when trying to have the offering qualified by the SEC, such as being able to explain how investors will be getting their money back. For RegA+, funds must also have a business plan in place. For example, they must define the types of companies they are looking to invest in or acquire, especially by defining which companies specifically.

However, the process is generally complex, and requires careful planning and discussions with legal advisors to ensure that the raise is done compliantly and according to SEC regulations.

What Due Diligence Do I Need for My RegA+ Offering?

If you’re thinking of conducting a RegA+ offering, you’ll need to do some due diligence first. This blog post will outline what you should investigate before proceeding with your offering. We’ll cover the key areas you need to look at, including the company’s financials, management, and business strategy. So if you’re ready to take the plunge into RegA+, make sure to read this post first.

Be a Diligent Issuer

Due diligence is an essential part of the securities offering process. Issuers must carefully examine all aspects of their business and operations to comply with securities laws and regulations. Due diligence aims to identify and assess any risks associated with the offering, including reviewing the company’s financial statements, business plan, and disclosures. Issuers must also consider potential risks related to proceeds, insider trading, and other potential conflicts of interest. Due diligence is vital for RegA+ issuers because it helps to ensure that the offering is compliant with securities laws and regulations. It also helps to protect the company and the investors by identifying any potential risks associated with the offering.

When it comes to RegA+, issuers must conduct significant due diligence to ensure a successful offering to protect their interests and stakeholders. The first step in due diligence is the review of all documentation, including the offering circular and any other related materials. The goal is to get a complete understanding of the offering and to identify any potential risks. They can protect their interests and those of their stakeholders by doing so.

The next step is the assessment of activities. Issuers must assess their actions and identify any potential risks so they can ensure they meet regulatory requirements. They must also be clear in their marketing materials to ensure that they are not misleading potential investors.

The final step in due diligence is the review of marketing materials. Issuers must ensure that their marketing materials are not misleading and that they comply with all regulations. They can protect their interests and those of their stakeholders by doing so. If information is not accurate or is contradictory with information the issuer has published elsewhere, it can cause problems for the offerings.

Tips for Issuers

When you’re looking to conduct due diligence on your own business, it’s essential to have a clear plan of attack. Here are five things to keep in mind when preparing to complete due diligence for a RegA+ offering:

  1. Start by reviewing your business plan and finances. Make sure you understand your company’s goals and how it is making money.
  2. Look at your management team and Board of Directors. Ensure they are qualified and have the experience to run a successful business.
  3. Conduct a thorough review of your company’s operations. Make sure you understand your manufacturing process, marketing strategy, and sales channels.
  4. Keep your cap table up to date; ensuring it documents who holds shares in your company.
  5. Ensure you do not have information on your website that contradicts information in your offering documents.

These are just a few aspects that help you conduct due diligence more effectively and efficiently. Due diligence is an integral part of any business transaction, so it’s worth getting it done right.

Be Diligent with your Offering

When working with an attorney, you must provide them with all of the relevant information about your company and the offering. This includes both the business and financial aspects of your company and any legal issues or risks that you may be aware of. Attorneys will then use this information to help assess the offering and to identify any potential risks.

Auditors will also need access to all relevant information about your company and the offering. They will use this information to verify that everything is in order and that there are no financial risks associated with the offering. Auditors will also work with the attorney to identify any potential legal risks.

Working with both an attorney and an auditor during the due diligence process will help to ensure that your RegA+ offering is successful. By providing them with all of the relevant information, you can help reduce the risk of mistakes being made and help to keep everyone on track.

Tremendous Growth in Investments in Online Startups

Online startup investing has become more prevalent in recent years as the JOBS Act exemptions continue to evolve and grow more popular as a way of raising capital for private companies. This is evidenced by the growth seen in the number of new raises occurring each year and the amount of money raised. These trends are incredibly positive for the future development of the online private equity markets. JOBS Act exemptions are incredibly powerful in allowing businesses to raise needed capital while providing investment opportunities to investors that would not have been possible otherwise. This blog will discuss why this is growing in popularity and its benefits.

The Growth of Online Startup Investments

Online startup investing has grown significantly in the past few years, with more money being raised for private companies through an online portal. From 2018 to mid-2021, there was a 327% increase in the number of companies raising funds and a 472% increase in money raised. This trend is only projected to continue in the coming years as online private equity markets grow. This number of new raises is exciting; it will only continue to open new opportunities for investors and companies alike, create jobs, and leave a positive impact on the economy.

There are a few factors that have contributed to this rapid growth. Firstly, the new $75 million and $5 million raise limit that went into effect in March 2021 for Reg A+ and Reg CF has made it easier for companies to raise capital and expand capital raising to companies for whom previous limits weren’t high enough. Looking forward, the increasing number of raises is an incredibly positive trend for the private capital market.

An Increase in Online Business Investment

In 2021, the amount of money raised through Regulation CF surpassed $1 billion, a figure expected to exceed $5 billion raised because it is a promising opportunity for companies and investors. For companies, regulation crowdfunding is an efficient way to raise money as allows companies to retain more control than traditional methods. At the same time, investors can benefit by getting involved in early-stage startups and have the potential to see a return on their investment if the company is successful. This is one of the key benefits of JOBS Act exemptions; no longer are the everyday investor locked out of deals in the private market. Regulation CF offerings are open to non-accredited and accredited investors alike, removing the barrier to entry in this space.

While the number of raises is quickly increasing, growth in the amount of money raised from the beginning of 2018 to the first quarter of 2021 is similarly astonishing. The amount of capital raised in this period increased by 627%, from $15.5 million in 2018 to $112.8 million in 2021.

Equity crowdfunding is proving to be a promising opportunity for companies looking to raise capital and for investors looking to get involved on the ground floor of young startups. The steady increase in the number of raises and amount raised is an extremely positive indicator for future growth in the online private equity markets. For these reasons, we expect the amount invested in online startups to continue through 2022 and beyond.

Additional knowledge sources

https://kingscrowd.com/online-startup-investments-have-grown-by-470/

A Look Back on the Last Year of RegA+

Marking a huge step forward in equity crowdfunding opportunities for entrepreneurs and investors alike, one year ago, the SEC’s game-changing decision went into effect that allowed businesses to raise $75 million through RegA+ and $5 million from RegCF. These new limits were a significant increase from the former $20 million and $1.07 million limits for RegA+ and RegCF, respectively. To celebrate this one-year anniversary, we take a look back at the progress that has been made and how this new fundraising avenue is benefiting startups and businesses of all sizes.

The History of RegA+ and RegCF

Regulation A+ and Regulation CF are securities offerings brought to life through the JOBS Act, passed in 2012. They allow companies to raise money from investors without going through the process of a complete initial public offering.

Regulation A+ was created by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as an amendment to Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. It allowed companies to raise up to $50 million from unaccredited investors, a limit increase to $75 million in March 2021.

Benefiting from JOBS Act Regulation

The main benefit of Regulation A+ is that it allows companies to avoid some of the more demanding regulatory requirements that are usually associated with a public offering. It is also less costly, which is essential in creating more opportunities for issuers to take advantage of the exemption. For Tier I offerings, companies are required to file audited financial statements and ongoing reporting. On the other hand, Tier II offerings do not have requirements to register with state securities regulators.

RegCF allows companies to offer and sell their securities to the general public, including unaccredited investors, through crowdfunded ventures. Both Regulation A+ and RegCF are a way for companies to raise money without giving up significant equity or control of their company. The main drawback to both RegA+ and RegCF is that they are not as well-known as other fundraising methods, such as an IPO or private equity. As a result, it can be more challenging to find investors who are willing to invest in a company through either of these methods, but there are ways to be ready for this capital-raising journey.

Despite this, there has been a surge in companies using Regulation A+ and RegCF in the past year. This is likely because traditional fundraising methods are becoming increasingly difficult  and cost-prohibitive for startups and small businesses. Another main reason is the substantial increase in the amount a company could raise with these regulations, making it also an attractive way to raise capital for larger offerings like in real estate or Medtech.

Increase in Capital Raised

Once more reliable Q1 numbers become available, we can better estimate how much was raised in the year since the capital that RegA+ could raise was increased. In 2020 before the change in the amount of capital companies could raise, it is estimated $1.48 billion was raised from RegA+. In 2021, when the increased capital raise was available for most of the year, over 2 billion was raised.

In 2020, $239 million was raised using RegCF before the changes to how much capital could be raised. When the amount that RegCF could raise was increased from a little over a million to $5 million, the total amount raised in these campaigns soared to $1.1 billion in 2021. We do not have exact numbers yet on how much has been raised in the year since the capital increase, but this figure is expected to double in 2022. This would mean that in the three years since the increase in how much capital could be raised, over $3.5 billion has been raised with these methods. This number will continue to grow as people become more comfortable with these types of investment vehicles and as the infrastructure surrounding them becomes more robust.

By lowering the requirements for entry into capital raising with these regulations and increasing the amount that can be raised, the JOBS Act has allowed more people to invest in the growth of small businesses. This, in turn, is helping to create jobs and support the economy.

David Weild, Former Chairman of the NASDAQ and Father of the JOBS Act, had this to say about the increase in how much capital companies could raise; “It means more capital will be available for entrepreneurs, allowing their ideas to become realities and helping create living wage jobs across the U.S.”

This is a huge win for small businesses, investors, and the economy. The increase in how much capital can be raised has allowed more people to invest in small companies, which helps create jobs and support the economy.

In the past year, there has been a surge in the number of companies that have used Regulation A+ and RegCF to raise capital. This is likely due to these methods being less well-known than other forms of fundraising, such as an IPO or private equity. The increase in how much can be raised with RegA+ and RegCF has allowed entrepreneurs more access to capital without giving up ownership or control over their company.

The Importance of Private Capital for Female Founders

It’s no secret that women face unique challenges when starting and running a business, with women-led startups only receiving 2.3% of VC funding in 2020. From a lack of access to capital to the prevalence of bias in the business world, female entrepreneurs have a lot stacked against them. However, thanks to women’s movements and the push for further diversity in the workplace, more people are beginning to realize just how important it is to support women in business. With the rise of private capital raising through JOBS Act regulations, we are begging to close this gap.

In this blog post, we’ll look at the disparity in capital raised between male- and female-founded startups and explore some possible solutions.

Female-Led Private Capital

The lack of private capital for female-founded startups is a problem. Though women are starting to receive more capital funding, it is still disproportionately lower than male-founded companies. There are many reasons why this is the case. Still, one major factor could be that women tend to found smaller companies with more minor funding needs or investors who want to invest in specific industries where women are under-represented.

The Disparity in Capital Raised

When it comes to startup funding, female founders are at a disadvantage. In 2021, $456.6 million was invested in startups through crowdfunding. Of that total, female founders received 19.3%, and non-female founding teams received 80.7%. Everyday investors funded female founders 9x more than traditional VC funding in the same year, which poses a great opportunity for women raising capital through methods like RegA+ and RegCF.

One reason for this disparity is that fewer women-founded startups are raising capital. This is partly because women are still underrepresented in entrepreneurship. It will take time for them to catch up to their male counterparts. Another reason is that some investors might prefer to invest in specific sectors where women are still underrepresented. Or, it could be because sectors where women run businesses may have fewer funding needs.

Whatever the reasons for the disparity, it is clear that female-founded startups receive less funding than their male counterparts. This is a problem that needs to be addressed to promote equality in the startup world.

Improved Capital Raising Techniques

However, the online private market is challenging VC’s biases and progressing towards a more equitable funding model. Crowdfunding is one example of this, as it allows female-founded startups to raise capital from a wider pool of investors.

This is one of several ways to overcome the discrepancy between how much capital is raised by male-founded startups and female-founded startups. Another is to increase the number of women-led businesses by providing support and resources specifically for female entrepreneurs. This deficit is also overcome by investing more into industries that women are highly represented in or investing in getting more women into predominantly male-run industries.

We’ve looked at the disparity in capital raised by male- and female-founded startups, and we need to continue raising awareness and encouraging people to invest in female-founded businesses. With enough support, we can move closer towards an equal playing field for all entrepreneurs.

KoreClient Spotlight: Peter Kassel, CEO and Co-Founder of HealthySole

Peter Kassel is the CEO and co-founder of Healthysole, a remover of 99.99% of infectious bacteria, viruses, and spores that are tracked on your shoes. As the co-founder of HealthySole Peter has been with the company for its entire journey, which began in 2011. We recently sat down with Peter to discuss his company, the growing Medtech space, and the use of capital raising in this field.

Q: Tell me a little about your experience, company, and your company’s impact on clients and the Medtech space.

A: I have been working in the Medtech space for ten years as CEO and co-founder of Healthysole. Ten years ago, my family started this company on the simple concept that shoes and floors are dirty. We are now hoping to make a significant impact on the Medtech space. My family and I decided to address this issue when a family member acquired a near-fatal infection during a standard medical procedure. While Hospital Acquired Infections and Infection Control are prevalent issues, we found that shoes and floors were regularly overlooked as potential contributors to the problem.

Once we pivoted our product towards the Medtech and healthcare space, top leaders in the field contacted us to test their hypothesis and push the narrative of better protecting the patient and healthcare provider. We see that there is greater value and response for this product within the healthcare setting and beyond. We view the product as simple as washing your hands for the soles of your shoes. When people wash their hands with greater frequency, the environmental presence of pathogens decreases; HealthySole PLUS safely and unobtrusively applies the same principle, only to the soles of shoes in just 8 seconds. This helps limit the pathogens on one of the dirtiest parts of a hospital, shoes. HealthySole can be implemented to lower the amount of infectious pathogens responsible for hospital-acquired infections by addressing and limiting pathogens on your soles.

Q: What excites you most about the sector?

A: It’s one of these examples of a market sector where innovation has very little potential of downside. When working in the Medtech space, you’re trying to improve the experience of patients and healthcare professionals while lowering the chance of infection, better preventing illness, and reducing the spread of germs in facilities.

Q: How do you see the LSI Medtech event having an impact on your company?

A: We have been around for ten years. Once we proved out the device and had momentum, we felt we had a viable tool. Groups that adopted our product to deal with disease infection rates from patient to provider saw the benefits. At the very same time, all these world-shattering events kept occuring, putting a startup like ours at a disadvantage. When we want to put out our results, there’s lots of international news and we are unable to rise above the noise. LSI gives us the opportunity to speak directly to the medical community at large about the threat shoes and floors pose and how HealthySole PLUS can easily and effectively address it.

Q: Now that your company will be using Reg A+ for your next offering, how do you see it impacting your company?

A: It’s night and day. Medtech companies have a very hard time raising money, you need the talent to sell it, but you also need capital to support those sales efforts. Capital is needed for manufacturing at a greater scale, international advertising, researching, and Reg A+ helps us do all these things.

Q: Why do you think education on topics like regulation A+ play such a vital role in expanding access to capital for Medtech.

A: Every human interacts with a medical device, in a multitude of ways, numerous times throughout their life. Medicine is something every human must encounter. As a society, we want better outcomes, and this will never stop. We see during unprecedented events like COVID that the healthcare systems are incomplete. They work during times of calm, but can find it difficult to adapt to rapid change. Investing in a simple, yet effective product within the Medtech space provides an excellent prospect for investors, giving them the opportunity to financially benefit while changing the world of medicine to improve health outcomes all around the world.

Q: How do you see Regulation A+ impacting Medtech companies?

A: I see it transforming medicine as we know it. Medical innovations such as products, procedures and software come with a high cost and a number of difficult regulatory hurdles, leading to large investors’ hesitancy. With Reg A+, we can spread the risk and the reward so the general population can put their money towards a future they want to see. I see the renewed access to capital and alongside the ability for everyday investors to invest in products they believe in, changing the medical industry for years to come.

Q: What advice would you give a young MedTech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: It’s similar to being an entrepreneur in any company. You will need more capital than you expect because the world of medicine moves very slowly. Anything you do will take three times longer, and if it takes three times longer, it will be three times more expensive as well.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Dr. Joseph McGinley, Founder and CEO of McGinley Orthopedics

Joseph C. McGinley. M.D., Ph.D. is a highly accomplished musculoskeletal intervention and sports medicine physician with over 15 years of experience in the field. He holds a Bachelor’s and Master’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Ph.D. in Physiology and an MD from Temple University. He completed both his residency and fellowship at Stanford University. Dr. McGinley became the founder and CEO of McGinley Orthopedics, a company that designs, develops, markets, and sells orthopedic medical devices.

We recently sat down with Dr. Joseph McGinley to ask him about his company, the industry’s future, and raising capital for a Medtech company today.

Q: Can you tell me a little about your experience, your company, and your company’s effect on patients and the Medtech space?

A: My background is originally in mechanical engineering and I then went on to obtain a  medical degree and Ph.D.. Following that, I attended Stanford University for both my residency and fellowship in musculoskeletal radiology. After my fellowship, I transitioned into private practice in Casper, Wyoming, where I reside today. My passion for problem-solving and engineering inspired us to create our products. The idea was founded and conceptualized at a dinner meeting with colleagues when I was still in medical training. A surgeon was discussing a case about a teenager with a wrist injury. To repair it,  a screw was inserted, and it inadvertently plunged the bone, subsequently tearing the tendon on the far side of the bone. He reported that due to the inaccuracies of the depth measuring process, surgeries may result in incorrect screw sizes.  We knew if we placed sensor technology in the surgical tools, we could improve the surgical outcomes and reduce the occurrence of these all too frequent results.

The current standard of care when in orthopedic plate and screw surgeries is to manually measure depth and “feel” when to stop on the far side of the bone. This process is prone to errors that can be costly and impact patient outcomes. The IntelliSense Drill Technology® improves the level of care by putting sensors in the tools that simultaneously measures depth, telling the surgeon what size screw to use and has auto-stop features to help prevent plunging past the bone.  It makes it easier for the surgeon to expedite the procedure and improve the patient’s care level. The IntelliSense Drill® has been on the market for 7 years and is currently being used in operating rooms across the country.  As a company, we have continued to create products with the mission to improve the standard of care in orthopedic surgeries. Today our company boasts of over 137 patents in various stages of development.

Q: What excited you the most about this sector?

A: For me personally, it is all about making a difference in patient care. As a physician, we usually help patients on a one-on-one basis. Technology such as the IntelliSense Drill ® improves patient care and outcomes on a much larger scale impacting patient care worldwide. Many of us at some point may also find ourselves on the other side of that care. It is great to help provide a solution to enhance many lives globally.

Q: How do you see the upcoming LSI Medtech event having an impact on your company? 

A: We’re excited to be back at LSI. Last year was our first time attending the meeting, and we met many interesting people in diverse business sectors. It made us think about our company, improve ideas, and how to best set up success. There are a lot of innovators at the conference and I have learned from their expertise. We will use the platform of LSI to reach a variety of unique investors that can help change the standard of orthopedic care and improve the quality of care given to patients with their investment. All our investors are part of our team, and we are looking to tap into the experience of those involved. We are also excited to have a platform to share and get the word out about our products. Because we are addressing a real need in orthopedics, we know our message and goals will resonate with many in attendance.

Q: Since you are using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see that fundraising style impacting your company?

A: We are new to Regulation A+. This opportunity will give us access to a broad investor base and allow us to promote our products on a larger scale. We are excited to share our products with new investors through this platform. Reg A+ allows for us to raise capital without losing control of the company.  It is an exciting time at McGinley Orthopedics. The influx of funding into our company will afford us the opportunity to grow and reach more patients with our technology. The funds will not only benefit our current technologies but allow us to bring to market numerous additional products in our pipeline.

Q: Why do you think education on the topic of Reg A+ plays such a vital role in expanding access to Medtech companies?

A: Until recently, I did not have a full understanding of Reg A+ and how it could help our company. I am excited to share what I have learned about its benefits to educate other companies about this approach. In the investment world, we are not used to a privately held company being able to solicit on a large scale. This approach levels the playing field while benefiting the company and the investor by eliminating the middleman. It has also opened doors to additional resources that I know would benefit other medtech companies.

Q: How do you see Reg A+ impacting the Medtech industry?

A: I think we are at the tip of the iceberg regarding Reg A+ in the Medtech industry. It gives companies the ability to access capital in an early stage a lot more easily. I think we will see an increase in adoption and a shift in private equity to Reg A+ in the future. You will see companies like ours reap the benefits, and it’s great for the entrepreneurial world.

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: I would say it’s hard, and it requires dedication. If you want to be successful, you must think outside traditional approaches. Don’t eliminate any possibility and think of what works best for you. There is no easy path to success. We are an innovative company and sought unique ways to innovate while raising capital.  We innovate with our products, innovate with our sales, and innovate with how we raise capital including this new approach with Reg A+. It will be hard work, but hard work is part of the journey. Try to get varying perspectives, understand the pros and cons, and do what is best for your company.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

What are the Benefits of a Cap Table in Capital Raising?

If you’re running a business, then you know that keeping track of your finances is essential. And if you’re looking to raise money from investors, then you’ll need to create a cap table. But what is a cap table, and what are the benefits of having one? In this blog post, we’ll answer those questions and more. So keep reading to learn more about the benefits of a cap table for your business.

What is a cap table?

A cap table is a document that records all information regarding shareholders and the equity they own in a company. The purpose of a cap table is to provide transparency to shareholders, investors, and employees about the company’s current and future equity. A well-managed cap table can save time and can benefit companies and investors. The benefits of using a cap table include:

  • Records the voting rights of each shareholder.
  • It documents when shares are issued and diluted.
  • It keeps track of all equity holders, past and present.
  • It records who owns what percentage of the company.
  • Increases transparency among shareholders and investors.
  • Quicker and more efficient transactions due to up-to-date information.
  • It shows how much money each shareholder has invested in the company.

There are several ways in which a company can benefit from having a well-managed cap table. A cap table can help founders keep track of who owns what percentage of the company, allowing for transparency among shareholders and investors. This is essential Information when negotiating with investors or preparing for a capital raise.

Importance of Cap Tables

A well-managed cap table is an essential tool for any company, especially when looking to raise capital. A cap table allows transparency and clarity between shareholders, founders, and investors. Investors need to quickly and easily understand the company’s current equity structure to make informed decisions about investing in a capital raise. With the continual growth of regulations like A+ and CF, managing a cap table is crucial for success.

Improve Cap Table Management

When a company has already raised money from investors, the cap table becomes an even more important document. KoreConX’s cap table management software can help keep track of all shareholders and their respective equity. The software can also help manage voting rights and keep track of who invested when and how much. This information is crucial for companies as they undergo funding rounds because it allows them to be transparent with potential investors. Investors want to know who is in charge, what voting rights each person has, and what kind of leverage they have when negotiating. Having all of this information readily available in the KoreConX all-in-one platform will help avoid any delays in the investment process.

A well-organized and up-to-date cap table is an essential tool for any company looking to raise capital. It can help simplify the process for both the issuer and the investor and ensure that everyone is on the same page about ownership and valuation.

Secondary Market Trading for RegA+, RegCF, and RegD

As more and more companies look to raise capital in the private capital market, it’s essential to understand the different exemptions available for this purpose. In this blog post, we’ll look at three common types of capital raises; Reg A+, Reg CF, and Reg D. We’ll discuss the critical differences between each one and how they are traded on the secondary market. By understanding the nuances of each type of raise, you’ll be better equipped to make informed investment decisions.

If you are raising capital, three main exemptions will be used in the private market. Before we discuss the differences, let’s cover what each regulation does:

  • RegA+ is a securities exemption that allows companies to offer and sell securities to US investors and raise up to $75 million in a 12-month period through Reg A+.
  • RegCF allows companies to offer and sell securities to US investors and raise up to $5 million through online marketplaces and crowdfunding sources in a 12-month period.
  • RegD is a securities exemption that allows companies to raise capital from accredited investors without limit within a 12-month period.

There are a few key differences between the three types exemptions but today we’re focusing on those differences as they pertain to the secondary market. The important thing to consider is the time an investor is required to hold the security before selling it on a secondary trading platform. Reg A+ is the closest to an IPO, and assets can be sold the next day, and there is no lockout period. On the other hand, securities sold under RegCF cannot be sold for the first 12 months after buying it unless it’s sold to an accredited investor, back to the issuing company, or a family member. With Reg D, investors can not sell these assets for six months to a year unless they are registered with the SEC.

We’ve covered other differences between the three exemptions in a previous article, including the number of investors and the amount they can invest. However, once the raise ends, the secondary market is the next important difference to be aware of so that shareholders can be properly informed before, during, and after the raise is complete.

How to Ensure Your Marketing is Compliant During an Equity Crowdfunding Raise

You may be wondering, “Why is a marketing agency talking about compliance?”.

We’re obviously not lawyers, but it is pivotal that compliance is offered at the forefront of your marketing planning.

Now we are not soliciting any legal or financial advice today. The purpose of the webinar is to give you a good introduction to the most common rules so you can better plan your campaign and protect yourself from trouble.

Today we’re going to cover some of the basics and get into some of the tactics that you can use to ensure that your marketing is compliant.

Why is Compliance Important?

If you’re going to run an equity crowdfunding campaign, then you need to be aware of all the restrictions.

With the SEC enforcing strict regulations on what you can and can’t say, running an equity crowdfunding campaign is much different than your traditional marketing campaign.

When you are creating your marketing campaign, it is important to make sure it is compliant with current regulations regarding the promotion of securities. If you do not comply with these guidelines, then you do not only risk your investments but are also subject to penalties from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

What Can You Say Before the Launch?

Do not publicly or privately mention your equity crowdfunding raise if it is not a test-the-waters campaign!

That might sound obvious, but you would be surprised at how frequently founders get this wrong. By “publicly mention”, we mean:

  • Put a link to your offering on Linkedin, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, etc.
  • Email your extended network and encourage them to invest.
  • Post your offering in any online group.
  • Encourage friends or family to share or forward the offering to anyone they know.

By “privately mention”, we mean:

  • Mention the offering to people you meet for the first time, such as at networking events, conferences, meetups, etc.
  • Contact anyone who has done business with you in the past and ask them to invest.

Now, What Can You Say After?

The two types of communications that are permitted by the SEC post-launch falls into two categories:

  • Communications that don’t mention the “terms of the offering” (Non-Terms).
  • Communication that just contains “tombstone” information (Terms).

A term, or you’ll also hear it referred to as tombstone information, is communications regarding the share price of a particular equity. As stated earlier, Non-Terms are any communications that do not mention terms.

In addition, it’s also very important to mention that mixing terms and non-terms in your marketing communications is a no-no.

KoreClient Spotlight: Brent Fawson, COO of Facible

Working at Facible, Brent Fawson believes that the company is poised to leave a lasting impact on lives around the world by making medical diagnostic testing more accessible. We sat down with Brent and talked to him about the medical industry, his company, and capital raising in the medical field.

 

Q: Tell me a little more about your company. How do you impact the Medtech space and the customers you serve?

A: Facible Diagnostics is a diagnostics company that uses our revolutionary Q-LAAD technology to take hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. Legacy diagnostic technologies often require a tradeoff between speed, accuracy, and ease of use. Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, and don’t require complex machinery so they can be run outside of a hospital laboratory making hospital-grade diagnostic testing available anywhere. It’s ideal for underserved and rural areas, urgent cares, physician’s offices or even the home.

 

Q: What excites you most about your industry?

A: I think with the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, we have all seen the limitations with some of the legacy technology platforms. To have a revolutionary technology at the forefront of the industry is very exciting. I feel we are just scratching the surface of understanding and using medical data to improve our lives. There are companies out there, like Apple, that are beginning to use this data for research purposes. We can create richer data sets to understand and address big challenges we all face. With the COVID crisis, we have all seen not only current deficiencies in diagnostics, but also an unprecedented investment at the same time which will work to improve our lives. 

 

Q: How do you see the LSI MedTech event having an impact on your company?

A: We are really excited to meet with like-minded people who understand the value a company like Facible can bring to the world through their partnership. We have a unique vision to offer investors and partners and love to collaborate and explore the endless possibilities of where our technology can go.   

 

Q: Now that your company will be using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see this helping your company?

A: A startup like Facible is always at risk of choosing the wrong funding pathway. Biotechnology development is expensive and it’s easy to start chasing money to keep the company going. You then run the risk of partnering with investors with different goals, objectives, and understanding of how best to use the funds provided.  We feel that because our technology is so revolutionary, we want to see our vision realized and Regulation A+ is the best path toward making that happen. This also is a great way to allow people that have supported us all along to finally be able to invest in our future.

 

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ places such a vital role in expanding access to capital for medical companies?

A: Right now, there are very traditional ways to raise money. It’s such a well-worn path, it’s great to have these other alternate options out there and understand them. As we started looking at Reg A+ a couple of months ago, we knew nothing about it. It’s vital that entrepreneurs understand all of their options for capital to allow their company to be as successful as possible. Along with that, Reg A+ is so new that there are not many people that really understand how it works. It’s only through talking to people like Oscar (CEO, President, KoreConX) and Doug (Senior Principle, Regulation D Resources) that we have been able to understand it.

 

Q: What effect do you think Reg A can have on Medtech companies in general?

A: Medtech development is expensive. For a small company who has great ambition, amazing science, but few institutional connections it can be nearly impossible to fund a company. To have access to a broader capital market allows us to sell our vision directly to investors that understand and appreciate the impact that these emerging technologies can provide.  

 

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: You must have a good plan. You need to be willing to test your ideas with the right people so that you understand what value to bring. Make sure you are surrounding yourself with people who are willing to be critical. I have seen many companies try to move without fully vetting their vision. And beyond that, really try to understand what it’s going to take to bring your product to market. It’s an expensive and challenging process so make sure you go in with your eyes wide open.  

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;

 

  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;

 

  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 

 

  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Attracting Impact Investors

Founders and executives of startup and early-stage healthcare companies seeking funding historically were limited to appeals to Venture Capital firms, Angels, and bootstrapping – struggling to survive by internal growth alone. In many cases, the founders resort to selling their businesses for values well below their potential. Fortunately, their options have increased due to

1. The Emergence of the Impact Investor

The economic devastation from the coronavirus and its evolving variants is a once-in-a-lifetime event that super-charged the nascent trend of individuals and institutions to invest in ventures intended to improve the quality of life. The dollar value of “impact investing” – experienced “remarkable growth over the past ten years, reaching $2.1 trillion in 2020, according to the International Finance Corporation (IFC).[i] Impact investments are investments made to generate positive, measurable social and environmental impact with a financial return. The bottom line is that impact investors look to help a business or organization complete a project, develop a new life-saving treatment, or do something positive to benefit society.

2. Exposure of Venture Capital Myths

For years, companies seeking funds avoided the tag of “social responsibility,” afraid that investors would avoid any company whose profit objective is compromised by non-financial returns. Nobel Prize-winning economist Milton Friedman ridiculed the idea that business has a “social conscience” and asserted that businessmen who believed such ideas were “unwitting puppets of the intellectual forces that have been undermining the basis of a free society these past decades.” [ii] Consequently, company leaders and investors unwittingly accepted

  • Myth #1 that impact investing produces lower financial returns that take years to materialize. A report by McKinsey & Company in 2018 found that investments in socially beneficial organizations produced returns comparable or exceeding those dedicated to profits only. Furthermore, the median holding period before exit (IPO or M&A) was about the same as conventional VC investments.
  • Myth #2 – An article in the 1998 Harvard Business Review[iii] challenged the belief that VC funding is the underlying force of invention and innovation in economic systems, finding that only a tiny percentage of VC capital (6%) invested in startups or research and development. A VC’s investment focus is on companies that have proven success and need funds for scaling.

Doing Well by Doing Good

Healthcare — where success is measured in improvements in disease progression and quality of life – is the focus of my firm. We promote Impact investing because the strategy provides an avenue in which people can do well by doing good, i.e., buying the securities of companies that positively affect the health of themselves, their families, and others. From the discovery of bacteria to the first artificial organs, significant medical discoveries have extended the quality and length of humans’ lives. Take a look at some of my clients and how they’re positively impacting the world of health and medicine.       

  • EyeMarker: developer of non-invasive assessment and tracking devices for traumatic brain injury (TBI) improving the speed, accuracy, and consistency of concussion detection and diagnosis.  
  • Facible: developer of revolutionary biodiagnostics technology for infectious disease which simplifies the diagnostic testing process while increasing the accuracy of results, empowering patients to better understand their personal health and the quality of products treating their wellness.
  • HealthySole: disrupting the infection prevention market with ultraviolet shoe sanitizer technology clinically proven to kill 99.99% of infections, contaminations, and pathogens in only 8 seconds. 
  • Kurve Therapeutics: provider of compact liquid drug delivery devices significantly enhancing the efficacy and safety of formulations treating Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s LBD, and ALS. 
  • McGinley Orthopedics: manufacturer of orthopedic surgical devices employing cutting-edge sensing and navigation technology reducing surgical time and cost while improving patient outcomes. 
  • Medical 21: reshaping the future of cardiac bypass surgery with an artificial graft which eliminates the harvesting of blood vessels, significantly decreasing procedure time and cost as well as the risk of infection, scarring, and pain for patients.

The recently updated JOBS Act of 2017[iv] offers founders of healthcare companies an alternative channel for fundraising to running the gauntlet of impersonal VC managers focused solely on extraordinary growth as quickly as possible. Using a Regulation A+ offering in place of venture capital allows company management to target those investors who believe in the company’s objectives and want to support them. For healthcare companies, the potential investors include the

  • doctors who work in the company’s field and know first-hand the impact your solution could have,
  • patients who have been affected and their family members and friends, and
  • people who support the non-profit organizations around those you help diagnose/treat.

Founders of healthcare companies will find a wide variety of investors eager to help them reach their objectives, according to the Global Impact Investing Network 2020 Annual Impact Investor Survey.[v] Their research estimates the current market size at $715 billion, attracting a wide variety of individual and institutional investors:

  • Fund Managers
  • Development finance institutions
  • Diversified financial institutions/banks
  • Private foundations
  • Pension funds and insurance companies
  • Family Offices
  • Individual investors
  • NGOs
  • Religious institutions

Rather than having one or more VC shareholders anxious to make a profit and move on to the next deal, Regulation A+ offers access to thousands of potential advocates – a legitimate community of people with a shared sense of purpose — for your business.

A Reg A+ offering allows investors to contribute to life-saving research, clinical trials, or tools and technology to assist victims in returning to everyday life, possibly within their families. For example, small biotechs are more likely to invest in research, spending up to 60% of their revenue on R&D.[vi] They account for up to 80% of the total pharmaceutical development pipeline in 2018,[vii] making small companies the driving force behind innovative new therapies, and 64% of all new drugs approved by the FDA in 2018 originated from small pharma.

Final Thoughts

Founders seeking new funding should ask, “Do I want a group of shareholders that focus solely on my bottom lines or investors who care about our company’s objectives for the full community – patients as well as shareholders?” The question is especially pertinent since an alternative process is available with less hassle, cost, and time. We believe that Regulation A+ offerings should be in the toolbox of every founder, owner, CFO, and Treasurer in the United States. Their use provides excellent upside potential with little downside risk.

 

Resources:

[i] Gregory, N. and Volk, A. (2020) GROWING IMPACT New Insights into the Practice of Impact Investing. International Finance Corporation. (June 2020) Access through https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/8b8a0e92-6a8d-4df5-9db4-c888888b464e/2020-Growing-Impact.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=naZESt9

[ii] Friedman, M. (1970) A Friedman doctrine‐- The Social Responsibility Of Business Is to Increase Its ProfitsNew York Times. (September 13, 1970) Accessed through https://www.nytimes.com/1970/09/13/archives/a-friedman-doctrine-the-social-responsibility-of-business-is-to.html

[iii] Zider, B.(1998) How Venture Capital Works. Harvard Business Review. (November-December, 1998) Access through https://hbr.org/1998/11/how-venture-capital-works

[iv] Littman, N. (2021) Healthcare-Focused Impact Investing: Another Way To Invest For Change. Forbes Magazine. (April 28, 2020) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesfinancecouncil/2021/04/28/healthcare-focused-impact-investing-another-way-to-invest-for-change/?sh=3f4c7f501e5c

[v] Staff. (2021) WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT IMPACT INVESTING. Global Impact Investing Network. (August 25, 2021) Access through https://thegiin.org/impact-investing/need-to-know/

[vi] Coskun, M. (2020) How is R&D spending affecting Biotech company growth? Data-Driven Investor. (May 11, 2020) Access through https://www.datadriveninvestor.com/2020/05/11/how-is-rd-spending-affecting-biotech-company-growth/#

[vii] Kurji, N. (2019) The Future of Pharma: The Role Of Biotech Companies. Forbes Magazine. (May 29, 2019) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2019/05/29/the-future-of-pharma-the-role-of-biotech-companies/?sh=43d88c5f6bb3

KoreConX and Medtech-Ecosystem Together at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022

Experts in the life sciences sector will teach investors how to use Regulation A+ for successful capital raising

 

KoreConX is thrilled to announce its participation at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit – USA 2022. This event will be held on March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. It is led by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) and will bring together an ecosystem of experts who support medtech and life science companies to raise capital.

LSI is part of the Medtech ecosystem of KoreConX’s partners focused on Life Sciences companies. LSI offers insights to help investors and executives make decisions based on data provided by experts on their team. This vertical includes Medical Funding Professionals, a company that specializes in consulting to raise capital for pharmaceutical and medical businesses.

The group has built a value-added offering around Regulation A+ fundraising they call the Capital Planning Valuation Strategy™ (CPVS). The purpose of the CPVS approach, beyond a successful Reg A+ raise, is to help companies develop a strategic plan for their long-term capital needs that protects the interests of the founders and other early investors as these capital-intensive businesses go through R&D, clinical trials, FDA approval, and go-to-market execution.

Stephen Brock, CEO of Medical Professionals, highlights the impact of this sector: “One of the major trends in the financial world right now is impact investing. Life science—medtech, biotech, and pharma—is the ultimate impact investment. These companies are saving lives and limbs and brains—saving quality of life, as well. That’s why we do what we do.”

“In the many years I’ve been working with medtech innovators, I can’t count the number of great products I’ve seen that never make it to market for no other reason than lack of access to capital. That’s why I’m so excited about the possibility Reg A+ brings—with the new higher limits,” says Scott Pantel, CEO of LSI.

This vertical includes  FINRA Broker-Dealer (Rialto Markets), Offering Preparation (Regulation D Resources) and KoreConX, with its All-In-One Platform to support all stages of the offerings.

This team will be together at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 and attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre; its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella; and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information:  https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

Three Trends that We predict Will Shape Investment Crowdfunding in 2022

This article was written by Erin Holloway, KorePartner from Prime Trust. It was originally published on Crowdfund Insider, view the original article here.

 

Investment crowdfunding took off when the JOBS Act regulation went into effect back in 2016 and has become a booming industry in short order. We saw some significant regulatory changes in March of this year, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) confirming capital formation increases for Reg A+ and Reg CF. These increases solidified just how impactful this type of crowdfunding can be.

Equity crowdfunding has garnered trust and legitimacy from issuers, investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, and lawyers—and raised $239 million via Reg CF and $1.6 billion via Reg A+ in the first half of 2021. Today, there’s nearly $800 million invested across 64 FINRA-licensed Reg CF funding portals.

Equity crowdfunding has garnered trust and legitimacy from issuers, investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, and lawyers—and raised $239 million via #RegCF and $1.6 billion via #RegA+ in the first half of 2021 Click to Tweet

As the new generation of investors is looking for high growth and quick yield, they are increasingly unwilling to wait for value stocks and dividends to slowly build. The diverse investment opportunities that crowdfunding offers are exactly what these investors are looking for as they develop their portfolios.

These numbers are impossible to ignore: equity crowdfunding is here to say. But what comes next for this exciting space?

Here are three key equity crowdfunding trends that we anticipate to thrive in 2022 based on our work helping crowdfunding platforms and portals raise game-changing capital online.

Significant, positive economic ripple effects from equity crowdfunding

When it comes down to it, what 2020 and 2021 have clearly shown us is that investors want to participate in and support small businesses.

At my firm, we’ve seen 4,000+ issuers to date, including startups, small businesses, and medium-sized businesses. These SMEs are choosing equity crowdfunding instead of traditional, bank-led financing because they can control their offering and financing needs. No longer beholden to the mercy of a single small business banker with specific credit appetites, or a venture capital firm with narrow funding parameters, these entrepreneurs are now in the driver’s seat and their customers and supporters are riding shotgun alongside them.

Currently, the top five industries for issuers are software, distilleries and breweries, restaurants, internet and e-commerce, and movies, according to research from Crowdfund Capital Advisors. Ironically, all industries are significantly impacted by COVID. But investors in these spaces are eager to participate in crowdfunding for their favorite businesses, and in 2020 venture capital was particularly difficult to come by. The world watched as so many of our favorite restaurants, venues, and small businesses closed because they didn’t have the financial ability to stay afloat. But equity crowdfunding presents a chance for those businesses to get back in the game.

As we forge ahead into 2022, the impact of equity crowdfunding for COVID-affected small businesses will play out with positive ramifications in local economies by creating not only capital for businesses, but creating jobs as well.

Many types of businesses are being served by equity crowdfunding, meaning there is innovation across industries and greater competition—which in turn means more options for consumers and new jobs being created.

Ultimately, 120,000 local jobs have been created so far in 2021 as a result of successful Reg CF offerings, reported Crowdfund Capital Advisors. These salaries support government taxes, consumer spending, savings, and more. They’re supporting our communities and keeping food on our neighbors’ tables.

The rise of ATS

ATSs, or alternative trading systems, aren’t new. These are broker-dealers that have filed under Reg ATS to provide an electronic marketplace that creates an order book and matches sellers with buyers. ATSs have been around for a while, but are getting a renewed sense of interest—one we anticipate will carry well into 2022 and beyond.

ATSs, like tZERO ATS and StartEngine Secondary, enable investors to continue supporting issuing companies by giving them opportunities for liquidity. They’re the logical next step and the future of the crowdfunding industry.

The idea that you can invest from your phone while wearing your pajamas through a six-step widget is compelling for investors. ATSs offer a way for investors to stay in the investment ecosystem, liquidate their assets at a reasonable point, and reinvest as they choose. They open up the opportunities traditionally reserved for institutional investors to everyone.

What we are seeing is a cycle that benefits all parties. The ability to liquidate private securities increases the appeal of buying private securities. ATSs provide the financial breathing room that investors want to more easily buy and sell non-listed securities. In the same manner that one does trades with a large exchange, the secondary market is providing easier than ever access to investors who want to move in and out of private equity.

The industry has more support than ever from regulators, and we’re seeing a huge influx of interest to facilitate the ATS process. This will absolutely be a space to watch in 2022.

Accessible crowdfunding for all

At this moment, we’re defining the financial future — and that future needs to include more accessibility.

As we move into 2022, the equity crowdfunding industry will continue to build a foundation for underserved people to gain access to the financial system in terms of meaningful investments. Anyone—regardless of social status or annual income—should be able to begin investing in companies that hold meaning for them. It’s about radical accessibility and execution. Looking to the future, we’re building a system that allows for more equal access for both the issuer and the investor.

Whereas only 1.2 percent of the venture capital invested in U.S. startups in H1 2021 went to Black founders, and just 2.3 percent to women in 2020, women and people of color make up 40 percent of issuers using Reg CF.

These numbers point to a gap of businesses not receiving capital and offer incredible insight into the power of crowdfunding and the hope it can provide. We hope to see that 40 percent figure grows in 2022.

Final Thoughts

As an industry, we have a duty to provide a service and product to an underserved market of people that may otherwise never gain access to these opportunities. We have great hope for the future and in 2022, we believe we’ll see equity crowdfunding have a positive impact on the economy and the job market. We’ll continue working to make the world of finance and crowdfunding more accessible to all. And ATSs will play a huge role.

Is it only ATSs? Absolutely not. ATSs are just one of the possibilities to keep growing and offering new solutions that benefit all the parties involved in equity crowdfunding. It’s so important that we continue to be innovative and pioneers in this space. Push boundaries. Knock on doors.

As members of this industry, the onus is on all of us to continue pushing into new frontiers so that we can be better and do better—for ourselves, for our industry, and for our communities.

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

KoreClient Spotlight: Manny Villafaña, CEO and Founder of Medical21

Manny Villafaña has a long track record of innovation in the medtech space, delivering solutions to improve cardiac care and surgical procedures. In his latest venture, Manny is creating a product that will change the way cardiac bypass surgeries are performed, improving patient outcomes.

 

We sat down with Manny to discuss his company, the medtech space, and how Reg A+ is helping Medical 21 raise money.

 

Q: Can you tell me a little about your company and how it impacts customers and the industry as a whole?

 

A: Medical 21 is the 8th company in a series of companies that I have formed since 1972. The first company I started was a company that made the first long-life pacemakers and was called CPI/Guidant, which was eventually sold to Boston Scientific. Each company has been focused on improving the technologies used in caring for cardiac patients.

 

Medical 21 has developed a small diameter coronary artery graft to be used in heart bypass surgery. Instead of harvesting blood vessels from a patient’s legs, arms, and chest, we developed this synthetic graft. Rather than pulling the needed vessel from elsewhere in the body, surgeons can pull it out of a package. This is an enormous market, larger than all the pacemakers, heart valves, and defibrillators combined. We are at the stage where we are seeking regulatory approvals to begin clinical trials domestically and internationally. 

 

Q: Besides not having to harvest blood vessels, what is the benefit of this synthetic graft?

 

A: Medical 21’s technology helps doctors not need to open up a patient’s body to take vessels out of the legs or arms during bypass surgery. For the patients, this can reduce pain while decreasing infections, and saving the hospital time and money. As a result, more patients can be safely treated in less time.

 

Q: How did you get into creating products for the cardiology field?

 

A: I answered an ad in the papers in the early ’60s for medical sales put out by the world’s largest x-ray company, Picker X-Ray. Their subsidiary, Picker International, was an export agent for small American companies exporting pulmonary, cardiac, and x-ray products. One of the products I was involved with was pacemakers made by Medtronic. Three years later, Medtronic’s CEO flew to New York and hired me.  I began to learn more and more about the heart through the transfer. With a history of heart attacks in my family, I’ve always been interested in the heart and was personally motivated since my father and brothers died from heart attacks. I am also self-taught. When I see a problem, I go after it. I am always aiming to create a product that can help others.

 

Q: What excites you most about this space you are in?

 

A: This is the most exciting work we’ve ever done because it covers so many people, surgeons, and types of surgeries. Our present work is focused on cardiac bypass, but the graft has the potential to be used throughout the body for a variety of applications. With about 800,000 to 1 million bypass surgeries on the heart each year and each patient receiving 3 to 4 grafts, there is a huge market where we can take care of so many patients globally. We are fortunate; because of our track record in the cardiac space, surgeons across the globe are excited to help us. We’re developing a product that’s incredibly needed.

 

Q: How do you see the LSI MedTech event having an impact on your company?

 

A: We were honored to be invited to the conference by Scott Pantel and his team. At the conference, there will be the best selection of financial people and young entrepreneurs looking to learn what the next step is. We are also bringing in one of our advisors, formerly with the Mayo Clinic, to talk about what is happening in the medtech field and what we are doing at Medical21. It’s an excellent opportunity for our company.

 

Q: Why do you think education on the topic of Regulation A+ plays such a vital role in expanding access to capital for MedTech companies?

 

A: In the environment of the 21st century, we must see how we can reach a wider audience for both financial needs and tap into the market of people who want to participate but are excluded by traditional private funding routes. Historically, these people could not invest until the company went public, leaving them unable to get in at an earlier stage. This provides everyday people the ability to invest in technology in the medtech space that will impact many people globally, especially when health is such a personal matter. The government gave these investors the ability to participate from the beginning, whether they were accredited or non-accredited individuals.

 

Q: Now that your company is using Regulation A+, how do you see that helping your company, and what impact do you think Reg A+ will have on other medtech companies?

 

A: We need capital, and it’s not easy to initially jump to IPO’s, even though I’ve done seven previous IPOs. Reg A+ can allow us to raise enough money to begin clinical trials. Reg A+ is a step in a company’s financing as it grows, and a successful offering shows that your company can get it done and raise a large sum of money by reaching a large audience. RegA+ is essential for the future of the medical device industry because medical companies need financing for an extended period of time before the product is approved and sold. Before it can get to the point of sales, medtech relies on private investors for development and clinical trials of life-saving products. 

 

Q: What advice would you give a young medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

 

A: I often give a talk entitled “The Trials and Tribulations of the Entrepreneur.” I offer many bits of advice, and one of those is that before you even begin, you need to overcome simple life challenges to become an entrepreneur. In the medtech space, you have to be a “superman or superwoman” because, in addition to developing new technology, you need to do clinical trials in a risk-averse regulatory environment that makes things difficult. However, at the same time, risk must be taken. The greatest hazard in life is not taking risks; you cannot achieve anything if you don’t take risks!  Thank you! Manny

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Why is Your Community of Investors Important?

When companies begin the capital raising journey, it is no longer about going public or simply getting a company’s product in front of venture capitalists. To be successful in our current capital raising landscape with Regulations A+ and CF, organizations must build a community of investors. This not only brings life to your business, but companies are also now able to leverage this network to find success in capital raising activities. 

 

A Different Spin on Community

 

One of the most valuable parts of Regulation Crowdfunding and capital raising with Regulation A+ is that you can talk about your offering everywhere instead of keeping information confidential. This one fact has made building a community of investors vital to all companies looking to raise capital. RegCF platforms like WeFunder allows companies to raise millions of dollars by getting the investment opportunity in front of potential investors. Because of the many investors that can be brought and board and told about your investment opportunities, investment crowdfunding is not just an excellent way to raise capital but a way to build an army of brand ambassadors and customers.

 

Instead of just offering a means for investment, JOBS Act crowdfunding regulations create a new way to take investors on the journey of building your company. Regulations like A and CF provide a way to tap into customers who already care about your brand and bring them on the capital raising journey by making them part of your team as investors. Fostering this relationship with customers and investors is perhaps one of the most important things a company can do.

 

Creating a Crowd of Investors

 

While creating a crowd of investors can seem daunting, especially for smaller, less-established businesses, the crowdfunding journey starts from within. Start with your personal network and try to gain momentum there. Not only are you gaining investors, but if your offering doesn’t stick with your inner circle, then it probably needs some refinement before a larger community of potential investors accepts it. Many crowdfunding offerings have a lead investor who helps negotiate the terms of the offering and put their own money in the deal to ensure your valuation is in a place that will attract investors, not deter them. 

 

By offering a compelling opportunity and being open and honest with the customer and potential investors, you can begin building the community that will help you reach your capital-raising goals. While your inner circle is a great place to start with your capital raising effort, you also need to have a balanced mix of investors for potential success.

 

Channeling Investors 

 

There are a variety of different capital-raising regulations which utilize community building in various ways. Regulation CF offers lots of capital raising upside for those who leverage communities with the ability to publicly promote and get the word out about your investment to attract a larger community of potential investors. With Reg A+, issuers can raise up to $75 million through a similar crowd of accredited and nonaccredited investors. However, this comes with a lot of responsibility. Issuers must know how to nurture these relationships beyond just investing money. It is a privilege to allow these investors to invest in a company, something which must be remembered when building communities.

 

This need for the community makes things like media attention less of a metric to measure success on. You can put a campaign in front of a large audience, but without the support of a community and the drive of a fascinating company, it will not necessarily succeed. By building your community of investors, you can better capitalize on capital raising and brand awareness opportunities.

How to be Ready for Raising Capital

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table (commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays.

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed.

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems.

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster.

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investments and issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold.

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success.

What is Rule 12(g)?

Rule 12(g) is a crucial rule that affects all issuers, but many issuers don’t start with it in mind. The rule began with the 1934 Exchange Act, and it states the threshold at when an issuer must register securities with the SEC. Read further to learn what rule 12(g) does and why it’s essential.

 

What is Rule 12(g)?

 

Section 12(g) of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act was updated alongside the JOBS Act. These amendments, including 12(g)-1 through 12(g)-4 and 12h-3, govern registration and reporting by private companies that have issued equity securities. 

 

These JOBS Act amendments resulted in issuers that are not a bank, bank holding, or savings and loan companies no longer needing to register if they did not exceed certain investor threshold rules. This includes:

  • Companies with less than $10 million in assets; and
  • when securities are ‘held of record’ by less than 2,000 individuals or 500 non-accredited investors

 

However, for companies using Regulation A+ and complying with ongoing reporting requirements, issuers under RegA+ don’t count towards the shareholder limits imposed by rule 12(g).

 

Why is this Important to issuers?

 

Before the JOBS Act, the private capital market was a different landscape. With Reg A+ and Reg CF, securities have become available to a larger audience of investors than ever without an IPO. With vast improvements to the potential for raising capital, private companies sought a way to circumvent 12(g) to remain unregistered with the SEC, based on the number of investors. JOBS Act exemptions like Reg D don’t fall under this exemption from registration. However, since Reg D primarily attracts larger investors, this is typically of less concern to issuers.

 

Understanding rule 12(g) and exemption from shareholder thresholds are essential for issuers to avoid registering their securities with the SEC. Especially as RegA+ allows companies to attract increasing numbers of private investors, these limits are not conducive to raising capital in this fashion. 

KoreConX and David Weild IV at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 22

‘Father of the JOBS Act,’ Mr. Weild will join KoreConX to address a keynote on how Medtech is the new frontier to a successful capital raising

KoreConX and its partner, Life Science Intelligence, are bringing together top thought leaders in the private capital markets environment to the Emerging Medtech Summit 2022. This summit will be held on March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. It is led by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) and will host one of the most important personalities of the JOBS Act scene, David Weild IV.

Mr. Weild, a former Vice Chairman of NASDAQ, is known as one of the key players in revolutionizing the democratization of capital in the United States. His work with the U.S. Congress and his testimonial to the U.S. House of Representatives Financial Services Committee on Capital Markets resulted in the signing of the JOBS Act into law by President Barack Obama in April 2012. Since the SEC introduced the framework for Regulation A+ and its subsequent amendments, companies are able to raise up to $75 million from both accredited and non-accredited investors.

“We understand the importance of the democratization of capital through Regulation A+. David Weild, in addition to being a game-changer in the JOBS Act, is also part of our advisory board. We are absolutely thrilled to be joining him in empowering the Medtech industry to benefit from the Reg A+ exemption,” says Oscar A. Jofre, Co-founder and CEO of KoreConX.

David Weild IV also highlights how the JOBS Act is changing the healthtech and pharmaceutical industry. “It’s gratifying to see so many Medtech companies using the JOBS Act since we created it in large part to fund innovative growth companies and social impact.”

Another seasoned speaker who will be present at the event is Manny Villafaña, who is Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Medical 21. He reinforces how this exemption is a change-maker to this sector. “Regulation A+ is the 21st Century way to raise capital.” Mr. Villafaña will be sharing his experience in using Regulation A+ for pharma and Medtech companies.

LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 will take place on March 15-18, 2022, at Dana Point, California, USA.  Attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre, its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella, and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information:

https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

What is Regulation S?

It is essential to be familiar with the different regulations that govern how companies can raise capital in today’s business world. One important rule is Regulation S. This article will give you a basic overview of Regulation S, how it affects businesses, and how companies can use it to raise capital.

 

What is Regulation S?

 

Regulation S is a set of rules that govern security offerings to offshore investors. It is an attempt by the SEC to clarify its role in regulating securities offerings sold by US companies outside the United States. The regulation allows companies to offer and sell securities without registering the offering with the SEC, as long as the securities are only offered and sold outside of the United States. This excludes investors within the US from participating in the offerings. If an offering is for foreign and domestic investors, it would not fall under Reg S exemptions because it would have to be registered with the SEC.

 

Benefits of Reg S

 

Regulation S is an important securities regulation because it allows companies to offer and sell securities offshore without registering with the SEC. This is important because it enables companies to raise money from investors worldwide, and it also protects investors because it ensures that all offerings are made lawfully. At the same time, it enables companies to have a greater reach for their security offerings, as they can now globally raise money from investors all over the world.

 

As it was designed, Reg S was always intended for large transactions made by large companies to sophisticated investors. The primary use case of Reg S is still the Euro bond or an extensive offering by a U.S. or foreign company that is made outside the United States. Because Reg S can be used for such a large-scale offering by large corporations, companies will always continue to use it as an option when they need to raise funds globally.

 

The Pitfalls of Regulation S

 

The problem is many companies do Reg S offerings incorrectly in this particular space of crowdfunding. Many think all they need to do is sell to somebody outside of the United States, but they ignore that Reg S has three separate categories. These categories are based on the likelihood of the transaction being made in the U.S. or the securities returning to the U.S. The most effortless use case of Reg S is a foreign company selling securities under their own rules. An intermediate use is a reporting company registered with the SEC. For startups, the rules of non-reporting U.S. companies are stricter, but many businesses are not complying with these rules.

How Can Companies Keep Their Offering Out of the US?

 

No offer sold under Reg S should be advertised or be made known in the U.S. To this effect, companies should Geo-fence any offering site so individuals with U.S. IP Addresses can not see what you are offering. However, if you have Geo-fenced your offer and implemented the proper protections to ensure a US investor cannot invest, and someone found their way around it, it’s not on you. Companies do not need to police the internet, but they should ensure that their Reg S offerings are only available internationally with Geo-fencing. 

 

While Reg S does not have as wide of a use case as Reg A or Reg D, Reg S is helpful if you feel you will exceed the $75 million of Reg A and can capitalize on international investors. However, companies must be aware that Reg S only tells how to comply with the U.S. rules, not another countries regulation. With most countries having restrictions on making offerings to less sophisticated investors, you want to ensure you meet all these standards if raising capital internationally. 

 

The Regulation S exemption was implemented to help companies raise capital from non-US investors without SEC registration. It has its benefits, but it is not always accessible or appropriate for every company.

KorePartner Spotlight: Scott Pantel, President & CEO of Life Science Intelligence

With the launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

During the capital raising journey, many things must be in place to increase the potential for success. One of these critical factors is having the right team to assist with gaining information on your demographic is vital to a successful capital raise.

 

As the President and CEO of LSI, Scott Pantel knows the importance of this, which is why Life Science Intelligence was formed. Scott knows that the most important and strategic business decisions must be made based on data and insights from trusted advisors. LSI is proud to be the go-to-market research firm to support those making these big decisions because of their experience in the Medtech field. With a team of economists, analysts, and market researchers, LSI provides deep knowledge of the healthcare industry, guiding clients with actionable data to identify significant trends in medical devices, diagnostic, and digital health technologies that are rapidly evolving in the industry.

 

We took some time to speak with Scott to learn more about him, his company, and his thoughts on the future of market research, advisory, and raising capital.

 

Q: What does your company do, and how are you making a difference?

A: We’re a Medtech-focused market research and advisory company. We help early-stage companies all the way up to the largest healthcare companies in the world, and their investors, make the best strategic decisions possible. We do this through independent research, consulting, advisory and partnering events.

 

Q: What excites you about the Medtech, Life Sciences, and Biotech Industries?

A: The thing that excites me most about Medtech is that we get to have an impact on people’s lives. The innovators in our space save lives and reduce suffering. To borrow a quote from our 2020 Keynote Speaker and Co-Founder of Auris Health (acquired by J&J for $5.8B), “Medtech is the best and original impact investment sector.”  The innovators in our sector are literally changing and saving lives.  I also get excited to see that patients are increasingly becoming more involved in their healthcare decisions. The convergence of medical devices, data, and smart technologies improves patient outcomes and is slowly but surely making our healthcare system more efficient. We have a long way to go, but I believe we are on the right track, and we will see some quantum leaps in medical technology over the coming years.  

 

Q: How do you see the LSI Medtech event impacting your company and industry?

A: This event connects the innovators with the capital sources they need to commercialize life-changing and saving technologies.  Innovations need capital and strategic partners to scale and get to the market.  Our event connects all of the stakeholders in the Medtech ecosystem so that good things can happen and we can get technologies to market faster.

 

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ plays such a vital role in expanding access to capital for Medtech companies?

A: Most of the companies we work with are totally unaware of what is available in terms of tapping the private markets and leveraging equity crowdfunding. The market is slowly but surely catching up, and we believe inside of the next 12-18 months, we’ll be seeing a huge uptick of healthcare companies taking advantage of the various Regulations that came from the JOBS Act. Specifically, we believe Reg A+ will see exponential growth within healthcare/Medtech companies.

 

Q: What impact do you think RegA+ can have on Medtech companies?

A: It is already having a huge impact. Companies are starting to jump in. In the last six months, I’ve personally gotten involved in supporting five Medtech companies that collectively raised over $200M. And it is just beginning – we are at a turning point, and the markets have a huge appetite for impact investment opportunities. This is a perfect setup for CEOs and founders that are running Medtech startups that are building solutions that can save a life or reduce suffering.

 

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey in capital raising and building their company?

A: Do your homework and see if a Regulation A+ capital raise path makes sense for you. Surround yourself with talented people that are committed to your vision. Stay positive and be willing to adjust as you go. 

 

The Recipe for a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act in 2012 and its subsequent amendments, companies are able to raise amounts up to $75 million during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you might be familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth, which can be more attractive to investors.

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about.

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying.

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

How to Read a Startup’s Financial Statements

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at StartEngine. View the original post here.

 

When considering which startups to invest in, there is some key information prospective investors would want to review and understand before making any investment decision. A lot of the information is presented to you on campaign pages, but if you want to review more detailed information about a company, you need to look at their:

  • Form C and “offering details” (for Regulation Crowdfunding offerings) or
  • Offering circular (for Regulation A+ offerings)

There are links to these documents on all of the campaign pages on StartEngine, so that you can review them, but they can contain a good deal of complex terminology that can be hard to understand.

One area that can be complicated to grasp is the company’s financial statement and the related analysis. It is one of the primary types of information prospective investors review to gain a glimpse into a company’s overall financial health.

Financial information can also help you identify trends of the business over time, so you get a better idea of the company’s potential future performance based on historical results. It can also provide you with a means of comparing a company’s performance to other companies in the same industry and stage of growth.

To make it easier for you to accomplish this, we have outlined some key terms and financial concepts to make it easier for you to review and understand a startup’s financial statements.

Note: a typical set of financial statements will include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, statement of shareholder equity, and supplement notes. 

Income and Expenses

At some point in its lifecycle, a company must generate a sufficient amount of income to survive and grow (otherwise, it will continue to need outside sources of funding). So, how can you tell how much money a company is making, and how much it is spending? To determine this, you’ll need to take a look at the company’s Income Statement (for Regulation Crowdfunding’s offering details) or their “Statement of Operations” (for Regulation A+’s offering circular).

Gross Revenue

The first item presented on a company’s income statement is Gross Revenue. This is the amount of money the company has received by selling its goods and/or services. It is reported on the first line of the income statement, which is why you may come across people refer to gross revenue as “top line revenue” or simply “revenue.”

Cost of Goods Sold

After revenue, a company will deduct Cost of Goods Sold. This can also be called “Cost of Revenue” or “Cost of Services” and refers to all expenses that are directly related to the production of whatever products a company is selling or services it is performing. Sometimes a company may not have these costs on its income statement if it is an early stage pre-revenue startup that has not introduced its product/services to the market. These are also referred to as “variable costs” because they typically rise and fall in line with sales—simply put, producing more costs more.

Gross Profit

Once these costs are deducted, the resulting number is the company’s Gross Profit—the amount of money earned from the product or service sold. It is called a “Gross Loss,” if the sale of product or service loses money. In financial documents, losses are indicated by numbers in parenthesis, so for example ($200,000) would represent a loss of $200,000.

Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses, such as research and development expenses (money spent on innovation and technological advancement), “General and Administrative” expenses (day-to-day costs such as accounting, legal, utilities and rent) and many others are  deducted from gross profit or added to gross loss. These consist of all costs that are not directly attributable to the production of a product and/or service and are generally considered “fixed” costs because they do not rise or fall directly in line with sales.

Operating Profit/Loss

After considering these expenses, the resulting figure (gross profit minus operating expenses) is known as Operating Profit, or Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT). It is considered an “Operating Loss” or “Loss from Operations” when gross profit minus operating expenses results in a negative value.

Net Income

Once interest expense on outstanding debt and income taxes are deducted from Operating Profit/Loss, you arrive at Net Income. Conversely, if after deducting taxes and interest paid on the company’s debt results in a negative amount, it’s called a “Net Loss.”

This figure is referred to as a company’s “bottom line” due to the fact that it is typically the last item presented on the company’s income statement—much in the same way gross revenue is referred to as a company’s top line. Also, people will many times address a company’s net income or net loss as a percent of revenue, known as its “net profit margin,” which is used to measure a company’s overall profitability.

In the context of investing in startups, it’s worth noting that most companies will record gross losses, operating losses and net losses. Nearly all early-stage businesses are not profitable as funds are reinvested into growth and R&D. It’s why startups raise funding: to build the product that they can sell, to scale their operations to reach an economy of scale, to hire new employees, and a host of other reasons that help them grow towards that point of generating profit.

Net Worth: Understanding Balance Sheets

A company’s Balance Sheet presents their assets (anything the company owns that has value such as cash, inventory, accounts receivable, and real estate) and liabilities (what the company owes, such as unpaid invoices, taxes and debt). When you subtract all of the funds owed by the company from all of the assets it owns, you get the overall net worth (the book value of total assets minus total liabilities) of the company. Let’s start by looking at the asset side of the balance sheet.

Current Assets

The first category you will see is called, “Current Assets.” These are all assets that are considered cash or assets that the company expects will be converted into cash within a year. This includes cash and cash equivalents (any asset that can be immediately turned into cash, such as foreign currencies, short term government debt securities called Treasury Bills, and certificates of deposit), accounts receivable (the amount of money you are owed for products and services delivered that have not been paid for), inventory, prepaid expenses and other items.

Current assets are a major element of a company’s working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) that presents the amount of funds available to pay off short-term or current liabilities, which we will define later. The more working capital a company has, the greater its liquidity, which implies a more healthy financial position.

Long Term Assets

Next up on the balance sheet are Long Term Assets that consist of non-current assets that have a useful life of longer than 1 year. They include: property and equipment; long term investments; intangible assets such as patents, copyrights, trade names and goodwill; and software.

Long term assets are typically presented on the balance sheet at their cost value minus accumulated depreciation, which equals their net book value. Significant growth in this category can indicate that a company is focusing on or moving into or expanding lines of business that require a greater investment in fixed assets.

Current Liabilities

Current Liabilities consist of all expenses that are payable within 1 year, or sometimes within one operating cycle (the time period required to receive inventory, sell it and collect cash from the sale).

These short term liabilities include accounts payable (for example, unpaid invoices to suppliers), lines of credit, short term loans, accrued expenses (owed money for which no invoice has been submitted), taxes payable and payroll liabilities.

Current liabilities are also used in the calculation of working capital in order to ascertain a company’s level of liquidity as described above. This can provide important insight into the company and give you a sense of whether the company is generating enough revenue and cash in the short term to cover its bills.

Long Term Liabilities

Long Term Liabilities are made up of all obligations that are not due within 1 year of the date the balance sheet was prepared or during the company’s operating cycle. Examples of these liabilities are bonds payable, long term debt, deferred taxes, mortgage payable and capital leases.

A company is over burdened by excessive long term liabilities can equate to high monthly payments and lower cash flow, but some amount of long term obligations can be positive. This is due to the advantages that a company can gain through access to long term financing at low interest rates that can help it expand over a longer time period.

Net Worth

Finally, we come to Net Worth, which is most often referred to as “shareholders equity.” It is calculated by subtracting total liabilities from total assets and represents the amount of money a company would have if it ceased operations and paid off all of its debt. It is calculated the same way you would calculate your personal net worth—you would add the total value of everything you own then subtract all the money you owe.

Banks use this number as a metric for lending decisions because if a company’s assets far exceed its liabilities, it indicates a healthy financial position. On the flip side of the coin, if a company’s net worth is negative, it just means that the amount of money it owes exceeds the value of its assets. It should be noted that this is a common financial situation for an early stage startup that is trying to establish a foothold in its target market and continue to grow until its net worth is positive.

Cash Flow

The Statement of Cash Flows presents the net cash flow for a company over a given time period. It shows how cash enters and leaves a company from three main activities:

  • Operations (sales, inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable)
  • Investing (buying and selling of assets and equipment)
  • Financing (selling of bonds, stock and paying off debt)

If an activity results in cash flowing into the company, it is shown as a positive number. If an activity causes cash to flow out of the company, it is shown as a negative number and placed in parentheses. E.g. $100,000 indicates a positive value, and ($100,000) indicates a negative value.

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities equates to how much cash has been spent or received from the company’s operations. One item is net income, which supplies cash to a company, or net loss, which indicates a flow of cash out of the company.

Depreciation expense (a yearly decrease in the value of a fixed asset over time resulting from normal wear and tear) and amortization expense (the yearly write-off of the value of an intangible asset over its useful life—e.g., a patent that is granted for 20 years has a 20 year useful life) are non-cash expenses subtracted from gross profit on the income statement. As such, they are added back since they are tax deductable expenses that do not deplete cash on hand.

Changes in working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) are also considered on the statement of cash flows. For example, if the company collects more cash from its receivables, cash increases. If it pays down its accounts payable, then that would reduce the amount of cash the company has on hand.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities include cash spent on long term assets such as real estate, equipment (also called “capital expenditures”), patents, stocks and bonds. Conversely, gains on the sale of long term assets are recorded as cash received by the company. For example, if a company sold a warehouse, that would indicate a positive cash flow, whereas the purchase of stock in another company would constitute a negative cash flow.

Financing Activities

Finally, if a company raises money from investors by issuing securities such as convertible notes or stock, this would result in a positive cash flow to the company. When the company makes payments on its debts or buys back shares, it results in a negative cash flow.

Conclusion

And when all cash inflows and outflows are considered, the resulting amount of cash left over is a company’s net cash position. If a company shows an overall negative cash flow over time, the rate at which it is spending its cash reserves is known as its burn rate. The burn rate is usually quoted in terms of cash spent per month. 82% of startups fail due to the lack of cash flow necessary to survive and grow.

Based on the burn rate, you can figure out the company’s runway, which tells you how long a startup can survive before it will need to earn positive cash flow or raise additional capital (if the company’s finances remain unchanged). A startup’s runway is equal to its total cash reserves divided by its burn rate.

Understanding a company’s financials can help you make a more educated and informed decision when choosing the right startup to invest in. Once you have a good idea of what all of the terms mean, financial information will become easier to understand and faster to review, and in turn, investing will become a more enjoyable experience.

What is Regulation A+?

Regulation A+ (RegA+) was passed into law by the SEC in the JOBS Act, making it possible for companies to raise funding from the general public and not just from accredited investors. Since March 2021, companies have been able to take advantage of the limit’s increase to $75 million. This provides companies the ability to pursue equity crowdfunding without the complexity of regular offerings. So, what investments does RegA+ allow?

Outlined in the act, companies can determine the interest in RegA+ offerings by “testing the waters.” While testing the waters allows investors to express their interest in the offering, it does not obligate them to purchase once the Offering Statement has been qualified by the SEC. Also allowed by the Act, companies can use social media and the internet to both communicate and advertise the securities. However, in all communications, links to the Offering Statement must be provided and must not contain any misleading information.

It is important to understand the two tiers that comprise RegA+. Tier I offerings are limited to a maximum of $20 million and call for coordinated review between the SEC and individual states in which the offering will be available. Companies looking to raise capital through Tier I are required to submit their Offering Statement to both the SEC and any state in which they are looking to sell securities. This was a compromise for those who opposed the preemption that is implemented in Tier II.

For offerings that fall under Tier II, companies can raise up to $75 million from investors. For these offerings, companies must provide the SEC with their offering statement, along with two years of audited financials for review. Before any sales of securities can take place, the SEC must approve the company’s offering statement, but a review by each state is not required. It is also important to note that for Tier II offerings, ongoing disclosure is required unless the number of investors was to fall below 300.

In contrast to typical rounds of fundraising, investors are not required to be accredited, opening the offering up to anyone for purchase. Under Tier I, there are no limits that are placed on the amount a sole person can invest. For unaccredited investors under Tier II, limits are placed on the amount they can invest in offerings. The maximum is placed at ten percent of either their net worth or annual income, whichever amount is greater. To certify their income for investing, unaccredited investors can be self-certified, without being required to submit documentation of their income to the SEC. Additionally, there is no limit placed upon the company as to the number of investors to whom it can sell securities.

Once investors have purchased securities through RegA+ investments, the trading and sale of these securities are not restricted. Only the company that has created the offering can put limits on their resale. This allows investors to use a secondary market for trading these securities.

Through Regulation A+, companies are given massive power to raise funds from anyone looking to invest. With the Act allowing for up to $75 million to be raised, this enables companies to raise capital from a wide range of people, rather than only from accredited investors. With two tiers, companies have the freedom to choose the one that best fits their needs. Regulation A+ and the JOBS Act have the potential to drastically change the investment landscape.

How RegA+ Helps Pre-Revenue Companies

For many pre-revenue companies, especially started by first-time entrepreneurs, capital comes from sources like personal savings, credit card debt, friends, or family. However, when it comes to raising a significant amount of capital for growth, they might not have the market validation needed to secure funding from traditional sources. With Regulation A+ equity crowdfunding, these companies can realize incredible access to capital, in turn helping the company grow so that it can create jobs and return money back into local economies. Since passing as part of the JOBS Act in 2012, Reg A+ has raised billions, assisting pre-revenue companies in reaching their business goals while scaling their company for the future.

 

Raise Millions as a Pre-Revenue Company with Reg A+

 

RegA+ can help pre-revenue companies raise up to $75 million from accredited and unaccredited investors. This is powerful because it allows smaller companies to leverage their loyal fans to raise capital and make these loyal followers part of your company as investors. This has expanded opportunities for many private companies by allowing them to raise millions in capital while keeping control of significant decisions.

 

One of these opportunities is a larger pool of investors that can be tapped with Reg A+. Pre-revenue companies can often find it challenging to raise money from venture capital or private equity, so raising money from a wider assortment of investors can be helpful. Reg A+ allows companies to keep control of major decisions, helping pre-revenue companies remain competitive and flexible while keeping to their vision of company operations.

 

Reg A+ makes it more accessible than ever to raise capital for your organization by allowing a company to raise capital without going public. This means that the company can avoid the costs and regulatory requirements of being publicly traded while accessing similar benefits. Plus, investors under Reg A+ are still protected by the transparency and compliance requirements, giving them confidence in their ability to invest and help pre-revenue companies scale their company in a way they may not have been able to if faced with the hurdles of going public.

 

Increasing the Amount of Successful Capital Raises 

 

A pre-revenue company is typically in the early stages of development and hasn’t generated any revenue yet. This means the company is at a higher risk of failure since it has yet to establish a track record of success. For this reason, other capital raising methods such as angel investing and venture capital might be impractical for pre-revenue companies. RegA+ is an excellent way for pre-revenue companies to raise capital because the cost of compliance is considerably less.

 

Plus, companies raising capital through Regulation A+ can also attract investors by offering liquidity options through a secondary market. Unlike traditional private investments, where the only chance of a return is when the company goes public or has an exit, a secondary market allows investors to monetize their investments if there is interest in the shares so they can sell. This is a compelling possibility for investors that pre-revenue companies should utilize when constructing their offering. 

 

A company looking to raise money through Reg A+ must first file a Form 1-A with the SEC. This document includes important information about the company, including its business plan and financial projections. After filing form 1-A, the company will need to wait for SEC approval. This can take months, and this is a great time to focus on your community and prime potential investors. Once the SEC has approved the company’s filing, it will be able to start raising money from investors. 

 

Finding the right investors and investment opportunities can be difficult as a pre-revenue company. However, with Reg A+, you can increase your potential for capital raising success. Reg A+ allows companies to offer securities to the general public and accredited investors, widening the pool of potential investors.

KoreConX Partners With LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022


Medtech and Life Sciences main event will be held next March in California. KoreConX is one of the supporting sponsors.

KoreConX is pleased to announce its partnership with LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022, which will be held March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. This is a major event managed by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) in the Medtech environment and will bring together investors, strategic partners, and experts within the Medtech, Life Sciences ecosystem.

Oscar A Jofre, Co-founder and CEO of KoreConX, highlights the importance of this partnership and event to the sector: “We at KoreConX are delighted to be part of this huge event focused on an industry that is flourishing like Medtech. This sector is critical to saving lives with its innovative solutions and healthcare impact. We are confident that this particular segment will reap the biggest benefits from Regulation A+, and we are honored to sponsor this summit. Also, we will be there in-person for the first time after two years, so we are more than excited to join LSI and our partners to be part of this.”

“A major current trend in the medtech industry is the democratization of capital through programs like Reg A+. We are embarking during a monumental time where we can finally achieve this grand goal and bring companies to market that have a fundamental impact in our lives,” says Scott Pantel, CEO of Life Science Intelligence.

This event will also feature the participation of an icon of the JOBS Act movement, David Weild IV, considered the “Father of the JOBS Act”. He will be giving a keynote address to stimulate and encourage everyone in this industry who wants to raise money using Regulation A+.

LSI is part of the Medtech ecosystem of KoreConX’s partners focused on Life Sciences companies. They are an essential part of this vertical, as they offer valuable insights to help investors and executives make decisions based on data provided by their team of market researchers, economists, and analysts.

LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 will take place March 15-18, 2022, and attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre, its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella, and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information: https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, all-in-one platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

Reg A Offering : When is it the right offering type?

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at Capital Raise Agency. View the original post here.

There are a lot of questions we get from potential clients or people that hire us for consulting on their fund around Reg A offerings but one of the main ones is what type of fund should I use to raise capital for my offering?

It really depends on a couple of things;

  1. The amount you are wanting to raise
  2. How you want to raise it (broker dealer channel, RIAs, high net-worth individuals, etc)
  3. Do you want to do general solicitation? (advertise to non-accredited investors)

The answers to these questions really will help determine if you should do a 506c offering, Reg CF, or Reg A (or Reg A+).

If you want to raise less than $5,000,000 a Reg CF is probably the best option for you – however, if you want to raise more than $50mm a Reg A or Reg A+ is going to be the best fit.

Our personal favorite for the larger raise is the Reg A or Reg A+ because it allows you to market to non-accredited investors, and run ads, and do creative marketing campaigns that is often not allowed through your normal Reg D or Private Placement offering.

If you have already started the process of building out your Reg A or Reg A+ offering you can contact us for a quick brand audit, where we just check and see how everything is looking and give honest feedback on what you need to adjust or update going forward.

Reg A offerings allow people to go out and raise capital that use to only be seen by the big players.

If you have a dream and an idea that requires capital; a Reg A offering is a great place to start.

How Regulation Crowdfunding Will Reach $5 Billion

“We are adopting amendments to facilitate capital formation and increase opportunities for investors by expanding access to capital for small and medium-sized businesses and entrepreneurs across the United States.” – SEC, 2021

 

The continuous maturation of the crowdfunding industry has resulted in growth in the development of businesses and innovation. Since 2016, there have been 4,683 capital offerings, a third of which happened in 2021. This increase in crowdfunding spurs entrepreneurship while allowing startups to bring new technologies to market that will have a lasting impact. With over $775 million raised in crowdfunded investments in 2021 alone, this brings the total value of investments to $1.7B. This capital raised fuels companies to grow, create jobs, and positively impact their communities.

 

Growing with Crowdfunding

Before Regulation CF (RegCF), it was challenging for early-stage companies to access the capital they needed since it was often cost-prohibitive. However, this capital is essential for companies to succeed. Regulated crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups being successful using this method of fundraising. Crowdfunding utilization has been steadily increasing since 2016, but in 2020 the success of startup companies declined to 39% due to COVID. This rebounded in 2021, with overall company success improving and 37% of all capital raised to new-revenue corporations.

 

Crowdfunded Capital

Out of 4,131 companies that have received crowdfunded capital, 2,700 were able to fund enough to innovate in their industry. Ninety-six of these organizations obtained three or more rounds of VC attention utilizing crowdfunding to improve their reach and innovation. With over 1 billion in capital deployed at an average of 1.3 million, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities.

 

An estimated $2.5 billion was pumped into local communities from crowdfunding companies in 2021, with money flowing as many as six times before leaving the local economy. Another way investment crowdfunding brings money to a community is by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 various industries. Crowdfunding helps industries grow and prosper, with 28% of funding going to manufacturing industries in the USA to rebuild the American manufacturing industry. Innovation grows with successful crowdfunding, with over 24% of capital being spent on IT services that make our future.

 

The Future of Innovation

 

With substantial growth in hundreds of industries, crowdfunding supplies businesses with the tools to simplify their success. With sizable exits leading to media and returns coverage, over $1 billion has been funded in over 2,500 offerings. This has led to other changes in the market, like a rise in technical innovations and digital assets like NFTs, which has also increased the growth of a secondary market.

 

Crowdfunding is an essential resource for startups, allowing companies to raise capital and turn dreams into reality. Crowdfunding efforts are an investment opportunity that helps organizations reach their goal by gaining the means to build an innovative business. We have seen the growth to $1 billion in record time, following the increase in investment limits earlier this year. Continual innovation and crowdfunding support will only help drive successful raises forward towards $5B.

Investing in Startups 101

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at StartEngine. You can view the post here

The high-speed world of startups, and the risks of investing in them, are well documented, but startup investing can be complicated and there is a lot of information you should know before making your first investment.

This article will try to answer the question “why should you invest in a startup?” by giving you information about the process and what to expect from investing in an early-stage business.

Why invest in startups?

Through equity crowdfunding, you can support and invest in startups that you are passionate about. This is different than helping a company raise capital via Kickstarter. You aren’t just buying their product or merch. You are buying a piece of that company. When you invest on StartEngine, you own part of that company, whether it’s one you are a loyal customer of, a local business you want to support, or an idea you believe in.

Investing in startups means that you get to support entrepreneurs and be a part of the entrepreneurial community, which can provide its own level of excitement. You also support the economy and job creation: in fact, startups and small businesses account for 64% of new job creation in the US.

In other words, you are funding the future. And by doing so, you may make money on your investment.

But here’s the bad news: 90% of startups fail. With those odds, you’re more than likely to lose the money you invest in a startup.

However, the 10% of startups that do succeed can provide an outsized return on the initial investment. In fact, when VCs invest, they are looking for only a few “home run” investments to make up for the losses that will compose the majority of their portfolio. Even the pros expect a low batting average when investing in startups.

This is why the concept of diversifying your portfolio is important in the context of startup investing. Statistically, the more startup investments you make, the more likely you are to see better returns through your portfolio. Data collected across 10,000 Angellist portfolios supports this idea. In other words, the old piece of advice “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” holds true when investing in startups.

Who can invest in startups?

Traditionally, startup investing was not available to the general public. Only accredited investors had access to startup investment opportunities. Accredited investors are those who:

  • Have made over $200,000 in annual salary for the past two years ($300,000 if combined with a spouse), or
  • Have over $1M in net worth, excluding their primary residence

That meant only an estimated 10% of US households had access to these opportunities. Equity crowdfunding changes all of that and levels the playing field. On platforms like StartEngine, anyone over the age of 18 can invest in early-stage companies.

What are you buying?

The Breakdown of Securities Offered via Reg CF as of December 31, 2020

When you invest in startups, you can invest through different types of securities. Those include:

  • Common stock, the simplest form of equity. Common stock, or shares, give you ownership in a company. The more you buy, the greater the percentage of the company you own. If the company grows in value, what you own is worth more, and if it shrinks, what you own is worth less.
  • Debt, essentially a loan. You, the investor, purchase promissory notes and become the lender. The company then has to pay back your loan within a predetermined time window with interest.
  • Convertible notes, debt that converts into equity. You buy debt from the company and earn interest on that debt until an established maturity date, at which point the debt either converts into equity or is paid back to you in cash.
  • SAFEs, a variation of convertible note. SAFEs offer less protection for investors (in fact, we don’t allow them on StartEngine) and include no provisions about cash payout, so you as an investor are dependent upon the SAFE converting into equity, which may or may not occur at some point in the future.

Most of the companies on StartEngine sell a form of equity, so the rest of this article will largely focus on equity investments.

How can a company become successful if they only raise $X?

Startup funding generally works in funding rounds, meaning that a company raises capital several times over the course of their life span. A company just starting out won’t raise $10M because there’s no indication that it would be a good investment. Why would someone invest $10M in something totally unproven?

Instead, that new company may raise a few hundred thousand dollars in order to develop proof-of-concept, make a few initial hires, acquire their first users, or reach any other significant business developments in order to “unlock” the next round of capital.

In essence, with each growth benchmark a company is able to clear, they are able to raise more money to sustain their growth trajectory. In general, each funding round is bigger than the previous round to meet those goals.

When do companies stop raising money? When their revenue reaches a point where the company becomes profitable enough that they no longer need to raise capital to grow at the speed they want to.

What happens to my equity investment if a company raises more money later?

If you invest in an early funding round of a startup and a year or two later that same company is raising more money, what happens to your investment? If things are going well, you will experience what is known as “dilution.” This is a normal process as long as the company is growing.

The shares you own are still yours, but new shares are issued to new buyers in the next funding round. This means that the number of shares you own is now a smaller percentage of the whole, and this is true for everyone who already holds shares, including the company’s founders.

However, this isn’t a problem in itself. If the company is doing well, in the next funding round, the company will have a higher valuation and possibly a different price per share. This means that while you now own a smaller slice of the total pie, the pie is bigger than what it was before, so your shares are worth more than they were previously too. Everybody wins.

If the company isn’t growing though, it leads to what is known as a down round. A down round is when a company raises more capital but at a lower valuation, which can increase the rate of dilution as well as reduce the value of investors’ holdings

How can I make money off a startup investment?

Traditionally, there are two ways investors can “exit” their investment. The first is through a merger/acquisition. If another company acquires the one you invested in, they will often offer a premium to buy your shares and so secure a controlling ownership percentage in the company. Sometimes your shares will be exchanged at dollar value for shares in the acquiring company.

The other traditional form of an exit is if a company does an initial public offering and becomes one of the ~4,000 publicly trading companies in the US. Then an investor can sell their shares on a national exchange.

Those events can take anywhere from 5-10 years to occur. This creates an important difference between startup investing and investing in companies on the public market: the time horizon is different.

When investing in a public company, you can choose to sell that investment at any time. However, startup investments are illiquid, and you may not be able to exit that investment for years.

However, equity crowdfunding can provide an alternative to both of these options: the shares sold through equity crowdfunding are tradable immediately (for Regulation A+) and after one year (for Regulation Crowdfunding) on alternative trading systems (ATS), if the company chooses to quote its shares on an ATS. This theoretically reduces the risk of that investment as well because the longer an investment is locked up, the greater the chance something unpredictable can happen.

Conclusion

Investing in startups is risky, but it is an exciting way to diversify your portfolio and join an entrepreneur’s journey.

KorePartner Spotlight: Andrew Bull, Founding Partner Bull Blockchain Law  

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

During the capital raising journey, many components must be in place to increase the potential for success. One of these critical factors is ensuring that a capital raise meets regulatory compliance requirements. This means that having a knowledgeable securities lawyer on your team is vital to your capital raise.

 

Andrew Bull knows this as a founding partner of Bull Blockchain Law. He and the company assist investors and businesses by providing regulatory clarity across jurisdictions to ensure raises are compliant and efficient. Bull Blockchain Law is a blockchain and cryptocurrency law firm specializing in digital assets, broker-dealer services, FinTech, advising, and more, and is one of the few law firms entirely focused on this subject. 

 

Since discovering Bitcoin in 2011, Andrew has become an industry thought leader and ran one of the first cryptocurrency mining companies in the US. He began his firm in direct response to a lack of clarity around laws in the blockchain industry.

 

We took some time to speak with Andrew and learn more about himself, his firm, and his thoughts on cryptocurrency’s future.

 

Why did you become involved in this industry?

To provide legal clarity regarding the regulatory compliance requirements for accessing capital from all types of investors. The emerging world of Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency gives a new way to supply these things to the industry and assist a new style of investor.

 

What services does your company provide for RegA offerings?

Bull Blockchain Law provides legal guidance, document drafting, and regulatory filings to ensure our clients have the best possible chance to have their Reg A Offering approved by the SEC.

 

What are your unique areas of expertise?

Blockchain, tokenization of assets, NFTs, tokens, and any economic representation facilitated through digital issuances. My background in Blockchain includes extensive legal and academic experience, including running one of the first Cryptocurrency mining companies in the United States, which helps in the scope of legal expertise I can provide.

 

What excites you about this industry?

With the recent expansion of the fundraising thresholds in the U.S. and Canada, I’m excited to see the large influx of new projects access capital and provide more opportunities to retail investors.

 

How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

KoreConX leads the industry in practical compliant fundraising solutions. As a law firm, we emphasize compliance and regulatory compliant digital solutions that facilitate the most efficient path for our clients. Having this partnership undoubtedly benefits us as well as our clients.

Using RegA+ For Collectibles

RegA+ is a securities exemption that allows companies to raise capital from accredited and unaccredited investors. There has been a lot of interest around Regulation A+ and its potential uses for companies outside of the traditional tech and biotech sectors. In this post, we’ll take a look at how RegA+ could be used to offer equity crowdfunding opportunities for those in the collectibles space.

 

A Difference in Fundraising

RegA+ funding for collectibles is game-changing and different from the traditional process of raising capital, similar to real estate. This possibility allows issuers to offer collectibles in niche markets to a wide variety of investors who can usually not afford them on their own. Still, these offerings allow passionate audiences to invest in “holy grail” pieces of collecting with the hopes of the collectible appreciating in value. Even in this space, RegA+ for collectibles is closely tied to the theme of democratizing capital and investments. Anyone can participate in an offering and get their share of the pie.

 

Using RegA+ for Collectibles

Using RegA+ to offer equity funding opportunities for those in the collectibles space allows companies to raise up to $75 million per year from accredited and unaccredited investors. Opening up the opportunity to a much larger pool of investors can be crucial for businesses in the collectibles space, especially when seeking investments for high-worth assets.

 

However, the entire process is somewhat new and being figured out. For example, some items like autographs and music memorabilia are more tedious to ensure authenticity compared to something like cars, which have easily trackable and verifiable VINs. With almost anything able to be classified as a collectible, it is an interesting thing that the SEC will need to look at. 

 

Considerations of Collectibles Through RegA+

Collectibles are an interesting application of the RegA+ exemption, and there are a few things to keep in mind:

 

  • It allows investors to take part in collections they may not be able to otherwise.
  • RegA+ provides a high level of transparency and disclosure for investors.
  • More investment opportunities enable the value of collectibles to go up.
  • It may be challenging to find interested investors who have the capital to invest in high-value items.

 

Regulation A+ has opened the doors for a diverse range of companies to receive funding, from real estate to biotech and everything in between. Interestingly enough, one of these opportunities is collectibles. In these scenarios, an issuer will form a company around a collection of certain assets, whether cars, watches, or luxury handbags. Their offerings allow interested investors to own a piece of a collection they’re passionate about that they would not be otherwise able to be a part of.

How Does Social Media Impact RegCF Offerings?

Reg CF allows companies to raise up to $5 million through an SEC-registered intermediary.  Since increasing this limit from $1.07 million in 2021, private companies have raised over $1 billion in Reg CF offerings. This highlights Reg CF’s incredible success in opening the doors to capital for these issuers. For many of these offerings, social media is a key component to success by increasing investor awareness and conducting a successful offering.

 

Social Media’s Impact on Reg CF

 

Social media is essential for companies looking to make a Reg CF offering. It can build awareness and interest among institutional and retail investors and help generate traffic to their offering’s listing on a funding portal or the broker-dealer who hosts the offering. It can expand your crowdfunding campaign’s reach using social tools to raise more money.

 

As soon as companies file their Form C with the SEC, they can begin to communicate outside the funding platform about their offering. However, they must be careful about what they say. They are limited to communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering and “tombstone” communications. Issuers can continue marketing their product or service as usual, as securities regulations understand that the issuer still is running a business and trying to generate a profit. After the Form C has been filed, issuers can also increase the amount of marketing materials they create, as long as they follow SEC guidelines. Issuers are also subject to anti-fraud rules, even in non-terms communications.

 

Capitalizing on Campaigns

 

Building awareness and interest in your Reg CF offerings using social media, you reach investors who may have been unaware of opportunities to invest. Thanks to Reg CF,  startups and established companies alike can get started fundraising quickly with lower initial costs than traditional methods of raising capital. When combined with social media, the result is an effective way to get the word about the raise to many people hoping that they turn into an investor.

 

It has been made clear that social media and mobile marketing are necessary parts of Reg CF offerings. Social media marketing is an increasingly important part of any company’s digital strategy, so having these platforms as part of Reg CF efforts will give issuers the best chance for success with campaigns. It also helps businesses target their current audience to invest in their offering.

 

Social media is an excellent tool for companies to use when making Reg CF offerings. Whether you are looking to raise more money or get the word out about your company, social media can be used in various ways that will help your business grow and succeed with Reg CF.

Private Securities and Crowdfunding Surge is Forecast to Continue in 2022

This article was written by our KorePartners at Rialto Markets. View the original post here.

 

Crowdfunding had another record year in 2021 and is forecast to soar even higher in 2022.

According to Pitchbook data, global crowdfunding exploded from $8.61 billion in 2020 to $113.52 billion last year – a 1,021% increase. The US market alone doubled year on year through Regulation CF and A+, with much higher numbers being raised and over 32% oversubscribed, according to SEC (Securities & Exchange Commission) filings.

Recent analysis of key US private equity crowdfunding platforms such as Wefunder and Republic, showed their top 50 most invested Regulation CF (raises of up to $5 million) crowdfunding offerings raised more than $171 million in November alone from over 113,000 investors – an average of $1,315 per investor – while December tracked at similar levels going into the holiday season.

In the Regulation A+ category, where private companies can raise up to $75 million annually, SEC EDGAR filings for 2021 show 343 US-based high growth private issuers raised $8.6 billion in total.

The peak months for Regulation A+ capital raises were November and December, suggesting that 2022 will double the amount raised last year.

The market is also expected to expand significantly in 2022 and 2023 as regulated alternative secondary market trading platforms, known as ATSs, start to offer more potential liquidity in a private securities market set to grow from $7 trillion in 2021 to $30 trillion in 2030, according to Forbes.

Innovative US-based broker-dealer and a leading ATS provider specializing in private securities, Rialto Markets, predicts this trend will continue as more and more ambitious private companies in the US and worldwide apply this approach to their fundraising, leading to future secondary share trading.

Rialto Markets’ COO and Co-founder Joel Steinmetz said: “There were record months in the US crowdfunding sector during the first half of 2021 – with May being the highest – but there was a much steeper growth curve in the second half of the year, with record investment levels in the final quarter.

“We see Regulation CF and Regulation A+ public offerings complementing each other and while April was the lowest capital raising month, the sector surged in late summer, and November closed as the highest month.

“December in the US now looks like it may have matched or exceeded November, which sets the tone for a buoyant 2022, according to our research, and data coming from the major crowdfunding platforms and authorities like Pitchbook.

“We are seeing this pattern ourselves with over $730 million in signed contracts for Rialto Markets at the start of 2022 alone from high growth private companies in the primary market, using our broker-dealer infrastructure and technology.

“Additionally, in the secondary market, we are being swamped with requests from high growth private companies and marketplaces that offer fractionalized securities wishing to offer regulated trading to their investors through our SEC and FINRA regulated ATS secondary trading platform.”

Digital Twin pioneer Cityzenith, a company with three successful crowdfunding raises in three years, saw a big upsurge in investment during December and early January towards the 1st quarter 2022 close of its final $15 million crowdfunding raise.

It will then move onto funding from institutions that have followed the company’s rise during this process.

Cityzenith CEO and Founder Michael Jansen said: “Crowdfunding isn’t for the faint-hearted. You must have a strong strategy, a large following, and investors who are going to back the offerings from the outset.

“But it’s also about positioning the brand to win new partnerships and potential larger institutional investors due to the momentum you build through these Regulation CF and Regulation A+ investment offerings.”

The electric vehicle company Atlis Motors had one of the fastest and most over-subscribed Regulation CF raises of 2021, attracting its full $5 million in just a few weeks with 4,123 new investors, further illustrating the importance of building a community of investors and advocates for the future of your brand.

Shari Noonan, CEO and Co-founder of Rialto Markets – the broker-dealer for both Cityzenith and Atlis Motors – responded: “These are impressive and ambitious private companies who know what it takes to prepare and build a community for either a smaller Regulation CF raise or a much larger Regulation A+ offering.”

“2022 is going to be a massive year for the private securities market, especially Regulation CF and Regulation A+ capital raising campaigns for high growth private companies.

“We are especially excited about movement in secondary trading for private companies, and by providing a platform to potentially unlock value for investors much earlier through a regulated ATS such as our own Rialto Markets secondary trading platform.”

How Have the JOBS Act Exemptions Impacted Company Founders?

Since the JOBS Act was passed in 2012, it has been easier for company founders to raise money with exemptions like Reg CF and Reg A+, changing the landscape of private capital investments. 

 

The JOBS Act provides exemptions from registration for private companies raising money with key benefits, like:

  • Ability to keep the company private
  • Not having to disclose everything publicly
  • Less regulatory burden when raising money
  • Access to accredited and non-accredited investors

 

Reg A+ & Reg CF

Regulation CF is an exemption outlined in the JOBS Act that lets companies raise a maximum of $5 million in any 12-month period by selling securities to accredited and non-accredited investors. Regulation A+ allows issuers to offer and raise up to $75 million in funding without having to comply with all the strict requirements of a traditional IPO. This has allowed company founders to bypass some of the red tape and paperwork associated with more traditional fundraising methods and raise millions of dollars for their organizations. 

 

With RegA+ and RegCF, private companies have increased opportunities to raise capital. Before the JOBS Act, private companies were only invested in by wealthy individuals and firms like venture capital or private equity, but now investment opportunities have been opened to the non-accredited investor as well. This increases the pool of available investors for any given deal since the number of non-accredited investors is immense, which is powerful for companies seeking capital with these methods. 

 

Impacting How Capital is Raised

WIth the doors the JOBS Act has opened up, entrepreneurs who have a great idea but no funding to realize their vision have the opportunities to raise the capital needed to grow their businesses. Companies in the private sector can connect with their investors in ways not typically seen in the public market; investors may be loyal customers or passionate about the cause or mission the company believes in. This is a unique opportunity for companies to build and maintain relationships with their shareholders that may be interested in investing in future offerings as well. 

 

Company founders can also retain more control over their company raising money through the JOBS Act exemptions, another significant benefit. There is a little more flexibility for founders to set the valuation they’re looking for and construct a deal more favorable. In other traditional funding scenarios, venture capital or private equity investors may seek more equity than the founder is hoping to give up or disagree with the valuation. 

 

The JOBS Act has created opportunities for companies to secure the funding they need to grow and sustain their businesses. Compared to traditional funding routes, RegA+ and RegCF are often more cost-effective and enable them to raise significant amounts of capital.

Why are Data and Research Key in the Private Capital Markets?

Data and research are essential pieces of the puzzle regarding the private capital markets. Investors can make informed decisions about where to put their money, and private markets can attract the best investors by having access to accurate and timely data. By conducting thorough research on potential investments, investors can mitigate risk and maximize return potential.

 

Importance of Data & Research

Private market data provides understanding and predictions of trends, allowing investors to look for companies on a trajectory towards growth and success. Data helps identify these trends and enables investors to make more informed decisions. For example, if a company has the data to demonstrate an upward trend in annual revenue and gross profit, it can be compelling to any potential investor. Investors stay informed of private markets and make informed decisions by private companies providing up-to-date data.

 

Research is necessary to understand the risks and opportunities of any investment. Research helps investors see that a product or service works as intended and solves a real problem or need. Even if the revenue and gross profit look good on paper, investors won’t go for a product that isn’t solving a real problem or helping people. This is because investors need to be aware of any investment’s potential dangers and benefits before putting their money into a private offering. To make an informed decision, private capital investors need to know all they can about the company they are investing in.

 

Conducting Market Research

Private capital investors conduct due diligence on potential investments by reviewing various data sets and conducting company research. This information allows investors to understand the risks and opportunities associated with each asset. Research that demonstrates the viability of a product or service helps investors understand the potential return on investment.

 

There are multiple methods for investors to conduct market research based on private company data. One way is a SWOT analysis, allowing investors to take an in-depth look at a business and its needs to succeed by comparing its strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. In a rapidly changing market, companies that can demonstrate a trend of growth and success with minimal weaknesses are more likely to attract investment. 

 

Benefiting from Private Capital Research

Investors need to make quick decisions, so having access to up-to-date data is critical. Data is essential for understanding how a company’s market performance affects private company growth. The current market performance also influences an investor’s decision on due diligence on potential investments.

 

Private market data helps paint a more accurate picture of the company and its operations, which can be helpful for both investors and company employees alike. With accurate data, investors can make better decisions regarding where to invest based on their ROI expectations, company performance, and management effectiveness. Presenting data and research provides private companies with feedback from the market, including information about how potential customers feel, what they think about a product, or how successful a product may be compared to the rest of the market.

 

The private capital markets are a haven for risk-averse, long-term investors. With the correct data and research, investors can make more informed decisions and reduce the risk of investing in a company that may not be a good fit for their portfolio. Private capital markets increase transparency by showcasing company data, drawing in potential investors, and allowing more investment opportunities. Whether looking for funding or an investment, it is vital to understand how data and research can help private capital markets grow.

 

What Franchisees and Franchisors Should Consider when Crowdfunding

With franchisees and franchisors looking to secure capital, a growing trend is using Regulation CF to raise capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors. Since RegCF’s expansion to $5M in early 2021, the updated limit provides even more potential for franchises to raise the money they need to fund operations and expansions. 

 

Here are some things franchisees and franchisors should consider:

 

Anyone Can Invest

 

Regardless of income, anyone can invest in a RegCF offering. This means that both wealthy accredited investors and everyday investors can also become shareholders. With this in mind, the pool of potential investors increases substantially compared to traditional private investments. 

 

Fees and Compliance

 

When conducting a RegCF offering, franchisees and franchisors should be prepared to pay portal fees, potential broker-dealer fees, and legal fees to prepare the offering documents, for example. There will also be a cost to engage with an investor acquisition firm to market the offering to potential investors. 

 

Building the Franchise 

 

While one of the most obvious advantages of a crowdfunding campaign is securing funding to grow, there are other benefits. For example, some investors may become franchisees while others are incentivized to become loyal customers. A successful RegCF campaign can also be useful for brand marketing. 

 

Alternative Financing

 

For some franchisees, getting a traditional bank loan is not possible. Some banks have requirements for how long a franchise has been open when applying, so this option is not feasible for newer franchises. Instead, crowdfunding can provide the necessary funding to open or expand to new locations. 

 

More Favorable Terms

 

Sometimes, offers from private investors like venture capital or private equity firms can be unattractive to franchisors. The investor may request too much control over the company that the owner would not want to give up, making the deal impossible. Instead, crowdfunding allows companies to dictate the deal and retain control over the company. 

Is Email Still King for Reg A, Reg CF, and Reg D Marketing?

This article was originally written by KorePartner Dawson Russell of Capital Raise Agency. View the original post here.

 

Email marketing has been around for a while. You might even be surprised to read that email has been around since the ’70s — over 50 years ago!

 

You’d think that as fast as the digital world moves, such a dinosaur of a marketing strategy would be nothing more than a relic or extinct.

But it’s not.

In fact, email marketing is somewhere in the ballpark of 40 times more of an effective marketing strategy than social media marketing, according to a study conducted by McKinsey & Company.

So why is that?

How is email marketing still king when we now have search engine optimization (SEO), social media marketing, mobile marketing, pay-per-click, content marketing, and influencer marketing all at our fingertips?

Here’s are 3 of the main reasons:

1. It’s Highly Customizable

The most crucial and effective way to have success with your email marketing strategy is to implement what’s known as “customer segmentation.” This means you can use customers’ recent and relevant searches & interests to your advantage and generate custom-made emails for them in a way that is MUCH more effective than other approaches. Customer segmentation also allows you to be much more tactful with your email timing, so you can avoid spamming their inboxes.

Even better, you can pivot your customer segmentation strategy quickly by reviewing click rates, bounce rates, and subscribe & unsubscribe rates.

2. It Provides Better Conversion Rates

It doesn’t matter if your focus is on Reg A email marketing, Reg CF email marketing, or Reg D email marketing, it will still have a better conversion rate than any other method.

Email has been traditionally regarded as the most transactional part of a company or business.

Think about it.

You can generate traffic to your business and/or convert a visitor to an investor with just a single click of a link. They can reply directly, sign-up for other newsletters, forward the email to other potential investors, and more.

According to a study done by Statista, over 93% of Americans between the ages of 22-44 used email regularly, and over 90% of Americans between the ages 45-64. Even 84% of people 65+ were regular email users.

3. It’s a Cinch to Automate

Once you get everything written out and running properly, you can launch a highly effective Reg A, Reg CF, or Reg D marketing campaign, with minimal effort compared to other methods.

With the right automation tools to go along with your campaign strategy, you can create and deliver automated emails that are not only relevant to your subscriber list but generate leads and new investors at the same time.

In Conclusion…

Email marketing really is still the best way to reach out to potential investors and remains the king of the digital marketing world. When utilized and implemented properly, it can build leads to potential investors, and strengthen brand trust and loyalty in a way that enables your fund to grow more than you would’ve thought possible.

PS: did you know that adding PS to your email marketing campaigns could increase click-through rates by an extra 2%?

Securities in Real Estate – A Beginner’s Guide!

This blog was originally written by our KorePartners at Crowdfunding Lawyers. View the original post here

 

Over the past few decades, real estate investing has seen a dramatic shift from individual private investors to syndications of commercial, multifamily and development projects. This has contributed to the substantial growth of the global real estate securities markets. This shift has been largely due to the increasing adoption of the modern real estate syndication structures amid growing investor demand for passive income.

Real estate developments and multifamily opportunities generally require enormous resources and large amounts of capital for acquisitions of and operations. Investors get excited for real estate investing when they expect above-stock-market returns through passive income investing. The passive income can come from rental operations and capital gains on sale. Such investments are generally securities, which are regulated by the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) and State securities regulators.

Private securities may take the form corporate shares, bonds, or futures/derivatives, and even promissory notes with private lenders may be categorized as securities. To make things even more confusing, some real estate investments are considered securities and others are not.

At a high level, the test for whether an investment contract is a security is referred to as the Howey Test and it considers whether the investment structure includes:

  • Investment of cash or assets
  • From a group (i.e., more than 1) of similar-interest passive investors
  • With an expectation of profits
  • From the efforts of others (e.g., management)

All securities are investments but not all investments are securities.

When should you care?

The starting point for analyzing whether securities law governs an investment real estate transaction is applying the “economic realities” test originally described by the US Supreme Court in the 1936 case SEC v. W.J. Howey. To apply this test, summarized above, it is important to consider if multiple people will put resources into a venture with an assumption that benefit will be procured through the efforts of another person.

Since a joint land venture might have different levels of investors, lenders, and stake holders, the Howey Test should be applied independently for each stake holder. As an example, there may be a first lien lender, a second position lien lender at materially different interest terms, a preferred investor that receives a designated rate of return, and common investors that receive the profit.

In the example above, the lenders would not be investing in securities because there is no commonality between them. It’s a similar evaluation of the preferred investor, assuming there is only one. Common investors expecting to receive profit would be purchasing securities and the sponsor would be responsible for complying with securities regulations (e.g., qualifying for an exemption from registration yet) for this group.

However, we can tweak one variable and each transaction can be considered a separate securities transaction. If there are multiple lenders sharing the same position loan or multiple preferred investors, then those are separate securities transactions similar to the common interest investors.

Let’s give illustration of how a single transaction may actually be BOTH a securities transaction and a non-securities investment. Let’s use an example of private loan for the acquisition of real estate. If it is a single source loan (one lender on note), the receipt of loan proceeds by the property owner would not be construed as a securities transaction. However, if the lender pooled together funds from multiple private lenders or investors for the purposes of making the loan, then the pooling of funds would still be considered a securities transaction. The property owner would have no obligations to maintain the securities exemption but the lender who is pooling investors would.

To put it in layman’s terms, whether a real estate venture is a regulated security depends on whether the investors depend on another’s efforts to earn a return. Unfortunately, since the application of the Howey Test actually depends on numerous guidelines and regulatory interpretations, court decisions frequently neglect to offer significant guidance. Likewise, the SEC will issue “no action letters,” which is the SEC’s response when asked for guidance on whether they would take action given a set of circumstances. There are thousands of these letters to consider, but they are also very fact-dependent, and therefore don’t always provide as clear a beacon as we would like.

This leaves the investment sponsor with few alternatives:

  • Hope they don’t get caught and accept investments without guidance
  • Hire an experienced securities attorney (e.g., Crowdfunding Lawyers) to evaluate and assist in the development of the investment program

Difference between a non-securities real estate transaction and a securities offering 

Real estate investments are often not securities when evaluated under the Howey Test for a variety of reasons.

Owners of a condo association are not purchasing securities although each member may have a similar passive interest in the building. Condo association members are generally expecting to reside at the property or rent out their portion rather than seeking profit from the activities of the leaders of the association.

The acquisition of rental properties is generally not a security when acquired by an individual since there is not commonality with other investors. However, if two or more investors acquire the property together, they may be purchasing a security if pooling their money to be managed by someone else.

When it comes to multifamily acquisitions, most often there are securities being offered to a multitude of qualified investors on similar terms, with the investment being managed by the investment’s sponsor. These syndications are securities and require either securities registration or exemption from registration under the appropriate securities exemption. Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933 is the most commonly relied upon securities registration exemption but there are other exemptions from registration that should be considered when developing a capitalization plan.

Another common securities structure includes tenants in common (TIC) investment opportunities, which are often promoted in connection with 1031 tax-deferred exchanges. A straight-forward analysis of TIC investments includes: direct property owners with a non-divisible interest in a property along with other owners, a manager responsible for daily operations, and a TIC agreement binding the property owners’ activities to certain voting approvals.

Many people ask if having an investment opportunity with fewer than 35, 10, 5, or even 2 individuals is not a security. However, there is no specific number of financial backers that disqualify an investment from being a security as long as all prongs of the Howey Test are met. Even a solitary piece of venture property, deeded to two individuals, can be categorized as a securities offering if the conditions bring it inside the applicable lawful definitions under government or state law.

Compliance, Avoidance and Hope

Although conforming to securities requirements has become simpler and there has been a recent broadening of exemptions available to securities issuers, it continues to be a highly technical area of the law. Some investment sponsors seek to avoid securities requirements by giving every investor critical autonomy and control. In some cases of joint ventures, franchises, or general partnerships which generally require active participation and unlimited liability to the investors. There are some reliable strategies to structure an opportunity so that it is not a security, but a cost/benefit analysis is important to determine if, as an investor or promoter, the benefits are worth the risks.

When an offering structure is within the gray area between security and non-security, regulatory agencies can and often will step in with an investigation or audit to ensure compliance. Hence, investment offerings designed to avoid securities requirements by shifting independence and control to investors may undermine the project’s success and create unnecessary scrutiny for the participants.

What is Sustainable Investing?

This blog was originally written by our KorePartners at Raise Green. View the original post here

OK, How Does Sustainable Investing Work?

Some investors seek to make a positive social and environmental impact with their investments and thus, they don’t simply look at the companies who will make them the most money from the get-go. Rather, they seek those companies who are working tirelessly to address a vast array of societal problems. As a result, sustainable investing is also referred to as socially responsible investing (SRI) or ESG investing, as it encompasses the idea that the investor is strongly influenced by environmental, societal, or governmental factors, before contributing money to a particular company. With this type of investment, people are seeking not a short-term financial return, but a longer-term financial return in which their money is being used as a medium for societal progress, environmental impact, and corporate responsibility. In fact, financial return goes hand in hand with ESG progress, as companies with stronger ESG profiles may generate more sustainable profit and cash flow because they tend to be more competitive than their peers (“ESG factors and equity returns – a review of recent industry research,” 2021). Sustainable investing places increasing emphasis on how investments contribute to the good of society, irrespective of how much money was made in the short run.

Sustainable Investing Objectives

Sustainable investing, as a catalyst for societal change, has seen it’s popularity rise in recent years in the face of the climate crisis and compounding social issues. Impact investing serves as one of the catalysts, alongside millennial investors driven by principles, that is lighting a fire under investors to invest their money in companies whose “intrinsic values” drive positive change (“What is Sustainable Investing?,” HBS). Sustainable investing pushes companies to embrace sustainable principles, which can lead to more impactful social and financial returns later on. With respect to Raise Green, sustainable investing is particularly crucial, especially within the context of environmental factors that investors look for in companies to contribute to money. The realm of environmental factors focuses on the impact that a company will have on the environment, such as its carbon footprint, waste, water use and conservation, and clean technology.

Growing Investment Opportunities

Furthermore, this marketplace for sustainable investing is only growing. The United States’ Forum for Sustainable and Responsible Investment identified $17.1 trillion in total assets under management at the end of 2019 using one or more sustainable investing strategies, a 42 percent increase from the $12.0 trillion identified two years prior (“Sustainable Investing Basics,” USSIF). This type of investing has become more desirable because “investors do not have to pay more to align their investments with their values, or to avoid companies with poor environmental, social or governance practices” (“Sustainable Investing Basics,” USSIF). Therefore, with sustainable investing, investors can propagate social impact without losing money. As a whole, sustainable investing is important because it can help contribute to vast infrastructure changes needed in our society to tackle the challenges we face. It allows us to move towards a better and more sustainable future.

KorePartner Spotlight: Peter Wright, President and Co-Founder of Intro-act

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

Companies are burdened by high costs when raising capital through traditional public routes. In the private markets, raising capital in inefficient yet undiscovered markets is vital for newer industries to connect their investment opportunity with compatible investors.

 

Intro-act realizes that Wall Street resources overly cover large pensions, mutual funds, and hedge funds. At the same time, many family offices and RIAs do not have access to or are unwilling to spend a large amount of money needed to garner attention from more prominent brokers. Intro-act specializes in connecting compatible investors with various markets like SPACs, health care, industrials, finance, technology, consumer services, and energy to provide investors with monthly trackers and weekly newsletters in multiple industries to ensure investors and companies are on the same page. Some segments include AI, IoT, telemedicine, 3D printing, and cryptocurrencies.

 

Intro-act’s wide range of clients is connected with capital through three steps. Intro-acts identifies compatible investors, then educates them through research and access events, and finally engages with investors that engage the content. Intro-act clients are typically “diamonds in the rough” and are found by starting in the right mine. For Intro-act, this means mapping segments of each emerging industry that requires the latest capital and will soon become a focus of broker-dealers. The firm has found RegA+ offerings to be great starting places to identify these progressive industries and companies.

The Evolution of Reg A+

During the recent Dare to Dream KoreSummit, David Weild IV, the Father of the JOBS Act, spoke about companies going from public to private, access to capital Reg A+, the future of small businesses raising capital, and the future of the broker-dealer system. The following blog summarizes his keynote address and what Wield believes will be the future of raising capital for small businesses. 

 

Reg A+’s Creation

The JOBS Act, passed in 2012, helped address a significant decrease in America’s IPOs. “When I was vice-chairman of NASDAQ, I was very concerned with some of the market structure changes that went on with our public markets that dropped the bottom out of support for small-cap equities,” said Weild. “80% of all initial public offerings in the United States were sub $50 million in size. And in a very short period of time, we went from 80%, small IPOs to 20%, almost overnight.” The number of operating public companies decreased from about nine thousand to five thousand. The changes in the market significantly restricted smaller companies from growing, unable to go public because of prohibitive costs and other expenses. 

 

Effect on Small Business

After years of lobbying and the passage of the JOBS Act, only one of the seven titles went into effect instantaneously: RegA+. With this new option for raising capital, startups could raise $50 million in money without filing a public offering. The previous maximum was $5 million; this would eventually be increased to $75 million. It also expanded the number of shareholders a company can have before registering publicly, which is essential as companies can raise money from accredited and non-accredited investors through this regulation. RegA+ and the other rules have had a significant impact on the way startups do business. This has been a significant benefit for small businesses, as it has allowed them to raise more money without going through the hassle and expense of becoming a public company. 

 

Reg A+ into the Future

The capital raising process was digitized by taking the investment process and making it direct through crowdfunding, removing economic incentives for small broker-dealers who could not make their desired commission on transactions. This resulted in many of them consolidating out of business and leaving a gap in the private capital market ecosystem that supports corporate finance. Changes to the JOBS Act are beginning to reintroduce incentives for broker-dealers, which will continue to shape the future of private investments as it will continue to facilitate the growth of a secondary market. Wield’s thoughts on the future of capital raising marketing are that the market is not yet corrected, but it is on track. He said: “I would tell you that there’s a great appetite in Washington to do things that are going to improve capital formation.”

 

Getting more players like broker-dealers involved in the RegA+ ecosystem will do nothing but benefit the space. In his closing remarks, Wield said that this would provide for a “greater likelihood that we’re going to fund more earlier stage businesses, which in turn gives us the opportunity to create jobs and upward mobility. Hopefully, since much entrepreneurial activity is focused on social impact companies to solve great challenges of our time, whether it’s in life sciences, and medicine, or climate change, you know, I firmly believe that the solutions for climate change are apt to come from scientists and engineers who’ve cracked the code on cutting emissions or taking CO2 out of the atmosphere. And so from where I said, getting more entrepreneurs funded is going to be important to have a better chance of leaving a respectable environment for the next generation.”

What are the Different Types of Investors?

Through the JOBS Act exemptions, private companies can access a wider pool of potential investors to fund their business ventures. With many diverse investor types available, it is essential to know who they are and how they work to reap their benefits. Here is our breakdown of the different investment types and their fit into the market.

 

Non-Accredited Investors: A non-accredited investor is anyone who does not meet income or net worth requirements stipulated by the SEC. These investors have a net worth of less than $1 million and make less than $200,000 annually. The term is also usually used interchangeably with “retail investor.” These investors are the majority of Americans, meaning that far more non-accredited investors exist than accredited ones. Non-accredited investors can participate in private markets, but there are some restrictions. Private companies can only have 35 non-accredited investors who can provide funding under Regulation D, for example. In addition, raises through RegA+ and RegCF limit the amount non-accredited investors can invest within a 12-month period.

 

Accredited Investors: An accredited investor is an individual or business that can invest in private securities not registered with the SEC. These individuals or entities must meet net worth guidelines to qualify, allowing accredited investors to invest in unregistered securities because they have been deemed to have the financial knowledge (and can take on the financial risk) to do so without SEC protection. In 2020 it was estimated there were 13,665,475 accredited investor households in America.

 

Angel Investors: These investors fund private startup companies in exchange for a piece of their business, often royalties or equity. Angel investors can be accredited or non-accredited if they have a high enough net worth or income. Angel investors can be business professionals, company executives, or even retail investors. Angel investors often invest while a company is still in its seed phase and contribution levels can vary significantly based on the company. There were around 334,680 angel investors and $25.3 billion funded by them in 2020.

 

Venture Capital: Venture capital investors, often known as VC, provide a large amount of capital to private companies in exchange for an equity stake in the venture. They often target companies with high growth potential. Typically, venture capital firms manage investments into companies in their early stages in exchange for equity and say in company decisions. In 2020, more than 10,000 companies received funding from nearly 2,000 VC firms that manage $548 billion in assets.

 

Family Office: A family office is an advisory firm that caters to high-net-worth individuals and can be either single or multi-family. Family offices provide wealth management, planning, and other comprehensive services, providing a broad spectrum of options. Because they are unregistered, data on family offices is often challenging to come by. Still, trends suggest that they have a growing ability to make substantial investments on par with large companies and private equity.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer: Sometimes called a QIB, a qualified institutional investor is a security purchaser that regulators legally recognize as requiring less protection than most public investors. Large QIBs own a minimum of $100 million of securities, not counting those issued by affiliates. This threshold is less for registered broker-dealers at $10 million, and banks need $25 million to be considered a QIB. The SEC allows only QIBs to trade restricted and controlled securities under rule 144A.

 

Institutional Investors: Often organizations or companies, institutional investors buy and sell with others money in blocks of bonds, stocks, and other securities. Mutual funds, hedge funds, and endowments are examples of institutional investors in the market. Because of their ability to invest the money of others in large quantities, institutional investors are one of the primary funders of private companies. The only type of investor that can officially call itself institutional files a 13F with SEC.

 

Private Equity: Private equity is an alternative investment class consisting of capital not listed on public markets. Investing funds directly into private companies, these private equity funds consist of limited partners who own 99% of fund shares and general partners who own 1%. Private equity can come in several forms, like venture capital and leveraged buyouts.

Has RegA+ Killed the IPO?

Has RegA+ Killed the IPO?

 

Regulation A+ gives issuers the ability to raise $75 million in crowdfunding while remaining private. With RegA+ benefiting both companies and investors, does this mean the death of IPOs?

 

RegA+, part of the JOBS Act, allows companies to raise funds through the general public, not just accredited investors. With more and more IPOs delayed, unprecedented access to private capital is available to all organizations. With RegA+, anyone can invest in private companies, making it increasingly popular with companies seeking capital, primarily since they can raise a significant amount of funding.

 

The regulatory and monetary hurdles that come with entering an IPO in addition to RegA+ have led to delays in initial public offerings. Since the JOBS Act was passed in 2012, funding opportunities for private companies have improved, especially with the allowance of not-accredited investors opening up a previously untapped pool of prospective investors. Additionally, the secondary private investment market increases liquidity options, allowing investors to sell shares in private companies to others without waiting for the company to go public.

 

Pre-JOBS Act, many companies were forced to go public because they were limited to a certain number of shareholders. With RegA+, this limit is non-existent, allowing them to stay private longer. In 2011, companies stayed private for about five years on average; in 2020, companies were private for an average of 11 years. 

 

RegA+ brings renewed opportunities, especially to small-cap companies. Companies gain access to liquidity, investors, and significant capital growth that would not have otherwise occurred. RegA+ offers substantial advantages over the traditional IPO. As our KorePartners at Manhattan Street Capital have pointed out:

 

  • “Startups don’t need to spend as much time trying to win over large investors and can focus instead on getting the company ready for the next level. Since Regulation A+ options are still being realized by the people who are now able to tap this investment potential, there is enthusiasm and momentum that is certainly to the advantage of the startups and growth-stage companies.”
  • “Instead of large amounts of capital being raised from a few sources, Reg A+ funding collects smaller amounts from a bigger pool of investors. This means that no single investor will own enough shares to have a controlling stake in what the company does, meaning that the startup can continue to operate as it pleases.”
  • “Word-of-mouth marketing is still considered the most powerful of all promotions, whether it happens in-person or through online means like social media. Main street investors are committing hard-earned money and have more of an incentive to see a return on it. They are more likely to evangelize the brands they have invested in which means a much wider marketing reach than if the company was spreading the word on its own.”
  • “Just as the investors will want to tell other people about the brand, they will also likely want to test out the products or services themselves. This can lead to feedback that improves what the company offers to the public.”

 

These are significant advantages over an IPO that will allow an issuer to secure the capital they need to grow, create jobs, and provide investment opportunities. Especially with everyday investors able to participate, RegA+ does a great job of leveling the playing field and opening opportunities up to those who would have been traditionally excluded from private investment deals.

KorePartner Spotlight: Jonathan Stidd, Co-Founder and CEO of Ridge Growth Agency

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

During the capital raising journey, many components must be in place to increase the potential for success. One of these critical factors is ensuring that a raise is marketed to get an issuer’s message in the right place to get in front of the right eyes. 

Ridge Growth Agency is an expert in equity crowdfunding and direct-to-consumer marketing, dedicated to building the brands of tomorrow. The company positions brands to introduce them to new, high-value customers and investors. When the company started, it was first a digital marketing agency that helped eCommerce brands scale online. Jonathan Stidd said, “When we got introduced to equity crowdfunding, we quickly realized we could apply these same tactics to acquiring investors online.” Since introducing this service, the agency has helped its clients raise over $330 million through Regulation A+ offerings. 

Ridge Growth Agency provides a wide range of digital marketing services for its clients. These include website design and development; newsletter and sponsored content creation; paid media management; budgeting, planning, and forecasting; video production and editing; graphic design; copywriting; and email marketing. Jonathan feels this is what sets them apart from other firms offering similar services, saying, “nobody seems to offer [them all].”

After receiving his education in economics, Jonathan himself entered into this field and has since developed expertise in management consulting, venture capital, entrepreneurship, and the growth strategies to launch and scale brands. He feels passionate about this industry because of the ability to “help cutting-edge companies raise capital in a relatively new way!” Additionally, he feels that a partnership with KoreConX was just the right fit. He said: “as a technology provider for the pipe system of these raises, KoreConX is a crucial tool to move the investors through the funnel.”

End to End for RegCF

When the JOBS Act was signed into law in 2012, it brought about many changes in the private capital markets, namely, the dramatic increase in the availability of capital from more expansive pools of investors. Later on, 2016 saw Regulation Crowdfunding, also known as Title III or RegCF, go live. At that point, US-based issuers could raise up to $1.07 million from both accredited and nonaccredited investors. Additionally, companies in the startup stage through to full operating companies across all industries can take advantage of this exemption to raise capital. 

 

However, due to the comparatively low limit of RegCF in the early days when the regulation was introduced RegCF was largely overlooked by many companies seeking to raise capital. Now, it continues to gain momentum due to the limit of RegCF increasing to $5 million in March of 2021. Since then, RegCF has reached a significant milestone. In October 2021, companies surpassed a cumulative total of $1 billion raised under the regulation. Now that the limit has increased nearly five times from where it started, we expect the adoption of Reg CF to continue to grow much faster than the half-decade it took to reach $1B.

 

Getting Started with RegCF

 

For issuers looking to use Regulation CF for their offering, it is relatively straightforward for those looking to raise up to $1.07 million. For raises of this size, the issuer is not required to submit audited financial statements to the SEC. They must retain a securities lawyer to complete their Form C and obtain a CrowdCheck Due Diligence report. Next, the issuer must find an SEC-registered transfer agent to manage corporate books and cap tables, a requirement under the regulation. Additionally, the issuer must also select a FINRA-registered broker-dealer to raise capital directly from the issuer’s website. 

 

The process for raising up to $5 million is pretty similar. However, the main difference is that issuers require an audit. With this being the only difference, there is not much in terms of the change to the regulatory and compliance requirements.

 

What do RegCF Broker-Dealers Need?

 

For broker-dealers working on RegCF raises, it is something different than anything else they’ve done; they need to be prepared to handle things they may not have needed to consider in other types of capital raising activities. These things include:

  • Investment Landing Page: Once the landing page is created and ready to go live (a step sometimes done by investor acquisition firms), the broker-dealer must manage it. This includes taking over or registering the domain name. This ensures the broker-dealer is in total control, with the ability to shut it down or change/amend things as needed. 
  • Back Office: After an issuer signs up with a broker-dealer, the broker-dealer provides them with the escrow and payment rails. For the escrow account, the broker-dealer is on title as a broker-dealer so that they handle all payment components like credit cards, ACH, wire, cryptocurrency, and IRA. Typically, the bank or trust providing the escrow account will also offer wire and ACH. Since broker-dealers currently cannot hold any crypto, crypto payment options allow issuers to submit crypto that gets exchanged into fiat USD. 
  • Due Diligence: The broker-dealer will be able to rely on the CrowdCheck report, an industry standard. 
  • Registration: The broker-dealer must be registered in all 50 states to be able to provide the best help to an issuer.

 

What Compliance is Needed?

 

The compliance officer also has responsibilities they need to meet for a successful RegCF raise. This included performing ID, AML, KYC, and suitability on each investor who is investing in the offering. Plus, while accredited investors aren’t restricted to the amount of money they can invest through RegCF, the compliance officer can request an individual to go through verification, but it is not necessary. The compliance officer must also manage the KYC process through the entire offering until the money is released to the issuer. Another new change to RegCF is that companies can have rolling closes, which means that they can start closing each time they hit their minimum. When it comes to closing, the broker-dealer must ensure that the company has filed its Form C amendment.

 

What Does an Issuer Do to Prepare?

 

While the broker-dealer fills their component of the RegCF raise, an issuer will typically work closely with an investor acquisition firm to bring the eyeballs to the website. The issuer is responsible for meeting their regulatory requirements, like preparing their audit if raising over $1.07 million. Even if an issuer does not have their audit ready, they can still start their raise up to the $1.07 million amount. Once the audit is done, the offering can be amended to go to $5 million instead. Since securities are being sold directly on the issuer’s website, the traffic they’re driving there is only for them. Previously, when RegCF offerings could only be done on a registered funding portal, traffic would be directed to a site with many other offerings as well. 

 

This is not to say that funding portals don’t serve a purpose; instead, some issuers (especially those who have grown out of the startup phase) prefer more direct traffic. Currently, there are over 70 funding portals (and more on the way). Each option has pros and cons depending on the issuer and the raise that must be considered when launching RegCF. Additionally, some investor acquisition firms prefer an individualized landing page because it directs traffic and attention solely to the issuer.

 

Investment Process for RegCF

 

When the investor (or potential investor) goes to the landing page and begins the investment process, the first thing collected is their email address. This allows the investor acquisition firm to remarket to the individual if they left the page before completing an investment. Every day, a report of drop-offs will be provided that details which stage of the investment process the investor left. Plus, data is provided as to where each investor is coming from.

 

 After the initial stage of the process, the investor will proceed to enter their information, like how much they want to invest, their income, how they want to invest, and other data necessary to complete the investment. Once all of the information is entered, the investor will review and sign the subscription agreement before submitting their investment. 

 

Once the subscription agreement has been submitted, the investor receives an email allowing them to register their account with the issuer’s private label page to manage the investment they’ve made. Even though the broker-dealer manages the website, the investors’ experience end-to-end is with the issuer. Once the investment is completed, the investor will be able to find it in their portfolio. Through the portfolio, the SEC-registered transfer agent and the company manage the cap table and provide individual investors access to their investments.  For each investment, the investor can view all of its details rather than keeping that information in paper documents. They can see what rights they have for each security, how much they invested, how they paid, etc. 

 

Through the entire investment process, not only is the investor involved but there are many other parties involved. Beyond helping the company set up the investment, the broker-dealer also helps to ensure that the issuer has everything ready in their platform. The broker-dealer is then responsible for ensuring that the offering and investors are vetted into the platform as well. Additionally, the compliance officer will also have to verify the investors through the platform’s compliance management system. Once the investor is approved, their funds are sent to escrow, which the broker-dealer monitors to make sure they’ve all arrived. When the minimum is met, the broker-dealer closes, allowing the company to receive their funds and the cap table to be updated. 

 

For 2022, we anticipate that RegCF will be a game-changer. The amount of capital raised under the regulation makes it a perfect fit for seed and Series A companies that may have otherwise used RegD. Like RegD, issuers can target accredited investors, but they can also target nonaccredited as well. This significantly increases the potential pool of investors and opportunities available to raise capital. While there are an estimated 8.5 million accredited investors, only 110,000 have been verified. When considering nonaccredited as well, this number grows substantially to 233 million individuals. 

What is Impact Investing?

Impact investing is the allocation of investments in companies, organizations, and funds to generate social and environmental impact alongside financial returns. Impact investments can be made in developing and developed markets and target various social and environmental issues, including poverty alleviation, climate change, education, and healthcare.

These types of investments come in various forms, each with varying levels of risk and potential returns. Investors should consider the kind of risk they are willing to take and their personal beliefs when considering what kind of impact investments to put their money in.

Some spaces where impact investing is prominent are healthcare, education, and energy, especially renewable energy. There are three main categories of impact investments; debt financing, equity, or mezzanine financing, which involves investors purchasing shares in a company, and direct investments such as buying land for conservation purposes. These represent just a small number of possibilities; there is no one-size-fits-all approach to this style of investing.

Thoughts on Impact Investing

More and more, socially and environmentally responsible practices attract investors, benefiting companies that commit to those practices. Impact investing appeals mainly to younger generations, such as millennials, who want to give back to society; this will likely expand as these investors gain more influence in the market. However, because impact investments are often profitable, they are also attractive for traditional investors looking for ways to make their money work for good without compromising their principles. In 2020, the Global Impact Investing Network released a survey that found more than 88% of impact investors had their financial expectations met or exceeded. 

Since the popularity of impact investments has grown, there have been asset management companies, banks, etc., who have tailored funds to meet the demands of socially responsible investors. Another form of investments, called socially responsible investments, or SRIs, are a subset of impact investments. However, the investment focus of SRIs are more narrow, with an affinity towards companies that align with their views of human rights, responsibility to consumers, and environmental protection.

How Impact Investing Works

Generally speaking, impact investors enjoy an ROI that falls just below the average market rates. But, some instances can see impact investments outperform. Recent data from the University of California shows impact investments have a median return rate of 6.4%, which was one percentage point lower than non-impact focused funds. There are a few significant examples of impact investing in the real world. One example is the work that the Gates Foundation does in developing countries. The Foundation’s initiatives are focused on areas like healthcare and education, creating a positive impact on the people who receive the services and having a ripple effect throughout the community.

Another example is Acumen’s work in Africa, focusing on issues centered around clean water and affordable housing, which significantly impact the quality of life for people in poverty-stricken areas. Finally, Kiva is an organization that allows individuals to loan money on their website at 0% interest. The lender receives tokens every month, which hopefully will turn into capital gains when they are sold. While impact investing is helpful to the planet, it differs from philanthropy in that it requires measurable social or environmental impact and profits. Philanthropy is help given with no expectation of any repayment or benefit. Impact investing must positively impact society and make financial gains for investors; it can’t just be money donated with no return.

Crowdfunding SAFE vs. Traditional SAFE – Key Differences

This blog was originally written for our KorePartner Bian Belley at Crowdwise. View the original article here

 

Since its creation in 2013, the use of the SAFE has proliferated as an early-stage financing instrument and is now used everywhere from Silicon Valley VC deals to online crowdfunding rounds. However, not all SAFEs are created equal.

The SAFEs used in VC rounds and in angel SPVs can be quite different from SAFEs on crowdfunding platforms. Even SAFEs between crowdfunding platforms (e.g. Republic vs. Wefunder) will have key differences that investors should be aware of.

In this article, we will review the basics of the SAFE and discuss key differences between crowdfunding SAFEs and traditional SAFEs.

What is a SAFE?

A Simple Agreement for Future Equity (SAFE) is a type of early-stage investment security that converts to equity at a specified conversion event in the future. It is roughly equivalent to a Convertible Note, only without a maturity date or interest rate.

History of the SAFE

The famed accelerator Y-Combinator originated the pre-money SAFE in 2013. Its use was adopted in Silicon Valley and quickly spread throughout the world. Today, SAFEs are used everywhere from Silicon Valley to online crowdfunding portals, though specific deal terms still vary.

In 2018, YC updated their boilerplate SAFE to be a “post-money” SAFE, which means that it now converts based on post-money valuation instead of pre-money valuation. Another notable update included adding in provisions that explicitly treat the SAFE as equity for purposes of taxes under IRC Section 1202.

The latest post-money YC SAFE templates can be found here; however, many SAFEs on crowdfunding portals still use the pre-money SAFE as of late 2021. Also, conversion triggers in crowdfunding SAFEs are usually different than those found in the standard YC SAFE used in accredited deals, as we will discuss below.

SAFE Deal Term Basics

The two most important deal terms associated with a SAFE are its discount rate and valuation cap.

Some examples of SAFE terms include:

  • SAFE with $5 million valuation cap and a 15% discount
  • Uncapped SAFE (i.e. no valuation cap) with a 25% discount
  • SAFE with a $15 million valuation cap and no discount

As you can see, both the discount rate and the valuation cap will vary between each SAFE. Furthermore, both terms are optional, so a SAFE may have both, or just one or the other (rarely will a SAFE have neither).

SAFE Conversion Examples

A SAFE will convert to equity at the better of either the valuation cap or the discount rate.

Let’s say you invest in a SAFE with a $5 million valuation cap and a 20% discount. Here are some different conversion examples.

  • If the startup raises a follow-on financing round at a $6 million post-money valuation:
    • The valuation cap would be $5 million.
    • The 20% discount would be at an effective $4.8 million valuation ($6M*0.8 = $4.8M).
    • Since the discount rate ($4.8 million) is better than the valuation cap ($5 million), your SAFE would convert under the 20% discount at an effective valuation of $4.8 million.
    • So if current investors in the $6 million post-money round were investing at $1 per share, SAFE investors would get a $4.8/$5*1 = $0.96 per share.
  • If the startup raises a follow-on financing round at a $10 million post-money valuation:
    • The 20% discount would be an effective $8 million valuation.
    • Since the $5 million valuation cap on the original SAFE is a better deal for investors, the SAFE would convert at the valuation cap of $5 million.
    • So if current investors in the $10 million post-money round were investing at $1 per share, SAFE investors would get a $5/$10*1 = $0.50 per share.

Discount rates will give a better conversion price if the follow-on round is similar to the prior round (up to the amount of the discount). For rounds and exits that have much steeper increases in valuation, the valuation cap will give the more favorable terms.

When do SAFEs Convert to Equity?

A SAFE converts to equity at a specified conversion event in the future. Typical conversion scenarios may include an exit (e.g. acquisition, IPO, etc.) or a future financing round, such as a Series A round after an initial Seed round.

Especially on crowdfunding portals, conversion triggers will vary from SAFE to SAFE. Investors should always read the subscription agreement for each deal in its entirety.

The three types of conversion events typically specified in a SAFE include:

  1. Equity Financing Event (e.g. follow-on financing round – e.g. Series A, Series B, etc.)
  2. Liquidity Event (e.g. if there is a merger, acquisition, IPO, or other liquidity event prior to the conversion of the SAFE, that may trigger a conversion to equity)
  3. Dissolution Event (e.g. the company shuts down operations)

Converting into Common vs. Preferred Equity

While the standard Y-Combinator SAFE converts to Preferred Equity, crowdfunding SAFEs — such as those used on Republic and Wefunder — will vary in terms of whether they convert to Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

Common Stock is the type of equity held by founders and employees of a company, while Preferred Stock is the type of equity typically held by investors. Among other differences, Preferred Stock typically comes with a liquidation preference (e.g. 1X, 2X, etc.), meaning Preferred shareholders will be paid back prior to Common shareholders should the company be liquidated.

Both Common and Preferred shareholders are paid after debt-holders and creditors, and that’s only if there is anything left to be paid.

SAFEs that Convert to Shadow Series Shares

Some crowdfunding SAFEs, such as the Republic Crowd Safe, may convert to “Shadow Series” shares.

This essentially means that Crowd Safe holders will receive the same class of shares (e.g. Common or Preferred), only those shares will have limited voting and information rights.

What Happens When a SAFE Company Fails?

If a startup fails, investors will be paid out based on the “dissolution event” provisions of the SAFE terms and the “liquidation priority” order.

In general, investors should not expect to receive any capital back when a company fails, since the proceeds of the failure, if any, will first be paid to debt holders.

In the standard Y-Combinator post-money SAFE terms, a SAFE is paid out:

  • junior to payments of outstanding indebtedness and creditor claims,
  • on par with other SAFEs and Preferred Stock, and
  • senior to Common Stock.

This is typically found under the “Liquidation Priority” section of the SAFE terms.

Summary of Crowdfunding SAFE Differences

Now that we have a solid understanding of the deal terms and basics of the SAFE, we can review the most common differences between crowdfunding SAFEs and traditional SAFEs:

  1. Crowdfunding SAFEs may have optional conversions: in some crowdfunding SAFEs (such as Republic’s Crowd Safe), shares convert at the next equity financing round at the discretion of the issuer (i.e the startup). While most traditional SAFEs are forced to convert at the next qualified financing round, many crowdfunding SAFEs give the company the option to either convert to equity or defer conversion until a later time.
    1. While this may sound like a bad thing for investors at first, we’ll discuss in a future article why this can be a win-win for both the company and the investors.
  2. Crowdfunding SAFEs may convert to Shadow Series shares: in the Republic Crowd Safe, the SAFE may convert to shadow shares, which means the same class of shares (e.g. Common vs. Preferred) as other investors, but with limited voting and information rights.
  3. Crowdfunding SAFEs Investing via an SPV: When you invest in a SAFE on Wefunder, you’ll often be investing in a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV). While this is typical for angel investors on sites like AngelList, this means you’ll actually be investing in the SPV (e.g. “Company X, a Series of Wefunder SPV LLC”), and not be directly investing in the company itself.
    1. Investing in an SPV may have potential tax implications (because the SPV is an LLC). Furthermore, investing in an SPV may have implications in terms of the potential future liquidity of that investment due to complications when listing SPV shares on a secondary market.
  4. Many Crowdfunding SAFEs are still Pre-Money: while the standard Y-Combinator SAFE was changed to convert based upon post-money valuation in 2018, many of the SAFEs used on crowdfunding sites today are still using pre-money valuation for the conversion price.
  5. Some Crowdfunding SAFEs may have repurchase rights: something that most VCs and angel SAFEs would never have is a “repurchase rights” or “redemptive clause”. These terms allow the company to buyback SAFE investors at the company’s discretion, which typically happens if a later-stage VC wants to “clean up” the cap table (i.e. get more control and ownership for themselves) or when the company is doing well and wants to buy out early investors. As we’ll discuss in a future article, investors should avoid SAFEs with these terms. These terms put the company’s best interests at odds with that of the investors’.
    1. The good news is that I have not seen any SAFEs recently with these repurchase terms (although I have seen some Common Stock offerings on some platforms with repurchase rights, so be careful!). It seems that crowdfunding portals have realized that these repurchase rights often end poorly for investors and are used by issuers who might not have their crowdfunding investors’ best interests at heart.

Why Digital Marketing is The Key to “Always Raising” Capital

In a recent webinar with StartEngine, Kevin O’Leary succinctly said, “great companies that are growing need money, and they should get it.”

 

With today’s unparalleled changes, raising capital in many ways is much easier said than done. Many great ideas are having a uniquely difficult time raising the money to fuel their vision.

 

Radical economic change due to COVID vastly disrupted the venture capital markets by 57%—a start-up’s traditional source of funding.

 

Rather than making new investments, Kevin summed, “venture capital firms are focused on making life and death decisions within their own portfolio.” Which means venture opportunity is sparse, and entrepreneurs are left wondering, “where can I turn for funding?”

 

The good news is there’s a silver lining and it’s called equity crowdfunding.

Traditional Venture Capital is Shifting Towards Online Equity Crowdfunding Platforms

 

Equity crowdfunding, or selling small shares of a company to the everyday (non-accredited) investor started not too long ago when the Title III section of the JOBS Act was passed in 2017.

 

Now, when venture capital is failing, more entrepreneurs are looking to the crowd of the everyday investors to fund their business in exchange for offerings like promissory notes, convertible notes, SAFE agreements, and revenue shares.

 

Everyday investors can invest in businesses through one of many equity crowdfunding platforms such as Wefunder, StartEngine, and MicroVentures. Since the platforms and investors are solely online, it means that businesses must have a strong online presence and digital marketing plan to meet their raise goals.

 

It means a brand trying to disrupt the market with a game-changing idea, must have an equally innovative online marketing strategy. For instance, say you’re trying to raise the full Reg CF cap of one million dollars when on average an everyday investor invests a minimum of $150 into your company. You’ll need to be backed by 6,667 investors.

 

But the real question is how do I drive awareness and attract the number of investors in the first place?

 

That’s where digital marketing comes in.

 

Digital Marketing Lets You Tap Into the Growing Everyday Investor Community

 

Most entrepreneurs make the mistake of believing that if they post a raise video, write engaging copy, post an interesting graphic, and that the investors will flood in from the crowdfunding platform. Wrong.

 

As an expert in digital marketing for crowdfunding campaigns, I see this mindset often. When entrepreneurs ask why their equity crowdfunding campaign failed, the answer is always the same—the offering was not marketed enough and the brand did not have a strong enough presence online.

 

Digital marketing mitigates both and helps drive accredited and everyday investors to their raise page with proper testing, optimation, and scaling.

Because here’s the thing:

 

Equity crowdfunding platforms are digitally native, which means new everyday investors that are not a part of your existing network or family, must be found online. Thus, failing to target and nurture an online audience with a closely managed digital marketing strategy is not only failing to plan, but it’s also planning to fail.

 

Accredited Investors Want to See a Strong Digital Marketing Strategy

 

The beauty of equity crowdfunding is that any campaign can still pique the interest of accredited investors and inspire them to fund you. We all know that a single large investment can take your campaign to the next level, thus it’s paramount to make your campaign as attractive as possible to them.

 

One of the best ways to do so is to show a strong digital marketing strategy that drives investor interest and audience growth. Your marketing strategy not only shows investors why you’ll succeed, but also highlights your ability to find, capture, and convert your target audience.

 
 

Digital Marketing Can Turn $1K into $1M During an Equity Crowdfunding Campaign

 

As more of the world log online to cope with the new norm and as venture capital slowly recovers, private investing is dramatically shifting

 

Equity crowdfunding is in the spotlight, giving everyday people the power to invest in potentially the next Uber or Instagram but also back the problems they’re passionate about—all while helping entrepreneurs keep their business growing and their dreams alive.

 
 

If equity crowdfunding is the door to always raising capital through and beyond this pandemic, then digital marketing is the key.

 

With its native abilities to connect people, build trust, and tell stories, digital marketing is uniquely positioned to help any start-up looking to scale, find new users and investors from around the world.

 

Thus, digital marketing is an essential part of your campaign, and it’s important to work with the right professionals who know how to create the right strategy, target the right investors, and find the right message.

 

Remember, turning on some ads and writing a few blog posts won’t cut it. Scaling your business with digital marketing takes time, constant testing, monitoring, and creativity. From experience we can’t emphasize enough that you start early in your campaign, don’t give up, and always be raising

How Does a Transfer Agent Protect Issuers and Investors?

A transfer agent is responsible for the custody of securities and preserves books and records. They also keep up with who owns what investment, which can be especially important if a company goes bankrupt or merges with another entity. Transfer agents are a crucial part of the securities industry and something all investors and issuers should be aware of. They help protect companies and investors by ensuring that transactions go smoothly while maintaining accurate ownership records and paying dividends every quarter.  

 

Without a qualified transfer agent who can complete these tasks efficiently, the risks for all parties increase; private issuers would be more vulnerable because they might not find errors, incorrect ownership information, or inaccurate assets. These inaccuracies may lead investors to incur higher costs, losses from missed market transactions, suffer from delayed payments, deliveries of dividends, and face unanticipated tax liabilities for unclaimed assets.

 

To protect issuers, transfer agents maintain an accurate and current record of share ownership and make sure that this information is reported accurately to them. Transfer agents provide issuers with a complete list of their shareholders and guarantee that these records are up-to-date. It is the job of the transfer agent to make sure that any changes in ownership are correctly recorded and reported to the issuer so both parties are protected from future complications or confusion. They are essential when issuers deal with investors, giving issuers a detailed account of who investors are and the amount of equity they have remaining. 

 

Transfer agents protect investors by ensuring their brokerage account is accurate and up to date. Agents view new transactions to ensure they’re coming from the correct party, and they review brokers’ reports for mistakes or fraud. Without transfer agents, the ability to track ownership and transactions would be nonexistent. Perhaps more importantly: if we didn’t have transfer agents, it would become impossible for shareholders to trade their securities. This would severely limit liquidity in the secondary market since it would become impossible for anyone who wanted to sell a share to find anyone willing to buy it. By allowing investors to view accurate and complete information on the company they are investing in, investor confidence is increased by this transparency and availability.

 

Additionally, transfer agents maintain investor financial records and track investor account balances. These agents usually belong to a bank, trust company, or similar establishment. Agents record transactions, process investor mailings, cancel and issue certificates, and more. Transfer agents protect issuers and investors by ensuring records maintain correct ownership and credentials at all times, making transfer agents the security link between these two parties; all agents must be registered with the SEC

 

Transfer agents are a vital part of the financial world. They provide a valuable service for issuers and investors by ensuring that trades happen smoothly, issuing new shares during an offering, or transferring ownership from one investor to another.  They play a pivotal role in protecting issuers and investors by assuring that they have a reliable, efficient process for handling transfers and executing trades on behalf of their clients.

Crowdfunding with IRAs

This blog is was written by our KorePartners at New Direction Trust Co. View the original article here

 

It would be an understatement to say the financial landscape has changed in the past decade. Businesses accept payments with Square, investors buy stocks through apps while listening to podcasts, and cryptocurrency went from geek niche to cultural phenomena overnight. Alongside these is another monumental shift: crowdfunding.

What is crowdfunding?

Crowdfunding is a type of investment in a business or venture. However, unlike angel investing or stock purchases, crowdfunding typically involves smaller sums from a large group.

There are multiple types of crowdfunding, each with a slightly different purpose:

  • Rewards-based crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding is the most well-known, thanks to Kickstarter. In rewards-based crowdfunding, people invest in a company in exchange for a reward, typically a discounted final product or service.
  • Donation-based crowdfunding: This is charitable crowdfunding, in which people donate their money expecting nothing in return. Donation-based crowdfunding is typically used by charities looking to fund a project or to help with medical bills or recovery expenses via sites like GoFundMe.
  • Debt-based crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding is used when a company needs a large sum of money to cover some kind of expense or acquisition. In exchange for donations, the recipient typically promises some kind of repayment to those donating.
  • Equity-based crowdfunding: In equity-based crowdfunding, investors put their money into a company in exchange for shares. This type of crowdfunding gives startups the chance to grow through funding, and investors the opportunity for a potential return on their investment.
  • Real estate crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding involves multiple people pooling their money together to fund any kind of real estate project. Real estate crowdfunding can be as simple as buying a rental property with multiple people or funding a new building entirely.

Beyond the above-listed types, there are other types of crowdfunding that offer different returns and possibly perks for investors.

How does crowdfunding with an IRA work?

Crowdfunding with a self-directed account is surprisingly straightforward, thanks largely to the 2011 JOBS Act. Crowdfunding with a self-directed account involves only a few simple steps.

  • Verify you have the right kind of tax-advantaged account. Crowdfunding through your IRA or Solo 401k requires a self-directed IRA or Solo 401k.
  • Choose a trust company specializing in self-directed IRAs or Solo 401ks to custody the asset you’re interested in. This company will handle the details of ensuring your assets are used to crowdfund the asset of your choice.
  • Open and fund your account. This is typically done via a transfer or rollover of existing funds from an IRA or Solo 401k, or you can choose to contribute new funds subject to contribution limits.
  • Select what kind of investments you’d like to make, real estate crowdfunding or another type of crowdfunding.
  • Complete the investment process and monitor your account for performance.

If the above process sounds simple, good, it should be. The right trust company will take care of the transactions while leaving you in the driver’s seat.

Four Red Flags When Crowdfunding

Crowdfunding can make for great investment opportunities and generate excellent returns. But, like all investing, crowdfunding involves risks.

  • The company has no online footprint. If you Google the company or founders and find nothing, this is a big red flag. Any enterprise trying to raise money should have some level of awareness around their product or opportunity. And if nothing else, the founders should have some kind of presence online. If you’re unable to find any history about the opportunity or those behind it, proceed with caution and look for other opinions.
  • The opportunity guarantees returns. Some opportunities really are too good to be true. Language like “guaranteed returns” or “double your investment” and so on is a sign the company is trying to mislead you. There are few guarantees in life, and investments are far from them. While some investments, like government-backed certificates of deposit, are safer than others, you won’t find a guarantee on a crowdfunding opportunity.
  • The math is funky. This point is especially relevant when you’re dealing with real estate crowdfunding. Closely examine the numbers when looking at investment properties. If the account holder claims you’ll make a certain amount but you’re not arriving at the same number after expenses, taxes, and other costs are factored in, double check the math. You may need to move on.
  • The valuation is inflated. When you’re looking at crowdfunding a startup, pay close attention to the valuation. It’s not unheard of for companies or crowdfunding platforms to inflate the valuation of a startup to draw more investors. If a company is brand new with no backing, it’s unlikely they’re worth $600 million. If the deal feels too good to be true, it might be.

An Overview of Digital Securities for the Private Capital Market

Understanding digital securities begin with blockchain, distributed ledger technology that has revolutionized the way records and information are stored. Rather than data being stored in a central database, blockchain technology works because the data is continually appended and verified by many participants. This gives blockchain strength and security because it makes it significantly more challenging for hackers to manipulate records. If one copy were to be changed, it would be immediately be recognized as invalid by the other participants on the blockchain. 

 

This is the technology that powers emerging financial technologies. Bitcoin is perhaps one of the most recognizable forms of blockchain technology today, with over 46 million Americans owning some of the cryptocurrency. This same technology is being applied to securities to improve upon the ways traditional securities have been managed. 

 

Ownership is easy to record and validate through digital securities because the transaction is stored on the blockchain. This eliminates the problem of an investor losing their certificate of ownership or the company losing their records of shareholders. Since the record is unchangeable, it also serves as a risk management mechanism for companies, as the risk of a faulty or fraudulent transaction is removed. Digital securities are also incredibly beneficial to the company when preparing for any capital activity since the company’s records are transparent and readily available. With traditional securities, the company would typically hire an advisor to review all company documents. If the company has issued digital securities, this cost is eliminated, as it is already in an immutable form.  

 

With digital securities, investors may receive “tokens,” which are registered investment vehicles and represent ownership in a company. This is often referred to as tokenization, a coin termed in 2010, but has since become less popular in favor of the term digital securities. The reason is that digital securities and digital assets became the preferred term to accurately convey the time, effort, and reliability in this form of investment.

 

There has also been an increase in the discussion surrounding another blockchain-based asset, NFTs. Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) are unique cryptographic assets that cannot be replicated and stored on a blockchain. However, it is essential to remember that not all digital assets meet digital security requirements. However, if an NFT can meet the digital security requirements, they can be offered through raises under exemptions like Regulation A+.

 

If you would like to learn more about how issuers can leverage digital securities for RegCF offerings, be sure to check out the upcoming KoreSummit event on November 18th, 2021, starting at 12 PM EST.

KorePartner Spotlight: Paul Karrlsson-Willis, CEO of JUSTLY

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

Paul Karrlsson-Willis is the CEO of JUSTLY, a registered broker-dealer designed for companies to promote their ESG profiles as the demand for socially conscious businesses continues to skyrocket. Nearly a quarter of the $400 billion investments ESG-focused private capital between 2015 and 2020 was invested last year alone. Paul has over 30 years of experience in financial services businesses and has expertise in building out a company’s global footprint.

 

We took some time to speak with Paul to learn more about himself and his firm. Here’s what he had to say. 

 

Why did you become involved in this industry?  

 

When I left school there was major unemployment in the UK so the government came up with the “youth opportunity scheme” which was an intern program at various companies which the government-funded. I was fortunate to be accepted into this program by the London Stock Exchange who placed me with a broker-dealer, Capel-Cure Myers, and never looked back.

 

What services does your company provide for RegA+ offerings? 

 

We can offer everything from front to back for Reg A+, Reg CF, and Reg. D as a result of having great partners such as KoreConX. Our true value is in our ability to work with the issuers and understand their businesses and needs. Our parent company–Ideanomics (NASDAQ: IDEX)–started no different from the issuers we support and still invests in private equity companies. It’s in our DNA.  

 

What are your unique areas of expertise? 

 

Over my 30+ career, I have continually been given various businesses, products, and groups to build or rejuvenate, many have gone on to be leaders in their space. A good example was when Fidelity hired me in the UK to build a global trading product for their retail clients base, knowing I had no experience in foreign equities and this was after 3 previous attempts had failed. We were up and running in 3 months and when they asked me to come to the US to do the same, the UK business was profitable. At Fidelity Capital Markets (US) we went from being only able to do everything in USD, to being fully multi-currency, able to trade in over 47 countries in real-time. As a result, Fidelity retail was the first retail US broker-dealer to offer global trading in real-time. I’ve been very fortunate to have worked my way up through the business and therefore know how things get from A to Z and the issues you will come across.  I love to learn; I hate being the smartest person in the room, which is why I try to make sure I have a team that is knowledgeable and feels empowered. I’m very passionate and treat everything I build as part of me, as I believe it reflects on me personally.

 

What excites you about this industry? 

 

Up until now, not very much. It’s been a job I have always put more than 100% into to support my wonderful family. JUSTLY has given me the ability to build something that can genuinely make an impact and help others. Every day, I think about making a difference and not feeding the machine or massaging someone’s ego. Don’t get me wrong, my job is to generate revenue and make JUSTLY profitable, but by making that difference, we will as they go hand-in-hand.

 

How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?  

 

KoreConX has the complete platform, amazing expertise and therefore enables JUSTLY to focus on making an IMPACT! True success is never achieved on your own; you need a team and great partners. There is no better partner in this space than KoreConX.

 

What are the Benefits of Digital Securities for Issuers and Investors?

With the emergence and development of blockchain technology, digital securities have seen wider adoption by investors and investment firms. Arising from the need for protection against fraud and as a way for investors to ensure asset ownership, digital securities are a digital representation of traditional securities and follow the same regulatory rules. Since their first appearance, digital securities have come to represent any debt, equity, or asset that is registered and transferred electronically using blockchain technology. 

 

Digital securities are made possible by blockchain, also known as “distributed ledger technology”. Distributed ledger technology is a database where transactions are continually appended and verified across by multiple participants, ensuring that each transaction has a “witness” to validate its legitimacy. By the nature of the system, it is more difficult for hackers to manipulate, as copies of the ledger are decentralized or located across multiple different locations. Changes to one copy would be impossible, as the others would recognize it as invalid.

 

Distributed ledger technology allows digital securities to be incredibly secure. Ownership is easily recorded and verified through the distributed ledger, a huge benefit over traditional securities. Any transfer of digital securities is also recorded and with each copy of the transaction stored separately, multiple witnesses of the transaction exist to corroborate it. 

 

With traditional securities, investors can lose their certificate of ownership or companies can delete key files detailing who their investors are. Without a certificate, proving how many shares an investor owns would be incredibly challenging. In contrast, digital security ownership is immutable. Investors are protected by always being able to prove their ownership since the record cannot be deleted or altered by anyone. Additionally, investors can view all information that is related to the shares they’ve purchased, such as their voting rights and their ability to share and manage their portfolios with both accuracy and confidence. 

 

Since the record is unchangeable, it also serves as a risk management mechanism for companies, as the risk of a faulty or fraudulent transaction occurring is removed. Digital securities are also greatly beneficial to the company when preparing for any capital activity since the company’s records are transparent and readily available. With traditional securities, the company would typically hire an advisor to review all company documents. If the company has issued digital securities, this cost is eliminated, as it is already in an immutable form.  

 

Also making digital securities possible are smart contracts that eliminate manual paperwork, creating an automated system on which digital securities can be managed. Integrated into the securities is the smart contract, which has preprogrammed protocols for the exchange of digital securities. Without the time-consuming paper process, companies can utilize digital securities to raise funds from a larger pool of investors, such as the case with crowdfunding. Rather than keeping manual records of each transaction, the smart contract automatically tracks and calculates funds and distributes securities to investors. 

 

Companies that are looking to provide their investors with the ability to trade digital securities must be aware that they are required to follow the same rules set by the SEC for the sale and exchange of traditional securities such as registering the offering with the SEC. This ensures that potential investors are provided with information compliant with securities regulation worldwide. According to the SEC, investors must receive ongoing disclosures from the issuer so they can make informed decisions regarding ownership of their securities. Companies that are not compliant with the SEC can face severe penalties and may be required to reimburse investors who purchased the unregistered offerings. 

 

Besides the companies offering securities, broker-dealers must also register with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Similarly, platforms on which digital securities can be traded must register as an Alternative Trading System operator with the SEC. Both broker-dealers and ATS operators can face severe penalties if not properly registered. 

 

Possibly the greatest benefit of digital securities is that it allows for smoother secondary market transactions. With records of ownership clear and unchangeable, an investor can easily bring their shares to a secondary market. Transactions are more efficient and parties have easy access to all necessary information regarding the securities being traded, removing the friction that is typically seen with traditional securities. 

 

At KoreConX, the KoreChain platform is a fully permissioned blockchain, allowing for companies to issue fully compliant digital securities. Records are updated in real-time as transactions occur, eliminating errors that would occur when transferring information from another source. The platform securely manages transactions, providing investors with support and portfolio management capabilities. Additionally, the KoreChain is not tied to cryptocurrencies, so it is a less attractive target for potential crypto thieves. KoreChain allows companies to manage their offerings and company data with the highest level of accuracy and transparency.

 

Since digital securities face the same regulatory rules as traditional ones, investors are protected by the SEC against fraudulent offerings. This, together with the security and transparency that blockchain technology allows, creates a form of investment that is better for investors and issuers alike. Since the process is simplified and errors are decreased without redundant paperwork, issuers have the potential to raise capital more efficiently. They will also be better prepared for future capital activity. For investors, a more secure form of security protects them from potential fraud and losses on their investments. With digital securities still in their infancy, it will be exciting to see how this method of investment changes the industry. 

What is the Difference Between the Public and Private Capital Markets?

 

The public and private capital markets work differently, but both sectors play essential roles in supporting economic growth. Companies raise funds for long-term growth and acquisitions in the public capital market, usually through debt instruments like bonds or stock, while private companies raise capital through private investments.  This article provides an overview of the differences between the two types of capital markets, including how they function and their role in economic development. 

 

Public Capital Markets

Public capital markets consist of equity and debt markets where buyers and sellers trade with each other daily. Many companies use this type of market to raise new capital or sell their existing stocks. It is typically easier for publicly traded companies to use these markets than private ones because traditionally, a wider pool of investors is available, and shares provide a significant amount of liquidity. Most investors use public markets to invest in companies, which buys them a partial interest in a company. It is also where many companies go when they want to raise new capital to fund their business operations. 

 

Private Capital Markets

Private capital markets are where privately-held companies can sell equity to investors like private equity, venture capital firms, and even individuals. This sale of securities is typically exempt from registration with the SEC and may come in the form of a Reg A, Reg CF, or Reg D offering. Before the JOBS Act, these types of investments were limited to high net-worth individuals and institutional investors. Post JOBS Act, even everyday investors can get a piece of a private company, which may offer a significant return if that company ever goes public through an IPO. Additionally, offerings in the private sector typically cost less to the issuer than an IPO, which makes JOBS Acts exemptions a very attractive form of fundraising. 

 

Because of the history of the private capital markets, there are misconceptions that it is expensive to invest. However, Reg A and Reg CF offerings can be affordable for investors, with investments for hundreds of dollars or less. However, non-accredited investors are limited to the amount they can invest each year by their annual income or net worth. The same restrictions don’t apply to private companies. Additionally, investors in the private capital markets have the potential for liquidity through alternative trading systems. 

 

Publicly traded companies are listed on an exchange so that anyone can buy their stocks. This means they have to follow specific guidelines set by the SEC to maintain listing requirements. Private company stock is not publicly available for trading, but there are still ways you may be able to get your hands on some shares. It’s important to note that different securities trade differently depending on where they’re bought from, and choosing the public or private capital market is the first step in any investment.

 

 

 

The Economy and the Private Capital Markets

The economy and the private capital markets are intrinsically linked; many of the largest companies in America exist because of investments within the private capital markets. When you invest your money, it is essential to understand how the economy and this market interact.

 

Capital markets are a system in which capital is transferred between people or institutions with capital to invest and companies who need it, fueling the economy with jobs, goods, and services. Unlike the public market, which consists of companies listed on a stock exchange and registered with the SEC, private companies are not required to be SEC-registered. Investments in this sector include alternative investments like private equity, JOBS Act exemptions, venture capital, and private lending. 

 

Although public companies have a significant impact on the economy, the number of private companies far outweighs the number of public companies. As of 2020, close to 6,000 companies were traded on NASDAQ or the NYSE. It is often more challenging to determine the actual number of private companies since they don’t have to be registered with the SEC. However, there are 31.7 million small companies, which account for 99.9% of US businesses and employ nearly half of the population. Public companies only represent a small fraction of the companies that have a profound effect on the economy.

 

This impact of the private capital market only continues to increase as companies stay private longer. At the turn of the millennium, companies stayed private for an average of four years before their IPO. However, this has since tripled to nearly 12 years. This means that throughout the lifecycle of a private company, they will have much more activity within the private capital markets. 

 

The private capital markets are often overlooked when discussing the economy of a country. However, these markets can be very influential to its economic well-being and citizens, contributing to the GDP and providing employment opportunities. Private capital markets affect the economy by providing loans for businesses and allowing new investments to take place. In turn, these companies can continue to innovate to bring new products and services to market. As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the influence of private companies will continue to affect our economy and encourage its growth.

How KoreChain Helps Companies Raise Capital Compliantly

Recently, KoreConX’s CEO Oscar Jofre was a guest on Fintech.TV’s Digital Asset Report to discuss the KoreChain Infrastructure. Watch the full video on YouTube.

 

What is KoreChain?

The KoreChain infrastructure is a blockchain technology that can be leveraged by companies qualified with the SEC to help them raise capital. It is the first fully SEC-compliant blockchain technology to connect broker-dealers, investors, companies, secondary market alternative trading systems, banking whales,  and all stakeholders in private capital markets.

 

KoreChain overview:

  • KoreChain is a permissioned blockchain.
  • KoreChain is built on enterprise-class industrial-strength hyper ledger fabric.
  • KoreChain is safe and secure: hosted on IBMs servers with the highest level of security (FIPS 140-2 level 4).
  • KoreChain is wholly focused on tokenized securities for global private capital markets. 

 

The technology enables a roadmap that others can adopt as long as they go through the qualification process to create fully SEC-compliant stable coins, NFTs, or other blockchain offerings. By being fully SEC-compliant, KoreChain offered by KoreConX is putting best practices forward, supplying the industry with standardization about market infrastructure, regulation, and how the latest and best technology can collaborate for the best outcome.

 

Why Utilize KoreChain?

The new SEC commissioner is not against cryptocurrencies; instead, he wants these offerings to utilize regulations instead of accessing these technologies through the side or back door. Using SEC regulations provides efficiency, transparency, and secondary liquidity, particularly helpful in private markets. The KoreChain technology allows you to offer all of this when creating assets on the blockchain.

 

The characters that differentiate KoreChain from other blockchains are: 

  • Permissioned 
  • Governed (including separate audit chain)
  • Complete lifecycle management of contracts
  • Event management
  • Artificial Intelligience 
  • Modular
  • APIs that integrate with the ecosystem

 

The KoreChain is the first fully SEC-compliant blockchain that meets regulations, encouraging understanding of SEC rules, regulations, and participants. The blockchain provides added confidence, so those using blockchain technologies find the process more efficient, from the investor to everyone involved. The KoreChain is a transparent solution that shortens the cycle of creation for anyone involved because investors can follow a fully SEC-compliant playbook through the entire process. 

KoreConX Webinar: Why cannabis and RegA+ are the perfect match!

A virtual event held by KoreConX that featured Cannabis experts and Top Thoughts Leaders discussing the potential and possibilities of raising money using Regulation A+

[New York, NY – 03 November 2021 ] – The KoreSummit, an event created by KoreConX to explore major aspects of the capital raising journey, Equity Crowdfunding and technology with experts, was held last week.  Partners included Moxie, Crowdcheck Law, Carman Lehnhof Israelsen, Dalmore Group, Rialto Markets, New Direction Trust, Ext-Marketing,  and DNA (Digital Niche Agency). More than 116 companies interested in raising capital in Cannabis attended this virtual event.

Guests discussed how Cannabis and Regulation A+ fits and how to create a capital raising journey for their business. Experts from different sectors shared their experience and knowledge about all the stages in using Regulation A+ to create a successful campaign for Cannabis companies and investors. It’s important to note that this business is expanding and creating more space – as more states continue to legalize this sector, more opportunities for investments to come.

“The idea of our KoreSummit is to demystify the capital raising journey opportunities and provide education to anyone who wants to raise money for their business. With more than 11 years of living and learning how crowdfunding works, we at KoreConX want to offer free education to entrepreneurs and companies seeking to raise capital,” says Oscar Jofre, CEO and Co-founder of KoreConX. “I am an enthusiastic learner. I believe that knowledge is a key to empowering people. In addition, our partners bring a broad base of expertise that can  help people who are looking for reliable information on creating crowdfunding campaigns”.

The Cannabis KoreSummit covered all the stages of raising money and had the collaboration of lawyers, broker-dealers, compliance, and marketing experts to help participants understand this Regulation. KoreConX’s team members discussed the requirements of an “All-in-One” technology platform with solutions that unify all parts of the Reg A+ offering process. 

KoreConX will hold two more KoreSummits until December this year.  These KoreSummits will bring focus to diverse themes and sectors, such Digital Securities. Participation is always free.

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets, and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital. The All-In-One platform manages the full life cycle of digital securities, including their issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, corporate actions, and custodianship.

Media Contact:
KoreConX

Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

What is an NFT?

A non-fungible token, more commonly known as NFTs, is a unique cryptographic asset that cannot be replicated and stored on a blockchain. By definition, fungibility is when an asset can be exchanged with more of the same good or asset–think of a dollar that can be easily exchanged into pennies or nickels and retain the same value. This means that by being non-fungible, NFTs cannot be traded or exchanged for an identical asset; one NFT cannot be exchanged for another NFT.

Throughout 2021, we have seen the meteoric rise in popularity of NFT, which can represent assets from artwork to videos and even real estate. In the case of artwork, it may be hard for someone to understand the value of buying a digital asset. The importance is ownership; the blockchain on which the NFT is stored verifies the identity of the asset’s owner in an immutable ledger. 

In the discussion on NFTs, it is essential to consider that not all digital assets are classified as securities. Based on the Supreme Court’s Howey case, the Howey Test helps determine whether an investment contract exists and is used to classify digital assets. With this test, an investment contract typically exists “there is the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others.” If a digital asset meets these requirements and is classified as a digital security, it must be registered with the SEC or exempt from registration. With registration, issuers are required to disclose certain complete, non-misleading information to investors. 

If an NFT can meet the digital security requirements, they can be offered through raises that happen under exemptions like Regulation A+. NFTs are not bound by federal securities laws and pose a potential investment risk without meeting these requirements. 

What makes an NFT a good investment is its resale potential. If there is no market for the asset and it cannot be resold, it loses its value. It is not like other digital attests like cryptocurrencies, where one bitcoin is always equal in value to another. As the landscape of cryptocurrencies, NFTs, and digital securities continue to evolve, it will be interesting to see their role in the future private capital markets.

 

Stable Coin for RegA+

For many, an issue with cryptocurrency is the intense volatility that persists. For example, the prices of Bitcoin hit a record high on October 20th before dropping over $6,000 in value per coin. Because of this volatility, it is not helpful for everyday use and makes some wary about their investments being tied to such a volatile asset. However, there is an alternative; the stable coin.

Unlike cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, stable coins are stabilized by being backed by the US dollar or a commodity like gold. This price stability is a feature many cryptocurrencies lack. Stable coins are, therefore, more suitable for everyday use or even applications like issuing securities through Regulation A+ exemptions.

RegA+ is highly protected by compliance actives, broker-dealers, the SEC, filings, etc. The uncertainty behind a stable coin for RegA+ goes away because there is transparency and allows people to transact more efficiently with these assets. When it comes to RegA+ and stable coins, the security is pegged to a stable coin created with a smart contract to ensure stability from a technology perspective. With stable coins, especially those received when investing in a company, shareholders can use them in secondary market transactions that are FINRA-registered and fully compliant with securities regulations.

Still, stable coins are largely in their infancy. There will continue to be developments as to what types of assets or currency they are backed by. Because it is stable, it will have a far more practical use when compared to other cryptocurrencies. However, the main thing is that the infrastructure and engineering for stable coins already exists; it’s more of a matter of how quickly their use grows.

 

Things to Consider When Choosing Your Equity Crowdfunding Portal

Written by KorePartner Jason Fishman at DNA. See the original post here.

 

Before the new SEC regulations, about 20% of Reg CF campaigns hit the seven-figure level. In other words, most campaigns simply do not achieve their full cap.

They’re are many reasons why campaigns don’t hit the max, and many would sum it up to lack of marketing and business development.

However, many people don’t consider the portal themselves. Sometimes a portal and issuer don’t fit, and I’ve seen campaigns that were underperforming on one portal, achieve high success on another.

 

Thus, picking the right portal for your campaign is an extremely important component of your raise. While DNA can not advise you which portal will best suit your needs, we can give you some tips and our top five things to consider when choosing your equity crowdfunding portal.

 

So, we should explore anything you can do to set yourself up for a win and within the desired period. This is a critical component of your round.

Investor Audience Size

One benefit of using a filing with a portal is to leverage their existing investor audience. Typically as campaigns raise more, the portal’s audience takes more notice, and are more are likely to invest.

From firsthand experience, I can say that as portal technology and user experience improves, the larger these investor communities are growing. Pick a portal with a large, engaged, and active audience. Don’t forget to ask the portal how they leverage their audience during the course of your campaign for more success.

Vertical Focuses

As equity crowdfunding grows in popularity, more and more portals are emerging, dedicated to a specific focus. For example, Bioverge, is specifically tailored to healthcare startups, while Waterworks, is geared towards technologies advancing water solutions.

Not only do these platforms attract a very specific and engaged industry audience in that industry, but they typically have an experienced team that has a strong portfolio of niche-specific deals, and understands the nuances around their specific area of focus. If a platform can show a list of campaigns they have done successfully in that industry and have a high volume of investors attached to it, they will be valuable resources for an issuer.

A niche-specific could be a great option for your campaign, however take into consideration many are still in development and growing compared to the more-established and well known portals.

Success Rates

The data you need is out there.

I highly recommend starting at KingsCrowd, as most of their information is available for free or a very light subscription fee. On KingsCrowd you can do due diligence on each portal and their success rates.

You can also look at their analyst reports to see top deals, deals for an industry, deals per portal, and how much they have raised. Set a benchmark for yourself, and note which campaigns and platforms hit your benchmarks.

You may find that the volume of campaigns these portals have taken on has dropped in the past months, especially when you are looking at entry-level or mid-tier portals. You may find that it has skyrocketed. How many campaigns are below or above a milestone level may also stand out to you.

The numbers don’t lie. Take in as much data as you can to see how successful campaigns are currently doing on their platform.

Customer Service

Equity crowdfunding campaigns have a lot of ups and downs, and when your campaign isn’t performing you have to rely on your portals team to support and provide white-glove customer service..

You can get a sense of what the experience will be during your meet and greet. I recommend asking the following questions and paying attention to the working experience:

  • Who will be your day-to-day point of contact is?

  • What does the working process together look like during the pre-stages of your live campaign?

  • How do you optimize when things are not going according to plan?

  • Is the portal going to disappear and be afraid to talk to you?

  • Are they going to come to the table with constructive recommendations?

  • Is there anything they can do to go the extra mile among promotions to their existing audience?

  • When the campaign is going according to plan and ramping up at speed, how can you scale and get there quicker?

  • What will their partnership with you look like at those stages?

 

I would also recommend speaking to three or more portals, and look to intuition about who is committed to your deal and confident in the success of it among their investor audience on their platform.

Added Value

This is a bit of a controversial topic because the SEC requires portals to treat each issuer the same. But they have different benchmarks that once you hit the increments of capital funding, they promote you to their email audience.

But if any groups show so much confidence in your deal that they will bring more to the table, I would note that in the review process. Some of these things include:

  • Private investor groups

  • Special placement on the site

  • Additional promotions

  • Introductions to different accelerators or different VC groups that back the deal beforehand

  • Introductions to various types of angel investors, strategic partners, industry experts, and more

 

However, I would not shape my selection merely on this factor, but be cognizant of it. Crowdfunding is essentially a team sport that occurs within a small window of time. The more resources you bring to the table, the better.

So, if there is any portal giving you additional value beyond their standard package because of how they envision it equating to your success, it could be a factor in your decision-making process.

Pick Your Portal Carefully!

Listing your deal will not ensure ANY results.

Setting up and managing a successful campaign takes careful planning and forethought, especially when it comes to picking your portal. Having a strong understanding of the top portals available is going to be an educational and helpful process across the board.

Here are some of the top portals available for you to consider:

 

 

You may get tips from one portal that you apply to another, and it is important to become part of the entire equity crowdfunding ecosystem rather than selecting a partner and move on. These relationships continue, so I encourage you to map out what a relationship could look like with each portal, and nurture it.

Cannabis: An Emerging Market for RegA+

Despite remaining illegal at the federal level, the idea of legalizing cannabis is continuing to gain public acceptance, especially in recent years. As of April 2021, 35 states have made medical marijuana legal, with 18 of them legalizing it recreationally. This growth has been tremendous, raising the industry’s value to over $13 billion and directly supporting 340,000 jobs. As of 2019, 67% of Americans believe that regulators should legalize marijuana, an astounding 20% increase from a decade ago.

These factors have created an excellent opportunity for companies in this space. As public perceptions continue to rise, investments in cannabis companies may become more attractive to retail and accredited investors. In 2019, cannabis companies received nearly $117 billion in investments, displaying some of the investors’ significant interest in the space. Opportunities will only continue to increase as the industry progresses. Projections show that by 2028, cannabis will be an industry worth $70.8 billion globally. In the US alone, cannabis sales in the US in 2021 alone are predicted to reach $21 billion. 

The combination of investor interest and industry valuation could mean that raising capital through exemptions like Regulation A+ could prove to be an incredible opportunity for companies and investors alike. Already, many cannabis companies are seeing success through these opportunities. Early this year, Gage Cannabis closed their Regulation A+ offering after securing $50 million in funding and adding 1,000 shareholders to their cap table. This one success is not an outlier, as other issuers have been seeing success as well. 

It will be interesting to see how the industry and investment opportunities within cannabis will expand with the upward trend of public perception. Additionally, as more states continue to legalize, more businesses will emerge, jobs will form, and investors will invest in an emerging market.

Along with our partners, KoreConX hosted a webinar on why RegA+ may be the perfect fit for companies in the cannabis space. If you missed the live event or want to rewatch it, visit our YouTube channel to access the full recording of the event. If you would like to contact any of our speakers or view the full schedule, please visit our KoreSummit site.

KoreConX’s KoreChain Infrastructure Leveraged by SEC-Qualified Companies Raising Capital

The KoreConX All-In-One Platform is the first to market with a fully compliant blockchain technology (KoreChain) to connect investors, companies, broker-dealers, secondary market ATS, and all stakeholders to the private capital markets

KoreConX’s Infrastructure of Trust launched in 2016 is a cornerstone of the private market’s capital-raising ecosystem, designed to reduce friction in every aspect of raising capital and managing large numbers of investors. Today marks a major milestone in the private markets, with KoreConX as the only company to see its technology, which is based on a permissioned blockchain, to be used by companies that have been “qualified by the SEC,” which is a first for the blockchain.

Companies that use the Infrastructure of Trust can have the assurance of working with a technology that other companies have used and received qualification by the SEC. The technology also includes regulated connected services such as a registered SEC-Transfer Agent, FINRA broker-dealer, and FINRA & SEC registered Secondary Market ATS.

The KoreChain infrastructure provides an end-to-end solution for the private markets to ensure that a company offering its digital securities, security tokens, non-fungible tokens (NFT) or stablecoins is fully compliant.

KoreConX’s End-To-End RegA+ solution allows companies raising capital to manage the full life cycle of their offering. The All-In-One platform provides complete overview from pre-during-post raise including shareholder management, monetization of investments and other features to meet compliance requirements.

These solutions are provided on a decentralized permissioned-based blockchain infrastructure technology. This permissioned-based blockchain, KoreChain, is being used by companies that have had offerings qualified with the SEC and also provides a roadmap for companies that want to issue digital securities, non-fungible tokens, and stablecoins.

To complement all the solutions that KoreConX offers, the ecosystem includes KorePartners with expertise in fields related to RegA+ like securities lawyers, FINRA broker-dealers, auditors, escrow, SEC transfers agents and investor acquisition firms.

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets, and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital. The All-In-One platform manages the full life cycle of digital securities, including their issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, corporate actions, and custodianship.

Media Contact:
KoreConX

Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

$1 Billion Raised Through RegCF

It seems 2021 is the year where we continue to break new ground for the JOBS Act, and today marks a momentous milestone in its history. Fundamentally, the act was designed to empower businesses and democratize capital. Not only has it succeeded in this goal, but it has also allowed companies to create jobs and return ownership to company founders. Recently, the amount of capital raised under Regulation CF offerings has reached an amazing milestone: $1 Billion USD over the lifetime of the exemption. 

 

This tremendous achievement would not have been achieved without the great work done by those in this sector. As of June 2020, there were 51 active RegCF funding platforms, a number that continues to grow as we see continued expansion on offering limits from regulators to make this funding method even more powerful. Now, over a year later, and after RegCF offering limits increased to $5M USD, we see nearly 70 regulated crowdfunding portals registered with FINRA.

 

We would not be arriving at this milestone today without the great work our of KorePartners in the industry, many of which have the same mission of creating equal access to the private capital markets for the everyday investor and include:

 

 

And perhaps most importantly, we would like to thank you: the investors who have poured capital into causes and businesses you are passionate about. Without your investments, we would be a long road away from the milestone we celebrate today. You have made the JOBS Act a reality and a phenomenal success that we could not have achieved without you. The everyday investors have been the lifeblood of this industry, fueling innovation, company growth, and job creations with your investments.

 

With more capital poured into private companies through these regulations, there is more opportunity than ever before for companies to succeed and investors to get involved with innovative, industry-changing companies. Such opportunities were previously unavailable to Main Street investors, but the JOBS Act has radically changed this landscape. After the incredible growth over the last nine years since the JOBS Act’s initial passage, it will be exciting to see how the space progresses over the next decade. 

 

Hooray to $1 Billion USD and counting!

 

As we move into the future, this is the group that will advance RegCF to raise $5 Billion USD for private companies:

Reflecting on Canadian Small Business Week

As Small Business Week comes to a close in Canada, KoreConX reflects on the role small businesses play in the economy. Our mission has long been to empower the private capital markets with the tools needed to take advantage of innovative capital raising opportunities. 

 

Earlier this week, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau shared his statement on Small Business Week. He said, “As we mark the start of Small Business Week in Canada, we recognize that the past year and a half have been difficult for small businesses, their owners, and their employees. Small businesses across the country were asked to make countless sacrifices to protect the health and safety of people and communities. Through it all, they have shown incredible courage and resilience, and an unprecedented ability to adapt and innovate. And while some businesses have now reopened their doors, many still need support as they continue to grapple with the impacts of the pandemic.”

 

This idea comes jointly with unprecedented access to capital raising opportunities. In March 2021, updated to offering limits under Regulation CF increase to $5 million USD, which small businesses can use to fuel innovation and job creations. When RegCF was first signed into law through the JOBS Act in 2012, the mission was to democratize capital to allow anyone to invest, give company ownership back to founders, and create jobs.

 

With 8.4 million individuals or 68.8% of the Canadian workforce employed by small businesses, it is clear to see their vitally important role in the economy. Similarly, small businesses were responsible for 35.8% of the employment growth between 2014 and 2019. “Small businesses drive our economy by creating the goods and services we need while employing millions of Canadians,” added Trudeau in his statement. 

 

Even as small businesses continue to recover from the global pandemic, capital raising opportunities like RegCF, which are cost-effective, can provide needed relief. Additionally, they can be incredibly successful, especially for small businesses with dedicated and loyal customers willing to invest. 

 

Tokenization in RegA+

As the private capital market continues to undergo a digital transformation, ideas like blockchain, digital securities, and tokenization continue to be discussed by regulators, issuers, and investors. “Tokens” represent actual ownership in a security and is a registered investment vehicle. However, when the term was coined in the mid-2010s, tokens became thought of as unable to support the compliance, regulations, and legal requirements of a security. Instead, digital securities and digital assets became the preferred term to accurately convey the time, effort, and reliability in this form of investment.

 

Digital securities will have a transformative impact on the capital markets. For example, when the public market was built more than 100 years ago, the technological tools of today were unavailable. As the system has aged, it has become antiquated. These new forms of securities will result in a more efficient, equitable, and accessible capital market system for both issuers and investors. However, since the technology is so new, the educational component will be the next hurdle because many still are unaware of what digital securities are. 

 

It is important to consider that digital securities are not about disintermediation, but instead intermediation with the right efficiency and focus, bringing together the right parties like broker-dealers, lawyers, and transfer agents. Unlike other digital assets, digital securities are regulated by securities laws, and having the right processes in place ensures that raises are done compliantly. If a RegA+ raise is structured improperly, it could mean the company has to refund investors of their investment. 

 

Because many investors don’t want to hear the term tokenization or digital asset, the educational component will be essential for the widespread adoption of digital securities. However, as digital securities make investment processes frictionless, we will continue to see how digital securities for RegA+ continue to evolve.

Meet the KorePartners: Adrian Alvarez, CEO and Co-Founder of InvestReady

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

For the last seven years, Adrian Alvarez has been involved in the securities space, coming to know it like the back of his hand. He has received both his law degree and a Master’s in Business Administration.

Before InvestReady, Adrian Alvarez was the Assistant Director at the University of Miami’s launchpad program, consulting early-stage businesses and entrepreneurs. During this time, he grew very attuned to crowdfunding as became incorporated into the JOBS Act. As crowdfunding platforms emerged, Adrian noticed both potential problems and opportunities in the space. Being an attorney, he felt like he could solve some of these challenges, which lead to InvestReady.

As investments have become increasingly digitals, issuers needed a verification tool to match. With InvestReady, investors can securely and confidentially verify their identity so they can invest in crowdfunding offerings. Issuers and funding platforms are empowered by a tool that makes this processes secure and seamless. The result is SEC-compliant crowdfunding investors.

Ensuring investors meet requirements as crowdfunding continues to evolve. Just this year, the SEC increased investment limits for Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, allowing even more investors to participate in each offering. Plus, as RegCF removes accredited investor limits, ensuring these investors meet the requirements of accredited investors is essential.

Adrian has felt that working with KoreConX has been a great partnership, as it helps to bridge to other service providers like broker-dealers.

RegA+ for Real Estate

Since the JOBS Act was first passed in 2012, it has vastly changed the way private companies can raise money. One particular industry making use of the Regulation A+ exemption is real estate. In the pre-JOBS Act economy, real estate investment deals were often limited to private equity or family offices that could afford large price tags associated with commercial real estate deals. However, the JOBS Act has done something incredible for the everyday investor; created opportunities for real estate investments that did not previously exist.

 

Traditionally, real estate investments have been capital-intensive, so managing smaller deals were too challenging to make effective. This limited who could participate. 

 

Since updates to offering limits that went live in early 2021, issuers can now raise up to $75 million for Reg+ offerings, making the exemption even more attractive to issuers in real estate. Additionally, the availability of online platforms for these offerings also contributes to their success. 

 

Through RegA+, offerings usually come in the form of a real estate investment trust or REIT to be more efficient, rather than an offering for a single property, due to the length of the SEC approval process. While investors have been able to invest in REITs for a while now, commissions and fees were usually too high and lowered returns. RegA+ for real estate has been able to introduce efficiencies that lower fees, thus, increasing returns that investors may see. 

 

In a report published by the SEC in March 2020, insurance, finance, and real estate accounted for 53% of qualified RegA+ offerings and 79% of the funds raised through the exemption. This indicates that real estate investments are incredibly attractive to investors and seeing significant success through RegA+ offerings. With the recent increase to RegA+ limits, we will only continue to see more real estate investment opportunities through the exemption. 

 

Meet the KorePartners: Eric Fischgrund of FischTank PR

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem. 

 

For nearly 15 years, Eric Fischgrund has been involved in the communications and marketing industry. He says: “ I have a degree in Communications Journalism and have always been a writer at heart, so public relations was a natural career match for me.” Continuing to learn every day from his clients has always enticed him to continue in his career path, as “constantly learning client subject matter and determining how to deliver their message to the market, provides me with an ongoing (and free!) education.” He prides himself on his ability to understand his clients’ businesses and apply a unique skill set to achieve results.

 

Passionate about both the public relations industry and investment space, Eric is excited about the future and the opportunities it will bring for both companies and investors. He says: “Entrepreneurs need capital and main street investors deserve high growth opportunities, so this is two birds and one stone. I also enjoy working in emerging industries, such as sustainability, renewables, cleantech, IIoT and IoT, healthcare tech, cannabis, and others. So many innovators in these sectors are utilizing equity crowdfunding to grow their business.” 

 

Through the introduction of RegA+, companies have access to a fundraising route that is favorable to small startups as well and allows a wider pool of investors access to high-growth investment opportunities. Eric says: “Historically, it’s taken significant capital, legal costs, marketing and communications requirements, and more to raise capital. Similarly, the venture capitalists, private equity firms and individual high net worth investors are the ones presented with the highest growth investment opportunities.” RegA+ levels the playing field, eliminating these problems. “It enables entrepreneurs to raise capital online, grow their brand simultaneously,” while allowing main street investors to make investments for as low as a few hundred or thousand dollars. 

 

Despite the incredible opportunity RegA+ presents, Eric feels that there is much misinformation circulating about how to raise capital. He says: “Professionals that don’t understand the nuances of the regulation can too easily take advantage of entrepreneurs, innovators, and investors, which hurts all of us. This is why I’m encouraged by the KoreConX platform bringing the experts together.” Establishing a partnership with KoreConX was a perfect fit, as FischTank works to partner with strong businesses and companies. “We also strive to make the world a better place, and many of the innovators and companies we work with are developing technologies and services that do just that,” Eric said.

 

For companies that are looking to raise capital, working with a PR agency is important for their success. When potential investors are looking to learn more about a company they have an interest in investing in, one of the first things they will do is Google it. “If there is plenty of editorial search results, especially on the first page, and constant news, the company is going to appear credible and appealing,” Eric said. Additionally, effective PR can also be utilized from a marketing perspective. “Press coverage not only attracts attention but it can be used as sales/marketing tools for investor outreach and relations functions.” At FischTank, they provide a wide variety of public relations and marketing services to their clients. They take care of media and press coverage, email marketing, social media, and content writing so that you can raise capital effectively and successfully. 

 

The 1% Broker-dealer & What you need to ask!

When working with FINRA Broker-dealer, it’s not enough that they simply have the required licenses that are necessary, so make sure to ask some questions:

  • Are you registered in all 50 states
  • Are you register for RegA+

It is also key to understand what they actually do when you are raising capital. These are some of the basic questions you need to ask of them:

  • Who contacts the investor if payment does not go through?
  • Who contacts the investor if there is a problem with KYC (Know Your Client information)?
  • Who contacts the investor for IRA payments?
  • Who contacts the joint investors?
  • Who contacts the investor if there are problems with sub agreement?
  • Who contacts the investor if there are problems during the investment process?

Bottom line:  

As a company, do you need to do anything once the investor clicks submit to make their investment?

Answers is:   NO

You should be focusing on raising capital and the FINRA Broker-dealer (who charges 1% for compliance services) is responsible for doing all of the above compliance and +.

 

What is a Securities Manual?

For companies to raise capital under the exemptions allowed by the JOBS Act, there are different requirements to maintain compliance with state and federal securities laws. For example, a company looking to raise capital through Regulation A+ must adhere to Blue Sky Laws in each state they are conducting the offering. 

 

Similarly, for a company to allow its shareholders to transact on a secondary market, Blue Sky Laws also must be met. Since each state may have very different compliance requirements, an issuer can file what is referred to as a manual exemption. With the manual exemption, the issuer is required to be listed in a nationally recognized securities manual. 

 

Securities manuals are publications that include specific information and financial statements of an issuer. Examples of securities manuals include Mergent’s and Standard & Poor’s. Listing in these manuals allows issuers to sell securities in a particular state without registration as long as the manual is recognized by the state. The issuer must include:

 

  • The names of issuers, directors, and officers
  • The balance sheet
  • A profit and loss statement from the most recent fiscal year

 

As such, a securities manual is a collection of this data from many companies. For example, Mergent’s has a database of over 25,000 active and inactive companies. By being listed in a similar, nationally recognized manual, an issuer can be a step closer to maintaining compliance for their offering.

What is the difference between Title II, III, and IV Crowdfunding?

Through the JOBS Act, issuers can access new sources of capital to fund their business, create jobs, and provide new investment opportunities for everyday investors. Through the legislation, there are various options to choose from depending on which type of raise is best for a particular company. These different modes of fundraising are referred to as Title II, Title III, and Title IV crowdfunding. 

Title II Crowdfunding

Through Regulation D, Rule 506(c), issuers can conduct what is referred to as Title II crowdfunding. This offering places no maximum limit on the amount raised, but only accredited investors can invest in Title II offerings. Similarly, there is no limit placed on individual investors. The process is to launch this type of offering is typically very quick, requiring no audited financial statements. However, there is a maximum of 2,000 shareholders placed on these offerings. Issuers can sell Title II offerings through a regulated portal, but it is not a requirement for shares to be sold. 

Title III Crowdfunding

Title III crowdfunding is most commonly referred to as Regulation CF (Reg CF). In these offerings, issuers can raise up to $5 million every 12 months from non-accredited and accredited investors. For non-accredited investors, they are limited to investments of $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. Accredited investors face no such limitations. These issuances must be sold through an online crowdfunding platform. Similarly, the process from start to having a live offering is pretty fast.

Title IV Crowdfunding

Title IV Crowdfunding often goes by its more well-known name, Regulation A+. Of the three options for crowdfunding, Reg A+ allows companies to raise the most, up to $75 million every 12 months. Just like Reg CF, investors can be either accredited or non-accredited. For non-accredited investors, they are limited to the greater of 10% of their annual income or net worth. Accredited investors have no limitations as to the amount they can invest in these offerings. The cost to launch a Reg A+ offering is more than that of Reg D or Reg CF, but far less than a traditional IPO and allows company leaders to retain more control over their company than traditional venture capital or private equity routes.

The Similarities

While the differences are listed above, there are some similarities between each crowdfunding option. All three allow issuers to “test the waters,” which means that they can test the market themselves to see if there is enough investor interest in the raise. All three options allow non-US investors to participate as well and can use a portal for the offering. 

Additionally, neither Reg A+ nor Reg CF offerings limit the number of investors an issuer can have.

Depending on where your company is in its life cycle, there are various options available to raising capital. It is even possible for raises like Reg D or Reg CF to serve as a stepping stone for later Reg A+ raises. If going this route, the less expensive raises can help raise the necessary capital to afford the various costs associated with Reg A+ raises. 

For more information, KorePartner Mark Roderick from Lex Nova Law shared a very helpful guide to the differences (and similarities) between these different forms of raising capital

 

KorePartner Spotlight: Bill Humphrey, CEO and Co-Founder of New Direction Trust Company

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

Bill Humphrey has over 20 years of experience as a CPA, focusing his career on income tax, auditing, tax-related real estate issues, and forensic accounting. In 2003, Bill and Catherine Wynne began New Direction IRA to offer a service-based solution for self-directed investors to diversify their retirement portfolios. Fifteen years later, New Direction IRA became New Direction Trust Company.

 

Under traditional securities firms, Bill noticed that investors could only make investments on Wall Street but didn’t agree with that idea. Instead, he believed that people should have the opportunity to invest in something they understand, they just needed a custodian. Bill has a passion for education and empowering his clients to invest in what they want. He is driven to make self-direction intuitive, modern, and digitally powered.

 

At New Direction Trust Company, the firm acts as a custodian for IRAs, HSAs, and 401K accounts. These types of plans are uniquely suited for investments; there is more money in an IRA than in the pockets of the account holders. Through Regulation A+, investors can use IRAs to make investments in private offerings, creating more opportunities for people to invest. Such opportunities allow investments in companies that may evolve into large companies. Traditionally, these opportunities were only available to accredited investors, leaving the retail investors out of the significant return of an IPO.

 

The firm places a large emphasis on automating the processes of making these investments. Historically, paperwork has been slow and unattractive to investors. Instead, the experience should be similar to investing on Wall Street. This is one of the reasons a partnership with KoreConX makes sense; both companies are aimed at many of the same things. KoreConX and New Direction Trust Company are committed to making private investment transact smoothly and through automated processes.

Join the new American Revolution – financial markets equality for all

This post originally appeared on the Rialto Markets blog and was written by Lee E. Saba, Head of Market Structure at Rialto Markets.

 

Very few people understand the revolution now taking place in financial markets.

It is to do with private markets and has been sparked by new regulations allowing investment and trading access to the masses.

For the first time, you and me, mom and pop, can invest in early-stage companies once exclusive to the elite investor. You know the investors I refer to: those with deep pockets that always seem to get in early, make a fortune when the company goes public, then exit the position as fast as possible to lock in significant gains.

Well, those days my friends are now a thing of the past.

Access to the best private company offerings

Retail investors now have access to some of the best private companies available at the early stage. Imagine investing in Tesla, Amazon or Coinbase before they listed on the “big” boards like the NYSE and Nasdaq, you know, during that high growth period where the real money can be made.

Accessing private markets is not in any way a guarantee for future gains however, because everyone who can pass anti-money-laundering (AML) and know your client (KYC) can get access to these companies now.

Hundreds of thousands private investors are joining the crowdfunding revolution

But how did we get this much wider access? It’s due to the JOBS Act of 2012 creating two new ways for private companies to raise money – Regulation A+ and Regulation CF (CF is short for crowd funding).

These two new rules (or exemptions as they are formally known) allow private companies to raise up to $75 million via Regulation A+ or up to $5 million via Regulation CF.

And anyone can invest in them. You no longer have to be a high-net-worth investor to get access – you can just be you. It’s a revolutionary development now gaining rapid adoption across the private markets’ landscape, allowing everyday citizens and traditional large financial institutions to invest side by side.

Gaining access to these previously inaccessible assets is a huge step in the right direction, but there is one more exciting angle to these assets. Drum roll, please….

Secondary Market for RegA+

Secondary markets mean if you bought a private placement security, say a Regulation A+, in the primary market (when the private company is open to outside investors) and want more of it or need the money you originally invested to pay off student loans or put a down payment on a home, you can now monetize that investment and get your money well before the company sells or goes public.

And there is an SEC regulated marketplace to buy and sell private placement securities. This means investors in private securities have a government regulator looking out for them, not some fly-by-night unregulated crypto operation run by novice entrepreneurs but a full-blown marketplace to match any buyers to the sellers and any sellers to the buyers.

This regulated matching facility is called an ATS (Alternative Trading System) and the professional investors on Wall Street have used these for years to get the best price and least amount of market impact as possible. But now anyone can access the world of private placements through a regulated ATS like ours at Rialto Markets.

Rialto’s team has built numerous Alternative Trading Systems in the traditional capital markets arena and has now leveraged that huge experience to launch its new ATS for private securities, enabling all investors – from retail to high end institutions – to participate in secondary markets for private securities.

Secondary trading for private securities? Yup. It’s a whole new and brave new world.

What is a Company’s Duty to its Shareholders?

For many companies, raising capital often marks a major milestone. With increased sources of capital, the company can grow, hire new employees, and develop new products that can leave a lasting impact on the world. With the continuing developments of exemptions like Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, companies have a powerful mechanism to raise this needed capital without the costly expense of going public through an IPO.

 

However, this increased access to capital does not come without great responsibilities. Any company taking investments from shareholders are obligated to carry out their duties to their shareholders.

 

By definition, shareholders own a portion of the company depending on how much they have invested. With that ownership, shareholders are granted rights such as voting, access information, and participate in meetings. As a company that has taken investments from these individuals, the company must ensure that these rights are maintained.

 

First, companies are required to hold an annual general meeting, sometimes called an annual shareholder meeting. During these meetings, companies must present information on the company and allow shareholders to vote on company matters. It is the company’s duty to shareholders to conduct this meeting within 150 days of the end of their fiscal year, notifying shareholders no less than 20 days before and no more than 50 days before the meeting is scheduled to be held. If a shareholder is not able to attend, they should be able to cast their vote by proxy.

 

Additionally, companies must allow shareholders to access the information they are permitted to view. Such information includes the company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws, financial statements, meeting minutes, and corporate stock ledgers. The company must provide this information to its shareholders when requested.

 

Beyond these duties, it is also the duty of the company, its directors, and leadership to make business decisions with good judgment. In transactions, the directors should not personally benefit from any decision at the company’s expense. Officers should also conduct themselves the same way, decisions should be made so that they are in the best interest of the company.

 

Any company with shareholders is responsible for conducting business in the best interest of the shareholders and the company itself. Shareholders must be required to vote on significant decisions, while the company must provide shareholders with important company information they are permitted to have access to. Maintaining these duties is essential to good and legal business practices.

KorePartner Spotlight: Scott Allen, CEO of InvestAcq

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

Scott Allen is the CEO of InvestAcq, a firm of investor acquisition specialists. For companies looking to raise capital in the private markets, InvestAcq identifies the best potential investors for RegA+, RegCF, and RegD 506(c) raises to effectively target investors and attract them to the offering. The firm’s specialty is working with companies in the medical industry, such as biotech, medtech, pharma, and life sciences, or those who intend to use RegA+. 

We took some time to speak with Scott to learn more about himself and his firm. Here’s what he had to say. 

 

Q: Why did you become involved in this industry?

 

A: I’ve worked in and with startups and entrepreneurs most of my career. I believe in entrepreneurship—it’s the lifeblood of our economy. And I know startups need access to capital. I’ve seen the downsides of the whole cycle: insufficient capital, insurmountable debt, VCs taking control of companies, spectacular IPOs that went bust within a year.

So when my long-time friend, client, and collaborator Stephen Brock, founder of Medical Funding Professionals, told me about Regulation A+ and his vision for bringing it to the medical innovation sector, I was in. It addresses perhaps the biggest need, in probably the highest impact industry. What could be better than helping put money to good use saving lives and improving quality of life?

 

Q: What services does your company provide for RegA offerings?

 

A: We are investor acquisition specialists. We use the latest marketing techniques to help companies find the best potential investors for your offering, effectively tell them your story, and make it as easy as possible for them to invest.

Our company offers a complete multi-channel integrated marketing solution, including marketing strategy, web design, email marketing, content marketing, social media, digital advertising, public relations, and investor relations. We particularly focus on the idea of “Sell the story, not the stock” — we see strong brand marketing as the foundation of everything else. Research shows that strong brands achieve a higher return on ad spend and ultimately higher market caps. In a Regulation A+ offering, telling the company’s story well attracts the investors you want—impact investors who believe in your vision and will become advocates for your business.

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

 

A: One thing that’s unique to our firm is our experience in the healthcare sector. In addition to the SEC and other regulatory compliance issues, we also have to deal with FDA regulations and guidelines. While compliance is still ultimately up to the issuer and their attorneys, having a communications team that’s experienced in those issues reduces a lot of back-and-forths, and really speeds up the process. We even occasionally catch things that the attorneys miss, so having another set of experienced eyes on that content adds an extra layer of protection.

Personally, I have over 25 years of experience in digital marketing and several more in traditional marketing before that. While I have a broad range of experience, my unique area of expertise is social media, and more broadly, virtual business relationships. I got into social media in 2002, before it was even called social media. I co-authored the first book on social media marketing, The Virtual Handshake: Opening Doors and Closing Deals Online, and have trained or consulted with hundreds of clients over the past 19 years.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

 

A: Five things:

1. Getting capital in the hands of people with products that can impact people’s lives and change the world. They can only have that big impact if they can get the money they need to complete their research and development, go to market, and scale.

2. Helping those innovators stay in control of their company so they can execute their vision.

3. Making sure those founders, early investors, and early hires reap fair rewards for their vision and efforts. To me, late money should never be as valuable as early sweat.

4. Helping CEOs stay focused on executing their business plan. With traditional angel / VC / private equity, the CEO basically has to take 6 months to a year away from their company to focus on fundraising. “Run your raise, or run your company. You can’t do both.” A typical VC round requires 100+ investor meetings, on average, plus countless hours of due diligence, emails, and other support. With Reg A+, much of the activity is shifted to an investor acquisition firm like us. And much of the time the CEO spends is leveraged — one webinar to hundreds of potential investors, one video that lasts for months and every potential investor will see — not hundreds of one-on-one meetings.

5. Reg A+ is good for investors. GREAT for investors. We believe everyone should be able to invest in early-stage and growth-stage companies. Until recently, most people could only invest in companies listed on the public stock exchanges. Main Street investors couldn’t get in on IPOs. Now nearly any investor can get in on innovative companies before they go public. It’s your money—you should be able to invest it where and how you want—have an impact on the world with how you choose to invest.

 

Q: How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

 

A: KoreConX is the industry leader for private market fintech. It’s been years in development and has more real-world testing than any other solution.

Also, as a marketer, I love the fact that KoreConX allows us to control the investor relationship from start to finish. We have visibility into every step of the process that you don’t get on the equity crowdfunding platforms.

Most of all, though, KoreConX has been an enthusiastically proactive partner; joining us for sales calls, building custom branded demos for our prospects, promoting us through the partner program, and even working with us to put on a KoreSummit focused on our industry niche.

 

Watch Scott’s KoreSummit panel on Investor Acquisition in Medtech and Life Sciences here.

 

As a Canadian Company, can Canadians Invest in Your RegA+?

We have extensively discussed how Americans can invest in securities offered under Regulation A+. However, Canadian companies can also use the exemption to raise capital to fund their businesses. Despite the ability for Canadian companies to use Reg A+, this was a decision made by US regulators, as the JOBS Act is a US, not Canadian, law.

 

Because Reg A+ is a US regulation, it makes it incredibly simple for Canadian companies to raise money from investors based in the United States. They go through the standard procedures for Tier 1 or 2 offerings before making the offering available to investors. On the other hand, Canadians investing in Canadian companies through Reg A+ is a little more challenging to be done.

 

In theory, it is possible. The issuer would need to be qualified in each Canadian province they are conducting the offering in. They can seek a Canadian equivalent of a broker-dealer to structure the offering so that investors can invest. In practice, this is not done very often, as meeting compliance requirements for all Canadian provinces is challenging in addition to US compliance requirements. In addition, the cost would be far more than the potential upside. Interestingly enough, Canadian regulators have created rules for secondary trading that give Canadian investors more opportunities to invest. Canadian investors can “hop the border,” so to speak, and buy securities in a secondary market transaction. This allows Canadians to purchase securities in a Canadian company.

 

Even though Canadian companies could technically raise money from Canadians under Reg A+, it is often cost-prohibitive. That does not mean investors are out of luck. Through secondary market transactions, Canadian investors can purchase securities in Canadian companies, allowing them to become shareholders.

Why do I need Blue Sky registration for Secondary Trading?

Through the Regulation A+ exemption, securities issuers can raise up to $75 million as of March 2021. This creates a significant opportunity for the everyday investor to make investments in private companies and for the companies to benefit from the large number of investors that exist within this space. Unlike securities purchased on a national securities exchange, like the NASDAQ or New York Stock Exchange, investors in private companies have been somewhat limited in their options for liquidity.

 

This created the need for a secondary market on which investors could sell shares to other interested buyers, rather than waiting for the company to go public through an IPO to sell their shares. However, when it comes to enabling investors to be able to access secondary market platforms for their shares, there are a few things issuers need to consider.

 

First, just as the original offering has to comply with the Blue Sky laws in the states they choose to do business in, secondary market trading falls under the same requirements. For offerings that fall under the Tier 1 Reg A+, offerings are required to meet the blue sky requirements in each state and must be reviewed and registered by the state and the SEC. For Tier 2 offerings, the offering preempts Blue Sky laws and does not require review and registration. Some states also require issuers to work with a broker-dealer for the offering, so issuers should pay careful attention to that requirement when preparing their offering.

 

Similarly to complying with the laws governing raising capital, issuers must also comply with the laws that govern secondary trading markets in the states they are looking to make secondary trading available in. Since Blue Sky laws vary between jurisdictions, it can be difficult for issuers to maintain compliance with the laws in each state. In this case, issuers can file for “manual exemption” of the Blue Sky laws, accepted in numerous states. This means that issuers can qualify for secondary trading as long as they meet disclosure requirements, like meeting financial standards and ensuring that key company information is listed in a national securities manual.

 

While meeting compliance requirements to offer secondary trading to investors may seem like a challenging task, working with a broker-dealer can ensure you are meeting all requirements. As an issuer, once you can offer secondary trading, your investors will benefit from liquidity options for their shares.

KorePartner Spotlight: Stephen Brock, CEO of Medical Funding Professionals

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

There are two things that Stephen Brock is incredibly passionate about in the business world; gaining access to capital for innovative companies to make their products for the benefit of patients in the world and making sure that those company’s founders, early employees, and investors retain control. If that seems like a tough challenge, you have not met Stephen. What he said in an interview with Yahoo News was that “if we truly want to support innovation, let’s make sure the innovators see the just rewards for their efforts.”

 

Stephen does this by introducing companies that may not have heard of the tremendous amount of opportunity there is in the healthcare field for innovative companies using the Regulation A+ exemption under the JOBS Act. Now, companies can raise up to $75 million per year outside of the usual avenue of bank and accredited investors through Reg A+. While those in the private capital space understand this opportunity, Stephen brought something shocking to light, “80% of the people I talk to have never heard of Reg A+. And of those that have, only one or two have actually known anything about it. So, it’s on us to educate them, and that’s what we do—show them exactly what it could do for their company.”

 

This change is huge for those in the fields that require high costs to get their products to market. This, in combination with the stricter lending from the usual channels during the pandemic, makes what Stephen and his company, Medical Funding Professionals, are doing so important. They are helping innovators in the medical field bring new and life-changing technology to patients while retaining control for their technology.

 

As a registered investment advisor with over 20 years of experience in securities and finance, Stephen knows the field and is excited about the partnership with KoreConX, which has also been educating people on this powerful new financial tool.

How often do I need to hold an AGM?

Every year, Warren Buffet hosts the Berkshire Hathaway Annual Shareholders Meeting. This meeting is an Annual General Meeting (AGM), widely viewed with many people in attendance. The reason for this is that it is often more than the typical AGM, which we will detail below, as Buffet often talks about more than just Berkshire Hathaway. This year, on Saturday, May 1st in Los Angeles, Buffet was joined by, as Yahoo Finance reported, “Vice Chairman Charlie Munger and both shared their unscripted views on Berkshire Hathaway, the markets, the economy, corporate governance, and a lot more.”

 

This example is only one of what an AGM can be. First, these meetings are required by regulations imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). An AGM, as the name suggests, is a meeting held every year for shareholders. This is the time for a company’s board of directors to present information to the shareholders and a chance for shareholders to exercise their right to vote, given to them by owning a share, after hearing the vision and direction of the company.

 

Some specific requirements are defined by each state in which a public or private company is incorporated, however, they follow a general set of what should happen at each. This variance comes from the company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws, and state requirements. The typical AGM breaks down as follows: 

 

  • Reading and approval of the minutes of the previous meeting 
  • Financial statements
  • Ratification of the director’s actions
  • Election of the board of directors
  • Concerns and questions from Shareholders

 

While shareholders are the focus of this meeting, they are not always available for the meeting. For this reason, they can vote by proxy via an online avenue or by mail. In addition, the SEC requires public companies to make meeting information available online for shareholders, so that they can be informed of their votes. Meeting information is also submitted to the SEC for regulatory compliance and sets the specific date and time for the meeting. These reporting requirements are a means to provide transparency for shareholders and the accountability of company management. 

 

The question of how often to hold an annual general meeting is every year. More specifically, from Cornell Law:

 

“An annual meeting of the shareholders of the subsidiary holding company for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the subsidiary holding company shall be held annually within 150 days after the end of the subsidiary holding company’s fiscal year.”

 

Shareholders will also need to be notified a minimum of 20 days and a maximum of 50 days before the event. Outside of this yearly meeting for shareholders, if there is an action that the company needs shareholder votes for and cannot wait for the next annual meeting, they can call an Extraordinary General Meeting. EGMs are meant for urgent matters that cannot wait.

Why do I need a FINRA Broker-Dealer?

Broker-dealers are an essential part of the fundraising process. These entities can be small, independent firms or part of a large investment bank. However, regardless of a broker-dealer’s size, they are in the business of buying or selling securities. In this sense, whenever a broker-dealer executes orders for clients, they act as a broker, while trading for its own account means they are acting as a dealer. 

 

In the United States, Congress has granted the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) authorization to protect American investors by ensuring that brokers operate fairly and honestly. The organization is non-governmental and non-profit, acting independently to ensure that the rules governing brokers are adhered to. The organization states: “Every investor in America relies on one thing: fair financial markets.” FINRA oversees over 624,000 brokers across the country, ensuring that their activities adhere to all necessary rules. 

 

As a company engaged in capital market activities, choosing a broker-dealer to work with is critical to your success. For example, under Regulation A+, some states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities in that jurisdiction. This allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. Additionally, working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer will give potential investors more confidence in the compliance of your operations. FINRA registration ensures that your broker-dealer partner has:

 

  • Been tested, qualified, and licensed;
  • Every securities product is listed truthfully;
  • Securities are suitable for an investor;
  • And investors receive complete disclosure.

 

This information ensures that broker-dealers are operating in the best interests of the investors, ensuring that the issuer provides all necessary and required information to make good investment decisions. In addition, investors (and issuers) can verify a broker-dealer’s status through BrokerCheck, a service provided by FINRA. BrokerCheck gives information on a broker-dealer’s licensing status, whether they are registered to give investment advice or registered to sell securities. Additionally, the service allows people to see regulatory actions against brokers, complaints, and employment history. Through this information, investors can validate the status of a broker to ensure they are dealing with legitimate firms. 

 

As an issuer, a FINRA broker-dealer improves compliance measures. The broker-dealer will be required to perform regulatory checks on investors such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability to ensure investors are appropriate for the company. Additionally, they will perform due diligence on you so that they can be assured that your company is operating in a manner compliant with securities laws so that they do not present false information to investors. Failing to meet compliance standards can result in the issuer being left responsible for severe penalties, such as returning all money raised to investors. 

 

Working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer ensures that, as a company, you are meeting all legal requirements when offering securities for sales. FINRA makes sure that broker-dealers, and the issuers they work with, act transparently and honestly to keep the private capital market fair for investors.

 

KorePartner Spotlight: Steve Distante, Founder and Chairman of Vanderbilt Financial Group

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

Steve Distante is an entrepreneur and has been his entire life. As a graduate of St. Johns University with a degree in accounting and finance, he intimately knows their struggles and success. Before starting his own business, Steve ran an Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction (OSJ), where he learned the experience from the regulatory side. It was a great use of his degree and his intrinsic skill for planning. 

 

Steve’s journey began when his father told him to look at financial services as a career path. What he found was the rewarding business of empowering entrepreneurs to create impactful products and services for good. That is at the core of the business he founded and is the CEO, Vanderbilt Financial Group, “an investment firm disrupting traditional finance by focusing on socially and environmentally responsible, ethical, and impactful investments.” With Steve at the helm, the ship is set up to ensure that entrepreneurs do not have to go through the same struggles he did as he grew his business. 

 

As if it was not already clear that helping entrepreneurs is a driving factor in his life, Steve is also the CDO for Impact U, an educational community for students, investors, and financial advisors on impact investing. He has made two documentary films for it and is currently writing a book about Impact Investing. In addition, Steve is a former president of the Entrepreneurs’ Organization and served as the UN Ambassador for EO for nearly three years. He is very passionate about helping entrepreneurs building impactful companies with missions to better the world. 

 

Steve is thrilled about the partnership with KoreConX to streamline business processes so he can continue his excellent work for the community of entrepreneurs around the world. 

How Does RegA+ Impact the Life Sciences Industry?

Since dramatic improvements to Regulation A that went into effect in 2015, the exemption has become a tremendous tool allowing private companies to raise significant capital. Unlike other funding methods, RegA+ allows companies to raise capital more efficiently with less hassle at a lower cost. 

 

Companies in diverse industries can benefit from the power exemptions like RegA+ give them to raise unprecedented capital in the private market. Before the JOBS Act, private investments were limited to wealthy, accredited investors, private equity firms, venture capital, and other players. However, when the legislation opened up investment opportunities to retail investors, companies were suddenly able to tap into a new pool of potential investors. In addition to making investment opportunities more accessible, the JOBS Act was also created to create jobs and foster innovation in America. 

 

These factors make RegA+ particularly well-suited for the life sciences industry. Retail investors typically make investments in companies they support and believe in. Life science companies aim to develop innovative treatments for medical conditions, make life easier for those with chronic conditions, and discover new medicines that can dramatically improve a patient’s life. Through RegA+, the ability of the everyday individual to invest in these deals is powerful. People will want to invest in a company developing treatments for conditions that have personally affected their lives or a loved one. 

 

Recent research has found that, in the post-JOBS Act economy, there has been a 219% increase in biotech companies going public in an IPO. Many of these companies are focused on developing treatments for rare conditions and cancers. Funding received through JOBS Act exemptions has significantly reduced the time to IPO after benefiting from raising earlier capital at a lower cost. Not only does this have beneficial economic implications, the advancement and funding of life sciences companies will positively impact humanity itself. Being able to identify treatments to life-threatening conditions can extend lifespans and enhance the quality of life significantly. Instead of certain conditions having terminal diagnoses, patients would have options to recover and treat their illnesses. 

 

However, companies in the life sciences space typically require significant capital to fund research and development, clinical trials, and regulatory approval. Since the increase of RegA+ to a maximum of $75 million in March 2021, even more companies will likely begin to explore this capital raising route. If companies can raise needed capital sooner and easier, they can bring their innovative medical treatments, devices, and medications to market sooner as well. This means that patients would begin to benefit from new, lifesaving options even sooner. 

 

Shareholder vs. Investor: What is the Difference?

When it comes to supporting a business, whether public or private, there are many ways to go about accomplishing it. There is the public stock market, common knowledge for anyone in the United States, and a central component in many discussions about the economy, and there is the private market. The private market was opened to everyday people through the JOBS Act in 2012 and its subsequent updates, allowing more and more people to invest without being accredited investors.

 

Although there are many ways to support a business, there is a difference between being a shareholder and an investor. There are cases in which a person can be both. This can best be described by a square being a rectangle, but not all rectangles are squares. A shareholder, in general, is an investor, as they are looking for their investment in their share of the company to grant them a financial gain. But, by this logic, an investor is not always a shareholder, as they can invest in a company and not gain shares. 

 

The difference has to do with the relationship between the person or entity who invests in a company. For instance, a share represents ownership of the company. The amount of ownership is dependent on how many shares are owned by the individual. The owner of a share is always invested in the company, as the financial gain that this stock represents is dependent on the company’s success or failure. The relationship between a shareholder and company also establishes rights for that shareholder to vote in meetings and the right to inspect documents, within a reasonable limit, among other rights depending on the share and company. This relationship is regulated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to protect the rights of the shareholder and make sure that these owners of stock can exercise them. 

 

In this regard, an investor invests money into a company without the exchange of shares. The investor can lend money to a company that can be returned in the form of securities. However, they can remain just an investor by not receiving shares and receiving something like a bond that represents the loan. Both parties are independently regulated by the SEC, but the relationship does not guarantee shareholder rights. The relationship between an investor, like a venture capital firm, angel investor, or a private equity firm, and the corporation is determined between the two parties. 

 

Though it is subtle, and the terms investor and shareholder are often used interchangeably, there is still a difference between them. It has to do with the relationship between the two parties involved and how they handle the financial relationship.  

 

KorePartner Spotlight: Sean Levine, Managing Director and Head of Reg A & CF at Entoro

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

As an investment banker, attorney, securities analyst, entrepreneur, and consultant, Sean Levine has a wealth of experience in the private capital markets. He began his career as a lawyer, and subsequently worked with a broker-dealer until the financial crisis, earning four securities licenses during that period. Sean then transitioned to the financial publishing industry, serving as the director of research at a large publishing house. In his last year in that role, the company had launched a newsletter on private deals as Regulation A and CF grew more popular, generating massive interest from retail investors. 

 

In 2019, Sean became affiliated with Entoro. At that point, Entoro had created a listing site for Regulation D 506(c) offerings that resembles a crowdfunding portal’s listing page. In part due to Sean’s leadership, the firm has since grown its practice to include Regulation A and CF clients, as well. In addition to the fact that few broker-dealers have a network of thousands of accredited investors to market their offerings, Entoro plugs its issuers into unmatched retail distribution through its ecosystem partners. The team also provides issuers access to OfferBoard, the company’s listing platform, and manages compliance efforts including KYC-AML. In addition, Entoro operates Clear Rating, a third-party valuation service that helps companies and investors understand the value of their investments. Lastly, they have established a network of preferred service providers especially suited to these exemptions, as many attorneys and other relevant professionals don’t have a comprehensive knowledge of Regulation A or CF. Entoro is registered in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

 

Being a banker (recently earning a fifth securities license) and an attorney, Sean has the expert knowledge to efficiently navigate the complexities of capital raising. With the continued growth of investment opportunities through exemptions like Regulation A and CF, Sean is excited about the benefits to everyday investors. He said: “It’s sad that regular investors feel that the industry is so against them. These kinds of deals, A and CF, are a huge opportunity for regular investors to get in before it gets to [the point of an IPO].”

 

In working with KoreConX, Sean has seen how the company’s investor funnel streamlines the process. Plus, in some instances, it is more beneficial for issuers to offer their securities through a standalone platform, which is where KoreConX comes in. 

How the Unaccredited Investor Benefits from RegA+

The passage of the JOBS Act in 2012 set in motion a significant change for the private capital markets. For so long, investments in private companies could only be done by wealthy accredited investors who would benefit immensely if the company was ever to go public during an IPO. While the everyday person has long been able to buy stocks of a public company, the potential for such a significant return on their investment was low. It was thought that this was to protect investors from the risk of a private company. 

However, the JOBS Act has rewritten this narrative, allowing anyone to invest in private companies raising capital through exemptions like Regulation A+. When the act was first passed into law, companies could raise up to $5 million. However, it has since undergone a few notable changes that transformed it from an infrequently used exemption to one that allows companies to raise a significant amount of capital. The first came in 2015 when Title IV amended the JOBS act to allow companies to raise up to $20 million and $50 million from tier 1 and tier 2 offerings, respectively. Again in 2020, the SEC announced further amendments allowing companies to raise up to $75 million through tier 2 offerings, which went into effect March 15, 2021. 

The amendment increased the availability of capital for private companies and created incredible investment opportunities for non-accredited investors. For investments in tier 1 offerings, there are no limits placed on investors, while tier 2 offerings limit non-accredited investors to a maxim of 10% of the greater of their net worth or annual income.

Since the change in 2015, SEC data shows the impact it has had on the number of offerings under this exemption. In 2015, only 15 companies had qualified for either tier 1 or tier 2 offerings. In 2019, this number had increased to 487 companies. With so many companies conducting offerings under Regulation A, and the number increasing year over year, there are more opportunities than ever for the non-accredited investor. They are free to research investment opportunities, deciding if the investment fits with their investment goals and risk tolerance. They are free to identify companies that align with their philosophies, values, and causes that are important to them. For example, an investor may have a strong affinity for reducing their environmental impact. They can choose to invest in a company that also upholds this same value. 

In addition, the emergence of a secondary market for private company investments opens up a new possibility for liquidity. Previously, private company shares could only be sold or traded once a company had gone public. However, now investors have the opportunity to sell their shares to other interested investors.

The JOBS Act has allowed non-accredited investors to enter the playing field in the private capital market. Just as the companies who can now use RegA+ to raise capital, investors can use the offerings as an opportunity to make a profit and support companies they believe in. 

The Role of Investor Acquisition in Capital Raising Activities

The goal of any capital raising activity is to secure capital for the growth and development of the business. Without needed capital, it can often be challenging to expand; whether that means hiring more employees to keep up with demand, improving production facilities to manufacture a product, or funding research and development to bring more products or services to the market. However, in order to actually raise the capital required, potential investors need to be made aware of the offering and the opportunities becoming a shareholder entails. This requires marketing.

 

When it comes to RegA+ and RegCF offerings, the potential to sell securities to the everyday investor is powerful, opening up the market to a vast pool of potential investors not available to private companies before the 2012 JOBS Act. However, this also creates the need for companies to find the best way to reach their target audience and make them aware of the investment opportunity. Through marketing, you are able to inform prospective investors of the opportunity to invest in your company. 

 

More than ever before, social media has become an integral part of marketing activities across all business sectors. It allows you to reach your audience where they’re at, and as nearly seven in ten Americans are on social media, that place is online. Through social media, businesses can tell their story and use that to drive investors (and even new customers) to support their brand. Beyond social media, marketing becomes a key component of investor acquisition. Through investor acquisition, a company is able to target investors based on demographics; whether that is people who exhibit similar behaviors to shareholders, by age, by location, or by any other meaningful factor that allows you to identify the right investor for your company. The methods to target these prospects are just as diverse. While we’ve already mentioned social media, email marketing is still an effective media channel, along with online advertising, and many more channels of marketing. The importance is to use whichever channels allow you to best reach your target audience. 

 

The key to marketing is that it helps publicize your offering and find the best investors for your company. Successfully marketing an offering, as long as advertisements are truthful and not misleading, can make a significant difference in the raise’s success. Similarly, finding the right investor acquisition partner with experience in marketing capital raising activities can help ensure you meet compliance and use the most effective strategies for reaching the right audience. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Jake Gallagher, Director of Business Development at North Capital

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

Jake Gallagher has always been interested in business. He wanted to know how they worked and why some were sustainable while others were not. On top of that, the private market for company offerings has presented challenges to businesses entirely separate from those faced by public offerings.

 

This has no doubt been part of the reason he works with North Capital Private Securities as the Director, Business Development. There, he works directly with issuers and helps with transactional compliance, but beyond that is the use of RegTech to streamline broker-dealer processes like KYC (Know Your Client) and accredited investor verification. 

 

The difference that makes North Capital Private Securities and Jake unique is their work in both primary issuance and the secondary market for private market shares. Jake is well versed in both, having worked with many sectors and exemptions including, Reg A and D, VC, and hedge funds. In addition, PPEX, the ATS platform that North Capital Private Securities operates, makes trading on the secondary market easier for investors and provides options for liquidity in the private capital market.

 

The most exciting thing about the current climate of the private sector is that these options have provided for extreme growth, as more investors are ready and able to participate in the offerings of private companies. While it is a small ecosystem, the changes that have come in the last few years for who can participate in private market offerings are fueling the growth of many companies that would have otherwise been on the public market before they were ready. 

 

Jake is thrilled about the partnership with KoreConX. He anticipates they will work together on primary offerings and secondary trading, bringing together a significant experience that can only benefit all involved. 

Stock Options for Employees

Stock exchanges have a long history within America. The first was the Philadelphia Stock Exchange, originally the Board of Brokers of Philadelphia, founded in 1790 and was followed by the New York Stock Exchange two years later. For nearly as long as the United States has been a country, they have had brokers buying and selling stocks. 

 

Since the latter half of the 20th century, however, the idea of stock options for employees has been popular as an incentive tool for employees to have a vested interest in the company’s success. For both publicly traded and private companies, offering employees the opportunity to be awarded or purchase shares is a powerful incentive. This practice has continued into the modern-day, as grantees (the employee or executive of a company) can receive the option to buy stock in the company for a fixed price in a finite time. This process also includes a vesting period, which is a period of time that a grantee will need to wait before they can exercise their stock options.

 

There are two main types of stock options, Incentive stock options (ISOs) and Non-qualified stock options (NSOs). The difference between these types is that the former is usually offered to top talent and executives while being treated as capital gains when taxed, while the latter is granted to employees of all levels and considered income when taxed after being exercised. For example, as an incentive to continue excellent performance, a company can give an employee or executive the option to buy 500 shares in the company at $5. As the name indicates, this is an option that an employee is granted the right to do, but it is not an obligation. If the employee buys the stock at $5 over the period designated by the company, the employee will then have the option to sell the share after the vesting period has passed. 

 

Most plans for employee stock options allow a percentage of stock to be sold each year. In our example, if the company allows for 20% of the stock to be vested each year, after one year, an employee will have the ability to sell the 100 shares of their stock options, and so on for each year as the stocks continue in the vesting process. The advantage for employees granted the right to exercise stock options in the company that they are working for is that they will, in most cases, receive that stock at or lower than the market price. The purpose of this is to make an employee feel like the company’s success is tied to their success as well. If they can work to further the company’s goals and raise the price of the company’s stock on the stock market, the employee can sell their stock options and make a profit. 

 

Continuing our example, if the employee has $2500 in shares in the company and the market price increases, they will make the difference. So, if the company reaches $8 per share by the time the employees’ stock is fully vested, they can sell it for $4000, for a $1500 profit. 

 

The typical scenarios for this type of stock option are in start-up companies or as incentives to bring the best talent to a larger company. For the company, the incentive does not come from the operating budget but helps to involve employees in the company’s success. The success of the company is a success for all. 

 

How to Select a Crowdfunding Platform for Your Capital Raise

One of the significant advancements brought to the financial sector in recent years was the enaction of the JOBS Act signed into law by President Obama on April 5th of 2012. Within that legislation contained a form of raising capital for private companies available to any American, whether they were accredited investors or not. This was Regulation CF or regulated crowdfunding.

When Reg CF was implemented, it limited the amount an unaccredited investor could invest and how much a private company could raise. In March 2021, the limit a company can raise increased to a maximum of $5 million within 12 months. Previously, before the introduction of Reg CF, it was challenging for the average investor to invest in a private company, as they did not have the capital to do so. This is now possible through Reg CF, which uses equity crowdfunding platforms to connect investors and private companies. 

Funding portals are regulated by FINRA, which imposes compliance on the organizations that provide the service and includes regulatory oversight and reporting requirements. FINRA has a list of funding portals registered and regulated by FINRA, which is the first thing to check when considering a funding portal. 

Part of the value of crowdfunding platforms for private companies is establishing demand and a proof of concept. If people are willing to invest in a Reg CF offering, it shows that people want a product or service to succeed. So, choosing the correct equity crowdfunding portal for you depends on the user base of that platform. For example, let’s look at three portals to see the differences of who is investing on those platforms. 

FanVestor is a platform predominantly for celebrities looking to raise money for a product or a charity. If, as a private company, you are among this group of people, this would be an effective platform, as investors would look here for you. In contrast, if you are a startup, you would be looking at portals like Republic or WeFunder. These two portals focus on startups, with Republic focused on real estate, video games, and crypto, and WeFunder, focused on giving small businesses and startups an alternative to venture capital and banks; their focus is “fixing capitalism.”

Look at where the investors are and what they are excited about, and then match that with your goals and vision. This is the best way to choose the right funding portal. It puts your company in the best place to raise the most capital and take your vision from dream to reality, with the backing of investors that believe in you. 

Beyond that, look to see which platform is the most beneficial for your situation. Consider how much they will charge and help you with the campaign. The purpose of working with a funding portal is to put your company, product, or service in the best possible position for success. The right crowdfunding platform will balance your weaknesses with their strength. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Dean DeLisle, Founder and CEO of Forward Progress

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

Dean DeLisle has been raising capital for the past 35 years both for himself and for other companies. He has made the transition from roadshows and bound pitch decks to sophisticated online marketing funnels. Dean’s experience has resulted in a unique approach to Investor Acquisition Marketing with his firm Forward Progress.

“People know they want to invest but need to understand more, so we place a high priority on education throughout our Investor Acquisition campaigns,” says Dean. Forward Progress helps clients build the necessary digital footprint to educate prospective investors in Regulation CF, Regulation A+, and Regulation D offerings. The building of the footprint requires many of the same strategic elements you would see in a revenue-focused campaign–content, thought leadership, advertising, and marketing automation.

The Forward Progress team stays at the forefront of digital marketing trends by participating as speakers on capital raising, marketing automation, and marketing strategy. The company boasts certifications with leading platforms like Hubspot CRM, Facebook Ads, Google Analytics, and more to make sure the issuers they support are at the bleeding edge.

The partnership with KoreConX makes sense for Dean, as both companies are dedicated to investor education and businesses alike. It fits with the DNA of both companies.

Nominee vs. Direct: How does this affect investors?

Today, there are many ways to buy and sell securities. For publicly traded companies, 75% of Americans are familiar with investing apps or online accounts. For private companies, many investors in companies invest with a broker-dealer and or maintain their own investments. In the first situation, an investor deals with a broker-dealer who holds the investors’ assets in a nominee account, while the second is a direct investing method controlled entirely by the investor. Both accomplish the same goal, buying or selling securities for profit or dividends, but the effect on an investor varies. 

 

A nominee is an account held by a broker-dealer, and securities owned by an investor are held as a means of separation between the broker’s business and the assets owned by the nominee account. This separation established a level of protection for the investor. In the event of the broker’s business failing, the securities held in the nominee account cannot be ascertained by any creditor claiming assets. The stocks will still be the asset of the investor, regardless of what happens to the broker. 

 

The issue that comes forth in this model is that, while regulators and exchanges review these accounts periodically, they do not get checked daily, which opens the door for a bad actor to commit fraud and move the assets without permission. For example, fraud could occur if the broker-dealer ‘borrows’ a client’s assets to keep them afloat, potentially. An even more extreme example would be if a broker was to take all of the money and run, though this is less likely. 

 

The main thing to consider is that while the investor is the beneficiary of the stock, the broker has the authority to move it and sell it on the investor’s behalf. This is why it is important to look into the investor compensation programs with a broker, and for further protection, separate your assets between multiple brokers. While this option comes with risks, the broker will ultimately handle the operations of the account. If you are working through direct investing, account operations are maintained by the investor. 

 

With direct investments, the trade-off for increased security is that an investor is responsible for buying and selling decisions. A direct stock plan can allow you to buy or sell stock in some companies directly through them without using a broker. However, according to Inverstor.gov, “Direct stock plans usually will not allow you to buy or sell shares at a specific market price or at a specific time. Instead, the company will buy or sell shares for the plan at set times — such as daily, weekly, or monthly — and at an average market price.” Both options have merit, but the choice is between complete security at the cost of time and energy. 

Using RegCF to Raise Money for a Non-US Business

To use Reg CF (aka Title III Crowdfunding), an issuer must be “organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.” That means a Spanish entity cannot issue securities using Reg CF. But it doesn’t mean a Spanish business can’t use Reg CF.

First, here’s how not to do it.

A Spanish entity wants to raise money using Reg CF. Reading the regulation, the Spanish entity forms a shell Delaware corporation. All other things being equal, as an entity “organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States,” the Delaware corporation is allowed to raise capital using Reg CF. But all other things are not equal. If the Delaware corporation is a shell, with no assets or business, then (i) no funding portal should allow the securities of the Delaware corporation to be listed, and (ii) even if a funding portal did allow the securities to be listed, nobody in her right mind would buy them.

Here are two structures that work:

  • The Spanish business could move its entire business and all its assets into a Delaware corporation. Even with no assets, employees, or business in the U.S., the Delaware corporation could raise capital using Reg CF, giving investors an interest in the entire business.
  • Suppose the Spanish company is in the business of developing, owning, and operating health clubs. Today all its locations are in Spain but it sees an opportunity in the U.S. The Spanish entity creates a Delaware corporation to develop, own, and operate health clubs in the U.S. The Delaware corporation could raise capital using Reg CF, giving investors an interest in the U.S. business only.

NOTE:  Those familiar with Regulation A may be excused for feeling confused. An issuer may raise capital using Regulation A only if the issuer is managed in the U.S. or Canada. For reasons that are above my pay grade, the rules for Reg CF and the rules for Regulation A are just different.

 

This blog was written by Mark Roderick of Lex Nova Law, a KorePartner. The article was originally published on Mark’s blog, The Crowdfunding Attorney.

What is KYP?

Previously, we have talked about KYC or Know Your Client. KYC is a rule from the non-profit Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), created in the United States in 2007, in response to the growing fears of economic collapse that could come from underregulated securities firms. One part of the FINRA rule set created in 2012 is KYC (Rule 2090). Another is Rule 2111 (Suitability). It is important to mention both of these rules, as the topic for today, KYP, or Know Your Product, directly relates to them in their effort to protect investors. 

 

The KYC rule dictates that in the event of opening or maintaining an account for an investor, a broker-dealer is required to verify the investor’s identity by matching the provided material from the investor to government records. This aids the government in fighting money laundering and other financial crimes, as a broker-dealer must also review their finances for evidence of these types of crime. It also allows potential customers to evaluate broker-dealers as FINRA tracks the brokers in good standing with their organization. Finally, with suitability, a broker-dealer must use reasonable effort to understand the risk tolerance and facts about a potential customer’s financial position. This means understanding the types of products and plans an investor is comfortable making, as people of different ages and levels of wealth have different plans for their money. For instance, younger adults typically have a higher risk tolerance as they have a longer-term time horizon to work with their money. On the other end, older adults have lower risk tolerance. There is no one type of investing that works for every person, as each person has a different set of circumstances dependent on their life experiences. 

 

Where KYP comes in is a further step past just KYC and suitability. You may know the client their investment preferences, but if you do not understand the product you are investing in for your client, that information is essentially useless. Under KYP, a broker-dealer, “must understand the structure and features of each investment product they recommend. This includes costs, risks, and eligibility requirements. The KYP requirement applies to both the firm and the individual.

 

KYP expands on the suitability requirement from FINRA by requiring a full understanding of each investment so that it fits an investor and their specific risk tolerance more effectively. This involves:

 

  • The risk level of the investment, meaning its liquidity, “price volatility, default risk, and exposure to counterparty risk” 
  • Any costs associated with fees or embedded costs
  • The financial history and reputation of the issuer or parties involved
  • Any legal and regulatory framework that applies

 

Just as it is important to know your client and understand what types of investments are suitable for regulatory and business purposes, it is important to understand the products you recommend. 

What is the Difference Between Fiduciary Responsibility and Regulatory Requirement?

By definition, a fiduciary is a person or an organization who holds a legal or ethical relationship of trust with another person or organization. Typically, this has to do with the responsibility or duty in a financial sense. As an adjective, it gets defined by the Oxford dictionary as “involving trust, especially with regard to the relationship between a trustee and a beneficiary.” The word gets most commonly used when stating that a company has a fiduciary duty to its shareholders. In practice, this means that the company has an ethical and legal responsibility to act in the best interest of its investors. For example, the company and its executives need to protect a shareholder’s financial investment in that company and is an example of a duty of loyalty. Included also is a duty of care, which indicates that a fiduciary will not back away from their responsibility.

 

Fiduciary duties do not just relate to the financial sector. For example, a lawyer has a fiduciary duty to their client to act in their best interest, but we will focus on the financial sector. Fiduciary responsibility in finance is a relationship between two non-governmental entities. In contrast, a regulatory requirement is a rule that a government or government-related organization imposes and enforces onto an organization.

 

Many governmental organizations impose regulations on the financial sector, like the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board. The governmental-related organizations are the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We have previously discussed the regulations passed by both FINRA and the SEC in preceding blogs, which detail those processes well.

 

Both fiduciary responsibility and regulatory requirements can result in legal action if there is a breach in conduct, but the actors and stage are different. With fiduciary responsibility, the beneficiary of the fiduciary duty would file suit against the trustee in civil court who knowingly or unknowingly failed in their duty. This is a relationship between non-governmental actors, so in this case, a person litigating against an organization or vice versa.

 

On the other side, regulatory requirement gets dictated by a government entity like the SEC or OCC suing a company or individual for failing to comply with the law. This suit would land in criminal court, with punitive fines, damage to their reputation, and sanctioning. For example, in California, you need to be a registered broker-dealer for a Regulation A+ offering. If you decide as a company to ignore this law, the state regulator can, and will, require you to return all money raised, and you can get barred from raising money in the state. You will get labeled as a bad actor, which will damage the reputation of your business.

 

While fiduciary duty and regulatory requirements are different in terms of the responsibilities, actors, and negative consequences involved when failing to comply, they are critical to follow and maintain.

Why are Background Checks Important?

Money laundering is a global issue, with the United Nations estimating that between $800 billion and $2 Trillion are laundered each year, with 90% of this estimation remaining undetected. Money laundering is the act of taking money obtained through illegal activities and then introducing it into the system to legitimize or clean it and then make use of it. Originally, and most often, this was applied to the actions of organized crime but has expanded to included tax evasion or false accounting. 

 

The United States has multiple laws to prevent this type of activity and reclaim the illegitimate assets from criminals aiming to circumvent the system. Many of these laws directly affect the financial institutions of the nation. American banking and investment businesses need to follow compliance regulations that help in the effort to combat money laundering, including FINRA’s (Financial Industry Regulatory Authority) Rule 2090 (KYC or Know Your Client). The Know Your Client rule was introduced by FINRA to require broker-dealers to use reasonable effort to verify the identity of customers (or any other account owners) and assess their risk level. Part of this goal is to add transparency to the financial institutions in America, especially following the 2007-2008 financial crisis, and incorporate Anti-Money Laundering (or AML) compliance into the structure of our institutions.

 

AML and KYC are extensions of the Bank Secrecy Act and the CDD (Customer Due Diligence) Rule. The act, created in 1970, aims, as the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network states, “to improve financial transparency and prevent criminals and terrorists from misusing companies to disguise their illicit activities and launder their ill-gotten gains.” So, through the Know Your Client rule, broker-dealers must evaluate the information provided by a potential customer and verify their identity against government documents and assess the risk level they pose towards financial crime. 

 

This activity is a check for any indication of money laundering or terrorism financing. Part of this is a background check or a customer screening, checks beyond their identity. Using the customer’s identity, financial institutes check against various lists, like sanction lists, watch lists, and PEP lists to evaluate if the customer may be engaging in illegal activities. 

 

Background checks get followed by continuous monitoring, allowing broker-dealers to better spot irregularities in the transactions. For instance, in the event of large cash transactions, those typically over $10,000. Amount exceeding this amount must be reported and monitored. All to say that many governments and non-government institutions require compliance to defend against this issue that gets taken very seriously. Throughout 2020, there were several institutions fined for violating AML related compliance. Kyckr compiled these together and found that: 

 

  • Twenty-eight financial institutions were issued fines for AML-related violations.
  • Regulators from 14 countries issued AML-related fines.
  • Fines totaled roughly $3.2 billion USD.

 

Failing to follow the laws and maintain compliance can have serious consequences for financial institutions. Ensuring that you do the proper level of due diligence, follow the Know Your Client rule, and perform a background check can protect your business. 

 

What are Options?

Like warrants, options are a form of security called a derivative. As a derivative’s name suggests, these securities gain their value from an underlying asset. In the case of options, this is the underlying security

 

There are typically two primary forms of options; call options and put options. Both are governed by contracts; a call option allows the holder to buy securities at a set price while a put option allows them to sell. However, options contracts do not come for free. They can be bought for a premium, which is a non-refundable payment due upfront. Once options have been purchased, the holder has a certain amount of time during which they can exercise their options. On the other hand, options do not require the holder to purchase the shares contracts allow. When options are exercised, the price paid is referred to as the strike price.

 

In buying call options, the holder is guaranteed to buy securities at a certain price, even if the underlying security significantly increases in price. A put option works more like an insurance policy, protecting the holder’s portfolio from potential downturns. If a security was to decrease in price, the shareholder would be able to sell at a set price specified by their option contract, even if the market price was to fall lower than what the option allows it to be sold at.

 

In addition to being a way to minimize investment risks and maximize profits, options are becoming a popular incentive for employees, especially in startup companies when looking to attract employees. In addition to options that can be bought, options also refer to the ones issued to employees by their employer. This gives employees the chance, but not the obligation, to buy shares within a specified time. Employee stock options either come as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Options, with the difference being the tax incentives that go along with exercising the options. 

 

Whether you have call or put options, they are a useful way to protect your portfolio from downsides or benefit from being able to purchase more shares at a discounted price. They are just one of the many forms of securities available, which should be considered carefully when making investment decisions.

What is a Virtual Data Room?

Every way that we do business is changing on what seems a daily basis. In just the last year, we have seen a public health crisis push everyone into their homes to work in the interest of public safety. Along with that change, there was also a change needed in the IT departments to ensure that remote connections were secure. What we have seen in the time of the pandemic is that cyberattacks have increased as remote access has created openings. We have seen two notable attacks already this year, one on Colonial Pipeline and another on the South Korean Nuclear institute, KAERI.

 

However, this is not to say the whole world is doom and gloom on the cybersecurity side, as there are ways to protect yourself, especially as companies continue going virtual. Previously, in the event of an M&A transaction, loan syndication, or private equity and venture capital transactions, the actors in these transactions would meet in a physical, secured room to do the due diligence process and access important documents. In this physical room, extensive surveillance and logs track who has been in and out and what they viewed, costing money and time. In addition, parties outside the company that owns the documents would need to arrive at the physical location to view them, again, costing time and money. 

 

The answer to this, as the business world tends to find, is a move towards virtual storage options called a virtual data room. Virtual data rooms have become a widespread solution to the problems detailed above. Through an extranet or a virtual private network (VPN), these systems are secure by limiting access via the internet to specific users at specific times. If a deal falls through or a specified task gets completed, access can easily be revoked.

 

Highly sensitive data usually gets stored in a Virtual Data Room, a level of protection necessary as cyber threat numbers escalate. Beyond the security, these data repositories generally include a log that details each person’s activities with the sensitive files. Like the move to remote work, which has increased the availability of skilled employees, virtual private rooms open up a business to a global market of potential deals. No longer are businesses limited by their ability to feasibly transport a person and their team to a physical room and then have a place for them to stay while discussing a deal. 

 

The main goal of a Virtual Data Room is to provide a centralized access point to a large volume of sensitive and secure documents needed for the most paperwork-intensive processes. While a physical room removes the chances of a cybersecurity attack completely, it also poses certain disadvantages that contrast the wealth of opportunity created by a Virtual Data Room.

USA vs. Canada: Who Has Better Capital Raising Rules

When it comes to raising capital for your business, there is some confusion between rules in the United States and Canada. Can Canadian companies file for Regulation A+ like a United States company? Yes, but with some important caveats. The important thing that separates the two North American countries are some simple but distinct differences in securities law.

With the 2012 JOBS Act (and its subsequent additions), Rule 251(b)(1) says Regulation A can only be used by: “an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada.” The United States, through the SEC regulation, has allowed Canadian companies to file the same as US companies, but the rules of law in Canada still apply. You have to follow the rules established by the SEC or any federal law, as there are significant ramifications if you are not compliant.

Broker-Dealers

The best thing about having a broker-dealer is that they can act as an insurance policy. Some companies expect that they can handle the offerings for a Reg A+ on their own, which is possible, but it will ultimately end up costing you more money in the end. This means that for several states in the US, you have to be a FINRA licensed broker-dealer, who is registered as a broker-dealer in that state, to sell securities. If you ignore this rule, it only takes one complaint to have a state securities regulator coming down on you.

Essentially if this were to happen, you would need to give all the money raised back and pay a fine, but most importantly, they would bar you from ever raising capital in that state. Now, as a bad actor in one state, you may not be able to raise capital in any state. There are huge repercussions to doing this wrong when you can pay a broker-dealer to handle this for you. This is the same for a US company as well as a Canadian company.

The beauty of the SEC and FINRA is that it forces transparency and accountability. While this is a safeguard for the investors more than for the company, it is still an important step to doing this process correctly.

Lawyers

As the system is created, in the United States, a lawyer can practice law in a state and federal law in all 50 states without needing a license in each state. However, if a US lawyer is licensed to practice in Florida, they cannot give legal advice in another state about state law. Instead, you would have to involve a licensed lawyer from that state if issues arise there. The difference here is that in Canada, this is not the same. If you have a lawyer in Alberta, they cannot provide you with advice in British Columbia or Ontario.

Securities

One of the many differences between the United States and Canada is the number of citizens. Within the US, the current population is nearly 333 million. In contrast, the Canadian population is just over 38 million. When you raise capital through Reg A+, you want to have access to as many potential investors as possible. You will most likely end up spending the same amount of money in either country, as the Reg A+ laws make it easier to file than it used to in the US.

The main difference you will see is in the rules about offering to US citizens and Canadian citizens. The American investor can freely trade securities in a secondary market, while the Canadian investor can do nothing but hold it. The primary raise is one set of laws, but the secondary rules in Canada are different.

Auditing

When it comes to Reg A+, the financials of a company need to be audited before filing and they need to qualify. First, an important note is every company attempting a Reg A+ needs two years of audited financials if they’ve been in business for two years. If they’ve been in business one year, they need one year. Even if they are a startup, they still need to provide audited financial statements, even if there is not much to show. The difference here comes from the agency they can file with. In the United States, it is US GAAP and US GAAS. In Canada, they have the option of using IFRS.

When it comes to raising capital in either jurisdiction, there are notable differences in securities laws that need to be met. Whether you are a US or Canadian company looking to use the exemptions like Regulation A+, building a team of experienced broker-dealer and legal partners will ensure a successful and compliant capital raise.

KorePartner Spotlight: Douglas Ruark, President of Regulation D Resources

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

For over two decades, Douglas Ruark has been involved in the corporate finance world specifically focused on SEC-exempt securities offerings.  In 1992, he co-founded Heritage Financial, a company specializing in sourcing commercial real estate and corporate debt financing for commercial borrowers, which later merged with the investment banking firm InvestCap Partners in 1994. Five years later, Douglas served as the primary founder of Regulation D Resources, a company founded to advise corporate clients on the preparation and execution of Regulation D private placement offerings. Since the company’s formation in 1999, Regulation D Resources has provided advisory services for over 5,000 securities offerings. The company currently provides securities preparation and execution services for Regulation D, Regulation CF, and Regulation A+ exempt offerings.

 

Douglas and his expert team work with their clients to structure the offering, draft offering documents and SEC filings, advise on key metrics, and in Regulation A+ offerings convert and submit such filings for SEC qualification.  The Regulation D Resources team also provides compliance support once the client is ready to market their offering to ensure the client is properly supported through the close of the offering. The firm handles offering clients across a wide array of industries including real estate (which is one of the top sectors they work with), energy, technology, and manufacturing. 

 

One of the factors setting Douglas and Regulation D Resources apart is the 22 years of experience in the securities industry, an unblemished compliance track record, and the significant transactional experience developed in that timeframe.  Beyond his experience, Douglas is genuinely excited to be in this space. He says: “I love seeing what entrepreneurs have developed. The fun deals are companies that have developed technology that can have a big impact on an industry or be a game-changer.  Assisting them in raising funding to advance their dream and capitalize future corporate success is truly rewarding.”   

 

Douglas enjoys his partnership with KoreConX, sharing the same drive and vision regarding the application of technology to streamline processes. In addition, the responsiveness of the KoreConX team, he feels, has been great.  As soon as he was interested in learning more about the KoreConX platform, “Oscar reached out and set up a call introducing the services.  We instantly connected as our firm’s focus has been furthering the ability of small and medium-sized companies to access private capital and democratizing that access via SEC-exempt offerings.  Oscar’s work in streamlining processes and keeping costs contained for entrepreneurs aligned perfectly with the mission at Regulation D Resources.”  

What is OrgTech?

Technology is a broader term than we are used to thinking of it. Generally, we think of it as the advanced computing power that we have in our pockets or the systems we build to automate large-scale data or information protection. However, in reality, it is a simpler term. Technology is simply the application of scientific knowledge for practical purposes, especially in business and industry. Technology is as simple as a wheel, making transportation effective and as complex as an AI designed to learn and compete against masters in one of the most complex games ever made, AlphaGo from Google’s DeepMind

 

Technology has been the driving force behind the advancement of humanity as a species and has brought us into a modern world. Tools of war, tools of peace, tools of leisure; all have worked together to build the world we have today. 

 

It is no different for the business world. As technology has advanced through the ages, it has built organizations and empires, the Industrial Revolution. This event, which started in the early 18th century, fundamentally changed the way we lived our lives. Similarly, the Information Age has driven modernization and allowed new technologies to emerge that make processes more efficient.

So, when we talk about OrgTech or organizational technology, we refer to the practical applications of knowledge, processes, and devices used by an organization to fulfill its goals and services. In the Industrial Revolution, it was innovations like the assembly line and the printing press. Now in the Information Age, technologies such as the internet have revolutionized the way businesses operate. In an article for SpringerLink, Barbara L. Neuby defines Organizational Technology as “the sum total of man-made contrivances or developed processes that alter, refine, or create new goods and services delivered by organizations. It includes electronics, software, documents, new techniques, or any combination thereof used in the delivery of services.”

 

Let’s put this into an example so that we can best understand what we are discussing here. Let’s say you won the lottery today and you were planning to quit your job and see the world with your family. So, to prepare, you write up everything you use to do your job and the way you perform tasks so you can hand that off. Think first of how much that probably is, but next, how much relies on technology. No matter what industry you are in, you probably use a computer daily. Daily, you likely interact with software like: 

 

  • Word Processing Programs (like Microsoft Office, Google Docs, etc.)
  • Video Conferencing Software (like Zoom, Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, etc.)
  • Communication Platforms (like Google Hangouts, Slack, etc.)
  • Cloud Storage Platforms (like Google Drive, Microsoft OneDrive, or DropBox, etc.)

 

Those are the most basic, but if you have a list of customers, you probably have some sort of CRM like HubSpot, SalesForce, or RazorsEdge. If you are an e-commerce platform, you probably use HootSuite or Social Pilot for marketing and Shopify as your store base. Right now, these are just some software examples to illustrate the meaning of OrgTech. If you had to think of everything you do, there is probably a process that you follow to accomplish that and the technology it requires. Each of those actions, most of what you do, is a form of OrgTech. 

What is the private capital market?

In recent years we have seen exponential growth in the issuance of private capital to companies in the US, nearly doubling the amount of money raised by public companies through Initial Public Offerings. The private capital market has dramatically changed in the last ten years as more investors have entered the playing field. This shift was made possible by the 2012 JOBS Act (which has recently expanded) and significantly impacted the private investment market.

 

Previously, before the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), it was more challenging to raise capital as a private company, as there were fewer overall players in the market. It was mostly limited to venture capital firms, wealthy investors, and hedge funds. However, this is no longer the case as the barrier for entry for investment into private companies has been lowered and allows lower-wealth individuals to invest a percentage of their income. 

 

Now, with the JOBS act adding in options like Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, a private company can raise close to $80 million in 12 months without having to enter the public market. With Regulation CF, anyone can invest in the offering. No longer is it an opportunity limited to wealthy participants. Investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000 can invest $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth into RegCF offerings. 

 

While the $5 million that a company can raise from this investment opportunity may not seem like much in the grand scheme things (Regulation A+ allows up to $75 million), this new rule has opened the floodgates to new investors and new capital for the private market. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns. That is 358,000 people that have added their money into the private capital market, which if each person invested only invested $2,200, that means there was $787 million added to the private market. That is significant.

 

For companies that are scaling fast, staying private longer is an advantage as they can spend more time increasing their valuation and their eventual share price if they were to go public. By raising this private capital, they are not only proving the concept is viable and that there is a market for what they are selling, but they are also able to operate without the same scrutiny as public companies. They will have to open up their books and meetings to the private investors as that is their right, but it is certainly less intrusive or time-consuming. 

 

Focusing on your business as you scale and grow is an incredible advantage for you as a business owner and your investors. The more valuable your company is by the time you go public, the better it will be for your investors. So, if you weigh the options for capital raising options, don’t forget that there is a thriving private market. 

 

What is KYC?

In 2007, the SEC approved the founding of the non-profit Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). FINRA was created in the wake of a failing economy to consolidate the regulation of securities firms operating in the United States. The authority’s responsibilities include “rule writing, firm examination, enforcement, arbitration, and mediation functions, plus all functions previously overseen solely by NASD, including market regulation under contract for NASDAQ, the American Stock Exchange, the International Securities Exchange, and the Chicago Climate Exchange.”

The mission is to safeguard the investing public against fraud and bad practices. To fulfill this mission, FINRA added two rules in 2012: Rule 2090 (KYC or Know Your Client) and Rule 2111 (Suitability). 

KYC works in conjunction with suitability to protect both the client and the broker-dealer and help maintain fair dealings between the parties. The Know Your Client rule is a regulatory requirement for those responsible for opening and maintaining new accounts. This rule requires broker-dealers to access the client’s finances, verify their identity, and use reasonable effort to understand the risk tolerance and facts about their financial position. 

KYC is an important rule as it governs the relationship between customer and broker-dealer and safeguards the proceedings. At the heart of this rule is the process that verifies the customer’s identity (or any other account owners) and assesses their risk level. Part of FINRA’s goal is to eliminate financial crime, which means that when a broker is accessing a potential customer, they are looking for evidence of money laundering or similar crimes. This process goes both ways as FINRA allows a customer to verify the identity of brokers in good standing with the organization.

KYC also goes hand-in-hand with the Anti-Money Laundering (AML) rule, which seeks to identify suspicious behavior, outlined under FINRA rule 3310. Crimes such as terrorist financing, market manipulation, and securities fraud are illegal acts that KYC, AML, and other rules aim to prevent.

Another part of the Know Your Client rule is the requirement of a broker-dealer to use reasonable effort to understand a client’s risk tolerance, investment knowledge, and financial position. For example, accredited investors can make Regulation CF and A+ investments without facing restrictions, while the everyday investor is limited based on their net worth and income. 

When making recommendations for a client, a broker-dealer must comply with Rule 2111, the suitability rule, which means that they must have reasonable grounds for this suggestion based on a review of the client’s financial situation.

Compliance with these rules is maintained by following policies and best practices that govern risk management, customer acceptance, and transaction monitoring. Due diligence is done to know a client needs to be recorded, retained, and maintained so that broker-dealers can continuously monitor for suspicious or illegal activity. In 2020, FINRA processed 79.7 billion market events every day and imposed $57 million in fines. 

What Forms of Alternative Finance are Available?

Starting a business can be difficult. Most young companies enter the scene with little capital to help them grow. Taking a loan out from the bank is a good start, but some options can end in higher rewards without a loan hanging over your head. These are alternative finance options, like raising seed capital from friends and family, angel investors, or crowdfunding. Today, we will explore forms of alternative finance available to you as a private company and where in the life cycle of your business they may appear. 

Friends and Family

In the early stages of your company’s business life cycle, raising capital from family and friends is a great place to start securing safe, additional funding if you are able. When your family and friends are early investors, they are not required to register as such, making it easy for them to help your growing company. In this stage of your company’s development, entrepreneurs will want to retain as much equity as possible. Friends and family investors make this possible without needing to give up part of a growing company. 

As you begin to accelerate your business plans, there are several avenues available that can help you raise significant capital and increase your valuation if (or when) you plan to offer your company later on the public market.

Angel Investors or Venture Capital Firms

As a private company, one of the traditional ways for you to raise capital is through an angel investor, a wealthy individual, or a venture capital firm, a group of investors that invest in companies on behalf of their clients to make them money. Both of these investors will generally invest early, requiring equity and hoping for a successful return on investment later on. 

Peer-to-Peer Lending 

Peer-to-peer lending is a pretty straightforward form of alternative finance. Typically, through online platforms, investors can enter a pool of lenders, which a borrower can pull from and then repay. This form of investment cuts out the bank as the middleman, which opens up access to companies that may not have good credit. 

Crowdfunding

Crowdfunding is a great mechanism for investments that build a company’s proof of concept because crowdfunding success relies on having a product or service people want or believe in. As the name would imply, crowdfunding is sourcing small investments from a large number of investors and falls into one of two categories rewards-based or equity-based offerings. 

Rewards-Based Crowdfunding

Rewards-based crowdfunding is an investment that expects compensation in the form of the product a company is producing. A good platform for this form of crowdfunding is Kickstarter. You will often see independent video game developers or small business owners looking to raise capital for a particular product and offer rewards based on how much an investor invests. 

Equity-Based Crowdfunding or Regulation CF

Regulation CF is a crowdfunding tool regulated by the SEC signed into law in 2012. However, it has recently expanded to allow more investing opportunities. The JOBS Act allows non-accredited investors to invest in private companies in exchange for equity in the company. More specifically, for investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in Reg CF offerings are limited to $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. 

This tool allows companies to raise as much as $5 million in 12 months from many investors. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns. 

Regulation A+

Another method of allowing companies to have non-accredited investors invest in their companies is Regulation A+, by exempting the offering from SEC registration. Many companies have begun to offer securities through the RegA+ exemption following a successful RegCF raise. Proceeding this way will elevate your chances of raising more money, up to $75 million annually, because the Regulation CF will show potential investors that the products or services offered by the company are of great interest to many individuals. It is important to note that non-accredited investors are limited to investing 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greater.

 

There are many avenues of alternative finance to investigate before going to a traditional financing option as a private company. We encourage you to look into all of these types and see which is right for you and your business. 

 

Warrants for RegA+

For private companies looking to raise capital through exemptions such as Regulation A+, Regulation CF, or Regulation D, there are many forms of securities that they may be able to issue to investors. Lately, there has been much buzz around warrants for RegA+ offerings and we are seeing them issued to investors as an equivalent to a perk. With the growing interest in this type of security, let’s explore what a warrant for RegA+ is. 

 

When a shareholder purchases a warrant, they are entering into a contract with the issuer. They purchase securities at a set price but are given the right to buy more securities at a fixed price. For example, if an investor was to buy a security at $1 apiece, but their warrant allows the shareholder to buy securities at a future point for $2 instead. If the company was to significantly increase in value, and securities were valued at $5 instead of the initial $1 they were purchased at, the warrant could be exercised and new securities can be purchased for the price specified in the contract. Such securities are typically sought after by investors who think the company they’ve invested in will significantly increase in value, allowing them to increase their ownership in the company without having to buy securities at a new, higher price. Typically, warrants have an expiration date, but they can be exercised anytime on or before that date. 

 

Warrants for RegA+ work no differently. 

 

For companies offering warrants to shareholders, many will choose to enlist a warrant agent to oversee the management of warrants. Much like a transfer agent, warrant agents maintain a record of who owns warrants as well as the exercising of the warrants. When there is a significant number of warrant holders, warrant agents maintain the administrative duties of ensuring warrant holders can exercise their rights and are issued additional securities when they are looking to do so. Just as KoreConX is an SEC-registered transfer agent, KoreConX can serve as your warrant agent as well. This allows you and your shareholders to perform all transactions, from the initial purchase to the exercising of the warrant, through the RegA+ end-to-end platform. Fully compliant, KoreConX helps you to ensure that all your capital market activities meet the necessary regulatory requirements.

 

For warrant holders looking to exercise their warrants, they can contact the warrant agent (if they bought shares directly from the company) or their broker-dealer to inform them that they would like to purchase additional securities. At the time of the purchase, the warrant holder would pay to exchange their warrants and be issued the appropriate amount of new securities. 

 

Warrants are also able to be traded or transferred. For example, warrant holders could transfer their securities to a child or relative if they were looking to pass them down. Alternatively, warrant holders can sell them to an interested buyer. If the company’s value has yet to exceed the warrant price, they are typically less valuable because shares may still be able to be purchased at a lower price. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Douglas Ruark, Founder and President of Regulation D Resources

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Douglas Ruark, the Founder and President of Regulation D Resources, has always been fascinated by the mechanisms and document structure used to syndicate capital. Starting his career nearly 30 years ago in corporate finance when he co-founded Heritage Finance, Inc. in 1992. Seven years later, he served as a primary founder of Regulation D Resources. The firm works primarily within the real estate, energy, tech, and manufacturing industries.

 

With Regulation D Resources, Ruark uses his expertise to help raise money for those industries through the Reg D and Reg A+ exemptions. This experience makes a difference when crafting SEC-required disclosures, evaluating proper exposure on the market, and analyzing clients’ business positions.

 

The fun part for Ruark is the deals with entrepreneurs that have developed technology that can have a significant impact and be a game-changer. He said: “I love seeing what entrepreneurs have developed.” That is why his company focuses on Reg D and Reg A+, helping companies structure their securities offering, and drafting offering documents. The company is determined to help entrepreneurs cross the line into the market so they can grow and succeed.

 

What Ruark enjoys about his partnership with KoreConX is the responsiveness of the staff. He said: “Oscar immediately reached out and set up a call to introduce services.” KoreConX has the same drive and vision that Ruark sees in other entrepreneurs. Plus, KoreConX’s application of tech to streamline compliance aligns with the goal he set out when developing Regulation D Resources’ Investor Portal Compliance Management application.

What is RegTech?

In the wake of the 2008 economic crisis and the subsequent recession that followed, there was a push to create new regulations to govern financial institutions in the United States. With these regulations came requirements that businesses had to follow to be compliant with the new laws. What followed the new regulations was a rise in companies offering services to help companies manage compliance easily and efficiently, both in time and cost. This is the purpose and application of RegTech.

RegTech, or Regulatory Technology, is more specifically the use of technology to manage regulatory processes within the financial industry. The goal of companies that offer RegTech is to use cloud computing, machine learning, and big data to drive automation and lift a majority of the burden of complicated compliance requirements of the compliance teams in businesses, to reduce human error, and accomplish difficult tasks more efficiently. As regulations become more robust and regulators are demanding more transparency in the forms of auditability, traceability, and automation, a company that is required to comply with a lot of regulations cannot easily subsist without some form of RegTech to help them avoid the risk of sanctions.

RegTech services help to compile large amounts of data in secured and compliant ways, as well as comb that data for risks to the organization. While these services affect the budget of a company, it is arguably canceled out by the amount of time and energy saved by simplifying the complex processes. 

For example, let’s say a bank was previously doing all of their regulation audits manually, scanning the compliance law and solving what pertains to them, what they need to do, and how they need to do it to be compliant. While they could feasibly do this, it will take a considerable amount of time if the compliance officer tasked with this job is not a master of the laws pertaining to their enterprise. Then, following that long process, the bank will need to show the reporting, who did the reporting, when it was pulled, and keep the information secured. 

This type of manual process is solved by RegTech. Not only will your data be secured, but it will also be accessible and timestamped, so you can demonstrate who complied, how they complied, and when they complied by logging all of the actions a user takes and creating a trail.

This is one example of how RegTech helps in a compliance situation, but it is also used by regulators to help reduce the time it takes to investigate compliance issues. While these are the more well-known aspects of RegTech, it also helps in many more categories within the financial sector, such as:

  1. Reporting
  2. Anti-money Laundering 
  3. Compliance
  4. Governance
  5. Risk Management
  6. Management and Control 
  7. Transaction Monitoring

As the financial industry continues to rely more and more on data and technology, RegTech will continue to grow to keep up with the demand for more applications from companies and regulators alike. 

What is Regulated Crowdfunding

On April 5th of 2012, President Obama signed into law legislation called the JOBS Act. Four years after that act was signed, Title III of the JOBS Act was enacted. This was Regulation CF, which allows for private companies in their early stages to use crowdfunding to raise money from any American, not just accredited investors. This opened the doors with funding portals for companies to trade securities to a larger pool of investors to raise needed growth capital and allow average people to benefit from the possibility of investing in an early-stage company.

When it was first implemented in Spring 2016, Reg CF allowed companies to raise a maximum of $1.07 million within 12 months. Now, with new amendments added to the law by the SEC that went into effect in March 2021, companies can raise a maximum of $5 million. You may be familiar with the idea of crowdfunding with the success of websites like Kickstarter, and this works similarly. Instead of donation tiers that would award you merchandise from the campaign, investing in a private company with Reg CF will give you securities or equity in the companies. Previously, the barrier for entry into this investment type was very high, as you needed a lot of capital to invest in a private company. 

The new amendments still have a limit on how much a particular individual can invest when it comes to non-accredited investors but removed the limits on accredited investors. More specifically, for investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in Reg CF offerings are limited to $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth.

Reg CF is typically used for early-stage startups to build capital and has significantly changed the road map for entrepreneurs, allowing them to look to crowdfunding options before venture capital investments. Because the cost and barrier to entry for Regulation CF lower than with Reg A, many companies are using this after their first round of funding to prove the viability of their concepts and build a business. Then after a successful Reg CF, raising up to $5 million, this proves that there is interest in what you are building. In turn, this improves your valuation and allows for a much more successful Reg A campaign that could help you raise even more capital. 

There is a significant benefit to everyone involved in a Reg CF. The companies running the campaign are raising money to prove their viability, fuel the growth, and democratizes capital, allowing everyday Americans to participate in a system that was until recently closed to them. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns, a significant increase from the 15,000 investors participating in 2019. RegCF is a way for Americans to diversify their investment portfolio. They can grow as an investor by investing in a private company with a much lower entry cost.

With Reg CF garnering much success for both investors and issuers alike, it will be exciting to see how it continues to evolve in the future. We may see even higher raise limits, further expanding access to capital, increasing the number of American jobs, and further democratizing investment opportunities.

 

What is a RegA+ Annual Shareholder Meeting?

With Regulation A+ allowing companies to raise up to $75M USD, the regulation enables many great investors to support an issuer’s journey. From the everyday person to accredited investors, people can claim their stake in companies they foresee to be long-term successes. However, with shareholders come significant responsibilities issuers must uphold to maintain compliance with securities regulations. One such requirement is holding an AGM.

 

An Annual General Meeting, or simply AGM, is a meeting of shareholders that companies are required to hold once per year. The purpose is to provide shareholders with an update on the company and what plans lie ahead. During these meetings, the company’s directors will present annual reports to shareholders that are indicative of its performance. AGMs are a critical component of upholding the rights of shareholders, ensuring that they are provided all necessary information to make the right decisions regarding their investments. Typically, these meetings should be held after the end of the company’s fiscal year, giving shareholders adequate notice to attend or attend by proxy.

 

A company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws will outline the rules for an AGM, however, they typically include a review of the minutes from the previous AGM, financial statements, approval of the board of directors’ previous year actions, and election of directors. AGMs held by private companies do not require any regulatory filings but require them to check or change their bylaws to ensure that the meeting can be held online and information can be distributed digitally.

 

Before any AGM, shareholders will receive a proxy statement, which outlines the topics to be discussed at the meeting. The statement will include information on voting procedures for shareholders with voting rights, board candidates, executive compensation, and other matters that are important to a shareholder. The company will typically send shareholders a package containing this information by mail or over the internet if that is their preference. For shareholders that have invested directly in the company and their name is in the company’s official records, they are entitled to attend the meeting in person. For shareholders that have purchased shares through a broker-dealer or investment bank, they can request information on how to attend the meeting and cast their votes. Shareholders with the option to eVote can satisfy SEC requirements. Since 2007, “notice to access” rules enable companies to send a one-page notice to inform shareholders that materials are available online rather than being mailed a full copy of all reports.

 

AGMs are essential for the success of any private company, ensuring that shareholders are well-informed about company decisions and can exercise their voting rights. KoreConX offers our clients an all-in-one AGM planner as part of the REgA+ end-to-end solution. Our solution helps our clients maintain full compliance with securities laws, manage AGMs end-to-end, distribute circular materials, allow shareholders to securely vote online, and enable everyone to participate. We recognize that your shareholders are an important part of your company and strive to simplify the process of managing your relationships with them.

 

Annual shareholder meetings for RegA+ offerings are an essential part of compliance. Issuers are required to hold this meeting annually, empowering their shareholders to be active participants. Contact KoreConX to learn more about our AGM planning solution.

 

What is the role of a board director?

When thinking about corporate governance, the first roles that often come to mind are the executive officers like the CEO or CCO. These roles are often responsible for the day-to-day operations of the company, keeping things running smoothly, with other roles reporting to them. However, the board of directors is just as important as they look out for the interests of shareholders. 

The role of a board of directors is to provide company oversight, ensuring that the company is operating in the best interests of shareholders. Decisions that the board of directors is responsible for include hiring or firing company executives, creating policies for dividends and options, and determining executive compensation. The board also generally ensures that the company has the right resources in place to operate effectively. The board of directors is governed by company bylaws, which include the process for selecting directors and what their duties entail.

The board is made of elected members called board directors. The shareholders must elect directors as voting rights are generally included as part of their rights as a shareholder. Shareholders are allowed to vote on board directors during annual shareholder meetings. Generally, board director terms are staggered so that only a few are elected each year, rather than needing to elect an entirely new board whenever elections are required.

Board directors are responsible for upholding the foundational rules outlined in company bylaws. Failure to do so can result in their removal from the board. Actions that may necessitate a director’s removal may include using inside information for personal gain, making deals that are a conflict of interest to shareholders, using their powers as a director for things other than the financial benefit of the company, and other actions that would be detrimental to shareholders.

There are typically three types of directors; inside, outside, and independent directors. Inside directors are typical representatives of company management and shareholders and may include company executives or major shareholders. Outside directors are not involved in the company’s day-to-day decisions, making them more objective and help strike a balance between inside directors but are generally compensated for attending board meetings and carrying out their duties. Independent directors are required to not have any ties to the company; for example, a relative of a company executive would be ineligible for this role.

It is important to ensure that board directors diligently follow the bylaws that govern them to ensure they always are acting in the best interests of the company’s shareholders. The board serves as a check and balance with the company’s management. Shareholders should also take their right to vote seriously, executing whenever possible to ensure that they are protecting their investment in the company. 

 

Reg A and Reg CF Issuers: Time to Count Your Shareholders!

Reg A and Reg CF have been around for a few years now and we are finding that some of our clients, especially those that have made multiple offerings, are getting to the point where they need to consider the implications of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act, which requires companies to become registered with the SEC when they meet certain asset and investor number thresholds.

Let’s start with the requirements of Section 12(g). It says that if, on the last day of its fiscal year, an issuer has assets of $10 million and a class of equity securities held of record by either 2,000 persons or 500 persons who are not accredited investors, it has to register that class of securities with the SEC.

Drilling down on each of those elements:

  • Assets: This is gross, not net, and it will include any cash that a company has raised in an offering but not spent yet.
  • Class of equity securities: Issuers with multiple series of preferred stock or multiple series in a series LLC will need to talk to their lawyers about what constitutes a separate “class.”
  • Held of record: Brokers or custodians holding in “street name” count as a single holder of record. Crowdfunding SPVs created under the SEC’s new rules also count as one holder, and as discussed below, there are special, conditional, rules for counting Reg A and Reg CF investors.  But check with your lawyers whether you need to “look through” SPVs formed for the purpose of investing in Reg D offerings.
  • Accredited status: Issuers are probably going to have to make assumptions as to the accredited status of their investors unless they maintain that information separately, and assume investors in Reg D offerings are accredited, and investors in Reg A and Reg CF offerings are not.
  • Registering a class of securities in effect means filing a registration statement with all relevant information about the company and becoming a fully-reporting company. This includes PCAOB audits, quarterly filings, proxy statements, more extensive disclosure and all-round more expensive legal and accounting support.

Since becoming a fully-reporting company is not feasible for early-stage companies, both Reg A and Reg CF are covered by conditional exemptions from the requirements of Section 12(g). The conditions for each are different.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities originally issued in Reg A offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company has made all the periodic filings required of a Reg A company (Forms 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U);
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It does not have a public float (equity securities held by non-affiliates multiplied by trading price) of $75m, or if no public trading, had revenues of less than $50m in the most recent year.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities issued in Reg CF offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company is current in its annual filing (Form C-AR) requirements;
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It has total assets of less than $25m at the end of the most recent fiscal year.

It’s important that the issuer’s transfer agent keep accurate records of which exemption securities were issued under, even when they are transferred. As of March 15, 2021, Reg CF also allows the use of “crowdfunding vehicles”, a particular kind of SPV with specific requirements for control, fees, and rights of the SPV in order to put all of the investors in a Reg CF offering into one holder of record. This is not available for Reg A, and still comes with administrative requirements, which may make use of a transfer agent still practical.

If an issuer goes beyond the asset or public float requirements of its applicable conditional exemption, it will be eligible for a two-year transition period before it is required to register its securities with the SEC. However, if an issuer violates the conditional exemption by not being current in periodic reporting requirements, including filing a report late, then the transition period terminates immediately, requiring registration with the SEC within 120 days after the date on which the issuer’s late report was due to be filed.

It’s good discipline for companies who have made a few exempt offerings and had some success in their business to consider, on a regular basis, counting their assets and their shareholders and assess whether they may be about to lose one or both of the conditional exemptions and whether they need to plan for becoming a public reporting company.

Meet the KorePartners: Louis Bevilacqua of Bevilacqua PLLC

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to the ecosystem. 

 

For the past 25 years, Louis Bevilacqua has served as a corporate and securities lawyer. After spending the majority of his time at large, international law firms, Louis discovered his passion for “representing entrepreneurs and helping them accomplish their goals.” Noticing that it was often more difficult to help small or microcap companies, Louis began his firm to eliminate the prohibitive costs typically associated with large law firms. 

 

Utilizing technology to allow lawyers to work virtually, Bevilacqua’s savings are passed onto its clients. Now, small companies can access the same top-tier resources that previously only large ones may have been able to afford. “Since most of our attorneys, like me, have decades of experience at big firms, we know how deals are supposed to be done and can provide excellent representation at lower price points,” Louis said. 

 

Not only is Bevilacqua’s team comprised of experienced lawyers, but many are also entrepreneurs. Understanding first-hand the challenges that small companies face, they are experienced problem solvers that are both flexible and proactive. Also, Louis says that “we also have a vast network of contacts with investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, Edgar printers, audit firms and other service providers in the industry and can easily make the right referrals to anyone that the company needs.”

 

Through the JOBS Act and RegA+, investors have access to investments that they may not have had previously. Since the SEC requires substantial disclosure for RegA+ offerings, investors are provided more detailed disclosures than other private offerings. Companies also benefit from the lower costs associated with RegA+. Since it is more flexible and cheaper than a traditional IPO, the cost is not prohibitive. One of the primary reasons that Louis supports the regulations is that it “helps facilitate the raising of capital for smaller issuers, who always need capital and do not have as many avenues to obtain it.”

 

However, Louis also thinks that the resale market could be improved. Currently, companies looking to allow their shares to be traded “must identify a market maker willing to file a 211 application with FINRA”, which can be a difficult process. Making this process easier will allow more people to trade the shares purchased through a RegA+ offering. Additionally, for investors to deposit the shares they’ve purchased into a brokerage account, they typically must incur the fees associated, as the brokerage is generally required to perform their due diligence. 

 

For companies looking to raise money through RegA+, Bevilacqua provides clients with the legal services they need for a successful offering. Whether they need help “testing the waters,” filing the offering statement, drafting shareholder agreements, etc., Louis and his team provide expert guidance. Also, “ having a platform like KoreConX that brings all the components necessary to accomplish a Reg A offering in one easy to use platform is a fantastic tool to help us help entrepreneurs raise capital.” 

What Impact Will Blockchain Have on Private Markets?

Blockchain has become a familiar buzzword, especially as things such as cryptocurrency grow in popularity. Currently, 46 million Americans now own Bitcoin. However, blockchain has many more industry-changing applications. Nearly any asset, both tangible and intangible, can be tracked and traded through blockchain. 

 

Blockchain, also known as distributed ledger technology, is a database where transactions are continually appended and verified across by multiple participants, ensuring that each transaction has a “witness” to validate its legitimacy. Blockchain transactions are immutable, meaning that they cannot be changed, making it difficult for hackers to manipulate. Copies of the ledger are decentralized, not stored in one location, so any change to one copy would immediately make it invalid, as the other copies would recognize that it had been altered. 

 

In private markets, blockchain technology has the potential to become a powerful tool, replacing manual inefficiencies with secure, digital processes. Everything from issues certificates to shareholders and preparing for audits becomes easier with transparent, readily available records. While public blockchains, like those that host Bitcoin transactions, enable anyone to participate, companies can also establish private and permissioned blockchains. In these forms of blockchain, the ledger is still decentralized, only access is controlled and only authorized individuals are allowed to participate. 

 

Rather than traditional securities, private companies can use distributed ledger technology to offer shareholders digital securities instead. These securities are still SEC-registered or fall under exemptions like Regulation A and Regulation CF. Digital securities protect investors, enabling them to always be able to prove their ownership, and companies are protected from the possibility of losing records of their shareholders. Private companies also benefit from blockchain as records are already transparent and readily available. Rather than hiring an advisor to review company documents, private companies employing blockchain technology will have records ready to go when conducting any capital market activity. Blockchain also dramatically reduced the amount of manual paperwork, since digital securities can be governed by smart contracts that preprogram protocols for their exchange. In addition, blockchain makes it easier for private companies to share information and data, while shareholders can feel confident that records are immutable and unable to be tampered with. 

 

Many companies are still in the early stages of adopting blockchain or are just beginning to consider its possibilities. Blockchain will only continue to be adopted by private companies both in the United States and around the world, improving the processes associated with private market transactions. The private market will benefit from increased transparency and efficiency, making transactions smoother for both companies and their shareholders.

What is the Role of a Corporate Secretary?

A Corporate Secretary is a required position set forth by state corporation laws and is part of the ‘check and balance’ on board members and offers the board advice and support. While providing the company with advice on the state laws, they are also tasked with ensuring that board members maintain their fiduciary duties to shareholders. 

 

One way they do this is by accurately recording and maintaining the minutes for the board meetings they usually set up. Corporate secretaries are responsible for ensuring that an adequate number of board meetings are held and that scheduling coincides with the availability of board members. They are required to comply with meeting notices and often are responsible for other logistical arrangements. This is just one of the basic tenets of the position and typically remains a constant between companies. 

 

Corporate secretaries are essentially a compliance officer for board members, serving as a liaison between the board, officers, and shareholders while maintaining documents that are required to keep the board and company in compliance with regulations. They also direct the activities related to the annual meeting of shareholders and share transfers. As a note, while the corporate secretary does not need to be a lawyer, they need to have sufficient knowledge of corporate and securities law to ensure compliance, so a background in law can be helpful. They should also be as well-versed in the company’s business, understanding it thoroughly to be an effective corporate secretary.

 

Even though the role of the corporate secretary is dynamic and complex, varying slightly between companies, the basic function of the position can be boiled down to being responsible for providing support to the board, officers, and shareholders on business matters and the laws that apply to them. Whether it is setting up, facilitating, or creating the agenda of a board or annual shareholders meeting, a corporate secretary is an essential and mandatory part of a company’s structure in the modern world of business. 

Shareholder Rights and Why They’re Important to Know

The first thought that comes to mind when someone says “shareholder,” is Wall Street, understandably, as Wall Street is home to the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ, the two largest stock exchanges in the world. In this sense, becoming a shareholder is dependent on owning stock. A common word in the financial industry, a stock is a unit of measure for how much of a company a shareholder owns. When it comes to the stock market found on Wall Street, those are stocks being traded in public companies, like Apple, Microsoft, and Amazon. These are household names, but there are also privately-owned companies that you would know by name, like Koch Industries, Bloomberg, Staples, and Petsmart. These private companies also have shareholders, who have rights associated with their ownership in a private company. For private company shareholders, there are three major rights; access to information, voting rights, and the ability to attend and participate in meetings.

 

One quick comparison we can make between private and public companies is the number of shareholders they have. Because a public company has shares available on the stock market, there is a greater opportunity for everyday people to grab at least one share, while private companies traditionally have far fewer shareholders because there is less access. However, the JOBS Act is changing the landscape, allowing the everyday investor to access more investment opportunities in private companies through Regulation A+ and Regulation CF. These regulations allow investors to invest smaller amounts of money in exchange for shares of a private company. No longer are these types of investments limited to accredited, angel, and venture capital investors. 

 

However, this plays a role in the rights of shareholders due to the volume of your voice in meetings and decisions. One right that shareholders have is the ability to attend meetings on major decisions in the company. When there are fewer investors in a company, the louder your voice will be in the room. This is important because by owning a part of that company, shareholders gain the right to participate and attend meetings to protect their investment from decisions that they feel would misuse their funds.

 

As a shareholder, you have the right to vote on major decisions being made by the company that could very well change the direction of the company. This again goes back to protecting your investment, as investing in a private company is often a long-term investment. Private company earnings can be paid out to shareholders, but the more likely scenario for a shareholder in a private company, especially if it is not a particularly large company, is a liquidity event, such as going public, buying out shareholders, or by being able to offer shares for sale on a secondary market alternative trading system. Making sure that your investment is safe is why you have the right to vote on major decisions. The same is true for your access to information. As a shareholder in a private company, you have a right to know how the company is doing, to see how your investment is playing out.

 

It is important to know your rights as an investor whether it is in a public or private company because you have put your money in the hands of others with the expectation that they will use it to grow and make more money for you in the future. As an investor in a private company, you have more say than an investor in a public company by the fact that you are one of few as opposed to one of many. Use that power and protect your investment; remember that if you own stock, you own part of the company and have rights. 

What is the role of a CCO?

When it comes to business executives with acronyms, there are a few that come to mind fairly quickly: CEO (Chief Executive Officer), COO (Chief Operations Officer), and CFO (Chief Financial Officer). These are the well-known names, but there is one that has as recently as 2000 entered the business executive lexicon outside of the heavily regulated industries, like healthcare and financial services, and that is the CCO (Chief Compliance Officer). Historically, there are two reasons for a CCO to be a part of your business: Government regulations or security regulations. It is the role of the COO to lead their compliance officers in managing compliance risk so the business passes audits by the government or security audits.

 

The CCO role is generally on the executive level and who they report to is up to the company, but they play a very important role in the health of the company. They evaluate the company’s compliance issues and take steps to ensure that they do not become long-term problems. The CCO learns the laws and regulations that govern the company, which is essential as increases in regulations have made it necessary for an executive with a sophisticated skillset, so the rest of the company can focus on the business. The role of the CCO differs between public and private companies.

 

Many public companies (i.e. traded on the stock market) following the scandals of Enron and WorldCom in the early 2000s and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, created a position for a CCO and filled it. Basically, the United States Government required businesses to have a Chief Compliance Officer so that the companies would be compliant with the law the SEC created to regulate accounting in public businesses. 

 

In a private company, it is more likely that a CCO will be acting to prepare and manage the acquisition of security clearances like SOC 2 or ISO 27001. Security clearances are incredibly important to businesses looking to expand into servicing industries with sensitive material that require higher levels of security. For the CCO, Something like SOC 2 would be on their to-do list; they would create policies and manage the processes needed to pass the AICPA’s (American Institute of CPAs) Trust Service Criteria of Security, Availability, Confidentiality, and Privacy. This ensures that the consumer’s information is protected while still being available to use and disposed of properly. 

 

At the same time, CCOs for private companies must also ensure that if choosing to raise money, they meet all SEC requirements for their raise. Choosing to use financing methods such as Regulation A, Regulation CF, or Regulation D requires that companies follow the requirements set by the SEC, such as enforcing investor limits and ensuring that Blue Sky laws are met in each state the raise is taking place. Failure to comply with regulations can result in severe penalties and may require the company to refund investors.

 

Whether you are a part of a public or private company, a Chief Compliance Officer is a valuable part of your team. They are focused on making sure the company is compliant with compliance, government, or security regulations so the rest of the company can focus on their day-to-day functions without worry.

KorePartner Spotlight: Brian Belley, Founder and CEO of Crowdwise

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Brian Belley, founder and CEO of Crowdwise, has always been passionate about investing and alternative investments. By training, Brian is an aerospace engineer, but the JOBS Act represented the culmination of his interests. He took this as a great opportunity to build a platform providing a wealth of information centered around crowdfunding.

 

At Crowdwise, the primary service is free educational material for investors through courses and industry data on crowdfunding and early-stage investing. From his own experience and education on private investments, Brian understood what was most applicable to investors. The goal is to make this information easily digestible, translating data into the essentials that can be understood by new investors. Brain’s specialty lies in tech and early-stage startups, as well as analyzing industry data and trends. 

 

The private capital market is particularly existing for Brian because of the opportunities he foresees. In two to five years, the space will likely look completely different as it continues to be democratized and open to new investors. There are increasing opportunities for investors to build a diversified portfolio with broad investment types. At the same time, more investment opportunities for the everyday investor will lead to more access to capital, and new businesses will be able to come into existence because of it. 

 

Brian is excited about Crowdwise’s partnership with KoreConX, saying that it is completely about cooperation and building an ecosystem. He said: “not everyone has to be a competitor.” As more people continue to drive the private market forward, it will benefit everyone in the space, both investors and companies alike.

What is Portfolio Management?

Portfolio management, at its most basic level, is the way that an investment portfolio is designed to align with the wants and needs of the investor. Portfolio management focuses on creating an investment strategy that factors in the goals set by the investor, the timeframe involved in the investment, and the risk tolerance of the investor.

 

This is done by picking a variety of kinds of investments like stocks, bonds, and other funds and monitoring and adjusting them as needed. There are two ways that portfolios are managed: actively and passively. Often, this will be decided by the risk tolerance that a specific investor has. With Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, the everyday investor can choose to invest in private companies as well, which significantly expand opportunities to be a part of new and exciting investments.

Active portfolio management is a hands-on approach that involves hiring portfolio managers who buy and sell stocks intending to outperform investment benchmarks. To try and outperform these benchmarks, portfolio managers have to take some risks in the investments they make. Some of these risks lead to big rewards, but as with all risks, they can also lead to large losses to the investor. Portfolio managers have a fiduciary responsibility to act in good faith regarding the investment, and also have fees attached to them based on the size of the portfolio and the return on investment of the portfolio. 

 

Passive portfolio management is a mostly hands-off approach where the investor is trying to match investment benchmarks rather than trying to outperform them. Portfolios that are managed passively are frequently managed by the investor, so no fees are going to a portfolio manager. Instead of buying and selling specific stocks, passive portfolios are usually invested in exchange-traded funds, index funds, or mutual funds. This is a very low-risk approach that values slow and consistent growth over time, making it a great long-term investment strategy.

 

There are four pillars in portfolio management: asset allocation, diversification, rebalancing, and tax minimization. Asset allocation is the practice of spreading your investment into a variety of different assets like stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. Good asset allocation means that an investor takes on a smaller amount of risk because investments are protected due to the various places that assets are allocated. Diversification is about making sure that investors don’t put all of their eggs in one basket, because if that investment fails, there is a lot of money to be lost.

 

Rebalancing is done every so often as a way to hit the reset button on asset allocation. Over time, some investments might be doing very well, while others might be doing very poorly. To maintain a low-risk nature, it is important to sell both assets that are doing well and ones that are not. Over time, market fluctuations might cause a portfolio to get off course from the goals that were originally set, so rebalancing keeps the train going down the right track. Tax minimization focuses on trying to keep as much of the money that your investment made as possible. Capital gains get taxed differently depending on what investments they came from and where. Investments in exchange-traded funds or mutual funds, for example, get taxed at a much lower rate than investments in stocks. The goal is to keep as much money as possible!

 

Whether you’re saving for your first house or saving for your dream house, good portfolio management will result in investors being able to set, meet, and surpass their financial goals. The right portfolio management strategies will help to build a worthwhile return.

 

There is a Market for Your Private Securities

KoreConX is proud to announce the upcoming KoreSummit event, “There is a Market for Your Private Securities.” The event, co-hosted with Rialto Markets, CrowdCheck, and Fintech.TV continues our mission of powering private markets with a half-day event dedicated to enhancing education on the availability and potential of the secondary market for private companies.

 

On Wednesday, June 9, 2021, join KoreConX, Rialto Markets, CrowdCheck, and other KorePartners to learn everything you need to know about a secondary market for private companies. Kicking off at 12:30 PM EST, the event begins with keynote speaker David Weild IV, Father of the JOBS Act. 

 

The opening session is followed by five panels featuring industry experts and thought leaders to bring you the most up-to-date information and insights into secondary markets. The first panel begins at 12:45 PM, titled: “What is Secondary Market Trading and How Does it Work?” This panel covers topics like blue sky laws, securities manuals, and ATS listings. 

 

Beginning at 1:45 PM is the second panel, “Building the Network: Diversifying Customer Acquisition.” This session covers strategies for successful and diverse customer acquisition. 

 

“Price Discovery & Research in Secondary Markets” is the third panel starting at 2:45 PM. The fourth session follows at 3:45 PM and is titled “What Companies Want to Know About Secondary Markets.” The event closes with the fifth and final panel at 4:15 PM, “Rialto Secondary Market for Companies, Investors, and Broker-Dealers.”

 

Join us for the KoreSummit event, There is a Market for Your Private Securities, starting at 12:30 PM EST on Wednesday, June 9, 2021. The event is free to attend and 100% online. You can register for attendance at: http://koresummit.io/

 

 

What is a Minute Book and Why is it Important?

Unlike the name suggests, a minute book is by no means minute. As a business grows, a well-kept minute book becomes an essential record of all important company meetings and allows for the information to be easily accessed when required. With an up-to-date minute book, it makes it easier for companies to keep track of resolutions that affect financial transactions. If the company is ever audited, the minute book provides all the necessary information and references to documents in one place. Let’s break down what exactly you should find in a proper minute book.

 

A minute book should have the company’s certificate of incorporation that serves as proof of the company’s registration. This includes information such as the business’s address, company directors, voting rights, and the company’s purpose. The minute book should also have the company’s bylaws or the rules and regulations that the company and its officers must adhere to. Maintaining a record of bylaws ensures that the company is following the rules they have set to operate by.

 

The minute book typically contains the criteria by which the company’s Board of Directors and officers are chosen. For the Board of Directors, this may include how many are on the board and how long they are to serve.  For officers, it may include which ones are required for the company. In this section of the record, documents can also maintain a record of those who have previously served as a director or officer for the company. Additionally, the minute book should keep track of any meetings or communication with board members.

 

Maintained in the minute book is a record of shares and shareholders. Stock options granted to employees are kept track of, along with the number of shares the company is authorized to sell. Ensuring the company knows the limit to the shares they are legally allowed to sell is very important and is outlined in the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, companies usually maintain a record of any documents they’ve filed in their minute book. Having all documents filed in a common location makes them easier to track and refer back to when needed. Kept in this collection of documents are also various reports, whether they’re annual or special, so that they are easily accessed by authorized parties.

 

While keeping track of all of this information may seem like a daunting task, it is made easier by companies such as KoreConX. Integrated into its all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Minute Book ensures that all company documents are easily located and kept up-to-date. With all documents in a central location, both legal and board members can edit the material directly, without worrying about various versions that might exist offline. This consistency provides companies the ability to better manage their documents, ensuring that everything is accurate and easily accessed when needed.

 

An understanding of what goes into a proper minute book can help your company achieve success and transparency in business. In any situation where essential company documents are necessary, having them readily available cuts down on delays and frustration, making it a smoother process for everyone involved.

What is 409(a) and Why Does My Company Need it?

Whether your company is a new startup or an established private company, understanding and proper use of a 409(a) is essential to your company’s success. Thinking about it early will help you avoid potential setbacks and challenges later on, giving you more time to focus on growing your company, rather than tackling penalties. If that doesn’t convince you that a 409(a) is something that your company needs, a better understanding of what it is will convince you. 

 

To start with the basics, what is a 409(a)? First added to the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) in 2005, 409(a) outlines the taxation on “non-qualified deferred compensation,” which includes common stock options for employees. For companies to be able to offer their employees the ability to purchase stock in the company, they must complete a 409(a) valuation to determine the “strike price,” or the predetermined price at which employees can purchase the stocks. 

 

Undergoing a 409(a) valuation ensures that the strike price is at or above the fair market value and that the company remains compliant with the IRC. For companies who the IRS find to be noncompliant with the code, some penalties include an additional 20% tax penalty and penalty interest. 

 

So, how do you ensure that your company accurately determines the fair market value of your common stock? This can be done a couple of ways, either by someone within the company or by a third-party valuation firm. Whether you’re planning on completing 409(a) valuation in-house or hiring a firm, there are a few key things to keep in mind. 

 

For valuations done in-house, whoever is chosen must have at least five years of experience related to valuation. Since this can be subjective, the IRS could rule that the individual did not meet the requirements and that the valuation is inaccurate. Additionally, only private companies that are less than 10 years old can choose to complete their valuation in-house. It is also important to remember that if the IRS were to investigate, it would be the company’s responsibility to prove their valuation was correct. 

 

Hiring an outside firm, while often the more costly option, is usually more reliable. As long as the firm maintains a consistent approach to valuations and is independent, meaning that the firm is only providing the company with valuation, the company is given “safe harbor” protection. A safe harbor protects both the company and its employees, as it would be the IRS’s responsibility to prove that the valuation was inaccurate. 

 

Once your company has received its 409(a) valuation, how long does that last? It is considered to be valid for one year after the valuation. After that, it must be redone to ensure compliance. If your company closes a round of funding or undergoes any material changes before that period is up, a new 409(a) valuation would be required. 

 

Armed with the knowledge of what exactly a 409(a) is, you can help your company achieve success and maintain IRC compliance. Even early on, being compliant with tax codes ensures you avoid severe penalties and expensive delays should the IRS decide to audit your company as it begins generating revenue. 

 

What is Alternative Finance?

By definition, alternative finance includes any financing source outside of the traditional realm of the traditional finance systems like regulated banks and stock markets. Such methods include raising seed capital from friends and family, angel investors, venture capital firms, peer-to-peer lending, or crowdfunding. In contrast, traditional finance options require companies to apply for loans from a regulated bank or publicly offer stocks for sale to the public.

For companies in their earliest stages, raising capital from family and friends is often a safe way to secure additional funding. Friend and family investors are not required to register as investors, unlike traditional investors, making it easy for them to contribute to a growing company. Often founders do not need to relinquish equity to friend and family investors, allowing founders to retain as much equity as possible through their early stages.

If a company requires more financial resources, its next options may be angel investors and venture capital firms. With angel investors, wealthy individuals invest using their own money and meet the SEC’s accredited investor requirements. It is quite common for angel investors to act as a mentor to the companies they invest in, anticipating that it will help them secure a return on their investment. Venture capital firms often invest in startup companies that display the potential for a successful return and are SEC-registered and regulated. Rather than investing their own money, they invest money from other investors to generate profits for the investor. Typically, venture capital firms request equity so that they can have a share in the company’s development.

Another alternative form of financing is through peer-to-peer lending. Typically through online platforms, applicants are matched with lenders who are typically individual people. Interest rates are usually low and are not regulated by traditional banks. Platforms assess borrowers for risk to determine if they are eligible to invest.

One of the fastest-growing forms of alternative finance is crowdfunding and can include both rewards-based and equity-based offerings. With rewards-based crowdfunding, investors invest to be compensated with products that the company offers. Equity crowdfunding allows investors to exchange their investments for equity in the company. Equity crowdfunding is supported by Regulation CF, which allows private companies to raise up to $5 million from non-accredited investors, usually done online through the various crowdfunding portals presently available or a broker-dealer. Crowdfunding is extremely valuable in that it allows avid brand supporters to become investors and become an advocate for the companies they love. For non-accredited investors, the maximum investment per year is either $2,200 or 5% of their annual income, whichever is greater.

Regulation A+ is another method allowing companies to receive investments from non-accredited investors by exempting the offering from SEC registration. Companies can secure up to $75 million annually through this method of funding. Non-accredited investors are limited to investing 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greatest.

The variety of alternative finance options are attractive to companies who would like to go routes other than a traditional bank loan or those who may not be eligible for one.

What is Due Diligence?

When it comes to investments of any kind, due diligence is essential for both issuers and investors alike. Do so what exactly is due diligence?

 

Due diligence is ensuring that a potential investment comes with the accurate disclosure of all offering details. The Securities Act of 1933, a result of the stock market crash years earlier, introduced due diligence as a common practice. The purpose of the act was to create transparency into the financial statements of companies and protect investors from fraud. While the SEC requires the information provided to be accurate, it does not make any guarantees to its accuracy. However, the Securities Act of 1933 for the first time allowed investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments. 

 

In the process of investing, investors should review all information available to them. Investors should ask questions such as:

 

  • Company Business Plans: What are the issuer’s current and future plans? Do their projections seem reasonable given their current financial reports?
  • Company Management: Who are the company’s officers, founders, and board members? What is their previous experience in business and have they had success? Does the management team pass a Bad Actors check?
  • Products/Services: What does the company offer? Is it something that you would use or does there seem to be a wide appeal for the product or service in the market? 
  • Documentation: Is the company’s bylines, articles of incorporation, meeting minutes, and other related documents available to review?
  • Revenue: What does the company’s revenue look like? Does it make sense considering the demand for their products? What do revenue projections look like?
  • Debt: Does the company have debt? Is it comparable to other companies in the industry?
  • Competition: What does the company’s competition look like and how do they plan to deal with it? Has the company properly protected intellectual property through trademarks, patents, copyrights, etc.?
  • Funding: Why is the company raising funding and what are the plans for the money raised?

 

While these are important questions to ask, there are other factors that investors should think about. Investors should consider whether they are financially able to take on the risk of investment. While investing in private companies can lead to a huge return, success is not guaranteed. Investors should ask themselves if they would be able to afford to lose their investment or not immediately being able to make a profit. They should also ensure that they are qualified to invest. If they are a non-accredited investor, have they already made investments that could alter the amount they can invest?

 

Issuers should make sure that all information investors need to make an educated decision to invest is adequately provided. They do not want to risk potential lawsuits down the road for failing to disclose certain information. Issuers can ensure that they are meeting all due diligence requirements by using a broker-dealer as an intermediary for their investment.

What is Investor Acquisition?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest.

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support.

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly.

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best.

Are You Ready to Raise Capital?

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

 

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table(commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays.

 

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed.

 

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems.

 

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster.

 

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investmentsand issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold.

 

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success.

How a Member of the Crowd Made Crowdfunding Easier

A while back, one of our favorite start-up clients called me and asked me to speak to a potential investor. Paul Efron, a resident of Arizona, wanted to invest in the company’s Regulation A offering. However, when he went onto the company’s website to invest, his subscription was rejected. The company was accepting subscriptions from investors in every state but Arizona and Nebraska.

Why Arizona and Nebraska, asked Paul?

The reason was that while federal law and most states’ laws say that a company selling its own securities is exempt from broker-dealer registration, that’s not the case in a handful of states. These states say that if a company isn’t using a registered broker-dealer to sell in their state, the company has to register itself as an “issuer-dealer.” Depending on the state, that can involve letters to the regulators showing that the company and its officers are familiar with securities regulations, fingerprints, and, in the case of Arizona, a requirement that the company comply with “net capital” requirements as if they were an actual broker. Start-ups, of course, very rarely have any excess capital sitting around. So our client decided just not to sell in Arizona. (There were similar issues in Nebraska, which has since changed its rules.)

Paul could have done several things at this point. He could have pretended he lived somewhere else. He could have given up and invested in something else. But, being an entrepreneur himself, he decided the law needed to be changed, and set about changing it.

He reviewed the Arizona legislature website and saw that every legislator gets an email address on the website.  The way the website email system is setup, doing a mass email campaign with individual emails was possible.  Paul sent out an email to every one of the 30 Senators and 60 Representatives which took about an hour of click, click, cut and paste.  He found the autofill function very helpful.  Republican Senator Tyler Pace and Democratic Representative Aaron Lieberman replied to the email.  Having a member of both parties from both houses was perfect for this nonpartisan bill.  He brought me in to explain the issue to the legislators, their staff and the relevant committee staff. They listened, understood, and drafted. The first attempt at getting the legislation through was derailed because of COVID.  Paul contacted the legislators again.  The bill was reintroduced, passed this session, and the Governor signed it into law last week.

Start-ups (and Arizona investors) owe Paul. Not just for getting this roadblock removed, but for setting an example of what can happen when a citizen looks at a regulation and says “Well that doesn’t make any sense; how do I fix that?”

Managing Your Investments in Private Companies

For investors, investing in private companies can be a beneficial way to diversify their investment portfolios. Whether the investment was made through private equity or RegA+, proper management can contribute to long-term success. However, once the investment is made, investors need to ensure that they are correctly managing their shares. With this in mind, how should investors manage their investments once they have been made?

 

Investments made in private companies can often come with voting rights. Being a part of company decisions is an important aspect of being an investor and helps to elect company directors and resolve issues. Investors exercising their voting rights can be a major aspect of managing their portfolio.

 

Whether information is provided directly to the investors by the company or through a transfer agent, as companies release reports and other key information, shareholders should maintain current knowledge of the information. Understanding the company’s direction and changes that are occurring can give investors a picture of the future so they can determine how their shares will affect their portfolio. The investor should also know where the data can be found so that they are easily able to access and assess it.

 

Additionally, investors should monitor the liquidity of the shares. Since some private company shares can be traded in a secondary market, understanding the value and the option to trade is important for investors. If they know how much their shares are worth, and they have the ability to sell them, investors can freely trade their shares. This is key if they decide that they no longer want to be a shareholder in a particular private company.

 

However, for investors who own shares in multiple different companies, managing this information can become a burdensome task. With an all-in-one platform that incorporates portfolio management for investors, KoreConX streamlines and simplifies the process. KoreConX Portfolio Management allows investors to manage their investments from a centralized dashboard. Investors are easily able to see the shares that they own in each private company they’ve invested in. Through the platform, investors can access critical company information and performance data in one place, eliminating the need to remember where each piece of information is kept. Investors are also notified of upcoming shareholder meetings and can exercise their voting rights through the KoreConX platform. When companies and investors utilize the KoreConX platform, they can achieve higher success rates by maintaining compliance with necessary regulations. Utilizing KoreConX Portfolio Management is a powerful tool for investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments.

 

When dealing with private company investments, it is incredibly important that investors properly manage their portfolios. Remaining up-to-date on company decisions and performance can help them plan for the future of their shares while allowing them to make decisions to increase the success of their investments. When investors understand their voting rights, company developments, and the liquidity of their shares, they can be an active participant in their financial success.

Can IRAs Be Used for Private Companies Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate.

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence.

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old.

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments.

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income.

KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre was Recently Interviewed on DNA Podcast

Recently, KoreConX President and CEO Oscar Jofre had the pleasure of joining Jason Fishman on the Digital Niche Agency podcast. Jason and DNA are valued KorePartners and their podcast Test. Optimize. Scale. feature actionable insight for industry leaders on how to grow and optimize brands. 

 

In this episode, Jason and Oscar discuss how he was able to test, optimize, and scale KoreConX. In addition, they discuss the growing potential of Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) and the impact it will have on the private capital markets. 

 

The full episode can be listened to on Spotify or YouTube

KorePartner Spotlight: Jonny Price, Vice President of Fundraising at Wefunder

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Jonny Price has always had an interest in economic development and a passion for economic justice and equity. In his first role in the fundraising sector, he worked for a company called Kiva, which provided crowdfunded micro-loans to US entrepreneurs. With his experience as the head of Kiva US, it was a natural transition to Wefunder, where he serves as VP of Fundraising.

 

For too long, investments in private companies have been limited to only accredited investors. For the average person, their only chance to invest was once the company went public. Wefunder makes it so that private investments are not just limited to wealthy investors – through Wefunder, anyone can become an angel investor for as little as $100.

 

Jonny is excited about how this is changing the private investment space. When ordinary people can invest in brands they care about, more capital is available for founders and entrepreneurs to grow their businesses. Especially in minority and women-run businesses, there is a great disparity in access to capital. Only 1% of VC funding goes to black founders, and 3% goes to female-only founding teams. Crowdfunding helps to level the playing field tremendously.

 

Partnering with KoreConX was the right fit for Wefunder. Jonny said: “I have known Oscar for a while and am impressed with the services they offer. A number of Wefunder clients have used the platform, and had very positive things to say about the KoreConX team.”

Conducting a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, the amount companies are able to raise was increased to $75 million in January 2021 during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth.

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about.

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying.

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

CrowdCheck’s Analysis of the New Exempt Offerings Rules: Testing the Waters comes to Reg CF

While the costs of preparing an offering under Reg CF are significantly lower than other types of securities offerings, they can still be expensive in terms of professional and marketing fees prior to having any sense of whether the offering will be successful. The SEC heard the complaints from issuers on this point and have adopted a testing the waters provision that is substantially similar to that used in Reg A.

Under new Rule 206, issuers contemplating an offering under Reg CF may make written or oral offers to test the waters (“TTW”) prior to filing a Form C. Once the Form C is filed, the offering is live and no more TTW can be done. There is no restriction on the content of TTW communications, as there are for solicitations after the Form C has been filed under Rule 204(b), however, any TTW must include a legend containing the following:

(1) That no money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;

(2) That no offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is filed and only through an intermediary’s platform; and

(3) That a person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind.

Rule 206 also provides that the information that may be received by the issuer includes “name, address, telephone number, and/or email address” of any prospective investor. While the language is permissive, which would allow for additional information to be collected, such as pricing or other rights that prospective investors would want, this permissiveness would likely not extend to collection of payment information.

Issuers should note that any TTW materials used must be filed as part of the Form C under new Rule 201(z). This requirement is meant to ensure that all prospective investors gain access to the information that the issuer has made publicly available before the offering, as well as to provide a record of compliance with Rule 206.

Going forward, funding portals will need to evaluate whether any issuers have complied with Rule 206. If an issuer approaches a funding portal having already undertaken TTW without the required legend, the funding portal would likely have to deny access to that issuer for at least some period of time, because the issuer has not complied with the conditions of Reg CF, and thus violated Section 5 of the Securities Act. Likewise, an evaluation of whether all TTW materials have been included in the Form C is necessary. If not everything is included, then, again, the issuer has not complied with Reg CF and may be in violation of Section 5.

Further, TTW materials are still subject to the anti-fraud rules of federal and state securities laws. Misleading statements regarding projections, business plans, risks, financial condition, etc. during the TTW phase can still be a source of liability for an issuer and funding portal if the offering goes forward. These are certainly going to be matters that FINRA will be evaluating in funding portal compliance with Reg CF.

In its rulemaking, the SEC has also created a concept of “generic” TTW not tied to any particular type of exempt offering, which is new Rule 241. An issuer could use Rule 241 prior to a Reg CF offering, but would be wise to follow the filing requirements as if the TTW was conducted under Rule 206. We note that Rule 241 is unlikely to be used widely, since any such communications would be subject to state law, which is not preempted.

CrowdCheck, as a leading provider of due diligence, disclosure, and compliance solutions for online securities offerings, including crowdfunding, is ready to help you navigate compliance with the changes to Reg CF.

Tax Alert for Sponsors and Fund Managers: IRS Issues Final Regulations for Carried Interests

Every real estate syndication and private investment fund involves a “carried interest” for the sponsor, also known as a “promoted interest.” The IRS just issued final regulations on how those interests are taxed.

A carried interest is what the sponsor gets for putting the deal together. For example, a typical waterfall might provide that on sale of the project investors receive a preferred return, then investors receive a return of their capital, then the balance is divided 70% to investors and 30% to the sponsor. That 30% is the sponsor’s carried interest.

For as long as anyone can remember the sponsor’s 30% carry has been taxed as capital gain. This favorable tax treatment has been the subject of considerable controversy given that the carry is paid to the sponsor not for an investment of capital but for the performance of services. Why should fund managers and deal sponsors be taxed at capital gain rates while hardworking Crowdfunding lawyers are taxed at ordinary income rates? Or so the issue has often been posed.

As a gesture in the egalitarian direction, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 – the same law that gave us qualified opportunity zones – added section 1061 to the Internal Revenue Code. Section 1061 provides that while carried interests are still taxed at capital gain rates, the threshold for long-term rates is three years rather than 12 months.

That means if an investment fund buys stock in a portfolio company and flips it at a profit after two years, the investors are taxed at long-term capital gain rates while the sponsor is taxed at ordinary income rates, a big difference.

IMPORTANT NOTE:  In the real estate world section 1061 applies to vacant land or a triple-net lease, but not to a typical multifamily rental project. (The issue is whether the asset constitutes “property used in a trade or business” under Code section 1231.)

The final regulations just issued by the IRS clarify a few points:

  • They clarify that the three-year holding period doesn’t apply to an interest the sponsor acquires by investing capital along with other investors.
  • They clarify that if the sponsor receives a distribution with respect to its carried interest and reinvests the distribution, the interest the sponsor receives as a result of the reinvestment is not subject to the three-year holding period.
  • They provide that if the sponsor sells its carried interest, you “look through” the partnership to determine the holding period of the partnership’s assets.
  • They provide that if the sponsor transfers the carried interest to a related party, the sponsor can recognize taxable phantom gain.
  • They deal with in-kind distributions of assets to the sponsor with respect to the carried interest.

Section 1061 is one more tripwire for deal sponsors and their advisors. Be aware!

The State of the Jobs Act 2021 KoreSummit Webinar

The JOBS Act was signed into law just nine years ago, in April of 2012. Since then, thousands of companies have taken advantage of the Act’s exemptions to raise capital for their companies.  More than half a million investors have participated, providing funding to these companies—and it’s just getting started!

 

The JOBS Act’s fundamentals are simple:

  • Democratize capital so everyone can invest
  • Give ownership back to the owners
  • Create jobs

 

The proof of momentum is in the numbers and there now exists real tangible growth in the private markets.

 

The JOBS Act’s Impact by the Numbers for 2020

Total Funding Portals: 51

Total Companies Funded: 1,100

Total Companies Raising $1M USD: 229

Number of States: 48

Total Raised: $239.4M

Total Number of Investors: 358,000

Average Raise: $308,978

 

On November 2, 2020, SEC Commissioner Jay Clayton announced an amendment to two regulations that have truly expanded investors’ access to the funding of startups, emerging growth companies, and affinity-based projects online.  Companies can now use Reg CF to raise up to $5M USD, and RegA+ to raise up to $75M USD.

 

On March 15, 2021, our webinar brings together two individuals who began this journey more than a decade ago. You will hear them reflect on their experiences and, more importantly, what lies ahead for the next version of the JOBS Act and the following chapter on capital raising for entrepreneurs.

 

David Weild IV is a stock market expert best known for his position as Vice Chairman of NASDAQ. He is currently the Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Weild & Co. Inc., the parent company of the investment banking firm Weild Capital, LLC (dba Weild & Co.). Weild is also known as the “father” of the JOBS Act and has been involved in drafting legislation for the US Congress.

 

Sara Hanks, CEO of CrowdCheck and Managing Partner of CrowdCheck Law, is an attorney with over 30 years of experience in the corporate and securities field. CrowdCheck and CrowdCheck Law together provide a wide range of legal, compliance, and due diligence services for companies and intermediaries engaged in online capital formation, with a focus on offerings made under Regulations A, CF, D, and S, whether traditional or digitized securities.

 

Sara’s prior position was General Counsel of the bipartisan Congressional Oversight Panel, the overseer of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP). Prior to that, Sara spent many years as a partner at Clifford Chance, one of the world’s largest law firms. While at Clifford Chance, she advised on capital markets transactions and corporate matters for companies throughout the world. Sara began her career with the London law firm Norton Rose. She later joined the Securities and Exchange Commission and as Chief of the Office of International Corporate Finance, she led the team drafting regulations that put into place a new generation of rules governing the capital-raising process.

 

Sara received her law degree from Oxford University and is a member of the New York and DC bars and a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales. She serves on the SEC’s Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee. She holds a Series 65 securities license as a registered investment advisor. Sara is an aunt, Army wife, skier, cyclist, gardener, and animal lover.

 

This fireside discussion will be hosted by Vincent Molinari, co-founder and CEO of Molinari Media (Fintech.TV), who has followed the industry and is using the JOBS Act to raise capital for his own firm.

Announcing the 2021 JOBS Act Program RegCF

KoreConX has long been dedicated to helping companies meet all regulatory compliance requirements in the most cost-effective way. This commitment continues with our complimentary 2021 JOBS Act Program for RegCF, which will enable eligible companies to use the KoreConX all-in-one platform for free. KoreConX pledges to make this available to companies who have completed, started, or are in the middle of their RegCF raise. 

 

The KoreConX platform meets the regulatory SEC transfer agent requirements in addition to a dedicated agent, Cap Table Management, Portfolio Management, Shareholder Management, and BoardRoom Management. Companies using the KoreConX platform can efficiently manage SAFEs, CrowdSafes, promissory notes, debenture, and digital securities.

 

The JOBS Act Program will begin accepting applications on March 01, 2021.  KoreConX has committed to supporting your RegCF raise up to $1.07M with our complimentary (100% FREE) JOBS Act Program solution, complete with an SEC-registered transfer agent. With this increased access to capital, private companies have the chance to grow and create jobs in an economy greatly affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. KoreConX is proud to continue to provide the solutions that companies are in need of, in order to compliantly raise capital cost-effectively and efficiently.

 

Eligible companies can apply on the JOBS Act Program website. Once a submission has been received, the KoreConX team will begin the review process and notify accepted applicants within 48 hours.

 

www.JOBSActProgram.com

Regulation A+ Is Even Better After Passage Of The Economic Growth Act

On May 24, 2018, President Trump signed the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the Act) into law. The Act was introduced by Senator Mike Crapo, a Republican Senator from Idaho, in the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs on November 16, 2017. The 73-page-long Act contains a short and sweet Section 508 entitled “Improving Access To Capital” that changes Regulation A in a big way.

Some Background

In mid-2015, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission) amended Regulation A in order to expand the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as mandated by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, to enhance the ability of smaller companies to raise money. Regulation A allows companies to offer and sell securities to the public, but with more limited disclosure requirements than those that apply to full reporting companies under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). In comparison to registered offerings, smaller companies in earlier stages of development are able to use this rule to more cost-effectively raise money.

Why Is This A Big Deal?

(1) Reporting Companies Will Be Able to Rely on Regulation A: Prior to the Act, reporting companies were prohibited from utilizing Regulation A to raise capital. The Act requires the Commission to finalize rules that amend 17 C.F.R. Section 230.251 to remove the requirement that the issuer not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act immediately before the offering. Therefore, reporting companies will be able to rely on Regulation A to raise capital.

(2) Reporting Companies Will Not Be Required To File Additional Reports: The Act requires that the Commission finalize rules that amend 17 C.F.R. 230.257 to deem reporting companies as having met the requirements of 17 C.F.R. 230.257. Therefore, reporting companies that already meet the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act do not need to file additional reports required under 17 C.F.R. 230.257.

When Will The Rules Be Finalized?

Rulemaking is the process by which federal agencies implement legislation by Congress that is then signed into law by the President. Rulemaking generally involves the following steps:

(1) Concept Release: The Commission issues a concept release when an issue is unique and complicated such that the Commission wants public input before issuing a proposed rule. The Act is very straightforward so the Commission will probably not issue a concept release and go straight to the next step.
(2) Rule Proposal: When approved by the Commission, a rule proposal is published for public notice and comment for a specified period of time, typically between 30 and 60 days. A rule proposal typically contains the text of the proposed new or amended rule along with a discussion of the issue or problem the proposal is designed to address. The public’s input on the proposal is considered as a final rule is drafted.
(3) Rule Adoption: When approved by the Commission, the new rule or rule amendment becomes part of the official rules that govern the securities industry. The new rule or rule amendment is in the form of an adopting release that reflects the Commission’s consideration of the public comments.

 

See the original article, published on our KorePartner’s blog here.

Using a Transfer Agent Doesn’t Mean You Have a Single Entry on Your Cap Table

Many issuers are concerned that “Crowdfunding will screw up my cap table.” In response, several Title III funding portals offer a mechanism they promise will leave only a single entry on the issuer’s cap table, no matter how many investors sign up.

The claim is innocuous, i.e., it doesn’t really hurt anybody. But it’s also false.

The claim begins with section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act. Under section 12(g), an issuer must register its securities with the SEC and begin filing all the reports of a public company if the issuer has more than $10 million of total assets and any class of equity securities held of record by more than 500 non-accredited investors or more than 2,000 total investors.

17 CFR §240.12g5-1 defines what it means for securities to be held “of record.” For example, under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(a)(2), securities held by a partnership are generally treated as held “of record” by one person, the partnership, even if the partnership has lots of partners. Similarly, under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(a)(4), securities held by two or more persons as co-owners (e.g., as tenants in common) are treated as held “of record” by one person.

With their eyes on this regulation, the funding portals require each investor to designate a third party to act on the investor’s behalf. The third-party acts as transfer agent, custodian, paying agent, and proxy agent, and also has the right to vote the investor’s securities (if the securities have voting rights). The funding portal then takes the position that all the securities are held by one owner “of record” under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1.

Two points before going further:

  • Title III issuers don’t need 17 CFR §240.12g5-1 to avoid reporting under section 12(g). Under 17 CFR §240.12g6(a), securities issued under Title III don’t count toward the 500/2,000 thresholds, as long as the issuer uses a transfer agent and has no more than $25 million of assets.
  • 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(b)(3) includes an anti-abuse rule:  “If the issuer knows or has reason to know that the form of holding securities of record is used primarily to circumvent the provisions of section 12(g). . . . the beneficial owners of such securities shall be deemed to be the record owners thereof.”

But put both those things to the side and assume that, by using the mechanism offered by the funding portal, the issuer has 735 investors but only one holder “of record.”

Does having one holder “of record” mean the issuer has only a single entry on its cap table? Of course not. At tax time, the issuer is still going to produce 735 K-1s.

The fact is, how many holders an issuer has “of record” for purposes of section 12(g) of the Exchange Act has nothing to do with cap tables. The leap from section 12(g) to cap tables is a rhetorical sleight-of-hand.

As I said in the beginning, the sleight-of-hand is mostly harmless. Except for some additional fees, neither the issuer nor the investors are any worse off. And the motivation is understandable:  too many issuers think Crowdfunding will get in the way of future funding rounds, even though that’s not true.

Even so, as a boring corporate lawyer and true believer in Crowdfunding, I’m uncomfortable with the sleight-of-hand. When SPVs become legal on March 15th perhaps the market will change.

KorePartner Spotlight: Shari Noonan, CEO and Co-Founder of Rialto Markets

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to
feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

With over 20 years of experience in financial services, Shari Noonan has been instrumental in
the electronification of the equities market. Shari began her career in the ‘90s at an electronic
trading pioneer called Instinet and was excited about making a change in the market. Shari
joined Goldman Sachs after her years with Instinet and then moved on to Deutsche Bank. At all
these stops, Shari’s focus was on creating efficiencies, implementing effective governance, and
delivering technology to create greater efficiencies and solve a wide variety of capital markets
issues. Firsthand experience with the issues and solutions in the public markets gave Shari
important and unique insight into the inefficiencies within the private placement market.

 

Shari and the co-founders of Rialto Markets saw an opportunity to leverage their experience to
create new capital formation and interaction capabilities that reduce friction, expand access, and
lower the overall cost of capital. As a FINRA registered Broker-Dealer operating an SEC
recognized Alternative Trading System (ATS) for Private Securities (including those issued as
digital asset securities), Rialto helps issuers meet AML and KYC requirements, onboard
investors, and navigate numerous other services throughout every phase of the capital
formation process. Additionally, Rialto’s ATS enables secondary trading for private securities.
This gives investors a powerful opportunity to monetize without waiting for a private company to
go live through an IPO and affords opportunities for new participants to invest in these private
securities.

 

This industry has many aspects that excite Shari. She sees it at the intersection of capital
markets and technology, which will make processes both scalable and cost-efficient no matter
the size of the capital raise. Shari says, “What excites me the most is we have the unique
opportunity to open a new market.” The introduction of various regulations in private securities –
like Reg A+, Reg CF – allows companies like Rialto to implement solutions that democratize
private capital markets. With efficient platforms that attain necessary scale, all investors can be
serviced effectively and more investors can participate in private securities, thereby expanding
and diversifying their respective portfolios.

 

Of their partnership with KoreConX, Shari Noonan said: “KoreConX offers the ingredient we need to
facilitate our vision.” Tools such as Cap Table Management form the necessary infrastructure
and ecosystem to facilitate everything in the middle.

What Role Does a Transfer Agent or Share Registry Provider Play?

For companies, both private and public, a transfer agent plays a vital role in financial success. With everything a company needs to keep track of on a day-to-day basis, maintaining an accurate record of shareholders is one of these important tasks. However, it is also time consuming, so having a transfer agent or share registry provider that can keep accurate and timely records may be a convenient solution.

 

One of the main functions of a transfer agent is to issue and cancel certificates. When someone purchases shares in the company, the transfer agent issues a certificate of their ownership, either physically or electronically. As shares are issued to investors, the transfer agent also records all transactions, keeping a record of who the investors are and what they own. When shares are transferred to a new owner, typically through a secondary market, the transfer agent cancels the certificate issued to the original investor and issues a new certificate to the new owner.

 

The transfer agent must maintain an accurate and up-to-date record of all investors, as the company will need it to maintain its capitalization table (also known as the cap table). When it comes to future business deals, having the equity distribution clearly outlined in the cap table will be essential to know how much equity remains for future investors. Additionally, accurate records of investors’ shares are essential to facilitating smooth secondary market transactions. 

 

It is also the transfer agent’s responsibility to work as an intermediary for the company they represent. If dividends are to be paid to shareholders, the transfer agent pays the distributions due to each investor. As an intermediary, the transfer agent also communicates on behalf of the company with investors. They are responsible for mailing any reports and proxy materials released by the company. If the company were to hold a vote, shareholders with voting rights would communicate their choice to the company through the transfer agent. 

 

In addition to issuing and canceling certificates, the transfer agent is also responsible for handling lost or stolen certificates. If an investor were to lose their certificate, they would need to contact the transfer agent. The transfer agent would then place a “stop transfer” on the shares so that they cannot be transferred from the investor to another individual. 

 

Companies can choose to issue certificates electronically and may choose to use software such as KoreConX’s Transfer Agent. Completely integrated with their all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Transfer Agent is SEC-registered, ensuring compliance with worldwide securities regulations. Streamlining and simplifying the process, the KoreConX Transfer Agent updates records in real-time and is seamlessly integrated with the company’s cap table. Reducing errors that may result in manually filing and updating information, the KoreConX Transfer Agent creates reliability and transparency for both investors and issuers. 

 

Understanding the role of a transfer agent and share registry provider is essential for successfully managing shareholders and the many forms of securities that companies can choose to offer. Choosing the right transfer agent will enable companies to provide real-time information to their investors, without unnecessary expenses. More importantly, a good transfer agent allows for integration with other capabilities, allowing them to manage their data more efficiently. 

Why Does My Company Need a 409(a)?

Whether your company is a new startup or an established private company, understanding and proper use of a 409(a) is essential to your company’s success. Thinking about it early will help you avoid potential setbacks and challenges later on, giving you more time to focus on growing your company, rather than tackling penalties. If that doesn’t convince you that a 409(a) is something that your company needs, a better understanding of what it is will convince you.

 

To start with the basics, what is a 409(a)? First added to the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) in 2005, 409(a) outlines the taxation on “non-qualified deferred compensation,” which includes common stock options for employees. For companies to be able to offer their employees the ability to purchase stock in the company, they must complete a 409(a) valuation to determine the “strike price,” or the predetermined price at which employees can purchase the stocks. 

 

Undergoing a 409(a) valuation ensures that the strike price is at or above the fair market value and that the company remains compliant with the IRC. For companies who the IRS find to be noncompliant with the code, some penalties include an additional 20% tax penalty and penalty interest. 

 

So, how do you ensure that your company accurately determines the fair market value of your common stock? This can be done a couple of ways, either by someone within the company or by a third-party valuation firm. Whether you’re planning on completing 409(a) valuation in-house or hiring a firm, there are a few key things to keep in mind. 

 

For valuations done in-house, whoever is chosen must have at least five years of experience related to valuation. Since this can be subjective, the IRS could rule that the individual did not meet the requirements and that the valuation is inaccurate. Additionally, only private companies that are less than 10 years old can choose to complete their valuation in-house. It is also important to remember that if the IRS were to investigate, it would be the company’s responsibility to prove their valuation was correct. 

 

Hiring an outside firm, while often the more costly option, is usually more reliable. As long as the firm maintains a consistent approach to valuations and is independent, meaning that the firm is only providing the company with valuation, the company is given “safe harbor” protection. A safe harbor protects both the company and its employees, as it would be the IRS’s responsibility to prove that the valuation was inaccurate. 

 

Once your company has received its 409(a) valuation, how long does that last? It is considered to be valid for one year after the valuation. After that, it must be redone to ensure compliance. If your company closes a round of funding or undergoes any material changes before that period is up, a new 409(a) valuation would be required. 

 

Armed with the knowledge of what exactly a 409(a) is, you can help your company achieve success and maintain IRC compliance. Even early on, being compliant with tax codes ensures you avoid severe penalties and expensive delays should the IRS decide to audit your company as it begins generating revenue. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Sara Hanks, CEO of CrowdCheck

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

With over 30 years in the corporate and securities law field, Sara Hanks has a wealth of experience. Before CrowdCheck began, Sara and one of the firm’s co-founders (whose husband became the other cofounder) served on the Congressional Oversight Panel where they spent 18 months in DC investigating the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Shortly after this time, the bills that became the JOBS Act were passing through Congress and Sara’s interest in the private capital markets grew.

 

Sara and the CrowdCheck co-founders began to discuss due diligence and the implication crowdfunding would have. With their combined legal and entrepreneurial experience, they knew they could help investors make good investment decisions and walk entrepreneurs through the compliance process. These conversations led to CrowdCheck, which Sara says was “founded on the back of a cocktail napkin.”

 

CrowdCheck and its affiliated law firm, CrowdCheck Law, provides clients with a complete range of legal and compliance services for issuers and investors. As a “weapon against potential fraud,” CrowdCheck does due diligence for investors, letting them see the results themselves in a report that is easy to understand. The firm also helps entrepreneurs through the complex process of compliance, making sure that they have met all legal requirements. Sara and CrowdCheck have tremendous experience applying exciting securities laws to the online capital environment, a skillset valuable in the crowdfunding space.

 

One of the things that excites Sara most about this space is that there are “so many cases of first impressions.” Raising capital isn’t new, but with crowdfunding, new questions arise every day and there is the opportunity for innovative delivery of information.

 

A partnership with KoreConX is exciting for Sara and CrowdCheck because KoreConX values and understands how essential compliance is. “This environment won’t work without compliance,” Sara Hanks said, so it was valuable finding a partner that did not need convincing when it came to compliance.

What is Cap Table Management?

More than a simple spreadsheet, a cap table (short for capitalization table) records detailed data regarding the equity owned by shareholders.  For companies at any stage, proper cap table management is essential for good business practices. For founders and shareholders alike, it is important to fully grasp the concept of cap tables. So, what exactly is cap table management?

 

A clear and well-managed cap table paints a detailed picture of exactly who owns what in the company. Whether a founder is looking to raise additional capital or offer incentives to employees, the cap table, when managed correctly, will show the exact break down of shares, digital securities, options, warrants, loans, SAFE, Debenture etc. This information enables founders to understand how the equity distribution is impacted by business decisions.

 

Proper cap table management ensures that all transactions are accounted for and that potential investors are easily able to see the equity structure during funding rounds. Founders are also able to better negotiate the terms of a deal when they have the entire picture of their company’s structure available for reference. Without a cap table, companies can face challenges when it comes to raising capital, due to a lack of transparency in the ownership of the company.

 

Once the cap table is created, it must be maintained properly, updated each time the company or the assigned registered transfer agent/share registry provider who performs equity-based transactions. In the early stages of the company, the cap table will be relatively simple to manage but as rounds of funding progress, it becomes more complex as shares are distributed amongst investors and employees.

 

While simple cap tables can be created in programs such as Excel, a cap table management software may provide a better solution as it becomes more complex.  As part of its all-in-one platform, KoreConX provides companies with the tools to properly record every transaction in their cap table. Encouraging transparency of shareholders, every type of security (digital securities, shares, options, warrants, loan, SAFE, Debenture) that may be offered is accounted for and kept up to date as deals occur. By maintaining transparent records, companies can benefit from both shorter transaction times and expedited due diligence.

 

With an understanding of the importance of keeping a properly managed cap table, founders can arm themselves with the ability to make well-informed business decisions. The detailed insight into a company’s financial structure allows potential investors to feel confident in their investments, secure with the knowledge that their share is accurately accounted for. Even if the task of creating a cap table may seem daunting, it is simplified with a cap table management software so that everyone is on the same page.  

KorePartners Spotlight: Rod Turner, Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Manhattan Street Capital

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

Rod Turner is the founder, chairman, and CEO of Manhattan Street Capital, an online fundraising platform allowing companies to cost-effectively raise capital using Regulation A+, Regulation D, and other regulations, supporting them throughout the entire capital raising journey. The goal is to make it easier for investors to invest and for issuers to list their offerings. The popular term for the services provided by Manhattan Street Capital is “quarterbacking”; they are not the company raising money, but they bring all necessary services providers together and advise the company and marketing agencies on the nuances of raising money successfully. These services combine with the company’s offering platform which separates Issuer Clients into their own offering pages with rich features and deep instrumentation and integration with all marketing.

Before founding Manhattan Street Capital, Rod Turner founded 6 other successful tech startups. He has had extensive experience in the capital markets, from securing VC funding, IPOs listed on the NASDAQ, mergers and acquisitions, as well as building a VC fund with a colleague. This experience has led him to understand the power of RegA+ as a fundraising tool for startups and mid-sized companies.

I recognized pretty quickly that RegA+ is a phenomenally good fundraising instrument and that the regulations are really well-written, very pragmatically written, when it comes to implementing them. Which I was just really excited to see.”

Rod has seen many mature startups and mid-sized  companies  that are “strangled by the lack of access to growth capital” and sees RegA+ as very attractive solution for many of these companies Rod estimates that the scale of capital raised via Reg A+ may amount to $50-60 billion raised per year when it hits full stride. By getting involved in the industry, Rod wants to help solve this issue faced by companies and help them to secure the funding they need. “I want the whole industry to be very successful,” Rod said. RegA+ is continuing to expand rapidly, which will continue to open more opportunities for companies throughout the US.

At Manhattan Street Capital, Rod deeply analyzes the RegA+ industry to solve problems for his company and its clients. Each year, Rod and the Manhattan Street Capital team go through all the EDGAR filings with the SEC to assess the scale of RegA+. Rod likes to take a bigger picture approach so that he can solve problems that are not noticed by those that only focus on their specialty. 

Bringing Private Placements into the Digital Age

How blockchain-based technology will transform private markets

 

Remember the first time you drove a car with a rear-facing camera? The first time you streamed an on-demand movie at home via the Internet, or used GPS instead of a fold-out paper map to find your way on a trip? Similarly, emerging digital technologies have the potential to significantly streamline the cumbersome process of issuing and trading private securities, while automating regulatory compliance and enhancing secondary-market liquidity, transparency, and price discovery. The best part? All these benefits can be captured within existing market structures.

 

The growing popularity of private placements over public listings in recent years is a well-documented phenomenon, driven by tightened regulatory requirements for public issuers and a widening search for returns among investors in a low-interest-rate world.

 

Strong Growth in Private Markets

Acknowledging that raising capital in private markets is simpler than floating public offerings, the path to private issuance is still lengthy and complex. After capital is raised, issuers incur ongoing costs for stock transfers, escheatment, dividend payouts, and compliance. Meanwhile, participants in secondary markets must cope with complexities in making legal and transfer arrangements. Indeed, the timeline for executing trades in privates is currently calculated not in hours or days, but in weeks and months. Throughout, the process is larded with paper, paper, and more paper, stuffed into a file cabinet or residing on email servers.

 

Contrast that with the way new digital mechanisms can transform how private markets operate.

Source: Preqin

 

Blockchain based technologies help ensure that regulated securities are allowed for trading, execute and track payment and receipt of dividends, and validate that transactions have been executed solely with approved investors.  Post-trade processes leverage blockchain’s single “source of truth” — that is, the immutability of a blockchain ledger — working with SEC registered transfer agents.  Alternative trading systems (ATS) are now live for secondary trading of private yet regulated digital securities.

This is no pie-in-the-sky, far-in-the-future scenario. Industry standard-setting bodies like the FIX Trading Community (aka FIX), the Digital Chamber of Commerce, and the Global Digital Asset & Cryptocurrency Association, operating within the framework of the International Standardization Organization (ISO), are at work developing ways to integrate trading of digital securities into existing market structures. For example, FIX has a globally represented working group focused on adapting its widely used messaging standards to communicate and trade digital assets.

 

In short, digitization of private securities can ease capital raises, streamline compliance, improve liquidity and transparency, and save issuers and investors money — all within a regulated ecosystem. In future articles, we’ll explore what the emerging digital trading landscape means specifically for issuers and investors.

 

Continue reading “Bringing Private Placements into the Digital Age”

How Can a Company Raise Capital?

For companies looking to raise capital, there are many different options. While not every option may be best suited for every company, understanding each will help companies choose which one is best for them.

 

In the early stages of raising capital, seeking investments from family and friends can be both a simple and safe solution. Since family members and friends likely want to see you succeed, they are potential sources of funding for your company. Unlike traditional investors, family and friends do not need to register as an investor to donate. It is also likely that through this method, founders may not have to give up some of their equity. This allows them to retain control over their company. 

 

Angel investors and angel groups can also be a source of capital. Angel investors are wealthy individuals that meet the SEC requirements of accredited investors, who invest their own money. Angel groups are multiple angel investors who have pooled their money together to invest in startups. Typically, angel investors invest capital in exchange for equity and may play a role as a mentor, anticipating a return in their investment. 

 

Venture capital investors are SEC-regulated and invest in exchange for equity in the company. However, they are not investing their own money, rather investing other people’s. Since venture capital investors are trying to make money from their investments, they typically prefer to have some say in the company’s management, likely reducing the founders’ control. 

 

Strategic investors may also be an option for companies. Typically owned by larger corporations, strategic investors invest in companies that will strengthen the corporate investor or that will help both parties grow. Strategic investors usually make available their connections or provide other resources that the company may need. 

 

For some companies, crowdfunding may be useful for raising funds. With this method, companies can either offer equity or rewards to investors, the latter allowing the company to raise the money they need without giving up control of the company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC passed Regulation A+ crowdfunding, which allows companies to raise up to $75 million in capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors. Crowdfunding gives companies access to a wider pool of potential investors, making it possible to secure the funding they need through this method. 

 

Alternatively, Regulation CF may be a better fit. Through RegCF, companies can raise up to $5 million, during a 12-month, period from anyone looking to invest. This gives companies an important opportunity to turn their loyal customers into shareholders as well. These types of offerings must be done online through an SEC-registered intermediary, like a funding portal or broker-dealer. In the November 2020 update to the regulation, investment limits for accredited investors were removed and investment limits for non-accredited investors were revised to be $2,200 or 5% of the greater of annual income or net worth. It is also important to note that now, companies looking to raise capital using RegCF are permitted to “test the waters,” to gauge interest in the offering before it’s registered with the SEC. The SEC also permits the use of SPVs in RegCF offerings as well. 

 

Regulation D is another method that private companies can use to raise capital. Through RegD, some companies are allowed to sell securities without registering the offering with the SEC. However, companies choosing to raise capital through RegD must electronically file the SEC’s “Form D.” By meeting either RegD exemptions 506(b) or 506(c), issuers can raise an unlimited amount of capital. To meet the requirements of the 506(b) exemption, companies must not use general solicitation to advertise securities, can raise money from an unlimited number of accredited investors and up to 35 other sophisticated investors, and must determine the information to provide investors while adhering to anti-fraud securities laws. For 506(c) exemptions, companies can solicit and advertise an offering but all investors must be accredited. In this case, the company must reasonably verify that the investor meet the SEC’s accredited investor requirements  

 

Companies can also utilize direct offerings to raise money. Through a direct offering, companies can issue shares to the company directly to investors, without having to undergo an initial public offering (IPO). Since a direct offering is typically cheaper than an IPO, companies can raise funding without having major expenses. Since trading of shares bought through a direct offering is typically more difficult than those bought in an IPO, investors may request higher equity before they decide to invest. 

 

Companies can offer security tokens to investors through an issuance platform. Companies should be aware that these securities are required to follow SEC regulations. It is becoming more common for companies to offer securities through an issuance platform, as it allows them to reach a larger audience than traditional methods. This is also attractive to investors, as securities can be traded in a secondary market, providing them with more options and liquidity for their shares. 

 

Additionally, companies looking to raise capital can do so with the help of a broker-dealer. Broker-dealers are SEC-registered entities that deal with transactions related to securities, as well as buying and selling securities for its own account or those of its customers. Plus, certain states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities, so working with a broker-dealer allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. This makes it likely that a company raising capital already has an established relationship with a brokers-dealer. 

 

Lastly, companies looking to raise capital can do it directly through their website. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can raise capital at their website, maintaining their brand experience. The platform allows companies to place an “invest now” button on their site throughout their RegA, RegCF, RegD, or other offerings so that potential investors can easily invest. 

 

Whichever method of raising capital a company chooses, it must make sure that it aligns with the company’s goals. Without understanding each method, it is possible that founders may end up being asked to give up too much equity and lose control of the company they have worked hard to build. Companies should approach the process of raising capital with a strategy already in place so that they can be satisfied with the outcome. 

What is Regulation A+?

Regulation A+ (RegA+) was passed into law by the SEC in the JOBS Act, making it possible for companies to raise funding from the general public and not just from accredited investors. With the implementation of Title IV of the act, the amount that companies can raise was increased to $50 million (since increased to $75 million), offering companies the ability to pursue equity crowdfunding without the complexity of regular offerings. So, what investments does RegA+ allow?

 

Outlined in the act, companies can determine the interest in RegA+ offerings by “testing the waters.” While testing the waters allows investors to express their interest in the offering, it does not obligate them to purchase once the Offering Statement has been qualified by the SEC. Also allowed by the Act, companies can use social media and the internet to both communicate and advertise the securities. However, in all communications, links to the Offering Statement must be provided and must not contain any misleading information. 

 

It is important to understand the two tiers that comprise RegA+. Tier I offerings are limited to a maximum of $20 million and calls for coordinated review between the SEC and individual states in which the offering will be available. Companies looking to raise capital through Tier I are required to submit their Offering Statement to both the SEC and any state in which they are looking to sell securities. This was a compromise for those who opposed the preemption that is implemented in Tier II.

 

For offerings that fall under Tier II, companies can raise up to $75 million from investors. For these offerings, companies must provide the SEC with their offering statement, along with two years of audited financials for review. Before any sales of securities can take place, the SEC must approve the company’s offering statement, but review by each state is not required. It is also important to note that for Tier II offerings, ongoing disclosure is required unless the number of investors was to fall below 300.

 

In contrast to typical rounds of fundraising, investors are not required to be accredited, opening the offering up to anyone for purchase. Under Tier I, there are no limits that are placed on the amount a sole person can invest. For unaccredited investors under Tier II, limits are placed on the amount they can invest in offerings. The maximum is placed at ten percent of either their net worth or annual income, whichever amount is greater. To certify their income for investing, unaccredited investors can be self-certified, without being required to submit documentation of their income to the SEC. Additionally, there is no limit placed upon the company as to the number of investors to whom it can sell securities.

 

Once investors have purchased securities through RegA+ investments, the trading and sale of these securities is not restricted. Only the company that has created the offering can put limits on their resale. This allows investors to use a secondary market for trading these securities.

 

Through Regulation A+, companies are given massive power to raise funds from anyone looking to invest. With the Act allowing for up to $75 million to be raised, this enables companies to raise capital from a wide range of people, rather than only from accredited investors. With two tiers, companies have the freedom to choose the one that best fits their needs. Regulation A+ and the JOBS Act have the potential to drastically change the investment landscape.

KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre’s Interview on Recent EINBLICK Podcast

Recently, KoreConX President, CEO, and Co-Founder Oscar Jofre had the pleasure of joining Christian Klepp, Co-Founder of EINBLICK Consulting, on their podcast B2B Marketers on a Mission. 

 

With Christian, Oscar discusses empowering and transforming the private capital markets through pivotal regulations enabling them to better raise capital. Along with these changes, companies need the education and tools to manage their data and shareholders. No longer are private companies limited to a VC or fund to raise capital, they have the power to leverage their customers and shareholders to raise needed capital. However, they need to keep learning to understand their options and responsibilities. 

 

You can listen to the full interview with Oscar Jofre here.

 

Effective Date of the Amendments to Reg CF and Reg A

The amendments to Reg CF, Reg A, and other rules relating to capital formation utilizing exempt offerings have finally been published in the Federal Register, with an effective date of March 15, 2021.

Meet the KorePartners: Andrew Corn, CEO of E5A Integrated Marketing

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

From the first project he worked on while still in college, Andrew Corn has been involved in financial marketing. After his first analyst’s presentation, “and then second, and then fifth, I decided to drop out of college and focus on that full time. Soon after, I wrote my first IPO roadshow, built a company around that, and a few years later, also started working for money managers,” Andrew said. After selling that company, Andrew went to work for a publishing company specializing in investingas the chief marketing officer.

 

Then, for 9 years, Andrew left the marketing industry and created a multi-factor model used to analyze the stocks available on US exchanges to select them for separately managed accounts, and he and his team designed the index behind six ETFs, eventually selling that company to a bank, where he served as the chief investment officer. “When E5A was born, it was born as an investment house, and then I got sucked back into marketing in 2012 and switched E5A over into a marketing firm in 2013,” Andrew recounted. At E5A, they acquire investors through systematic, data-driven marketing.

 

For companies that are looking to raise capital, marketing plays an incredibly important role. For RegA+ offerings, a company’s first target is typically its existing network of customers. However, a marketing firm such as E5A can help companies to understand the behavior and demographics of current customers. Knowing how customers behave will allow companies to targetpeople that are demographically and behaviorally just like their current customers.

 

With RegA+ offerings, the majority of the money will be raised through marketing. “The beauty of that is that it’s passive,” Andrew says, “we can look at entirely new groups of prospects who are the most likely people who would be interested in investing in a company like yours. Sometimes we can find them through behavior or demographics, hopefully, it’s a combination of both.” Once potential investors have been found, marketing agencies can come up with the messaging platform that will raise money through these investors. Companies are often surprised that their existing network raises little money, but the investors they can gain through marketing helps them reach their goals.

 

Through the use of marketing, Andrew is excited about how companies benefit from acquiring investors at scale. “If you’re a restaurant chain, you want as many people to know about it as possible. If you have a direct-to-consumer product, you want many people to know about it. So a byproduct of raising capital is promoting the brand or the business.” Both investors and the companies get more engaged as information is put out regularly.

 

With RegA+ allowing investors of all wealth, income and experience levels to participate, the restriction allowing only accredited investors is lifted. Additionally, Andrew believes that increasing the limit from $50 to $75 million will greatly improve the regulation since oftentimes companies require more funding. With IPOs on both the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ often over $100 million, he believes increasing the cap to as much as $200 million in a few years would be better for companies looking to utilize RegA+.

 

For its clients, E5A is a “turnkey marketing company, so we do everything from messaging platforms to data-targeting to media buying and optimization, message testing, web development, etc.” Andrew expects that E5A will be held to a standard of success being measured by the amount of money raised. While looking to maintain as much control of the outcome, E5A also understands that many of the companies they work with have their own marketing or IT departments, and try to share as much work with them as possible and include them in the process.

 

E5A looks to work with companies that have a high probability of success, which requires an ecosystem of legal, accounting, technology, broker/dealer, consulting, and marketing services. Andrew says, “We feel that Oscar and the KoreConX team are putting together a world-class network of service providers who are experts in each of their individual tasks. We are glad to participate.

Warrant Issuers, Keep Your Offering Statement Evergreen

An increasing number of issuers have been using Regulation A to make continuous offerings of units, consisting of a combination of equity, often common stock, and warrants to purchase the same equity at a future date.  Under the Securities Act, the units, the shares of stock, the warrants and the shares of stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are separate securities whose offer and sale must be registered on a registration statement or covered by an exemption from registration such as Regulation A.  That is why offering statements under Regulation A list each of these individually and why the SEC requires the validity opinion filed as an exhibit to the offering statement to cover all of them (See Staff Legal Bulletin No. 19, available at https://www.sec.gov/interps/legal/cfslb19.htm ).

 

Most warrants that are part of these structures are exercisable for more than a year after their date of issuance, often up to 18 months.  Since the exercise of the warrant and payment of the exercise price for the underlying shares is a new investment decision by the warrant holder, the offering statement covering the underlying warrant shares must continue to be qualified under Regulation A in order for the new shares to be covered by the exemption from registration. That means that an issuer must keep the offering statement “evergreen,” or qualified for at least 2 to 3 years to cover those exercises, even if the offering of the units is completed before the first anniversary of qualification.   Most Regulation A offerings permit rolling closings.  The effective date of a warrant is typically the date on which a closing is held and a warrant is issued to an investor.  For example, if an issuer commences a Regulation A offering on the date its offering statement is qualified (let’s say February 1, 2021) and holds its first closing of units on March 1, the warrants issued in that closing are exercisable until September 1, 2022, well past the anniversary of qualification.  Assuming the offering stays open for at least 9 months and the final closing is held on November 1, 2021, the warrants issued in that final closing are exercisable until May 1, 2023.

 

Under the securities laws, registration statements for continuous offerings are kept updated, or “evergreen,” when an issuer complies with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act by filing timely periodic reports such as their annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.  However, since the analogous periodic reports under Regulation A are filed under the Securities Act, their filing does not keep the offering statement evergreen.  If an offering is to extend more than one year from qualification, issuers conducting continuous offerings need to file post qualification amendments (“PQA”)  in accordance with Rule 252(f)(i) every 12 months after the qualification date to update the offering statement, which includes incorporating the financial statements from the periodic reports filed during the previous 12 months.  If the original offering statement was scheduled to terminate before the warrant exercise period ended, the PQA would also need to extend the termination date. A PQA in those circumstances renders the offering statement un-qualified and subject to a possible new SEC review, which means an issuer may continue to make offers (so long as the financials are not stale yet) but may not make sales, such as the issuance of warrant shares upon exercise of warrants, until the SEC re-qualifies the offering statement (See our blog post on updating continuous offerings: https://www.crowdcheck.com/blog/updating-continuous-offerings-under-regulation).  Using our example above, the issuer of units would need to at a minimum file a PQA in sufficient time before February 1, 2022 to allow for a possible Staff review and comment period to meet the annual requirement under Rule 252.  Moreover, if the unit offering lasts more than 6 months after the original qualification date, an issuer should anticipate having to file a second PQA in early 2023 to cover the exercise of warrants issued in the last closing of the offering.

 

Warrant issuers should also keep in mind some additional steps they will need to take.   The subscription agreement and the warrants themselves will need to include additional reps, warranties and covenants, such as a covenant to keep the offering statement evergreen.  Plus, even after qualifying the PQA with the SEC, the issuer will need to insure that it is current with state notice filings, which typically need to be renewed every 12 months as well.

What is Secondary Market Trading?

Even if you’re unfamiliar with the term secondary market, you’re likely familiar with the concept. Companies sell securities to investors, who in exchange own a piece of the company. The investor can then decide they would rather not own that security any longer, so they sell it to someone else who does. For public companies, this typically happens on the NASDAQ and the New York Stock Exchange, where people freely sell and purchase stock in publicly traded companies. 

 

The exchange is considered secondary because the transaction is not done with the original company that offered the security. An example of a primary market transaction would be an initial public offering, or IPO, during which a company is offering securities directly to investors for the first time. For any security sold through a secondary market, the funds go to the investor selling, and not the company that originally offered the security.  This is one of the major distinctions between the primary and secondary markets. 

 

Securities in private companies can also be sold through a secondary market, similar to stocks in public companies traded on the stock market. The investor, with the help of their broker, can offer their securities for saler. Once the offer has been accepted, the company that originally offered the securities must be contacted to approve the deal. Once approved, both the buyer and the seller complete the paperwork for the transaction and complete the deal. 

 

Without the secondary market, investors would be unable to trade the securities they have purchased, leaving them without any options for their investments. Importantly, access to a secondary market allows employees of the issuer to sell their securities that they may have been awarded. Without a secondary market, these investors and employees would not have any option to sell their shares unless the company was to go public during an IPO. 

 

Despite the straightforward logic behind the process, secondary market trading has been relatively fragmented, with not all processes occurring in the same place. This increases the potential for errors and any increases in transaction time that they may cause. To combat this, platforms on which securities can be traded through the secondary market have been developed as secondary market trading has become commonplace in the world of investing. 

 

KoreConX has developed an all-in-one platform, which includes a secondary market as one of its features. On the platform, every important authorization that is deemed necessary for the transaction to occur is kept in one place, allowing for information to be easily tracked and recorded. Buyers, sellers, brokers, and the transaction itself are brought together in one place to prevent errors that may have occurred otherwise. Additionally, the KoreConX Secondary Market eliminates central clearinghouses from the process, allowing for real-time confirmation and availability of funds once the transaction is complete. 

 

Secondary market trading allows investors to sell securities they’ve purchased from private companies to other interested investors, similar to trading public stocks. Even though their sale is decentralized, platforms such as KoreConX allow for people to easily and securely sell their securities, creating a more efficient and streamlined process. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Etan Butler, Chair of Dalmore Group

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the KorePartners that contribute to its ecosystem. 

 

Etan Butler is Chairman of Dalmore Group, a FINRA registered national Broker-Dealer, founded in 2005. Dalmore provides a full range of investment banking services and specializes in assisting companies that seek to raise investment capital online through the SEC’s Regulation D, Regulation A+, and Regulation CF.  Etan is recognized as a pioneer in the Regulation A+ industry and is an active participant in industry summits, panels, interviews, and publications. 

 

Dalmore is among the most active Broker-Dealers for Reg A+ offerings, having been involved in more than 85 such offerings in 2020 – including some of the most successful listed and private Reg A+ offerings in history. A number of Dalmore’s Reg A+ clients have met their offering goals and have pursued follow on Reg A+ offerings to raise even more.  Some of Dalmore’s clients have gone on to be listed on Canadian and US public exchanges.

 

“From our wide and varied experience as the broker-dealer on these offerings, we share what we have seen work well (and not so well) with our new issuer clients.  This experience is particularly valuable to the entrepreneur who is approaching a Reg A+ capital raise for the first time, and who can tap into our network of quality service providers, including legal, marketing, and syndication specialists.  We also offer our clients potential alternative trading solutions, and otherwise provide our issuers with the tools they require to enter the field equipped to have the greatest chance of success.”

 

Dalmore Group also provides business planning, development, and capital introduction services to public and private companies in a range of industries, and has participated in various capacities in significant investment, development, and other structured transactions. Over the course of their 15 years of investment banking activity, Etan and his team have been involved in the development of cutting edge, regulatory compliant approaches for the management of business development – including the raising of funds — and the oversight of complex due diligence activities in the heavily regulated area of U.S. and multinational transactions. 

 

“What drew me to investment banking and the buildout of the Reg A+ division at Dalmore was the excitement of working with other entrepreneurs in cutting edge industries, and assisting them in the pursuit of their dreams.  The recent launch of Dalmore’s DirectCF platform, which offers Reg CF issuers a direct, cost-effective, and open access solution for their Reg CF offering – untethered to a marketplace that lists other, competing offerings — reflects Dalmore’s obsession with giving issuers full control of their capital raising activities.” 

 

Etan is also President of EMB Capital, LLC, which invests in early-stage ventures with a focus on real estate acquisition and financial services.

Foreign Issuers Using Regulation A and Regulation CF

For some reason, this issue has been coming up a lot lately. Our usual response to the question “Can non-US issuers make a Regulation A or Reg CF offering?” is to point to the rules:

  • Rule 251(b)(1) says Regulation A can only be used by “an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada.”
  • Reg CF Rule 100(b) says Reg CF may not be used by any issuer that “is not organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.”

Slightly different formulations, as you can see, and note that Reg CF doesn’t say that the company needs to have its primary place of business here. But both exclude non-US or Canadian companies.

But we are getting a lot of pushback and “what if?” questions, so here are responses to a few of the most common:

  • What if we redomicile to the US? Well ok, that might work for Reg CF. It might work for Reg A too, if your management changes their domicile too (you need a bona fide principal place of business here). However, have you considered the tax consequences in your original home jurisdiction? Also, note that you’ll still need two years audited or reviewed financial statements, in US GAAP and audited or reviewed in accordance with US auditing requirements (US GAAS).

 

  • What if we form a subsidiary and it makes the offering? Yes, you can form a subsidiary here (it’ll have to have its principal place of business here too, for Reg A) and it can raise money under Regulation CF. But the money it raises here has to be legit used for the sub’s own purposes. It can’t be upstreamed to the parent, because that would likely make the parent a “co-issuer” that needs to also file a Form C or 1-A and can’t. So the sub needs to be planning to undertake its genuine own business. Even then, if it’s not a new business but just taking over some part of the parent’s business, then the sub might need to produce financials (again, using US GAAP and US GAAS) from the parent’s business or the part of business it’s taking over, because that’s a “predecessor.”

 

  • What if we create a holding company in the US? Yes, although the same issues come up. If using Reg A, you need to move your principal place of business here. For either exemption, the foreign company that is now your subsidiary will be the “predecessor” company and so again we have the need for two years’ audited or reviewed financials using US GAAP and US GAAS.

 

  • What if we create a new company that licenses the foreign company’s product or service? This may be the most promising option, but it’s really going to depend on facts and circumstances. Proceeds of the offering have to be used for the new company’s operations, in the case of Regulation A the company’s primary place of business has to be here, and you’ll have to look carefully at whether there are any predecessor issues.

What is the Role of a Transfer Agent for a Private Company?

For companies issuing securities to investors, a transfer agent plays an important role in the process. If your company has yet to issue securities but will be doing so soon, a clear understanding of the purpose of a transfer agent is necessary when choosing the best one to fit your company’s needs.

 

Throughout a company’s rounds of funding, investors will purchase their share of the company to fund the company’s growth. These purchases come in the form of securities and a careful record of them must be kept. Knowing the number of shares each investor owns will be essential in future business deals. In the past, investors were issued paper certificates by a transfer agent, denoting their share of ownership. Now, it is more common for them to issue certificates electronically, which saves the issuer both time and money. 

 

Not only does the transfer agent issue certificates, but they keep a record of who owns what, pays distributions to shareholders, and serves as an intermediary for the company for all transactions related to securities. In this capacity, they provides support to both the issuer and the investor. They are tasked with the responsibility of maintaining accurate records regarding all securities issued by the company. 

 

For a private company, a transfer agent is incredibly important when dealing with investors. When utilized alongside a capitalization table (usually called a cap table), a transfer agent can help the company provide a precise record of who their investors are and how much equity they have remaining, which becomes essential in future rounds of investments. When both current and potential investors can view accurate and complete information on the companies they are investing in, the transparency and availability of information increases the investors’ confidence. 

 

When choosing a transfer agent for your company, the one that eliminates unnecessary costs and time is the most logical option. Through its all-in-one platform, KoreConX offers just that. Completely integrated with the rest of the platform, the KoreConX Transfer Agent is SEC-registered and can be used with other features, such as cap table management and access to a secondary market. Since the KoreConX Transfer Agent manages paperwork and issues certificates electronically, the lengthy process of manual filing is eliminated, creating an experience that is both streamlined and faster. Through the KoreConX Transfer Agent, any change made is reflected in the cap table in real-time, reducing any errors that could be caused by the manual transfer of the data. 

 

Private companies can benefit immensely by employing the use of a transfer agent. Allowing them to manage their securities more efficiently, companies can keep a more detailed record of transactions. As it is the transfer agent’s responsibility to maintain the records of securities, it is essential that companies carefully consider when they’re making their choice. 

 

A good transfer agent must be able to handle many forms of securities instruments, such as equity, debt (bonds, debentures), convertibles, options, warrants, promissory notes, crowdfunding, etc. All of this should be done as efficiently as possible in a fully compliant way in multiple jurisdictions. Ideally, they should provide both the company and its shareholders information in real-time without additional expenses. Most importantly, transfer agent services that are easily integrated with other capabilities, such as portfolio management, shareholder management, minute book, investor relations, and so on, provide companies with a more inclusive and efficient way of maintaining their financials. 

Click “RESET”

In the future, 5 or 10 years from now, we will see an evolution in business and a paradigm shift occurring all due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. Many of us have been advocating that the business world has been operating ineffectively, but not until now has everyone been able to see it and experience it first hand. There are many examples where the chain is broken.

American Stimulus Checks (Banking)

Before the first round of stimulus checks issued to the American people, the US President told everyone that their checks would be deposited within 48 hours. However, a few hours later, the IRS issued a contradictory news release that only about 50% of Americans would receive the aid within 48 hours. For the rest of the population, without direct deposit set up, the process would take months and lacked the potential for setting up direct deposit only. Plus, since the pandemic began to close businesses and eliminate jobs, there has been no additional aid to the American people besides a smaller sum approved by Congress in December.

Opening Commercial Business Accounts (Banking)

Anyone with a business account has experienced the process of setting up a commercial bank account. Applicants need to bring their books, ID, etc., and set up an appointment with the bank to open a business account.  The banker collects all the information and begins the onboarding process. However, this process is often variable and inefficient depending on the financial institution. 

Broker-Dealer Transacting

Broker-dealers in the alternative investment sector, such as those who work with investors for private companies, are accustomed to meeting investors face-to-face to bring them opportunities and perform regulatory compliance. This often makes it more than just a service—it is a personal relationship built between investors and their broker-dealers. However, with face-to-face appointments becoming a way of the past in favor of virtual meetings, the process needs to be improved to support this fundamental change.

Post COVID-19 RESET

The last time we had a reset of any significant magnitude in business was at 11:59 PM on 31 December 1999.  For those who remember the 12 months before this date and time, everyone knew that the future was going to be different, and we saw the next phase of the computer and software introduction to business.

 

Despite this, since 11:59 PM on 31 December 1999, all we have seen is more development but no “reset” and small uptake to really make a difference.  These businesses on which we rely for our financial services have been noticing the signs that change is coming.  Most of them would say, nothing to worry about because my business is very personal with my clients.  Some have attributed that the only way you can offer a personal touch to your business is by not adopting technology to operate your business efficiently.

 

For those who understand and are already seeing this as an opportunity to lead the business world, this “RESET” will create new leaders in many areas as we move to end-to-end processes that have no broken links in these areas:

    • Banking
      • Banks that will be fully online, including onboarding customers and transacting. No more PDF’s but fully integrated with your corporate activities
      • End-to-End integrated with companies  
    • Broker-Dealers
      • The personal touch extended to all clients to pursue opportunities and able to invest by simply updating their profile and from the comfort of their home, office, vacation.
      • End-to-End integrated with investors, compliance, companies, banking
    • Companies
      • Managing all corporate records for C-level onward to be connected to their shareholders, access to capital, banking, insurance, and M&A, regardless of the size of a company
      • End-to-End integration with Broker-dealers, Banking, Secondary Market, and all stakeholders (management, board directors, shareholders, investors, legal, auditors)

 

Why Them?

We rely on them (Banking, Broker-Dealers) to transact to keep our businesses operational. If they are no longer changing the way a service is delivered or integrated or a company or stakeholders are onboarded, companies will pivot to make rapid, fundamental changes to keep their business operational. 

 

There will be holdouts as we saw on 31 December 1999. In the end, they will be the ones complaining that it was Covid-19 that destroyed their businesses, but in reality, their businesses were adversely affected by not pivoting when all indicators pointed to the need for change.  

Real-Time Success

We are seeing clear indicators already that we must pivot our way of doing business.  Companies are raising capital online from registered funding portals or via their website, and the data is showing strong growth in online investing. This is one clear sign that those who have pivoted are getting rewarded versus those waiting and hoping for the good old days to come back.

 

11:59 PM 31 December 2020

RESET

 

How to be Ready for Raising Capital

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

 

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table (commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays. 

 

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed. 

 

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems. 

 

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster. 

 

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investments and issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold. 

 

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success. 

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

Wait a Minute, What is a Minute Book?

Unlike the name suggests, a minute book is by no means minute. As a business grows, a well-kept minute book becomes an essential record of all important company meetings and allows for the information to be easily accessed when required. With an up-to-date minute book, it makes it easier for companies to keep track of resolutions that affect financial transactions. If the company is ever audited, the minute book provides all the necessary information and references to documents in one place. Let’s break down what exactly you should find in a proper minute book. 

 

A minute book should have the company’s certificate of incorporation that serves as proof of the company’s registration. This includes information such as the business’s address, company directors, voting rights, and the company’s purpose. The minute book should also have the company’s bylaws or the rules and regulations that the company and its officers must adhere to. Maintaining a record of bylaws ensures that the company is following the rules they have set to operate by. 

 

The minute book typically contains the criteria by which the company’s Board of Directors and officers are chosen. For the Board of Directors, this may include how many are on the board and how long they are to serve.  For officers, it may include which ones are required for the company. In this section of the record, documents can also maintain a record of those who have previously served as a director or officer for the company. Additionally, the minute book should keep track of any meetings or communication with board members. 

 

Maintained in the minute book is a record of shares and shareholders. Stock options granted to employees are kept track of, along with the number of shares the company is authorized to sell. Ensuring the company knows the limit to the shares they are legally allowed to sell is very important and is outlined in the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, companies usually maintain a record of any documents they’ve filed in their minute book. Having all documents filed in a common location makes them easier to track and refer back to when needed. Kept in this collection of documents are also various reports, whether they’re annual or special, so that they are easily accessed by authorized parties. 

 

While keeping track of all of this information may seem like a daunting task, it is made easier by companies such as KoreConX. Integrated into its all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Minute Book ensures that all company documents are easily located and kept up-to-date. With all documents in a central location, both legal and board members can edit the material directly, without worrying about various versions that might exist offline. This consistency provides companies the ability to better manage their documents, ensuring that everything is accurate and easily accessed when needed. 

 

An understanding of what goes into a proper minute book can help your company achieve success and transparency in business. In any situation where essential company documents are necessary, having them readily available cuts down on delays and frustration, making it a smoother process for everyone involved.

409A – A Guide for Startups

We “Get It”

We understand that the last thing any start-up wants to worry about is tax compliance, especially when you have so many other things to worry about. Like product development, sales, recruiting, etc.… But it is wise for a start-up to think about compliance early on to avoid potential penalties and distracting complications from lack of compliance later down the road. If you don’t know about an issue ask a professional like your lawyer, accountant, etc.…here is a little background on 409A valuations and choosing the right 409A provider.

 

What is 409A

What is 409A?

409A refers to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code for the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) of the United States of America. This code governs the taxation of non-qualified deferred compensation. Section 409A was added to the Internal Revenue Code in January of 2005 and issued final regulations in 2009.

Stock options give employees, consultants, etc. (any grantee) the right to buy stock at a predetermined price (the strike price). But you first need to determine what the strike price should be. The IRS 409A regulation stipulates the strike price must be equal to the Fair Market Value (FMV) of your company’s common stock.

But how do you value the company stock, especially if the company has a complex capital structure (i.e. has raised money via equity or debt)? Third party valuation firms with experience in these valuations are your best bet for staying compliant. But be careful. Not all firms are created equal.

There are three “safe harbor” methodologies provided by the IRS regarding setting the fair market value (FMV) of common stock for privately held companies. Almost all VC or angel-backed startups follow will use a third-party firm and follow the Independent Appraisal Presumption: A valuation performed by a qualified third-party appraiser. The valuation is presumed reasonable if the valuation date is set no more than 12 months prior to an applicable stock option grant date and there is no material change from the valuation date to the grant date. If these requirements are met, the burden is on the IRS to prove the valuation was “grossly unreasonable.” If the valuation does not fall under “safe harbor” then the burden of truth falls on the taxpayer.

 

There are severe penalties for Section 409A violations which include, immediate tax on vesting, additional 20% tax penalty, and penalty interest.

So why is safe harbor important and how you can get it?

Ideally, safe harbor insulates you from persecution. Luckily, IRS has provided avenues for companies to safely offer deferred compensations. If you have a safe harbor, IRS will only reject the valuation if they can prove that it is grossly unreasonable. The burden of proof is with IRS to prove that you are in error. However, this burden of proof is shifted to the company and BOD if don’t have safe harbor. In this case, you are treated as having granted cheap stock unless you can prove otherwise and defend your strike price.

For the valuation to be treated as safe harbor valuation, it must be done in any of the following ways, but we will focus on the first two.

 

Valuation be done internally by a qualified staff

Valuation be done by a qualified third-party valuation company

Stock be offered through a generally acceptable repurchasing formula


Using Internal Value

In this option, the company will appoint a qualified individual from the internal team to conduct the valuation. This can be one of the easiest and cheapest options, but it has several other conditions attached to it. The individual doing the valuation and the company must meet set standards.

The individual appointed to do the valuation must have at least five years’ experience in a field related to valuation. This includes business valuation, private equity, investment banking, secured lending, or financial accounting. This can be tricky because there is room for subjectivity. IRS, upon its discretion, may determine that the individual who did the valuation did not meet the required standards. Further, what we have seen too often is the internal valuation results in values way to high or just plain wrong. Experience matters.

Moreover, a company can only use this option if it can meet the following requirements:

  • It is a private company
  • Has no publicly traded stock
  • Is less than ten years old
  • Has no stock that is considered as a call, put, or similar derivative

Appointing a Third-Party Firm

While this may be the most expensive option, it is also the safest. The only condition is that the firm should follow consistent methodologies in the valuation. So, it is important to supply the firm with all the necessary information to carry out the valuation. The information includes the following.

With the requested information, a qualified firm can do a reasonable valuation. In some instance, a third-party firm may arrive at a favorable fair market value without going too low to raise alarm. The advantage of working with a third-party firm is that you get double protection. Most firms will be interested in saving their reputation, so they are more likely to protect you. Moreover, the burden of proof lies with IRS.

 

The Dangers of Working with Non-independent Valuation Firms

For a company to be deemed as independent, in IRS context, it should only provide you with valuation services. Some companies may be tempted to register a separate LLC company to handle valuations, but the conflict of interest is their regardless.

409A independent valuation

To qualify for a safe harbor, valuers must be seen to be independent. They should also employ objective judgment in arriving at their conclusion. In this case, there should not be any conflict of interest, and valuation should be based on merit, free of bias. Therefore, if a valuation company receives other forms of income that are not related to valuation from your company, then that amounts to a conflict of interest. There is even a bigger conflict of interest if the valuation firm offers liquidity to the same shares it is valuing.

Legally, conflict of interest indicates the presence of economic benefit. In that case, IRS requires valuation firms to declare that there have no relations with their clients. On top of this, they should also attest that the compensation is not based on the results they deliver. The bottom line is that you will not achieve safe harbor if is there is a conflict of interest.

 

So, when can you say you have fully achieved safe harbor?

If your valuation has respected all the requirements for achieving a safe harbor, then you are almost guaranteed of protection, but you are not off the hook yet.

The following caveats need to be taken into consideration:

  • If there is material change that might have a direct impact on the value of the company, then the valuation will become invalid
  • The valuation is valid for 1 year, so if you are issuing additional shares after 12 months, then you should do a new valuation
  • IRS still has room to determine if the valuation was grossly unreasonable

It may seem like a daunting task to do 409A valuation the right way, but it is worth the effort because the consequences for violations are severe. Remember that safe harbor is the best way to protect yourself against harsh penalties.

How Do I Get a 409A Valuation?

In order to get a 409A valuation you want to work with a reputable firm that has experience in rendering valuation opinions. We recommend staying away from 409A only shops, firms that are not independent, or are “giving away” in conjunction with a software sale.

How Much Will a 409A Valuation Cost?

409As are relatively new. When they were first introduced in 2005, everyone scrambled to comply. Valuation firms were born into a world where they were desperately needed but without a precedent to set a price for their services. Since then, with more options becoming available, the costs have decreased. The DIY and qualified individual methods are typically more cost-effective, but significantly riskier, so if you want safety and a good deal, keep reading…

It can be difficult to know what market or fair prices for valuation services are if you have not had experience with these services before. Below we are presenting what we feel are middle of the road prices for quality service and reports with technical rigor that would pass a big four auditor. You can find cheaper, but you run all kinds of risk for your company, employees, and board.

409A market prices

No matter what, make sure you choose a valuation firm you trust and that you can see yourself having a good relationship with because that relationship may be a long one. If you’re ready to get your 409A valuation and start issuing stock options to employees.

Reg CF Investment Vehicles: What Are They Good For?

In its recent rulemaking, the SEC added new Rule 3a-9 under the Investment Company Act to allow for the use of “crowdfunding vehicles” for Reg CF investments. It is important to recognize that crowdfunding vehicles are quite limited, and not at all similar to the special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) used to aggregate accredited investors in angel or venture capital funding rounds.

In that type of SPV, there is often a lead investor or manager who may act on behalf of the investors in the SPV. Those persons could be exempt reporting advisers under the Investment Advisers Act, or even fully registered investment advisers. In this way, SPVs create real separation between the investors and the underlying issuer, with some person or entity acting as an intermediary when making decisions or providing information to investors.

For crowdfunding vehicles, on the other hand, the SEC requires that investors receive the same economic exposure, voting power, ability to assert claims under law, and receive the same disclosures as if they invested directly in the issuer itself. In particular, a crowdfunding vehicle:

  1. Is organized and operated for the sole purpose of directly acquiring, holding, and disposing of securities issued by a single Reg CF issuer;
  2. Does not borrow money and uses the proceeds from the sale of its securities solely to purchase a single class of securities of a single Reg CF issuer;
  3. Issues only one class of securities in one or more offerings under Reg CF in which the crowdfunding vehicle and the Reg CF issuer are deemed to be co-issuers;
  4. Receives a written undertaking from the Reg CF issuer to fund or reimburse the expenses associated with its formation, operation, or winding up, receives no other compensation, and any compensation paid to any person operating the vehicle is paid solely by the Reg CF issuer;
  5. Maintains the same fiscal year-end as the crowdfunding issuer;
  6. Maintains a one-to-one relationship between the number, denomination, type and rights of Reg CF issuer securities it owns and the number, denomination, type and rights of its securities outstanding;
  7. Seeks instructions from the holders of its securities with regard to:
    1. The voting of the Reg CF issuer securities it holds and votes the crowdfunding issuer securities only in accordance with such instructions; and
    2. Participating in tender or exchange offers or similar transactions conducted by the Reg CF issuer and participates in such transactions only in accordance with such instructions;
  8. Receives, from the Reg CF issuer, all disclosures and other information required under Reg CF and the crowdfunding vehicle promptly provides such disclosures and other information to the investors and potential investors in the crowdfunding vehicle’s securities and to the relevant intermediary; and
  9. Provides to each investor the right to direct the crowdfunding vehicle to assert the rights under State and Federal law that the investor would have if he or she had invested directly in the Reg CF issuer and provides to each investor any information that it receives from the Reg CF issuer as a shareholder of record of the crowdfunding issuer.

The result is that no lead investor or manager can be used, and investors will have the same rights and responsibilities as if they invested in the issuer directly.

The biggest practical effect is that Reg CF investors will appear on one line on the issuer’s cap table (addressing the “messy cap table” issue), and that line will represent the full number of beneficial owners, who each must still be notified by the issuer in the event of any decisions requiring investor action. The issuer could hire an administrator to handle communications with the investors in the crowdfunding vehicle, but there was nothing preventing an issuer from doing that previously.

However, by only existing as one line on the issuer’s cap table, and confirmed in its rulemaking, crowdfunding vehicles will count as one “holder of record” for the purposes of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act. This is the provision that says that a company has to register with the SEC and become fully-reporting when it reaches a specified asset and number-of-shareholder threshold. Up to now, crowdfunding companies have relied on a conditional exemption from Section 12(g) but some companies have worried about what will happen when they no longer comply with those conditions.

The SEC further opined that with these changes, it is possible that issuers will provide greater voting rights than has been common in Reg CF offerings. I am not sure that will be the case, as use of crowdfunding vehicles will not simplify obtaining votes for any necessary corporate consents unless the rights of investors are curtailed by the use of drag-alongs or similar provisions.

Setting up a crowdfunding vehicle will require documentation tailored to follow the terms of the securities being sold in the crowdfunding offering, and arranging for administrative tasks such as issuance of K-1s to the investors.  CrowdCheck is available to talk through the implications of using crowdfunding vehicles and whether it makes sense for your Reg CF offering.

Why is a Broker-Dealer Important for Private Company Offerings?

If you’re looking to raise money for your private company, chances are that you’ve at least heard the term “broker-dealer.” However, if you’re new to the process, you might not be too familiar with what they do and why they are a key component of the fundraising process. 

 

Simply put, a broker-dealer is an agent that assists you in raising capital for your private company.  Broker-dealers can be small, independently working firms or ones that operate as part of large banks and investment firms. Both are subject to registration with the SEC and must join a “self-regulatory organization” such as FINRA. If a broker-dealer is not registered they can face penalties enforced by the SEC.  You can check a broker-dealer’s registration here: https://brokercheck.finra.org/

 

For private companies looking to raise money, working with a broker-dealer will be a key part of their capital raising activities. Certain states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities, so working with a broker-dealer allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. Ensuring that issuers are compliant with all regulations is essential to a successful round of capital raising and good business practices. If issuers are not compliant, they can face penalties from the SEC including returning the money raised.

 

Broker-dealers are intermediaries in a fundraise transaction between the private company and the investors.  As such, they are mandated to perform a variety of compliance activities.  If you retain a broker-dealer, they will first be responsible for performing due diligence on your private company. This is important so that there are no false representations to investors.  Investor protection is one of the main responsibilities of the SEC, so the broker-dealers must ensure they are performing appropriate steps to ensure the information presented to investors is accurate, appropriate, and not misleading.

 

Once the broker-dealer has completed the due diligence, they work with private companies to prepare appropriate information to share with investors and set timelines.  This can involve liaising with your legal counsel to ensure the offering documents are complete and to ensure what type of investors they can approach with your offering.  Each country has its own regulations around how you can approach investors, which is why it is important to have a good broker-dealer and legal counsel in each region you intend to offer your securities. 

 

There are different types of investors that can be approached depending on jurisdiction and securities regulations. They include Venture Capital, Private Equity firms, Institutional investors, or individuals. While most of these are professional investors, the individual investor group is further broken down into accredited/sophisticated investors and the general public.  Accredited investors have to meet income or wealth criteria to invest in accredited investor offerings (Regulation D type of offerings in the USA).  The popular mechanisms in the USA to present your offering to the non-accredited or general population (over 18 years) are Regulation CF and Regulation A+.

 

As the broker-dealers reach out to investors and find interested participants, there are steps that they have to perform to ensure that the investor is appropriate for the company.  Typical checks that broker-dealers have to conduct on investors can include performing identification verification, anti-money laundering checks, assessing the suitability of the investment to the investor, and doing accreditation checks. 

 

With the help of a broker-dealer, companies can raise the funding their company needs while being confident that they are maintaining compliance with the regulations that are in place. With over 3,700 registered broker-dealers in the United States alone, every issuer looking to raise capital can be confident of finding at least one well-suited broker-dealer that meets their needs.

SEC Proposes Relief for “Finders”

I have long (oh so long) been one of those urging the SEC to give some clarity with respect to the status of “finders.” See here for the latest piece.

Early-stage companies raising funds very often reach out to a guy who knows some guys who have money and have invested in startups in the past. If the first guy wants to be compensated by reference to the amount of money his contacts are able to invest, he may well have violated the broker registration requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. And it’s not only him who needs to be worried; if a startup raises funds through someone who should have been registered as a broker and wasn’t, their sales of securities may be subject to rescission – buying the securities back, with interest.

Nonetheless, startups are so strapped for money (and often don’t understand the requirements of the law) that they do this all the time.

Industry participants have been asking the SEC for guidance in this area for decades, and now the SEC has come up with some simple proposals that should be of use to the startup community.

The SEC is proposing to exempt two classes of finders, Tier I Finders and Tier II Finders, based on the types of activities in which they are permitted to engage, and with conditions tailored to the scope of their activities. The proposed exemption for Tier I and Tier II Finders would be available only where:

  • The issuer is not a reporting company under the Exchange Act;
  • The issuer is seeking to conduct the securities offering in reliance on an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act;
  • The finder does not engage in general solicitation;
  • The potential investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D or the finder has a reasonable belief that the potential investor is an “accredited investor”;
  • The finder provides services pursuant to a written agreement with the issuer that includes a description of the services provided and associated compensation;
  • The finder is not an associated person of a broker-dealer; and
  • The finder is not subject to statutory disqualification at the time of his or her participation.

Tier I Finders. A “Tier I Finder” is defined as a finder who meets the above conditions and whose activity is limited to providing contact information of potential investors in connection with only one capital raising transaction by a single issuer within a 12-month period, provided the Tier I Finder does not have any contact with the potential investors about the issuer. A Tier I Finder that complies with all of the conditions of the exemption may receive transaction-based compensation (in other words, compensation based on the amount raised) for the limited services described above without being required to register as a broker under the Exchange Act.

Tier II Finders. The SEC is also proposing an exemption that would permit a finder, where certain conditions are met, to engage in additional solicitation-related activities beyond those permitted for Tier I Finders. A “Tier II Finder” is defined as a finder who meets the above conditions, and who engages in solicitation-related activities on behalf of an issuer, that are limited to:

  • Identifying, screening, and contacting potential investors;
  • Distributing issuer offering materials to investors;
  • Discussing issuer information included in any offering materials, provided that the Tier II Finder does not provide advice as to the valuation or advisability of the investment; and
  • Arranging or participating in meetings with the issuer and investor.

A Tier II Finder wishing to rely on the proposed exemption would need to satisfy certain disclosure requirements and other conditions: First, the Tier II Finder would need to provide a potential investor, prior to or at the time of the solicitation, disclosures that include: (1) the name of the Tier II Finder; (2) the name of the issuer; (3) the description of the relationship between the Tier II Finder and the issuer, including any affiliation; (4) a statement that the Tier II Finder will be compensated for his or her solicitation activities by the issuer and a description of the terms of such compensation arrangement; (5) any material conflicts of interest resulting from the arrangement or relationship between the Tier II Finder and the issuer; and (6) an affirmative statement that the Tier II Finder is acting as an agent of the issuer, is not acting as an associated person of a broker-dealer, and is not undertaking a role to act in the investor’s best interest. The Commission is proposing to allow a Tier II Finder to provide such disclosure orally, provided that the oral disclosure is supplemented by written disclosure and satisfies all of the disclosure requirements listed above no later than the time of any related investment in the issuer’s securities.

The Tier II Finder must obtain from the investor, prior to or at the time of any investment in the issuer’s securities, a dated written acknowledgment of receipt of the Tier II Finder’s required disclosure.

A Tier II Finder that complies with all of the conditions of the proposed exemption may receive transaction-based compensation for services provided in connection with the activities described above without being required to register as a broker under the Exchange Act.

A finder could not be involved in structuring the transaction or negotiating the terms of the offering. A finder also could not handle customer funds or securities or bind the issuer or investor; participate in the preparation of any sales materials; perform any independent analysis of the sale; engage in any “due diligence” activities; assist or provide financing for such purchases; or provide advice as to the valuation or financial advisability of the investment.

This exemption would not affect a finder’s obligation to continue to comply with all other applicable laws, including the antifraud provisions of federal and state law. Additionally, regardless of whether or not a finder complies with this exemption, it may need to consider whether it is acting as another regulated entity, such as an investment adviser.

The exemption is really aimed at the guy at the golf club who has accredited buddies he can introduce the startup to. It would be available to natural persons only (not companies) and the finder couldn’t undertake general solicitation (he should know the people he is introducing to the startup; if he has to go searching for them, he’s essentially acting as a broker. The “no general solicitation” and “natural person” conditions means that the proposed exemption doesn’t help clarify the regulatory status of non-broker online platforms.

We are a little disappointed that so many of the comment letters on the proposal have been negative. We do understand that there is a great deal of clarification needed with respect to what it means to be in the business of a broker. And the SEC needs to work closely with the states in this area. But we at CrowdCheck are pleased that the SEC has provided some clarity in this area.

How to Manage Investments in Private Companies

For investors, investing in private companies can be a beneficial way to diversify their investment portfolios. Whether the investment was made through private equity or RegA+, proper management can contribute to long-term success. However, once the investment is made, investors need to ensure that they are correctly managing their shares. With this in mind, how should investors manage their investments once they have been made?

 

Investments made in private companies can often come with voting rights. Being a part of company decisions is an important aspect of being an investor and helps to elect company directors and resolve issues. Investors exercising their voting rights can be a major aspect of managing their portfolio. 

 

Whether information is provided directly to the investors by the company or through a transfer agent, as companies release reports and other key information, shareholders should maintain current knowledge of the information. Understanding the company’s direction and changes that are occurring can give investors a picture of the future so they can determine how their shares will affect their portfolio. The investor should also know where the data can be found so that they are easily able to access and assess it. 

 

Additionally, investors should monitor the liquidity of the shares. Since some private company shares can be traded in a secondary market, understanding the value and the option to trade is important for investors. If they know how much their shares are worth, and they have the ability to sell them, investors can freely trade their shares. This is key if they decide that they no longer want to be a shareholder in a particular private company. 

 

However, for investors who own shares in multiple different companies, managing this information can become a burdensome task. With an all-in-one platform that incorporates portfolio management for investors, KoreConX streamlines and simplifies the process. KoreConX Portfolio Management allows investors to manage their investments from a centralized dashboard. Investors are easily able to see the shares that they own in each private company they’ve invested in. Through the platform, investors can access critical company information and performance data in one place, eliminating the need to remember where each piece of information is kept. Investors are also notified of upcoming shareholder meetings and can exercise their voting rights through the KoreConX platform. When companies and investors utilize the KoreConX platform, they can achieve higher success rates by maintaining compliance with necessary regulations. Utilizing KoreConX Portfolio Management is a powerful tool for investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments. 

 

When dealing with private company investments, it is incredibly important that investors properly manage their portfolios. Remaining up-to-date on company decisions and performance can help them plan for the future of their shares while allowing them to make decisions to increase the success of their investments. When investors understand their voting rights, company developments, and the liquidity of their shares, they can be an active participant in their financial success. 

What is Investor Relations?

No matter the size of the company, investor relations (IR) should be a key component of conducting business. It’s never too early to implement a solid investor relations approach, but if your company has never tackled this issue, the term may seem confusing. Understanding what investor relations entail will allow your company to begin implementing strategies that will help your company succeed. 

 

Simply put, investor relations provide all investors with accurate information about the company. IR plays a key role in communication between investors and company executives. Rather than shareholders contacting the company’s CEO or other executives directly, the IR department acts as an intermediary, determining when it is important to involve the CEO.  If company executives were continually contacted by investors with requests, they would have to devote their already limited time to manage these requests. However, it is also up to IR teams to still ensure that company executives are still available for shareholders, so they must find a balance that works best. 

 

IR departments also have a responsibility to ensure that the company is compliant when reporting to investors. For public companies, the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act, passed by the US government in 2002, increased reporting requirements and set standards for companies to follow. With the bill in place, IR departments are required to distribute financial information to investors accurately. For private companies, ensuring they are meeting compliance early will save them time if they were to go public. The transparency increases confidence in the company for investors and ensures that the business is being run the right way. 

 

As a key line of communication between the company and investors, investor relations departments are typically responsible for communicating any changes or initiatives that the company will be undergoing. Being included in discussions with the executive team will help the IR team understand why decisions are being made so that they can communicate the reasoning effectively with investors. 

 

For private companies, software such as KoreConX’s all-in-one platform can help easily manage relationships with their shareholders. The KoreConX IR feature allows companies to work seamlessly with investors by providing them online opportunities to vote and access company financial information and news releases. By giving investors a secure platform on which they can both nominate and vote on company matters, they can feel confident in the way voting is held. Additionally, the investor relations feature allows the company to easily organize meetings with its investors. 

 

By maintaining transparent investor relations, private companies can prepare themselves for success. Keeping investors up to date on important company information allows them to have confidence in the company’s leadership and their investment. Having a track record of good relationships and transparency with current investors may also be beneficial when it comes to raising future capital, as it could help to attract potential ones

How does Investor Acquisition Help Find the Right Investors?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest. 

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support. 

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly. 

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best. 

 

What is Needed for a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, companies have been able to raise amounts up to $50 million (which increases to $75 million in January 2021) during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth. 

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about. 

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying. 

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies. 

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

Regulation A Offering Limits Increased to $75 Million

On Monday, November 2, exciting news was announced by the SEC regarding Regulation A offerings. The Securities and Exchange Commission approved long-awaited amendments to offering limits to “promote capital formation and expand investment opportunities.” These amendments, going into effect on January 2, 2021, drastically increase the amount of capital that issuers can raise through RegA+ offerings.

 

Before the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) of 2012, Regulation A was a relatively obscure and underutilized regulation since adherence to Blue Sky Laws in all 50 states made it time-consuming and costly. The JOBS Act transformed RegA into a company-friendly law allowing businesses to raise millions of dollars. Broken down into two tiers, Tier 1 allows companies to raise a maximum of $20 million after meeting compliance with Blue Sky Laws in each state, while Tier 2 previously allowed up to $50 million to be raised after the offering statement has been reviewed and accepted by the SEC. While neither tiers place limits on the amount an accredited investor can invest, Tier 2 limits individual investors to either 10% of their net worth or annual income.

 

With this latest amendment to Regulation A, companies will now be able to raise a maximum of $75 million under Tier 2 offerings. This comes as great news for companies looking to raise capital through RegA offerings since Tier 2 offerings comprise the majority of those conducted, with 73% of qualified offerings falling under this tier. This substantial increase allows issuers to raise larger sums of capital to fund their business and its development. In addition, the updated Regulation A raises the offering limit of secondary sales from $15 million to $22.5 million. With Tier 2 offerings preempting Blue Sky Laws in each state, it offers companies an efficient tool for efficiently raising capital on a nationwide scale. 

 

With an increase of $25 million, this drastic improvement to Regulation A offerings will empower more companies to raise the capital they need for success.

SEC Approves Increases to RegCF Maximum Offering and Investor Limits

On Monday, November 2, 2020 the SEC approved updates to Regulation Crowdfunding significantly increasing the limits of offering under this regulation. These changes will go into effect at the beginning of the coming year, January 2, 2021. This move will introduce new business opportunities to companies looking to raise capital. In their Monday press release, the SEC stated that “today’s amendments are the next step in the Commission’s efforts to improve the exempt offering framework for the benefit of investors, emerging companies, and more seasoned issuers.”

At the introduction of RegCF in Spring 2016, companies could raise a maximum of $1.07 million within 12 months.  Sherwood Ness, the principal of Crowdfund Capital Advisors, said: “When we began lobbying for Reg CF, we artificially set a low maximum target of $1 million so that we could test the model and make sure there was no fraud. Under those limits, more than 2,800 companies in 430 industries, across 50 states have raised over 500 million dollars in just 4 years, with no fraud.  The model is working incredibly well.” Now, this limit has increased to $5 million, which will allow more business access to the capital they need to grow, create jobs, and launch innovative products and services.

In RegCF’s initial form, the total amount of securities sold to an individual investor could not exceed $107,000 within 12 months. For accredited investors, this limit has been removed. For investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in RegCF offerings were limited to $2,200 or 5% of the lesser of their annual income or net worth. With the November amendments to the regulation, for non-accredited investors, the limit was changed to the greater of their annual income or net worth.

In addition, companies raising capital through RegCF offerings are now permitted to “test-the-waters” before filing their offering with the SEC. “Demo day” communications are also now permitted and are not deemed to be a general solicitation or general advertising. Lastly, through this update to the regulation, Special Purpose Vehicles are permitted to facilitate investments in RegCF issuers. 

This update comes at a critical time in the US economy. For companies around the country, turning to their customers to invest the funds necessary to keep their doors open, the increase to RegCF will enable them to raise larger sums of capital in the new year.

KoreSummit RegA+ 2020

KoreSummit is all about education,  We are pleased to be able to offer you the opportunity to receive first-hand knowledge from leading thought leaders to help you in your journey to capital raising.

The KoreSummit RegA+ 2020 online event was a huge success because of you who attended and shared it with your friends.  As promised here are the video segments.

Complete Live Stream

 

RegA+ Verticals

 

Legal RegA+ Global Companies

 

Investor Acquisition/Distribution

 

PR/IR/Social Media/Press

 

Research, Ratings

 

Role of FINRA Broker-Dealer

 

RegA+ Success, the CEO’s

 

The Main Event

 

Digital Securities for RegA+

 

Compliance for RegA+

 

Shareholder Management & Communications

Forbes interview with KoreConX founders

Do you know how to invest in the private capital market?  Not many people do.  It is complicated, requires a lot of paperwork, has low transaction volume, comes with risk and volatility, and not very liquid.

Could distributed ledger technology (DLT) be used to reduce back-office fees and expand the market for this asset class?

I interviewed Oscar Jofre, CEO and co-founder of KoreConX, who believes his platform and infrastructure can help.

KoreConX is a company working to change how businesses raise capital.  Mr. Jofre is an advocate for using DLT to bring transparency to a fractured process.  Mr. Jofre mentioned, “There are over 90,000 companies in our platform from around the globe who have raised more than $6.6 billion. Companies who use the KoreConX platform raised capital working with broker-dealers or direct offerings on their own. We are purely providing the technology to make sure they are fully compliant and to manage the entire process.”

What is the private capital market?  What are the problems?

The private capital market represents companies not publicly traded on stock exchanges. Private funds, venture capital investors, and some mutual funds are typically the main buyers.  Investments can be in new start-up enterprises, mature business, or sometimes struggling firms. This type of asset is considered to be highly risky.

One critical problem, the team at KoreConX explained, was the lack of market access for small firms. Dr. Kiran Garimella, KoreConX’s CSO and CTO, said, “The majority of participants in private capital markets are smaller entities who are closely connected with local companies and investors. They cannot afford huge expenses for integrated systems.”  KoreConX specializes in connecting all sizes of firms rather than limiting their scope to more mature enterprises.  Interestingly CEO Oscar Jofre’s background is crowdfunding, which is a driving influence in his business.

Jason Futko, CFO and co-founder, said, “It is often difficult for companies in the private capital markets to identify investors to present their opportunity. The fragmentation in this market can make it difficult to find investors or other professionals to help you grow your business.”

On June 26th, 2019, Broadridge bought from Northern Trust a similar blockchain platform.  There is competition in this space from many players. Mr. Jofre said, “There are companies like Carta, Capshares, ComputerShare, AST, and Link Group that offer some of the features KoreConX provides in our all-in-one platform. We have a much different view of the market. To truly transform it, we need to make sure all participants have all the tools they need. If they don’t, then we will never see any great change in the private capital markets.”

KoreConX launched on October 11th, 2019, their new blockchain ecosystem for fully compliant digital securities worldwide.  Their mission is to ensure compliance with securities regulation and corporate law.  The KoreConX platform includes securitized token issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, and corporate actions.

As explained to me by the management team, the lack of data integrity and regional knowledge of jurisdictional compliance can restrict investment opportunities offered to the public.  Mr. Futko continued, “Obviously part of the solution under KoreConX has to be around connecting document fragmentation, providing access to professionals and creating trust through our blockchain, which ensures both business and regulatory logic.”

Why can blockchain technology help now?

The KoreConX team stated that the private capital markets serve over 450 million private companies worldwide today.  They have a lack of document transparency and high fees. Compare this to public capital markets, which have established listing standards and rules.  Furthermore, open markets are used every day and can handle many transactions.  Dr. Garimella said, “Blockchain offers technology that provides solid mechanisms for trust through immutability and consensus among parties.”

I asked Mr. Jofre to explain why his work was different from larger companies, like Broadridge? He responded, “KoreConX is entering a market with many providers who have a single feature or application. For private capital markets to be as efficient, as public listed markets, it needs an infrastructure layer and an application layer.  KoreConX brings both.  We do not exclude anyone because of size or geography.”

The SEC proposes expanding the “accredited investor” definition

The SEC has proposed amending the definition of “accredited investors.” Accredited investors are currently defined as (huge generalization here) people who have net worth of $1 million (excluding principal residence) or income of $200,000 ($300,000 with spouse) or entities that have assets of $5 million. Here’s the full definition.

The whole point of the accreditation definition was that it was it was supposed to be a way to determine whether someone was able to “fend for themself” in making investment decisions, such that they didn’t need the protection that SEC registration provides. Those people may invest in private placements. The thinking at the time the definition was adopted was that a financial standard served as a proxy for determining whether an investor could hire a professional adviser. Financial standards have never been a particularly good proxy for investment sophistication, though, and some people who are clearly sophisticated but not rich yet have been excluded from being able to invest in the private markets.

The proposal would:

  • Extend the definition of accredited investor to natural persons (humans) who hold certain certifications or licenses, such as the FINRA Series 7 or 65 or who are “knowledgeable employees” of hedge funds;
  • Extend the definition of accredited investors to entities that are registered investment advisers, rural business investment companies, LLCs (who honestly we all assumed were already included), family offices, and other entities meeting an investments-owned test;
  • Do some “housekeeping” to allow “spousal equivalents” to be treated as spouses and tweak some other definitions; and
  • Create a process whereby other people or entities could be added to the definition by means of a clear process without additional rulemaking.

We are generally in favor of these proposals. However, we worry that the more attractive the SEC makes the private markets, the more that people of modest means will be excluded from the wealth engine that is the American economy. We also believe that the concerns raised about the integrity of the private markets by the two dissenting Commissioners, here and here, should be taken seriously. The real solution to all of this is to make the SEC registration process more attractive, and better-scaled to early-stage companies.

In the meantime, read the proposals and the comments, and make up your own minds. The comment period ends 60 days after publication in the Federal Register, which hasn’t happened yet.

Equity Crowdfunding Platforms (RegCF)

As of 02 JUNE 2020, there are 51 active RegCF Equity Crowdfunding Platforms helping companies raise up to $1.0M USD.

We are all anticipating that RegCF is going to be potentially increased to a $5 million funding cap.   The SEC has proposed this increase, along with some other changes, and many observers expect the Commission to move forward with a higher funding cap.    

We recently did a Q&A with  Wefunder on what RegCF companies require.

We have compiled the list of 51 Active Equity Crowdfunding Platforms along with the sectors they serve.

Company Name URL City State Sector
Bioverge Portal, LLC https://www.bioverge.com/ San Francisco CA Healthcare
Buy the Block https://buytheblock.com/ Denver CO Community
CollectiveSun, LLC http://collectivesun.market/ San Diego CA Social Ventures
Crowd Ignition https://crowdignition.com/ New York NY General
CrowdsourcedFunded https://crowdsourcefunded.com/ Chicago IL General
EnergyFunders Marketplace http://www.energyfunders.com/ Houston TX Energy
EnrichHER Funding, LLC https://ienrichher.com/ Atlanta GA Loans
Equifund Crowd Funding Portal Inc. www.equifundcfp.com Kanata ON General
EquityDoor, LLC https://equitydoor.com/ Austin TX Real Estate
Flair Portal ( Flair Exchange) https://www.flairexchange.com/ Vancouver BC Gaming
Flashfunders Funding Portal www.flashfunders.co Sherman Oaks CA General
Funders USA https://www.fundersusa.com/ Newport Beach CA Technology
Fundit http://fundit.com/ Fairfield NJ General
Fundme.com, Inc. www.fundme.com Murray UT Technology
Fundopolis Portal LLC https://www.fundopolis.com Boston MA General
GrowthFountain Capital www.growthfountain.com New York NY General
Honeycomb Portal www.honeycombcredit.com Pittsburgh PA General
Hycrowd https://www.hycrowd.com/ Jersey City NJ General
Indie Crowd Funder www.indiecrowdfunder.com Los Angeles CA Film
Infrashares Inc. https://infrashares.com San Francisco CA Infrastructure
IPO Wallet LLC https://ipowallet.com/ https://invest.ipowallet.com/ Sachese TX General
Jumpstart Micro www.jumpstartmicro.com Bedford MA General
Ksdaq https://www.mrcrowd.com Monterey Park CA General
MainVest, Inc. https://mainvest.com/ Newburyport MA General
Merging Traffic Portal llc www.mergingtrafficportal.com Orlando FL General
MinnowCFunding www.minnowcfunding.com Pasadena CA Real Estate
MiTec, PBC (Crowdfund Main Street) https://www.crowdfundmainstreet.com/ Fremont CA Impact
NetCapital Funding Portal www.netcapital.com Lewes DE General
NSSC Funding Portal (SmallChange) www.smallchange.com Pittsburgh PA Real Estate
OpenDeal (Republic) www.republic.co New York NY General
Pitch Venture Group LLC https://letslaunch.com/ Houston TX General
         
Raise Green, Inc. http://www.raisegreen.com Somerville MA Impact
Razitall www.razitall.com Basking Ridge NJ General
SeriesOne https://seriesone.com/ Miami FL General
SI Portal (SeedInvest) www.seedinvest.com New York NY General
Silicon Prairie Holdings, Inc. https://sppx.io/ St. Paul MN General
         
SMBX https://www.thesmbx.com/ San Francisco CA Bonds
Sprowtt Crowdfunding, Inc. https://www.sprowttcf.com/ Tampa FL General
         
StartEngine Capital www.startengine.com Los Angeles LA General
STL Critical Technologies JV I, LLC (nvested) www.nvstedwithus.com St. Louis MO General
         
Title3Funds www.title3funds.com Laguna Beach CA General
Trucrowd www.us.trucrowd.com https://fundanna.com
https://cryptolaunch.us
https://musicfy.us
Chicago IL General
VedasLabs Inc. https://vedaslabs.io/ New York City NY General
Vid Angel Studios (VAS Portal LLC) https://studios.vidangel.com/ Provo UT Film
Wefunder Portal https://www.wefunder.com San Francisco CA General
Wunderfund www.wunderfund.co Cincinnati OH General
WWF Funding Portal LLC https://www.waterworksfund.com/ Detroit MI Water

If you have any questions about how we can help you with your RegCF contact us

lily@koreconx.io

FINRA BD Requirements for RegA+ & Digital Securities

FINRA BD Requirements for RegA+ & Digital Securities

The private markets are receiving a much updated revamp by the SEC which is having a major impact on registered FINRA Broker-dealer firms.  Here are two (2) of the most common activities for which FINRA Broker-dealers (BD) are approached by companies.  Most BD’s are not aware that in order to help companies raise capital utilizing these regulations, there is a registration they must first do with FINRA.

We went to the source that has been helping many FINRA Broker-dealers and put the responses in a simple way.  Ken Norensberg, Managing Director, Luxor Financial provides the answers to which all BDs need to pay extra attention to make sure you are fully compliant.

RegA+ (Regulation A)

Broker-dealers today have the ability to help companies that are using either Regulation D (RegD) or regulation A(RegA+).  Now what they are not aware of is that in order to allow them to help companies with RegA+ they do need to be registered with FINRA. If that registration isn’t done, they are not allowed to proceed in offering those services. This process can take anywhere from 60 to 90 days or it could happen sooner.  Most firms are not aware that when they take on a RegA+ client, they must apply to FINRA to represent them in the offering. This is done at the same time the company is filing their Form 1A with the SEC for their RegA+ offering.

Digital Securities

Digital Securities are now becoming main street language and most Broker-dealers want to offer this to investors. Unfortunately, if they do not have FINRA approval for digital securities, it’s not a product they can represent or offer to investors.  Digital Securities require registration. The process is like putting a full new member application, and it will take anywhere up to four (4) months.  Your firm must file with FINRA for each of the exemptions you want to use for Digital Securities (RegD and or RegA+.  Here is what your firm will be required to answer to FINRA in its application.

  • You will need a detail business plan
  • What entities are the holders of the “private keys” in the DLT network that would be required to gain access to the digital securities, cash-backed digital securities holdings or digital currency? 
  • Are multiple keys needed to gain access or is a single key sufficient?
  • Who controls or has access to the DLT network where the assets are held?
  • What happens in the event of a loss or destruction of assets (either due to fraud or technological malfunction) on the network?
  • If the broker-dealer was to fail and is liquidated in a proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, how would customers’ securities and funds be treated, and how would customers access their assets?
  • In instances where firms have established partnerships with other firms to serve as their back-ups and to carry out critical functions in the event of emergencies, what type of access would those back-up firms have to the private keys?
  • How will customers or the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) trustee access the customers’ assets in the event of a defaulted broker-dealer? What parties will be involved, and what are their roles and responsibilities?
  • How does the use or application of the DLT network affect the market risk, liquidity or other characteristics of the asset?
  • What information is maintained using the DLT network?
  • What will be deemed as the physical location of the firm’s records maintained on a node of a DLT network that may extend over multiple countries?
  • What parties have control or access to the firm’s records? What are their rights, obligations and responsibilities related to those records, and how are they governed?
  • What is the firm’s (and other participants’) level of access to the data, and in what format would it be able to view the data?
  • How does the DLT network interact with the firm’s own systems for recordkeeping purposes?
  • How would the records be made available to regulators?
  • How will the firm’s traditional exception reporting, used to supervise transactions, be generated from a DLT network?
  • How will the firm protect any required records from tampering, loss or damage?
  • Clearance & Settlement?
  • Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Procedures & Know Your Customer (KYC) Rules?
  • Customer Data and Privacy?
  • Trade & Order Reporting Requirements?
  • Supervision & Surveillance of Transactions?
  • Fees & Commissions?
  • Customer Confirmations & Account Statements?
  • Anticipated Customer Base?
  • Facilities, Hosting?
  • Licensed & Qualified Staff

As the market is evolving to provide more alternatives to companies and investors, FINRA Broker-dealers need to also make sure their licenses are up to date to be able to offer these updated alternatives.  It’s not enough that you are registered with FINRA.

Thank you to Ken Norensberg, Managing Director of Luxor Financial, who provided this valuable information to assist Broker-dealers to stay compliant.  Ken has been helping FINRA Broker-dealers manage these new registration requirements. 

About Ken Norensberg & Luxor

Luxor Financial Group, Inc. a NY based Broker-Dealer Consulting Firm that specializes in setting up Independent Broker-Dealers. We are experts in New Member Applications, Continuing Membership Applications, Expansion Filings, FINRA and SEC Audits, Anti Money Laundering Reviews, Business Development and general compliance and business development services. www.luxorbd.com

Ken is a former Member of the FINRA Board of Governors. FINRA oversees the regulatory activities and business practices of over 4,500 Broker-Dealers, 163,000 Branch offices, 630,000 registered representatives and 3,500 employees and consultants with annualized revenues and a budget of approximately $800,000,000 (Eight hundred million dollars.)

The Board contends with many complex issues that affect large organizations from generating revenues, managing expenses, personnel, legal, regulatory, political and operational issues.

Additionally, Ken was a Member of the following committees and subcommittees:

  • Regulatory Policy Committee
  • Emerging Regulatory Issues (Subcommittee)
  • Financial, Operations & Technology Committee
  • Pricing (Subcommittee)
  • Ex-Officio of the Small Firms Advisory Board (SFAB)

Wefunder Interviews Oscar Jofre co-founder KoreConX

WeFunder the #1 Equity Crowdfunding platform in the USA interviews Oscar Jofre co-founder of KoreConX.

(1) What is a Transfer Agent

This a great question. As each entrepreneur enters the world of raising capital, new responsibilities are brought on.  In many instances, the company will need to engage with a registered transfer agent to manage the corporate records of the company.   This can seem like a disconnect since as entrepreneurs know their business best. However, in order to bring confidence to investors, you appoint a third party Transfer Agent, to ensure your book of records are up to date and accurate. 

So what is a Transfer Agent 

A stock transfer agent or share registry is a third party company, which records all entries and manages all transactions of the company’s equities.  We are holding the book of records for the company and to make sure all trades, transfers and corporate actions are undertaken properly.

(2) What are the requirements for companies that run Regulation Crowdfunding campaigns, with respect to Transfer Agents. 

Once you decide to do a Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) or RegA+ you will need to undertake a number of regulatory activities before you can get started first, you will need to apply and receive regulatory approval from the SEC.  Wefunder provides you all the guidance you need to make sure it’s done correctly and timely.

As you prepare for your offering, you need to start planning for how you will manage and report to all your new shareholders post your capital raise.  This can seem overwhelming but we are here to provide you the platform that will help you with all that.

Since you need to appoint a transfer agent, here is what really sets us apart from a traditional transfer agent. We not only provide you the services as mandated, but we also provide a whole platform where you can manage your shareholders, communicate with them, report to them, send them updates, hold your annual shareholders meeting including an included evoting feature and has a free portfolio management feature for your equity and debt holders to always see their investment information and updates. So you can pick a traditional transfer agent that will operate in a silo with none of the above features, or you can select KoreConX that not only meets your regulatory obligations, but also provides you access to an all-in-one platform to help you manage your business. 

(3) What are the other services provided by KoreConX? 

When we launched KoreConX to serve the JobsAct. It was designed by founders to help founders of a business and to bring everyone together, thus giving companies more control while spending less time doing redundant paperwork.

KoreConX provides the world’s first all-in-one platform providing companies: cap table management, document management, boardroom tools, investor relations, AGM planner, eVoting for shareholders, dealroom, reporting, valuations, and for their shareholders’ a free portfolio management to manage the investments in the company.  

The KoreConX all-in-one platform is for by entrepreneurs, CEO, President, CFO, COO, CCO, board of directors, corporate secretary, investor relations, legal counsel, auditors, and shareholders. 

One platform to serve the entire company.

(4) What are some of the biggest mistakes you have seen companies make with respect to Transfer Agents?

Having spent over 20 years in the public listed company world, it was not a surprise for us to see some of the issues private companies are facing.  For private companies today adding the role of Transfer Agent can be very difficult. 

The biggest mistake we see is not disclosing the full captable of the company.  This is often because of the way securities have been issued to other shareholders, founders, etc.   As the Transfer Agents, the only way to provide proper records is to have all the securities that the company has issued: shares, options, warrants, debentures, SAFE, Digital Assets, Loans, Promissory Notes, etc.

The second biggest mistake we see is that there is no documentation for the securities that have been issued prior to the RegCF offering.  

(5) What advice would you have for founders using Transfer Agents?

Like any relationship your company needs to have in the growth of your company, a Transfer Agent is very important.

Find a Transfer Agent firm that not only serves your needs but the needs of your shareholders, and provides you a way to be connected to them in a very effective and efficient manner so you don’t have to keep duplicating your efforts.

A Transfer Agent of the 21st Century needs to grow with you and understand the private company, and how you are going to use regulations to raise your capital.

(6) Why is KoreConx better than Carta? 

The major difference with KoreConX and companies like Carta, we design and built KoreConX from the ground up from the founders and the company’s perspective. Most people in the finance industry build products from a transactional and/or a dealermaker perspective.   

KoreConX emerged from the creation of the JobsAct and we knew the demands for Transfer Agents would be very difficult to undertake, given the size of the new shareholder bases and that capital raises would be too small to support the added cost of compliance. 

We created a platform to help a company who is just getting started through to full maturity.

The KoreConX all-in-one platform is there to help companies of all sizes and providing a journey for an entrepreneur to grow on the platform.

(7) How much does KoreConX cost?

Understanding the Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) and RegA+ we knew that pricing for this service would need to be aligned with the company. The service of transfer agent should not be based on the metrics of the past but rather what the companies of today need to operate and meet their regulatory obligations

Our pricing model is there to help companies not punish them.

For RegCF we have a 3 tier pricing model, and this is not based on how many shareholders they will have but rather how much capital they raised:

  • $0-$250k $25.00/month
  • $250-$500k $50.00/month
  • $500k- $1M $75.00/month

All our programs include all the same features:

  • Dedicated Agent
  • No onboarding fees
  • Unlimited transactions
  • Investor Relations
    • Ability to send reports to shareholders
    • Ability to send news releases to shareholders
    • Manage your Annual Shareholders Meeting
    • Give your shareholders the opportunity to vote online for company Annual Shareholders Meeting
  • Free Training for you and your shareholders

What is Reg A plus versus Reg A?

The simple answer is that today, Regulation A (Reg A) and Regulation A+ (Reg A+) are the exact same law. There is no difference, and the two terms may be used interchangeably.

Some confusion stems from the two similar terms, and there is much misleading information about this online. I’ve even spoken at events where I’ve heard other lawyers claim the two laws are different. They are not.

Historically, there was no Reg A+, there was only Reg A. Regulation A was an infrequently used law that allowed a company to raise up to $5,000,000 from the general public, but with the company still having to go state-by-state to get Blue Sky law approval for their offering.  This expensive and time-consuming process of dealing with review of an offering by 50+ state regulators made Regulation A far too expensive and time-consuming for most issuers to only be allowed to raise $5,000.000. 

 In 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) became law, and Title IV of that act amended Regulation A in many ways, most notably (a) doing away with the state by state blue sky law requirement and (b) raising the limit from $5,000,000 to $20,000,000 or $50,000,000, depending on which “tier” of the law is used. Congress took a virtually worthless law, and turned it into an excellent and company friendly law that has allowed many companies since to raise millions.

Interestingly, since in 2012 when the law went into effect, and even since 2015 when the SEC passed its rules allowing the law to actually be used, the law is still officially called Regulation A. But, both the SEC, and commentators also started simultaneously calling the law “Regulation A+” or “Reg A+” to note that it was a supercharged version of the old Regulation A law.

Finally, to get super-lawyer-nerdy here, the official name of the law is Regulation A – Conditional Small Issues Exemption, and is part of the Securities Act of 1933, found at 17 CFR §§ 230.251 – 230.300-230.346.

What are investor limits on investment size of both?

As noted in my other blog article, these is no difference between Regulation A (Reg A) and Regulation A+ (Reg A+). They are the exact same law.  The two terms may be used interchangeably. Therefore, investor limits on investment size are the same for either term.

However, there are investor limits on how much an investor may invest in Regulation A. These limits depend on which “tier” of the law is being used.

Tier 1 of Regulation A allows a company to raise up to $20,000,000, but the company must go through Blue Sky law compliance in every state in which it plans to offer its securities. There are no limitations on whether someone can invest, or how much someone can invest, in a Tier 1 offering. 

As a side note, Tier 1 offerings tend to be limited to one state, or a small number of states, because of the added cost of Blue Sky compliance. The SEC does not limit the amount of investment, but states may have limitations in their securities laws, so an analysis of each state’s securities laws is necessary if doing a Tier 1 offering.

Tier 2 of Regulation A allows a company to raise up to $50,000,000, and the company does not have to go through Blue Sky law compliance in any state in which it plans to offer its securities. However, there are limitations on how much someone can invest, in a Tier 2 offering if the offering is not going to be listed on a national securities exchange when it is qualified by the SEC.  If the Tier 2 offering is going to be listed on such an exchange, there are no investor limitations.

For a Tier 2 offering that is not going to be listed on a national exchange, individual investors are limited in how much they can invest to no more than 10% of the greater of the person’s (alone or together with a spouse) annual income or net worth (excluding the value of the person’s primary residence and any loans secured by the residence (up to the value of the residence).

There are no limitations on how much an accredited investor can invest in either a Tier 1 or a Tier 2 Regulation A offering.

Why is my cap table so important for my company?

It’s never too early in the process of building a company to start managing your capitalization table (otherwise known as a cap table). As a detailed document recording all information regarding shareholders and the equity owned in the company, a well-managed cap table will become essential to long term success. Even if you’re thinking that your company does not need to keep such detailed records early on, understanding its importance may change your mind. 

At first, keeping track of equity might be a simple task. In the early stages, perhaps equity had only been distributed amongst cofounders. However, as the company grows, equity might be given out to key team members and employees, which all needs to be recorded accurately.  Without numbers correctly recorded, it will likely be hard to know exactly how much equity is remaining for the future. Also, with proper recording, it will allow founders to easily determine how certain deals may affect the equity distribution of the company. 

For potential investors, the cap table will be a key resource. Before investing in a company, investors will want to become familiar with current shareholders and the equity that each one possesses. The transparency a well-managed cap table allows will help avoid delays and increase investor confidence. During rounds of funding, the founder should also be concerned with how awarding investors with equity will affect their ownership in their company. For both parties during investor negotiations, the cap table will be essential. 

Once the company has received investments from investors, managing shareholders will also become an important task, which can be done in the cap table. The cap table will typically include investor information, such as who they are, their voting rights, and the number of shares that they own. With this information in one centralized place, if voting was to take place, the cap table ensures that all investors would be included as necessary.

One major benefit of starting to manage a cap table as soon as possible is that it will save time and resources in the long run. As the company begins to seek funding, the cap table would be already prepared and up to date. If the company did not already begin to keep records in their cap table, they would need to go back and create one, which could increase the chances for errors since it could be possible for them to have lost documents or records that they would need.

So what is the best way to manage your company’s cap table? Even though you can make a simple spreadsheet in Excel, using software such as KoreConX’s all-in-one platform might be more beneficial for long-term success. As deals occur, the cap table is automatically updated, eliminating errors that could result from manual changes. The platform also provides investors with the transparency they need to feel confident in their investments. Companies will benefit immensely from the increased transaction speeds and expedited due diligence that results from a properly managed cap table.

SEC changes to RegA+ and RegCF

On 04 March 2020, the US Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) has laid out the proposed changes that are going to have a major impact on the private capital markets.  This is very positive for the market. These changes have been in the works for a number of years and many in the industry have advocated for these changes that are now materializing.

The Commission proposed revisions to the current offering and investment limits for certain exemptions. 

Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF): 

  • raise the offering limit in Regulation Crowdfunding from $1.07 million to $5 million;

This is going to benefit the 44+ online RegCF platforms such as;  Republic, Wefunder, StartEngine, Flashfunders, EquityFund, NextSeed.   These online platforms have paved the way and now more US-based companies will be able to capitalize on this expanded RegCF limit.  

Regulation A (RegA+) 

  • raise the maximum offering amount under Tier 2 of Regulation A from $50 million to $75 million; and
  • raise the maximum offering amount for secondary sales under Tier 2 of Regulation A from $15 million to $22.5 million.

As you saw in our recent announcement of our RegA+ all-in-one investment platform, we expect more companies to now start using RegA+ for their offerings and they need a partner that can deliver an end-to-end solution.   www.koreconx.io/RegA

These two changes are momentous and will have far-reaching consequences in democratizing capital and make it very efficient for companies to raise capital. This also increases the shareholder base, which makes it even more important for companies to have a cost-effective end-to-end solution that can manage the complete lifecycle of their securities.

If you want to learn more please visit:

www.KoreConX.io/RegA

Here is the complete news release by the SEC

https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2020-55?utm_source=CCA+Master+List&utm_campaign=40105b558a-EMAIL_CAMPAIGN_2020_01_02_09_01_COPY_01&utm_medium=email&utm_term=0_b3d336fbcf-40105b558a-357209445

Wake up call, do you have the right chain for securities?

Polymath is the latest of the Ethereum fan club that has woken up to the fact that Ethereum isn’t the right blockchain platform for financial securities. The reasons include the permissionless and unverified participants, gas fees, unpredictable settlement, poor performance, and lack of scalability.

Vitalik himself was the first to point this out way back on May 9, 2016 (3.5 years ago—a lifetime in crypto-space) in a blog post on Settlement Finality: “This concept of finality is particularly important in the financial industry, where institutions need to maximally quickly have certainty over whether or not the certain assets are, in a legal sense, “theirs”, and if their assets are deemed to be theirs, then it should not be possible for a random blockchain glitch to suddenly decide that the operation that made those assets theirs is now reverted and so their ownership claim over those assets is lost.”

Independently, we (KoreConX) too came to the same conclusion when we first started looking for a good platform for our digital securities and our all-in-one applications that serve the market. This does not detract from the engineering prowess of the Ethereum team, who have taken on a monumental task in trying to create an open blockchain platform that is everything to everyone.

The real problem in the financial markets is that of investor safety. No amount of cryptography can guarantee the validity of participants and of transactions precisely because verification and validity is not in the technical domain. Rather, it’s in the social, economic, and regulatory domain. Blockchain will immutably commit all data regardless of its business validity, as long as it’s cryptographically valid. It is up to the blockchain applications and smart contracts to ensure business validity. This too is not a technical issue but a legal issue. Securities contracts should be authored by securities attorneys, not programmers. Indeed, smart contracts as conceived in Bitcoin and Ethereum are neither smart nor contracts. The word ‘contract’ is an obfuscation of ‘interface specification’ that is commonly referred to as a ‘contract’ between two applications in the software world. Unfortunately, 

To their credit, the thought-leaders of Ethereum were under no illusions about the supposed prowess of smart contracts, as defined within Ethereum. Vitalik Buterin, for example, tweeted back on October 13, 2018, “To be clear, at this point I quite regret adopting the term ‘smart contracts’. I should have called them something more boring and technical, perhaps something like ‘persistent scripts’.” Another Ethereum, Vlad Zamfir, preferred the term ‘stored procedures’.

The most important thing that the open blockchain community missed is that except for currency, financial securities are not bearer instruments. Creating fraudulent securities through shell companies is ridiculously easy with bearer instruments, which is why they are banned in responsible economies.

Besides the fact that securities are not bearer instruments, the public blockchain advocates seem to be coming to the realization that when securities are exchanged between two parties, independent and unverified miners have no business validating the transaction. Parties who have no fiduciary responsibilities, no regulatory mandate, or any skin in the game cannot perform business validation. Would you ask a stranger in New Zealand to approve the transfer of your shares in a private company to your friend when you, your friend, and the private company are all in the USA? As Polymath’s Dossa observers, “How ethereum settles transactions through mining also came into consideration for Polymath, Dossa said. Since miners, who process and sign-off on transactions for a fee, can operate anywhere in the world, institutions could face government scrutiny if fees are traced back to a sanctioned country.” More to the point, securities law does not recognize approvals from parties who are not associated with securities transactions.

Even as the public blockchain community tried to disintermediate regulators, when their assets were stolen from their wallets and exchanges, or the companies vanished outright, investors turned to those same regulators for recourse and recovery.

The other problematic aspect of Ethereum was the nature of finality, which in Ethereum, is statistical. This will not do in legal agreements. As we pointed out early last year in one of our KoreBriefings when evaluating Ethereum, “Finality [in Ethereum] if probabilistic and not guaranteed.” Would you sign an employment agreement where the fine print says there’s a one-in-ten chance that you would not be paid every two weeks. As Adam Dossa, Polymath’s head of blockchain, rightly observed, “At the center of contention is ethereum’s consensus mechanism, proof-of-work (PoW), which only offers a statistical guarantee of transaction finality.”

Incentives often have unintended consequences. We see this happen often with children and pets. Public blockchains are all about decentralization, but in fact miners’ incentives have all but centralized the blockchains. In contrast, consider that within KoreChain we have not left the question of decentralization to the vagaries of unknown miners. Instead, the KoreChain is engineered for decentralization. It is an implementation of the Infrastructure of Trust that currently runs in production in twenty-three countries; in barebones minimal cruising mode, it is capable of handling approximately 10 billion transactions per year (~318 tps) with consensus on business validity. KoreChain’s architecture also makes it massively scalable with very little effect on performance. However, as Vitalik rightly points out, finality can never be 100% even if the technology can achieve absolute finality, since the ultimate arbiter of finality is the legal system. For this reason, KoreChain includes KoreNodes independently are owned and operated independently by regulated entities and regulators worldwide..

If you hold fast to the idea that your powerful car is the only way to cross the ocean, you will be in for a continual hack of trying to make your car float on water. It is much better to recognize that a good ship is the right vehicle for the ocean. Many of the challenges of building a compliant securities application on Ethereum are actually unnecessary. Securities regulation in any one country is complicated enough. Multi-jurisdictional capital markets transactions compound that complexity by several orders of magnitude. Application designers should not be distracted by trying to create their own chains; instead, the real achievement lies in making securities transactions fully compliant in all jurisdictions, promoting innovation in financial markets, enabling flexibility, minimizing process costs, and providing an Infrastructure of Trust to which all regulated entities are welcome. 

The world’s capital markets are too dispersed, complex, and huge for any one participant to dominate. Revolutionizing the capital markets is only possible through collaboration. 

www.InfrastructureofTrust.com

Finality, Settlement, and Validation: The Place to Start

One of the most important concepts in capital market transactions is settlement and finality. Even though the payment infrastructure gets the majority of airtime, settlement finality is just as, if not even more, important in the securities markets. In the public markets, the structure of securities and the clearance and settlement process is quite standardized. In the private markets, a segment that is three orders of magnitude larger than the public markets, standardization does not exist. Rather than an issue, this is the strength of the private markets, since both private companies and their investors need flexibility in securities contracts. Regardless of all this, settlement finality is equally important in both markets.

The issue of settlement finality actually applies to all legal contracts in the sense that terms and conditions cannot be stated in probabilistic terms. Would you sign an employment agreement where the fine print says there is a one-in-ten chance that you would not be paid every two weeks?

In justifying Polymath’s latest move to abandon Ethereum as their platform of choice for security tokens, Adam Dossa, Polymath’s head of blockchain, rightly observed, “At the center of contention is ethereum’s consensus mechanism, proof-of-work (PoW), which only offers a statistical guarantee of transaction finality.” As we pointed out early last year in one of our KoreBriefings where we evaluated Ethereum, “Finality [in Ethereum] is probabilistic and not guaranteed.” Probabilistic or even statistical finality in legal agreements just will not do.

In “Principles of Market Infrastructure,” a publication of the Bank of International Settlements, Principle 8 (Settlement Finality) requires that “An FMI [Financial Markets Infrastructure] should provide clear and certain final settlement, at a minimum by the end of the value date. Where necessary or preferable, an FMI should provide  final settlement intraday or in real-time.”

Note the definitive language of “clear and certain final settlement.” This excludes probabilistic or statistical finality. Melvin Eisenberg, Professor of Law at the University of California, Berkeley, says, “The classical law approach to the certainty principle reflects the binary nature of classical contract law. Indeed, this approach is often referred to as the all-or-nothing rule.”1  Prof. Eisenberg goes on to provide examples of the “rejection of a probabilistic analysis.” While much of that treatment is related to damages due to non-performance of contracts, the concept of certain finality is quite relevant for securities transactions. This is a serious issue that has lately garnered a lot of attention.

Settlement finality is a statutory, regulatory, and contractual construct.2  Settlement is actually a two-step process: first is the operational settlement, which consists of all the steps using technology or otherwise to complete the process of trade, transfer, or corporate action. The second step is the legal settlement that happens when the regulatory framework provides the final approval, at which point a transaction is deemed to be fully settled. The problems due to the uncertain nature of operational settlement in Ethereum are well-known, even if generally ignored. The concept of legal settlement, on the other hand, simply does not even exist in the security token protocols based on Ethereum.

Blockchain technology must first achieve operational finality before the regulatory framework can certify legal finality. Public blockchains can only specify probabilistic and statistical finality. Smart contracts have to also provide for legal settlement. A permissioned blockchain such as Hyperledger Fabric is designed for guaranteed finality. The KoreProtocol of KoreChain, a blockchain application built on Fabric for managing the entire lifecycle of private securities, is designed to ensure legal finality also. One example of legal finality is that directors’ approval of private securities trades under certain conditions, as set forth in the shareholder agreement, is necessary before such trades are deemed to be final. The KoreProtocol is designed to capture this requirement and the KoreChain is designed to implement it.

While Polymath is the latest of the Ethereum advocates that has woken up to the fact that Ethereum isn’t the right blockchain platform for financial securities, they have not been the first. Several private companies, their securities attorneys, broker-dealers, and many other participants have noticed this deficiency and chosen to go with permissioned chains such as the KoreChain.

More significantly, Vitalik himself was the first to point this out way back in May of 2016 (over three years ago—a lifetime in crypto-space) in a blog post on Settlement Finality: “This concept of finality is particularly important in the financial industry, where institutions need to maximally quickly have certainty over whether or not the certain assets are, in a legal sense, “theirs”, and if their assets are deemed to be theirs, then it should not be possible for a random blockchain glitch to suddenly decide that the operation that made those assets theirs is now reverted and so their ownership claim over those assets is lost.”

Advocates of public blockchain also seem to be coming to the realization that when financial securities are exchanged between two parties, independent and unverified miners have no legal authority for validating the transaction. Parties who have no fiduciary responsibilities, no regulatory mandate, or any skin in the game cannot perform business validations. Would you ask a stranger in New Zealand to approve the transfer of your shares in a private company to your friend when you, your friend, and the private company are all domiciled in the USA? As Polymath’s Dossa observers, “How ethereum settles transactions through mining also came into consideration for Polymath. Since miners, who process and sign-off on transactions for a fee, can operate anywhere in the world, institutions could face government scrutiny if fees are traced back to a sanctioned country.” More to the point, securities law does not recognize approvals of securities transactions from parties who are not associated with or have any fiduciary responsibility for securities transactions.

Principles of settlement finality and authoritative validation of transactions remain some of the most important cornerstones of establishing trust in the financial markets infrastructure. It is up to the blockchain application designers to understand the spirit and intent of these principles and select technologies that facilitate the implementation of such principles rather than hinder them. It is up to the business participants (company management, securities attorneys, and broker-dealers) to recognize the importance of these principles and the limitations of some blockchain platforms.

Incentives often have unintended consequences. We see this happen often with children and pets. Public blockchains are all about decentralization, but in fact miners’ incentives have all but centralized the blockchains. In contrast, consider that within KoreChain we have not left the question of decentralization to the vagaries of unknown miners. Instead, the KoreChain is engineered for decentralization. It is an implementation of the Infrastructure of Trust that currently runs in production in twenty-three countries; in barebones minimal cruising mode, it is capable of handling approximately 10 billion transactions per year (~318 tps) with consensus on business validity. KoreChain’s architecture also makes it massively scalable with very little effect on performance. However, as Vitalik rightly points out, finality can never be 100% even if the technology can achieve absolute finality since the ultimate arbiter of finality is the legal system. For this reason, KoreChain includes KoreNodes that are owned and operated independently by regulated entities and regulators worldwide.

If you hold fast to the idea that your powerful car is the only way to cross the ocean, you will be in for a continual hack of trying to make your car float on water. It is much better to recognize that a good ship is the right vehicle for the ocean. Many of the challenges of building a compliant securities application on Ethereum are actually unnecessary. Securities regulation in any one country is complicated enough. Multi-jurisdictional capital markets transactions compound that complexity by several orders of magnitude. Application designers should not be distracted by trying to create their own chains; instead, the real achievement lies in making securities transactions fully compliant in all jurisdictions, promoting innovation in financial markets, enabling flexibility, minimizing process costs, and providing an Infrastructure of Trust to which all regulated entities are welcome. 

1 Foundational Principles of Contract Law, Melvin A. Eisenberg
2 http://yalejreg.com/nc/on-settlement-finality-and-distributed-ledger-technology-by-nancy-liao/

The world’s capital markets are too dispersed, complex, and huge for any one participant to dominate. Revolutionizing the capital markets is only possible through collaboration. 

www.InfrastructureofTrust.com

Global Crypto Twins one on one with Oscar Jofre co-founder of KoreConX

The Crypto Twins are well-recognized faces in the blockchain space and have been advocates and the voice for those who are supporting the global ecosystem of digital securities formation.

This was a great interview by the Crypto Twins to gain insight from a global leading authority on where the market is moving towards.  What is the private capital markets, this is one interview if you are looking for insight you want to make sure you watch.

Blockchain Radio’s one on one with KoreConX Chief Scientist/Technology Officer

This is a rare occasion to have our very own Dr. Kiran Garimella interviewed by Blockchain Radio’s Pierre Bourque, a leading talk show host for blockchain enthusiasts.

Kiran highlights the need for trust, compliance, and investor protection in the private capital markets. This is why the participants on the KoreChain and the owners of KoreNodes, launched in 23 countries, are regulated entities who are subject to stringent compliance requirements and who have to take on fiduciary responsibilities. 

Kiran explains how the global private capital markets are fragmented, yet the world is becoming globalized and there is a need for cross-jurisdictional opportunities. KoreChain has a large knowledge base on worldwide regulations to help the participants safely navigate through complex securities transactions.

KoreConX is not in the business of risky disruption and disintermediation. Trying to dominate this ecosystem will not work. KoreConX’s Infrastructure of Trust welcomes all reputable participants, including the regulators. KoreConX has already seeded this Infrastructure with an integrated suite of compliance-related applications that are in active use in thousands of companies. Kiran points out that rather than excluding, all are welcome because the Infrastructure of Trust and the all-in-one platform is ‘all about you.’

Hear the lively dialog between Blockchain.Radio’s Pierre Bourque and Dr. Kiran Garimella:

Midas Letter James West interviews CEO of KoreConX

The Midas Letter show is hosted by personality James West, who gets right into things with his guests. He is an advocate of the capital markets. This interview was a great insight for James and his viewers to learn about the great opportunity in the private capital markets that is emerging.

TalkCents Radio based in UAE interviews KoreConX Director MENA

So much of blockchain is spoken in USA, Europe here is TalkCents coming live from Dubai, UAE.  TalkCents brings the latest leaders in the MENA region. Our very own Edwin Lee has an opportunity to speak to TalkCents and discuss how KoreConX’s solution in the MENA region is leading for those who are looking to do fully compliant offerings. 

Understanding Digital Assets

There has been a lot of talk in recent years about crypto, tokens, blockchain, ICOs, STOs, Digital Securities, etc.  What does it all mean and why should you care?  In order to navigate the new financial digital world, it is important to first understand the terminology.  Below, I have broken down the typical terms being used in this current digital environment.   In certain sections, I have provided the example of the USA, and its primary regulator, but this is globally applicable.

Distinguishing the types of secondary markets or exchanges where you can trade digital or traditional assets also seems to be confusing.  I have created the following chart to try to distinguish these.

Now, why should you care?  What does this mean to you?  Despite what some people say in the press, blockchain is here to stay.  So understanding the types of digital assets that it hosts is going to be important in making business and investment decisions.

As a co-founder of a company that is focused on revolutionizing the private capital markets, I am not going to get into cryptocurrencies as this is not my area of expertise.  This is for currency experts to discuss.  Similarly, while I know the public listed markets well and how they operate, there are plenty of people who know these markets far better than I.

My background is geared towards the issues faced by private companies. Thus, I will elaborate on the fragmented ecosystem of the private capital markets that sorely need solutions.

Since the SEC and other government regulators around the world started stepping in to ban ICO’s, other alternatives have evolved.  The security token offering or STO is one such term that got some wings in 2018. However, the institutional and traditional investment communities were still leary of the idea of a token or blockchain solution being provided by people without an appropriate understanding of the entire market they are trying to disrupt. Many people from the ICO space were just changing the name and using STO as a new hype to sell the same ideas.

Many of the players (intentional choice of word) in the ICO space were trying to circumvent securities regulations saying they know better how the ecosystem should work.  After decades of scams, the securities regulators know that the current system has built-in checks and balances for a reason.  We all understand there are issues and inefficiencies in the private capital markets, but in order to change securities rules you better have a big budget and strong case for it. As an example, the JOBS Act took well over five and likely closer to ten years to come into place.  The use of blockchain has valuable applications that can certainly provide more efficient and cost-effective solutions to current private capital markets, as long as you work within the existing securities regulations.

There is a lot of exciting stuff being built with blockchain technology. I believe that if you are looking at this as a solution to the private capital markets, you need to consider a few things if you are looking at public chains as a potential solution:

  1. Use of private wallets for sole custody of financial instruments will not work. Securities law requires the use of transfer agents in many situations and transfer agents need to have custody of assets in order to manage them. If the digital securities are being held by individuals in their own wallet, there is no way the transfer agents can have custody of them. Think of public markets: you do not hold the securities (share certificates) yourself, they are digitally represented in your brokerage account and held by transfer agents.
  2. Mining of securities: It is generally not acceptable for unknown miners to verify transactions; even known miners must be eligible to perform business validation of a transaction either because they are parties to the transaction, have fiduciary responsibility, or certified subject matter credentials or otherwise registered and regulated entities.

Gas prices are not acceptable when it comes to securities.  In order for a token to move on some blockchains, a gas price needs to be paid to miners. Transaction fees must be contractually fixed in advance and cannot be uncertain or subject to an auction style of payment (which leads to a form of ad-hoc discrimination). For individual investors, transaction prices need to be certain  and follow execution guarantees.

Facebook’s Libra Reboots the Crypto World

Facebook Libra Project set’s to rebook the crypto world.

Since the announcement by Facebook of their Libra Project, everyone in the world came out with their take on what Facebook was up to. Thousands of articles and interviews with everyone jumping in. 

It’s safe to say that what Facebook has done, no other company has been able to do on a global scale and receive such global exposure. Today, the only places where crypto is discussed is Medium, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and the crypto rags. But now, we are talking about major global media exposure like CNN, MSNBC, Fox News, BBC, etc.

Facebook today has 2.4 Billion (Facebook, Instagram, Whatsapp) users that is 31% of the world’s population.

In one announcement, Facebook woke up every central bank, bank regulator, government, and various officials in the world. Now they can’t pretend they don’t know what crypto is and how it would impact them, a huge achievement by one of the most mistrusted companies in the world.  In one announcement, Facebook created fear most never thought possible in crypto sector. Facebook can overnight be the world’s largest central bank. Think about it.

The World’s Largest Central Bank!

The current turf wars that President Donald Trump is having with China, Canada, Russia, Mexico, France, and Denmark, just to name a few, would be put to a complete halt by one company, Facebook.  That is power!

The crypto sector’s hardcore evangelists see this as validation and are rooting for the rise in the price of bitcoin and other cryptos that nobody on earth knows what they are and have no value in the real world today.

Facebook Libra would bring it to real-world and make it usable instantly to 2.4 billion users globally. No other bank or country can pull off such a stunt.

Are you awake now!

What is the impact of LIBRA by Facebook.

Some are excited its validation. Some see it as a competitor.

Here is what’s going to happen whether Facebook launches LIBRA or not. 

Facebook can and will kill over 98-99% of the crypto companies around the world that have coins which are trading but have no real value.

This will be done in two ways:

  1. Facebook decides to abandon the LIBRA project for lack of regulatory support. This will create global uncertainty that start-up projects will face the same demise as Facebook.  Investors will be asking themselves if Facebook can’t pull it off, how is this new start-up going to accomplish it?
  2. Facebook is denied by regulators to proceed. This is the worst one of all.  Today, countries like Mexico, Indonesia, Nigeria, and more are shutting down companies in light of what Facebook has launched.  Facebook is a threat to central banks, governments, regional banks, and many others who will not allow them to proceed, forcing even those who are supportive of crypto to side with regulations to shut them down.  This is the killer if Facebook goes all the way only to be shut down.  

Either way, this is going to hurt a majority of the crypto players.

As I mentioned, Facebook did what no other crypto company has been able to accomplish:  woke up everyone and bring instant global awareness.

Even the hard supporters of crypto are now wondering, wait a minute, what would happen?

Facebook made the whole crypto business real overnight and now we have a really serious discussion. We got our wish: global awareness. Sometimes, you have to be careful what you ask for!

Yes, we all agree it would have been better if it was not Facebook, as the company faces fines globally for how they manage data, and featured in the latest 2019 documentary, The Great Hack, and how its platform was used to change the outcome of many governments, not just the United States.

Every government around the world is going after this company for its untrustworthy business practice, and then the company adds crypto to the mix just to complicate matters. There is a danger that Facebook could become a Fakebook.

They are the supervillain du jour of business.

Because of their size, they got instant global exposure and has put this at the highest ever scrutiny. So, the reality of crypto becoming what everyone hopes could finally come to a very hard stop.

Politically speaking, what is happening around the world is that every country is protecting its borders and citizens. Even crypto supporters in governments, regulatory agencies, and banks will take a step back.

What Facebook has now shown them is that any of these crypto players can become bigger than any one nation or any one bank.  So best to put the brakes now before it gets carried away.

So get ready for the Great Crypto Reboot.  And it will not look like what you thought!

Many Rights Make the KoreProtocol Right

Over the last few weeks, we have seen the highly entertaining farce of Craig Wright claiming to be Satoshi Nakamoto by registering a copyright to the original bitcoin whitepaper and code. He may very well be Satoshi. However, registering a copyright does not confer an official recognition of identity. Wei Lu, CEO of Coinsumer, proved it. Reacting to the press releases and social media statements made by Craig Wright and his supporters, the US Copyright office took the extraordinary step of publicly refuting the claim that a copyright registration is the same as official & proven recognition. This prompted the subject line of Coindesk’s May 23rd Blockchain Bites email: “Wright is wrong.”

The public blockchains provide an endless source of fun. Whatever their faults, one can’t blame them for being boring. The responsible, permissioned chains are, in contrast, boring. KoreChain in particular is relatively dull to thrill-seeking outsiders, while extremely exciting to those who truly understand private capital markets and how the KoreProtocol is spearheading innovation for private issuers and investors.

The KoreProtocol defines many types of shareholder rights in private digital securities. These rights, some mandatory and some discretionary, are well-established in securities law and corporate law. The innovation and complexity of shareholders rights is only limited by the willingness and imagination of the participants. In the absence of automation and a single source of immutable truth, the implementation of rights can become a bureaucratic nightmare. This, more than anything, becomes a limiting factor for innovative contracts. By defining shareholder rights rigorously in the KoreProtocol and implementing the full workflows in KoreChain for their exercise, the KoreProtocol and the KoreChain take away the pain and effort of managing these rights. This opens up private capital markets to very flexible and complex shareholder agreements to suit the needs of the participants.

The KoreProtocol and the implementation within KoreChain include rights such as (to give a few of the more prominent examples):

  1. Voting/non-voting
  2. Financial participation in the form of dividends or revenue
  3. Distribution of revenue or dividends as cash, reinvested securities, or other forms of payment
  4. First right of refusal
  5. Tag-along rights
  6. Drag-along rights
  7. Pre-emptive rights

Each of these rights and their numerous variations have implications and consequences in secondary market trading and in corporate actions. The KoreProtocol provides a structured way to define these rights and their impact on securities transactions. The KoreProtocol implements complete end-to-end management of financial transaction processes, some of which may be very long-running.

The definition of protocol functions to handle all the complex scenarios in securities transactions is not a trivial undertaking. However, it is much easier than the actual implementation of the protocol since that requires handling long-running processes and making tradeoffs between manual and automated processes, data sharing mechanisms, and choice of endorsers. Every step of the process must be fully compliant with securities laws, corporate laws, and the provisions of the underlying contracts.

Trying to shoehorn securities transactions into inadequately defined protocols and delegating the implementations to someone else is to do the worldwide financial community a huge disservice. Implementing the rights of issuers and investors is a very complicated undertaking. For example, ERC-1404, in the words of its creators, “…solves for the compliance challenges that are part of the issuance process and beyond.”

How does ERC-1404 solve the problem of whether senders can send tokens to a receiver and whether receivers can receive tokens from a sender? By defining two functions: CanSend() and CanReceive(). The github code itself shows one function:

detectTransferRestriction(fromAddress, toAddress, numTokens) //I made it a bit readable.

With no trace of irony, the authors of this protocol point out that: “The specific logic covering who can send and receive can be configured outside the token contract itself.”

It is easy enough to write protocols as long as we leave the messy details of implementation to someone else!

In reality, the transfer of digital securities in a fully-compliant way is quite complicated. It is not just a matter of “who can send and receive”, but also a question of the circumstances under which securities can be transferred or not. There are complex workflows and numerous checks that need to be followed before any transfers, whether P2P, beneficial, or trade-related, can occur. The checks relate to the jurisdictions and exemptions under which the securities are issued, domicile of the participants, securities laws that govern all subsequent inter- and intra-jurisdictional securities transactions, corporate laws, the rights spelled out in the shareholders’ agreements, and the presence or absence of various types of events such as corporate actions, regulatory actions, and economic events.

To be fair, the creators of simplistic protocols may very well be aware of these complexities; however, the fact remains that they come nowhere near expressing the richness and complexity of global private capital markets. Also, they offer no guidelines for implementation or even a hint of the treacherous complexities.

At KoreConX and in KoreChain, knowing the business as we do by being an SEC-registered transfer agent, we chose to not only develop a comprehensive protocol but also implement it in all its complexity. Tapping into our worldwide partner network of securities lawyers, secondary market operators, broker-dealers, academics, and other thought-leaders, we tackled the problem by creating a legal base that incorporates much of the complexity of securities law and corporate law worldwide. This includes inter-jurisdictional transactions, Blue Sky laws in the US, Canadian provincial laws, etc.

Private capital markets provide enormous flexibility for creating complex shareholders’ agreements. We have so far not seen two offerings or agreements that are similar. The public markets are relatively standardized, which can be a strength in terms of offering liquidity at the expense of flexibility of contracts. Private companies and their investors want more control and flexibility.

By incorporating the various types of rights (some mandatory, some optional, and some that are negotiated) into the KoreProtocol and implementing through the KoreChain, our mission is to create the right infrastructure to preserve and foster innovation in global private capital markets while also furthering the cause of efficient liquidity.

www.koreconx.com

www.KoreConX.io

Exempt Market Update 2019

The exempt market in Canada is going through some major developments that will fundamentally change how the private market will be seen by investors.

Digital Securities provide companies, who are raising capital, the opportunity to offer their investors another potential exit that until now was only seen as a pipe dream.

It’s no longer a dream, it’s in fact reality. Digital Securities are a direct representation of the securities a company offers to investors, but instead of a piece of paper, it’s put on a technology that is immutable. 

Companies around the world are raising capital offering investors Digital Securities, which would allow them to have secondary market trading.

ATS (Alternative Trading Systems) have been around for decades around the globe, in most cases unused due to inefficiencies and high costs.

With over 16 ATS now launching in the USA and more coming in Europe and ASIA we will see more ATS secondary markets for private shares than public stock exchanges in the next 24. The reason is very simple. There is more private companies than public listed.

450 Million private companies vs 85,000 public listed companies worldwide.

$2.4 trillion raised by U.S private companies vs. $2.1 trillion by public companies, a gap that has been widening for 6 years. With the decline in the number of public companies and the rise of private financing will drive a need for efficient secondary market trading of private shares. A blockchain enabled and global compliant digital security is critical to the success of secondary markets for private shares.

On 29 May 2019, OMEGA has filed an application with the regulators to launch a Digital Securities ATS. This announcement shows you how the market is evolving to provide further liquidity in the private capital markets. This will not be the first ATS in Canada. 

KoreConX is leading the market by providing the tools for Exempt Market Dealers to put their business online, in a secure and compliant manner, to be connected in the private capital markets ecosystem.

The KoreConX all-in-one platform, powered by IBM’s Hyperledger Fabric, is the key infrastructure that, until now, was missing from the private capital markets. Our globally compliant digital securities protocol is the key to creating efficient securities management throughout their lifecycle. 

KoreConX Revolutionizing Private Capital Markets

www.koreconx.com

www.KoreConX.io

KoreConX launches $15M Digital Securities Offering using its own Fully-Compliant KoreProtocol

KoreConX is excited to announce its Digital Securities Offering that will utilize its own KoreProtocol. The KoreProtocol is the world’s first complete end-to-end protocol that has built-in AI to manage the entire lifecycle for tokenized securities, from issuance, trading, and all types of corporate actions.

The global securities marketplace is changing, and the future is tokenization. Combining corporate and securities law with tokenization facilitates efficient liquidity and fully-compliant transactions in multiple jurisdictions.

“We are thrilled about developing and launching our Digital Securities Offering on our KoreChain. KoreConX’s AI-enabled blockchain, based on Hyperledger Fabric and hosted at IBM, provides the highest level of security. The KoreProtocol handles the complete lifecycle of the security token, from issuance, secondary trading, and all types of corporate actions,” said Dr. Kiran Garimella, KoreConX’s Chief Scientist and CTO.

KoreConX will be working with established broker-dealers worldwide to make this initial offering of $15 million USD available to accredited investors in multiple jurisdictions (countries).

KoreConX believes in complying with securities regulation and corporate law to protect investors, issuers, and other participants in the global capital markets.

“KoreConX has been a fully operational all-in-one platform for several years helping many clients worldwide with compliance activities. The opportunities are tremendous for using tokenized securities to create efficiencies, reduce costs, and provide stronger governance for private companies. Our unrelenting focus is on ensuring the safety, security, and investor protection in global private capital markets,” said Oscar Jofre, co-founder, CEO of KoreConX.

For more information visit www.koreconx.io

Reg A+ Webinar: Q&A Part I

The content on this webinar and associated blogs are provided for general information purposes only and does not constitute legal or other professional advice or an opinion of any kind.

During our last Regulation A+ webinar with Sara Hanks and Darren Marble, we received dozens of questions about the topic.

As promised, we have answered each one of these questions and we are publishing the results here. To make things simple, we are diving it in Part I (Sara Hanks answers) and Part II (Darren Marble answers).

If you haven’t watched the webinar or want a recap, you can access the full version here.

Reg A+ Webinar – Q&A Part I

  • Is there a specific exemption that can be used in Canada along with Reg A to sell in Canada?

You need to check with Canadian counsel. Canada does not generally have federal securities laws as we do in the U.S., and you have to find an exemption from the Canadian equivalent of registration in each Canadian province you want to sell in. Some provinces have crowdfunding-type exemptions (not Ontario) and most have some type of exemption for sales to accredited investors.

  • If a company decides not to list on an exchange, can they have a bulletin board on their own website where their own shareholders can buy and sell their shares to others?

Under limited circumstances, yes. Any kind of “matching platform” will need to follow existing no-action letters that specify the circumstances in which a company operating some kind of introduction service for buyers and sellers will be deemed not to be a broker-dealer. You need to make sure the service does not amount to acting as a broker or an “alternative trading system” (ATS). In very general terms, the more sophisticated and automated a matching platform gets, the more it is likely to be deemed to be an ATS.

  • I am quarterbacking a Reg CF offering, they have a product that used to exist and want to bring it back. What are the top two questions I should be asking?

Do you still have the intellectual property rights to the product? And if a different/earlier company sold the product before, is that company a “predecessor” under the accounting rules?

  • Do you need to complete the offering before filing Form 211 for a listing?

In general, we have found that the market maker for a company that is going to be listed or quoted on OTC (a minority of Reg As) want to be able to confirm that all the existing shareholders were acquired in legit offerings before it files the 211, which would mean you would need the Reg A offering to be closed, but it may depend on the market maker.

  • I understand that there is a Blue Sky nuance if you do not use a BD, is this correct?

Yes. If you don’t use a broker, there are some states that won’t let you offer (Nebraska) or require the issuer to file as an “issuer-dealer.” More details here.

  • Sara and Darren have mentioned real estate, etc. in terms of companies best suited for Reg A offering, are there any Blockchain/DLT based startups that have successfully gone through the process yet?

Not yet; perhaps coming soon.

  • Can you comment, in general, on the Blockstack filing?

I’ll wait till I see the correspondence between the lawyers and the SEC (published when the offering qualifies) before I comment on the implications of this offering.

The second part of the Q&A will be published next week. If you want to read more from Sara Hanks, you can visit the CrowdCheck Blog. We highly recommend it. You can also contact Sara and her team here.

Minimizing Failure Vector Surfaces for Digital Securities

Modern capitalists and ancient Chinese may disagree on many things, but the one thing they do seem to agree on relates to security of the realm. George Washington, back in 1799, said, “…offensive operations, often times, is the surest, if not the only (in some cases) means of defence.” A similar sentiment can be seen in Sun Tzu’s writings. It is now a common saying in football: The best defense is a good offense.

If digital securities are to play an innovative and differentiating role in modern capital markets, the one thing they have to support is the trend towards democratization of capital. Ironically, Main Street retail investors have been sidelined in the ‘public’ markets that ostensibly were designed with the general public in mind. 90% of households are generally unaffected by the gyrations of the stock market.

Decentralization of capital brings with it several risks. Inefficiencies aside, some of the financial risks are poor governance, insecure transactions, hacking, and architectural instabilities in the financial platforms. The general public will never be able to store their own private keys safely. Public blockchains are still too new and fragile to support widespread adoption by the vast majority.

The most important lens through which we need to look at this is that of the lay investor, whose primary need is safety. They may not say it, but they definitely think it. For financial systems and in particular digital securities, we need to minimize the number of ways in which the security of digital securities is compromised. Security experts have a fancy term for this, ‘attack surface’, which is the entire set of vulnerabilities possible through all the ‘attack vectors’, each of which is one method of attacking applications or networks.

Unlike the usual attack vectors such as phishing, email, pop-ups, attachments, chats, etc., digital securities can be compromised by non-traditional vectors such as forking, hacking, and adverse selection by miners’ activities, and commingling of cryptocurrencies and digital securities. Adverse selection, in particular, is not criminal activity, but the net effect is that retail investors suffer the consequences since concentration of mining power centralizes points of failure or throttles securities transactions.

All of the ways in which digital securities can fail are the ‘failure vectors’. The collective magnitude of these failure vectors defines a failure vector surface. The surface area, in some intuitive sense, captures the magnitude of potential failures. The larger the surface area, the higher the risk. (Move your mouse onto the various surfaces for color highlights.)

The spider chart above shows various failure vectors, some of which are outright attack vectors, while others represent potential failures not from attacks but due to the inherent nature of the underlying blockchain. Such a visualization is useful only when comparing two or more subjects of evaluation and that too in a relative way and by ignoring the actual values.

One caution: Do not conclude from this chart that public blockchains are necessarily bad. This chart is not an evaluation of the technology or the competence of the developers. It just speaks to the potential problems that developers and users must keep in mind when using it for this particular use case, that of digital securities.

Can public blockchains systematically reduce the magnitude of all these failure vectors? There is certainly awareness of these failure vectors. However, all current reengineering in public blockchains, such as the ERC20-based protocols, is a defensive strategy.

Keeping to the wisdom of the ages about offense being the best defense, another approach is to start with a blockchain that has been engineered from the ground up to specifically minimize the failure vector surface as much as possible.

For this reason, we chose Hyperledger Fabric as the base blockchain on which we built the digital securities platform. The risk of failure is mitigated because some of these failure vectors either don’t apply or they are considerably minimized due to the nature of the Fabric blockchain. We prefer to let Fabric deal with a number of these failure vectors, while we focus only on those failure vectors that are specific to KoreChain, the digital securities blockchain application.

Meet the KorePartners: David Benizri, Rivver

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: David Benizri, CEO & Co-Founder at Rivver

Born in: Montreal, Canada
Based in: Tel Aviv, Israel

What was your first job?
Ice hockey referee

How and when did you get involved in the tech industry?

July 2016, I was hired as a sales associate in an e-commerce startup in Montreal. I then fell in love with the dynamic nature of the Hi-Tech field and began launching my own ventures in both Canada and Israel.

How do you see the Tech industry today, especially when it comes to the new Digital securities wave? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

To me what is beautiful about the tech industry as a whole is the fact that there are always new technologies being discovered, which by association ensures that there is always room for startups to build applications on top of that new technology and monetize. The last big innovation which we knew was technologically unprecedented was Blockchain, so we decided to apply it to securities. Within 5 years time, we see a securities industry where the use of distributed ledger technology is a given.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

Rivver brings the first blockchain-based fund issuance and administration platform, specialized for Private Equity funds. By building the first fund administration platform for the digitized fund ecosystem, Rivver’s goal is to ensure that KorConX Private Equity clients and the entire Digitized Fund ecosystem can scale.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

For Digital Securities to achieve adoption, industry leaders will have to provide a solution which is adoptable for legacy players today and not just in 10 years. By us both building on top Hyplerledger Fabric, we at Rivver saw obvious synergies and are certain that our partnership with KorConX will help materialize this mission.

*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Reg A+ Webinar: The Highlights

In our last webinar, we’ve talked about a very complex topic in the startup industry: The Regulation A+.

For those of you who have never heard of it (no shame in learning, folks), Regulation A+, or Reg A, is a section of the JOBS Act that allows private companies to raise up to $ 50 Million while offering shares to the general public.

This can have a profound impact on how startups work. Unfortunately, there’s still a great deal of confusion surrounding the topic.

That’s why we brought in Sara Hanks, a top attorney with over 30 years experience in the corporate and securities field and Founder of CrowdCheck, and Darren Marble, Co-Founder and CEO of Issuance, with extensive experience in the capital raising process.

Here are some highlights of the discussion:

Sara Hanks: Regulation A+ is a popular name for a series of amendments to existing laws there were made in 2015. The Regulation A was an exemption for full regulation with the SEC, that permits a company to make a public offering, without the restrictions on the security being sold, but not to go through the full SEC process. So it’s an exemption for a public offering.

And that’s important because it’s public, the securities that are sold are not restricted, they can be free traded, if you can find a place for them to trade, you can trade them immediately, after the qualification of the offering. The companies who can use Reg A are U.S. or Canadian companies.

Darren Marble: The most interesting question to me is what companies are ideal candidates to use the Reg A Securities exemption as a capital raising tool. And just because you might be eligible to do a Reg A offer doesn’t mean you should. You know, if there’s a cliff that’s 50 feet above the ocean and you’re on that cliff, and you can see the ocean, doesn’t mean you should dive in. You probably need to be a professional diver.

I say that you don’t choose Reg A, Reg A chooses you. And what I mean by that is I think the Reg A exemption discriminates in that aspect. They will save a very particular type of issuer and it will punish or harm another type of issuer.

We also talked about:
– Marketing strategies that need to be considered for a Reg A+
– Who qualifies for it?
– What are the benefits?
– What does the Due Diligence look like?
– What liability is there for the issuer?
– What liability is there for any who promotes the offering?

To watch the full webinar, click here.

You can also watch the full version of our previous webinars:

Digital Securities Webinar

Marketing Your Raise Webinar

 

Digital Securities Webinar: Your Questions Answered!

We had an overwhelming response to our last webinar on Digital Securities. While Oscar Jofre and Darren Marble did their best to answer all the questions, we didn’t have time to go through it all.

So as promised, here are the remaining questions from our Q & A on Digital Securities. If you missed the webinar, you can watch the full version using the link at the end of this post.

ICO vs. STO vs. DSO Webinar Q & A
Oscar Jofre and Darren Marble
April 17th, 2019

 

Is an ETO (Equity Token Offering) the same as an STO?
ETOs are essentially ICOs that sell “stock shares”, by issuing cryptocurrencies over a public blockchain.

Are there any exchanges today that trade Securities Tokens?
Yes, there are.
In the USA: OpenFinance, Templum, TZero, AX Trading, RialTo Trading, SharesPost
In Europe: Blocktrade
Asia: Vaultex

What jurisdictions in the world have regulated STOs?
Securities are regulated in all countries in the world. When you decide to do a Securities Offering you must follow the securities law of each country you are selling the securities into.

Can Securities Tokens be marketed to retail investors?
Digital Securities can be sold via RegA+ which allows you to sell to retail investors worldwide.

If one uses a Reg D exemption for digital security, how does one move to secondary trading of those securities? You cannot publicly trade Reg D securities, correct?
Under RegD 506(c) the investors will be on a 12-month mandatory hold. Once that hold period is removed the company can apply to the Regulated Secondary Market platforms for a listing of their company so their shareholders can trade. Secondary Market is NOT a Stock Exchange

What actions do you see from local regulators to take steps? I believe OSFi in Canada issued some guidance recently, can you speak to the regulatory aspect?
Each Securities Regulator USA (SEC), Canada (CSA and the OSC and many other provincial regulators), Switzerland, Singapore (MAS), China, Australia, have come out with Warnings that if you are selling these Digital Securities, calling them a Token or utility will be deemed a Securities and you will need to make sure that you follow the securities law.

Does a DSO require a Blockchain platform?
Digital Securities are created on blockchain technology.

What do you all think about the liquidity solution that Reitbz offering from BTG Pactual has adopted?
This is not an offering that meets any of the regulatory requirements in the countries we operate on so it’s difficult to comment on something that is not following securities laws. But since it does not, this cannot offer any investor any form of liquidity as it does not meet any of the regulatory securities obligations.

In Oscar’s 1st slide, he states that Digital Securities allows for 24/7 trading. And later on, when talking about Reg A+ advantages, Oscar (I think) said upon closing of Offering, Securities are tradeable. But if there are still no secondary markets, where do they trade?
As the SEC Transfer Agent to many RegA+ companies, we are required to do transfer and trades. Now, these trades are not done on a secondary market, this is where the seller has found a buyer on their own without posting anywhere who is interested in purchasing their shares in the company.

Click here to watch the full webinar.

Click on the link below to watch our previous webinars:
Marketing Your Raise From Traditional Capital to Digital Securities

Webinar sheds light on Digital Securities Terrain

The regulator’s message is clear: there’s no room for tampering with the regulation when it comes to capital raising, and many companies that invested time and energy on ICOs (Initial Coin Offering) are now facing the consequences.

But that doesn’t mean that the private capital markets are dead when it comes to digital assets, on the contrary. Companies have been tirelessly researching to find an alternative to ICOs that is compliant with regulations.

The private market industry is now being inundated by terms such as Digital Securities, Tokenization, STOs, ICOs. To decide the fate of their business in the digital arena, entrepreneurs need to be on top of the game and know the concepts, the differences, and who are the stakeholders behind every new term.

Having all this in mind we, at KoreConX, put together a Webinar “An Industry Evolving: Digital Securities, Tokenization, STOs, ICOs… What are they? How do they differ? Who’s regulating them?“.

To provide the public with the most up-to-date information about the topic, we invited two experts in the field. Oscar Jofre, CEO and Co-Founder of KoreConX, and Darren Marble, CEO and Founder of Issuance, will discuss the landscape for traded securities utilizing different forms of distributed ledger technology.

The webinar will happen this Wednesday, April 17th, at 11 am EDT.

Click here to register for free.

Click on the link below to watch our previous webinars:
Marketing Your Raise From Traditional Capital to Digital Securities

Much Ado About Nothing: the SEC’s No-Action Letter

On April 3, the SEC issued its first no-action letter saying that the tokens proposed to be issued by the applicant, TurnKey Jet (or TKJ, a Florida-based charter airline operator), are not deemed securities. The actual letter is here. The media widely reported this using, in their headlines, the words “crypto”, “ICO”, and one reference to Turnkey Jet as a “cryptocurrency business” (which it is not).

None of these phrases are referenced in the SEC’s no-action letter itself. In fact, the Forbes article is blatantly misleading, beginning with calling Turnkey Jet a “cryptocurrency business”. The very first paragraph of the Forbes article sounds very encouraging to the ICO community:

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has issued its first ever letter assuring investors in a startup using crypto-tokens similar to bitcoin to raise capital that it will not take an enforcement action against the company, and in a separate document explained the rationale behind the decision for future companies.

If anything, the no-action letter implies exactly the opposite!

Firstly, TKJ is not a “cryptocurrency business”.

Secondly, TKJ  is not proposing to raise capital through the issue of tokens, which are purely utility tokens and have no investment value. The company’s tokens are neither cryptocurrency nor securities.

Thirdly, the SEC letter does not provide investors an absolute guarantee that no action will be taken against them or the company, since this is not legally binding precedent and the SEC staff reserves the right to change positions reflected in prior no-action letters. Even the current no-action letter is valid only as long as the representations made by the applicant (TKJ ) are correct and fully followed subsequently.

Unfortunately, the misleading headlines give false relief to those who do not read beyond the headlines. It is important to read the actual submission by TKJ and the SEC response in the form of a no-action letter. In the murky world of ICOs that for the most part turned out to be fraudulent, and of the rest, only a tiny fraction had even a semblance of a credible business plan, TKJ stands out as an example of a legitimate business that took great pains to ensure that its utility tokens have absolutely no resemblance to ICOs or bitcoin. Here are the key factors that led the SEC to issue its no-action letter:

  1. No investment or capital raise. The proceeds of TKJ’s token sale are not to be used for developing the product or solution; instead, the funds are kept in escrow to be used for payments to service providers upon redemption of the tokens by its customers (travelers on their charter jets), or for repurchase or liquidation (but only at a discount). The only “capital raise” aspect of this is that the interest amount from the interest-bearing accounts is kept by the company and the interest amount is not distributed to the token holders. However, to prevent this becoming a potential loophole by mimicking an ICO-type of sale, the tokens are to be used only for purchasing air charter services and not for development.
  2. No trading. The tokens can be traded, but only among members of TKJ, and not in a wide secondary market; the motivation to trade is not speculation or investment. TKJ makes unlimited tokens available at a face value of USD 1 per token and repurchases them only at a discount, so speculative trading is meaningless.
  3. No gain in value. The tokens obviously cannot gain in value from their face value of USD 1 per token, since the company issues them at that price in unlimited quantities as necessary.

In summary, the SEC granted this no-action letter to TKJ as long as the following conditions are met: no capital raise for funding development, the existence of viable products and services before the tokens are sold, no trading on secondary markets for speculation or investment, no storage in third-party wallets, no repurchase at premium, no expectations are set for increase in the value of the tokens, and that the tokens are not marketed as investments.

This is as different from an ICO as a camel is from a camel-dropping.

What is astonishing about this whole issue is that there is already a well-established model that doesn’t even come under the aegis of the SEC: rewards points in various flavors, from Uber Rewards, AMEX Membership Rewards, Starwoods’ Starpoints, Delta SkyMiles, etc.

All of these membership and loyalty reward programs have been chugging along merrily for decades without any controversy. Utility tokens are no different, except that they are implemented on a blockchain or DLT—and therein lies the rub. The fraudulent ICOs have so tarnished the use of blockchain that any company with a legitimate business such as TKJ feels they have to go through the time and expense to seek a no-action letter for what is no more than a sophisticated implementation of a membership program.

The real value of enterprise blockchain or DLT, in general, is in its ability to bind a fragmented ecosystem of participants into a trusted network and provide operational efficiencies for their business processes, not to flout regulation at the expense of investor protection.

Meet the KorePartners: Dan Eyman, Meld Valuation

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Dan Eyman, Founder and Managing Director of Meld Valuation

Born in: Seattle, USA
Based in: San Francisco, USA

What was your first job?

My first job was washing dishes for $4.00/hour at an Italian restaurant.

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?

I used to be a research scientist. My background is/was in Molecular Biology. Not wanting to pursue a PHD I opted to pursue my MBA and rest is history.

How do you see the SME scene today? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?  

I think it is promising. I believe the level of venture and PE funding will level off in the coming years forcing companies to focus more on profitability and core business, while some might debate, I think this is a good shift for the SME market.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

We bring focused and tailored valuation services combined with a rigor not seen at other firms, all at a reasonable price.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy

Being of service both professionally and personally is part of our mission. I have seen this resonate across both companies.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Meet the KorePartners: Adrian Alvarez, InvestReady

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Adrian Alvarez, Co-Founder & CEO at InvestReady

Born in: Miami, USA
Based in: Los Angeles, USA.

What was your first job?

I was a clerk for a mortgage service company. Very exciting =)

How and when did you get involved in the startup industry?

In college, I was the first employee of a tutoring company for standardized tests. That led me to go off on my own with my own tutoring service a few years later. During grad school where I did a JD/MBA, I became involved with the University’s startup incubator and after graduating, I worked there for 4 years as the assistant director and program manager. We helped advise thousands of startups and helped a lot of students with their projects. I also met my co-founders for InvestReady in that job as well.

How do you see the startup scene today?

I’m seeing a lot of work behind the scenes preparing for 2019 in the crypto and private investment scene. I believe 2019 is going to be huge for security tokens and we’re preparing ourselves for it. It’s an exciting time.

 

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

InvestReady provides accredited investor verification services under the US and international law. Our API allows issuers, brokers, exchanges, portals, service providers and more verify that their users are eligible to participate in the investment in a secure and scalable manner.


What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy

I believe our shared focus on providing exceptional service at scale is a huge factor. We’re also both constantly re-tooling and thinking about how we can improve our service which also helps.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Meet the KorePartners: Rick Tapia, Blockchain Agility

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Rick Tapia, Chief Marketing Officer & Partner at Blockchain Agility

Born in: Indianapolis, USA
Based in: Miami, USA

What was your first job?

My first job was as a congressional intern in the state of Indiana. I learn and experienced so much about politics, networking, the U.S. government, and many other areas. It really helped lay the foundation for my future endeavors.

How and when did you get involved in the Blockchain Technology industry?

I first got involved with blockchain technology just over 2 years ago. Like many others, I had started off by learning about Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies. From there, I began to understand the underlying technology and how it could be applied to a vast array of businesses across many different industries. I’ve always been an entrepreneur at heart and have helped many startups in the past and felt that this technology could provide value in a multitude of ways. From there, I began advising different startups on how they could utilize blockchain technology to add value to their business. Thereafter, my 3 partners and I got together and formed a blockchain advisory firm to help guide companies that are wishing to utilize blockchain technology.

How do you see the Blockchain scene today? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

I believe we are starting to see the merging of the “blockchain world” and the “real world”. Meaning that blockchain technology is beginning to be utilized vastly across many different industries and niches and isn’t just being used exclusively by startups or technology platforms. Additionally, the capital markets realm is beginning to jump in as the benefits of issuing digital security tokens is being realized. I don’t have a magic 8 ball that can see into the future but I believe that blockchain technology is here to stay and that in the next 5 years, it will be intricate part of how private companies raise funds in a compliant manner in addition to being the underlying technology in a lot of different existing businesses that we know today.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

Our firm brings value in a few different ways to the KorePartners Ecosystem. For one, we have a vast industry network that provides a strong level of value to the ecosystem with the many connections and introductions we can make. Secondly, our firm is committed to helping organizations that are looking to conduct a digital security offering and can help with many different areas from start to finish. We believe our services can help take an organization to the next level.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

I believe our partnership aligns with KoreConX because we are committed to a collaborate approach. In my experience, collaboration with other organizations that share similar values and goals is vitally important, especially in a niche’ that is still new and emerging. And with the world of digital securities coming into the fold, it’s more important than ever to make sure that organizations that are leading the movement work together as we have a tremendous opportunity in front of us to help usher in a new era of tokenization.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Who do you trust with your Crypto?

The great thing about trustless cryptocurrency systems is just how many incompetents you have to trust along the way.” – David Gerard, author of Attack of the 50 Foot Blockchain.

Lately, I’ve stopped reading fiction because real life drama with public blockchains is way more entertaining. The fun never stops.

For example, one tragi-comedy began when the CEO of QuadrigaCX allegedly passed away a few months ago. Unfortunately, he never put the private keys to the company’s crypto millions into safe custody. In a traditional banking system, this would have been a mild inconvenience at worst, if even that. Bankers, like all humans, pass away, retire, or move on. When was the last time you went into conniptions because your bank manager quit?

The QuadrigaCX soap opera was just getting started. After going into regulatory protection (which in itself is a bit ironic for those “investors” who are using crypto as a statement against regulation), QuadrigaCX manages to lose some more by “inadvertently” transferring some money into another wallet from where the money cannot be retrieved. In the traditional banking system, when you sign up for direct deposit or do a wire transfer, considerable verification happens upfront to make sure the numbers and recipients are valid; further, both parties agree that deposits made in error can be reversed by the financial institution.

In another episode, Ernst & Young, appointed by regulators, discovered that six of the cold wallet addresses used by QuadrigaCX apparently haven’t had any balances in them since one year.

I realize many investors lost money in this and similar ventures when common sense suggests they should have stayed away. While this is unfortunate, I don’t believe these investors are ‘main-street’ investors, but reckless risk-takers for whom I have less sympathy. That’s why I’m looking forward to future episodes; this is entertainment at its best!

Public blockchains have been popularly known as the ‘trustless system.’ Strictly speaking, they should have been called ‘the system where you don’t have to trust authoritative institutions, government, central bankers, or any individual of the establishment’, though that lacks marketing pizzaz.

Instead of reposing trust in centralized institutions and in humans with traditional roles, public blockchains transfer that trust to the mathematical algorithms that power cryptocurrency operations such as mining.

Cryptography is an excellent trust mechanism and practically unbeatable, but only under specific conditions and only up to a point. Cryptography cannot undo the actions of those who operate crypto-exchanges, online capital-raising platforms, the crypto-majority (i.e., 51%, or whatever constitutes the quorum for making changes), the software writers, wallet makers, wallet operators, public addresses that are fronts for scammers, and so on. Most of these participants are not fraudulent, but that’s beside the point. Storing your life savings in Fort Knox is of no use if you lose your keys! To the end user, the effect of fraud, incompetence, or error in cryptos is the same and equally disastrous.

Traditional finance has a number of interlocked trust mechanisms: reputation, credentialing, registration, regulatory filings, auditing, established operational procedures, and various checks and balances. Does this make fraud impossible? Hardly. Does this prevent the consequences of incompetence? Not at all.

Fraud, incompetence, and mistakes are here to stay for the foreseeable future. In addition to all this, there’s technology risk. Generally speaking, it is very tough to eliminate risk entirely. The best we can do is to disperse the risk in a way that it becomes economically unrewarding to engage in criminal activity by the vast majority of participants. For the remaining risk that just cannot be eliminated (given the unending human penchant for mischief), the parties are protected through a variety of safety nets. As in all meaningful things, available trade-offs redistribute advantages and disadvantages. In the case of cryptos, the questionable advantage of censorship-resistance comes at the price of increased risk. Increased security in the case of permissioned financial blockchains comes at the price of complying with regulations.

In the real-world, trade-offs are unavoidable and blockchains expand the available trade-offs. Unfortunately, that includes the ability to choose to trust unsavory and incompetent participants at the entry and exit points of the public blockchain.

In securities, permissioned blockchains offer increased process efficiency, facilitate liquidity (but cannot create it), and enable stronger compliance across multiple participants. As far as securities are concerned, both types of blockchain offer strong cryptographic basis for technical validations. But you do have a choice. You can choose to trust that unknown participants are not out to scam you, CEOs have kept all private keys safely, no founder is going to perform an unorthodox exit, that transactions are meaningful (and not just the same scam artists moving stuff around continually to create artificial trading volume or manipulating prices), that miners will continue to mine and validate transactions even when crypto prices tank, that some miners won’t collude to obtain majority hashing power and create an adversarial fork (the new ‘F’ word in crypto-world), and that some dictator won’t fund a hashing takeover. You also have to trust the technology to scale properly and that it will continue to thrive and improve, and that the software programmers won’t make any major mistakes that will cause all your crypto to vanish into la-la land.

The alternative is to trust the verification of identities and KYC/AML checks, the registrations of broker-dealers and ATS operators (with SEC, FINRA, etc.), the registration of the transfer agent, money transmitter licenses, regulatory filings, securities lawyers (and their registrations and bar memberships), etc.

You actually can have both! Here’s how:

Public blockchain: Crypto Kitty

Permissioned blockchain: Family Kitty.

Now, was that so difficult?

Meet the KorePartners: Peter Woodard, DLTMI

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Peter Woodard, DLTMI

Born in: Toronto, Canada
Based in: London, UK

What was your first job?

My first proper job was for a London based Adtech startup which went onto be supported by Google Ventures

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?

Moving to London in my early 20’s I quickly needed to get moving. I luckily found my footing in the startup world and progressed into Fintech

How do you see the Digital Security’s scene today? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

There is a lot of noise in the industry currently and (rightly so) not a lot of action. Once regulators and ecosystem partners come online we will see an uptick in promising issuances. Next 5 years I see debt products focused at institutional players as the major winner. Biggest hurdle to this happening is getting said institutions comfortable, most importantly their compliance departments.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

DLTMI provides information disclosure and market intelligence framework which is then hosted on our closed-loop platform for select sponsors. We are backed by vertical agnostic capital groups in the EU  and APAC region focused on blockchain and digital securities. Both demand and supply side are leveraging our experience to ultimately see a successful issuance life cycle.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

I have worked in proxy with KoreConX during my Fintech days and am very happy to see them enter the digital security ecosystem. They have laid a lot of the necessary groundwork to be a compliant and successful player. Exactly the type of company we are wanting to partner with.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

The Right Technology – The Case of Mercury Cash

Nothing proves the wisdom of choosing the right technology for the right job than the case of Mercury Cash, a hosted-wallet solution for real-time liquidation and transfer of cryptocurrency and fiat assets. Recognizing the importance of being prepared for a new cryptoworld, Mercury Cash set out to explore various blockchain protocols to find the one that can stand the test of the real world.

The real world is full of messy complexities. We may think the mess is unnecessary and we should sweep it all away and usher in a new world order, but we do have to recognize that regulation and corporate law make it possible to protect investors and shareholders.

As someone pointed out regarding the tragic debacle of QuadrigaCX, Canada’s own Mt. Gox, “When was the last time your banker died and you lost access to your money?”

I’d add, “When was the last time you forgot your bank account password and your money became irretrievable?”

Can regulation and corporate legal processes be more efficient? Yes.

Are some of the regulatory requirements onerous or unnecessary? Yes.

But pretending that all regulation is unnecessary is like pretending that protections are unnecessary. Disruption with technology is good, as long as it doesn’t lead to destruction!

Click here to download Mercury Cash Case Study.

Many issuers are finding out the hard way two fundamental truths about how the real world works:

One, transactions don’t exist in atomic silos, least of all in securities; every transaction is connected with others and impacts multiple entities at various points in time in an ever-expanding ripple effect. One buy/sell securities trade requires validation of participants, ensuring protection for all parties, recording changes to captables, distribution of dividends, exercise of rights, filing reports, getting notifications of corporate events, voting, etc., all of it over a long time cycle.

Two, choosing a technology based on hype, popularity, and promise is not the way to go; instead, understand the characteristics of the problem and then identify the technology to solve it effectively.

In the case study, Mercury Cash describes the capabilities that will keep their business processes humming in a fully compliant manner. Most importantly, they found that ERC20-based protocols are inadequate for full lifecycle management of securities. This is not a knock against Ethereum, which is a fine platform for many types of DApps; much of the technology work is praiseworthy. But a Ferrari, no matter how shiny or powerful, cannot sail the high seas.

Many of our clients are coming to the same realization. Interestingly enough, a company could conduct its main business using public blockchain, while managing its security tokens on KoreChain. There is nothing wrong with that – it’s just like transporting a car on a ship. In many conversations with some of these technologists, I point out that the issue is not that ERC is inadequate for securities, just that it’s not the right tool. The same can be said if someone tries to use KoreChain for building cryptokitties.

When many companies are coming to us abandoning ERC20 protocols for various reasons, it validates our own approach to technology: first understand the problem you are trying to solve, then carefully pick the technology stack to solve it. In doing so, some of us have to leave our technology egos behind to move forward.

Click here to download Mercury Cash Case Study.

Meet the KorePartners: Luka Gubo, Blocktrade

 

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Luka Gubo, CEO at Blocktrade

Born in: Celje, Slovenia
Based in: Ljubljana, Slovenia and Schaan, Liechtenstein

What was your first job?
 High Frequency Trader at a proprietary trading firm.

How and when did you get involved in the Blockchain industry?
I started reading about Bitcoin in 2015 and mostly dismissed it as an alternative for fiat currencies. In 2016 I read about other Blockchain protocols and immediately saw the potential for disrupting the capital markets – both on the primary market (issuance of securities) and also the secondary market (for post-trade processes).

How do you see the Blockchain scene today?
There was a lot of regulatory uncertainty in past years and I think this will change in 2019. Crypto assets have their place in broader financial markets as a unique asset class where more and more institutional investors will seek uncorrelated returns. On the technology side, I think we will see a lot more use cases where several counterparties are involved – we are focused only on the capital markets, while we see a lot of disruption in banking, payments, transportation and other industries.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?
Blocktrade is a secondary market for crypto assets with a focus to bring institutional clients to this new market. With the MTF license (pending regulatory approval) we will be able to list security tokens issued on KoreConX and bring necessary liquidity.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?
KoreConX provides a full suite of services that companies that are issuing (or just tokenizing) their shares on blockchain must have in place when admitting securities to trading on a regulated trading venue. Covering the full lifecycle of these securities (from issuance, reporting, trading, etc.) we can together create a seamless experience for companies and investors. I believe that Blocktrade and KoreConX can together disrupt how the capital markets operate.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Decentralized vs Distributed Systems Part I

Blockchain per se is not about decentralization; rather, it is a distributed system technology. The two terms, decentralized system and distributed system, are often confused, so much so that the term ‘blockchain’ seems almost synonymous with a public, decentralized system.

The usual picture used to show the distinction between decentralized versus distributed systems is the one below:

This picture is inadequate since it doesn’t draw a clear distinction between decentralized and distributed systems. The differences in the pictures are rather arbitrary. A slight re-arrangement of the layout of the nodes might convert a decentralized picture to a distributed one or vice-versa.

Decentralization should be rightly used in the context of decision-making, power, authority, and control. Distributed systems are about geographical diversification of storage or processing. The terms ‘centralization’ and ‘decentralization’ come with the baggage of value judgment and philosophy, while the phrase ‘distributed systems’ has a purely technical connotation.

Centralization is about power, control, authority, accountability, and risk management. Distributed systems are about partitioning, dispersing, or part ownership of storage or computational capacity.

All decentralized systems are distributed practically by definition. However, not all distributed systems are decentralized. Enterprise systems at large companies can be distributed, but the company holds all power and decision-making centrally.

The other point to note is that centralization is not automatically evil and decentralization is not automatically good. It depends on the context and the way an application is implemented.

Similarly, distributed systems are not automatically efficient. Poor architectural choices may provide none of the benefits of distributed systems and may increase vulnerabilities.

Centralization becomes a problem only if participants have an incentive to take unfair advantage and the system—by whatever name we call it—allows such manipulation. We also have to recognize that not all problems can be solved through technology alone. If that were true, there would be no need for partnerships, service-level agreements, intermediaries, and so on. So, the real challenge is to create an architecture that leverages technology in a cost-effective way while delegating the rest of the problems to the human institutions or social networks.

In a subsequent post, I’ll point to different ways of understanding the nuances between the two, including references from both the public blockchain and academic communities. I’ll also discuss the challenges of designing incentives in decentralized and distributed systems.

 

Meet the KorePartners: Kyle Asman, BX3 Capital

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Kyle Asman, BX3 Capital

Born in: Livingston, USA
Based in: New York, USA

What was your first job?
My first job was as a Bank Teller.

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?
Growing up as a kid down the shore I had a close family friend who was a day trader, and I was fascinated by markets, their pace, their complexity and the impact they had on the world. Billions of dollars are flying around the globe every single second.

How do you see the Financial Markets scenario today?
I see tremendous opportunity that financial markets have created today that wasn’t present five or 10 years ago. You can be in any corner of the globe, and still be a member of the global economy.

In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?
I think digital currencies will allow a number of new businesses to be created, and wealth to begin accumulating in the emerging markets around the globe. For the first time, I think we are going to see real economic growth and opportunity come from emerging markets.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?
We bring expertise in PR, Tax, Accounting, and Business Strategy. We have helped dozens of companies over the course of the years. We are proud to be experts in our respective industries, and sharing that knowledge to help grow new businesses.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?
The KoreConx team shares a similar ethos to BX3 Capital. We are like-minded in that we are both focused on building companies, not just simply turning a profit.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

 

Meet the KorePartners: Michel Aliphon, SME Brokers

This week we are launching a special series to introduce you to our KorePartners. These are the people and companies who share KoreConX’s governance standards, such as Investor Protection, Compliance, Integration, Security, and Efficiency.

We believe that behind every great company there are great people, and each of those people has a unique story to tell. We will be publishing a series of short interviews introducing who our KorePartners are and what they think about the startup industry, blockchain technology, legislation and more.

 

Michel Aliphon, Managing Director at SME Brokers

Born in: Curepipe, Mauritius.
Based in: Perth, Australia.


What was your first job?

My first job was Futures Broker with a Malaysian based company.

 

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?

I completed my bachelor of commerce degree in Economics and Finance and started my career with Citibank Limited as an Executive Manager in 1994.

 

How do you see the Small and Medium Enterprises scene today?

The Australian SME Scene today is struggling to make ends meet, due to the tightening of monetary policy and the government realizing they need to intervene to assist SME’s to grow to create more employment. About 80% of Australian SME’s are worried about cash-flow.

 

In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

Recently, the Australian Federal Government announced a new AUD $2 billion Australian Business Securitisation Fund to help provide additional funding to SME lenders, realizing SME’s are the backbone of the economy and SME’s find it difficult to obtain finance other than on a secured basis.

The new Australian crowdfunding amendment legislation bill passed in 2018, will also assist SME access non-bank funding which will further ease cashflow restrictions placed on SME’s making the next 5 years a better and brighter future for SME’s     

 

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

SME Brokers bring a nationwide distribution network of qualified and dedicated SME Brokers whose primary role is to assist SME’s with their startup and exit succession plans, making them aware of the many opportunities available through the KoreConX Platform as they expand their business locally, nationally and potentially globally.

 

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

The ability of the KoreConX Platform to provide SME’s the opportunity to streamline their business processes, preparing for the challenges ahead that come with economies of scale.

KoreChain & KoreContract

What is the KoreConX blockchain strategy & why choose KoreChain?

In this video, KoreConX Co-Founder and CEO, Oscar Jofre, and our Chief Scientist/CTO, Kiran Garimella, share the details of our permissioned blockchain. Built on the Hyperledger Fabric, it is secure and governed with the ability to have full lifecycle management of contracts for tokenized securities for global private capital markets.

 

Technologies of Blockchain Part 4: Conclusion

In parts 1, 2 and 3, we briefly touched on some of the historical foundations of blockchains from computer science and mathematics, including their sub-topics such as distributed systems and cryptography. Specific topics in either of these categories were consensus mechanisms, fault-tolerance, scaling, zero-knowledge proofs, etc.

Obviously, this brief series doesn’t do justice. The history of computing and mathematics is rich, with many interconnections and dependencies. The goal of this series was to provide just enough to make the point that the technologies that power blockchain (whether public or private) were built on a well-established foundation of various topics with contributions from real scientists in both industry and academia. The graphic below depicts the broad brush-strokes of development, clearly showing how current blockchain technologies are based on a wide spectrum of historical developments.

Technologies of Blockchain – Historical Timeline

Conclusion
As you can see, a tremendous amount of development that took place for almost half a century made the modern blockchain possible. Bringing these technologies together—almost all of them based not on just techniques but deep mathematical foundations—into a cohesive whole in the form of a bitcoin application was no doubt a tremendous achievement in itself

Moving forward, we need to keep in mind the initial motivation for each of these technologies, their strengths, their limitations, and determine how to create different architectures based on business needs. A good example of this is to relax the requirements of anonymity, strengthen safety, incorporate recourse, improve security, and incorporate the enormous complexity of regulatory compliance in securities transactions. Making such trade-offs doesn’t detract from the need for public, decentralized blockchains. On the contrary, this strengthens the use of the blockchain technology ‘horizontally’ across many industries and use cases.

In the near future, we expect to see some innovation in blockchains to improve performance and scalability, which is a special challenge for public blockchains. Along the same lines, there will be new consensus mechanisms going mainstream (such as proof-of-stake). For consensus and validation, blockchain researchers are investigating efficient implementation of zero-knowledge proofs and specific variants such as zkSNARKs.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 2: Distributed Systems and Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus

Technologies of Blockchain Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus

In Part 2, we saw how a simple concept of a linked list can morph into complex, distributed systems. Obviously, this is a simple, conceptual evolution leading up to blockchain, but it’s not the only way distributed systems can arise. Distributed systems need coordination, fault tolerance, consensus, and several layers of technology management (in the sense of systems and protocols).

Distributed systems also have a number of other complex issues. When the nodes in a distributed system are also decentralized (from the perspective of ownership and control), security becomes essential. That’s where complex cryptographic mechanisms come into play. The huge volume of transactions makes it necessary to address performance of any shared or replicated data, thus paving the way to notions of scaling, sharding, and verification of distributed data to ensure that it did not get out of sync or get compromised. In this segment, we will see that these ideas are not new; they were known and have been working on for several decades.

Cryptography

One important requirement in distributed systems is the security of data and participants. This motivates the introduction of cryptographic techniques. Ralph Merkle, for example, introduced in 1979 the concept of a binary tree of hashes (now known as a Merkle tree). Cryptographic hashing of blocks was implemented in 1991 by Stuart Haber & W. Scott Stornetta. In 1992, they incorporated Merkle trees into their scheme for efficiency.

The hashing functions are well-researched, standard techniques that provide the foundation for much of modern cryptography, including the well-known SSL certificates and the https protocol. Merkle’s hash function, now known as the Merkle-Damgard construction, is used in SHA-1 and SHA-2. Hashcash uses SHA-1 (original SHA-0 in 1993, SHA-1 in 1995), now using the more secure SHA-2 (which actually consists of SHA-256 and SHA-512). The more secure SHA-3 is the next upgrade.

Partitioning, Scaling, Replicating, and Sharding

Since the core of a blockchain is the database in the form of a distributed ledger, the question of how to deal with the rapidly growing size of the database becomes increasingly urgent. Partitioning, replicating, scaling, and sharding are all closely related concepts. These techniques, historically used in enterprise systems, are now being employed in blockchains to address performance limitations.

As with all things blockchain, these are not new concepts either, since large companies have been struggling with these issues for many decades, though not from a blockchain perspective. The intuitively obvious solution for a growing database is to split it up into pieces and store the pieces separately. Underlying this seemingly simple solution lies a number of technical challenges, such as how would the application layer know in which “piece” any particular data record would be found, how to manage queries across multiple partitions of the data, etc. While these scalability problems are tractable in enterprise systems or in ecosystems that have known and permitted participants (i.e., the equivalent of permissioned blockchains), it gets trickier in public blockchains. The permutations for malicious strategies seem endless and practically impossible to enumerate in advance. The need to preserve reasonable anonymity also increases the complexity of robust solutions.

Verification and Validation

Zero-knowledge proofs (ZKP) are techniques to prove (to another party, called the verifier) that the prover knows something without the prover having to disclose what it is that the prover knows. (This sounds magical, but there are many simple examples to show how this is possible that I’ll cover in a later post.) ZKP was first described in a paper, “The Knowledge Complexity of Interactive Proof-Systems” in 1985 by Shafi Goldwasser, Silvio Micali, and Charles Rackoff (apparently, it was developed much earlier in 1982 but not published until 1985). Zcash, a bitcoin-based cryptocurrency, uses ZKPs (or variants called zkSNARKs, first introduced in 2012 by four researchers) to ensure validity of transactions without revealing any information about the sender, receiver, or the amount itself.

Some of these proofs and indeed the transactions themselves could be implemented by automated code, popularly known as smart contracts. These were first conceived by Nick Szabo in 1996. Despite the name, it is debatable if these automated pieces of code can be said to be smart given the relatively advanced current state of artificial intelligence. Similarly, smart contracts are not quite contracts in the legal sense. A credit card transaction, for example, incorporates a tremendous amount of computation that includes checking for balances, holds, fraud, unusual spending patterns, etc., with service-level agreements and contractual bindings between various parties in the complex web of modern financial transactions, but we don’t usually call this a ‘smart contract’. In comparison, even the current ‘smart contracts’ are fairly simplistic.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 2: Distributed Systems and Part 4: Conclusion

Lessons To Be Learned From The SEC’s Recent Penalties for ICO Companies

The Securities and Exchange Commission recently brought their regulatory hammer down on several ICO-related companies. After months of public statements from officials and rumors of numerous subpoenas and investigations, the SEC sent a strong and undeniable message to companies that have held unregulated initial coin offerings, and to those who are considering it.

Don’t do it.

There are lessons to be learned from these recent regulatory actions. These lessons confirm what I have been preaching in my securities law practice to all of the coin/token/crypto companies I have been talking to or representing: Follow the existing securities laws to raise capital selling tokens or be prepared to suffer some extreme consequences. In this article, I will dig into the story of Carrier EQ, also known as AirFox, whose story is a perfect illustration of the dangers a company faces when they hold an ICO without following securities laws.

I am going to get into a lot of specific facts because what AirFox did is so common in the ICO world, so we can all learn from their mistakes. I will also explain in layman’s’ terms what happened to AirFox as the SEC reviewed their offering, in an effort to provide a “heads-up” to companies that still believe they can get away with holding an ICO in the United States without going through the SEC. It appears that AirFox did not receive very good advice in their ICO, and despite all the recent warnings and negative publicity, I still have ICO companies contacting me wanting to use these same methods (“But I’m selling a utility token!”) that got AirFox in trouble.

Two things are obvious after this SEC enforcement action:

  1. You cannot call what you are selling a “utility token” and have securities laws magically not apply to your offering (see Lesson 7 below), and
  2. Unless you can definitively prove what you are selling is not a security, you need to follow securities laws in your offering.

The AirFox ICO

AirFox is a U.S. company that sells mobile technology that allows prepaid mobile phone customers to earn free or discounted airtime or data by interacting with ads on their smartphones. From August to October 2017,[1]AirFox offered and sold blockchain-issued digital tokens called AirTokens in an ICO where the company raised about $15 million to create a new international business and ecosystem. AirFox told potential ICO investors that the new ecosystem would include the same functionality of AirFox’s existing U.S. business (allowing prepaid mobile users to earn airtime or data by interacting with ads) and would also add new features such as the ability to transfer AirTokens between users, peer-to-peer lending, credit scoring, and eventually using AirTokens to buy and sell goods and services other than mobile data. In the ICO, AirFox stated that AirTokens would potentially increase in value as a result of AirFox’s efforts, and that AirFox would provide investors with liquidity by making AirTokens tradeable in secondary markets.

Any advisor who even has a basic understanding of securities law would look at this and say “Hey, AirFox, you are selling securities. You are selling tokens to the general public, that you are alluding to an increase in value, to finance a new business.” Apparently, AirFox’s “crypto advisors”[2] and lawyers (if they had any) did not bother to Google “what is a security?”[3]

The SEC Penalties

On November 16, 2018, the SEC instituted “cease and-desist proceedings” against AirFox. This means, in laymen’s terms, that the SEC told AirFox to “Stop Breaking The Law!” because the SEC is about to come in, and effectively shut their company down with penalties. As a result, AirFox reached a settlement with the SEC so they could have some hope of continuing in business. The settlement requires AirFox to:

· Pay a $250,000 fine,

· Inform each person that purchased AirTokens of their right to get their money back if they still own the tokens or if they can show they sold them for a loss,

· Issue and post a press release on the company’s website notifying the public of the SEC’s order, containing a link to the order, and containing a link to a “Claim Form” for investors to get their money back,

· File the appropriate paperwork with the SEC to register the AirTokens as a class of securities — this means the AirFox now must follow all securities regulations and ongoing reporting requirements as to these tokens — an extremely expensive requirement, and

· Deal with a lot of other ongoing reporting requirements related to these penalties to keep the SEC informed.

In essence, the SEC made AirFox pay a large fine, forced them to return up to $15 million back to investors, publicly admit on online and in the press that they broke the law, and be subject to a ton of time-consuming and expensive paperwork (disclosing information like audited financial records that investors typically need to decide if a stock is a good investment ).

How many companies that held an unregistered ICO could financially stay viable with the imposition of such penalties? My suspicion is that there are very few.

What do we learn from the AirFox settlement?

1. The SEC is going to follow the Howey test[4] at least as a baseline to determine if a token sold in an ICO is a security. AirTokens were “securities” under the Howey test because people buying the tokens would have had a reasonable expectation of obtaining a future profit based upon AirFox’s efforts, including AirFox revising its app, creating an ecosystem, and adding new functionality using the proceeds from the sale of AirTokens.

Lesson: If your token offering cannot pass muster with a well-known 76-year old Supreme Court ruling, you are selling securities.

2. If you sell tokens that are securities, you have to either (a) register the securities with the SEC or (b) qualify for one of the well-known exemptions from registration such as Regulation D or Regulation A when you sell the tokens. In other words, follow existing securities laws. AirFox, like many ICO companies, did neither of these things, which is illegal.

Lesson: This isn’t rocket science. Either file an S-1 and register your token offering or be sure you qualify under one of the exemptions from registration (like Regulation A) before you sell any tokens to anyone.

3. The SEC is going to read your “white paper”[5] and review everything[6]related to your token offering. With AirFox, the SEC specifically noted that “in September 2017, AirFox explained to prospective investors in a blog post that the ‘AirFox browser is still considered ‘beta’ quality and will continue to be improved over the coming months as we execute on the AirToken plan.’” This blog post helped the SEC satisfy one of the Howey prongs of what constitutes a security: Money from the token sale was being used in a common enterprise for the company raising capital to build their business.

Lesson: Follow securities laws in all offering documents, marketing materials, media interviews, and everything whatsoever associated with the token offering.

4. AirFox’s white paper informed investors that 50% of the proceeds of the offering would be used for engineering and research and development expenses. In AirFox’s whitepaper, the company proposed a potential timeline of development milestones which covered from August 2017 through the second quarter of 2018.[7] Again, the company’s own documentation showed they were selling securities under Howey, by explaining that the company was going to use the funds from the token sale to fulfill their business plan.

Lesson: If you are using the funds from the token offering to build your business, follow your business plan, or build your ecosystem the tokens will be uses in, you are probably selling securities.

5. In its ICO, AirFox raised approximately $15 million by selling 1.06 billion AirTokens to more than 2,500 investors. The number of investors is important: A company selling securities is required to register their equity securities under “Rule 12(g)”[8] if the class of securities was held of record by more than 2,000 persons and more than 500 of those persons were not accredited investors. In other words, if you sell securities to 2,001 total investors, or 501 non-accredited investors, you have to be registered with the SEC.[9] With more than 2,500 investors, AirFox would be subject to these expensive registration requirements, if their tokens were considered to be securities.

Lesson: Watch the number of investors in your offering. Even when you are selling tokens that are clearly securities, you must pay attention to the rules surrounding how many investors you are allowed based on the laws applicable to your offering.

6. AirTokens were available for purchase by individuals in the United States and worldwide through websites controlled by AirFox. The company is based in the United States. The websites selling the tokens in the U.S. were controlled by the company. This all subjected AirFox to the jurisdiction of the SEC.

Lesson: If your company does business in the U.S., or wants to touch the U.S. investor market, you need to follow U.S. securities laws. If you are not a U.S. company[10], and do not sell or market at all to U.S. investors, most of this article may not apply to you at all.

7. The terms of AirFox’s the ICO required purchasers to agree that they were “buying AirTokens for their utility as a medium of exchange for mobile airtime, and not as an investment or a security.” In other words, AirFox assumed they could agree with their token purchasers that they were selling a “utility token” and not a security. It doesn’t work that way. Calling something a “utility token” and saying it “is not a security” is meaningless to the SEC. As the SEC notes “at the time of the ICO, this functionality was not available. Rather, the AirFox App was a prototype that only enabled users to earn and redeem loyalty points, which could be exchanged for mobile airtime. According to the company, the prototype was “really just for the ICO and just for investment purposes so people know . . . how it’s going to work” and “[did not] have any real users” at the time of the ICO. Despite the reference to AirTokens as a medium of exchange, at the time of the ICO, investors purchased AirTokens based upon anticipation that the value of the tokens would rise through AirFox’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts.”

This quotation from the SEC is important for two reasons:

· It makes it clear that the AirTokens violate the Howey test. Investors purchased AirTokens anticipating that the value of the tokens would rise through AirFox’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts. That is, almost literally, the definition of a security contract from Howey — someone investing in a company where the company’s efforts will increase the value of the investment.

· More importantly, the SEC seems to have cracked the door open a little. The SEC specifically set out several reasons why the AirTokens are securities and not “utility tokens” …but what if those reasons did not exist? What if this ICO had taken place later, and the following facts had been in existence:

(a) At the time of the ICO, the tokens’ functionality was available,

(b) The app was a not a prototype but was fully functional,

(c) The app had real users at the time of the ICO,

(d) The tokens were being used onlyas a medium of exchange at the time of the ICO, and

(e) Purchasers of the tokens had no anticipation that the value of the tokens would rise through the company’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts, because the tokens were not allowed to be traded on an exchange or otherwise.

While the marketplace for such tokens would not likely yield nearly $15 million in purchasers like in AirFox’s ICO, it seems that the SEC mightentertain characterizing tokens in the scenario[11] above as not being subject to securities laws.

Lesson: You can’t call what you are selling a “utility token” and have securities laws magically not apply to you. What you call your tokens is irrelevant to the SEC’s legal analysis.

8. AirFox’s whitepaper described an ecosystem to be created by the company where AirTokens would serve as a medium of exchange and that the company would maintain the value of AirTokens by purchasing mobile data and other goods and services with fiat currency that could be then purchased by holders of AirTokens and that the company would buy and sell AirTokens as needed to facilitate the purchase and sale of goods and services with AirTokens. In other words, the investors in the tokens would, again, be relying on the future efforts of AirFox, clearly one of the Howey prongs that make the AirTokens clearly securities under the law.

Lesson: If you are relying on the future efforts of the company selling the tokens to give the tokens value, the tokens have failed one portion of the Howey test.

9. Prior to the ICO, AirFox communicated to prospective investors that it planned to list the tokens on token exchanges to ensure secondary market trading. Obviously, liquidity in any investment is a huge part of the investment decision by a purchaser, and AirFox made it clear (a very common trait in unregulated ICOs) that their tokens would be traded on crypto exchanges, so buyers could sell them and potentially make a profit. This satisfies the “investment” arm of the Howey test. If investors have a reasonable expectation of profit from being the tokens, the tokens are very likely securities.

In fact, in the middle of the ICO, AirFox announced that it was reducing the token supply from 150 billion to 1.5 billion without changing the anticipated market cap “to alleviate concerns raised by many current and potential token holders and token exchanges who prefer each individual token to be worth more.”

Imagine a tradition initial public offering of stock, where the IPO company suddenly changed the number of shares of stock available but kept the valuation of the company the same. “Hey, those shares you first-in buyers got for $20 are now worth $2000 each because we decided to sell 1/100thof the number of shares.” This kind of market manipulation would likely end of with a few people in federal prison.

Lesson 1: If you tell purchasers of your token that the tokens are going to be traded and that you are going to do things to make the tokens more valuable for these investors, you are selling securities, without any question.

Lesson 2: Changing the material terms of a securities offering in the middle of it = bad idea.

10. The SEC noted the following interesting bit of information. Following the ICO, AirFox attempted to list AirTokens on a major digital token trading platform, and answered an application question that asked, “Why would the value increase over time?” AirFox’s response was “As time lapses the features and utility of AirToken will go up as we continue to build the platform. As of today, the people are able to download our browser to earn and purchase AirTokens to redeem mobile data and airtime across 500 wireless carriers. Over the next two years, the utility of the token will expand and therefore, more people across the world will need to have AirTokens in their possession to participate on our platform and ecosystem.”

Lesson: The SEC reads and reviews everything, including interactions a company has with third-party companies.

11. AirFox offered and sold AirTokens in a general solicitation to potential investors. This means AirFox advertised the ICO to the general public and solicited investments from anyone willing to send them money. In the securities world, general solicitation is limited to certain types of securities under certain exemptions, and allowing any investor to purchase securities, regardless of their accredited status, is not allowed in most cases.

Lesson: If you are going to advertise your token offering (and how else would you get the word out and find investors?) you need to follow securities laws and regulations related to general solicitation.

12. Through a “bounty” campaign, AirFox provided “free” AirTokens to people (crypto advisors) who helped the company’s marketing efforts. AirFox entered into an agreement with a crypto advisor who had previously led similar ICO promotions by other companies. This crypto advisor received a percentage of the AirTokens issued in the ICO in exchange for his services, recruited other people to translate AirFox’s whitepaper into multiple languages and to tout AirTokens in their own internet message board posts, articles, YouTube videos, and social media posts. More than 400 individuals promoted the AirToken initial coin offering as part of the bounty campaign. These individuals also received AirTokens in exchange for their services.

While the SEC did not specifically address this point in their ruling, I would not be surprised to see some regulatory or legal investigation undertaken against these crypto advisors. Depending on several factors that there is not enough publicly available information to know for certain, it is possible these crypto advisors may have conducted illegal broker-dealer activities subject to various regulations. The advertising and marketing of securities is highly regulated and based upon the representations made by those who were paid “bounties” by AirFox, it is also possible that some of these individuals did not follow existing laws and regulations as to how such advertising should be conducted.

Lesson: Follow all securities laws and regulations related to marketing, and only deal with advisors who understand and follow securities laws. When interviewing advisors, ask them about their experience in token offerings that were done in compliance with SEC regulations, not their experience with unregulated ICOs.

13. AirFox aimed its marketing efforts for the ICO at digital token investors rather than the anticipated users of AirTokens.

· AirFox promoted the offering in forums aimed at people investing in Bitcoin and other digital assets, that attract viewers in the United States even though the AirFox App was not intended to be used by individuals in the United States.

· AirFox’s principals were interviewed by individuals focused on digital token investing.

· In a blog post, AirFox wrote that an AirToken presale was directed at “sophisticated crypto investors, angel investors and early backers” of the AirToken project and in a pre-sale, prior to the public offering, AirFox made AirTokens available to early investors at a discount.

AirFox made no effort to market the ICO to the anticipated users of AirFox tokens — individuals with prepaid phones in developing countries. Instead, AirFox marketed the ICO to investors who “viewed AirTokens as a speculative, tradeable investment vehicle that might appreciate based on AirFox’s managerial and entrepreneurial efforts.”

Lesson: If you are going to claim you are selling “utility tokens” in an offering, you should sell those tokens to the ultimate users of the tokens. If you do not, you are likely selling securities to speculating investors, and your argument of selling “utility tokens” falls apart very quickly.

Conclusion (The Final Lesson)

I’ve been talking to (and in some cases, actually representing) token and crypto companies ever since the DAO decision when the floodgates opened to companies realizing that the only safe way in the U.S. to issue a digital asset, token or coin is to follow securities laws. It’s not that hard. Every mistake AirFox made was avoidable, and everything they did to violate well-established securities laws could have been avoided if they had received good advice. Selling investments to U.S. citizens is one of the most highly regulated industries in the world. To think a company can avoid following these well-established laws and regulations just because of a new technology, and because “everyone else is doing it,” is ridiculous.

Can I start openly selling cocaine online to anyone who wants to buy it because I keep the records of the sales on a distributed ledger and track each kilo on a blockchain? No, and nobody would be so stupid to try.[12]

This is not that difficult. The final lesson is: If you want to sell tokens without following securities laws to the U.S. market, you need to be 100% certain they are not securities, and that is going to be very difficult to do in most cases. If you and your advisors are not 100% certain that what you plan to sell is not a securitiy, get advice from reputable securities counsel before you do anything.

Once more thing: if you find yourself creating arguments to get around parts of the Howey Test rather than being able to definitively prove your tokens do not fit the Howey definition of a security, then the SEC is most likely going to disagree with you, and deem your tokens to be securities.


[1]It is important to note these dates. One month before the AirFox ICO, in July 2017, the SEC announced that it viewed the tokens offered by The DAO, an ICO that raised more than $150 million in 2016, as securities. This ruling was widely reported and sent shockwaves through the “unregulated” ICO industry. It would be hard to imagine that those advising AirFox were not aware of the DAO ruling when they started their ICO one month later.

[2]Some “crypto advisors” are persons (nearly always without a law degree) who advertise that they have “helped companies raise millions” in other ICOs (none of which followed U.S. securities laws). They often have influence in the ICO community and on ICO review websites where, in many cases, the review of an unregistered ICO is based on how much money you pay the website.

[3]Or, their advisors Googled it, read the Howey test, and decided “Let’s make like an ostrich and ignore the obvious.” Advisors to ICO companies should not take the attitude of “but everyone else is doing it and raising millions of dollars so it must be okay” or, my favorite, “there are no rules for ICOs, these are unregulated!”

[4]SEC v. W. J. Howey Co., 328 U.S. 293 (1946). The “Howey Test” is the U.S. Supreme Court’s definition of what a security is and has been the law for 76 years. In a nutshell, the four-part Howey Test determines that a transaction represents an investment contract if a person (a) invests his money (b) in a common enterprise and is (c) led to expect profits (d) solely from the efforts of the promoter or a third party.

[5]A “white paper” in the ICO world is a document that explains the business and the offering. In most cases, these documents are heavy on technical language regarding the tokens and blockchain but offer little to no guidance on the financial health of the business and rarely disclose all the risks of investing in the offering. In many cases, these “white papers” are not even close to what a securities lawyer would draft for any securities offering. But, many ICO companies apparently are advised to believe their white paper, with its page of legal disclaimers copied from other white papers found online, will magically protect them from any securities laws repercussions.

[6]The SEC will look at a company’s white paper, any other offering documents, websites, social media, media interviews, and any other online or offline matter related to the offering. If it is publicly available, the SEC is going to review it. Even if it is not publicly available, the SEC may subpoena it. In the AirFox case, the SEC noted that AirFox talked about prospects for development of the AirToken ecosystem on blogs, social media, online videos, and online forums and even gave a specific example of quotes from AirFox’s principals making claims in a YouTube video.

[7]These are typical White Paper 101 inclusions in an ICO. A breakdown of what the funds will be used for (which is actually a normal part of a securities law compliant offering document) and a timeline. While there is nothing wrong with these disclosures, the problem is that these white papers rarely discuss the risks involved with the offering, and almost never disclose anything about the financial condition of the company — staples of a compliant securities offering.

[8]17 CFR 240.12g-1

[9]There are notable exceptions to this rule under certain exemptions from registration, including under Regulation A, as amended in the JOBS Act.

[10]Without getting too technical, if you are a New York City based company, with offices and employees in Manhattan, who sets up a shell company in the Virgin Islands that has no office or employees and you run that company out of New York, you are not being clever and avoiding the fact that the SEC is probably still going to consider you a U.S. company. All you have done is sent up a red flag.

[11]There are other factors to consider, as Howey is just part of the analysis as to whether something is, or is not, a security. But, for illustrative purposes, this section of the SEC’s analysis is very helpful for companies considering a token sale, because it illustrates a potential path to a token not being subject to securities laws, and the possible ability in very narrow circumstances to sell a token outside of securities laws.

[12]Okay, someone might be dumb enough to try. Never underestimate the stupidity of some people. The TV show America’s Dumbest Criminals filled three years of episodes with people who might have tried this. For the record, if a stupid criminal tries this, and says it was my idea, please remember that they are, as noted, a stupid criminal and do not believe them.

Disclaimer (because I am wearing my lawyer hat): Kendall Almerico is a securities lawyer who represents companies raising capital in JOBS Act offerings (Regulation A in particular) and companies that want to sell tokenized securities in a compliant manner through a security token offering. This article does not contain legal advice and should not be relied upon bu anyone for legal advice. It is simply the opinions of Kendall Almerico interpreting certain matters that were recently in the news. Do not rely on this article for legal advice as every situation is different. In all cases, consult your own attorney or advisors.

There, I said it.

Technologies of Blockchain – Part 2: Distributed Systems

We saw in Part 1 that linked lists provide the conceptual foundation for blockchain, where a ‘block’ is a package of data and blocks are strung together by some type of linking mechanism such as pointers, references, addresses, etc. In this Part 2, we will see how this simple concept gives rise to powerful ideas that lay the foundation for distributed systems.

What happens when one of the links in the linked list or one of the computers (aka, ‘nodes’) in a distributed system falls sick (and responds slowly), gets taken down (‘hacked’), or dies? How does the full list (or chain) recover from such tragic events? This brings us to the notion of fault tolerance in distributed systems. Once changes are made to the data in one of the nodes (blocks), how do we ensure that the same information is consistent with other nodes? That introduces the requirement for consensus.

Pushing the analogy of the linked list a bit further, algorithms that manage linked lists are carefully designed not to break the list. Appending links to the end or the front, for that matter, is an easy operation (we just need to make sure that the markers that indicate the start and end of the list are updated correctly). However, removing a link (or member of the chain) or adding one is a bit trickier. When it is necessary to remove or insert into the middle of the list, it’s a bit more complicated, but a well-understood problem with known solutions. We won’t go into the specifics in this article because the intent is not to describe these operations but to convey a high-level historical perspective.

In distributed systems, fault tolerance becomes a very important topic. In one sense, it is a logical extension to managing a linked list on a single computer. Obviously, in real-world applications, each of the nodes in a distributed system are economic entities that depend on other economic entities to achieve their goals. Faults within the system must be minimized as much as possible. When faults are inevitable, recovery must be as quick and complete as possible. Computer scientists began studying the methods of fault tolerance in the mid-1950s, resulting in the first fault-tolerant computer, SAPO, in Czechoslovakia.

Besides fault tolerance, when information needs to be added to the distributed system (a bit like adding, deleting, or updating the elements of a linked list), the different parties must agree. The reason for agreement is that the data that goes into the ‘linked list’ is data that arises out of transactions between these parties. Without agreement, imagine the chaos! My node would record that I sent you $90 while your node would record only $19! Or, if I send you payment for a product, I expect to receive the product. There should be agreement, settlement, and reconciliation between the transacting parties. A stronger requirement in distributed systems is that once the parties agree to something, the data that is agreed upon cannot be changed by one of the parties without the concurrence of the other party or parties. The strongest version of this requirement is ‘immutability’, where it is technically impossible to make any changes to data that is agreed to and committed to the chain.

Fault-Tolerance and Consensus

Distributed systems, therefore, require fault-tolerance, consensus, and immutability in varying degrees, depending on the needs of the business. Mechanisms for fault-tolerance and consensus evolved since the early days. Notable developments are:

  • Byzantine Fault Tolerance (BFT) by Lamport, Shostak, and Pease in 1982, to deal with situations where one or more of the nodes in the distributed system become faulty or malicious.
  • Proof-of-Work (POW), first described in 1993 and the term coined in 1999, which is a technique for providing economic disincentives for malicious attacks. A precursor idea of POW was proposed in 1992 by Cynthia Dwork and Moni Naor, as a means to combatting junk mail—a problem that was already a significant nuisance way back in 1992!* Their solution was to require a sender to solve a computational problem that was easy enough for sending emails normally but becomes computationally expensive for sending massive amounts of junk emails.
  • Hashcash, a POW algorithm, was proposed by Adam Back in 1997. This was used as the basis of POW in bitcoin by Satoshi Nakamoto in 2008, which brought awareness of POW to a much wider audience.
  • A high-performance version of BFT, called Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance (PBFT), by Miguel Castro and Barbara Liskov, in 1999; and so on.
  • Paxos**, a family of consensus algorithms, has its roots in a 1988 work by Dwork, Lynch, and Stockmeyer, and first published in 1998 (even though conceived several years earlier) by Leslie Lamport.
  • Raft consensus algorithm was developed by Diego Ongaro and John Ousterhout. Published in 2014, it was designed to be a more understandable alternative to Paxos.

State machine replication (SMR) is a framework for fault-tolerance and consensus is a way to resolve conflicts or achieve agreement on the state values. SMR’s beginnings are in the early 1980s, with an influential paper by Leslie Lamport, “Using Time Instead of Timeout for Fault-Tolerant Distributed Systems” in 1984.

In Part 3, we will do a high-level review of mechanisms designed to keep distributed systems secure, consistent, and able to handle large volumes of transactions.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus, and Part 4: Conclusion

*Their paper, “Pricing via Processing or Combatting Junk Mail”, begins with a charming expression of exasperation: “Some time ago one of us returned from a brief vacation, only to find 241 messages in our reader.”

**No known relation to the blockchain company, Paxos.com

Technologies of Blockchain – Part 1: The Foundations

Blockchain is not just a single technology but a package of a number of technologies and techniques. The rich lexicon in the blockchain includes terms such as Merkle trees, sharding, state machine replication, fault tolerance, cryptographic hashing, zero-knowledge proofs, zkSNARKS, and other exotic terms.

In this four-part series, we will provide a very high-level overview of each of the main components of technology. In reality, the number of technologies, variations, configurations, and considerations of trade-offs are numerous. Each piece in this puzzle was motivated by certain business requirements and technical considerations.

In this first part, we look at the origins of the ‘chain’ and the most important technological advancement that makes blockchain (and all e-commerce) possible, i.e., the Internet.

While there have been genuine innovations within the last decade, blockchain’s underlying technologies are mostly quite old (in computer science time scale). Let us unpack a typical blockchain to trace out the origins of the constituent technologies. In this short post, I’ll only point to a very small (some may say, infinitesimally small) subset of the historical origin of technologies that make the modern blockchain possible. I’ll make no attempt to trace the development of these concepts from origin to the present time (that would fill up several books). The fact that blockchain’s technologies have a long and respectable history should help us gain confidence that blockchain, as a technology, is not some fly-by-night, newfangled idea cooked up by the crypto fandom.

What is less certain and much more controversial is the economic justification for blockchain (or at least some types of blockchain), ranging from the unrealistic expectation that it is a panacea for all of humankind’s ills (most optimistically, for social and economic inequities), to the total and premature dismissal of blockchain in its entirety.

The Beginnings

At the conceptual heart of blockchain is the ‘chain’. By definition, the links of the chain are, well, linked. It’s a list of data elements or packets of information (in blockchain, these are called ‘blocks’) that are linked. A blockchain is, therefore, a type of linked list.

The concept of a linked list was defined by pioneers of computer science and artificial intelligence, Alan Newell, Cliff Shaw, and Herbert Simon, way back in 1955-56.

In the early days of computer science, data and processing power lived on individual computers. Soon, people wanted these computers to ‘talk’ to each other. The grand idea of an Intergalactic Computer Network was put forth by J. C. R. Licklider as early as 1963. Unfortunately, even after half a century of rapid development, we have achieved only a planetary-wide Internet so far. An ‘intergalactic’ network is still a few years away!*

These ideas and the need to connect dispersed computers gave rise to wide-scale distributed systems in the 1960s-70s, with the advent of ARPANET and Ethernet. Technically, these linked computers are not necessarily treated in the same way as a traditional linked list that lived on one computer, but the conceptual idea is similar. When data and computational power get dispersed, layers of management, coordination, and security become increasingly important.

Blockchain would not exist without the Internet, which itself would not exist without TCP/IP, developed by Bob Kahn and Vint Cerf in the 1970s and ‘80s. Along the way, some scientists managed to have some fun too. They carried out an April Fools prank in 1990 by issuing an RFC (1149) for IPoAC protocol (IP over Avian Carriers, i.e., carrier pigeons). The punch line was delivered in April 2001 when a Linux user group implemented CPIP (Carrier Pigeon Internet Protocol) by sending nine data packets over three miles using carrier pigeons. They reported packet loss of 55%. A joke that takes a decade to pull off is practically Saturday night live comedy in Internet time scale!

In part 2, we will see how the extension of the concept of linked list on the Internet leads to distributed systems, the attending challenges, and their solutions.


*We first need to take care of a minor detail: find or colonize alien planets in this and other galaxies.

The Three Fallacies of Smart Contracts

Smart contracts have become popular due to the extensibility of the Ethereum blockchain beyond its main foundation as a cryptocurrency platform, where it competes with Bitcoin. The phrase ‘smart contract’ caught on in the popular imagination. After all, contracts are important mechanisms for transacting business, and what better than to make our contracts smart with computers and artificial intelligence.

Unfortunately, the glib phrase ‘smart contracts’ hides the ugly truth, which consists of three fallacies:

  1. Smart contracts are smart
  2. Smart contracts are contracts
  3. Smart contracts are comprehensible

Smart contracts are approximately dumb

There’s nothing smart about smart contracts. Perhaps ‘smart’ is a matter of definition, so let me rephrase. If a simple “Hello, World!” program is considered smart, then so is a smart contract ‘smart.’ Maybe we can raise the bar one notch. Let us consider a simple program that, when you access it, determines the time of day (wherever the server on which the program runs or perhaps the browser from which a user invokes it). The code in the program implements the following logic:

If Time >= 6:00 am AND Time < 11:30 am THEN say “Hello, good morning!”

If Time >= 11:30 am AND Time < 3:00 pm THEN say “Hello, good afternoon!”

If Time >= 2:00 pm AND Time < 9:00 pm THEN say “Hello, good evening!”

If Time >= 9:00 pm AND Time <= 12:00 am THEN say “Good night, sleep well!”

If Time > 12:00 am AND Time < 6:00 am THEN say “Hi, you are up late – or did you get up early?”

The above are examples of what is called an IFTTT or “If This Then That” code. This is a bit more intelligent, but just barely. However, this is not necessarily smart enough in the financial world. The ERC-20 and its derivatives in the Ethereum world would have, one hopes, a bit more complicated IFTTT ‘rules’. For example, the protocol has a function that checks to see if the sender of the cryptocurrency actually has the amount in their account. This check is obviously important and a ‘smart’ thing to do. But, this type of check is performed by your bank when you use your bank’s debit card or credit card. However, banks don’t call their cards ‘smart cards’, even though there is more intelligence built into card processing than we give credit for.

In the age of artificial intelligence and machine learning, calling the above types of simple functionality ‘smart’ is an insult to the definition of ‘smart’. Even the earliest examples of AI software of the 60s were smarter. So, calling these ‘smart contracts’ smart is a throwback to prehistoric days of software engineering.

Incidentally, the moniker “IFTTT” is a bit of intellectual plagiaristic packaging passing off as a recent innovation. In reality, IFTTT has been around ever since the very first days of computing. All programmers know this, as well as it’s cousin, IFTTTE, which is “If This Then That Else.” Enough of this remarketing of old and well-known programming constructs.

Smart contracts are not contracts

Technologists who drool over smart contracts are obviously unfamiliar with what constitutes a contract. A loose definition of ‘contract’ may be fine for most casual applications, but for the financial world, the definition has to be legal and enforceable. Legally enforceable contracts have certain specific characteristics without which they don’t stand a chance of being defensible or enforceable. These characteristics include offer and acceptance, competence, unforced, mutual consideration, legal intent, and enforceable.

Transactions involving cryptocurrency or security tokens do not automatically become contracts because the transactions may violate one or more of the above provisions.

  1. Offer and Acceptance: One of the parties must make an offer; the other must accept it. The offer and acceptance are subject to the other requirements of contracts. For example, if someone comes up to your car when you are stopped at a red light, polishes your windshield without your consent, and demands payment, it does not obligate you, legally or morally, to pay; there was no offer of a service and you did not consent to the polishing of your windshield.
  2. Competence: Both parties must be of sound mind and competent to enter into a contractual relationship. For example, those who are mentally incompetent (in the legal sense) and minors may not enter into contracts. This assumes that the identity of the parties is known to each other and each party – or perhaps an intermediary – can assess competence. This may not be true in a decentralized crypto world.
  3. Unforced: Both parties must have entered into the contract of their own free will and knowledge. This may not be true in the crypto world where cryptocurrency can be stolen, forced at gunpoint, or mistakenly sent to another party. In all cases, the sender (or victim) has no recourse or recovery.
  4. Due mutual consideration: All parties to the contract must receive something in return in this exchange; transactions cannot be one-sided (gifts are not contracts, by definition, but otherwise perfectly legal). In a crypto world, there may not be clarity about exactly what this due consideration is and if it was mutual.
  5. Moral and legal intent: A contract to kill someone or commit an immoral act is null and void. A payment for such an action is illegal and does not constitute a contract. Obviously, this may not be easy to detect in a crypto world.
  6. Enforceable: The performance of the terms of the contract must be enforceable and observable. None of this may be true in the crypto world, because in a decentralized system with no governance, no auditing, and indeed no identity, who could observe and who could enforce?

Smart contracts are incomprehensible

In general, people find regular contracts impenetrable, especially the fine print clauses. The article “Does Anyone Read the Fine Print? Consumer Attention to Standard Form Contracts” (by Yannis Bakos, Florencia Marotta-Wurgler, and David R. Trossen) generally concludes, unsurprisingly, that very few people do so.

In those rare cases when people read contracts, they may not actually understand them fully. Contrary to popular feeling, legal contracts are not obtuse by deliberate intention. If anything, they are as incredibly precise (or at least, strive to be) as possible without the use of mathematics. Despite the attempt at precision, there is still room for miscommunication and misunderstanding, whether that is due to the inexperience of the legal counsel (rare), the inexperience of the participants (very often), or the lack of clarity of the underlying regulation (probably rather common). When the application of the law is unclear in complicated cases, the courts resort to case law. All this points to the difficulty of understanding legal contracts. If that is not persuasive enough, consider that just about in all lawsuits both parties have previously signed contracts that were drafted and reviewed by experienced lawyers on both sides, yet one of the participants had to resort to a lawsuit.

In the case of smart contracts, the primary representation of the so-called contract is not the legal document but the computer program. Even simple transactions, when implemented in code, are very difficult to understand. Computer programmers are notorious for being poor documenters (or for their writing skills in general). What is less well-known is that programmers are deeply reluctant to read other programmers’ code because code is generally impenetrable, even when that code has been written by the same programmer who is reviewing it after a lapse of time.

Lay participants of contracts, such as investors and issuers, are asked to read the code in order to infer the underlying legal provisions! This is several steps removed from the requirement to read the actual legal document itself. Every step in the process has enormous potential for misrepresentation, misinterpretation, information loss, and outright incomprehensibility.

Indeed, the research data shows that many ICOs have “backdoor centralization”, but in the most negative sense of the term (unlike responsibly governed centralization), including pump-and-dump, insider trading, no expression in code of promises made on the website or whitepaper, unauthorized and unadvertised rights of modifiability, and so on. See “New Research Finds Backdoor ‘Centralized Control’ In Many ICOs” for a good summary.

You may think that the situation with smart contracts cannot be direr. But wait, it gets worse! In a 104-page study, “Coin-Operated Capitalism,” by the University of Pennsylvania Law School, “If ICO investors  were scrutinizing smart contract code before buying into an ICO, we would expect to see (all else [being] equal) higher capital raises by teams that faithfully coded supply and vesting protections, and also disclosed their modification powers. We find no evidence of that effect in our sample.

What this means is that ICO investors are either the dumb money (generally, the uninformed retail investors), highly speculative and risk-tolerant (hopefully in amounts small enough not to matter, or those with intense fear-of-missing-out), or outright criminal in nature with deeper motives. Obviously, this is a general conclusion and does not implicate the legitimate investors who may have invested in ICOs for diversification (though the use of the word ‘invest’ or ‘diversification’ in connection with ICOs is highly suspect).

As far as ICOs go, none of this should paint all ICOs with the same broad brush. But it does call into question the underlying architectural philosophy of smart contracts in general. Smart contracts should be designed by lawyers because smart contracts are primarily contracts. Only when contracts are truly legal contracts can technologists then strive to make them more or less automated and intelligent. All this automation should be wrapped into governance, risk, audit, and manual review functions precisely because even the smartest contracts cannot anticipate all scenarios in the real world.

Now, that’s smart!

Forking – the New ‘F’ Word in Blockchain

Forking seems to be an integral part of the Blockchain architecture. This is due to Blockchain’s decentralized nature and the need to establish systemic trust among multiple participants (who are generally unknown to each other and therefore untrustworthy by definition).

To most of the non-technical population and a fair amount of the technical population as well, the forking phenomenon can be baffling and sound like a soap opera. The reasons for forking range from upgrades to the blockchain (for implementing some technical features such as expanded block size), migration of signatures to extended blocks (the SegWit fork on bitcoin), and disagreements on how to handle errors or losses.

To the extent that a chain relies on decentralization, operational forking is inevitable, since all transactions need to be validated and accepted by everybody or by a quorum. The volume of transactions can become huge. The way miners select transactions from the pool to validate and create blocks results in non-determinism. Different validators end up working on different blocks, causing little sub-chains to sprout like weeds in a garden. Eventually, one of the blocks wins out and its branch becomes the official continuation of the chain.

What happens to the other sub-chains? They wither and die. This is an integral part of the technology and perfectly proper, since it is a result of the inherent non-determinism in the generation of transactions and in the selection of transactions to validate. Remember, there is no central authority that coordinates all this, hence the need for a process of continual discovery of the most valid block and the most valid corresponding branch of the chain.

Unfortunately, regardless of the technical necessities, all this sounds like the result of squabbles in the blockchain community. The major forks in the Bitcoin and Ethereum communities, such as Bitcoin Cash and Ethereum Classic, are indeed serious disagreements with proposed changes. Besides the ever-present threat of malicious intent, these disagreements occur between well-meaning participants. In traditional centralized systems (whether software or not), these disagreements also exist, but they get resolved one way or the other before deploying the solution to the users. In some dispersed systems, such as professional associations, the protocol for change management is well-established. However, disputes occur in public blockchains while the chain is “in production” and participants can steer the chain to express their preference. It’s a bit like giving uncooperative front-seat passengers their own steering wheels.

Decentralized systems are double-edged swords, or should we say, spiny hedgehogs? Decentralization brings freedom from central authority. Whether this is viewed as good or bad depends on the issue at hand. But the one thing decentralization guarantees is a lot of debate, some chaos, sometimes no resolution, and (hopefully less often) a break-away of a splinter group in the form of a forked chain.

Decentralization is not necessarily good for everything, every time, and everybody. When pushed to the mat, most people would rather give up privacy for security and safety. Similarly, I suspect most would choose control and certainty over change, chaos, and confusion. As they say in the Six Sigma community, variance is worse than a bad mean. The possibility of forking in blockchains introduces an element of uncertainty that is less in users’ control or understanding than the uncertainty of change driven by a centralized governing body.

Blockchain is not one tool. The right flavor of blockchain must be applied correctly to the appropriate problem. Just as you can’t eat soup with a fork, you can’t deal with the soup of regulated securities with a forked chain, or more accurately, with a spoon that you don’t own or control, and which can splinter into a fork at any time.

Difference between Crypto and Security Token

Is there a difference between cryptocurrency and a security token?

The answer is yes, there is a big difference. And it is time we get these right so the thick fog around this topic can begin to clear up. It is very important to understand how each of them is very different from each other.

You probably read or hear these two words every day and in most cases in the wrong context. Before we get into the difference lets make one thing clear.

Crypto or Cryptocurrency is an alternate (i.e., non-fiat) CURRENCY
Security Token is an EQUITY POSITION IN A COMPANY

All over the web, there are many discussions, blogs, articles, and tweets on using blockchain. Of course, many of them follow to the extraordinary words “Crypto”, or “Cryptocurrency” and “Security Token”.

I am amazed by the number of people who use these two words interchangeably, yet they are so different as stated above. Let’s have a look at each one in more detail.

What is Crytpo or Cryptocurrency?
Wikipedia has a clear definition: “A cryptocurrency (or crypto currency) is a digital asset designed to work as a medium of exchange that uses strong cryptography to secure financial transactions, control the creation of additional units, and verify the transfer of assets.”

Crypto or Cryptocurrency is just a currency. Other examples of currency are Dollars, Euros, Pesos, etc. These currencies are traded worldwide by currency traders. Nowadays we have the introduction of digital currencies such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin, etc. Wikipedia has put together a list of these digital currencies.

Currencies are regulated by a securities commission or foreign exchange agencies. The rules around who can purchase currency and trade them are very simple. In most cases, it is required to be 18 years or older. ID Verification, AML (Anti Money Laundering), and some basic KYC (Know Your Customer) will be done. Not more than this is required to purchase a currency.

For trading, the platforms will need to be registered with commissions and/or regulators in their country to legally operate the exchange. This financial regulator is regulating the currency, transfer, and trading business.

What is Security Token?
In 2017 we saw the emergence of companies issuing tokens to raise capital. In countries such as USA and Canada, regulators have been very clear on this form of capital raising.

When a company offers a token from their company for an investor to invest in, the goal is for the token to trade and gain in value. Security agencies, including the SEC in the USA and the CSA in Canada, have made it clear that when companies are conducting a token offering in which the token has the ability to trade and gain in value, it must be issued as a security token.

Security Token is a tokenized security that is issued by a company. The security represents an equity position in the company. In order to issue the security, the company must comply with regulations as to how it can market the offering, who it can attract to invest in their company, reporting requirements, trading restrictions, and custodianship (Transfer Agent) requirements.

For a company to issue a security token it must:

  • Determine what jurisdiction (countries) it wants to attract investors from
  • Determine what exemption to use to offer their security token to investors (accredited or non-accredited investors)
  • Determine trading restrictions per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine reporting requirements per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine Transfer Agent requirements per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine if Broker Dealer is required per jurisdiction
  • Determine what regulated ATS Secondary Market is available for trading

As you can see it’s clear how different these two are from each other and there should be no confusion going forward.

Here is how the two can come together and be used in the proper context. You can use cryptocurrency to invest in a security token offering by a company. But that can only happen as long as the company has agreed to accept this form of digital currency, the investor meets regulatory requirements, the company can offer their securities in the country (Jurisdiction) of residence of the investor, and if the company is using a broker-dealer, the dealer is also prepared to accept that form of payment.

Joining Hyperledger to Revolutionize Tokenization of Private Securities Globally

We are thrilled to announce our membership in the Hyperledger Project. This was a carefully thought-out decision, but given the nature of our business, a fairly easy one to make.

Our roots are in providing managed compliance-related services to private companies globally. Building on this experience and success, we are well into executing on our vision of revolutionizing the tokenization of private securities. The revolutionary nature of our journey is in providing an environment for security tokens that ensures full compliance, safety, and complete lifecycle management. Investor protection has always been our unrelenting focus. We look to the business requirements to drive the selection, design, and deployment of technology.

Hyperledger, with its roots in the Linux Foundation and Apache culture, gives us access to a community of dedicated practitioners and researchers in technology. Fabric, in common with the other Hyperledger projects, is all about enterprise-class applications. Anything involving money had better be serious business.

One of the most critical aspects of finance is the safety and security of transactions. Legitimate participants in the financial markets may be frustrated by the inefficiencies of regulation, but they welcome the protections offered by such regulation. Fabric chose not to create its own native cryptocurrency. This avoids the dependence on crypto-mining and its attendant issues of fraud, forking, fictitious participants, and losses. By avoiding commingling of payment mechanisms (which include legitimate cryptocurrencies) with securities instruments, we can keep our economics clean. We can also avoid confusing currency regulation with that of securities regulation.

The architecture of Fabric includes several characteristics that are highly-desirable for financial transactions: modularity, performance, scalability, and security. It also helps that many financial institutions have adopted Fabric and over 400 applications are in development on it. All this is certainly a confidence-booster.

In a series of posts, I’ll cover the various aspects of Fabric, the philosophy behind the KoreToken protocol, and how KoreChain’s business functionality fits into this solid foundation.

KoreSummit is honored to have Mr. David Weild IV as its keynote speaker

The first KoreSummit event just got even more interesting. We are thrilled to announce Mr. David Weild IV, the father of the JOBS Act, as our keynote speaker. Weild is currently CEO and Chairman of Weild & Co.

He also gathers the expertise of the most competitive stock markets, as he was a former Vice Chairman and executive committee member of NASDAQ, and spent years running Wall Street investment banking and equity capital markets businesses.

Weild will speak at 1 p.m. at the KoreSummit New York. This is an invite-only event. Seats are limited, but you can still apply to attend here: https://koresummit.io/apply/

KoreSummit – an opportunity to learn about what is a fully compliant Security Token

Security Token – and all the technology and buzzwords that go with it – is not an easy topic. Search these terms online, and you can get lost in a labyrinth of links, manuals and definitive guides. Above all, you will find many experts that will guarantee this is the next big thing and they know all about it.

The complexity surrounding the security tokens is second only to the importance it carries in the financial world. It can indeed be the next big thing. If companies get the foundation and development of security tokens right, this has the potential to bring down the market as we know today.

Which only adds more pressure to get to the right information. Take, for instance, the thousands of ICO that emerged with the blockchain phenomena. Thousand of investors thought they were well informed and ended up victims of scams.

If you want to invest in the blockchain, by buying security tokens or offering it through your own company, you better listen to experts. That is why events such as the KoreSummit, in which renowned professionals share their insights with the public, are so important.

No wonder this is an invite-only event. This is exclusive information that you may not get elsewhere. All aspects around the new KoreToken protocol, including the KoreChain, Hyperledger Fabric, and Security Tokens will be discussed with the public.

Usually, you would pay a significant fee to access this type of information. But the KoreSummit is for free, in the same spirit of the KoreConX platform.

You can apply for the event here, and our team will review your application.

Hope we can meet there.

Top Questions a Securities Lawyer will Ask an STO Issuer (in USA or Canada)

Security Token Offering is a serious business. The days of the ICO are over. These are clear messages not only from the SEC and other regulatory bodies but also from thoughtful and experienced professionals. The SEC, in particular, is delivering this message mainly through regulatory actions and the position of SEC Chairman Jay Clayton. Most recently, a federal judge ruled that the U.S. securities laws may cover ICOs, giving the Feds a much-needed victory in their battle against fraud and money laundering.

Regardless of the nuances and the debate, what should be clear to issuers who have legitimate businesses or startup plans is that investors, as well as issuers, require protection. If anything, legitimate issuers should welcome such scrutiny and regulation which ensures the market is kept free of bad actors and questionable affiliations.

However, companies considering a security token offering need to be prepared to respond to questions that their securities lawyers will ask. To this end, we reached out to top lawyers to learn which information is crucial to them when a client reaches out for advice on their Security Token.

The professionals that contributed to this list are Sara Hanks (CrowdCheck Law, LLP – USA); Ross McKee (Blake, Cassels & Graydon, LLP – Canada), Lewis Cohen (DLX Law, LLP – USA); Rajeev Dewan and Kosta Kostic (McMillan, LLP – Canada); Alessandro Lerra (Lerro & Partners – Italy), and Alan Goodman (Goodmans, LLP – Canada).

Below is the list of items on which lawyers and other advisors will be focusing. There is no particular order, but you should be ready when contacting your securities lawyer or advisors to make sure you are prepared. This list is subject to change as the market develops.

  1. What jurisdiction is your company incorporated in and in what jurisdictions is your company doing or will do business?
  2. In which countries are you planning to offer your security token?
  3. Is the company already a public reporting issuer anywhere or are any of its other classes of securities already listed on an exchange?
  4. Will you be conducting a Direct Offering or a Broker-Dealer Offering?
    1. If a Direct Offering, how will you manage all of the regulatory requirements (including “Know Your Client” requirements)
    2. If you aren’t using a Broker-Dealer and you are selling to retail investors, how will you comply with the requirements of states that require you to register yourself as an issuer-dealer?
  5. Will this be for accredited investors only or will it also be made available to non-accredited investors?
  6. How do you plan to confirm or verify accredited investor status?
  7. How do you plan to confirm or verify investors are not on prescribed lists?
  8. Do you have a method to establish the suitability of the investment for an investor?
  9. What securities law exemptions do you intend to rely on for each jurisdiction you want to sell your security token?
  10. What documentation or certification will investors be required to sign?
  11. What is your investor record-keeping system and how do you plan to handle regulatory reporting of the distribution of securities tokens?
  12. What are the tax implications of the sale of the token for both the issuer and the investor?
  13. If ongoing tax reporting (e.g., FATCA) is required, how will that be handled?
  14. Which blockchain is the token going to be created on?
  15. Does the client understand the differences between public blockchains and closed or permission blockchains?
  16. Does the platform already exist?
  17. Do you know which Security Token Protocol you would like to use?
  18. Does the Security Token Protocol manage the lifecycle, custodianship requirements, and corporate actions of the security token?
  19. Does the Security Token Protocol have the capabilities to be managed by a regulated Transfer Agent?
  20. Has the smart contract code for the token been audited by a code audit firm?
  21. What level of assurance does the code audit firm give in terms of their work?
  22. Is the Security Token Protocol implemented on robust, highly-secure, and enterprise-class technology platform?
  23. Does the blockchain for the STO prevent cryptocurrency fraud, unauthorized mining, and forking?
  24. Does the blockchain for the STO provide guaranteed legal finality for securities transactions?
  25. Does the blockchain for the STO provide for recourse with forking or technical intervention in case of errors, losses, or fraud?
  26. Is there a utility element in the token?
  27. Is the security token coupled with a cryptocurrency?
  28. Does the blockchain have a well-defined and published governance model, and are you confident that the governance processes and governing entities are credible?
  29. Does the blockchain have adoption and recognition from financial institutions?
  30. Will the tokens be immediately delivered to the purchasers?
  31. What is the stated purpose of the offering and what is the business of the issuer?
  32. Is the number of tokens fixed or unlimited? Is there a release schedule for future tokens?
  33. How many tokens, if any, are being retained by management?
  34. Will the tokens have a fixed value?
  35. How many security token holders do you expect?
  36. Are you aware of the requirements for a Transfer Agent?
  37. What are the rights of security token holders?
    1.  Voting?
    2. Dividends?
    3. Share of revenue/profits?
    4. Wind up the business?Will the purchasers be seeking a return on their investment or are they buying the token for other purposes?
  38. Will the purchasers be seeking a return on their investment or are they buying the token for other purposes?
  39. What is the exit strategy for the company?
  40. Does your company currently have a Shareholders Agreement?
  41. Does the company have a board of directors?
  42. Do you have financial auditors?
  43. Do you intend to list the tokens on any secondary markets and are those markets in compliance with regulatory requirements that apply to securities exchanges?
  44. Following issuance of the tokens, are any lock-up periods required or advisable with respect to the token?
  45. Are there any requirements that the tokens may only be traded with persons in (or outside) certain jurisdictions?
  46. Once any lock-up period has concluded, where will the tokens be able to trade?
  47. How will any applicable resale restrictions be implemented and complied with? How will subsequent sellers and purchasers of tokens be made aware of these resale restrictions?
  48. How are any requirements for the tokens to trade on a given market or alternative trading system being handled?
  49. Does the company intend to provide ongoing reporting to investors and if so, how will that be handled?
  50. Will the blockchain be used to facilitate any additional levels of transparency?
  51. What social media platforms are you using?
    1. Telegram
    2. Twitter
    3. Facebook
    4. Medium
    5. LinkedIn
  52. Do you know what limitations on communication or other requirements (such as legending or delivery of an offering document) apply to social media communications?
  53. Are you planning set up a “bounty” or similar program that offers free tokens?
  54. Will you be using airdrops?
    1. How are recipients selected and what do recipients need to do in order to receive airdrops?
    2. Have you made sure the airdrops comply with applicable securities law?
  55. Do you have a white paper?
    1. Has the whitepaper been released?
    2. Does the whitepaper include a clear business plan?
    3. What statements, representations, or comments have been made by management in the whitepaper, any other publication, or orally, about the future value or investment merits of tokens?
    4. Should the whitepaper be characterized as an offering memorandum and if so, does it have the prescribed disclosures and notices?

We hope this can assist you in preparing for your security token offering (STO). Obviously, for those who have already raised their money, tokenizing their securities will require some of the same questions.

Life of a Company

I know, the title is odd. But the goal is to show how a company is formed and what is required for it  to be maintained. What most of the public sees is only related to sales or marketing, never the insides of the corporate structure or management.

The first step each of us make is to incorporate our organization, and we are provided with the company’s papers, also known as theMinute Book”.

The Minute Book
For entrepreneurs, board directors, management, lawyers, auditors, shareholders, and broker dealers, the Minute Book is a lifeline. It is the historical log of all the key decisions and corporate actions made in the company.  Now, some of you will go to your lawyer and get a Minute Book binder, and some will go online and construct your binder.

One very important thing about your company’s Minute Book is that there is only ONE original and you must protect it. At the same time, you are required to provide access to your lawyers, auditors, board directors, shareholders, and anyone who is doing due diligence on your company.

What do you get in your Minute Book:

        • Certificate of incorporation – this provides a unique number to your company
        • The official date of incorporation in your jurisdiction
        • Bylaws: the rules you must follow in operating your company, such as
          • Number of directors
          • How many shares you can issue and class of shares
          • How to conduct board meetings
          • How to conduct shareholders meetings
          • Quorum for board and shareholders meetings

     

  • The Minute Book also has many other tabs for you to insert the ongoing corporate actions in the company.
  • The Minute Book is a living document and it requires that you update it as you are conducting your corporate actions. Those actions need to be recorded in your Minute Book and properly documented, so in the future when you are going through due diligence—for financing, acquisitions, going public, or opening a bank account—this information will be ready so you can move forward.Here is a list of some of the corporate actions your Minute Book needs to have. Some of these corporate actions will be in different sections of your Minute Book depending on how many documents are created.
          • Appointing director
          • Appointing officers
          • Notice of Shareholders Meeting
          • Opening a commercial bank account
          • Appointing auditors
          • Granting options
          • Accepting new shareholders
          • Accepting a loan, debenture, SAFE
          • Name change
          • Merger
          • Acquisition


      For each of these corporate actions, you will need directors’ resolution and/or shareholders’ resolutions and, in some cases, agreements, government filings, and regulatory filings. All of these documents will need to be stored in different sections within the Minute Book.

      This is important to know because as your company grows, more and more of these documents start to add up and the historical tracking becomes even more challenging to maintain.

      If your records are not up to date or properly recorded you will spend thousands and thousands of dollars to get those completed so that you can proceed with a transaction such as raising capital, loan, merger, acquisition, going public, etc.

      Along with managing all the corporate documents, you are also required to manage, report, and track all your shareholders on a timely basis. Depending on which exemption you used, the company would be required to provide quarterly,semi-annual, or annual reporting to your shareholders.

      I know all this might seems overwhelming. Welcome to being an entrepreneur! There are no shortcuts, but there is a way to do it so you are not burdened by all this and end up spending thousands of your hard earn money to fix issues when they emerge.

      As a fellow entrepreneur, I felt this pain. Having all these documents and no central place that everyone (board directors, shareholders, lawyers, auditors, regulators, etc.) could access 24/7, created further strain on my time.

      For a long time, I found apps that did only one thing but were not able to do all that I needed to meet my fiduciary obligations as an officer and director of my company.  It was very frustrating, but finally, in 2015 we launched the world’s first all-in-one platform—yes, an all-in-one platform—that takes care of everything I described above and so much more.

      Once you have a secure and centralized platform to bring your stakeholders, you have the assurance to meet your obligations and focus on growing the business rather than managing paper.

      No more duplicating your efforts – only do it once and KoreConX takes care of the rest.

      As you grow, the platform provides even further enhancement, so if you are a one person company or a company with 500,000 shareholders or more, KoreConX is your all-in-one platform.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Compliance

Functional Layer – Compliance

Allows broker dealers to manage their due diligence requirements from issuers including full transparency on the entire application, review and listing (if subscribed to KoreConX Capital Markets), and includes reporting. Perform all your know your client (KYC), anti-money laundering, ID verification, suitability through our Compliance feature and even track online payments. Client reporting functionality (monthly, quarterly, annual) is also built in. Keep your broker dealer audit ready and organized at all times.

For issuers, manage compliance with regulatory reporting, while maintaining good governance and transparency.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Capital Markets

Functional Layer – Capital Markets

Simplify compliance for all parties involved in the capital raising process. KoreConX Capital Markets helps broker dealers manage all the regulatory requirements for know your product (KYP) related to issuers and for each investor ID verification, suitability, anti-money laundering (AML), know your client (KYC) , and investor accreditation.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Transfer Agent

Functional Layer – Transfer Agent

Manage and perform securities transfers without the wait, risk or cost. KoreConX’s SEC-registered Transfer Agent service combines simplified, efficient and secure security transactions. Require a transfer agent or just want someone else to manage your securities transactions, then you have found an inexpensive solution that provides, you and your investors, the transparency you never get from traditional transfer agents.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Investor Relations

Functional Layer – Investor Relations

Communicate with investors and potential investors directly using KoreConX Investor Relations feature. Track shareholder engagement with the ability to view downloads and confirm opened messages. Generate reports sent directly from the platform, complete regulatory filings, contract facilitation and more. Set up, organize and run shareholder meetings, create e-voting items and track responses.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – CapTable Management

Functional Layer – CapTable Management

Manage your capitalization table down to each transaction including the details and documents that are cross-linked to the individual security holder’s profiles. View the information in summary or by security type (shares, options, warrants, debentures, loans, promissory notes, SAFE/SAFT, etc.). Easily update data with the powerful bulk upload tool.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Portfolio Management

Functional Layer – Portfolio Management

Get the full and simplified view of all your investments, organized in one central location. View company information (including board and management team), scheduled meetings, voting opportunities (electronic/e-voting), send and receive messages. Categorized by holding type (shares, options, warrants, debentures, etc.), as well as designations such as public and private.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – Enterprise User Directory

Integration & Data Layer – Enterprise User Directory

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Integer et convallis nisi. Etiam rutrum finibus elit. In pulvinar purus sagittis nibh eleifend ornare. Nulla rutrum dapibus lacus. Praesent vestibulum a est vitae finibus. Donec vulputate erat ex, suscipit sodales libero porttitor in. Integer at arcu lacinia, sodales ligula vitae, lacinia libero. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Cras hendrerit sagittis enim convallis varius.

KoreChain – Interactive Item – KoreAuditChain

Security Layer – KoreAuditChain

The KoreAuditChain is a separate, parallel blockchain that immutably logs all interactions, both at the level of individual transactions and complete processes. The network identities of participants and all datetime stamps are logged. The KoreChain cannot access the KoreAuditChain, while the KoreAuditChain can only read the KoreChain data.

A Big Lesson from the Delaware Blockchain Amendments

Andrea Tinianow, the founding director of the Delaware Blockchain Initiative (and ‘Blockchain Czarina’), recently published a very insightful article on the significant gap in the mainstream protocols for security tokens. The gap is in the way the Delaware Blockchain Amendments are interpreted by the mainstream security token platforms.

The Delaware Blockchain Amendments were an outcome of the Delaware Blockchain Initiative. The Amendments were introduced in the Delaware Senate Bill 69 and signed by the Governor on July 21, 2017. This landmark legislation allows Delaware corporations to maintain their stock ledgers on a blockchain. In making this provision, what the Delaware Bill meant was that all of the stock ledger data should be maintained on the chain, rather than only a portion of the data.

The more accurate interpretation of the provision bumps up against one limitation that public blockchains face. As the number of nodes in the chain grows dramatically—as it should in a truly decentralized system—the performance of the chain suffers. Validation, consensus, and finality take longer and longer. The problem becomes significant when security tokens are involved, since the data payload of securities transactions is much larger than the normal token payment data within Bitcoin and other payment-oriented cryptocurrencies and tokens. More importantly, contract execution is much more complicated than technical (or cryptographic) validation of transactions. Even simple contracts can generate a multitude of mini-transactions that need to follow a labyrinth of complex processes in the securities world. All this activity generates more data, exacerbating a problem that currently has no clean solution in fully decentralized public blockchains.

One way around this problem is to put securities data off-chain and store the keys on-chain. This can provide some relief on storage but probably not as much impact on performance. Even with the limited payload, the Bitcoin blockchain has grown from around 1 MB in 2010 to more than 170 GB eight years later! Transactions speeds are even less impressive. Hardcore fans of Bitcoin deem it unfair to compare its 7 transactions per second with that of Visa (which conducts around 20,000-30,000 or even more transactions per second), since Visa had over 60 years to improve its technology. Presumably, Bitcoin fans predict that Bitcoin’s transaction speed would match that of Visa if the Bitcoin network too had a couple of decades of improvements. But these arguments miss the point: by the time Bitcoin achieves Visa’s throughput, Visa itself could double or treble its own performance. Ethereum too is facing similar issues and currently experimenting with various approaches, including sharding and proof-of-stake.

In any case, putting securities data off-chain violates the provisions of the Amendments. “Thus, although the ERC-884 is designed to transfer shares of stock, the share ownership information is captured in an off-chain database,” says Andrea Tinianow, alluding to a derivative of the ERC-20 protocol. “This arrangement is in stark contrast to what was contemplated by the Delaware Blockchain Amendments….”

In contrast, the KoreChain maintains all information on the chain. Scalability and performance are not issues precisely because this is a permissioned chain with functional sharding (a topic for another blog) but no mining, proof-of-work, or proof-of-stake. The KoreToken protocol also addresses the full ecosystem of participants in securities transactions. The implementation of services is too important to leave it to interpretations and all the subsequent hassle of reconciling varied interpretations. For example, even the most basic partial sale of security tokens on a secondary market exchange requires a minimum of twenty-five separate sub-transactions involving upto five participants. In order to be robust, real-life implementations have many more steps. Currently, all these steps do take place, but the majority of them happen after the primary sale transaction occurs. These tasks fall into various groups of activities such as clearance, settlement, reporting, disclosure, and corporate record-keeping.

There is no debate that the whole process is inefficient, costly, and error-prone. This makes the process an excellent candidate for true smart contracts on the blockchain. But this does not imply that the blockchain makes these tasks unnecessary. From the context of a naive security token protocol, Andrea Tinianow points out in her article, “Tokenized shares do not eliminate many of the types of errors that are symptomatic of a system that relies on third-party intermediaries to manage and control shareholder databases.” KoreChain, engineered carefully to be fully compliant with all the complexities of securities regulation and corporate law, mitigates errors and creates efficient end-to-end securities transactions without ignoring the risks. The KoreChain implements all tasks that are mandated by securities regulation and corporate law.

A Security Token for Full Lifecycle Compliance

ICOs suffer from disapproval from not only the SEC but also several media that have banned ICO advertising. This disapproval seems justified, since many of the ICOs had no business plans, no product, no service, no credible team, and no roadmap for generating value. Of the remaining well-intentioned ones, the problem of passing regulatory scrutiny for a utility token is insurmountable since it is a utility in name while a security in intent and form. The only way out is to re-classify it correctly as a security token.

The Responsible Approach of the KoreToken Security Protocol

The ERC-20 protocol and the concept of smart contracts are steps in the right direction for many use cases and great for many applications. However, for the financial markets, we need a protocol that can meet all regulatory requirements. We have taken an approach that originates solidly from securities law. We recognize the paramount need for safety, security, and risk management. We know all parties in a securities transaction must be protected at all times – these are the investors, issuers, directors, officers, lawyers, broker-dealers, transfer agents, secondary exchanges, and secondary token holders. There must be complete traceability and auditability.

Blockchain, in creating an immutable record, guarantees validity and (perhaps eventual) finality. However, this validity is technical validity and finality is the committing of the block to the chain. In the securities world, validity and finality means a lot more. Technical validity is necessary but not sufficient. Validity should include contractual validity and legal validity. Similarly, finality is achieved only upon authorized approval of transactions. KoreChain, our implementation of blockchain using Hyperledger Fabric, addresses this broader and more comprehensive definition of validity and finality. The KoreToken protocol and specification includes modular methods to implement various aspects of business validity and finality.

A Comprehensive Specification and Implementation

The KoreToken’s specification and protocol address the requirements for data and methods for the complete lifecycle of a security token. KoreConX will itself use this specification and protocol to create its own security token as well create security tokens for its issuers. The protocol includes data and methods that fall into three broad categories: public interface layer, business layer, and governance layer. The methods themselves can be invoked by participants in various transactions.

The execution of security transactions, from issuance to corporate actions to exit, cannot happen in a vacuum. Registered entities are accountable for knowing where these securities are, who are their holders, and the state of their compliance. More than issuing a protocol, KoreConX has taken the unique approach of providing a full operational platform as well as partnerships with other participants in the ecosystem such as broker-dealers and secondary market operators. KoreConX itself is an SEC-registered transfer agent, meaning that we can offer full custodianship services for securities.

The KoreToken architecture is modular, allowing security token designers to compose entire securities transactions and implement various use cases. The heavy lifting of blockchain functionality as well as business-related functionality such as event management, transaction management and process management are handled by the KoreChain.

Please see the following Executive KoreBriefing on The KoreToken Specification and Protocol.

We will release the detailed technical whitepaper shortly.

 

Introducing the KoreChain

The KoreChain is the first blockchain on a serious industrial-strength infrastructure that is focused exclusively on the complex world of global financial securities. The KoreChain is a permissioned Hyperledger Fabric blockchain. This gives it the native advantage of Fabric, a blockchain platform that has been engineered from the ground up for handling enterprise-class applications. KoreChain is implemented on IBM’s hosting platform since it provides the highest level of security as define by the US National Institute for Standards and Technology.

In electing Hyperledger Fabric to be the foundational blockchain infrastructure for KoreChain rather than Ethereum, we made a clear commitment to good engineering, enterprise-class architecture, and implementation with well-established tools rather than new and untested programming environments.

Hyperledger Fabric Strengthens KoreChain

The following benefits of Fabric come to us practically out of the box:

  1. Membership and access-rights management: The securities world has many complicated rules about data privacy, KYC, AML, need-to-know, etc. Some of these vary by region or by exemption rules. In addition to regulatory constraints, the platform also has to accommodate privacy conditions of participants in various transactions. Fabric provides this flexibility through channels.
  1. High levels of performance and scalability: Securities transactions are more complicated than point-of-sale authentication and authorization. While all securities transactions don’t require response and completion within seconds (as, for example, in trading), the sheer volume of multiple transactions and subsidiary events in capital markets requires a robust infrastructure that can stand up to spikes and also support secondary trading.
  2. Security and safety: The combination of Hyperledger Fabric and the hosting infrastructure at IBM provide a protected environment that includes end-to-end cryptography and the highest level of security defined by the US National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), the level 4 of FIPS 140-2, that includes, for example, Hardware Security Modules.

KoreChain’s Specialized Capabilities

In addition to these, KoreChain provides a number of specialized capabilities such as several layers of artificial intelligence, event management, and transaction management for securities.

All this makes the KoreChain an industrial-strength engine for KoreContracts, which are true smart contracts for financial services. One special category of KoreContracts is the  KoreTokenContract, which is the fundamental template for KoreTokens. The KoreChain is carefully designed to ensure a safe and secure environment for security tokens and their management throughout their entire lifecycle, including provision for various corporate actions.

More on these exciting developments in subsequent blogs and articles!
Please see the following introductory Executive KoreBriefing on What is KoreChain?
We will release the detailed technical whitepaper shortly.

Capital Raising “Capital markets point of view” dealer

For private issuers, raising capital is the next natural step once you have exhausted other traditional forms of financing. It becomes even more enticing when you read about other firms doing it, and thinking why shouldn’t that be us.

However, being prepared to take the issuer to the next level can be a source of frustration if you’re not ready for it. Nobody is willing to just hand out money; you have to make a convincing case based on fact and incomplete due diligence documentation can leave you out in the cold.

Issuers must prepare comprehensive information which covers who the guiding minds behind the issuer are, who the current shareholders are, business continuity planning, company financials, what is it that makes you unique and a comparison with competitors in the same industry.

Dealers are bombarded by people who claim to have the next best thing, but if you can’t boil it down to facts and figures, they won’t spend much time looking at you. Using up to date technology to gather all the corporate information is critical to your success. Using a platform to house your cap table management, minute book, financials, investor relations and corporate data in electronic format means you can walk into a meeting prepared for whatever they throw at you.

For dealers, having a platform whereby issuers can login and input all the relevant information that you need from them, allows you to control the process and weed out the unprepared ones before you devote a lot of time to analysing potential deals. A controlled mechanism whereby issuers know what information they need to provide and where to put it, saves everyone significant time and effort.

Taking it one step further, for registered dealers to have the ability to easily showcase their approved products online, along with pertinent information about the issuer – corporate biographies, financial information, information about the proposed raise –  helps dealers to bring their proposed offerings to potential investors. From a compliance perspective, it means having all of your due diligence in one place, for when the regulators come to visit.

Taking it two steps further, for investors to b able to view potential offerings, input their Know Your Client (KYC) information to determine their eligibility, answer questions to determine the suitability of the investment, have the platform conduct the necessary AML checks and then provide an efficient method for payment, once approved by the CCO, and you have an efficient and cost effective ecosystem which helps issuers, dealers and investors communicate.

KoreConX has an all-in-one platform to accomplish this and ensures that all parties are acting in compliance with securities regulations. Issuers can effectively connect with dealers who in turn can connect with investors all while ensuring that they have the necessary KYP/KYC processes and documentation in place, should they get audited.

What is Investor Relations for Private Companies?

While Investor Relations may seem like an all-encompassing term referring to the relationship between investors and the company that they invest in, in practice the definition is more precise.

Investor Relations professionals are tasked with providing investors with up-to-date information on company affairs, so that private and institutional investors stay informed on the goings of companies.

Considered to be a sub department of Public Relations, Investor Relations works to create holistic and financially beneficial communication between investors, shareholders, and the general financial community.

Investor Relations professionals’ are always aware of the key corporate information including in depth knowledge of the product and services offerings, the latest updates on the company’s operational and financial performance, as well as its key performance indicators.

This information is then compiled and presented in a coherent manner so that investors understand how well the company is performing. A description of the company’s financial statements, financial statistics, and an overview of the company’s internal organization is made available to investors. This helps to paint an accurate picture of the company’s private internal workings.

Two-way communication, as opposed to a one-way flow, is essential to investor relations in the modern economic climate that is characterized by periods of high volatility.

Investor Relations has been equated with full disclosure – where only important or relevant information is shared with shareholders. But that is no longer the case.

With the rise in popularity of Alternative Finance Platforms like regulated equity crowdfunding, investors now want, need, and expect so much more: consistent and honest communication between companies and their shareholders. In other words, they want to see full transparency.

It is the responsibility of Investor Relations professionals to integrate finance, communication, marketing, and securities law compliance to enable effective communication between the company and relevant parties.

Why is communication so important? Through transparency, investors are able to get a grasp of the true value of a company’s business. Therefore, the primary goal of Investor Relations is to help investors understand true value of the company and its key performance indicators.

For Investor Relations professionals to be efficient and effective today, they must employ a number of tools to accomplish the above goals and achieving effective two-way communications with investors.

  • Excel sheet to manage shareholders/investors
  • Sales automation tool
  • eMarketing tool
  • Meeting Planner

Time is wasted in trying to combine the data from each of these fragmented tools. KoreConX solves this problem by providing Investor Relations professionals one tool to do what normally takes more than 4. Register today https://bit.ly/2izdVf7

Overview of the features the IR Module will include:

  • Manage Current Shareholders
  • Manage Potential Investors
  • Provide free Portfolio Management tool for investors
  • Meetings (AGM, Shareholders Meeting, One-on-One)
  • Reports (Monthly, Quarterly, Annual, Information Circular, Proxy)
  • Media Releases
  • Social Media
  • eVote (ability for your shareholders to vote online)

and much more

Here is what IR professionals are saying:

“I have been providing investor relations services to private and public companies for 2 decades, and for the first time I’m seeing a tool, KoreConX IR Module, that provides me everything I need to manage shareholders, meetings, reporting and media releases through a single dashboard. This is the tool for every person working in an IR position today.” Kai Blache Investor Relations Professional, Digitz, Cray Pay, TicketSocket, Slyde

Register to pre-launch program. https://bit.ly/2izdVf7

StartUp Law 101

Late last year I had the opportunity to collaborate with Catherine Lovrics, B.A., LL.B at Bereskin & Parr LLP, on the inner workings of raising capital for entrepreneurs. Her book, Startup Law 101: A Practical Guide, published last week.

The basis of our conversations surrounded accessing funding at the right time and identifying the the business expenses that are needed most, from capital expenditures to operational costs.

As part of a panel discussion during last Wednesday’s launch event hosted at MaRS Discovery District, I was asked several great questions about funding that I wanted to discuss further.

Q: Securing funding for early-stage companies can be the biggest challenge for founders. What are some of the opportunities that have developed recently in the equity crowdfunding space for early-stage companies?

A: Without crowdfunding, the ability for early stage companies to access capital would not exist in such high numbers.

The emergence of online platforms helping private and public companies access capital from accredited and non accredited investors has literally transformed the investor landscape.Today’s private capital investor can invest as little as $50.00 into a company.  This was not possible five years ago.

Part of this transformation includes the addition of online payments. It has not only increased the speed in which an investor makes a decision to invest, but has changed the perception of how an investor views an investment. All an investor has to do is enter a credit card number using their VISA, MasterCard, American Express, etc.

With this new dynamic, companies need to have a very proactive approach to their new stakeholders.  Your investor relations strategy and tools will be the key to maintaining and growing your company.

Q: What are some of the major changes and challenges we’re seeing in equity crowdfunding?

A: The biggest challenge globally in equity crowdfunding is that companies are not ready.  We see 98 percent of companies stall in their funding process when they engage in online platforms to help startups raise capital.

What companies don’t understand is that nothing has changed from the days of applying to Venture Capital firms, Angel groups, etc.  Sites like like StartEngine, FrontFundr, BankRoll Ventures, MicroVentures, etc., expect you to have your company and critical business documents in order.

The largest barrier and one of the major delays is the lack of up-to-date corporate records. Make a checklist — update your corporate records, capitalization table, signed agreements, legals for the offering, business plan, executive summary, financials, projections, etc.

Q: There has been a lot of buzz this past year with the rise of cryptocurrencies and ICOs. What are we seeing now with the regulation (and potential demise) of ICOs and the rise of token offerings or ITOs?

A: In 2017, we saw the rise of crowdfunding v3.0 with the introduction of Initial Token Offerings (ITO).  For many in crowdfunding, ITOs have proven that people will invest from around the globe if they trust the underlying technology that is managing their investment, i.e. blockchain.  

Out of the gate, many companies took advantage of this type of capital raising and many investors lost billions of dollars. Like any new form of technology, it can be used for good and bad.  

We will see a rise of security token adoption in 2018 as companies begin issuing tokens like selling securities. But, these tokens will also have the capability to trade on secondary exchange.

This just scratches the surface of what we covered and Catherine was generous enough to provide a copy of Chapter 6, “Canadian Startup Funding Sources” for KoreConX followers.

Today Investors Want

The internet changed everything when it was first introduced but it has not been until now that Broker Dealers, Exempt Market Dealers (EMD) are playing catch up to what clients expect from them.

Investor want this today:

They ask for all this because in other parts of their daily lives they are doing their tasks from the comfort of their home.

For Broker Dealers, EMD’s it’s important to not overlook what clients want from a financial services company in today’s market.

What is Portfolio Management?

Anyone that invests in more than one company or investment asset has a portfolio of investments to manage. With global markets opening up and alternative finance platforms such as P2P (Peer to Peer) or Equity Crowdfunding platforms we are seeing a variety of new investments in private companies becoming available to non-accredited investors (non high net worth investors) and accredited investors. Portfolio management isn’t just for the financially savvy accredited investor types, but rather for anyone who invests their money in hopes of making a future return.

For those rainy days, you want to make sure your investments are all kept in check. A portfolio is a collection of these investments . Your portfolio might include investments in shares (including options and warrants), bonds, loans (including convertible debentures, promissory notes), assets, mutual funds and cash.

Portfolio management is not just about managing the amount and types of investments, but it should also provide you the documents, reporting, schedule of shareholder meetings, news and updates from the companies you have invested in. Typically most investors do this in one of two ways: by hiring a portfolio manager who will then charge fees based on the total investment; or the investor manages their own investments using word, excel, and some form of document storage.

There are numerous benefits to working with a portfolio manager. Fiduciary responsibility often tops that list. These managers have a fiduciary duty to act with care and good faith, always keeping in mind the best interest of their clients. However, the vast majority of people don’t use a portfolio manager because they are not economical, they don’t deal with private company investments, or the investor prefers to manage their own investments. The Alternative Finance sector is evidence that more and more people investing in private companies and this type of investment is something that is not normally managed by the traditional portfolio managers.

Until recently, investors have lacked useful tools to manage and track their investments, forcing them to use Excel and filing cabinets. As you can imagine, this is hard to track and manage manually.

A whole new do-it-yourself mentality has people looking for new ways of doing things. With advances in Fintech, Alternative Finance, Crowdfunding, etc. you are seeing more and more pressure to develop efficient online solutions. There are many great advances and new technology solutions being created to assist people in tracking and managing information, and the Portfolio management sector is no different.

Managing your assets can be complicated. This is why we at KoreConX developed our all-in-one business platform with the investor in mind. Recognizing that there are not any good tools for investors to use to effectively manage their private investments, coupled with the new do-it-yourself mentality, we developed a simple to use and FREE Portfolio Management platform. With the KoreConX platform you can manage your investments in private companies whether they are shares, debentures, options, warrants, promissory notes, SAFE’s or Crowd Safe’s as well as all the documents, reporting, voting, news releases and company annual meetings associated with those investments. Through KoreConX you always stay connected to the company you invested in and always have access to your investment documents.

Hiring in the Securities Industry: What you Need to Know

Hiring a new employee can be challenging in any environment, but it’s even harder in the securities industry.  Employee not only have to be the right choice for the firm, but they must also pass muster with the securities regulators who approve registration. In reviewing an application for registration, the regulators focus on three key aspects: proficiency, integrity and solvency.

PROFICIENCY

Securities legislation requires applicants to have the proper education, training and experience in the particular category in which they are applying. Dealing Representatives (DRs) of an Exempt Market Dealer (EMD) must have completed either the Canadian Securities Course (CSC) or the Exempt Markets Products Exam (EMP). There is no requirement to have any previous work experience, just the course completion. If registering through a Portfolio Manager (PM), Associate Advising Representatives (AARs) must have or complete:

  •    CIM or CFA designations; or
  •    CFA’s Level I Exam and 24 months of Relevant Investment Management Experience (RIME)

Advising Representatives (ARs) must have either the CIM and 48 months of experience, or the CFA and 12 months of experience. The course requirements are straightforward in that you either have them or you don’t; interpretation comes into play when examining a prospective employee’s work experience to determine whether she has the relevant experience.

RIME

Relevant work experience is composed of the ability to perform research and analysis, and apply it to portfolio selection. The firm must evaluate a potential applicant’s experience in light of the regulations. Here are some tips for applicants.

  •    There’s a difference between industry experience and RIME. Having worked in corporate finance or as an analyst does not necessarily mean the candidate meets the requirements. For someone like this, regulators may only approve the applicant as an AAR until she gathers the necessary portfolio selection experience.
  •    Letters of recommendation are required from previous jobs. Regulators require letters of confirmation from former supervisors to back up any claims the candidate makes about past experience. This ensures whatever information is filed on the National Registration Database (NRD) is verifiable.
  •    Candidates must apply for registration within 36 months of having taken the necessary courses from when they were last registered in a relevant category, or have 12 months of relevant experience within the last 36 months to maintain the validity of their courses.
  •    There are exceptions. Regulators may entertain exemption applications if the applicant’s industry background does not meet the rules as they are written. But, while many years of relevant experience may make up for a lack of courses, no amount of extra book knowledge can make up for a lack of work experience.

INTEGRITY

Regulators expect that a registrant will act fairly, honestly and in the best interests of their clients—so they must assess the integrity of applicants. This means asking whether the person has ever been investigated by any regulatory body, or been subject to any public proceedings. They also want to know whether she has been involved in any criminal or civil proceedings.

All this information is reviewed in light of assessing the applicant’s character. Further, applicants must disclose whether any non-securities regulators, such as FSCO for insurance and mortgage brokers, regulate them.

This forms part of an applicant’s disclosure about her outside business activities, which may impact how she deals with her clients and the investment recommendations she makes. This includes if she serves on the board of directors of any company, or if she has any other type of relationship with an affiliate.

SOLVENCY

Applicants must reveal on NRD whether they have ever declared bankruptcy, insolvency or are subject to garnishment.

Regulators use this information to assess an applicant’s financial condition. This forms part of the overall process to assess an individual’s suitability for registration, as someone who has had financial problems may not be suitable for registration. Having had this occur does not automatically disqualify someone from being registered—regulators understand that personal events, such as divorce, may lead to bankruptcy. It may simply mean that an individual may be approved but require closer supervision by compliance.

When hiring, a firm obviously wants to employ individuals who will be a good fit, do their job effectively and help the company succeed. However, compliance should be involved in the process by conducting background checks and reviewing an applicant’s education, experience and overall fitness for registration. A firm doesn’t want regulators to unearth problems in the applicant’s past, so make the decision as straightforward as possible.

Proficiency Requirements

Securities legislation is quite clear on what courses and designations you need in order to register in the various categories, but what relevant experience is sufficient is less clear cut. No matter the category you are applying under, the regulators must determine than individual is fit for registration. They look at the proficiency of the individual based on their education, training and whether they have the requisite experience to meet the requirements of the particular category of registration. They also look at an individual’s integrity regarding outside business activities, potential for conflicts of interest – anything which may impact an individual’s ability to deal in the best interests of their client. They also look at the solvency of prospective registrants; a bankruptcy does not automatically disqualify you, but it could.

As for the proficiency requirements, to be a Dealing Representative of an Exempt Market Dealer, you must have completed the Exempt Markets Products Course or the Canadian Securities Course; there is no experience component required. The requirements to be the Chief Compliance Officer have become more stringent, along the lines of other categories of registration. The CCO must now have 12 months of relevant securities experience which includes the training and experience to perform the tasks required of a CCO, such as implementing and maintaining an effective compliance system.

There are only three categories of registration for individuals of a Portfolio Manager: Associate Advising Representative (AAR), Advising Representative (AR) and the CCO. To register as an AAR, you need to have completed either the first level of the CFA program or have achieved the CIM designation and have 24 months of Relevant Investment Management Experience (RIME). AAR’s can meet with clients and can make specific investment recommendations to clients but must be supervised by an AR. The most common qualifications for an AR are the CFA Charter and 12 months of RIME or the CIM designation and 48 months of RIME. The CCO must qualify as an AR and have completed either the PDO Course or Chief Compliance Officers Qualifying Exam.

Where things become less clear relates to exactly what can be considered Relevant Investment Management Experience; this is open to interpretation. Typically, it is made up of the ability to conduct research and analysis of securities in the context of portfolio selection and the ability to manage investment portfolios on a discretionary basis. Just because you have worked in the financial industry does not mean that all your experience is pertinent. You would need to show that you can conduct independent analysis of securities and then be able to create a portfolio according to clients’ needs.

There are many instances where individuals do not qualify, such as someone who works in corporate finance performing take-over bids and mergers and acquisitions. Their ability to conduct securities analysis may not be questioned, but the ability to apply it to portfolio selection is difficult to prove. Registered Representatives of IIROC firms do not typically qualify because although they do make specific investment recommendations and do construct client portfolios, many are limited by their firms to specific model portfolios, which may not involve the in-depth analysis the regulators require. MFDA Representatives also usually do not qualify because they are selling pre-packed products which do not involve the necessary analysis. However, each application is reviewed according to the information provided by the applicant so it is important to highlight relevant experience showing your activities in this field.

For those individuals that do not have the necessary courses to neatly fit into the requirements, there is the possibility of filing an exemption application. However, you would have to have many years of relevant experience to make up for the lack of book knowledge. A simple rule of thumb is that enough experience can make up for a lack of courses, but no amount of courses can make up for a lack of experience. In applying to be registered under a Portfolio Manager, the regulators do ask for letters from former supervisors attesting to your past activities and should match what you have put in your application, so always leave your past employers on good terms because you will need their support when seeking registration.

The Death of the ICO and the RISE of #TAO

The term ICO has been very confusing to the investing market, even those selling ICOs have no understanding of it — when you start asking questions people give you a look like a deer caught in headlights. So, what does ICO stand for?

#ICO = Initial Coin Offering

COIN = CURRENCY = MONEY

The most famous coin in the world is the “Bitcoin” there are many others but it’s the one that started it all.

So, the question is, of the 254 registered ICOs how many of them are COIN offerings vs TOKEN offerings?

Over 90% of the ICO’s in 2017 were actually Initial TOKEN Offering (ITO) but in a frenzy the term did not catch on and the market got misled creating confusion between tokens and coins.

Maturing through 2018:

With the banning of ICOs by Facebook and more organizations to follow, the term has become tainted creating both a perception and image issue.

For companies who are going to launch their TOKEN offering then it’s time for the market to be informed properly of what you are doing. Take the first step.

Education

There are two types of TOKEN Offerings and you must clearly identify this. The market has awaken and you can no longer afford to play coy with the market.

Utility Token

(use the term ITO “Initial Token Offering” to reflect your offering, the purchasers of your token will automatically know what you are selling and what to expect)

AND

Security Token

(Use TAO “Token Asset Offering” or STO “Security Token Offering” this will help investors understand the investment opportunity you are presenting

2018 is the year of the TAO and companies like FileCoin, and KodackCoin have shown that the market is ready and prepared to invest in these tokens that are properly structured and articulated to the market.

Product Due Diligence (Company/Issuer)

Dealing Representatives are only allowed to sell products that have been approved by the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) — and only after they’ve been trained on a product features, risks and costs. Depending on your firm’s size, product due diligence may be performed by the CCO herself, or by a dedicated corporate finance team.

Here’s how you can supplement your firm’s process.

  1. STICK TO WHAT YOU KNOW

It makes sense to only look at opportunities that fit in with your expertise. If you are expert in mining, it is unlikely that you would be in a position to effectively evaluate the future prospects of a technology firm. If the investor in interested in a product that you don’t understand, you have a responsibility to turn them away or refer them to a qualified colleague.

  1. ASK WHO’S BEHIND THE PRODUCT

A product is only as good as the guiding minds behind it. Research who they are, where they’ve worked and how their experience applies to this venture. You want to do business with a management team that has the necessary expertise and a proven track record.

Also, look for potential conflicts of interest. For instance, if you’re vetting an exempt product, you may want to avoid a car part manufacturer that receives services from a related company (i.e., both companies are owned by the same people). That manufacturer may not look for the best deal on services if management receives compensation on both sides of the deal.

  1. SCRUTINIZE THE PRODUCT ITSELF

Examine the investment’s features to determine whether the product’s structure is overly complex and whether there is sufficient transparency in the product’s disclosures. What are the expected returns and do they make sense given the risks?

You’ll also need to determine the risks to a profitable outcome. This is particularly important when examining an illiquid product, which will offer few opportunities for selling if the investment does not perform as expected.

To do so, look at internal and external factors: if the CEO dies, are their qualified people to take over? If the first product prototype fails, does the company have enough cash to try again? If the Canadian dollar goes up, how would that impact the firm’s operating costs? If you recommend this product to a client, could they lose the full investment?

You also have to look at where the product is situated within its industry. Does the firm have something to offer that no one else does? Why would you choose this investment and not another one? You also have to ensure that the product issuers are abiding by their regulatory obligations regarding appropriate disclosure in their offering documents. Depending on the nature of the product, they may need to produce audited financial statements, file exempt distribution reports on a timely basis and have their marketing material conform to securities legislation. The type of product and how it is distributed will determine what sort of filings have to be done and whether or not they’re public. However, as part of the due diligence process, the issuer must be willing to share whatever information is necessary for you to make an informed opinion on the suitability of the investment.

  1. PUSH FOR BETTER ADVISOR TRAINING

Your firm should be able to provide detailed information to prospective clients about the product and teach you to do a suitability analysis. The training should include specific information about the features, risks, and costs associated with the investment. It should also explain what differentiates this product from others available. The compliance department must document who has attended the training and when, and include copies of the presentations in those people’s training files.

Having a compliance platform in place to manage both KYP and KYC, as offered by KoreConX, will help you to manage your due diligence process. All firms inherently do due diligence as part of their business activities, but one must be able to document each step in the process to show why one particular investment was favoured over another.

Wild Wild West of ICO’s time to move over, Regulated ICO’s are coming (#TAO)

Those that can remember the wild wild west of crowdfunding back in 2010-2011 will have a feeling of dejavu seeing the 2017 ICO market take off.  Not that crowdfunding ever saw the numbers that we are seeing in the ICO market, but that is because the securities regulators stepped in early when crowdfunding launched in order to protect the market.

What ICO’s are demonstrating, that crowdfunding never had the chance to, is the global willingness of investors from a variety of countries to invest in all sorts of early stage companies.  The main reason here why ICO’s are having success where crowdfunding did not comes down to the underlying technology, namely “Blockchain”.

ICO’s have demonstrated that investors are willing to invest in companies anywhere in the world.  Traditionally, it was believed that investors like to only invest locally.  This local investing premise has been the driving force behind the success of Silicon Valley and other hot spots where companies and local investors meet.  

So what is different with ICO’s?  It is mainly due to the underlying Blockchain technology that brings TRUST to investors/contributors who immediately get a token in exchange for their contribution.  

According to the cryptocurrency statistics website Coinschedule, a total of 235 ICO’s have raised over $3.7 billion in 2017.  There does not appear to be any slow down in this market as this seems to be the new flavour for companies raising money.

Going forward what does it mean for investors and issuers alike who are preparing for the opportunity of utilizing an ICO as a way of accessing capital in 2018?

The wild wild west of ICO’s is now done and the days of fluff whitepapers, will not be enough to get your ICO off the ground.  Going forward companies will need to comply with full disclosures, managing, directors, agreements, compensation, financial statements, etc

So where to start:

I won’t go into the merits of which type of token you want to offer: utility or security.  This article will be solely based on Regulated ICO, Security Token, or TAO (Token Asset Offering) in the USA and Canada for companies, investors and platform operators.  But I strongly believe that most global regulators (as we are seeing more and more) will be regulating ICO’s as securities.

What is a Security Token, Regulated Token, or TAO?

The main characteristic of all of these that is important to understand is that they are subject to securities laws.  The token has to be sold through a securities exemption to allow the investor to purchase and sell the token in a secondary exchange.

It’s very important to understand the exemptions you will use to sell your Security Token as each one will have different qualifications and rights to the investor who is purchasing your token.  This is outside of the workings of your token, these exemptions must and should be applied using a smart contract to protect the company, investor and platform who are all part of the crowd sale for the Security Token.

For the pre-sale stage of your Security Token companies are opting for issuing a Simple Agreement For Future Tokens (“SAFT”) to investors, this allows the company the time to build out its protocol and issue the token to the general public under the securities exemptions they will use.  The SAFT was created by one of the leading authorities in the USA Marco Santori at Cooley LLP.  

What is a SAFT?  Simple Agreement for Future Tokens

As outlined in the article, SAFTs are designed to be sold to accredited investors as a means of funding development in a way similar to the way equity changes hands in traditional venture capital. In a SAFT sale, no coins are ever offered, sold or exchanged, rather, money is exchanged for traditional paper documents that promise access to future tokens.

Now we have the framework so let’s look at how investors, companies and platforms operated by dealer can participate in these Security Tokens.

USA Investors, Issuers & Platforms

USA has two main exemptions that investors must fall under in order to invest:  

  • Accredited Investor (AI) 506(c) Reg D

Any accredited investor (AI) who qualifies under the regulations can invest any amount and purchase Security Tokens from any qualified issuer.  The AI will have the ability to also sell and exchange their security token in a secondary security exchange like Overstock Tzero.  Filecoin raised US$150M utilizing this exemption with a SAFT.

  1. Non accredited Investors RegA+

This is for everyone else over the age of 18 who can now invest in companies and also have the ability to purchase Security Tokens.  For companies who have used this exemption it has allowed investors after a 4 month hold to sell their securities in public stock exchanges.  For the same to occur in token’s a new exchange will be required to able to sell or purchase these tokens.  

For companies based in the USA you have two exemptions under which you can sell your Security Tokens.  For non USA based companies you can only used the AI exemption unless you are a Canadian based company in which case you are allowed to use the RegA+.

Canadian Issuers & Platforms

Canada is similar to the USA in that it has two exemptions that can be utilized by investors:

  • Accredited Investor Exemption

Similar to that of the US, and many global jurisdictions, AI’s can invest in private companies.  Any issuer, Canadian or not, can use this exemption to raise money from AI’s in Canada.

  1. Non Accredited Offering Memorandum (OM) Exemption

Canada offers two types of non-accredited investors under the (OM exemption).  Anyone over the age of 18 (with limits) can invest and purchase securities and Security tokens but they are not able to resell them on any secondary exchange.  

Any issuer, Canadian or not, can use this exemption to raise money in Canada.  Issuers can use the OM to sell their tokens to investors which allows you to reach everyone over the age of 18 who can invest as low as $100.  So this exemption gives you the ability to reach the masses.  Any investor who purchased a token under this exemption there is no liquidity, you cannot take his token to an exchange to trade.

Summary

For issuers you need to understand the exemptions that you can use and how it will impact your investors.  For companies based in the US and Canada, you must follow these exemptions to make sure you are not offside with securities regulators.

For issuers from outside of USA and Canada, you need to understand what investors you might be able to sell to and what your regulatory requirements are for accepting that investment in your Security Token.

The best exemption at the moment in both countries and globally is the AI (accredited Investor) exemption. This exemption allows the AI to take their token to a secondary exchange and sell it to another AI.

2018 first company to announce a Security Token is KodakCoin who has also made a follow on announcement that it will list its coins on TZeros secondary exchange for Security Tokens.  

As you can see the emergence of Security Token is already happening so it is time to get your company ready for the new wave – Security Tokens ( #TAO ).

Investor Relations Hashtag #IRPrivate

I know what you are thinking, why on earth do a blog regarding a hashtag.  Clearly everyone knows what Investor Relations (IR) is and how to find it.

I felt that it was time to launch a new tool to find information about private companies online for 2018.

Like any good article I wanted to make sure it had the two elements:

The Problem
Yes it’s true globally we all know the term Investor Relations (IR).  Most companies hire an IR professional internally or externally to perform investor relations functions.  The problem is when you go online and start searching on google, twitter, facebook, and LinkedIn and you search for IR, all you get is IR for public listed companies.  The hashtags they have are all about public listed companies.

2nd part to our problem.  
With the emergence of online investing also known as “Equity Crowdfunding and ICO’s” these private companies conduct themselves like public companies

Although these companies are still private, the tools and strategy that you would apply to public listed company does not work with private companies.

Private companies have one great advantage over public listed companies and that is they know all their shareholders.  Each shareholder is directly connected to their company unlike listed companies.

The industry is maturing and more companies are understanding the value of having the appropriate strategy, resources and tools for performing their IR strategy.

We are also seeing a convergence of IR professionals leaving the public listed companies to take their experience and apply it to private companies.

More investors today are investing in private companies and private companies need the guidance, strategy, resources, experts and tools to be able to deliver.

The Solution
The private companies need a way to be seen and filtered separately from the publicly listed companies.  The introduction of this new hashtag will help the industry, media, journalists, investors and market at large.

Today private companies, professionals, service providers, etc.. can use the hashtag  #IRPrivate

Looking forward to seeing the activity of private companies using the hashtag and those who are engaged in providing services, tools, etc to private companies.

Happy Investor Relations #IRPrivate

2018 The year that Private Companies enhance their Investor Relations (IR) efforts.

The Good, The Bad, and the Confusing Messaging

Think of yourself standing in front of a room full of strangers, about to give a speech on particle physics.  You don’t know if they are experts on the topic, or know nothing at all.  You don’t know what their interests are, what they think you’re going to tell them, what they want to hear about, or even what language they speak.  What if, on top of that, there were rules about how and when you could speak to them.  How would you make your case?  What would you say?  How would you make sure you’re understood? Would you try and say anything at all?

This is the issue most companies face when it comes to shareholder communications. When I began researching this article, it initially seemed that discussions about shareholder communications and tactics only happened during proxy season, or the time of year when most companies hold their annual shareholder meetings.   There’s volumes of material analyzing proxy season trends, pointing to spikes in engagement at that time.

But even these discussions recognize that the shareholder relationships are evolving, becoming more involved.   Increasingly, the powers that be in many organizations are beginning to appreciate the need for proactive shareholder communication, and directly engaging year-round.  If communications are reactive only, then boards and management are opening themselves up to risk.  Shareholders are interested in transparency and being actively engaged by the companies they have invested in.  56% of S&P 500 companies disclosed engaging with investors in 2015.  This is up from a mere 6% in 2010.

Larger companies establish strict parameters for information flow, drafting Shareholder Communication Engagement Policies detailing who, what, when, where, how, and why.  The goal of such policies is to ensure transparent, accurate, and open communications that lead to good governance, and they reveal a slowly shifting perspective on proper governance, and what it means to be a good corporate citizen.  They’re often publicly available to review, and easily searched.

Investors are wary of engagement for engagement’s sake alone, but the fact remains that transparency, quality of communications, and building in mechanisms to keep shareholders in the loop are measures essential to not only reducing the chances of shareholder activism and risk, but also improving overall relations, and creating good will.

Case in point, there are volumes of conversation around what best practices in Investor Relations are.  Under some definitions, these are practices most widely adopted because they minimize possible legal compliance issues, and are standard practice, but investor relations is multifaceted, as is the related discussion.

When Vanguard announced it would urge the boards of companies it’s invested in to  found a Shareholder Liaison Committee in December of 2014, it sparked a conversation about shareholder-director communications, and the idea that directors can and should be shareholder advocates, according to Edelman.  It marks a departure from the, at times cozy, relationship boards have had with management in the past that has left shareholders in the dark, and out of the conversation.  Often the purview of management alone, boards have been hesitant at times to add their voices to the conversation for fear of creating a conflict, but how can they be effective spokespeople for their shareholders if not involved in the dialogue?

What is obvious is that in the age of information gluttony, engagement is unavoidable, and when done right, extremely beneficial.  Over the course of this series on Shareholder Communications, we’ll dive in depth into best practices, dos and don’ts, regulations, trends, and pitfalls of silence.

Compliance Review

Compliance Review

Compliance reviews by regulators follow a prescribed format depending on what has triggered the visit, whether a full compliance review, targeted review or a for-cause review based on information that has come to their attention. But, during any type of review, there are certain deficiencies that are more significant than others. Here’s what regulators look for.

  1. STRENGTH OF COMPLIANCE SYSTEMS

Many firms go through the whole registration process, and still don’t have a solid compliance system in place. This includes: detailed written policies and procedures that actually reflect what the firm does and how it operates; and all staff having ready access to it. Firms must devote sufficient resources to compliance based on their size, complexity and potential for associated risks. Firms can’t expect advisors to do the right thing without giving them specific written rules. These should include how to gather KYC information, explain the products available, what documentation is required, marketing rules and general employee conduct. The Chief Compliance Officer must, on an annual basis, also produce an annual report to the board assessing how the firm is complying with securities legislation, including any deficiencies and how they’re being addressed. Regulators will read this report to get an idea of how seriously the firm takes its compliance responsibilities.

  1. DEALING WITH CLIENTS IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS

Advisors cannot deal with clients in other provinces unless they’re registered there. If your client moves to another province, then the mobility exemption will allow you to continue dealing only with those types of clients, with certain restrictions.

For those clients who live outside of Canada, you have to ensure you meet the registration requirements of the foreign jurisdiction. The rules vary greatly from country to country, and regulators will expect you to have taken steps to confirm you’re not contravening foreign regulations. Their view is that if you contravening the regulations of another jurisdiction, then you are not taking your compliance responsibilities seriously.

  1. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Advisors must disclose all OBAs on the National Registration Database (NRD) and detail what policies are in place to mitigate the potential for conflicts of interest. This disclosure includes items such as: if you’re licensed to sell insurance; have a holding company; coach junior hockey; and are involved in a charity or a religious organization. It’s best to over-disclose to ensure you’re not accused of hiding anything.

Regulators will review OBAs to determine whether you’re using your position unfairly and to the detriment of the client. This is particularly important when you are promoting a product from a related issuer as many EMDs do. You have to be extremely careful to show that, even though you have a vested interest in promoting a particular issuer, you are still acting in the best interests of the client. A fulsome suitability review and backup notes must explain why the investment was appropriate for the client. This includes a detailed KYC form containing information about the client’s current financial position, their objectives, investment knowledge and risk tolerance. In recommending a particular product, advisors need to explain in writing what makes this investment appropriate, as opposed to similar products. Simply ticking the boxes on the KYC form does not demonstrate that you have had a meaningful discussion with a client.

  1. DELEGATING KYC AND SUITABILITY TO A THIRD PARTY

In some firms, relationship managers, account executives or other third parties fill out KYC forms. Regulators have repeatedly stated this does not conform to registration requirements, nor does it ensure that an advisor will deal fairly, honestly and in good faith with a client. The view is that these third parties are not qualified to have the type of meaningful conversation that a registered individual needs to have to determine the client’s financial needs. Further, it doesn’t give the advisor an opportunity to explain the firm’s investment strategies and what the client can expect. This leads to client confusion about who is actually managing her account, and leaves an advisor open to claims that certain investments were inappropriate if the KYC is deficient. So, you must make every effort to meet clients face-to-face. If that’s not possible, at least speak to each client via phone or email. And ensure compliance doesn’t sign off on an application until they’re confident the client information is accurate and investments are suitable.

  1. SELLING SECURITIES TO NON-QUALIFIED INVESTORS

The current rules surrounding distributing prospectus-exempt products can be confusing and don’t easily apply to clients’ real-life situations. However, if an advisor cannot clearly show that a client qualifies as an accredited investor, and that the investment is suitable, compliance has a duty to reject the trade. You need to ask detailed questions and take copious notes to explain the client’s financial position, and why you’re recommending a particular investment over another. The sale of securities to non-qualified investors is a serious breach of securities legislation, and can lead to having your registration terminated, the trade being unwound and even the firm’s registration being suspended.

A compliance review can be a useful tool to determine how effective you are in adhering to securities legislation. Perform an internal review, which includes an annual review of your policies and procedures manual, all NRD profiles, and a random sample of client accounts. Having a compliance platform in place to manage both KYP and KYC, as offered by KoreConX, goes a long way to preparing your firm in case the Regulators come knocking.

Happy 2nd Anniversary KoreConX !

We are so excited to be celebrating the 2nd year anniversary of the KoreConX all-in-one business platform launch.  It’s amazing how fast the past 2 years have gone by.  We have made friends all over the world who have shared their stories of how they use KoreConX to manage their investments with our Portfolio Management tool and how managing their companies corporate information is so easy.

We want to thank you for making our journey an amazing one and to let you know we are just getting started.   Our goal is to help the millions of companies around the world, and their stakeholders, to better manage, organize, share and communicate their information.

To achieve our goal we provide a free all-in-one business platform that provides (among other things):

  • Structured file management with access level sharing;
  • Boardroom management tools to schedule meetings, manage committees and ensure compliance;
  • Deal Room feature that we will continually update with third party financing sources you can apply to;
  • Captable management to manage all your companies securities; and
  • Portfolio management section allowing you to keep securities holders connected and up to date.  

By providing this platform, companies can finally move their businesses out of the dark ages and onto a platform that will keep evolving by adding new features and third party services that may be of use to you while you run your business.

In keeping with our plan, we will be introducing additional functionality over the coming months that you will be able to utilize on a subscription basis but without affecting the features you already use for free.

So what is in store for you in the coming months?  Here are some of the new features and services we are adding (or have already added):

New Investor Relations Module (subscription service):
This is going to help companies stay connected to their securities holders by providing:

  • Online reporting in a secured environment, ensuring your private information isn’t at risk of being intercepted via unsecure email channels

  • Plan your Annual General Shareholder Meeting (AGM) directly in this new module

  • Messaging securely with shareholder and track their engagement

  • Use our eVoting tool to tally votes in real time

We have been busy testing the IR Module and we will soon provide you with the opportunity to take advantage of this new enhancement.  For more information, or to be one of our first 1,000 subscribers eligible to take advantage of our early bird 50% special for the first year, please click here…

Transfer Agent (subscription service)
For those companies that need a third party custodian to manage your securities, we at KoreConX are now offering this service at a much reduced rate than other providers in the sector.  But not only are we doing it cheaper, we will give you full transparency at all times through our dashboard.  In light of USA securities rules that require companies with 500 or more shareholders to have a transfer agent, we felt it was time someone helped out the small to medium sized private companies with the right solution.  So for those companies about to do a capital raise and are considering crowdfunding please consider our transfer agent services to help you out.

Personal Dashboard
Some of you may have already noticed and for those who have not, please login you see your new Personal Dashboard.  We simplified the dashboard to help you navigate and find what you need faster.  We look forward to your feedback.

Company Dashboard
The company dashboard has also received a major facelift that will help companies manage all their activities more efficiently.

Portfolio Management
We have done a major rebuild on your personal portfolio and corporate portfolio pages.  Now you will be able to see your security holdings information, the company details, reports, meetings, and any eVoting items that you need to deal with.

Yes ONE login Yes ONE platform

The All-in-ONE platform

The promise land of technology since the early days (going back to the 80’s) was to have one platform to make us more efficient, bring us online to collaborate and connect to a variety of other technology services like Fintech, InsurTech, LegalTech, RegTech, etc.

The internet changed a lot for businesses and how companies operate.  The emergence of online applications became the way for most of us to manage our business with such companies as Quickbooks, FreshBooks, Zero that provide you online accounting; Hubspot, SalesForce, Agile that provide you CRM online; and the list goes on and on in an attempt to automate different departmental functions of your businesses.

The challenge most companies are now having is how to manage all these applications which are all standalone online.  First came NetSuite, the perfect platform to manage the daily operations of a company (Accounting, Sales, HelpDesk, etc..).

What NetSuite has done for the day to day operations of a business, KoreConX is doing for companies corporate, boardroom and investment activities.  The KoreConX all-in-one platform helps companies manage their non day to day operations such as: BoardRoom, Cap Table, Shareholders (all securities holders), DealRoom, Portfolio (Investments), Investor Relations and so much more…

The 21st Century is about ONE login ONE Platform                          KoreConX

 

 

Shareholders = Customers = Ambassadors

Each interview I’ve had in the past two weeks has asked a question about how some companies or outsiders believe that having a large pool of investors is not good for a company and is distracting. I pondered my response on a number of occasions and then I reflected on comments from the founders of the JOBS Act (Sherwood Neis, Jason Best and Douglas Ellenoff) that crowdfunding is the democratization of capital and the “publification” of private companies. They went on to state that when investors invest in companies through these equity crowdfunding portals, the investors become the best ambassadors to the company.

So the creators of the JOBS Act envisioned what really was going to happen, and for it to work, the relationship between the company and its shareholders would change. Since the entire world is being disrupted by this new crowdfunding sector, it makes sense that even the roles of companies and the relationships they have with shareholders would fundamentally change.

Let’s Look at the Attributes of the “Customer” from a Company Perspective

A company cannot survive without customers. In fact, it’s often said the first customer the company receives is really investing in the company. Wow – “investing”.

So how does the company go about getting this customer, attracting new ones and managing them? The company employs a sales and marketing team to attract and maintain customers, and will also provide customer support. I only need look at our own company. At KoreConX we have invested heavily on attracting the best for each of these roles.

These individuals are responsible for learning about the needs of the customers today and tomorrow. Understanding what customers are looking for in a company and where the customers can be found is crucial to effectively marketing to them. It is important to demonstrate your thought leadership in your sector and why your product or service is better or unique.

All the work we do to attract customers and maintain them is truly amazing. All of these activities are being managed by a number of tools such as HubSpot, Salesforce and Lynkos that can manage all your activities with the customers and documents you send, tracking tools to see if they read it, etc. Companies around the world spend billions in this area because they understand that the more automation we add, the better we are at serving our customers.

The justification for the cost or investment by the company is simple. Companies do all this so the customers will keep buying, in essence re-investing in the company.

Great companies like Google, Inc. ($GOOG) have shown the world that every person is a customer and a shareholder that can eventually become your ambassador, and that is priceless to your brand and company.

The New View of a “Shareholder

The first investor in a company is often a customer who sees the great opportunity and vision the company is building.

The problem is that companies see shareholders as a burden, and make no effort to apply the same logic or business sense as they do for their customer acquisition and maintenance. In reality, shareholders are even bigger brand ambassadors than customers, and should be afforded the same care and consideration. Since shareholders identified the company as being worthy of investment, and they have a vested interest in the success of the business, they will always be the best brand ambassadors.

Yes, I said Shareholder = Customers = Ambassador!

Think of a time when you have either heard from a friend or told a friend the following: “Wow, Apple ($AAPL) iPhone and Apple Watch is a great combo, and see all the great things it does? If you use it so often and talk about it so much you must own shares.” This implies that if you are a true brand ambassador you must be a shareholder.

Equity Crowdfunding and the Growth of your Brand Ambassadors

In today’s social media driven world, people are connecting on a much more personal level to businesses and/or products that they are interested in. The emergence of equity crowdfunding presents an amazing opportunity for companies to capitalize by turning their loyal and dedicated ambassadors into shareholders and vice versus.

Because in today’s world, they will be connected with you and your company and your team using all the social media properties that they can find you in so they can feel connected. They want to be cheerleaders for your company because they believe in what you are doing.

The interesting thing that companies have severely overlooked with shareholders is that these individuals invested in their company and did not receive a product, and that these individuals will sell more of your products/services than any new customer you attract to your business.

Companies need to apply the same principles they have for operating the front lines of their business to the way they deal with their shareholders. Spending time cultivating, converting, empowering and managing shareholders will yield exponential returns. Which means you need to see both customers and shareholders as equally vital to the company’s success and be vigorous in using tools like KoreConX.

KoreConX provides you with the missing piece to efficiently and effectively bring the companies together with their shareholders, to manage them, empower them, connect them, and make them the best ambassadors of your company. Equity Crowdfunding is about disrupting how things have been done, not just for raising capital, but for creation of legal documents, due diligence processes, and most importantly how you manage those valuable new shareholders/ambassadors.

So embrace the 50, 100, 1000, or 4000 new shareholders! I’ve never known any company that does not want customers to help them grow their business. What is great about equity crowdfunding is that the more shareholders you have, the more ambassadors for your brand, and the more new customers they will drive to you to help you grow your business.

I say welcome and embrace equity crowdfunding, and make it work to your advantage.

Register today to manage your new ambassadors:

https://koreconx.com/user_signups/new_signup

Who is KoreConX

Welcome to the KoreConX blog. You are probably wondering who we are and what we do?

As our first blog, we wanted to start by telling you our story, explaining what we do and our target audience.

First lets start with our company name. For us, it was important to select a name that would to speak to everyone that would use our platform. We faced major challenges since the audience we serve is global and have similar but different requirements. See the info-graphic below to understand the attributes, stakeholders, and eco-system our platform supports.

At the Kore of our business, is the legal entity that needs to reduce their regulatory risks. Our secure patent-pending technology platform was developed to help entities manage their corporate records while connecting them to valuable tools and services in the capital markets, private equity, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and crowdfunding industries. The infrastructure platform we provide connects (ConX) the eco-systems together for entities to effectively and efficiently manage their business while maintaining proper governance, transparency and compliance.

We are at the Kore of the eco-systems where our platform ConX all the pieces…hence KoreConX was born.

“I believe that KoreConX provides real value to our company and our shareholders. For us it provides an integrated, secure, transparent and efficient way for the management of WAFU to interact with its shareholders and its board of directors. The time and costs saving alone make it a no brainer for a small company like ours which currently has 20-30 shareholders but which is expecting to expand to more than 50 shareholders as a result of our upcoming equity crowdfunding round.” per Gil-Michel Garcia, CEO, WAFU

To understand KoreConX better let’s start with the users (the people) we support in our platform. Each entity or organization is run by key people such as the President, CEO, CFO, CCO, COO, Corporate Secretary, IR (Investor Relations), Partner, or Executive Director (collectively known as the “Management”). To make effective decisions, the Management works alongside the external users (people) such as the Lawyers, Accountants, Board of Directors, Members and Shareholders. Together the internal and external users make up the Stakeholders of an entity.

Each of these Stakeholders will want to use the KoreConX platform for different functions that are inherent to their position within their entity.

The one thing that all our users have in common is their connection to an entity (in our world an entity is our “Client”). An entity is governed by a legal structure that all users must work within. The types of entities that use our platform are Private Companies, Non-Profit Organizations, Public Listed Company, Associations, Condominium and Strata Corporations.

The legal structure of each entity is represented by the articles, bylaws and minute book that dictate how the Stakeholders are to run the business; how to conduct themselves in their organization; and acts as a historical record.

Stakeholders engage the KoreConX platform for the ability to: Manage their information more effectively and securely; Organize it so it can be understood and easily accessed by all; Share in a collaborative manner; and Communicate with all key Stakeholders in a secure environment.

KoreConX allows organizations to demonstrate that they are citizens of good governance, maintaining their compliance and being fully transparent to relevant Stakeholders.

Why is this all important? Our Clients need to appropriately manage corporate records because they may need to access capital via equity/debt investment; they may need to prepare for an M&A transaction; and/or they may wish to seek a public listing for their stock. It is also very important to properly manage these records to avoid regulatory risks or financial damages.

KoreConX is a multi-jurisdictional eco-system connector that facilitates efficient and effective management of corporate records in a secure online cloud. We are here to save our Clients time and money and facilitate good governance and compliance.

We are delighted to say that the CROWD helped us in the last mile of making our decision with our name “KoreConX”. Just further validating the power of the CROWD when you need help. Entrepreneurs not only can use the CROWD to access money, but could utilizing them to access new clients, partners or in our case feedback on the company name.

We are happy to present to you our new venture:

Facebook News

Visit us at www.koreconx.com to “Be the first” “all-in-one” (#BeTheFirst) to partner with us or to register, or see how we can help you.

Don’t Let Compliance Become Chaos

Are you spending too much time on compliance and getting frustrated with all the paperwork? Compliance Officers have to deal with compliance and regulatory issues on a daily basis, but it does not have to be a burden or paper shuffling affair. The smart Compliance Officers take control of their situation and find effective and efficient tools to make their lives easier.

Kore Platforms, in partnership with KoreConX, have developed an elegant automated solution to make your life easier. Imagine a system that is automated from beginning to end for all of the investor, issuer and the Compliance Officer. That means automated due diligence and investment process that includes ID Verification, AML checks, KYC and suitability as well as managing the payments using VISA, MC, AMEX, VISA/MC Debit, eCheque, TFSA and RRSP. As a Compliance professional wouldn’t it be great to manage all your work through one convenient dashboard that tracks all your historical work and keeps you audit ready at all times?

If you would like to learn more, click below to see a demo.

How to Build an Effective Compliance System

Regulators are paying increasing attention to firms’ compliance structures to ensure there is a system of control and supervision in accordance with securities rules and regulations. The system should include internal procedures to detect non-compliance and contain remedies to resolve these issues. By implementing online technologies to assist and make compliance more efficient.

Here’s what should be part of your compliance system.

  1. THE NATURE OF THE FIRM’S BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

This includes the products you sell, who has responsibility for what, and the types of clients you serve. The key personnel that should be in charge are the Ultimate Designated Person (UDP) and Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). The role of UDP lies with the CEO of the firm or the individual acting in a similar capacity. The UDP must ensure there are sufficient resources dedicated to compliance, show visible commitment, foster a culture of compliance and oversee the system. This is done by having regular contact with the CCO on compliance issues and communicating to staff its importance and the risks of failing to adhere to their obligations. This person doesn’t need to be involved in day-to day compliance issues — that responsibility falls to the CCO, who must meet the applicable proficiency requirements.

  1. SPECIFIC CONTROLS TO MINIMIZE RISK AND PROTECT CLIENT ASSETS

You can mitigate potential risks by having accurate books and records, ensuring trading is closely monitored, managing conflicts of interest, and having procedures to detect money laundering (AML). Firms must determine areas of non-compliance and have a structure to remediate these problem areas. Day-to-day monitoring includes reviewing trading, approving new account applications and reviewing marketing materials to ensure that the disclosure conforms to securities regulations. The size and scope of the firm will determine how closely involved the CCO needs to be, as certain activities may be delegated to other employees. The CCO may delegate the creation of marketing material, the preparation of regulatory filings and the initial review of a client complaint to Branch Managers or other staff within the Compliance Department. However, the CCO must sign off on all final documentation.

  1. A COMPREHENSIVE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MANUAL

This guide ensures that everyone understands the steps the firm needs to take to function effectively. It should be tailored to actual operations, and closely reflect the firm’s business activities. The manual should set out who does what and when, the steps for new account opening procedures, trading policies, how research is conducted, and what books and records need to be kept. And when conducting these activities, firms must clearly document their actions because that’s what regulators look for when they conduct an audit. It’s not simply a matter of doing it properly; it’s about showing you’ve done it in accordance to internal policies and securities regulations. This includes keeping a folder of marketing material and having the CCO approve each communication. The folder should also include employees’ disclosures of outside business activities, and those disclosure documents should indicate senior management approval where applicable.

  1. CCO ANNUAL REPORT.

The CCO is required to provide this report to the board of directors, detailing the firm’s adherence to its compliance responsibilities. It should include what legislative changes took place in the past year, and how the firm made the necessary adjustments to comply. The CCO must reveal whether there have been instances of non-compliance, how they were dealt with, and what future obligations the firm must meet. When a regulator does an audit, being forthcoming will indicate that your firm is serious about its compliance responsibilities.

Maintaining an effective system is a firm-wide responsibility. Each employee must keep compliance in the forefront of their minds to fulfill the requirement in order to operate in the best interests of clients.

Till now accomplishing the compliance requirements had been daunting task for compliance professionals and costly for firms.  Today the tools are available for compliance teams to accomplish these regulated tasks.

Typically we have seen compliance tools solely for the backend of the firm but now we have companies like KoreConX which provides a compliance platform that manages both the KYP, KYC and the compliance process around both.  This by far reduces the cost for a firm to have all its information centralized and accessible, which can be very advantageous at audit time or regulatory reporting.

How should I manage my shareholders?

Just raised money via crowdfunding? Have you raised money traditionally several times and have lots of shareholders to manage? So, what is the best way to manage all your shareholders?

Managing one’s shareholders via equity crowdfunding is something that gets raised a lot. It is a hot topic because now companies are finding they have shareholder bases of well over 50 shareholders and find this burdensome. This can also be the case if you have raised money outside of crowdfunding also. Are your shareholders a burden? If you answered yes, then there is a problem. Shareholders are and should be your biggest advocates. They believe so much in what you are doing they invested their money in your business. There are fewer bigger advocates then those willing to stick their necks out with the founders and help your business grow. See Oscar Jofre’s article on making shareholders your business champions….

The quickest way to turn a shareholder into a burden is by avoiding them. Keeping them in the dark, failing to communicate, and waiting for them to harass you for an update turns them from champion to burden. Remember that the customer that has a bad experience is 10 times more vocal than the happy customer, well the same applies to shareholders. We believe that frequent updates and transparency on how your business is doing is the best approach to keep the engine running smoothly and the engage your shareholders.

But my business isn’t going as well as I had planned and I’m afraid to tell my shareholders. If this is your concern, it is a common one. However, by not telling them you are failing to give them a chance to help you. Your shareholders bought into your business because they like it. Some of them may have run businesses themselves and may have valuable input or advice for you. Proper engagement will bring you advice and the possibility of more financing if the well has run dry. In my experiences, shareholders can be understanding and helpful even if you give them the opportunity.

To manage the shareholders in an optimal manner requires firstly that the entrepreneur knows his investors. Knowing the investors or shareholders goes far beyond just sending them updates or asking for more money. It involves building a professional relationship where the worries and struggles of the company are shared by all and not by one.

The entrepreneur also needs to regularly e-mail about the progress of the company so that trust, transparency and openness within the boundaries of the company are norms that are expected of everyone. Having a proactive attitude and taking the initiative to sharing new updates regarding internal accounting and auditing, financial information, product and manufacturing, research and development, marketing strategies and sales forecasts should happen regularly.

The entrepreneur should also reach out to collect shareholder feedback via polls and personal communication in a way that makes shareholders feel as though their views are really being taken into consideration. Obtaining feedback and keeping abreast of shareholders in a personal way can significantly affect their willingness to support you when the going gets tough, and makes for a better experience for everyone!

Hopefully you now agree that keeping your shareholders engaged is important. Now, what is the best way of doing that? There are many tools to help and I bet many people started with an excel list and outlook, maybe even progressing to mailchimp or some other mail program. While this is a common approach it is rot with inefficiencies and risk. What if a shareholder moves or changes their contact details? Did you know email is NOT secure and that once you send it from your server it becomes in the public domain? Are you comfortable with your private information being publicly available? How are you tracking their engagement?

There is one tool that can help you do all of this and much more. At KoreConX all-in-one free platform have been building tools to help small and medium sized businesses operate more efficiently and save money in the process. For instance, did you know that our free version allows you to: Manage your boardroom activities, manage your Cap Table, manage your due diligence processes using our deal room, provide portfolio management to your shareholders, and much much more. Check out www.koreconx.com to learn more.

By providing portfolio management to your shareholders for free in KoreConX you are allowing them to stay connected with you at all times within a secure environment. When they move or change any of their contact details in the system that information automatically updates your records so you are always up to date. Our Investor Relations module allows you to communicate and engage directly through the platform and track the results. It offers a variety of other features to manage meetings, perform and tally evotes for shareholder meetings, perform outreach to potential investors, etc. This is the true way of optimizing your shareholder value.

All Hands On Deck

All too often, the responsibility of a company raising capital is left in the hands of a few people…and that weighs on them, affecting everyone. The majority of the team is left out of the process, carrying on day to day operations without input into where the company is going, and how it’ll get there.

Prior to the advent and adoption of equity crowdfunding, some companies going through capital raises would hire a professional to do it for them as they are busy running the company. But what if you are not a Fortune 500 company, but one of the remaining 130 million private companies that may not have the means to hire a professional?

With the emergence of regulated (equity, debt, flow through, royalty) crowdfunding, it’s not possible to use the same methods as before. Every member of your team needs to be involved, informed, and ready to go to bat for the company, and they need to do so actively, with humor and grace.

This means that every member of the team need to be informed on what is happening and actively engaged, while also supporting the company through their own social media presence. Potential investors want to hear directly from the company and the team, not a stranger. They want to feel connected.

Regulated crowdfunding has transformed an entire industry. Other traditional models of raising funds no longer work for 99% of companies around the world. Now you must apply the principle of “all hands on deck,” which means you are not alone. You CAN’T go through the process alone, you need to have a crowd – yes, your “inner crowd”.

Accessing your Inner Crowd

The inner crowd is everyone in your company management, board of directors, advisors, employees, advisors, partners, customers, lawyers, auditors, vendors: notice how large your inner crowd is and how many people and companies your capital raise affects? Does it make sense that they get involved? YES!

The new era of capital raising is called crowdfunding (not solofunding), and transparency means visibility.

Everyone must get involved right from the beginning, and if they are not ready to support, find those that will, and move forward…because the traditional way of capital raising is gone. Your team needs to know what you’re planning to do, and how you’re planning to do it…and they need to be empowered with the skills to create and maintain an active online presence.

Every CEO has the ability to sell their vision and goal to others, inspiring others to follow. This is no different. It’s now transparent so everyone can see that YES, they support you.

Dentons is a great example of a company being involved in every aspect while standing by their word to help companies. They not only supply legal services, but also reach out to their clients to bring introductions via social media.

This is the new paradigm that we are a part of. We all stand to benefit one way or another from a company successfully raising money. People can ‘vote with their money,’ and companies can leverage the power of the crowd to attract their best customers and biggest advocates: their shareholders.

Now get your inner crowd ready for regulated crowdfunding.

Three Compliance Commandments to Obey

Advisors have a duty to act fairly, honestly and in good faith with clients. To meet these obligations, they must know their clients, understand the products they sell them and ensure investments are suitable.

KNOW YOUR CLIENT (KYC)

Having clients complete a basic KYC form isn’t enough. You also need to make detailed notes about client discussions. This will help protect you in the event of a dispute. CSA lets you accept client statements at face value unless you have good reason for doubt. According to Staff Notice 31-336, “A person may rely on factual representations by a purchaser, provided that the person has no reasonable grounds to believe the representations are false.” So, if a client has significantly more money than you’d expect given where he works, for instance, you need to discover and document where the money’s coming from before doing any trades.

Regulators don’t provide a list of documents you need to obtain from clients. Advisors have to have a sense of what’s needed to paint a complete picture of the client’s financial situation.

This is especially important if you have Accredited Investor (AI) clients. They must demonstrate they meet annual income and asset thresholds to be eligible for certain types of investments, including prospectus-exempt products. Having these clients sign subscription documents stating they’re AIs simply isn’t enough.

Consider formulating a supplemental, plain-language questionnaire with specific queries about the client’s financial picture. This will help ensure you aren’t missing any important details; it will also help compliance determine if a trade is suitable. Ask about clients’ ultimate financial goals (e.g., saving for retirement, paying off loans, buying a cottage).

Having an idea about how much money they need, and by when, will assist in choosing the right investments. Understanding risk tolerance by asking a client how concerned they would be if an investment dropped in value by 20% over a six-month period will give a better picture of how much risk they really could withstand. This is far more pointed than having a client say their risk tolerance is low, medium or high, which is how most KYC forms characterize risk. Regulators also expect you to ensure client information is up to date. Contact clients at least once a year to confirm or revise your files.

KNOW YOUR PRODUCT (KYP)

Advisors must understand the products they sell. The firm needs to review offering documents and marketing materials to ensure they meet regulatory requirements.

It’s also important to do a risk and cost assessment that includes a comparison with similar products. If other offerings are less costly and risky, it may be appropriate not to approve the product under review. To be approved, a product should have a reasonable prospect of meeting its objectives and be suitable for client portfolios.

Firms may use third-party analysis as part of their due diligence on a product, but this doesn’t replace an internal review. Advisors must be trained on a product’s specifics before they can recommend it. Advisors should ask questions covering the features, structure and risks of the products approved for sale. They should also know about competing products to be able to show why one is more suitable than another. As with KYC, each step of this process must be documented. Imagine the regulator auditing your firm in three years. Do your files justify all recommendations?

SUITABILITY

The products you recommend must be suitable for clients. This is particularly important for firms dealing in prospectus-exempt offerings, because these investments are typically more illiquid and may have to be held for longer.

Firms that have a related-party relationship with an issuer must ensure they’re putting client interests first. And just because a client is eligible for an investment doesn’t mean it’s suitable. A client may be an AI, but if she needs to access her money in the short term to buy a property, an illiquid product wouldn’t be suitable.

Since these investments are generally high-risk, avoid allocations of more than 10% of client assets. There are no specific regulations governing the concentration of assets in specific investments, but the Regulators will look long and hard at advisors who invest too much in too concentrated assets, particularly illiquid ones. Compliance should review all trades to ensure suitability.

Entrepreneurs Get Naked for Money

I think you should get naked.

There’s a reason why people have nightmares about being naked in front of a crowd, and it’s because they hate the idea of being that vulnerable.  As an entrepreneur, it can be even more daunting.  Your success or failure depends on what that crowd decides, and you’ve likely been through a pitch or two, and maybe some of them unsuccessful.  So when it is your turn to do so again, it’s tempting to feel defensive.

But you have to get naked for money.  
I’m not being literal when I say this, naturally. I mean that if you want buy-in from a crowd of investors, then you need to go out of your way to be transparent with them.  Transparency is paramount.  There are two reasons to do this.

Reason Number One: People are Buying YOU
I’m speaking as a fellow entrepreneur.  What’s essential to keep in mind, here, is that you aren’t pitching, you’re marketing. And at the core of your strategy is putting yourself out there, fully and transparently, in order to pass the strict requirements equity crowdfunding portals put in place to make sure you’re fit for their equity portal.

If you’re pitching venture capitalists, chances are that you can assume some basic understanding of your company or industry.  You need to show that you’ve done your homework, but you don’t necessarily need to explain it all.  You’re  speaking to an informed audience that means their risk in taking your company on is diversified.

With equity crowdfunding, you’re starting from scratch.  Your potential investor may or may not know your company, may or may not know your industry, and may or may not have faith.  They aren’t investing simply on the merit or potential of your idea, they’re buying YOU.  That means complete and exhaustive visibility because these investors are a different kind of savvy.  They’re digitally so.  You need to proactively share everything about yourself and your company, and make sure your messaging and exposure is managed.  If these new investors find nothing on your company and are given no information, alarm bells will ring, and you’ll fail.  For more information on how this plays out as a marketing strategy.

Reason Number Two: You Are Not A Beautiful and Unique Snowflake.
The rules that govern every company, public or private, apply to you, casual and cool company culture aside.  Coca-Cola, Wal-Mart, Salesforce, Alibaba and Facebook are held accountable for their compliance and need to be aware of the regulatory environments they’re operating in, and you’re no different.

In business, silence may be cause for suspicion.  In this case, transparency is a strength, and by far the best way to protect yourself, to make your funding round successful, and to stay compliant with the SEC.  A few weeks back, the SEC announced the first equity crowdfunding fraud case. While the story is still playing out, penalties are likely to be stiff, and damaging to the reputations of all involved. So it’s clear that proactively playing by the rules is paramount, and yet people so idolize new companies and innovation, that they forget the old rules still apply.  We learned a lot from this fraud case that could have been prevented.

For startups companies, wrapping their collective heads around the fact that by definition, the company will not always be that is difficult.  You can’t stay a startup and be successful, so I say start acting like you’re bigger than you are.

Lumbering behemoths listed on most public exchanges are used to acting compliant, and most have been managing thousands of shareholders for years, some for decades, so they’re both well-versed in keeping them happy, and fairly resistant to bumps along the way.  I think optimism is in order – start acting like you’re publicly-traded now, and you’re much more likely to get there.

If you’re looking for funding to help your company thrive, you need to lay it all on the table.  If your idea is as great as you think and you stand in front of the crowd, naked, and show them who you are, they’ll give credit where credit’s due.

Get ready to be naked so you can take advantage of Title II or Title III equity crowdfunding. Enjoy being naked !!! It’s here to last.

Be Ready ! Tool to help you as an Entrepreneur be prepared !

https://koreconx.com/user_signups/new_signup

Becoming an EMD

So, you’re thinking of setting up your own Exempt Market Dealer “EMD”. Starting your own firm, along with the additional compliance responsibilities, can be daunting, but being your own boss can be rewarding.

Since NI 31-103 was enacted in 2009, regulators have imposed more obligations on EMD registrants: audit, insurance, proficiency, and now Chief Compliance Officer experience requirements. It’s important to vet the details before you file the application, since incompleteness can result in delays and, possibly, extra fees.

First, you need to incorporate an entity, open a bank account, and fund it with at least $55,000 to cover the minimum capital requirements and the insurance deductible. Then get in touch with an auditor, since regulators also require audited statements attesting to your financial health.

Next up: obtain necessary insurance coverage. This is a basic requirement that protects against fraud, theft and other losses. Errors and omissions insurance may be obtained separately, but is not specifically required. While waiting for word from the insurers, an application form to join the National Registration Database (NRD) can be submitted and provincial commission applications can be prepared. Once these two steps are complete, you can file the application with your principal regulator.

Registering to be an EMD used to be simpler, but now regulators are asking more questions to ensure principals are suitable.

Over the last couple of years, regulators have found recurring problems with EMDs selling products to non-accredited investors, inadequate suitability assessments coupled with incomplete client documentation, and a lack of due diligence on the products being promoted by representatives. As a result, regulators are trying to weed out unsuitable applicants before granting registration. Applicants who have little prior securities experience, no understanding about the role of compliance, and vague notions about the proposed activities of the registrant will set off alarm bells.

THE APPLICATION PROCESS

There are two main parts to the application process: the firm application and the registration of key people at the firm.

Regulators will want to know what the firm’s future activities will be, what type of products will be offered, and that the firm has proper policies and procedures in place.

The regulators usually take about a month to review the application and follow up with questions. And they always have questions, because no application is complete in their eyes. These aren’t necessarily as a result of problems that the regulators have found, but usually are them wanting to understand more about the firm and its individuals.

The most common issues raised by the regulators involve incomplete information. They’ll focus on who the key personnel behind the firm are, and will want to know the shareholders, directors, officers and dealing representatives. Each of these people must file their personal information online with the NRD, where commission staff will review it.

Further, the reviewer will look closely at what’s disclosed under the Current Employment section. You must include not only your employment with your sponsoring dealer, but also any outside business activities. Commission staff Google people, and if an activity is not disclosed, it can lead
to questions.

If you have a holding company, are on the board of a charity or even act as a coach in a youth organization, you’re considered to be conducting an outside business activity. The regulators’ view is that you can influence potential clients. So it’s better to over-disclose, rather than have them ask you to justify why you did not include an activity they feel should have been mentioned.

And, if you’ve had a bankruptcy or credit arrangement in the past, this must also be disclosed. Having had these problems does not mean they won’t register you; it is simply one factor they use to determine your suitability.

BUSINESS PLANS

The British Columbia, Alberta and Manitoba Securities Commissions require you to provide a business plan up front; the other commissions do not. You will need to have a clear idea about what you need the registration for, so have a good understanding of the products you want to distribute, as the commissions will ask about your proposed activities. This includes who your target market is, what exemptions you’ll be relying on and what types of due diligence you will perform.

To keep the application process moving along, respond to regulators’ follow-up questions within 48 hours so there’s no reason to delay your registration. If you meet the general requirements, there is no reason for commissions to deny your registration.

For more information on becoming an EMD

Jonathan Heymann
Director Compliance & Registration
KoreConX

jonathan@kinsta.cloud

Equity vs. Debt Crowdfunding

There is a lot of media focus on crowdfunding, but sometimes the types of crowdfunding are not properly distinguished. You hear a lot about the Kickstarter’s and Indiegogo’s of the world and people are confusing these with actual investments in companies. To understand debt (lending) vs. equity based crowdfunding you must first know the four basic types of crowdfunding:

  • Donations based crowdfunding is being used by major charities and by individuals who are asking for donations to their cause. Examples of these types of portals include: GoFundMe, Crowdrise.com
  • Rewards based crowdfunding is one the most popular and widely used versions to date. This is where individuals and companies are seeking contributions in order to develop and launch a new product. These have been very successful with films and new technology or products ideas that need funding to launch. It needs to be clarified that under rewards based campaigns the contributors do not receive shares in any of the companies, but rather receive some reward (such as a version of the new product once developed, a T-shirt or trinket, a DVD version of a film, etc.). Examples of these types of portals include: Kickstarter, Indiegogo
  • Equity based crowdfunding has been getting more and more attention over the last year with the JOBS Act in the U.S.A. and other regulators around the world releasing regulations to allow equity (and debt) crowdfunding. Under these regulations some serious funds have been raised to date and this is expected to grow rapidly over the next few years. In equity crowdfunding companies raise money through investors who receive shares in the company in exchange. Examples of such portals include: OfferBoardCircleUpOurCrowdASSOB.com.auAppVested, I-Bankers.com, CrowdCubeSymbidCrowdfunder.comEnergyFundersKlondikeStrike
  • Debt based crowdfunding is where lenders are able to provide needed debt financing and the lender receives a debt instrument that pays interest return. Examples of these types of portals include: Prosper, Funding Circle, LendingClub

So what is the difference between equity and debt crowdfunding and why is there confusion? The biggest confusion is over the types of crowdfunding as briefly explained above. Even the media has confused these in the past. Generally people lump debt and equity crowdfunding into one category and call them both equity crowdfunding. They are lumped together because both equity and debt crowdfunding are regulated in much the same way, whereas donations and rewards are unregulated.

Regulators around the world have had rules to regulate the sale of securities for a long time. Since both equity and debt financing fall under the term security, they must be regulated to protect the public from fraud and scams. This is why equity and debt crowdfunding has taken longer to be released around the world as regulators have had to revise their local securities regulations and corporate legislation to allow securities to be crowdfunded.

As an investor in equity or debt crowdfunding you are investing in a security of the company. With equity you are receiving shares for your investment in hopes that the company will pay you a dividend on your shares out of the company’s profits, or you are expecting the company to grow to a point where you will eventually be able to sell your shares at a higher price then you paid for them.

In debt crowdfunding you are also investing in a security of the company (namely a debt instrument of some type) where your goal is to loan your money to the company with a fixed repayment term and the company pays you a specified interest rate during the term of the loan.

There are a variety of types of debt instruments that are available to investors. Some allow for conversion into common shares so that investors have the potential upside growth in the company while they receive steady interest payments, while others are straight interest yielding securities. There are secured and unsecured debt instruments. All of these factors plus the risk associated with the invest influence the interest rate and conversion rights (if any).

Debt crowdfunding is very attractive for those investors who desire a fixed return, making it easier for financial planning purposes. Traditionally debt investments that are secured against the company assets are seen as less risky and hence provide a lower interest rate yield than the unsecured instruments.

It should be noted that even though debt investments has are perceived to be lower risk, the portals will still be required to do the same level of due diligence as they would for equity type investments. They will also have to assess the company’s ability to meet the repayment schedule to the investors.

When you have a better understanding of the types of crowdfunding available then you can assess what investments help you meet your investment objectives. If you need help further assistance in assessing what type of investments best suit your particular circumstance it is best to contact a professional for advice.

Role for Corporate Secretaries in Companies with Equity Crowdfunding?

The Corporate Secretary’s role to date has only been utilized, appreciated and well understood by listed companies and larger private company enterprises. Rules mandate their extensive role in corporate governance.

Small & Medium Enterprises (SMEs) and start-ups however, have not seen the importance of this role in their business and have very little understanding on the value they bring.

Enter the meteoric rise of global #EquityCrowdFunding

The number of private companies seeking #equitycrowdfunding globally will grow to over the coming year to over 2 million. Legislation rising to govern #equitycrowdfunding will universally mandate that private and start-up companies use the need of corporate secretaries to keep minute books current, shares registered and other controls and procedures in place.

To date, private SMEs and start-ups have been restricted in their activities with very little governance or compliance responsibilities. However, if a private company or start-up wants to access #equitycrowdfunding they will need to follow new rules that regulators will put in place to protect investors including comprehensive transparency, governance and compliance requirements.

Private and start-up companies will remain private but with new regulations requirements, notably record keeping. Securities regulators have identified this area as critical. Gone are the days of managing your minute book, corporate records via a simple spread sheet in an email or drop box environment. New tools are needed.

KoreConX Enables the Corporate Secretary

KoreConX is a leader in providing a all-in-0ne business platform for FREE, helping private companies manage complex information assisting them with ever expanding governance and compliance requirements.

Importantly, KoreConX can help corporate secretaries manage corporate records, the capitalization table of private companies and more broadly shareholder expectations.

KoreConX is merely the tool, now we need to get corporate secretaries trained to provide this service to clients in Europe, Asia, South America, Middle East, Canada, Australia, and USA. To that end, KoreConX  is creating a global database of Corporate Secretaries who are seeking additional clients and have an interest in #equity crowdfunding.

If you are a Corporate Secretary or would like to become one click here to register on database and to receive a brief on how your role will expand in the age of #equitycrowdfunding.

https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/?whocanuse=corporate-secretary

What will happen to blockchain in 2017?

Banks are beginning to recognise the potential of blockchain. Oscar Jofre looks at what this could mean for financial services in 2017.

Blockchain is transformative. It has this massive potential to alter the economic framework, bringing it in line with the age of the internet. What’s been holding it back thus far has been the confusion as to what we’re actually talking about when we talk about blockchain and how it can be applied.

In the past 12 months, as I’ve attended events and meet-ups, I’ve noticed much of the discussion has centred around the tokens, currency and creating miners, and so on. I would argue that these conversations miss the point. Blockchain cannot be insular – its consequences are too far-reaching. We’re now just starting to have discussions on how the blockchain framework can be applied to numerous business sectors beyond banking, and change the way things are done for the better.

In order to understand what impact blockchain framework is going to have in 2017, we need to break the discussion down into a couple of buckets.

Banking

Banks around the globe are setting up sandboxes to test and see how blockchain can be implemented within their core business. While it’s tempting to assume that banks are slow-moving beasts at the tail end of the technological adoption curve, this isn’t really the case. They’re early adopters for blockchain testing at the very least, but of course it will take time for them to adapt.

While the sandboxes allow internal teams to work without distraction, they need to remove barriers so the teams can test and build the technology.

Many blockchain enthusiasts and companies are focused on being selected to work with banks, but I caution many that, in the end, banks will create their own internal expertise, since it’s the only way for them to be competitive in the marketplace.

Business

The real opportunity is in blockchain’s potential real-world impact on businesses outside of the financial and banking industries. There’s less regulation there, so it’s much easier to adopt.

Ask yourself this question: does it really matter to the end user that you’re using blockchain to store their information? Generally, the answer will be no. What they do care about is that you can provide them with access to an application that will never be tampered with. Now that’s a real business solution.

For blockchain framework to make a real impact globally, it needs to be adopted by application providers who provide software for business.

Companies are attempting to build applications using blockchain, but have no experience in it, a market trend that means for that reason alone, it’s more difficult to make blockchain work. There are countless blockchain-focused companies raising capital, presenting their solution or their tool to be much better from the front-end – that is, something users can see and benefit from, because it’s on blockchain. But the question needs to be asked, do they understand the entire processes that are needed for the proper implementation?

This comes down to the following: how are software programs created in North America, and how is it done in other places globally – for instance, Asia?

Changing public capital markets

Here’s a quick example: a program called WeChat is an all-in-one social media platform that’s very popular in Asia. Its capabilities are like Twitter, Facebook, Google+, Instagram, Skype, Google Wallet and Apple Pay, combined (to name just a few).

For blockchain to truly function properly, its builders need to fully comprehend the entire ecosystem. A great example of this is Blythe Masters and her company Digital Asset Holdings. They’re completely changing public capital markets, not just one piece of the market, but every cog in the public capital markets machine. For that, the company needed to make sure it had the sector expertise it needed to ensure on implementation its product would work, and the company has both Nasdaq and the Australian Stock Exchange in its corner to demonstrate that. No other blockchain provider has had this level of success.

In 2017, many of the blockchain companies that want to enter the business application sector will not survive beyond their concept stage. We’ll see more companies like Blythe Masters’ Digital Asset Holdings that do check all the boxes to succeed, of course. Blockchain in 2017 will have far-reaching impacts, with applications for insurance, real estate, mining, oil & gas, private companies, and many other sectors, including government, though this will take time. Governments will take the same approach as banks, so be ready for more sandboxes. In all of the upcoming blockchain companies, you will see teams with domain experience in each of the sectors they’re building on.

Growing up

What all this really means for blockchain is that it has grown up. Investors are already starting to see this effect. Here’s one example: A blockchain company with a great mobile app can move money from person to person much faster than the incumbents who provide this service. Millions get poured into the company, to later discover that …

  • Nobody asked how the money was going to get to their system.
  • How long that would take.
  • When the other party receives the funds.
  • Where can they get the money.

Clear examples of creating a facade, but with no practical knowledge of how the real world works or how it can be used. There are many others like this.

The real investment needs to be in companies who already have this established knowledge, domain expertise, and who can adopt the blockchain framework and see it work in the real world.

​Size Matters: How to Manage Shareholders Under Title III

Most companies go out to raise capital knowing exactly what they’ll do with the money once they have it. They’ve got an itemized plan broken down by category, and by months and years, but they forget about the source of that cash: Their new shareholders.

If your company is thinking of raising capital, your shareholder management game plan needs to be as well thought out as your marketing plan, your business plan, and every other part of your day to day operations, especially if you’re approaching equity crowdfunding.

Because in the world of equity crowdfunding, size matters.

The approval of Title III of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act is a milestone for the crowdfunding landscape and community, proving that bigger is definitely better — now everyone and anyone can become an investor.

This democratization of investment is incredible; people are financially empowered in a way they’ve never been before. Before Title III, a company could only have 500 investors before going public; now, companies may have up to 1,000.

This expansion of possibility is a wonderful thing, but if everyone is an investor, then companies raising capital under Title III are going to have to adapt to managing a larger number of shareholders, and will face a number of challenges associated with the influx.

If this influx of shareholders is going to cause a headache for your company, then why would you bother with such a number of shareholders in the first place?

This outlook is only relevant if you see your shareholders as bothersome, just another item on your list of things to manage. This is the wrong attitude; the truth is that your shareholders are your company’s biggest asset. Your shareholders are people who believe in you and what you do so much that they want to invest money in your ideas. It’s a relationship built on trust: they trust that they will see returns because your company has the drive and innovation to generate capital. With the ubiquitousness of social media, it’s especially important that your shareholders are satisfied with their relationship with your company, and not just whether or not they’re seeing returns.

So the question becomes: How do you make sure your shareholders are seeing results on all fronts? For one thing, shareholders should always have access to corporate information for the simple reason that they’re legally entitled to it. If it isn’t easily accessible, then that’s a problem with transparency and accessibility. Your shareholders care about you, and you should care about them.

A large part of succeeding here is ensuring that you’re always communicating with your shareholders. I spend a lot of time thinking about shareholder management – I built my company on the idea that managing and communicating with all your stakeholders should be done in one place, and that transparency should be a cornerstone of every business. The key is to adopt tools like KoreConX that bring together you and your shareholders. What will not work is Microsoft (MSFT) Excel, or the emailing tools of the past.

Having a plan in place and being proactive in managing your shareholders is essential when you’re raising capital. In fact, you’re doing yourself a huge disservice for future funding rounds if you don’t.

A large number of shareholders is a wonderful thing, and we’re prepared to work with them. It’s time to go big, or go home.

Perspective: Alternative Finance in Asia

I’ve been in Shanghai and Hong Kong quite often over the last few months, speaking at events and meeting with partners. As a Canadian, what struck me most is scale. There is outstanding potential here, and that in itself isn’t at all surprising; but for alternative finance, the Asia-Pacific region has progressed at breakneck speed. The Asia-Pacific Alternative Finance Benchmarking Report gathered data from 17 countries that played this out.

A growing market

Asia is the largest single market in the world — China’s alternative finance market alone grew from USD $5.56 billion in 2013 to $101.7 billion in 2015. Calling this rise meteoric wouldn’t be overstating much, and it isn’t so surprising considering that China also has the world’s most connected population.

The report questions how best to nurture this growth to create a sustainable ecosystem and countries are opting for different approaches. Some create bespoke rules for online finance, while others apply existing regulations. The true socio-economic impact of online alternative finance is yet to be seen, but it’s clear that it is, and will continue to be, broadly felt.

Chinese alternative investors don’t rely on institutional lending to the same extent that other alternative finance marketplaces do. According to the report, alternative lenders and investors have acted quickly to fill the gap left by institutional investors by expanding the range of online financing services, leaving banks in the dust in fields like such as consumer credit, cars, education, and training, as well as Small and Medium-sized Enterprise (SME) financing.

Risks and mitigations

Despite the many marketplace and peer-to-peer lending platforms in China that operate by best practices and that have sound management capacities, the existence of fraudulent platforms highlight underlying challenges in the industry.

The primary risks to credit and investors associated with this finance model are associated with difficulties monitoring due diligence, underwriting, and credit risk control. In some cases, inexperienced teams, corruption, and fraud have resulted in platform collapses.

Notably, E’zu Bao, a peer-to-peer lending platform, recently collapsed after its executives were found to have embezzled $7.3 billion from over 900,000 investors in a short-lived Ponzi scheme.

Wangdaizhijia, the research partner of the report’s producers, recorded a number of “problem incidents” associated with the risks mentioned above. They recorded 92 such incidents in 2013, a number that rose to 367 in 2014. In 2015, the number of incidents stood at 1,263.

In response to these problems, the Chinese government enacted policy designed to foster the growth of Internet finance, as well as the development of platforms for lending, asset management, and insurance while at the same time implementing “moderately loose regulatory policies” as outlined in the People’s Bank of China Guiding Opinions on Promoting the Healthy Development of Internet Finance document.

These measures are intended to support private financing channels, opening up new platforms that can be standardized and regulated. The new policies mandate that all marketplace or peer-to-peer lending platforms must hold borrower and lender funds in a registered financial institution, and not with the alternative finance platform itself.

Lenders and borrowers then transfer funds via the institutionally-held account with a view to consolidating operating platforms. If it is ineffectively used, it may result in further barriers to entry for newly established platforms.

Future

China Coin MoneyWhile the growth of the alternative finance market in China is impressive, it represents a fraction of the total volume of Chinese bank lending. The report tells us that consumer lending by registered banks was approximately $3 trillion USD in 2015. This figure is 57 times greater than the $52.4 billion number reported by marketplace/peer-to-peer consumer lenders.

I’ve spent a lot of time in the past talking about the US equity crowdfunding landscape, the regulations, trends, and issues that it faces, but when I travel, I’m astounded by how much of a change I see globally. Nothing exists in a vacuum and markets across the world are all marching forward. The problems and growing pains experienced by one have a ripple effect in others, and limiting the discussion by borders is unnecessary.

Fintech and Equity Crowdfunding in Germany

FinTech is about to get an upgrade. In 2016, get ready to see GermTech – the entry and infectious spread of high potential German technological financing companies. With investments nearly quadrupling since 2013, seed funding expected to grow well into 2016, and a well-defined main hub (Berlin, Rhein-Main-Neckar region, and Munich), Germany is poised to become a dynamic European cluster matching the networks of United Kingdom and the flexible, progressive regulatory regime of the United States.

Recently, I attended an event where I sat on a panel with Jamal El Mallouk, from WhiteDesk, and Karsten Wenzlaff, CEO of German Equity Crowdfunding Association, to discuss this bubbling environment. Rather than pop, we agreed that German FinTech approaches are going to envelop the world.

This is especially true in equity crowdfunding, which saw the establishment of 150 portals and approximately $70 million raised. Local placements in Berlin, Rhein-Main-Necker region and Munich have seen flourishing raises. These advances have been particularly apparent in the Rhein-Main-Necker region, which has some key leverages, such as proximity to the rest of Europe, incredible institutions, and a supportive relationship with investors.

Of course, some barriers have been noted. There’s been lag between national policies, as compared to regional ones. An example is Germany’s Retail Investor Protection Act (Kleinanlegerschutzgesetz) enforced in July 2015. It saw crowdfunding exceptions typical of other countries, such as a threshold of EUR 2.5 million, investment caps per each shareholder, and licensing under appropriate regulatory bodies, such as German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz).

Yet disrupters like Jörg Diehl, an active investor in Germany and who spoke on another panel, showcased the need for radical reinvention – in not necessarily trying to be the next United Kingdom in the FinTech industry, but the first Germany – the first GermTech.

KoreConX embodies this spirited push, the continual update and challenge of always doing better. Like Jorg emphasized and KoreConX has touted, all considerations are integrated – from investor to user, to the platform itself. All represent a total experience wherein the investors must be treated like ambassadors, the users like governors, and the platforms as the help that is needed before it is needed.

I personally look forward to the innovation that Germany brings, to the continual partnership alongside KoreConX, and the opportunities that await the GermTech pandemic (which, despite its name, is really quite a healthy, robust thing).

The Double-D (as in Due Diligence)

Get your mind out of the gutter!   Now, when you first saw the title, you asked yourself what business has to do with anything relating to double-Ds – of any kind.

We’re talking about Due Diligence.  Sexy, isn’t it? Due diligence is a topic that gets a lot of people talking and writing, but they don’t make it interesting. It loses its sex appeal.  The problem is that when these articles appear, most entrepreneurs turn their head and pay no attention or often comment back saying my lawyer does it all.  The future of their company depends on following due diligence best practices, and yet they’ve washed their hands of it.  They lose sight of the need to get naked for money.

ATTENTION,  ATTENTION.

This all changed on 28 October 2015 for companies, investors, and equity portals around the globe whether they know it or not. The SEC caught one American company committing fraud through equity crowdfunding, costing their shareholders almost $2 million in misspent funds, and it isn’t about to let them off easy.

We had our first fallout because no due diligence was done.  So what does this mean for companies, investors, portals, and anyone else that’s part of the ecosystem?  For one, it means that the level of scrutiny has to increase, for the good of the industry.   The fraud could have been detected had Ascenergy gone to an equity crowdfunding portal that was operated by a FINRA broker-dealer.  Instead, the fraud occurred through bulletin board style portals such as EquityNet and Crowdfunder.  These boards do no due diligence of their own, and all of the risk around picking a legitimate company with a real opportunity is shifted to the investor, and the responsibility to ensure that they’re staying compliant and transparent.

Equity portals will need to emphasize to investors the high level of rigorous due diligence they perform on companies before they’re listed on their platform regardless if you are doing Title II, Title III and Title IV.  They’ll need to reassure their investors that their companies can, to the best of anyone’s knowledge, be trusted, and educate them on the steps they take to vet opportunities.  Building trust will be critical for equity portals.  An investor that buys into a fraudulent deal on an equity crowdfunding portal isn’t very likely to do so again.

Each equity portal will employ different levels of due diligence, and may utilize third party companies to provide them with a FINRA compliant due diligence report which they can then combine with their own due diligence.  Portals such as Republic,  OfferBoardStartEngineBankRoll.VenturesMicroVentures, CircleUP, and ASMX pride themselves on the rigorous due diligence they perform in companies.

For companies that thought that simply having a Power Point presentation and term sheet was going to be enough, all I can say is that you’re not going to be successful in having your company listed on equity portals.  Companies will need to make sure they fully understand all the due diligence requirements they need to meet.  Today, there are tools that help companies prepare their documents so they can share with equity portals to conduct due diligence. It helps them stay transparent with their shareholders, and effectively get naked in front of the crowd for money.

Title III in now live, and many entrepreneurs are wondering how rigorous due diligence will be on their companies.  They wonder if the process will be simplified, or if the requirements will change in any way.  The answer is simple: due diligence isn’t going away and the market will be crowded.  Portals will only take companies that meet and go beyond the basic due diligence requirements of Title III.

The due diligence requirements for Title II and Title III are very different.  Now, I caution all entrepreneurs, yes certain due diligence requirements are reduced under Title III, but equity crowdfunding portals operating under Title III can, at their discretion, decide not to accept you if they don’t feel you met their requirements.  My recommendation is to plan your due diligence as if you were doing a high-quality Title II raise, as you will need to stand out in the crowd.

It takes a pretty big leap of faith to hand over so much money to a company you’ve only just heard of, with a team you’ve never met, so portals and companies need to work in concert to create investor confidence. Due diligence is in place to protect the interests of the investor, and make no mistake that doing so is essential to ensuring the sector succeeds.  It’s an inextricable part of the marketing efforts of everyone involved.

I’ve written on this in the past, advising a paradigm shift in investor relations.  Now we’re doing the same for due diligence.  This is your chance to lay it all out there, to make your best argument for your company, your portal, and your future success, and create advocates out of strangers.

Fintech: The New World Order

Like most of you today, I spend a lot of time reading about fintech. You can get massive amounts of news reports and companies talking about fintech, saying that they’re part of it. But what does “fintech” really mean?

Fintech is not new, but it has been given a facelift. Most would say that financial technology (or FinTech) has been around for a long time, and they’re correct. It isn’t new per se, but it is evolving faster now than ever, and changing how business is done. What makes fintech so disruptive that it’s affecting all the institutional pillars in one strike. The pillars (Banking, Capital Markets, Private Equity, Insurance, Legal, Regulatory), all of which are long standing institutional pillars in our business society that had been static – and stagnant– for too long.

Like many new sectors, in order to make sense of it and what it’s doing, you need to break it down into all the component parts to see how each affects what we’re doing or working on.

Fintech is a financial revolution, or as many call it, an EVOLUTION.

Fintech is for either B2C business to consumer financial disruptions which there are many changes occurring industry-wide that benefit the consumer. While most are at the banking level of disruption, insurance and regtech are not far behind.

Let’s take a minute to talk about B2B (Business to Business) fintech.  B2B Fintech is focusing on altering the institutional pillars that affect how a business uses them to acquire the services they offer or capital.

Fintech B2B disruption has a number of segments that are being disrupted simultaneously, causing issues for long-standing institutional pillars of banking, insurance, legal, and regulatory.

Let’s look at all the five segments of B2B Fintech

Alternative Finance (Altfi)

Capital raising was ripe for change the collapse of the financial markets in the USA and worldwide became the final straw that opened this market up. Today, we have alternative finance portals for debt or equity that help businesses access capital directly from individual investors, bypassing banks, venture capitalist, private equity groups, and the like.

Insurance (InsurTech)

This is one of the oldest established financial industries, and for decades companies involved in it have done little to innovate, and the market has stayed fairly stagnant. Today, we have a number of new players that have left those institutions to set up the new Fintech Insurance companies. They’re making change a reality, and at the end of it all, it’s the company that ultimately benefits. For decades, they paid the high cost of old institutional ways of operating and servicing their clients, but no longer.

Legal

Many in the legal sector say that you can’t disrupt the legal business. This statement is partly true, and false. Yes, it’s true we still need lawyers with the expertise to provide us advice in operating our companies. But technology is changing how lawyers work and deliver those services to clients. No longer does a business need to pay high costs to have documents created, or to create entities. Now don’t make the mistake of assuming that this replaces the lawyer, which it does not. The lawyers that embrace Fintech Legal understand their profession is going through a massive evolution, and that adapting means staying competitive, and driving value for their clients.

Banking

Of all the segments that felt the hit of Fintech, the one that was hit the hardest was probably banking. The banking sector in the early days of Fintech made the mistake of dismissing these early entrants as nothing more than fly by night. Now, looking back we know these “fly by nights” are now the norm. Banks are feeling the attack on all fronts, from consumers, business, wealth management, and every other subsector.

Regtech

This final segment is crucial for fintech B2B to become explosive. The underlying issue with all the segments in fintech is that the traditional pillars all rely on regulatory bodies to protect them. The global marketplace has regulated companies for years for licensing, capital raising, etc. Regtech is changing how we can open accounts with ID Verification, where money comes from with AML, how we validate companies,and conduct backgrounds checks, all in realtime and in a cost effective manner. There are many areas in regtech that are evolving, making it easier for businesses to reach their goals.

As you can see in the image, all five segments are changing because of one constant, the business. Bringing all the five segments together requires a platform that aligns itself with the businesses at heart of it all, one that can bring a company through all five processes in a seamless manner, allowing fintech to grow exponentially.

Standalone disruptions are not going to work if we don’t also include the the second “B” in B2B. To date, fintech companies involved in B2B have only enacted tech disruption from the institutional segment perspective, and put little efforts in solving the overall business problem.

These innovators are doing a great job, but as I said, for this to really explode on a global scale the second “B” must also be considered, and in fact, should be front of mind.

Let’s look at alternative finance in terms of equity crowdfunding or debt: each have a common goal to help companies access capital more efficient from the crowd. Equity Crowdfunding portals are in the business of bringing in companies, attracting investors, and performing due diligence, KYP, KYC, AML, ID Verification, Payments, and ensuring all closing docs are online.

Now what most don’t know is that before companies are listed, the portal’s professional compliance staff go to work. Their entire job is to review all the due diligence information provided by the company to the portal prior to being listed, and approve or decline. The amount of Information that the portals need is extensive, as they need to make sure there will be no issues with their securities regulators, that they’re working to prevent fraud, and also building credibility with their investor base.

Many feel that one day this requirement is going to be removed, and I can assure you it won’t be. The operators of the portals are either professionals from the investment sector, or from private equity, and they’re not going to take that risk themselves, or hurt their investor base. That base relies on them doing all the heavy lifting before the deal gets posted on their platform.

So now we see how portals are changing the way that businesses access capital, and what they need. It isn’t an easy process for the portals. It’s easy to see the ongoing issues portals are facing with on-boarding and post-transaction compliance related to the businesses they are helping.

Nobody had ever brought all five segments together in one place before KoreConX, allowing companies to access the full range of financial innovation in a cost-efficient manner until KoreConX.

KoreConX works with all 5 segments to create a seamlessly integrated ecosystem that can grow faster, reducing the friction in all five segments in B2B fintech.

The fintech sector is evolving rapidly, and the norm is no longer acceptable. For those in fintech, we have much work to do to truly and permanently alter current institutional pillars. They haven’t made any progress in B2B and are now scrambling and acquiring their way into the market. Players like Alphabet, Alibaba, and Microsoft are already making their presence felt, and many more are coming.

The U.K.’s Mature Financial Disruption: What the Rest of Us Can Learn

I’ve spent a lot of time in the UK lately, and it’s been on my mind even more. I was just there for the AltFi Europe Summit, and for the launch of The World’s First Fintech Book (I happen to be one of the authors), and while I learned plenty, what stick with me now wasn’t something I picked up in a summit or book launch. I think there’s something that we in North American alternative finance and equity crowdfunding fans could learn from UK alternative finance companies, and it’s regarding the degree to which alternative finance is becoming mainstream.

For those of you who have been to London. I hope you have taken the time to ride the “underground” subway system, it’s totally amazing. I do all my travelling in London on the tube, and one thing that really stuck out in my mind while waiting at the stations and on the tube itself the amount of advertising. It’s extensive in any major city’s transportation, but the advertising in the London tube holds a particular place in my fintech-obsessed heart, because of the place of equity and debt portals in daily mainstream advertising.

As I saw the ads on the tube, I would ask people: “do you know what that is?” and 10 out 10 people knew about equity crowdfunding and how it helps start-ups and companies access capital. This was surprising to me, partly because equity crowdfunding isn’t even the dominant sector of alternative finance in the UK, peer-to-peer lending is.

The two most notable brands I saw were Crowdcube and Seedrs. These two platforms clearly understand their role evangelizing equity crowdfunding and helping to grow the sector as a whole. They know that they need to get noticed, be seen and heard over and over again to be successful.

According to the 2015 UK Alternative Finance Industry Report, both the number of funders and fundraisers is increasing year over year. There is no doubt that as an alternative finance market and a market for equity crowdfunding, the UK is far more mature than the US, and competition exists to an extent that the US market has yet to see. Besides working to drive general market awareness, UK equity crowdfunding platforms are pursuing both public and private sector partnerships. They’ve seen increasing involvement from institutional investors, according to the report, but aren’t staying insular, they’re actively pursuing new funders and fundraiser.

By far the UK is much more advanced on adoption. If you’re wondering why, my observations are as follow:

Transparency

They truly practice it. They are visible. They provide market data. Equity crowdfunding portals in the UK are early adopters espousing transparency as a business fundamental. And it goes beyond that. The industry as a whole is testament to the value of transparency, the data it collects and publicizes relating the state of the market, including the successes and failures of the companies it’s helped fund.

Aggressively Seeking Out the Crowd

There’s no “wait and see” approach for UK equity crowdfunding portals and ecosystem members, or even an “if you build it, they will come” mentality. They’re seeking out the crowd, and doing it actively. My own company, KoreConX, recognized a long time ago that if we wanted to be successful as a company, then we needed to help grow the equity crowdfunding ecosystem by seeking a public audience and evangelizing entrepreneurs and potential investors.

The Brand of the Industry

UK-based equity crowdfunding portals understand the importance of stressing success. One of the well-understood industry-wide risks is a loss of investor trust, and counteracting this with stories of success, as well as pursuing rigorous due diligence practices helps safeguard the reputability of the sector as a whole.

The world needs to look at the UK model and how great its working so time is not wasted on re-inventing the wheel.

Crowdfunding is the CROWD. They need to see you the portal, lets not forget how it all works.

Happy Equity Crowdfunding.

Trance Music and Equity Crowdfunding

You might not guess it looking at me, but I <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/electronic-dance-music-las-vegas-and-its-unlikely-savior” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>love trance music</a>. I have been a big fan of trance all of my life, and it makes sense for me. It’s something that I just <em>get</em>. As I write this article I am listing to the state of trance sounds of Aly and Fila live from Buenos Aires, Argentina as one of their many global stops.

The sound is disruptive: it took everything established in music and turned it on its head. The original DJs of trance changed how performance worked, taking a part of the production process typically devalued, that happened in secluded studios and wasn’t considered as important and making it into a focal point.

I think the people that listen to this music tend to have the same personality type as the people that made it what it is: they’re disruptors. I may be somewhat biased being a fan myself, but hear me out. It’s true that trance has achieved a degree of mainstream acceptance and even prestige, but it began as a fringe genre for a very small group of listeners. Equity crowdfunding is much the same, and it gives me a sense of where we’re heading.

It had early advocates that birthed a new way of thinking and created a paradigm shift. <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/sherwoodneiss” target=”_blank”>Sherwood Neiss</a>, <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonwbest” target=”_blank”>Jason Best</a>, <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/douglas-ellenoff-588b682″ target=”_blank”>Douglas Ellenoff</a>and the other parents of the JOBS Act, as well as worldwide equity crowdfunding leaders like <a href=”https://www.assob.com.au/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>ASSOB</a>, are the Tiesto’s, the Armin van Buren’s, and the Aly Fila’s of our equity crowdfunding world.

Just as the pioneers of trance took music and made it into a universal language, <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/blog/en/blog/2016-world-domination-the-new-fintech/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>alternative finance is truly universal</a>. It’s borderless, and largely divorced from politics, and religion. Any <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/can-equity-crowdfunding-revolutionize-film-financing” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>viable legal industry has a place in crowdfunding</a>, including <a href=”https://baystreetcannabis.ca/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>cannabis</a>. Regulations vary, but for the most part, investors and companies the world over are free to seek capital and to make investments the world over. Even economies are becoming global: alternative finance, and regulated crowdfunding in particular, has tied growth in one region to investment from another.

There is always common ground, and regulated crowdfunding and trance music alike take this principle to heart. Investing in growth and pursuing innovation is seen as a universal good that creates a better global footprint and the potential for worldwide wellbeing.

The stage is set for equity crowdfunding, and a grand performance is now underway. Companies are able to bypass incumbent sources of funding, expediting growth, and allowing companies that may not have been able to access VC or angel capital to enter the market, creating jobs, and brighter economic outlooks. The same disintermediation that happened in music when large record companies were shoved out of the way, allowing artists to access the consumer directly has brought companies, and new investors closer together than ever before.

The impact of social media allowed trance to quadruple its audience because it changed how information spread, and trance is universally understandable. The same thing is happening for capital raising as we speak. It’s about economic participation in an exchange traditionally limited to the privileged few deemed “sophisticated” enough to be smart with their money.

Trance and equity crowdfunding are two major leading disrupting trends that will change our lives forever for the better. Join the State of Crowdfunding with leaders like OurCrowd, OfferBoard, SyndicateRoom, StartEngine, CircleUp, Seedrs, Red Cloud Klondike Strike, SeedUps, Symbid, Bay Street Cannabis, Frontfundr, Realty Mogul, AgFunder, Prodigy Network, Bootra, Fundrise, NexusCrowd, AppVested, and ASSOB, and the list goes on and on. There is now an <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/five-equity-crowdfunding-sites-that-are-blazing-a-new-trail” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>estimated 3000+ portals worldwide</a>; the state of crowdfunding is here and it’s borderless.

Now back to my state of trance live in Buenos Aires Argentina with Aly and Fila.

The R.A.B.B.I.T. Race: The Importance of The Crowd, and the R.A.B.B.I.T Report

The tortoise may sometimes beat the rabbit, but in technology, it’s rarely much of a race. CB Insights CEO Anand Sanwal said <a href=”https://www.businessinsider.com/vc-analyst-claims-2016-will-be-the-year-of-the-rabbits-2016-1?r=UK&amp;IR=T” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>just this</a>: that rabbits – real actual business building interesting tech – were needed for the 21st century. This means grounding a company’s’ operations. It implies avoiding the high evaluations where there is little substance besides excitement. And it requires overhauling trust and transparency in a way that is mutually beneficial for both shareholders and issuers.

<a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>KoreConX</a> has been included in the R.A.B.B.I.T Report by <a href=”https://www.crowdcapitalvc.com/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>Crowd Capital Ventures</a> and <a href=”https://crowdfundcapitaladvisors.com/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>Crowdfund Capital Advisors</a> founded by Jason Best and Sherwood Neiss, two people who helped paved the way for the JOBS Act and equity crowdfunding in the US, as a holistic technological solution that epitomizes user-centered thinking. As leaders in due diligence, the potential in building technology with wide applicability, and an unwavering principle of reciprocity and excellence for all customers and clients, KoreConX magnetizes relationships in equity crowdfunding.

At the core is connection. KoreConX enables shared information, easy access to crowdfunding portals, and a way to streamline all shareholder management and <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>communication and documentation</a>. It’s a pulse to the crowd, to the initiative, and to the pre- and post-raise of equity crowdfunding. It’s also a mechanism to build trust and relations, soon to be the heart.

KoreConX’s inclusion in the R.A.B.B.I.T Report is testament to this ground-breaking work, indicative of both the growth of the equity crowdfunding systems <a href=”https://www.freedman-chicago.com/ec4i/Growth-of-Equity-Crowdfunding.pdf” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>generally around the world</a> and need for customer-centric tools. It offers a solution to both private and public capital markets where there is a problem of accountability and an absence of robust channels of communication.

KoreConX simplifies all necessarily cohesive equity crowdfunding processes while maintaining the <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>integrity of the deal flow</a> and confidentiality of the information provided. Such intensive integration and understanding of the equity crowdfunding process mitigates administrative burdens, frees up time, and settles a company in for the race that requires both parts tortoise tenacity and rabbit rousing.

The R.A.B.B.I.T stresses that it isn’t only the race that matters, though – it’s the audience. KoreConX embodies the power in the crowd, showing that leveraging their excitement, by building their trust, and by consequently enabling them to wish to participate in the process, a business can be, and often is, bettered.

Read the full report<a href=”https://us2.campaign-archive2.com/?u=b0816e69963124d68737fcc2b&amp;id=30e289f691&amp;e=22c43ccbe1#_ftnref1″ target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”> here</a>.

World Domination: The New Fintech

Banking, finance, and insurance have been largely constant and unchanging for decades. It’s been the very definition of an “old boys’ club”, static, institution, monopolistic, and powerful. Competition hasn’t come from within, at least not to the same extent that it once did, with monster banks working hard to simply take chunks out of each other. Fintech is slowly taking over entire business segments, and mobilizing a new demographic that is anything but old.

For those who are totally opposed to the Fintech sector, this will really frighten you.

Change is scary, but necessary. Technology has stepped in and created innovation from stagnation, and pivoted an entire industry full of players too top-heavy and cautious to even move. Suddenly, banks have no choice but to re-think their long-term strategy in order to continue to compete against more agile financial tech solutions that have seeped into the market and somehow managed to gain traction against market oligopolies in some cases, and huge financial resources in most.

Fintech is scary enough for many people, especially when considering how disruptive this sector has been. Fintech has already disrupted banking, proving the model was broken, second, it has disrupted capital markets by democratizing how capital can be raised and invested, and third, it’s beginning to change how the insurance business works. It used technology and cultural shifts towards regulatory changes to allow everyday non-accredited investors to invest. Equity Crowdfunding empowered people to potentially become a part of big change, taking something previously the purview of venture capitalists, angel investors, and the wealth, and making it accessible. Entrepreneurs benefit from easier access to capital, and investors from more options.

What all this shows is that we are in the midst of a fintech revolution, and there’s no way to stop it. Clinging to old ways of doing things, insisting that they were somehow better because they were familiar implies that there is room for fear in finance and in business. Fintech is a positive. Investors, consumers, and indeed even the banks should know that this is cause for optimism, because it represents an opportunity to be better, to do better, and to do more.

What this means is that new entrants that are disrupting these sectors are becoming global dominant companies overnight, something we have not seen in the past. Consider some of the equity crowdfunding success stories in the US and internationally: OurCrowd has successfully closed deals for companies looking for upwards of $25M in funding and StartEngine has more than $70M in reservations, and these stories aren’t even a scratch on the surface.

It takes very forward thinking investors to see this and many are getting on the list. It isn’t the investors that hold back, saying that new forms of finance like equity crowdfunding won’t work, it’s the established industry players, and they do it because they’re afraid. They refuse to adapt. They see the change, and that 2016 is the year that fintech companies step into the limelight, and begin to become household dominant worldwide. They are not used to this kind of competitor. They’ve only ever competed against organizations exactly like their own, and that scares them.

Brace yourself, for those that believe this is only happening in your city or country: the disruption is global and fintech is a tidal wave.

Holy Grail of Regulated Crowdfunding

Travelling around the world gives you great perspective on many things.  From the people, culture, food, and market, to how everyone has their own way of getting things done. I spent the tail end of 2015 in airports and on airplanes travelling around the world to speak at conferences, and it has fundamentally changed my perspective on many things.

I had a system when I was travelling.  Each time that I was called on to speak in a new country, I’d begin by studying local securities regulations – how they work, what you can and can’t do, and what the limitations of each set of rules is. I was speaking as an expert in equity crowdfunding, but also taking it as an opportunity to become a student of the countries I was speaking in.  I wanted to bring a truly global perspective home, and bring international insights back to North America on what regulated crowdfunding looks like around the world.

Regulated Crowdfunding is a global phenomenon, everyone is curious as to what other countries are doing to grow it and control it.  It’s only natural. Very few technological innovations are “born global” but this is one.  Equity and debt crowdfunding have spread like an epidemic.

Today there are thousands of regulated crowdfunding portals on every continent. Capital markets have changed more in the past ten years than in the one hundred years preceding, and the impact of this change is exponential.

Currently, many countries still only allow accredited investors to invest in private companies via the regulated crowdfunding portals.  The accredited investor exemption is great because there are no limits for the company or the investors, but this is still constraining the pool of potential investors to a fraction of what it is in countries that have opened things up and empowered the crowd.

We also have countries that allow non-accredited investors to invest, but the regulators limits how much can be invested and how much companies can raise. Clearly this is not what the visionaries and originators of crowdfunding had envisioned, but we must understand that you have to crawl before you can walk, and walk before you can run.

So it’s obvious the Holy Grail in Regulated Crowdfunding is allowing a company to raise unlimited capital, non-accredited investors to invest and low regulatory reporting requirements.

Nowhere in the world does this exist except in one country: Canada.

Canada is the only country at the moment that has the Holy Grail of Regulated Crowdfunding.  It allows Canadian and foreign companies to raise unlimited capital from Canadian and foreign non-accredited investors. Canada has had the best piece of regulated crowdfunding regulation in place long before regulated crowdfunding even existed.

The rest of the world needs to see this model and learn from it. They should see how it works, and see how they can adopt similar measures in their jurisdictions.  Canada has done a great job with this exemption, termed the Offering Memorandum, and it needs to be appreciated for all it can do.  For those that want to increase their limits for both companies and investors look no further come and speak to the Canadian regulators.

The Holy Grail is here.

Its great to be Canadian eh !!

It’s an exciting time to be in Canada. On March 20, 2014, the Canadian regulators proposed 4 ways that companies can raise capital in Canada via equity crowdfunding, and more importantly 4 ways investors can invest. This is a great start!!!

There is no longer going to be the issue of a investment gap in Canada. With the 4 proposed regulations companies now have options to raise capital during each stage of their company’s development.

Canada is the only country in the world that allows 4 types of equity crowdfunding regulations. Canada might have been late getting in the game but they are coming out with a bang!

The info graphic illustrates the <strong>four (4) proposed equity crowdfunding</strong> regulations.

No other country in the world today, offers this many choices to investors, companies and equity portals for accessing capital.

<strong>Option 1</strong>, the accredited investor exemption is similar to the rules in the USA, and other countries around the world. This exemption applies all across Canada.

<strong>Option 2</strong> the Offering Memorandum (OM) is very unique exemption to Canada.. This allows companies to raise capital from non-accredited investors with a specified disclosure document and risk acknowledgement requirements.

<strong>Option 3</strong> the Equity Crowdfunding exemption allows companies to raise up to $1.5Million annually, and investors have limits on how much they can invest. This option is also limited to certain provinces in Canada.

<strong>Option 4</strong> the Start up exemption allows anyone within the provinces that are adopting this exemption to raise up to $150,000 every 6 months, and investors have limits on how much they can invest.

With all these choices, these are very exciting times for Canadians. It is important for anyone interested in Equity Crowdfunding to make sure they receive proper advice from their legal counsel, accountants and board of directors on the most effective equity crowdfunding strategy for your company to raise capital.

To learn more about what is happening in Canadian Equity Crowdfunding Sector, follow Equity Crowdfunding Alliance of Canada (ECFA Canada) https://www.ECFACanada.ca.

Don’t miss this opportunity to learn about equity crowdfunding. <strong>FREE eBook</strong> on Equity Crowdfunding to get you started.

Equity Crowdfunding Eco-System

Like any new business sector you need to look at the entire eco-system to understand how it works. Back in 2003 I had the pleasure of been given a great education from one of the leading VC firms about eco-systems. During the meeting the VC expressed an interest in our opportunity but provided us a scenario as to why he would not invest in our company. He walked us through all that would be needed to build a billion dollar company, and money was only just one point. He explained that a company is part of a eco-system and all of it needs to be there for it to succeed (customers, suppliers, investors, educations, workforce, research, etc..). Since that day each business I begin I build an eco-system to make sure I am on the right path.

Equity Crowdfunding has an eco-systems and its very important that everyone understand all the pieces and how they work together.

The following image provides an overview of the equity crowdfunding eco-system (investors, issuers, 3rd party providers, equity portals, regulators).

Let’s examine this eco-system.

The first important understanding is that Equity Crowdfunding works in a highly regulated environment determined by the country or state/province involved.

Securities Commissions are charged by the local government to implement laws providing detailed regulations, monitor and provide oversight and intervene when necessary with fines, penalties and sanctions. In short, to keep things on the straight and narrow – to regulate who can invest and how a qualified company (issuer) can participate. The primary goal is to protect investors and ensure a straight forward market place.

A great example is the Jobs Act Title II & Title III in the United States. It provides a clear path who can invest, how to invest, how an Equity Crowdfunding portal needs to operate and how the issuer can access capital.

There are two types of investors that can invest in equity crowdfunding:

Accredited investors are those investors deemed by the securities commissions to be high net worth individuals who would not be catastrophically impacted financially if an investment in a company seeking funds through Equity Crowdfunding fails. Each country has its own parameters but roughly the top 3-5% of a country’s population would qualify. Typically, issuers and the Portal must confirm qualification with the local securities rules.

Non-Accredited investors are the “rest-of-us”, the rest of the country’s population that do not meet the requirements to be registered as an accredited investor.

Equity Crowdfunding portals bring companies and investors together in a secure cloud computing platform. There are portals providing investment opportunities for accredited investors and non-accredited investors. Equity Portals will also vary on size of offerings and vertical industry sectors.

Issuers (i.e. the company) exchanges shares (securities) for investors’ money via a selected equity crowdfunding portal. Currently in most North American jurisdictions only accredited investors can invest in Equity Crowdfunding (with some exceptions).

In a nutshell, equity crowdfunding is a new method of seeking financing that allows companies of all sizes (including startups) to raise funds through secured online platforms, giving them access to large numbers of qualified investors.

Equity Crowdfunding gives companies (issuers) an attractive option for raising funds, and provides investors with the possibility of a return on their investment.

Contact me if you are interested in FREE eBook on Equity Crowdfunding. www.OscarJofre.com